Table of Contents
 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-41040   75-2018505

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (Commission File Number)  

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number: 5094

 

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas

  75080   (972) 234-2525
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)   (Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box: ☐

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box: ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ☐    Accelerated filer   ☒
Non-accelerated filer   ☐    Smaller reporting company   ☐
     Emerging growth company   ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

In addition to Fossil Group, Inc., the following direct or indirect subsidiaries of Fossil Group, Inc. will be guarantors of debt securities issued by Fossil Group, Inc. and are co-registrants:

 

Exact Name of registrant as
specified in its charter

  

State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization

  

I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number

Fossil Canada Inc.(1)    New Brunswick, Canada    —
Fossil (Europe) GmbH(2)    Germany    —
Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.(1)    Delaware    393613591
Fossil Intermediate, Inc.(1)    Delaware    510357223
Fossil Partners, L.P.(1)    Texas    752555693
Fossil Stores I, Inc.(1)    Delaware    752573030
Fossil Trust(1)    Delaware    510357226
Fossil (UK) Limited(3)    England and Wales    —
Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited(3)    England and Wales    —
 
(1)

The address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is 901 S. Central Expressway, Richardson, Texas 75080, and the telephone number is (972) 234-2525.

(2)

The address of the principal executive office for this guarantor is Oberwinkl 1, 83355 Grabenstätt, Germany and the telephone number is +49 (0) 8661-622-6000.

(3)

The address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is Ashton House, 497 Silbury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 2LD, England, and there is no telephone number as there is no landline.


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) that is part of this registration statement (the “S-3 Registration Statement”) is a combined prospectus that also is part of the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “S-4 Registration Statement”) being filed concurrently with the S-3 Registration Statement.

This S-3 Registration Statement registers the primary issuance by Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”) of (i) the offer and sale of, in the aggregate, up to $12,941,327 principal amount of new 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “First-Out Notes”) pursuant to rights of Holders (as defined herein) to subscribe (“Subscription Rights”) to purchase First-Out Notes, and, in the aggregate, up to 379,957 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 (“Common Stock”) issuable on account of a Holder’s exercise of their Subscription Rights (the “New Stock Investment”) and (ii) the offer and sale of, in the aggregate, (x) up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of warrants (“Initial Public Warrants”) issuable in the Exchange Offer (as defined herein) and (y) alternatively, the offer and sale of pre-funded warrants (“Pre-Funded Public Warrants”) to purchase such shares of Common Stock upon exercise of Initial Public Warrants, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Pre-Funded Public Warrants.

The S-4 Registration Statement registers the primary issuance to Holders of the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (“Old Notes”) of (i) the offer and sale in the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation (as defined herein) of, in the aggregate, up to $59,729,200 principal amount of First-Out Notes and up to $59,729,200 principal amount of new 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (“Second-Out Notes”), (ii) the offer and sale in the Exchange Offer of Initial Public Warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock, (iii) the offer and sale in the Exchange Offer of, in the aggregate, up to $398,195 principal amount of First-Out Notes or $398,195 principal amount of Second-Out Notes, as applicable, in the form of the Consent Premium (as defined herein) and (iv) the offer and sale of, in the aggregate, (x) up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants, and (y) alternatively, the offer and sale of Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase such shares of Common Stock upon exercise of Initial Public Warrants, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Pre-Funded Public Warrants.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus may be amended. We may not complete the exchange offer, the rights offering and the consent solicitation, accept any conditional offer to buy securities (or the cash consideration therefor) or purchase any tendered securities and issue the securities described in this prospectus until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 9, 2025

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

Offer to Exchange

Any and All Outstanding 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by Fossil Group, Inc. (“Old Notes”)

for

in the case of New Money Participants (as defined herein), 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (“First-Out Notes”) and Initial Public Warrants (as defined herein) to purchase (i) common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) or (ii) pre-funded warrants (“Pre-Funded Public Warrants”) to purchase Common Stock

OR

in the case of Non-New Money Participants (as defined herein), 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (“Second-Out Notes”) and Initial Public Warrants

AND

Solicitation of consents to amend the Old Notes Indenture

AND

Offer by way of

Subscription Rights to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing (as defined herein) and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased (any holders who purchase such Subscription Rights being referred to herein as “New Money Participants”)

 

 

Exchange Offer

Upon and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to exchange any and all of the Company’s Old Notes for (i) in the case of a holder of Old Notes (a “Holder”) that is a New Money Participant, (A) First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such First-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and (B) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants; and (ii) in the case of a Holder that is a Non-New Money Participant, (A) Second-Out Notes (together with the First-Out Notes, “New Notes”) in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such Second-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), and (B) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants. We refer to this offer to exchange as the “Exchange Offer.” To validly participate in the Exchange Offer, a Holder must tender all their Old Notes. A Holder may withdraw their tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.” The Initial Public Warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share of Common Stock or $0.49 per Pre-Funded Public Warrant, as applicable, and expire 30 days after the Settlement Date. See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants will be the proportion that the aggregate principal amount of such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders (as defined herein) in the Supporting Holders Exchange (as defined herein) based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder or, in the case of a UK Proceeding (as defined herein), based on the total Old Notes outstanding.

 


Table of Contents

If the Company does not complete the Exchange Offer for any reason, the Company will not accept any Old Notes for exchange and will not issue any New Notes or Initial Public Warrants.

The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on October 7, 2025 unless extended.

 

 

Consent Solicitation

Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, the Company is soliciting each Holder, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus, to consent to the Exchange Offer Amendments (as defined herein) and the UK Proceeding Amendments (as defined herein, and together with the Exchange Offer Amendments, the “Proposed Amendments”). We refer to these solicitations collectively as the “Consent Solicitation.”

The Old Notes are governed by the Old Notes Indenture (as defined herein). By tendering Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be deemed to have validly (i) delivered their consent in the Consent Solicitation to the Proposed Amendments to the Old Notes Indenture, as further described under “The Proposed Amendments” and (ii) appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy to implement a restructuring of the Company’s Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) through a proceeding under the UK Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales (a “UK Proceeding”), as further described under “The UK Proceeding.”

Holders who tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and Supporting Holders who deliver their Old Notes in the Supporting Holders Exchange and, therefore, are deemed to have provided their consents in the Consent Solicitation to the Proposed Amendments on or prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time (as defined herein) will receive their pro rata portion of a Consent Premium (as defined herein). The Consent Premium will consist of an amount of New Notes aggregating $1.0 million in face amount.

For purposes of the Consent Solicitation, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Consent Premium will be determined as the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder. New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of First-Out Notes and Non-New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of Second-Out Notes.

If the Company does not complete the Exchange Offer for any reason, the Company will not issue any New Notes in respect of the Consent Premium.

If we complete the Exchange Offer without using a UK Proceeding and, as a result, the Exchange Offer Amendments to the Old Notes Indenture become effective, Holders that that do not participate in the Exchange Offer will not receive New Notes and will continue to hold Old Notes governed by the relevant Old Notes Indenture as amended by the Exchange Offer Amendments. The Exchange Offer Amendments include, among other things, amendments to the Old Notes Indenture that will result in the Old Notes being subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility (as defined herein), as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), and the Old Notes Indenture.

 

 

Rights Offering

Concurrently with the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, the Company is launching a Rights Offering to Holders of Old Notes, as to which the Supporting Holders have separately agreed in the Transaction Support Agreement to participate on a private placement basis. Such Holders will receive their pro rata portion of rights


Table of Contents

to subscribe (“Subscription Rights”) to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing at a purchase price equal to 100% of the face amount of the First-Out Notes so purchased and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased (the “Rights Offering”). $12,941,327 of First-Out Notes offered in the New Money Financing (as defined herein) will be offered in respect of Old Notes held by Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) pursuant to the Rights Offering, and the remaining $19,558,673 of First-Out Notes will be allocated to the Supporting Holders pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement (as defined herein). The corresponding pro rata portion of First-Out Notes offered in the New Money Financing is subject to adjustment to the extent the Supporting Holders purchase additional Old Notes prior to the consummation of the Transactions. Any Old Notes purchased by the Supporting Holders will be exchanged for First-Out Notes in the Supporting Holders Exchange. To participate in the Rights Offering, a Holder must subscribe for and purchase their Required Subscription Amount (as defined herein). The Subscription Rights corresponding to Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes until the applicable Expiration Time, subject to such limitations, if any, that would be applicable to the transferability of the underlying existing Old Notes. If the Company does not complete the Exchange Offer for any reason, the Company will not accept any subscription for First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering. For purposes of the Rights Offering, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Subscription Rights will be the proportion that the aggregate principal amount of such Holder’s Old Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes outstanding.

Prior to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part becoming effective, a New Money Participant may indicate their interest in exercising their Subscription Right by making a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering, in accordance with a subscription worksheet attached as Annex A to this prospectus to be utilized in connection with participation in the Rights Offering (the “Subscription Worksheet”). However, no such conditional offer to buy may be accepted or confirmed and no amount of the purchase price thereof may be deposited until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and any such offer to buy may be withdrawn or revoked by a Holder, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be. Any Holder who intends to submit a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes should review the procedures for making a conditional offer to buy and the acceptance thereof. See “The Rights Offering—Conditional Offers to Buy.” Similarly, the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will not be consummated until after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, and the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part. We will provide notice of the effective date, or anticipated effective date, of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part, by (among other means) a press release and a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. The effective date will be at least three business days prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, and the acceptance of any such conditional offers to buy in the Rights Offering and tenders of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. If the applicable Expiration Time would be later than October 30, 2025 (or December 31, 2025 if the Exchange Offer is completed by way of a UK Proceeding), we cannot complete the Transactions unless the consent of the Supporting Holders has been obtained in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement.

You may not consent to the Proposed Amendments without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer but you may participate in the Rights Offering without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

 

In the event that (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, (ii) the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remain effective, (iv) the Exchange Offer is successfully completed by way of a UK Proceeding and (v) you have not tendered your Old Notes (or you have validly withdrawn such tender), your Old Notes will be exchanged into Second-Out Notes and you will receive your pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount you would have


Table of Contents

received had you participated in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the UK Proceeding. If you have validly tendered and not validly withdrawn your Old Notes, you will receive the same consideration in the UK Proceeding as in an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding, including First-Out Notes to the extent you have participated in the Rights Offering. See “The UK Proceeding.”

If the Exchange Offer is successfully completed by way of a UK Proceeding, no Old Notes will remain outstanding.

 

 

Certain existing Holders collectively hold approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes as of the date of the launch of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering and executed a Transaction Support Agreement with the Company Parties (as defined herein). The Supporting Holders have agreed to purchase First-Out Notes in an amount equal to their respective pro rata portion of the New Money Financing, and, in the event that not all Holders participate in the Rights Offering, to purchase additional First-Out Notes in a concurrent private transaction on substantially the same terms as Holders in the Rights Offering in an amount equal to the principal amount of the First-Out Notes unpurchased in the Rights Offering. The Supporting Holders have agreed to exchange all of their respective Old Notes for new First-Out Notes in a concurrent private transaction, to consent to the Proposed Amendments and to support a UK Proceeding, in each case, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement. See “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

Exercise of Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants

This prospectus also relates to (i) the issuance by the Company of up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants, (ii) up to 1,194,584 Pre-Funded Public Warrants issuable upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants and (iii) up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. See “Description of the Common Stock” and “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

Our Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, under the symbol “FOSL. On September 8, 2025, the last reported sale prices of our Common Stock was $2.98 per share.


Table of Contents

Summary Transactions Information

Transactions Information

The table below provides in summary form a brief description of the principal aspects of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering (collectively, the “Transactions”), along with the consideration ultimately deliverable to Holders who successfully participate therein as well as the relevant participation deadline. The table is provided for your convenience, and does not describe the requirements for participation, conditions or other features of each such aspect of each Transaction. Before making any decision to participate or not in the Transactions, or the extent of such participation, you should refer to the more detailed discussions of each such aspect under the captions “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation,” “The Rights Offering,” the “Transaction Support Agreement,” and the “Proposed Amendments.”

 

Offering   Offering Description   Consideration   Deadline to Participate
       
Exchange Offer   

Exchange of Old Notes for:

 

•  First-Out Notes or

 

•  Second-Out Notes

 

New Money Participants will receive:

 

•  First-Out Notes and

 

•  Initial Public Warrants

 

Non-New Money Participants will receive:

 

•  Second-Out Notes and

 

•  Initial Public Warrants

 

Holders who agree to tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have validly given their consent to the Proposed Amendments in the Consent Solicitation and to have provided a proxy with respect to the UK Proceeding

  Exchange Offer Expiration Time in the event the restructuring of the Old Notes is not implemented through a UK Proceeding or the Conditional Expiration Time in the event that the restructuring of the Old Notes is implemented through a UK Proceeding
       
Rights Offering   

Subscription Rights to:

 

•  Purchase new First-Out Notes

 

Holders in the Rights Offering will receive:

 

•  First-Out Notes and

 

•  Common Stock

 

Only Holders who purchase the Required Subscription Amount may participate in the Rights Offering. Holders who exercise their Subscription Rights are New Money Participants eligible to receive First-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer

  Exchange Offer Expiration Time in the event the restructuring of the Old Notes is not implemented through a UK Proceeding or the Conditional Expiration Time in the event that the restructuring of the Old Notes is implemented through a UK Proceeding
       
Consent Solicitation    Consent to the Proposed Amendments  

New Money Participants will receive:

 

•  Consent Premium payable in First-Out Notes

 

Non-New Money Participants will receive:

 

•  Consent Premium payable in Second-Out Notes

 

Only Holders who also tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer as noted above will receive the Consent Premium

  Exchange Offer Expiration Time


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer and Rights Offering Information

The table below provides important information in summary form for New Money Participants and Non-New Money Participants in connection with their participation in the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering. However, the below table is in summary form only and Holders should reference “The Exchange Offer” and “The Rights Offering” in this prospectus for additional information.

 

Offer to Exchange for
Holders of Old Notes
(7.00% Senior Notes

due 2026, CUSIP
34988V304)

  Exchange Consideration1 2  

Important Information Regarding

New Money Participation

     
Exchange consideration for New Money Participants per ONE tendered Old Note (with a face value of $25.00 each)   25 First-Out Notes with a face value of $1.00 each and pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants (or Private Warrants in the case of Supporting Holders)  

•  Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) will be automatically charged by DTC on the Subscription Payment Deadline (as defined herein) for their subscribed First-Out Notes, in accordance with the Subscription Worksheet. There is no separate charge for the shares of Common Stock allocated to New Money Participants.

 

•  Supporting Holders must deliver funding at a later date in accordance with the Backstop Commitment and will have two options for receiving their exchange consideration. Supporting Holders may:

 

•  receive through ATOP their exchange consideration (other than the Private Warrants) and related additional First-Out Notes (with no designation); or

 

•  designate one or more affiliates to receive such exchange consideration in accordance with the completed Designation Form and related Designation Spreadsheet (to be delivered directly to Supporting Holders by the Exchange Agent for this purpose).

 

Supporting Holders must provide their unique Supporting Holder Code (to be provided by the Exchange Agent to the Supporting Holders) to their DTC Participant in order to select one of the two options reserved for Supporting Holders.

 

•  Holders purchasing First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering for the Required Subscription Amount will receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

     
Exchange consideration for Non-New Money Participants per ONE Old Note tendered (with a face value of $25.00 each)   25 Second-Out Notes with a face value of $1.00 each and pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants  

•  Not applicable for Non-New Money Participants, who are only exchanging their Old Notes.

     
Exchange consideration for New Money Participants who are NOT exchanging but are participating in the Rights Offering   Not applicable; no exchange. Holders will continue to hold their Old Notes, with terms as amended (see “The Proposed Amendments”)  

•  Holders will be automatically charged by DTC on the Subscription Payment Deadline for their subscribed First-Out Notes, in accordance with the Subscription Worksheet. There is no separate charge for the shares of Common Stock allocated to New Money Participants.

 

•  Holders purchasing First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering for the Required Subscription Amount will receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

 
(1)

Holders who validly exchange their Old Notes will receive accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(2)

Holders who validly tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will also receive the Consent Premium, in the form of additional First-Out Notes for New Money Participants or additional Second-Out Notes for Non-New Money Participants.


Table of Contents
 

Subject to applicable law, the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation, the Rights Offering and the UK Proceeding are each being made independently of each other, and the Company reserves the right to terminate, withdraw or amend each of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation, the Rights Offering and the UK Proceeding independently of each other at any time and from time to time, as described in this prospectus.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 37 of this prospectus and in the documents we have incorporated by reference herein for a discussion of the factors you should consider in connection with the Transactions and New Notes.

The consummation of the Transactions is subject to, and conditional upon, the satisfaction or, where permitted, the waiver, of the conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” and “The UK Proceeding—General” including, among other things, the Minimum Tender Condition (in the event the restructuring of the Old Notes is not implemented through a UK Proceeding) being met, the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment (as defined herein) agreed thereunder, remaining in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and remaining effective on the Settlement Date. The Company may, in compliance with the Transaction Support Agreement and with consent from the Supporting Holders, waive any such conditions at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time, except the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remains effective on the Settlement Date.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

None of the Company, the applicable New Trustee (as defined herein), the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee (as defined herein) or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person has expressed any opinion as to whether the terms of the Transactions are fair. In addition, none of the clearing systems has expressed any opinion as to whether the terms of the Transactions are fair. None of the Company, the applicable New Trustee, the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person makes any recommendation that Holders participate in the Transactions or refrain from doing so, and no one has been authorized by Company, the applicable New Trustee, the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person to make any such recommendation. Holders must make their own decision as to whether to participate in the Transactions or refrain from doing so.

 

 

The Dealer Manager for the Transactions is:

 

 

LOGO

The date of this prospectus is    , 2025.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Dear Holder,

You may have heard that Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is undertaking an important restructuring of its 7% Senior Notes Due 2026, which we are calling the “Old Notes” in this document. The attached prospectus explains the restructuring in full detail. (Any capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined in this letter are defined in the attached prospectus.)

Certain institutional holders—called Supporting Holders—have already agreed to participate in the restructuring by exchanging their Old Notes and participating in a “New Money” Rights Offering, which will raise additional funds for the Company. This means they have agreed to exchange their Old Notes for new notes—referred to as “First-Out Notes”— and pay for additional First-Out Notes as part of the related Rights Offering. They have separately agreed to purchase any First-Out Notes that are not purchased by other holders in the Rights Offering.

All other holders also have the right to participate in this important restructuring transaction by selecting one of the exchange options described below. The Company needs a minimum of 90% of the Old Notes to be tendered for exchange to consummate the Exchange Offer. If the 90% participation level for the Exchange Offer is not reached (or waived), the Company will undertake the UK Proceeding instead of the Exchange Offer, as outlined in the attached prospectus. The UK Proceeding will include the same two exchange options listed below. Additionally, if the UK Proceeding is approved by the Court, any non-exchanging holder would automatically have their Old Notes exchanged for Second-Out Notes. The UK Proceeding would take additional time and expense for the Company, and the Company’s goal is that enough holders of Old Notes participate in the Exchange Offer so that a UK Proceeding is not needed.

The options are as follows:

 

•  

Exchange and New Money. Exchange your Old Notes for First-Out Notes on a one-for-one basis in value and also participate in the “New Money” Rights Offering by paying for the additional First-Out Notes being subscribed for.

 

•  

Exchange Only. Exchange your Old Notes for Second-Out Notes on a one-for-one basis in value but do not participate in the “New Money” Rights Offering. There is no payment due for this option.

 

•  

New Money Only. Participate in the “New Money” Rights Offering without exchanging your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, by paying for the First-Out Notes being subscribed for.

In addition to the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes, the first two options shown above include (a) a Consent Premium in the form of additional New Notes of the same type received in the Exchange Offer, (b) Initial Public Warrants to purchase either Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock, (c) the automatic consent to certain proposed amendments in the Consent Solicitation and (d) providing an automatic proxy to vote to accept the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer is not successful.

Subscribing holders who participate in either of the New Money options will also automatically receive shares of Common Stock, as described in the Subscription Worksheet. Any subscription payments required in the New Money options will be automatically taken from your account following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as applicable.

 

Q:

How do I participate in one of the options outlined above?

A:

You must provide your instruction to the bank, broker or other nominee holding your Old Notes. The Exchange Offer Expiration Time is 5:00pm New York City time on October 7, 2025, and you should give your instructions to your bank, broker or other nominee holding your Old Notes in sufficient time for them to act on your behalf by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time. They will likely need your instructions well in advance of the deadline. Please follow their directions about how and when to relay your instructions to them.


Table of Contents

In order to participate in any of the options outlined above, you must cause your bank, broker or other nominee to electronically deliver your Old Notes into the appropriate DTC ATOP event on or before the applicable Expiration Time, as outlined in the attached prospectus. If you wish to participate in the “New Money” Rights Offering, please complete the Subscription Worksheet attached to the prospectus as Annex A so you will know the cost for your new money subscription. All Old Notes that have been delivered through DTC’s ATOP will be restricted from further trading or transfer until the consummation of the Transactions or the withdraw of your instructions relating thereto, as outlined in the attached prospectus.

 

Q:

What will happen to my Old Notes if I do not participate in the Exchange Offer?

A:

You will continue to hold your Old Notes unless the Company completes the UK Proceeding, as described above, in which case your Old Notes will be exchanged for Second-Out Notes. However, after giving effect to the Proposed Amendments, your Old Notes will be subordinated obligations of the Company, and you will no longer benefit from certain existing protections under the Old Notes Indenture.

The Company also intends to apply for the delisting of the Old Notes, with no plans to list them on another exchange. It may become more difficult for you to sell or transfer your unexchanged Old Notes.

The transaction is complex and many financial and other disclosures are required to be provided by the Company, and these are included in the attached prospectus. None of the Company, the Dealer Manager or the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent makes any recommendation that you participate in the transaction or refrain from doing so. You must make your own decision as to whether to participate in the transaction or refrain from doing so.

If you or your broker or other advisor would like to discuss anything further, the Dealer Manager’s team at Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. will be happy to assist.

 

LOGO

Any questions regarding the terms of the Transactions may be directed to the Dealer Manager via email at Ian.Brostowski@cantor.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”) or phone at +1 (212) 829-7145; Attention: Tom Pernetti and Ian Brostowski.

The Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent is Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus may be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent at its email address at: Registration@epiqglobal.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”) or via phone at +1 (646) 362-6336.

Sincerely,

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     ii  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     vii  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     ix  

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

     x  

IMPORTANT TIMES AND DATES

     xi  

SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     37  

SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     65  

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND CONSENT SOLICITATION

     66  

THE RIGHTS OFFERING

     79  

THE TRANSACTION SUPPORT AGREEMENT

     84  

THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS

     87  

THE UK PROCEEDING

     93  

THE INFORMATION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGENT; DEALER MANGER

     98  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     99  

CAPITALIZATION

     100  

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRST-OUT NOTES

     101  

DESCRIPTION OF THE SECOND-OUT NOTES

     184  

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON STOCK

     248  

DESCRIPTION OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC WARRANTS AND PRE-FUNDED PUBLIC WARRANTS

     251  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     254  

LIMITATIONS ON VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THE GUARANTEES AND THE SECURITY INTERESTS AND CERTAIN INSOLVENCY CONSIDERATIONS

     255  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     293  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     297  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     316  

NOTICES TO CERTAIN NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     318  

LEGAL MATTERS

     321  

EXPERTS

     321  

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We and our subsidiaries and the dealer manager take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction where any such offer or solicitation is unlawful. The delivery of this prospectus will not, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our and our subsidiaries’ affairs since the date of this prospectus or that the information contained or incorporated by reference herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date of such information. Our and our subsidiaries’ business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 that we have filed with the SEC. We have concurrently filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus forms a part. Prior to making any decision with respect to the Transactions, you should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, the registration statement, the exhibits thereto and the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

References in this prospectus to “$” and “dollars” are to the currency of the United States.

To ensure timely delivery of Old Notes prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, follow the directions of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution with respect to the delivery of your instructions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

The terms used in this prospectus shall have the meanings ascribed to them below, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  •  

“Backstop Commitment” means the commitment of the Backstop Providers to purchase up to the full amount of the New Money Financing, reduced, pro rata by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased in the Rights Offering by Holders other than the Supporting Holders in the Rights Offering.

 

  •  

“Backstop Premium” has such meaning as set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement.

 

  •  

“Backstop Providers” means the Supporting Holders party to the Transaction Support Agreement.

 

  •  

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

  •  

“Companies Act 2006” means the UK Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales.

 

  •  

“Consent Premium” means the premium to be paid to Holders (including the Supporting Holders acting pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement) that tender their Old Notes for exchange and (i) consent to the Proposed Amendments and (ii) appoint the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy for the UK Proceeding in the Consent Solicitation, in an amount aggregating $1.0 million in face amount of New Notes. For purposes of the Consent Solicitation, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Consent Premium will be determined as the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder. New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of First-Out Notes and Non-New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of Second-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“Consent Solicitation” means the Company’s solicitation from each Holder to consent to the Proposed Amendments, as described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—The Consent Solicitation.”

 

  •  

“Convening Hearing” means the initial hearing in the English court in relation to the Restructuring Plan where the Plan Company will seek approval to convene the Plan Meeting.

 

  •  

“Deed of Contribution” means the Company’s entry into a deed of contribution with the Plan Company pursuant to which the Company (as issuer of the Old Notes) will have a right of contribution against the Plan Company in respect of the Company’s liabilities under the Old Notes.

 

  •  

“Exchange Offer” means the registered offering by the Company to exchange any and all of the Company’s Old Notes for (i) in the case of a New Money Participant, (A) First-Out Notes and (B) such New Money Participant’s pro rata portion of the Initial Public Warrants; and (ii) in the case of a Non-New Money Participant, (A) Second-Out Notes and (B) such Non-New Money Participant’s pro rata portion of the Initial Public Warrants, which may be completed by way of a UK Proceeding described herein. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants will be determined as the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders for exchange in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder or, in the case of a UK Proceeding, based on the total Old Notes outstanding.

 

  •  

“Exchange Offer Amendments” means proposed amendments to the Old Notes Indenture to: (A) to remove or modify certain covenants and events of default under the Old Notes Indenture that can be removed with the consent of Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Old Notes and (B) subordinate the Old Notes in right of payment to the New Notes

 

iii


Table of Contents
 

and ABL Facility to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture, in each case as described under “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments.” The Exchange Offer Amendments will not go into effect unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding.

 

  •  

“Explanatory Statement” means the explanatory statement required to be provided pursuant to section 901D of the Companies Act 2006 which will include, among other things, further detailed information in relation to the Restructuring Plan in substance similar to that contained in this prospectus.

 

  •  

“First-Out Notes” means the Company’s new 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029.

 

  •  

“First-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the collateral agent of the First-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“First-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee of the First-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“First Supplemental Indenture” means the first supplemental indenture to the Old Notes Base Indenture dated November 8, 2021, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

  •  

“Foreign Guarantors” means Fossil Canada Inc., Fossil (Europe) GmbH, Fossil (UK) Limited and Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited, all wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and guarantors of the New Notes, and certain other future subsidiaries of the Company as required pursuant to the applicable indenture.

 

  •  

“Fossil,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us,” or like terms, means Fossil Group, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated or the context so requires.

 

  •  

“Guarantor Accession” means the accession of the Plan Company as guarantor in respect of the Company’s liabilities under the Old Notes pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

  •  

“Guarantors” means Fossil Canada Inc., Fossil (Europe) GmbH, Fossil Global Holdings, Inc., Fossil Intermediate, Inc., Fossil Partners, L.P., Fossil Stores I, Inc., Fossil Trust, Fossil (UK) Limited and Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited, all wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and guarantors of the New Notes, and certain other future subsidiaries of the Company as required pursuant to the applicable indenture.

 

  •  

“Holder” means a holder of Old Notes.

 

  •  

“Initial Public Warrants” means warrants having such terms and conditions as are described under “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants—Initial Public Warrants” to purchase (i) shares of Common Stock or, (ii) if a Holder elects, Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock, pro rata, issued on the Settlement Date to all Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) that exchange their Old Notes. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants will be determined as the proportion the aggregate principal amount of such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange, or, in the case of a UK Proceeding, based on the total Old Notes outstanding.

 

  •  

“Minimum Tender Condition” means the valid tender (without valid withdrawal) (or delivery for exchange) of at least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes delivered by Holders (including the Supporting Holders) in the Exchange Offer or pursuant to the Transaction Support

 

iv


Table of Contents
 

Agreement at or by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, in each case as described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer, If We Do Not Proceed with a UK Proceeding” and “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

 

  •  

“New Money Financing” means a new money financing whereby the Company will offer and sell an aggregate of $32.5 million in face amount of First-Out Notes to Holders (including the Supporting Holders).

 

  •  

“New Money Participants” means Holders (including the Supporting Holders) that purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing.

 

  •  

“New Notes” means, collectively, to the First-Out Notes and Second-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“New Stock Investment” means for Holders who purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing, the receipt, on account of such purchase, of one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

 

  •  

“New Trustee” means the First-Out Notes Trustee or the Second-Out Notes Trustee, as applicable.

 

  •  

“Non-New Money Participants” means Holders that do not purchase any First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing.

 

  •  

“Notes Collateral Agent” means the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent or the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

 

  •  

“Old Notes” means the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026.

 

  •  

“Old Notes Base Indenture” means the indenture dated November 8, 2021 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

  •  

“Old Notes Indenture” means, collectively, to the Old Notes Base Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, the supplemental indentures, as the case may be, implementing, including by the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Exchange Offer Amendments and the UK Proceeding Amendments, as the same may be further amended.

 

  •  

“Old Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee of the Old Notes.

 

  •  

“Plan Company” means Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd., a company formed under the laws of England and Wales.

 

  •  

“Plan Effective Date” means the date on which an office copy of the order of the English court sanctioning the Restructuring Plan under section 901F or 901G (as applicable) of the Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales is delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

 

  •  

“Plan Meeting” means the meeting of the Plan Creditors to vote on this Restructuring Plan convened pursuant to an order of the English court (and any adjournment of such meeting).

 

  •  

“Private Warrants” means the warrants to purchase Common Stock or pre-funded warrants issuable pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement to the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange.

 

  •  

“Proposed Amendments” means the Exchange Offer Amendments and the UK Proceeding Amendments.

 

  •  

“Required Subscription Amount” means the amount of First-Out Notes a Holder must subscribe for and purchase to participate in the Rights Offering, which is equal to their pro rata portion of the New Money Financing, such pro rata portion determined based upon the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes held by such Holder in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of Old Notes outstanding.

 

 

v


Table of Contents
  •  

“Requisite Consent Condition” means the receipt of consents (without valid withdrawal) of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes held by Holders delivered under the Consent Solicitation or Transaction Support Agreement at or by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, in each case as described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—The Consent Solicitation” and “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

 

  •  

“Restructuring Plan” means an English law restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006.

 

  •  

“Rights Offering” means the offer of Subscription Rights to Holders to purchase First-Out Notes pursuant to this prospectus.

 

  •  

“Sanction Hearing” means the second and final hearing in the English court to sanction the Restructuring Plan.

 

  •  

“Second-Out Notes” means the Company’s new 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029.

 

  •  

“Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the collateral agent of the Second-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“Second-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee of the Second-Out Notes.

 

  •  

“Second Supplemental Indenture” means a second supplemental indenture to be entered into among the Company, the Plan Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A, to add the Plan Company as a guarantor to the Old Notes prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time.

 

  •  

“Subscription Payment Deadline” means on or about the date that is one business day after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or on or about the date that is one business day after the Conditional Expiration Time, as applicable.

 

  •  

“Subscription Rights” means a right to subscribe to purchase First-Out Notes offered pursuant to this prospectus.

 

  •  

“Supporting Holders Exchange” means the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, in which the Supporting Holders will exchange (on a private placement basis) their Old Notes for First-Out Notes at 100% of the face amount of Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and their respective portion of Private Warrants, which shall be effectuated through the submission of such Supporting Holder’s Old Notes into one of the options available to the Supporting Holders.

 

  •  

“Supporting Holders” means the Holders party to the Transaction Support Agreement.

 

  •  

“Transaction Support Agreement” means the transaction support agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025, by and among, the Company, the Plan Company, and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company identified therein and the Supporting Holders.

 

  •  

“Transactions” means the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering.

 

  •  

“UK Proceeding Amendments” means proposed amendments to the Old Notes Indenture to: (i) change the governing law of the Old Notes and Old Notes Indenture to the laws of England and Wales, and (ii) delete the covenant described under Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing) of the First Supplemental Indenture, in each case as described under “The Proposed Amendments—UK Proceeding Amendments.”

 

  •  

“UK Proceeding Threshold” means the approval required to be able to implement a restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales as described under “The UK Proceeding.”

 

  •  

“UK Proceeding” means the implementation of a restructuring of the Company’s Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) through a proceeding under the Companies Act 2006.

 

vi


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus or in our other documents that are incorporated by reference herein that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “aim” “seek,” “believe,” “continue,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “could” or “should” or other words of similar meaning. There are several factors which could cause actual plans and results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to:

 

  •  

risks related to the success of our restructuring and turnaround plans;

 

  •  

risks related to strengthening our balance sheet and liquidity and improving working capital;

 

  •  

risks related to our planned non-core asset sales;

 

  •  

increased political uncertainty;

 

  •  

the effect of worldwide economic conditions, including recessionary risks;

 

  •  

the effect of pandemics;

 

  •  

the impact of any activist shareholders;

 

  •  

the failure to meet the continued listing requirements of NASDAQ;

 

  •  

significant changes in consumer spending patterns or preferences and lower levels of consumer spending resulting from inflation, a general economic downturn or generally reduced shopping activity caused by public safety or consumer confidence concerns;

 

  •  

interruptions or delays in the supply of key components or products;

 

  •  

acts of war or acts of terrorism;

 

  •  

loss of key facilities;

 

  •  

a data security or privacy breach or information systems disruptions;

 

  •  

changes in foreign currency valuations in relation to the U.S. dollar;

 

  •  

the performance of our products within the prevailing retail environment;

 

  •  

customer acceptance of both new designs and newly-introduced product lines;

 

  •  

changes in the mix of product sales;

 

  •  

the effects of vigorous competition in the markets in which we operate;

 

  •  

compliance with debt covenants and other contractual provisions and our ability to meet debt service obligations;

 

  •  

risks related to the success of our business strategy;

 

  •  

the termination or non-renewal of material licenses;

 

  •  

risks related to foreign operations and manufacturing;

 

  •  

changes in the costs of materials and labor;

 

  •  

government regulation and tariffs;

 

  •  

our ability to secure and protect trademarks and other intellectual property rights;

 

  •  

levels of traffic to and management of our retail stores;

 

 

vii


Table of Contents
  •  

if the Transactions are not consummated, the potential delays and significant costs of alternative transactions, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which in turn may impact our ability to continue as a going concern;

 

  •  

the significant costs incurred by us in connection with the Transactions;

 

  •  

our inability to comply with the restrictive debt covenants contained in the New Notes; and

 

  •  

loss of key personnel or failure to attract and retain key employees and the outcome of current and possible future litigation.

See “Risk Factors” contained elsewhere in, and incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement from our filings with the SEC, including in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended April 5, 2025, and July 5, 2025, and subsequent filings with the SEC, as incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

For the reasons described above, we caution you against relying on any forward-looking statements, which should also be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are incorporated by reference herein. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which we make it. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

viii


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read these SEC filings, and this registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

In addition to this registration statement on Form S-3 of which this prospectus forms a part, the Company has concurrently filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus forms a part.

The registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part, including the attached exhibits and annexes, contain additional relevant information about the Company. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow the Company to omit certain information included in the registration statements from this prospectus.

We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus certain information that we have filed with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring you to documents we have filed separately with the SEC. The documents incorporated by reference are considered part of this prospectus. This prospectus incorporates by reference the following (excluding any portions of such documents that have been “furnished” but not “filed” for purposes of the Exchange Act):

 

  •  

our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2025 and April 28, 2025, respectively;

 

  •  

our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended April 5, 2025 and July 5, 2025, filed with the SEC on May 15, 2025 and August 14, 2025, respectively;

 

  •  

our Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2025, March  12, 2025, May  16, 2025, August  13, 2025 and August 14, 2025; and

 

  •  

the description of our Common Stock contained in Exhibit 4.1 of our Annual Report, and any amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description.

In addition, we incorporate by reference any filings made with the SEC in accordance with Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on or after the date of this prospectus and before the date all of the securities offered hereby are sold or the offering is otherwise terminated (excluding any portions of such filings that have been “furnished” but not “filed” for purposes of the Exchange Act). Any such filings shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference and to be a part of this prospectus from the respective dates of filing of those documents. Any statement contained in a document or report incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document or report that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

We will provide, upon written or oral request, to each person to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of these filings (other than exhibits to such documents unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in any such documents) at no cost. We can be contacted at the address and phone number indicated below:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Investor Relations

Tel: (972) 234-2525

Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC’s internet website at http://www.sec.gov. Our incorporated reports and other documents may also be accessed at our website address: www.fossilgroup.com/investors/. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus, and our website address supplied above is intended to be an inactive textual reference only and not an active hyperlink to our website.

 

ix


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Trademarks, Service Marks, Trade Names and Copyrights

We use our FOSSIL, MICHELE, RELIC, SKAGEN and ZODIAC trademarks, as well as other trademarks, on certain watches and smartwatches, our FOSSIL and SKAGEN trademarks on jewelry, and our FOSSIL trademark on leather goods and other fashion accessories in the U.S. and in a significant number of foreign countries. We also use FOSSIL, SKAGEN, WATCH STATION INTERNATIONAL and WSI as trademarks on retail stores and FOSSIL, SKAGEN, WATCH STATION INTERNATIONAL, WSI, MISFIT, ZODIAC and MICHELE as trademarks on online e-commerce sites. This prospectus and the information incorporated by reference herein may also contain other trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of ours or of other companies with whom we have, for example, licensing agreements to produce, market and distribute products. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to or incorporated by reference into this prospectus may be listed without the TM, SM, © and ® symbols, as applicable, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors, if any, to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.

Basis of Presentation

We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except in a 53-week year when the first quarter has 14 weeks. The fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 consisted of 52 weeks.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measure

We refer to the term Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. This is a supplemental financial measure that is not required by, or prepared in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Any analysis of the non-GAAP financial measure should be used only in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our presentation of the non-GAAP financial measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used in our various agreements.

For a presentation of income (loss) before income taxes as calculated under GAAP and a reconciliation to our Adjusted EBITDA, see “Summary—Summary Historical Financial Data” in this prospectus.

 

x


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT TIMES AND DATES

The following summary of key dates is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The below times and dates are subject to the right of the Company, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, to extend, re-open, amend and/or terminate the Transactions (subject to applicable law, the Transaction Support Agreement, the Old Notes Indenture and as provided for in this prospectus). The Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering as described herein are conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part and no tenders may be accepted in the Exchange Offer and no conditional offers to subscribe for and purchase First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering may be accepted or confirmed (and no amount of the cash purchase price thereof may be deposited) until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC.

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding has not been satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Plan Company will issue a letter to all Holders notifying them of the Plan Company’s intention to formally propose the Restructuring Plan in the UK Proceeding. For further information regarding key dates related to the UK Proceeding, see “The UK Proceeding—Anticipated Process and Timeline.”

 

Event

  

Calendar Date and Time

  

Description

Commencement of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering    September 9, 2025    Launch of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation and the Rights Offering.
Exchange Offer Expiration Time    5:00pm New York City time on October 7, 2025; provided that in the event the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have not been declared effective by October 2, 2025 the Exchange Offer Expiration Time shall be extended to a time that is at least three business days after such declaration of effectiveness.   

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (and other conditions to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) have been satisfied or waived and the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”), then the Exchange Offer Expiration Time will be:

 

The deadline for Holders to validly tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer in order to receive the corresponding exchange consideration based on whether they are a New Money Participant or a Non-New Money Participant, as applicable, and the Consent Premium.

 

The deadline for Holders who wish to participate in the Rights Offering to validly complete their subscription for the Required Subscription Amount in order to receive First-Out Notes and

 

xi


Table of Contents

Event

  

Calendar Date and Time

  

Description

     

Common Stock in the Rights Offering.

 

Under certain circumstances, the Exchange Offer Expiration Time may be extended, provided that that the Settlement Date shall not be later than October 30, 2025 unless otherwise agreed to by the Supporting Holders.

 

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by such date and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding, the Company will, subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, commence a UK Proceeding and seek to implement the restructuring of the Company’s Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) through a UK Proceeding. In such event, the Company will publicly announce its intention to commence a UK Proceeding and will extend the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering until the Conditional Expiration Time.

Conditional Expiration Time    5:00pm, New York City time on the date the UK Proceeding becomes binding on Holders, in the event that the UK Proceeding has been completed.   

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has not been satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding, then the Conditional Expiration Time will be:

 

The deadline for Holders to validly tender their Old Notes in

 

xii


Table of Contents

Event

  

Calendar Date and Time

  

Description

     

order to, if the UK Proceeding is successfully consummated, receive the corresponding consideration in the Exchange Offer based on whether they are a New Money Participant or a Non-New Money Participant, as applicable.

 

The deadline for Holders who wish to participate in the Rights Offering to validly complete their subscription for the Required Subscription Amount in order to receive First-Out Notes and Common Stock in the Rights Offering.

Settlement Date   

Promptly after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or the Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be (each, as applicable, the “Expiration Time”).

 

Expected to occur three business days following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or, in the event the Company proceeds with the UK Proceeding, as soon as practicable following the Sanction Hearing.

   In the event the Company completes the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding, on the Settlement Date, delivery and/or payment, as applicable, will be made of (i) in the case of New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes, validly completed their exercise of Subscription Rights (including full payment of the cash purchase price therefor) and provided their consent at or prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, First-Out Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium; and (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes and provided their consent prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Second-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium, plus, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant

 

xiii


Table of Contents

Event

  

Calendar Date and Time

  

Description

     

record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

In the event the Company proceeds with a UK Proceeding, on the Settlement Date, delivery and/or payment, as applicable, will be made of (i) in the case of New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes, validly completed their exercise of Subscription Rights (including full payment of the cash purchase price therefor) and provided their consent at or prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, First-Out Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium; (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes and provided their consent prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, the Second-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium, and (iii) in the case of Holders who did not tender (or who tendered but validly withdrew) their Old Notes, Second-Out Notes and such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount as would have been delivered if such Holder had participated in the Exchange Offer, plus, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

xiv


Table of Contents

In the event that the Transactions are not completed for any reason, including because the restructuring of the Old Notes through the UK Proceeding is terminated or otherwise not consummated at or prior to the Settlement Date, no consideration will be paid or become payable to the Holders and the Old Indenture and terms of the Old Notes will not be amended. In any such event, the Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be promptly returned to the tendering Holders, and the cash consideration paid upon exercise of Subscription Rights will be returned to such subscribing Holders, without interest.

Holders are advised to check with any bank, securities broker or other intermediary through which they hold Old Notes when such intermediary would need to receive instructions from a Holder in order for such Holder to be able to participate in, or revoke its instruction to participate in, the Transactions in accordance with the timetable of events set out above. The deadlines set by any such intermediary may be earlier than one or more of the deadlines above.

 

xv


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider when making your investment decision. You should carefully read the entire prospectus and the information incorporated herein by reference, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 37 of this prospectus and the “Risk Factors” section in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended April 5, 2025, and July 5, 2025, and in our other reports that we file with the SEC.

Overview

We are a global design, marketing and distribution company that specializes in consumer fashion accessories. Our principal offerings include an extensive line of men’s and women’s fashion watches and jewelry, handbags, small leather goods, belts and sunglasses. In the watch and jewelry product categories, we have a diverse portfolio of globally recognized owned and licensed brand names under which our products are marketed.

Our products are distributed globally through various distribution channels, including wholesale in countries where we have a physical presence, direct to the consumer through our retail stores and commercial websites and through third-party distributors in countries where we do not maintain a physical presence. Our products are offered at varying price points to meet the needs of our customers, whether they are value-conscious or luxury oriented. Based on our extensive range of accessory products, brands, distribution channels and price points, we are able to target style-conscious consumers across a wide age spectrum on a global basis.

Operating Strategy

Our goal is to drive shareholder value. We continue to operate in a very challenging business environment for our product offerings. In early 2023, we initiated our Transform and Grow plan (“TAG”), which was initially designed to reduce operating expenses, improve operating margins and advance our path to profitable growth. In August 2023, as a result of a more comprehensive business review, we expanded TAG to address a broader transformation and capture a greater level of benefits.

Under the expanded program, we focused on optimizing our core categories, brands, geographies and channels to restructure our operations to achieve improved gross margins, lower operating expenses and to reduce our working capital requirements. This comprehensive program encompassed various workstreams such as:

 

  •  

organization and operating model optimization;

 

  •  

sourcing and cost of goods sold opportunities;

 

  •  

pricing, promotion, and markdown improvements;

 

  •  

end-to-end product planning and inventory management enhancements;

 

  •  

indirect procurement efficiencies, including marketing and information technology areas;

 

  •  

logistics and distribution center operations efficiencies; and

 

  •  

store rationalization and optimization programs.

To execute TAG, we established a Transformation Office in July 2023, composed of members of our senior management supported by a leading management consulting firm specializing in assisting companies in complex reorganizations. Additionally, in August 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) established a Special Board Committee (the “Special Committee”) to provide primary board oversight of the Transformation Office and drive accountability, timeliness and results of the program. We successfully concluded TAG in 2024, achieving annualized operating income benefits of $280 million.

 

1


Table of Contents

In September 2024, we appointed Franco Fogliato as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board and moved quickly to implement change and create a plan to return the Company to profitable growth (the “Turnaround Plan”). Our Turnaround Plan is centered on three key areas: (i) refocusing on our core, (ii) rightsizing our cost structure and (iii) strengthening our balance sheet. The first key area, focused on our core, includes workstreams such as:

 

  •  

building an operating model that is brand-led and consumer focused;

 

  •  

returning to our core businesses with a renewed focus on traditional watches;

 

  •  

our go-to-market execution;

 

  •  

launching a new FOSSIL brand platform;

 

  •  

leveraging our major licensed brands;

 

  •  

optimizing our wholesale global footprint; and

 

  •  

driving channel profitability.

The second key area of our Turnaround Plan is focused on aligning the cost structure to our newly defined strategy. In 2025, we have initiatives including a corporate workforce reduction which occurred in late February, reduced costs associated with the transition of smaller international markets to a distributor model, and the closing of approximately 50 underperforming retail stores. We also expect to divest certain non-core assets and will seek to identify additional cost reduction opportunities across the organization.

Under our third key area, strengthening our balance sheet, we are pursuing initiatives to monetize non-core assets, improve working capital and strengthen liquidity. We are also continuing to work with strategic advisors to address our upcoming debt maturities in the third and fourth quarters of 2026, including pursuant to the Transactions.

In March 2024, we announced that we would undertake a strategic review of our current business model and capital structure. This includes a broader set of efforts to optimize our business model and further reduce structural costs, monetize various assets, and could include additional debt and equity financing options. In July 2024, the Company formed a special Strategic Planning and Finance Committee of the Board to oversee this review. In January 2025, the Strategic Planning and Finance Committee further assumed the responsibilities of the Special Committee and the Special Committee was dissolved.

Segments

We report segment information based on the “management approach.” The management approach designates the internal reporting used by management for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments.

We manage our business primarily on a geographic basis. The Company’s reportable operating segments are comprised of (i) Americas, (ii) Europe and (iii) Asia. Each reportable operating segment includes sales to wholesale and distributor customers, and sales through Company-owned retail stores and e-commerce activities based on the location of the selling entity. The Americas segment primarily includes sales to customers based in Canada, Latin America and the United States. The Europe segment primarily includes sales to customers based in European countries, the Middle East and Africa. The Asia segment primarily includes sales to customers based in Australia, greater China, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, New Zealand, Singapore, South Korea and Thailand. Each reportable operating segment provides similar products and services.

 

2


Table of Contents

Brands

We are home to a collection of world-class owned and licensed brands that share our passion for design and innovation. We make distinctive watches and lifestyle accessories, bringing each brand to life through an extensive global channel and distribution network. We believe that the way we use our time matters, and we’ve made it our goal to create lasting change at the intersection of fashion and technology.

Our consumer-first mindset drives every decision we make. By capitalizing on fashion trends and leveraging proprietary data and insights, we are able to deliver relevant, high-value products and experiences to consumers across a diverse range of price points, style preferences and geographies.

Brand Building

Our ambition is to capture a greater share of the growing global accessories market with a collection of the world’s most distinctive brands. We are investing in and strengthening our core brands within our diverse owned and licensed portfolio, connecting with customers across price point, channel, geography and styles.

The ability to manage strong lifestyle brands is key to our success. Our multi–channel model delivers engaging experiences directly to our consumers through our owned channels of distribution, direct 1P marketplaces and via third-party distributors.

Proprietary Brands

Our owned brands include FOSSIL, SKAGEN, MICHELE, RELIC and ZODIAC.

FOSSIL

FOSSIL is a leading global lifestyle accessories brand inspired by creativity and ingenuity, dedicated to connecting people to what matters most: time. FOSSIL takes pride in creating timeless and exceptionally crafted watches, leather goods and jewelry designed to accompany you on every journey life presents. Today, we are on a mission, continuing our decade-long commitment to “Make Time For Good,” while building a dynamic, multi-channel organization connecting with customers all over the world.

SKAGEN

Since 1989, SKAGEN has been inspired by the city of Skagen and the Danish coastline. SKAGEN embraced Danish minimalism, creating slim styles and color combinations that reflect coastal living—an understated style that’s still authentic to the brand today. Denmark has much to celebrate. As SKAGEN honors its heritage, the brand is expanding its range of influence to include areas of relevance that are of the moment.

MICHELE

MICHELE timepieces are an extension and reflection of the women who wear them. Every MICHELE watch is built to celebrate feminine ambition and boldness—a reminder of all a woman has accomplished as she builds her legacy. MICHELE’s beautifully-feminine timepieces use precise Swiss movements, genuine gemstones and diamonds, and premium finishes. Each luxury timepiece is distinctly and recognizably MICHELE with signature elements and bold art deco-inspired details.

RELIC

RELIC by Fossil is an American watch and lifestyle brand creatively delivering accessible, updated casual designs. With each of our signature watches and accessories, we create styles that fit your everyday lifestyle.

 

3


Table of Contents

ZODIAC

With a rich legacy dating back to 1882, ZODIAC is dedicated to excellence in precision, bold design and craftsmanship with authentic Swiss horology. Today, ZODIAC creates exclusive watches that maintain historical authenticity to vintage models while incorporating contemporary updates, specialized movements and always-improving functionality.

Licensed Brands

Our main licensed brands include ARMANI EXCHANGE, DIESEL, EMPORIO ARMANI, KATE SPADE NEW YORK, MICHAEL KORS, SKECHERS and TORY BURCH. As a result of our vertical integration, we are uniquely positioned to launch an accessory category, such as watches, in partnership with a licensor in a timely and consistent manner. Many of our major licensing relationships are exclusive for the brands we license and include traditional watches and, for certain other brands, jewelry.

Products

We design, develop, market and distribute accessories across a variety of product categories: watches, jewelry, handbags, small leather goods, belts and sunglasses. Additionally, we manufacture and/or distribute products under private label brands. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the breakdown of our net sales and percentage change among proprietary, licensed and other brands for the fiscal years indicated (in millions, except for percentage data):

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2024     2023     2022  
     Dollars      % Change     Dollars      % Change     Dollars  

Net sales

            

Proprietary

   $ 588.1        (18.4 )%    $ 720.4        (10.8 )%    $ 807.7  

Licensed

     509.1        (19.3 )      631.0        (19.3 )      781.7  

Other

     47.8        (21.6 )      61.0        (34.4 )      93.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,145.0        (18.9 )    $ 1,412.4        (16.0 )    $ 1,682.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Traditional Watches

Watches are our core global business. Sales of watches for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022 accounted for approximately 78.4%, 77.6% and 77.9%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales.

Licensed Brands

We have entered into multi-year, worldwide exclusive license agreements for the manufacture, distribution and sale of watches bearing the brand names of certain globally recognized fashion brands. The following table sets forth information with respect to our primary watch licenses:

 

Brand

   Expiration Date(1)  

ARMANI EXCHANGE

     12/31/2026  

DIESEL

     12/31/2027  

EMPORIO ARMANI

     12/31/2026  

KATE SPADE NEW YORK

     12/31/2025  

MICHAEL KORS

     12/31/2027  

SKECHERS

     12/31/2029  

TORY BURCH

     12/30/2028  
 
(1)

Subject to early termination in certain circumstances.

 

4


Table of Contents

Fashion Accessories

In addition to our core watch business, we also design and create handbags, small leather goods, and belts across certain of our owned brands and jewelry under our owned brands and certain licensed brands. In the United States and certain international markets, we generally market our fashion accessory lines through the same distribution channels as our watches using similar marketing approaches. Our fashion accessories are typically sold in locations adjacent to watch departments, in store or online, which may lead to purchases by persons who are familiar with our watch brands. Sales of our accessory lines accounted for 19.7%, 20.5% and 19.8% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table sets forth information about our fashion accessories:

 

Brand

  

Accessory Category

DIESEL

   Jewelry

EMPORIO ARMANI

   Jewelry

FOSSIL

   Handbags, small leather goods, belts, eyewear, jewelry

MICHAEL KORS

   Jewelry

SKAGEN

   Jewelry

Licensed Eyewear

We have a license agreement with the Safilo Group for both FOSSIL branded sunglasses and optical frames worldwide, which expires on December 31, 2028.

Stores

Our products are sold across approximately 130 countries worldwide through 27 Company-owned sales subsidiaries and through a network of 63 independent distributors. Our network of Company-owned stores includes 95 retail stores and 119 outlet stores primarily operated under the FOSSIL brand as of July 5, 2025. In certain international markets, our products are also sold online and through licensed and franchised FOSSIL retail stores, retail concessions operated by us and kiosks.

We also operate stores under the WATCH STATION and WSI brands, in which we offer certain of our owned and licensed brand products to curate a unique collection of designer watches and jewelry for women and men. We offer a robust online and in-store experience in the United States, Europe and Asia that connects our customers to the stories, trends and latest innovations in the world of watches.

Recent Developments

Transaction Support Agreement

On August 13, 2025, the Company, the Plan Company and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company identified therein (collectively, the “Company Parties”) entered into the Transaction Support Agreement with the Supporting Holders. The Transaction Support Agreement contains certain covenants on the part of each of the parties thereto, including, among others, covenants that the Supporting Holders participate in, consent to, vote in favor of, and otherwise support, as applicable:

 

  •  

The New Money Financing to be offered to (i) the Supporting Holders on a private placement basis and (ii) to the Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) pursuant to this prospectus, to purchase their pro rata portion (based on the face amount of their respective Old Notes in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes) of First-Out Notes offered in the New Money Financing,

 

5


Table of Contents
 

and to give the Holders (including the Supporting Holders) that participate in such New Money Financing for their Required Subscription Amount, a New Stock Investment in an amount of one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased. We will not issue fractional securities, including with respect to the New Notes, Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Rights Offering and Subscription Rights. Fractional Subscription Rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. New Notes issued (including those issuable pursuant to the Consent Premium) will be rounded down to the nearest $1.00 and Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be rounded down to the nearest share. No cash or other consideration in respect of the rounding down of New Notes, Subscription Rights or Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be issued;

 

  •  

The Supporting Holders Exchange of Old Notes pursuant to which the Supporting Holders will exchange their Old Notes for First-Out Notes at 100% of the face amount of Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and their respective portion of the Private Warrants, with substantially the same terms as the Initial Public Warrants;

 

  •  

The SEC-registered Exchange Offer, in which the Company will offer to each Holder (other than the Supporting Holders) the right to tender their Old Notes in exchange for (i) if such Holder participates in the New Money Financing at their Required Subscription Amount, First-Out Notes, and (ii) if such Holder does not participate in the New Money Financing at their Required Subscription Amount, the Second-Out Notes, in each case, at 100% of the face amount of their Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with, in each case, their respective portion of the Initial Public Warrants;

 

  •  

The issuance of Initial Public Warrants and Private Warrants to all Holders who participate in the Exchange Offer and the Supporting Holders, respectively, to purchase, at their election, (i) Common Stock or (ii) Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock, pro rata (based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by each Holder, irrespective of participation in the New Money Financing);

 

  •  

The Backstop Commitment by the Backstop Providers to purchase up to the full amount of the New Money Financing reduced, pro rata by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased in the Rights Offering by Holders other than the Supporting Holders in the Rights Offering. As consideration for the Backstop Commitment, the Company will pay the Backstop Providers the Backstop Premium. Backstop Providers will also be entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock for amounts purchased pursuant to the Backstop Commitment as they would have received as participants in the Rights Offering;

 

  •  

The Proposed Amendments and the Consent Solicitation; and

 

  •  

A UK Proceeding in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement.

Pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the Supporting Holders have agreed to participate in:

 

  •  

the New Money Financing whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of $32.5 million in face amount of First-Out Notes to be reduced by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased in the Rights Offering by Holders other than the Supporting Holders and, in connection with the New Money Financing, the Supporting Holders will receive one restricted share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased by them and the Consent Premium payable in First-Out Notes;

 

  •  

an exchange whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to exchange all of their Old Notes for (i) First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% face value of their Old Notes, and (ii) their pro rata

 

6


Table of Contents
 

share of warrants to purchase 3,000,000 shares of common stock or pre-funded warrants, based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by all Holders (including the Supporting Holders) for First-Out Notes or Second-Out Notes;

 

  •  

a consent solicitation whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to provide consents to the Proposed Amendments and the appointment of the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy for the UK Proceeding, and will receive their pro rata share of the Consent Premium payable in First-Out Notes.

All such securities to be issued to the Supporting Holders pursuant to the above are being issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 4(a)(2) and will be restricted securities. The First-Out Notes issued to the Supporting Holders may be transferred pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Securities Act.

In addition, the Transaction Support Agreement contains general commitments of the parties thereto, which, among other things, obligate them to use commercially reasonable efforts to take the steps reasonably necessary to consummate the Transactions and, if necessary, the UK Proceeding, negotiate in good faith and timely execute the documents and agreements related to or otherwise utilized to implement, effectuate, or govern the Transactions or the UK Proceeding (the “Definitive Documents”); and not object to or otherwise take actions to interfere with the Transactions or the UK Proceeding.

The Transaction Support Agreement also contains certain termination rights with respect to the Supporting Holders and the Company Parties.

The Transaction Support Agreement further contains certain customary representations, warranties and other agreements by the parties thereto, and contemplates that the Company Parties and Supporting Holders enter into a mutual release agreement, providing for customary mutual releases of claims among the parties thereto. See “Transaction Support Agreement” for more detailed information.

ABL Credit Agreement

On August 13, 2025, the Company, as a borrower, and certain of its subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025 (the “Credit Agreement”), with the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and ACF FINCO I LP, as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”) to refinance the Company’s existing secured asset-based revolving credit agreement dated September 26, 2019 (as was amended from time to time). Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have provided new financing commitments to the Company under a new senior secured asset-based ABL Facility (the “ABL Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the applicable floating interest rate plus a margin of 5.00% for term SOFR borrowings and 4.00% for base rate borrowings, payable monthly in arrears. The Company’s obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and those obligations and the guarantees are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The New Notes will also be secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and such subsidiaries, subject to any applicable intercreditor agreement (including the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement (each as defined herein)). See “Summary of the First-Out Notes” and “Summary of the Second-Out Notes.”

The Credit Agreement includes customary representations and warranties, covenants applicable to the Company and its restricted subsidiaries and events of default. If an event of default under the Credit Agreement occurs, the Lenders may, among other things, declare the outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable.

 

7


Table of Contents

The ABL Facility has a maturity date of August 13, 2030, subject to a springing maturity date to the date that is the 91st day prior to the scheduled maturity of any material indebtedness, as defined in the Credit Agreement, if, on such 91st day, such material indebtedness remains outstanding. The New Notes will constitute material indebtedness for this purpose. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—We may be required to repay the ABL Facility prior to its stated maturity date under the Credit Agreement if the springing maturity feature is triggered or otherwise reserve amounts for repayment of indebtedness.”

 

8


Table of Contents

Questions and Answers About the Transactions

These answers to questions that you may have as a Holder are highlights of selected information included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. To fully understand the Transactions, and the other considerations that may be important to your decision about whether to participate in them, you should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

 

Q:

What are you asking Holders to do?

 

A:

The Company is asking each Holder to do the following:

Tender all of their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer into either (i) in the case of New Money Participants, new First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such First-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and their respective pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants or (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants, Second-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such Second-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and their respective pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants.

 

  •  

By tendering their Old Notes, the Holders that participate in the Exchange Offer shall automatically:

 

  •  

consent to the Proposed Amendments in the Consent Solicitation; and

 

  •  

grant their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent and instruct the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent to vote on their behalf in favor of the UK Proceeding in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding.

 

  •  

By participating in the Exchange Offer a Holder will also be deemed to make the agreements, acknowledgements, representations, warranties and undertakings to the Company, the Old Notes Trustee and the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Holder Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Undertakings,” and in the case of New Money Participants, those under “The Rights Offering—Holder Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Undertakings,” on the basis and at the times described therein. To validly participate in the Exchange Offer, a Holder must tender all their Old Notes.

 

Q:

Why is the Company proposing the Transactions?

 

A:

The Company is pursuing these Transactions to exchange the Old Notes for the New Notes with extended maturities and modified terms, by which the Company aims to extend the maturity of its debt obligations to better align with its strategic objectives.

 

Q:

Can I participate in the Rights Offering?

 

A:

If you are a Holder of Old Notes, yes. All Holders are eligible to participate in the Rights Offering by the applicable Expiration Time, either with or without also participating in the Exchange Offer. The Subscription Rights corresponding to Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes until the applicable Expiration Time. You may not consent to the Proposed Amendments without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer but you may participate in the Rights Offering without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

9


Table of Contents
Q:

What are the Subscription Rights?

 

A:

The Subscription Rights are rights that provide Holders with the opportunity to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing on a pro rata basis (based on the face amount of such Holder’s respective Old Notes in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes). Holders that participate in the Rights Offering by exercising their Subscription Rights for their Required Subscription Amount will also receive a New Stock Investment.

 

Q:

What is the Required Subscription Amount?

 

A:

To participate in the Rights Offering, Holders must subscribe for and purchase an amount of First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing equal to their pro rata portion of the Rights Offering, such pro rata portion determined based upon the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes held by such Holder in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of Old Notes outstanding. We refer to this amount as the “Required Subscription Amount.” For example, a Holder who holds 4,000 Old Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 owns 0.067% of the total aggregate principal amount of Old Notes outstanding and, therefore, has a Required Subscription Amount of $21,666 (representing such Holder’s 0.067% pro rata portion of the $32.5 million of First-Out Notes pursuant to the New Money Financing, rounded down to the nearest whole dollar).

 

Q:

How soon must I act to exercise my Subscription Rights?

 

A:

The Subscription Rights must be exercised prior to the applicable Expiration Time. However, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part, a Holder may not exercise a Subscription Right, but may indicate their interest in exercising their Subscription Rights by making a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering, in accordance with the Subscription Worksheet attached as Annex A to this prospectus. However, no such conditional offer to buy may be accepted or confirmed and no amount of the purchase price thereof may be deposited until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC, and any such offer to buy may be withdrawn or revoked by a Holder, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be. Any Holder who intends to submit a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes should review the procedures for making a conditional offer to buy. See “The Rights Offering—Conditional Offers to Buy.”

 

Q:

May I transfer my Subscription Rights?

 

A:

The Subscription Rights may not be transferred separately from the Old Notes. The Subscription Rights corresponding to Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes until the applicable Expiration Time, subject to such limitations, if any, that would be applicable to the transferability of the underlying existing Old Notes. As a result, you may not submit a conditional offer to purchase First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering and separately transfer your Old Notes. In order to transfer your Old Notes, you must validly withdraw your conditional offer and any transfer of your Old Notes will accordingly have your Subscription Rights transferred alongside such transferred Old Notes. Further, the Subscription Rights will not be listed on NASDAQ or any other stock exchange or market or on the OTC Bulletin Board.

 

Q:

Can I exercise my Subscription Rights if I do not participate in the Exchange Offer?

 

A:

Yes. However, if you do not exchange your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and the Minimum Tender Condition (and the other conditions to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) are satisfied or waived and the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed

 

10


Table of Contents
  thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the Exchange Offer is consummated, you will hold Old Notes governed by the relevant Old Notes Indenture as amended by the Exchange Offer Amendments which will include, among other things, amendments to the Old Notes Indenture that will result in the Old Notes being subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture. Alternatively, in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with a UK Proceeding and the UK Proceeding is successful, your Old Notes will be exchanged into Second-Out Notes pursuant to the UK Proceeding regardless of whether or not you tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and you will additionally receive Initial Public Warrants in the same pro rata amount as you would have received if you had participated in the Exchange Offer.

 

Q:

Can I exercise my Subscription Right in part?

 

A:

No. To participate in the Rights Offering, Holders must subscribe for and purchase an amount of First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering equal to their Required Subscription Amount.

 

Q:

How do I pay for the First-Out Notes pursuant to my Subscription Rights?

 

A:

Payment of the applicable purchase price will be automatically charged by DTC on the Subscription Payment Deadline to the DTC Participant that tendered such Holder’s Old Notes.

 

Q:

What are the Initial Public Warrants and Private Warrants?

 

A:

All Holders, irrespective of participation in the New Money Financing, that tender their Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer or deliver their Old Notes in the Supporting Holders Exchange pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement will receive warrants to purchase, at their election, their respective pro rata portion (based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by each Holder) of 3,000,000 (i) shares of Common Stock or (ii) Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase such shares of Common Stock.

The warrants received by the Holders that tender their Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer are the Initial Public Warrants and the warrants received by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange are Private Warrants. The Supporting Holders must arrange to tender their Old Notes into one of the options available to Supporting Holders and shall receive Private Warrants in the Supporting Holders Exchange.

The Initial Public Warrants and the Private Warrants will have substantially the same terms.

 

Q:

How is my “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants determined?

 

A:

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, your “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants will be determined as the proportion your Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders for exchange in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by you or, in the case of a UK Proceeding, based on the total Old Notes outstanding.

The table below shows the total amount of Initial Public Warrants and Private Warrants to be issued to Holders based upon the overall percentage of participation by Holders (including the Supporting Holders) in the Exchange Offer or Supporting Holders Exchange, as applicable. The Supporting Holders hold

 

11


Table of Contents

approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes as of the date of the launch of the Exchange Offer and have agreed to deliver all such Old Notes for exchange in the Supporting Holders Exchange. Therefore, the Supporting Holders will be issued at least 60% of the warrants issued. If the Exchange Offer is completed through a UK Proceeding, all Old Notes will be exchanged and, as a result, there will be 100% participation of all Holders (including the Supporting Holders).

 

     Holder Participation(1)  

Participants

     90.0 %      92.5 %      95.0 %      97.5 %      100 % 

Warrants per Holder per $1.00 of principal amount of Old Notes tendered

     0.0222       0.0216       0.0211       0.0205       0.0200  

Holders (other than Supporting Holders) (Total)(2)

     993,982       1,048,199       1,099,562       1,148,291       1,194,584  

Supporting Holders (Total)(3)

     2,006,018       1,951,801       1,900,438       1,851,709       1,805,416  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
  (1)

Represents the percentage of Holders (including the Supporting Holders) that participate in the Exchange Offer.

  (2)

Represents the total amount of Initial Public Warrants to be issued to Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) based upon the percentage of Holders (including the Supporting Holders) that participate in the Exchange Offer.

  (3)

Represents the total amount of Private Warrants to be issued to the Supporting Holders.

 

Q:

What are the terms of the Initial Public Warrants?

 

A:

The Initial Public Warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share of Common Stock or $0.49 per Pre-Funded Public Warrant, as applicable, and expire 30 days after the Settlement Date. The Initial Public Warrants also have standard and customary public company anti-dilution protections. If you wish to exercise your Initial Public Warrants, you must do so within 30 days after the Settlement Date. See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

 

Q:

May I transfer my Initial Public Warrants and/or Pre-Funded Public Warrants?

 

A:

Yes. The Initial Public Warrants and/or Pre-Funded Public Warrants issuable thereunder may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent, subject to applicable laws.

 

Q:

What are the Pre-Funded Public Warrants?

 

A:

A Holder may exercise their Initial Public Warrants by purchasing Pre-Funded Public Warrants at an exercise price of $0.49 per Pre-Funded Public Warrant. Such purchased Pre-Funded Public Warrants may be exercised at an exercise price of $0.01 per share of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Pre-Funded Public Warrant. See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

 

Q:

How do I elect to receive Common Stock or, alternatively, Pre-Funded Public Warrants upon the exercise of my Initial Public Warrants?

 

A:

The Initial Public Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Warrant Agent (as defined herein) a duly executed exercise notice and by payment in full of the applicable exercise price in immediately available funds of the applicable aggregate exercise price for the number of shares of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants purchased upon such exercise. See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

 

12


Table of Contents
Q:

How do I elect to receive Common Stock upon the exercise of my Pre-Funded Public Warrants?

 

A:

The Pre-Funded Public Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Warrant Agent a duly executed exercise notice and by payment in full of the applicable exercise price in immediately available funds of $0.01 per share of Common Stock purchased upon such exercise. See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

 

Q:

How do Holders benefit from participating in the Transactions?

 

A:

By participating in the Transactions, Holders will exchange their Old Notes for new, secured notes with an equivalent face amount, with such New Notes having the following benefits:

 

  •  

a higher fixed coupon rate, which will be 9.500% in the case of the First-Out Notes and 7.500% in the case of the Second-Out Notes;

 

  •  

enhanced covenant protections;

 

  •  

upstream guarantees from certain of the Company’s subsidiaries that will guarantee the New Notes;

 

  •  

liens over certain assets of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

 

  •  

payment priority over the Old Notes and other unsecured creditors, which, after giving effect to the Proposed Amendments, will be subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture.

As a result, in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company, holders of the New Notes will be better positioned to recover upon their investment in comparison to Holders of the Old Notes.

Holders that participate in the (i) Exchange Offer and (ii) Consent Solicitation automatically receive the Consent Premium. Further, Holders that participate in the Rights Offering for their Required Subscription Amount will also receive a New Stock Investment.

 

Q:

What is the difference between First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes?

 

A:

The First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes will have similar (although not identical) restrictive covenants, events of default and other key terms. However, the First-Out Notes will have a higher interest rate and will be senior in right of payment and lien priority to the Second-Out Notes in the event of a bankruptcy, restructuring, or any related event. This means that should the Company’s assets be liquidated or reorganized, holders of First-Out Notes will receive their principal and accrued interest payments before any such payments are made to holders of the Second-Out Notes. Accordingly, the First-Out Notes will be effectively senior to the Second-Out Notes with respect to both the value of the collateral securing the New Notes and the control of enforcement proceedings related to certain Notes Priority Collateral (as defined herein). This seniority will generally entitle holders of the First-Out Notes to receive proceeds from such collateral in priority to holders of the Second-Out Notes in the event of a liquidation of the Company’s assets. See “Description of the First-Out Notes” and “Description of the Second-Out Notes.”

 

Q:

When will I receive the New Notes?

 

A:

The New Notes will be issued and delivered on the Settlement Date, which occurs once all requisite conditions and closing procedures have been satisfied. The Settlement Date is expected to occur three business days following the applicable Expiration Time, or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

13


Table of Contents
Q:

Are there any other conditions to consummation of the Transactions?

 

A:

Yes. The consummation of the Transactions is subject to, and conditional upon, the satisfaction or, where permitted, the waiver, of the conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” including, among other things, the Minimum Tender Condition, the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remaining in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and remaining effective on the Settlement Date.

 

Q:

Can I withdraw my tendered Old Notes, revoke my consent to the Proposed Amendments or revoke my proxy provided with respect to the UK Proceeding?

 

A:

A Holder will be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes, and, as a result, their consents in the Consent Solicitation, at any time prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time in accordance with the procedures of DTC. However, after a supplemental indenture implementing any of the Proposed Amendments has been executed, a Holder’s withdrawal of such consent will not affect the effectiveness of such supplemental indenture. See “—Summary of the Transactions—Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents” for more information.

If a Holder has not tendered their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and, as a result, has not been deemed to have provided their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in respect of the UK Proceeding and wishes to vote for or against a UK Proceeding, such Holder must follow the procedures that will be established for voting on the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not consummated. See “The UK Proceeding.”

 

Q:

What will happen to my Old Notes if I do not participate in the Exchange Offer?

 

A:

You are not required to tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. However, should the Exchange Offer Amendments be adopted, certain restrictive covenants and events of default in the Old Notes Indenture will be removed, resulting in fewer protections. Further, the Exchange Offer Amendments will result in the Old Notes being subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture. If the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, all Holders will be bound by a new supplemental indenture regardless of whether they provided a consent in the Consent Solicitation. The Company also intends to apply for the delisting of the Old Notes following the Settlement Date, with no plans to list them on another exchange. Non-consenting Holders will not receive any New Notes and will still hold Old Notes as amended by the Exchange Offer Amendments.

The trading market for any remaining Old Notes may also be more limited than it is at present, and the smaller outstanding principal amount may make the trading price of the Old Notes that are not tendered and accepted more volatile. As a consequence of any or all of the foregoing, the liquidity, market value and price volatility of Old Notes that remain outstanding may be materially and adversely affected. Therefore, if your Old Notes are not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, it may become more difficult for you to sell or transfer your unexchanged Old Notes.

In the event the Company implements a UK Proceeding and such UK Proceeding is sanctioned by the English court and ultimately successfully implemented, all Holders who do not submit their consent will have their Old Notes exchanged into Second-Out Notes automatically with improved terms and extended maturities in comparison to the Old Notes and will receive Initial Public Warrants in the same pro rata amount as if such Holder had participated in the Exchange Offer. However, such Holders will not receive the Consent Premium. Additionally, the Second-Out Notes will be subordinated to the First-Out Notes in payment and lien priority in the event of a bankruptcy, restructuring, or any related event.

 

14


Table of Contents
Q:

Will fractional securities be issued?

 

A:

No. No fractional securities will be issued, including with respect to the New Notes, Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Rights Offering, the Initial Public Warrants and Subscription Rights.

Fractional Subscription Rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. New Notes issued (including those issuable pursuant to the Consent Premium) will be rounded down to the nearest $1.00 and Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be rounded down to the nearest share. No cash or other consideration in respect of the rounding down of New Notes, Subscription Rights or Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be issued.

The Initial Public Warrants issued in the Exchange Offer will be rounded up to the nearest whole warrant. In addition, the underlying Common Stock and/or Pre-Funded Public Warrants (and Common Stock issued upon exercise of Pre-Funded Public Warrants) will be rounded up to the nearest share or warrant, as applicable (or, in lieu thereof, the Company may elect to pay a cash adjustment in respect of a fractional entitlement as described herein). See “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

The New Notes issued in the Exchange Offer will be issued on a one-for-one basis in value with the Old Notes. For example, each $25.00 in value of Old Notes will receive $25.00 in value of New Notes.

 

Q:

Who can I contact with questions about tendering my Old Notes, consenting to the Proposed Amendments, participating in the Rights Offering or providing my proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent with respect to the UK Proceeding?

 

A:

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is acting as the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Transactions, as applicable. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of this prospectus may be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent at its email address at: Registration@epiqglobal.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”) or via phone at +1 (646) 362-6336.

You may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer, Consent Solicitation and Rights Offering.

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. is acting as the Dealer Manager for the Transactions. Any questions regarding the terms of the Transactions may be directed to the Dealer Manager via email at Ian.Brostowski@cantor.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”) or phone at +1 (212) 829-7145; Attention: Tom Pernetti and Ian Brostowski.

 

15


Table of Contents

Company Information

We are a Delaware corporation formed in 1991 and are the successor to a Texas corporation formed in 1984. Our principal executive offices are located at 901 S. Central Expressway, Richardson, Texas 75080, and our telephone number at that address is (972) 234-2525. Our website address is www.fossilgroup.com. Information contained on our website is not deemed part of this prospectus and is not incorporated in this prospectus or any other document that we file with the SEC by reference.

Amendments and Supplements

We may be required to amend or supplement this prospectus at any time to add, update or change the information contained herein. You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, the registration statement, the exhibits thereto and the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

No Appraisal or Dissenter’s Rights

Holders of the Old Notes do not have any appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights under New York law, the law governing the Old Notes Indenture and the Old Notes, or under the terms of the Old Notes Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Absence of Dissenter’s Rights.”

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary of the Transactions

The following is a brief summary of certain terms of the Transactions. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information regarding the Transactions, see “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation,” “The UK Proceeding” and “The Rights Offering.”

 

Offeror:

Fossil Group, Inc.

 

Old Notes:

7.00% Senior Notes due 2026

 

The Exchange Offer:

The Company is offering to exchange any and all of the Company’s Old Notes for (i) in the case of a New Money Participant, (A) First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such First-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), and (B) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants; and (ii) in the case of a Non-New Money Participant, (A) Second-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such Second-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), and (B) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants. To validly participate in the Exchange Offer, a Holder must tender all their Old Notes.

 

  The Exchange Offer will not be consummated until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC.

 

  By tendering Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be deemed to have validly appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy in respect of the UK Proceeding. See “The UK Proceeding.”

 

  See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—The Exchange Offer.”

 

Rights Offering:

Holders of Old Notes will receive Subscription Rights to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing on a pro rata basis (based on the face amount of their respective Old Notes in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes) at a purchase price equal to 100% of the face amount of the First-Out Notes so purchased, and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

 

  To participate in the Rights Offering, Holders must subscribe for and purchase the Required Subscription Amount in the Rights Offering. The Subscription Rights corresponding to Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes until the applicable Expiration Time, subject to such limitations, if any, that would be applicable to the transferability of the underlying existing Old Notes.

 

17


Table of Contents
  In the event that the Transactions are not completed for any reason, including because the restructuring of the Old Notes through the UK Proceeding is terminated or otherwise not consummated at or prior to the Settlement Date, the Company will not accept any subscription for First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering. In such event, the cash consideration paid upon exercise of Subscription Rights will be returned to such subscribing Holders, without interest.

 

  Prior to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part becoming effective, a New Money Participant may indicate their interest in exercising their Subscription Rights by making a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering, in accordance with the Subscription Worksheet attached as Annex A to this prospectus. However, no such conditional offer to buy may be accepted or confirmed and no amount of the cash purchase price thereof may be deposited until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC, and any such offer to buy may be withdrawn or revoked by a Holder, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be. Any Holder who intends to submit a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes should review the procedures for making a conditional offer to buy.

You may not consent to the Proposed Amendments without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer but you may participate in the Rights Offering without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

  See “The Rights Offering.”

 

Consent Solicitation:

Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, the Company is soliciting from each Holder (other than the Supporting Holders), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus, consents to the Proposed Amendments. By tendering Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be deemed to have validly delivered their consents to the Proposed Amendments.

 

  Holders who validly tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and provide their consents to Proposed Amendments in the Consent Solicitation on or prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time will receive the Consent Premium in the form of additional First-Out Notes or additional Second-Out Notes, as applicable.

 

  See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—The Consent Solicitation.”

 

Proposed Amendments:

Prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, we will enter into the Second Supplemental Indenture to add the Plan Company as a

 

18


Table of Contents
 

guarantor to the Old Notes. No consent of Holders is required for this amendment.

 

  The Exchange Offer Amendments consist of (i) the removal or modification of certain covenants and events of default under the Old Notes that can be removed with the consent of Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Old Notes, (ii) the subordination in right of payment of the Old Notes to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” on the terms set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture, and (iii) certain other amendments, in each case, as described under “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments.”

 

  The Exchange Offer Amendments will not go into effect unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding.

 

  The UK Proceeding Amendments consist of (i) changing the governing law of the Old Notes and Old Notes Indenture to the laws of England and Wales, and (ii) deleting the covenant described under Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing) of the First Supplemental Indenture, in each case as described under “The Proposed Amendments—UK Proceeding Amendments.”

 

  The UK Proceeding Amendments will not go into effect unless the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement.

 

  See “The Proposed Amendments.”

 

Transaction Support Agreement:

On August 13, 2025, the Company Parties entered into the Transaction Support Agreement with the Supporting Holders representing ownership of approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Old Notes as of the date of this prospectus eligible to consent to the Proposed Amendments and to vote on a UK Proceeding. The Supporting Holders have agreed to exchange all of their respective Old Notes for new First-Out Notes, to consent to the Proposed Amendments and to support a UK

 

19


Table of Contents
 

Proceeding, in each case, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement. Accordingly, the Company has already received support of the Supporting Holders in the Consent Solicitation. The Supporting Holders have also agreed to purchase First-Out Notes in an amount equal to their respective Required Subscription Amount, and in the event that not all Holders participate in the Rights Offering, to purchase additional First-Out Notes in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of First-Out Notes unpurchased in the Rights Offering, in a concurrent private transaction on substantially the same terms as Holders in the Rights Offering.

 

  See “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

 

UK Proceeding:

The Supporting Holders collectively hold approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and have agreed, subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, to support a UK Proceeding. If the UK Proceeding Threshold and other conditions to a UK Proceeding are met and the restructuring of the Company’s Old Notes is implemented on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) through a UK Proceeding, a Holder’s Old Notes will be exchanged into Second-Out Notes pursuant to the UK Proceeding to the extent that such Holder did not tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

  If a Holder has not tendered their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and, as a result, has not been deemed to have provided their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in respect of the UK Proceeding and wishes to vote for or against a UK Proceeding, such Holder must follow the procedures that will be established for voting on the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not consummated.

 

  See “The UK Proceeding.”

 

Each Transaction is Independent of One Another:

Subject to applicable law, the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, the Consent Solicitation and the UK Proceeding are each being made independently of each other, and we reserve the right to terminate, withdraw or amend each of the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, the Consent Solicitation and the UK Proceeding independently of each other at any time and from time to time, as described in this prospectus.

 

  However, in the event that we are not able to complete the Supporting Holders Exchange, we will not proceed with the Transactions.

 

20


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer Expiration Time:

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (and other conditions to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) have been satisfied or waived and the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”), then the Exchange Offer Expiration Time will be:

 

  •  

The deadline for Holders to validly tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer in order to receive the corresponding exchange consideration based on whether they are a New Money Participant or a Non-New Money Participant, as applicable, and the Consent Premium.

 

  •  

The deadline for Holders who wish to participate in the Rights Offering to validly complete their subscription for the Required Subscription Amount in order to receive First-Out Notes and Common Stock in the Rights Offering.

 

  Under certain circumstances, the Exchange Offer Expiration Time may be extended, provided that that the Settlement Date shall not be later than October 30, 2025 unless otherwise agreed to by the Supporting Holders.

 

  In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by such date and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding, the Company will, subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, commence a UK Proceeding and seek to implement the restructuring of the Company’s Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) through a UK Proceeding. In such event, the Company will publicly announce its intention to commence a UK Proceeding and will extend the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering until the Conditional Expiration Time.

 

  See “Important Times and Dates.”

 

Conditional Expiration Time:

In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has not been satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding then the Conditional Expiration Time will be:

 

  •  

The deadline for Holders to validly tender their Old Notes in order to, if the UK Proceeding is successfully consummated, receive the corresponding consideration in the Exchange Offer based on whether they are a New Money Participant or a Non-New Money Participant, as applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents
  •  

The deadline for Holders who wish to participate in the Rights Offering to validly complete their subscription for the Required Subscription Amount in order to receive First-Out Notes and Common Stock in the Rights Offering.

 

  See “Important Times and Dates.”

 

Settlement Date:

In the event that the Company completes the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding, on the Settlement Date, delivery and/or payment, as applicable, will be made of (i) in the case of New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes, validly completed their exercise of Subscription Rights (including full payment of the cash purchase price therefor) and provided their consent and proxy at or prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, First-Out Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium; and (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes and provided their consent and proxy prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Second-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium, plus, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

  In the event the Company proceeds with a UK Proceeding, on the Settlement Date, delivery and/or payment, as applicable, will be made of (i) in the case of New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes, validly completed their exercise of Subscription Rights (including full payment of the cash purchase price therefor) and provided their consent and proxy at or prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, First-Out Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium; (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes and provided their consent and proxy prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, the Second-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium, and (iii) in the case of Holders who did not tender (or who tendered but validly withdrew) their Old Notes, Second-Out Notes and such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount as would have been delivered if such Holder had participated in the Exchange Offer, plus, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

  See “Important Times and Dates.”

 

22


Table of Contents

First-Out Notes:

For a description of the terms of the First-Out Notes see “Description of the First-Out Notes.”

 

Second-Out Notes:

For a description of the terms of the Second-Out Notes, see “Description of the Second-Out Notes.”

 

Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants:

For a description of the terms of the Common Stock, see “Description of the Common Stock.”

 

  For a description of the Initial Public Warrants, see “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

 

Accrued and Unpaid Interest:

Holders of Old Notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be entitled to receive accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in cash on such Old Notes up to, but excluding, the applicable Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of
Consents:

Tenders of Old Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer may be validly withdrawn at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

 

  Consents may only be revoked by validly withdrawing the associated tendered Old Notes. In the event the Company pursues a UK Proceeding, a Holder will still be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, but any such withdrawal will not constitute a valid revocation of such Holder’s consent to the Proposed Amendments once such Proposed Amendments go into effect.

 

  Proxies from the Holders who have appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy in respect of the UK Proceeding as a result of their participation in the Exchange Offer will not become effective until the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and only if the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement. Once the proxy appointment becomes effective, any valid withdrawal of tenders of Old Notes will have no effect on the proxy.

 

 

If a Holder has not tendered their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and, as a result, has not been deemed to have provided their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in respect of the UK Proceeding and wishes to vote for or against a UK Proceeding,

 

23


Table of Contents
 

such Holder must follow the procedures that will be established for voting on the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not consummated. See “The UK Proceeding.”

 

  See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents.”

 

Conditions to the Transactions:

The consummation of the Transactions is subject to, and conditional upon, the satisfaction or, where permitted, the waiver, where permitted, of the conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” including, among other things, the Minimum Tender Condition, the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remaining in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and remaining effective on the Settlement Date.

 

  Completion of the UK Proceeding is conditioned upon (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other conditions to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) not being satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, (ii) the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective and remain effective and (iv) achieving the UK Proceeding Threshold. The Company may, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement and with the consent of the Supporting Holders, waive any such conditions at or by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, except the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remains effective on the Settlement Date.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations:

Holders should consider certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation; please consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences to you of the exchange.

 

  See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Consequences of Not Exchanging Old Notes for
New Notes:

If you do not tender (or tender but validly withdraw) your Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer, you will remain a creditor of the Company. However, if the Exchange Offer Amendments to the Old Notes Indenture have become operative, the amendments will apply to all Old Notes that are not acquired in the Exchange Offer, even though the Holders of those Old Notes did not consent to the Proposed Amendments. Thereafter, all such Old Notes will be

 

24


Table of Contents
 

governed by the relevant Old Notes Indenture as amended by the Proposed Amendments. If the Proposed Amendments become effective, the Old Notes Indenture will have fewer restrictive terms and afford reduced protections to the Holders of those securities compared to those currently in the Old Notes Indenture or those applicable to the New Notes. Further, the Proposed Amendments include, among other things, amendments to the Old Notes Indenture that will result in the Old Notes being subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture.

 

  The trading market for any remaining Old Notes may also be more limited than it is at present, and the smaller outstanding principal amount may make the trading price of the Old Notes that are not tendered and accepted more volatile. As a consequence of any or all of the foregoing, the liquidity, market value and price volatility of Old Notes that remain outstanding may be materially and adversely affected. Therefore, if your Old Notes are not tendered and accepted in the applicable Exchange Offer, it may become more difficult for you to sell or transfer your unexchanged Old Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Transactions—The Exchange Offer may result in reduced liquidity for the Old Notes that are not exchanged.”

 

  If the Company implements a UK Proceeding and such UK Proceeding is sanctioned by the English court and ultimately successfully implemented, your Old Notes will be automatically exchanged into Second-Out Notes in an amount equal to $1.00 in principal amount of Second-Out Notes per $1.00 in principal amount of Old Notes held by you immediately prior to the completion of the UK Proceeding. You will also receive your pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount as you would have received if you had participated in the Exchange Offer.

 

Dealer Manager:

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent:

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC

 

Risk Factors:

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included, and incorporated by reference, in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to participate in the Transactions.

 

Further Information:

Questions or requests for assistance related to the Transactions or for additional copies of this prospectus may be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, via email at Registration@epiqglobal.com or via

 

25


Table of Contents
 

phone at: +1 (646) 362-6336. You should also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution for assistance concerning the Transactions.

We may be required to amend or supplement this prospectus at any time to add, update or change the information contained in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and any amendment or supplement hereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein and the additional information described under “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

26


Table of Contents

Summary of the First-Out Notes

The following is a brief summary of certain terms of the First-Out Notes and related guarantees. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information regarding the First-Out Notes, see “Description of the First-Out Notes.”

 

Company:

Fossil Group, Inc.

 

Securities:

Up to $185,125,000 aggregate principal amount (including the $32.5 million of the New Money Financing, $1.625 million in respect of the Backstop Premium and up to $1.0 million Consent Premium) of 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029.

 

  One share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes purchased.

 

Interest Payment Dates:

Interest on the First-Out Notes will be paid quarterly, in arrears, on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2026.

 

Interest:

Interest on the First-Out Notes will accrue from the Settlement Date at a rate of 9.500% per annum.

 

Maturity Date:

January 1, 2029

 

Guarantees:

The Guarantors will jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior basis, the Company’s obligations under the First-Out Notes and all obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture to the maximum extent permitted by, but subject in all respects to, applicable law (including limitations as to capital maintenance, financial assistance, corporate benefit, exclusion of matters which might be deemed contra legem, director and officer fiduciary and other similar legal duties) and subject in all respects to customary enforcement limitation language and materiality considerations to be set forth in the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement (the “Guaranty and Security Principles”).

 

  Not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the First-Out Notes. In addition, not all of our future subsidiaries are required to guarantee the First-Out Notes. All of the Company’s subsidiaries shall be “restricted subsidiaries” and subject to the covenants, and the Company shall not be permitted to create or otherwise permit any “unrestricted” subsidiaries.

 

  See “Description of the First-Out Notes—Note Guarantees.”

 

Security:

The First-Out Notes will be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, by first-priority Liens on the Notes Priority

 

27


Table of Contents
 

Collateral (each as defined herein) and second-priority Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined herein), in each case, subject to Permitted Liens (as defined herein), certain perfection requirements and the Guaranty and Security Principles (as defined herein), and which shall constitute substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors (with the exception of Excluded Property (as defined herein).

 

Ranking:

The First-Out Notes and related guarantees will be senior secured obligations of the Company and the Guarantors and will:

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors;

 

  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured indebtedness and any future junior lien priority indebtedness of Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) indebtedness under the ABL Facility with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under any pari passu secured indebtedness;

 

  •  

be effectively junior to the indebtedness under the ABL Facility with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, including the Second-Out Notes and the Old Notes, subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

 

  As of July 5, 2025, after giving effect to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering, assuming all Holders participate in full as New Money Participants, and the use of proceeds therefrom, (i) the Company would have had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes; and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors would have had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes.

 

Optional Redemption:

The Company may, at its option, redeem some or all of the First-Out Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to 107.500% of the principal amount of the First-Out Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the First-Out Notes being redeemed to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

 

  See “Description of the First-Out Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

28


Table of Contents

Certain Other Covenants:

The First-Out Notes Indenture restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to:

 

  •  

incur, assume or guarantee additional debt, or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends, make other distributions or repurchase equity;

 

  •  

make certain investments and other restricted payments;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

create, incur, assume or suffer to exist liens;

 

  •  

sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets to third parties;

 

  •  

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets; and

 

  •  

create restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to the Company or the guarantors.

 

  These covenants are subject to a number of significant limitations and exceptions.

 

  See “Description of First-Out Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations:

Holders should consider certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation; please consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences to you of the exchange. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of Proceeds:

We intend to use the net cash proceeds that we receive in the Rights Offering to repay borrowings under the ABL Facility and, to the extent of any excess, for working capital and general business purposes. We used currently outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our previous secured asset-based revolving credit agreement, (ii) to satisfy certain professional fee obligations associated with restructuring our indebtedness and (iii) for ordinary course and general operating expenses. We will also receive up to an aggregate of approximately $0.6 million from the exercise of all Initial Public Warrants (including the Pre-Funded Public Warrants), assuming the exercise in full of all such warrants for cash and intend to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants (including the Pre-Funded Public Warrants) for general corporate purposes which may include the repayment of outstanding indebtedness. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of First-Out Notes or the Second-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer or from the Consent Solicitation.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

29


Table of Contents

Denominations:

Minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

 

Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

 

Risk Factors:

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included, and incorporated by reference, in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to participate in the Transactions.

 

30


Table of Contents

Summary of the Second-Out Notes

The following is a brief summary of certain terms of the Second-Out Notes and related guarantees. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information regarding the Second-Out Notes, see “Description of the Second-Out Notes.”

 

Company:

Fossil Group, Inc.

 

Securities:

Up to $60,127,395 aggregate principal amount (including up to $1.0 million Consent Premium) of 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029, less any First-Out Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

Interest Payment Dates:

Interest on the Second-Out Notes will be paid quarterly, in arrears, on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2026.

 

Interest:

Interest on the Second-Out Notes will accrue from the Settlement Date at a rate of 7.500% per annum.

 

Maturity Date:

June 30, 2029

 

Guarantees:

The Guarantors will jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior basis, the Company’s obligations under the Second-Out Notes and all obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture to the maximum extent permitted by, but subject in all respects to, applicable law (including limitations as to capital maintenance, financial assistance, corporate benefit, exclusion of matters which might be deemed contra legem, director and officer fiduciary and other similar legal duties) and subject in all respects to customary enforcement limitation language and materiality considerations to be set forth in the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the limitations in the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement (the “Second-Out Guaranty and Security Principles”).

 

  Not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the Second-Out Notes. In addition, not all of our future subsidiaries are required to guarantee the Second-Out Notes. All of the Company’s subsidiaries shall be “restricted subsidiaries” and subject to the covenants, and the Company shall not be permitted to create or otherwise permit any “unrestricted” subsidiaries.

 

  See “Description of the Second-Out Notes—Note Guarantees.”

 

Security:

The Second-Out Notes will be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, by second-priority Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral and third-priority Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, subject to Permitted Liens, certain perfection requirements

 

31


Table of Contents
 

and the Second-Out Guaranty and Security Principles, and which shall constitute substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors (with the exception of Excluded Property).

 

Ranking:

The Second-Out Notes and related guarantees will be senior secured obligations of the Company and the Guarantors and will:

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company and Guarantors other than the First-Out Notes;

 

  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured indebtedness and any future junior lien priority Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors (other than any junior lien priority Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Second-Out Notes) to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) the indebtedness under the ABL Facility with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under any pari passu secured indebtedness;

 

  •  

be effectively junior to the indebtedness under the ABL Facility with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, including the Old Notes;

 

  •  

be junior to the First-Out Notes, subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any non-Guarantor subsidiary of the Company.

 

  As of July 5, 2025, after giving effect to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering, assuming all Holders participate in full as New Money Participants, and the use of proceeds therefrom, (i) the Company would have had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes; and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors would have had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes.

 

Optional Redemption:

The Company may, at its option, redeem some or all of the Second-Out Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of the Second-Out Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Second-Out Notes being redeemed to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

 

  See “Description of the Second-Out Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

32


Table of Contents

Certain Other Covenants:

The Second-Out Notes Indenture restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to:

 

  •  

incur, assume or guarantee additional debt, or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends, make other distributions or repurchase equity;

 

  •  

make certain investments and other restricted payments;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

create, incur, assume or suffer to exist liens;

 

  •  

sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets to third parties;

 

  •  

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets; and

 

  •  

create restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to the Company or the guarantors.

 

  These covenants are subject to a number of significant limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Second-Out Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations:

Holders should consider certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation; please consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences to you of the exchange. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of Second-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer or from the Consent Solicitation. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Denominations:

Minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

 

Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

 

Risk Factors:

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included, and incorporated by reference, in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to participate in the Transactions.

 

33


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram depicts (on a condensed basis) our anticipated corporate structure after giving effect to the Transactions and assumes 100% participation in the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering and the Consent Solicitation:

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Fossil Group, Inc. is the issuer of the New Notes and is also a borrower and the borrower representative under the ABL Credit Agreement. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”

(2)

Fossil Intermediate, Inc. is expected to guarantee the New Notes and is currently a guarantor under the ABL Credit Agreement.

(3)

As of the date hereof, includes Fossil Global Holdings, Inc., Fossil Partners, L.P., Fossil Stores I, Inc. and Fossil Trust, all of which are expected to guarantee the New Notes. Fossil Partners, L.P. is currently a borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement and Fossil Global Holdings, Inc., Fossil Stores I, Inc. and Fossil Trust are currently guarantors under the ABL Credit Agreement.

(4)

As of the date hereof, includes Fossil Canada Inc., which is expected to guarantee the New Notes. Fossil Canada Inc. is also a borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement.

(5)

As of the date hereof, includes Fossil (Europe) GmbH, Fossil (UK) Limited and Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited, all of which are expected to guarantee the New Notes. Fossil (Europe) GmbH, Fossil (UK) Limited and Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited are currently guarantors under the ABL Credit Agreement.

 

34


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Data

You should read the following summary financial information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 28, 2024 (the “Annual Report”) and in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending July 5, 2025 (the “Quarterly Report”), each of which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information for the years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report. The summary historical consolidated financial information for the six months ended July 5, 2025 and June 29, 2024 and the summary selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of July 5, 2025 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report. As a result of changes in presentation, certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

(Amounts in thousands,
except for ratios)

   For the 27
Weeks
Ended
July 5, 2025
    For the 26
Weeks
Ended
June 29, 2024
    Fiscal Year  
  2024     2023     2022  

Income Statement Data:

          

Net sales

   $ 453,681     $ 514,874     $ 1,144,990     $ 1,412,384     $ 1,682,439  

Gross profit

     269,721       270,343       597,151       679,581       830,679  

Operating income (loss)

     1,742       (63,209 )      (103,947 )      (143,024 )      (1,473 ) 

Net income (loss)

     (19,951 )      (63,157 )      (106,276 )      (156,659 )      (43,526 ) 

Net income (loss) attributable to Fossil Group, Inc.

     (19,870 )      (63,081 )      (102,671 )      (157,088 )      (44,157 ) 

Balance Sheet Data (period end):

          

Working capital(1)

   $ 223,801     $ 262,739     $ 227,945     $ 368,212     $ 519,381  

Total assets

     704,514       785,682       763,567       978,030       1,238,128  

Total long-term liabilities

     300,836       318,936       300,273       383,815       409,199  

Total Fossil Group, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     150,270       189,646       148,703       254,232       405,932  

Other Financial Data:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 16,210     $ (22,443 )    $ (14,899 )    $ (62,571 )    $ 36,083  

Total Debt(3)

     181,395       163,276       168,132       212,546       223,351  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (50,933 )      38,986       46,680       (59,459 )      (110,856 ) 
 
(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our income (loss) before the impact of income tax expense (benefit), plus interest expense, amortization and depreciation, impairment expense, other non-cash charges, stock-based compensation expense, and restructuring expense minus gains on asset divestitures and interest income. We have included Adjusted EBITDA herein because it is widely used by investors for valuation and for comparing our financial performance with the performance of our competitors. We also use this non-GAAP financial measure to monitor and compare the financial performance of our operations. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures other companies report, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used in our various agreements, including the Revolving Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be used as an alternative to any measure of our performance in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, which is income (loss) before income taxes. Certain line items presented in the tables below, when aggregated, may not foot due to rounding.

 

35


Table of Contents
(3)

Excludes debt issuance costs and original issuance discount.

 

(Amounts in millions)

   For the 27
Weeks
Ended
July 5, 2025
    For the 26
Weeks
Ended
June 29, 2024
    Fiscal Year  
  2024     2023     2022  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (10.4 )    $ (67.1 )    $ (118.1 )    $ (156.1 )    $ (22.1 ) 

Plus:

          

Interest expense

     8.8       9.2       19.0       21.8       19.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     6.4       8.4       16.0       19.1       23.3  

Impairment expense

     0.1       1.0       2.5       2.2       2.4  

Other non-cash charges (gains)

     (0.3 )      0.2       3.3       (0.9 )      (1.1 ) 

Stock-based compensation

     1.2       1.6       2.9       5.7       8.0  

Restructuring expense

     23.1       26.7       59.8       43.3       6.1  

Restructuring cost of sales

     —        (0.2 )      7.3       5.5       —   

Unamortized debt issuance costs included in loss on extinguishment of debt

     —        —        —        —        1.1  

Less:

          

Gains on asset divestiture

     11.5       —        3.3 (4)      —        —   

Interest income

     1.2       2.2       4.3       3.2       0.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 16.2     $ (22.4 )    $ (14.9 )    $ (62.6 )    $ 36.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
(4)

Represents a gain on the sale of a building in the third quarter of 2024.

 

36


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the New Notes involves significant risks, including the risks described below. Before making an investment in the New Notes, you should carefully consider, among other factors, the risks identified under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report and other documents incorporated by reference herein. Please also refer to the section above entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The risks described in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not presently known or that we currently deem immaterial could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects. You should consult your own financial and legal advisors as to the risks entailed by participating in the Transactions, investing in the New Notes and the suitability of investing in the New Notes in light of your particular circumstances. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the materialization of any of these risks. The materialization of any of these risks could also result in a complete loss of your investment.

Risks Related to the Company

For a discussion of the risks related to our business, you should carefully consider the risks, uncertainties and assumptions discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus and in other documents that we subsequently file with the SEC that update, supplement or supersede such information. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

Risks Related to the Transactions

The completion of the Transactions may not occur or may be delayed significantly, terminated or challenged by our creditors.

The consummation of the Transactions is conditional upon the satisfaction and waiver of certain conditions. See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” and “The Rights Offering—Conditional Offers to Buy.” In addition, subject to the Transaction Support Agreement and applicable law, the Company also has the right to terminate or withdraw the Transactions upon the occurrence of certain events, including if any condition to the Transactions is not satisfied or waived at or prior to the Settlement Date. Further, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the governing bodies of the Company Parties may, after consulting with counsel, terminate the Transactions if they determine that proceeding with the Transactions would be inconsistent with their fiduciary duties if there is an alternative, more advantageous option available. See “The Transaction Support Agreement—Termination Rights.”

We have negotiated the terms of the Transactions with the Supporting Holders who collectively represent ownership of approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Old Notes eligible to consent to the Proposed Amendments and to vote on a UK Proceeding as of the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, such Supporting Holders have agreed to separately exchange all of their respective Old Notes for First-Out Notes and certain of these Supporting Holders have committed to purchase an additional amount of First-Out Notes equal to the amount of First-Out Notes unpurchased in the Rights Offering. See “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

Even if the Transactions are completed, they may not be completed on the schedule described in this prospectus. Accordingly, Holders participating in the Transactions may have to wait longer than expected to receive their New Notes. Accordingly, Holders participating in the Transactions will not be able to effect transfers or sales of their Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer or any New Notes, Common Stock or Initial Public Warrants to be issued in the Transactions during the pendency of the Transactions unless they withdraw. Such Holders may not be able to promptly transfer or sell their Old Notes or New Notes or timely react to adverse trading conditions and could suffer losses as a result of these restrictions on transferability.

Additionally, certain of our creditors may attempt to challenge the progress or consummation of the Transactions, which may result in the delay or termination of the Transactions. These creditors could commence

 

37


Table of Contents

litigation or other legal actions that may enjoin, impede, delay or result in the termination of the Transactions or require us to pay damages in the event of an adverse judicial decision. While we intend to oppose any such litigation or other efforts that may materialize, we cannot assure you of our success.

Any significant delay, or failure, to complete the Transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Uncertainty about the Transactions may adversely affect our relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees, which could negatively affect our business, whether or not the Transactions are completed.

The announcement of the Transactions may cause uncertainties in our relationships with our customers and suppliers, which could impair our ability to maintain or expand our business. Furthermore, uncertainties about the Transactions may cause current and prospective employees to experience uncertainty about their future with us. These uncertainties may impair our ability to retain, recruit or motivate key employees, which could adversely affect our business. Further, our current or potential business partners may decide to delay, defer or cancel entering into new business arrangements with us pending consummation of the Transactions. The occurrence of these events individually or in combination could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Holders are responsible for consulting with their advisors and we have not obtained a third-party determination that the Transactions are fair to Holders.

Holders should consult their own tax, accounting, financial and legal advisors regarding the suitability for themselves of the tax, accounting, financial, legal and other consequences of participating or not participating in the Transactions. None of the Company, the applicable New Trustee, the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person, is acting for any Holder, or will be responsible to any Holder for providing any protections which would be afforded to its clients or for providing advice in relation to the Transactions, and accordingly none of the Company, the applicable New Trustee, the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person, makes any recommendation as to whether holders should tender their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

We have not retained and do not intend to retain any unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of the Holders for purposes of preparing a report concerning the fairness of the Transactions. The future value of the New Notes received by a Holder may not equal or exceed the value of the Old Notes tendered.

You may not receive New Notes, Initial Public Warrants and/or Common Stock, as applicable, in the Exchange Offer or First-Out Notes and Common Stock in the Rights Offering if the procedures for the Transactions are not followed.

We will issue to Holders of Old Notes their pro rata portion of Subscription Rights to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing at a purchase price equal to 100% of the face amount of the First-Out Notes so purchased and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased. To participate in the Rights Offering, Holders must validly subscribe for and purchase the Required Subscription Amount in the Rights Offering in accordance with the procedures set forth in “The Rights Offering—Method of Subscription”

Holders that participate in the Rights Offering and purchase their Required Subscription Amount will also be entitled to exchange Old Notes for First-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer. In order to validly participate in the Exchange Offer, Holders must also tender their Old Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Method of Exchange for New Notes.”

 

38


Table of Contents

In all cases, you are responsible for complying with all of the procedures of the Transactions. If the Old Notes are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the Old Notes in accordance with the procedures. If you are the beneficial owner of Old Notes that are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to participate in the Transactions, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your Old Notes are registered and instruct that person to tender your Old Notes on your behalf. None of the Company, the applicable New Trustee, the Dealer Manager, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Old Notes Trustee or any director, officer, employee, agent or affiliate of any such person is under any duty to extend the Transactions or give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Old Notes for exchange or subscriptions in the Rights Offering. Failure to validly tender Old Notes or subscribe for New Notes may limit a Holder’s ability to receive New Notes, Initial Public Warrants and/or Common Stock in the Transactions.

If we consummate the Consent Solicitation and the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, Holders of the Old Notes will no longer benefit from the protections provided by certain of the covenants and events of default and other provisions in the Old Notes Indenture.

If the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, any Old Notes that are not validly tendered or not accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer will remain outstanding immediately following the completion of the Exchange Offer and will be subject to the terms of the Old Notes Indenture as modified by the Exchange Offer Amendments. If you do not tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, you will be bound by the Exchange Offer Amendments even if you do not consent to them.

The Exchange Offer Amendments will not go into effect unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding.

Among other things, as a result of the Exchange Offer Amendments, certain of the covenants and events of default contained in the Old Notes Indenture and the Old Notes will be eliminated or modified. The Exchange Offer Amendments will (i) remove or modify certain covenants and events of default under the Old Notes that can be removed with the consent of Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Old Notes, (ii) subordinate in right of payment the Old Notes to the New Notes and the ABL Facility, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” on the terms set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture, and (iii) make certain other amendments to the Old Notes Indenture. See “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments.” As a result, in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company, holders of the New Notes will be better positioned to recover upon their investment in comparison to Holders of the Old Notes. Further, the Old Notes are currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FOSLL.” If we complete the Transactions, we expect to delist the Old Notes from the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

The Supporting Holders who collectively hold approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes eligible to vote in the Consent Solicitation as of the date of this prospectus have executed a Transaction Support Agreement with the Company. The Supporting Holders have agreed to exchange all of their Old Notes for First-Out Notes and to consent to the Proposed Amendments in the Consent Solicitation in accordance with the terms set forth herein and pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement. Accordingly, the Company has already received support of approximately 60% of Holders in the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. See “The Transaction Support Agreement.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Even if you choose not to participate in the Exchange Offer, if the Company implements a UK Proceeding that is sanctioned by the English court and is ultimately successfully implemented, your Old Notes will be automatically exchanged into Second-Out Notes.

If the Company is required to proceed with a UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement and such UK Proceeding is sanctioned by the English court and ultimately successfully implemented, your Old Notes will be automatically exchanged into Second-Out Notes at 100% of the face amount of the Old Notes held immediately prior to the completion of the UK Proceeding. You will additionally receive a pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount as you would have received if you had participated in the Exchange Offer. See “Description of the Second-Out Notes.” Additionally, in such case, Holders that did not validly participate in the Exchange Offer will not receive the Consent Premium.

The New Notes have a later maturity than the Old Notes, potentially increasing the risk that the Company will be unable to repay or refinance such Holder’s New Notes when they mature.

The New Notes being offered in the Exchange Offer have a later maturity date than the Old Notes. Holders who tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and whose tender is accepted for exchange, or Holders whose Old Notes are automatically exchanged into Second-Out Notes in connection with a successful UK Proceeding, will be exposed to the risk of nonpayment on the New Notes that they hold for a longer period of time. Further, if the Company does not proceed with a UK Proceeding and the Exchange Offer is consummated, non-tendering Holders or those Holders whose Old Notes were not accepted for exchange will hold securities with an earlier maturity date than the New Notes. This can potentially increase the risk of non-payment on the New Notes. For example, following the maturity date of the Old Notes, but prior to the maturity date of New Notes, the Company may become subject to a bankruptcy or a similar proceeding. If so, such Holders of Old Notes may be entitled to payment in full, and there is a risk that the holders of the New Notes with a later maturity date may not be entitled to payment in full.

The Transactions may be cancelled or delayed, and no interest will be paid on the purchase price submitted in connection with the Rights Offering.

The Company has the right, subject to its rights and obligations under the Transaction Support Agreement, to terminate or withdraw, at its sole discretion, the Transactions upon the occurrence of certain events, including if any condition to the Transactions is not satisfied prior to the applicable Expiration Time. Even if the Transactions are consummated, they may not be consummated on the schedule described in this prospectus. Accordingly, holders participating in the Transactions may have to wait longer than expected to receive their New Notes (or to have their subscriptions and related purchase prices and Old Notes returned to them in the event the Company terminates the Transactions), during which time such Holders will not be able to effect transfers or sales of their Old Notes without withdrawing. No interest will be paid to Holders on any purchase price submitted in connection with the Rights Offering regardless of whether the Company accepts the Old Notes or extends, amends or terminates the Rights Offering and the Exchange Offer or the Old Notes tendered and purchase price provided are withdrawn.

We may repurchase any Old Notes that are not exchanged in the Exchange Offer on terms that are more favorable to the Holders of the Old Notes than the terms of the Exchange Offer.

We or our affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the New Notes, after the applicable Expiration Time, acquire Old Notes that are not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, tender offers, exchange offers, redemption or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we may determine, which may be more favorable to holders than the terms of the Rights Offering and the Exchange Offer. There can be no assurance as to which, if any, of these alternatives or combinations thereof we or our affiliates may choose to pursue in the future.

 

40


Table of Contents

Holders who exchange their Old Notes will release and waive any and all existing claims such Holders might otherwise have against us in connection with the Old Notes or the Old Notes Indenture.

Exchanging an Old Note in the Exchange Offer will constitute a waiver to the extent such Old Note is accepted in such Exchange Offer and the Exchange Offer or UK Proceeding is consummated, pursuant to which such Holder will release and waive any existing claims such Holder might have against the Company or any guarantor, if applicable, in connection with the Old Notes or the Old Notes Indenture. Once the applicable Expiration Time has passed, Holders who have tendered and not withdrawn their Old Notes at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time will not be able to revoke their waiver.

We have and will continue to incur significant costs in conducting the Transactions.

The Transactions have resulted, and will continue to result, in significant costs to us, including advisory and professional fees. These costs and fees have and will continue to reduce our available cash flow, which could have an adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the Transactions.

Following the completion of the Transactions, we expect to benefit from, among other things, an improved capital structure, a reduced but still significant refinancing risk, an increased ability to engage in strategic transactions and grow our shareholder base, and a reduced delisting risk. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, then the anticipated benefits of the Transactions may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

Old Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time may not be withdrawn at any time after the applicable Expiration Time (except in certain limited circumstances where additional withdrawal rights are required by law).

Tenders of Old Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer and subscriptions made in connection with the Rights Offering may be withdrawn at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time. However, following the applicable Expiration Time, tenders of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and subscriptions made in connection with the Rights Offering may not be validly withdrawn unless the Company is otherwise required by law to permit withdrawal.

The Exchange Offer Amendments will not go into effect unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective, and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding. Once effective, consents to the Exchange Offer Amendments will be irrevocable. The UK Proceeding Amendments will not go into effect unless the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement. Once effective, consents to the UK Proceeding Amendments will be irrevocable.

Prior to becoming irrevocable, consents may only be revoked by validly withdrawing the associated tendered Old Notes. In the event the Company pursues a UK Proceeding, a Holder will still be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, but any such withdrawal will not constitute a valid revocation of such Holder’s consent to the Proposed Amendments once such Proposed Amendments go into effect.

If a Holder has not tendered their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and, as a result, has not been deemed to have provided their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in respect of the UK Proceeding and

 

41


Table of Contents

wishes to vote for or against a UK Proceeding, such Holder must follow the procedures that will be established for voting on the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not consummated. See “The UK Proceeding.”

Submitting a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering does not guarantee receipt of such First-Out Notes at the Settlement Date.

The Rights Offering is conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part and no conditional offers to subscribe for and purchase First-Out Notes may be accepted or confirmed (and no amount of the cash purchase price thereof may be deposited) until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC.

Notwithstanding any other provisions relating to Subscription Rights, we will not be required to accept any conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering validly submitted (and not validly withdrawn), and may terminate, amend or extend any offer or delay or refrain from accepting such conditional offer to buy or transferring any consideration to the First-Out Notes Trustee (or persons performing a similar function) in respect of any Subscription Rights, if any of the conditions described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied or waived, or are reasonably determined by us to have not been satisfied or waived.

The Exchange Offer may result in reduced liquidity for the Old Notes that are not exchanged.

To the extent tenders of Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer are accepted for exchange by the Company and the Exchange Offer is completed, the trading market for the Old Notes that are not exchanged could become more limited than the existing trading market for such Old Notes currently and could cease to exist altogether if the consummation of the Exchange Offer results in the reduction in the principal amount of such Old Notes. Further, the Old Notes are currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FOSLL.” If we complete the Transactions, we expect to delist the Old Notes from the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which may further impact trading. A more limited trading market, whether due to a reduced principal amount outstanding or otherwise, might adversely affect the liquidity, market price and price volatility of the Old Notes. The Old Notes may trade at a discount to the price at which they would trade if the current principal amount outstanding were not reduced. There can be no assurance that an active market in the Old Notes will exist, develop or be maintained, or as to the prices at which the Old Notes may trade, whether or not the Exchange Offer is consummated.

Failure to complete the Transactions successfully could negatively affect the prices of the Old Notes.

Several conditions must be satisfied or waived (to the extent waivable) in order to complete the Transactions. The conditions to the Transactions may not be satisfied, and if such conditions are not satisfied or waived (to the extent waivable), the Transactions may not occur or may be delayed. If the Transactions are not completed or are delayed, the market price of the Old Notes may decline to the extent that the current market price reflects an assumption that such Transactions have been or will be completed.

The Subscription Rights in the Rights Offering are not transferable separately from the Old Notes, and there is no market for the Subscription Rights.

The Subscription Rights in the Rights Offering are not transferable separately from the Old Notes. You may not sell, transfer or assign your Subscription Rights to anyone else without also selling or transferring your Old Notes. As a result, you may not submit a conditional offer to purchase First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering and separately transfer your Old Notes. In order to transfer your Old Notes, you must validly withdraw your conditional offer and any transfer of your Old Notes will accordingly have your Subscription Rights transferred alongside such transferred Old Notes. Because the Subscription Rights are not transferable separately from the

 

42


Table of Contents

Old Notes, there is no market or other means for you to directly realize any value associated with the Subscription Rights. You must exercise (or cause your custodian bank, depositary, broker, trust company or other nominee to exercise) your Subscription Rights and acquire the securities issuable thereunder, and such securities must appreciate in value, for you to potentially realize any value from your Subscription Rights.

You will not be able to resell any of the securities that you may receive pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights immediately upon the applicable Expiration Time.

We expect to deliver the First-Out Notes and corresponding shares of Common Stock purchased in the Rights Offering to New Money Participants on the Settlement Date. Until such First-Out Notes and Common Stock are delivered, you will not be able to sell such First-Out Notes or Common Stock that you subscribe for in connection with the Rights Offering.

You will not receive interest on subscription funds, including any funds ultimately returned to you if we are unable to consummate the Rights Offering or if it is otherwise unsuccessful.

To exercise your Subscription Rights, you will be required to deliver the completed Subscription Form and any other required paperwork to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent along with the applicable purchase price. You will not earn any interest on your payment of the purchase price while it is being held by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent pending the settlement of the Rights Offering, even if we amend the terms of the Rights Offering to extend the subscription period. If we cancel the Rights Offering, neither we nor the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent will have any obligation with respect to the Subscription Rights except to return to you, without interest or penalty, any payment of the purchase price that you have made.

Risks Related to the UK Proceeding

The effectiveness of the Restructuring Plan requires approval of the Plan Creditors.

In order for the Restructuring Plan to become binding on the Plan Company and all Holders, the Restructuring Plan must be approved by the requisite majority pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Requisite Majority”) at a Plan Meeting that has been ordered by the English court.

In relation to the Restructuring Plan, the Plan Company intends to propose that the Holders vote together as a single class of creditors at the Plan Meeting. Pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, for a single class restructuring plan to be approved at a plan meeting, approval from at least 75% in value of holders present and voting (in person or by proxy) at a Plan Meeting will be required.

However, the composition of the classes of Plan Creditors in the Restructuring Plan is ultimately a matter for the English court to determine. Therefore, there is a risk that the English court declares that the Plan Creditors should be separated into more than one class. In such circumstances, the “Requisite Majority” for approval shall be:

 

  •  

at the meeting ordered to be summoned by the English court, a majority representing 75% in value of the class of Plan Creditors present and voting (either in person or by way of video conference, or by proxy) votes in favor of the Restructuring Plan; or

 

  •  

a majority representing 75% in value of at least one class of Plan Creditors votes in favor of the Restructuring Plan and the English court is satisfied that: (i) that class would receive a payment and/or have a genuine economic interest in the Plan Company in the relevant alternative and (ii) each dissenting class would be no worse off under the Restructuring Plan than in the relevant alternative.

In order for the Restructuring Plan to become effective, the Restructuring Plan must then be sanctioned by an order of the English court and an official copy of the order must be delivered to the Registrar of Companies for registration.

 

43


Table of Contents

If the Requisite Majority is obtained, the Restructuring Plan is expected to be made effective on or around November 10, 2025 by the delivery of copies of the order of the English court sanctioning the Restructuring Plan under Section 901F or 901G (as applicable) of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Sanction Order”) to the Registrar of Companies. If the Restructuring Plan becomes effective, the Plan Creditors will be bound by its terms from the date on which the Restructuring Plan is anticipated to be effective, i.e., the Plan Effective Date.

Pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement (as described in further detail in “The Transaction Support Agreement”), the parties thereto have agreed to support the Restructuring Plan and, although the Supporting Holders will be Plan Creditors and are expected to vote in favor of the Restructuring Plan pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, in the event that the Transaction Support Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, any Plan Creditor that was party to the Transaction Support Agreement would cease to be bound by its obligation to support the Restructuring Plan.

If the Requisite Majority is not obtained, the Restructuring Plan will be withdrawn and will not become effective and the compromise and arrangement contemplated by the Restructuring Plan will not be implemented.

Accordingly, in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has not been satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, to proceed with the UK Proceeding, if the Restructuring Plan is then not implemented, the Company and its subsidiaries could face immediate adverse consequences including, among others, difficulty maintaining business, financing and operational relationships, and a reduced interest in the Company from investors, finance providers and potential purchasers. In such event, it is likely that the Company and its subsidiaries will need to pursue alternative near-term restructuring transactions to address its capital structure and liquidity needs, including potential asset sales delivered through commencement of voluntary cases under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code. These alternative restructuring transactions are likely to lead to a materially lower return to all Plan Creditors when compared to the expected return under either the Exchange Offer or the Restructuring Plan.

The Restructuring Plan may be objected to and may not be completed.

It is possible for a person with an interest in the Restructuring Plan (whether a Holder who has not provided their proxy or otherwise) to lodge objections to the Restructuring Plan with the English court. If such objections have been lodged, to attend or be represented at either the Convening Hearing or the Sanction Hearing to make representations, for example: (i) that a Holder disagrees with the Plan Company’s proposals regarding the convening of the Plan Meeting (including the proposed composition of the voting class); (ii) that the Restructuring Plan should not be sanctioned; and/or (iii) to appeal against the Sanction Order granted by the English court. Therefore, even if the Restructuring Plan is approved at the Plan Meeting, there can be no assurance that objections will not be made at or before the Sanction Hearing, or that an appeal will not be made against the grant of the Sanction Order and that any such objections or appeal will not delay or possibly prevent the restructuring of the Old Notes.

Effectiveness of the Restructuring Plan requires the sanction of the English court.

In order for a Restructuring Plan to become effective, it must receive the sanction of the English court. The English court will not sanction a Restructuring Plan and grant the Sanction Order unless it is satisfied that the correct procedures have been followed, the proposed arrangements are fair and that there are no other reasons why the Restructuring Plan should not be approved, such that the Restructuring Plan would not be effective. There can be no assurance that the English court will determine that the Restructuring Plan is fair or that the English court will not conclude that there are other reasons why the Restructuring Plan should not be sanctioned. If the English court does not sanction the Restructuring Plan, or sanctions it subject to conditions or amendments which: (i) the Company deems unacceptable; or (ii) would have (directly or indirectly) a material adverse effect on the interests of any of the Holders and such conditions or amendments are not approved by any of the Holders, the Restructuring Plan will not become effective and the restructuring of the Old Notes will not be implemented.

 

44


Table of Contents

If the conditions precedent to the Restructuring Plan being fully effective and implemented (the “Restructuring Conditions”) are not satisfied or waived, the Restructuring Plan may not be completed.

Implementation of the Restructuring Plan cannot be commenced unless the Restructuring Conditions are satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Plan and/or the other documents required to implement the restructuring of the Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) via the Restructuring Plan (the “Restructuring Documents”), as applicable. There is also a risk that the relevant parties to the Restructuring Documents may disagree as to when a condition precedent has been satisfied or waived (or will refuse to waive a condition precedent), meaning that the implementation of the Restructuring Plan cannot be finalized.

Furthermore, in order to complete the UK Proceeding, the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part must be declared effective by the SEC and remain effective on the Settlement Date and there is no assurance this will be the case such that the UK Proceeding will be able to be successfully implemented.

A Restructuring Plan does not guarantee the viability of the business.

While it is anticipated that a Restructuring Plan (if required) and the restructuring of the Old Notes will help to ensure the continued viability of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and facilitate the Company and its subsidiaries achieving their Turnaround Plan, there may be other factors which have an impact on its financial performance, business, affairs and continued progress.

The successful implementation of a Restructuring Plan and the restructuring of the Old Notes cannot therefore be taken as an indication or guarantee of the continued viability of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Certain of the Company’s material contracts may contain termination clauses which could be triggered by a Restructuring Plan.

The Company may be party to certain material contracts that contain termination provisions which may be triggered by a Restructuring Plan. Certain of these material contracts might also be terminable as a result of insolvency-related events. There can be no assurance that the Company has identified all contracts material to its business with termination clauses that may be triggered by a Restructuring Plan or insolvency-related events. If the Company triggers such a termination clause in any of its material contracts (or in a number of contracts that, when looked at together, are material to its business) and a consent or waiver is not obtained from the relevant counterparty, such counterparty may terminate or threaten to terminate the contract, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition or prospects.

A Restructuring Plan may not be recognized or enforced in the United States.

It is contemplated that, if a Restructuring Plan is required, the Company will seek recognition of the Restructuring Plan under Chapter 15, Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. However, there is a possibility that the U.S. Bankruptcy Court will not recognize the Restructuring Plan under Chapter 15, Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. If the U.S. Bankruptcy Court declines to recognize the Restructuring Plan under Chapter 15, Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Restructuring Plan may not be recognized or be enforceable against a Holder in the United States.

Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness

We have, and following the completion of the Transactions will continue to have, a substantial amount of indebtedness and this substantial level of indebtedness could materially adversely affect our ability to generate sufficient cash to fulfill our obligations under such indebtedness, to react to changes in our business and to incur additional indebtedness to fund future needs.

As of July 5, 2025, after giving effect to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering, assuming all Holders participate in full as New Money Participants, and the use of proceeds therefrom, (i) the Company would have

 

45


Table of Contents

had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes; and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors would have had $180 million in total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of the First-Out Notes. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences for our business. For example, it could:

 

  •  

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness;

 

  •  

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, business development and other purposes;

 

  •  

compromise our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures, as compared to our competitors, due to our high level of debt and the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement that governs our ABL Facility and the indentures governing the New Notes;

 

  •  

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

 

  •  

limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate purposes;

 

  •  

prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all of the notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute a default under the indentures governing such indebtedness; and

 

  •  

limit our ability to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any subordinated indebtedness we may incur.

These restrictions could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy.

In addition, we may need additional financing to support our business and pursue our growth strategy. Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets and other factors. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock, and, in the case of equity and equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders may experience dilution.

The Credit Agreement that governs the ABL Facility and the indentures governing the New Notes each impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our restricted subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The Credit Agreement that governs the ABL Facility and indentures governing the New Notes each impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

  •  

make certain investments;

 

  •  

incur certain liens;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

46


Table of Contents
  •  

merge or consolidate;

 

  •  

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Company or the Guarantors;

 

  •  

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the ABL Facility; and

 

  •  

transfer or sell assets.

In addition, we are required to comply with a minimum level of availability under the ABL Facility. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

As a result of the restrictions described above, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Despite our indebtedness levels on the Settlement Date after giving effect to the Transactions, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Credit Agreement that governs the ABL Facility and indentures governing the New Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness that may be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur additional debt above the levels that will be in effect on the Settlement Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the risks associated with our leverage, including those described above, would increase. In addition, as of the date hereof, we had $4.7 million of availability to incur additional secured indebtedness under our ABL Facility. Further, the restrictions in the indentures governing the New Notes and the Credit Agreement that governs the ABL Facility will not prevent us from incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in such debt instruments.

We may be unable to service our indebtedness, including the New Notes, which could result in our bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the New Notes, depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general and regional economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors, all of which are beyond our control, including the availability of financing in the banking and capital markets. Lower net revenues generally will reduce our cash flow. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt, including the New Notes, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. Some of our debt, including the ABL Facility, will or may mature before the maturity dates of the New Notes.

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs, we will need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the New Notes, which could cause us to default on

 

47


Table of Contents

our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants that could further restrict our business operations.

If we fail to comply with the covenants under the ABL Facility, we could become in default thereunder, and by reason of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions, other indebtedness may then become immediately due and payable. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the ABL Facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the ABL Facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our ABL Facility. Moreover, in the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any. The lenders under our ABL Facility could also elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans, and institute foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings against their collateral. The lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into a bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceeding.

We may be required to repay the ABL Facility prior to its stated maturity date under the Credit Agreement if the springing maturity feature is triggered or otherwise reserve amounts for repayment of indebtedness.

The ABL Facility has a stated maturity date of August 13, 2030, but includes a springing maturity feature that will cause the stated maturity date to spring ahead to the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of material indebtedness (as defined therein) if such material indebtedness remains outstanding on such 91st day. In certain other cases, the Credit Agreement requires the Company to establish, on such 91st day, a reserve in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness coming due. If such features are triggered, we will be required to pay all amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility sooner than they would otherwise be due or establish reserves to repay such maturing indebtedness. We may not have sufficient funds available to pay or reserve such amounts at that time, and we may not be able to raise additional funds to pay or reserve such amounts on a timely basis, on terms we find acceptable, or at all.

An increase in market interest rates could result in a decrease in the value of the New Notes.

In general, as market interest rates rise, notes bearing interest at a fixed rate decline in value. Consequently, if you receive New Notes, and the market interest rates subsequently increase, the market value of your New Notes may decline. We cannot predict the future level of market interest rates.

An active trading market for the New Notes may not develop, which could limit the market price of the New Notes or your ability to sell them.

The New Notes are a new issue of debt securities for which there currently is no trading market. We cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will develop for the New Notes or that you will be able to sell your New Notes. If the New Notes are traded after their initial issuance, their trading price may be below par depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. We cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the New Notes, that you will be able to sell your New Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the New Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the New Notes for an indefinite period of time. In addition, there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your New Notes. This may affect the price, if any, offered for your New Notes or your ability to sell your New Notes when desired or at all.

 

48


Table of Contents

The ratings for the New Notes could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion of the issuing rating agency.

Ratings only reflect the views of the issuing rating agency or agencies and such ratings could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion of the issuing rating agency. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold the New Notes. Ratings do not reflect market prices or suitability of a security for a particular investor and the rating of the New Notes may not reflect all risks related to us and our business, or the structure or market value of the New Notes. We may elect to issue other securities for which we may seek to obtain a rating in the future. If we issue other securities with a rating, such ratings, if they are lower than market expectations or are subsequently lowered or withdrawn, could adversely affect the market for or the market value of the New Notes.

We may not be able to repurchase the New Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding New Notes at a purchase price equal to their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date plus, for the First-Out Notes, a premium of 7.5% of principal amount and, for the Second-Out Notes, a premium of 1% of principal amount. Additionally, under the terms of the ABL Facility, a change of control may constitute an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements and terminate their commitments to lend. The source of funds for any purchase of the New Notes and repayment of borrowings under the ABL Facility would be our available cash or cash generated from our and our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the New Notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we may be unable to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the New Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the New Notes and events of default and potential breaches of the terms of the ABL Facility, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, in connection with certain tender offers, including an exchange offer, for either series of New Notes, if holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding New Notes of such series validly tender and do not withdraw such notes in such tender offer and we, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of us, purchases or exchanges, all of the notes of such series validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, we or such third party will have the right to redeem the New Notes of such series that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase or exchange at a price equal to the price offered to each other holder of such series of New Notes (which may be less than par and will exclude any early tender or exchange premium and any accrued and unpaid interest paid to any Holder in such offer payment). See “Description of First-Out Notes—Optional Redemption” and “Description of Second-Out Notes—Optional Redemption.”

We may enter into transactions that would not constitute a change of control that could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

Legal uncertainty regarding what constitutes a change of control and the provisions of the indentures governing the New Notes may allow us to enter into transactions, such as acquisitions, asset sales, refinancings or recapitalizations, that would not constitute a change of control but may increase our outstanding indebtedness or otherwise affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under the New Notes. The definition of change of control for purposes of the New Notes will include a phrase relating to the transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, your ability to require us to repurchase your New Notes as a result of a transfer of less than all of our assets to another person may be uncertain.

 

49


Table of Contents

Applicable fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the New Notes or the guarantees thereof and any related security, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the New Notes and the incurrence of the guarantees of the New Notes and any related security. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the New Notes or the guarantees thereof and any related security could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if the Company or a guarantor, as applicable, (i) issued the notes or incurred its guarantee with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (ii) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the New Notes or incurring the guarantees or any related security and, in the case of (ii) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

  •  

the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of its guarantees;

 

  •  

the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of its guarantees left the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business;

 

  •  

the Company or such Guarantor intended to, or believed that it would, incur indebtedness beyond its ability to pay as they mature; or

 

  •  

the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, issued the New Notes or incurred its guarantees to or for the benefit of an insider (e.g., a director, an officer, a person in control, etc., of the Company or such Guarantor), under an employment contract and not in the ordinary course of business.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a Guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee or security interest to the extent the Guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the New Notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not the Company or a Guarantor was insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the New Notes or the guarantees thereof and any related security would be subordinated to other indebtedness. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

 

  •  

the sum of its indebtedness, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

  •  

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing indebtedness, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature;

 

  •  

it generally ceased to pay its indebtedness in the ordinary course of business other than as a result of a bona fide dispute; or

 

  •  

it could not pay its indebtedness as they became due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of a guarantee thereof and any related security was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other reviewable transaction, the court could void the payment obligations under the New Notes or that guarantee or security interest, could subordinate the New Notes or that guarantee or security interest to presently existing and future indebtedness of the Company or of the relevant guarantor or could require the holders of the New Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the New Notes or that guarantee or security interest. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other reviewable transaction occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. The indentures governing the New Notes will also permit guarantees by foreign subsidiaries to be limited to the extent necessary to comply with applicable local law, and these limitations could limit the value of the guarantees. Further, the avoidance of the New Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and

 

50


Table of Contents

our subsidiaries’ other indebtedness that could result in acceleration of that indebtedness.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court in the United States may subordinate the claims in respect of the New Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (i) the holder of New Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (ii) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of the New Notes and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). Similar limitations could apply in other jurisdictions. With respect to such other jurisdictions, there may be certain local limitations on perfection of collateral or enforcement against security interests which could affect your ability to realize the full or intended benefits of the security interests over the collateral, which limitations may be material.

You may have difficulty enforcing U.S. bankruptcy and insolvency laws.

Under the Bankruptcy Code, U.S. bankruptcy courts are given jurisdiction over a debtor’s property wherever it is located, including property situated in other countries. However, courts outside of the United States may not recognize the U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction. Accordingly, you may have difficulty administering a U.S. bankruptcy case or a ruling of a U.S. bankruptcy court involving any guarantors organized outside of the United States, because their center of main interest and/or the substantial majority of their respective property may be located outside of the United States. Any orders or judgments of a bankruptcy court in the United States may not be enforceable against the guarantors organized outside of the United States with respect to their respective property located outside the United States. Similar difficulties may arise in administering bankruptcy cases in other jurisdictions.

In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate reorganization or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of the jurisdictions of organization of the Company or guarantors, including a future guarantor. Your rights under the New Notes and the guarantees may therefore be subject to the laws of multiple jurisdictions, and you may not be able to enforce effectively your rights in multiple bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar proceedings. See “—Enforcement of the New Notes, the guarantees in respect thereof and the Collateral securing the foregoing across multiple foreign jurisdictions may be difficult and involve long recovery times.” In addition, there are differences between the bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate reorganization, foreign exchange, administration and other laws of the United States and other jurisdictions of the guarantors and potential future guarantors, including in respect of creditors’ rights and remedies, priority of creditors, priority claims, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of insolvency or other proceedings, and any such differences may be material.

There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the New Notes under which the guarantees and the Collateral securing the notes will be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the applicable New Trustee.

Under various circumstances, the guarantees of the New Notes and any related security will be released automatically. The guarantee of a guarantor of the New Notes and any related security will be automatically released to the extent such guarantor or security interest is released in connection with a sale or other disposition of the equity interests of such guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indentures governing the New Notes. As a result, the Collateral securing the New Notes may be released automatically to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such Collateral in transactions not prohibited by the indentures governing the New Notes, including the sale of any entity in its entirety that owns or holds such Collateral. The Collateral securing the New Notes may also be released automatically upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee as permitted by the indentures governing the New Notes or when such guarantor otherwise ceases to be a guarantor.

If the guarantee of any guarantor is released, no holder of the New Notes will have a claim as a creditor against that subsidiary, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and preferred stock, if any,

 

51


Table of Contents

whether secured or unsecured, of that subsidiary will be structurally senior to the claim of any holders of the New Notes. For a description of all circumstances in which a guarantor’s subsidiary guarantee and the Collateral securing the New Notes will be automatically released], see “Description of First-Out Notes— Note Guarantees,” “Description of First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements—Use and Release of Collateral,” “Description of Second-Out Notes— Note Guarantees” and “Description of Second-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements—Use and Release of Collateral.”

The New Notes and the guarantees will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company that are not guarantors.

The New Notes, including the guarantees of the New Notes, will be structurally subordinated to any indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of the subsidiaries of the Company that are not guarantors. Any right we have to receive assets of any of our subsidiaries upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders of the New Notes to participate in those assets) will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that we are recognized as a creditor of the subsidiary, in which case our claims would still be subordinated in right of payment to any security in the assets of the subsidiary and any indebtedness of the subsidiary senior to that which we hold. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of liquidation or similar proceeds paid to holders of the New Notes.

The Second-Out Notes will be secured by liens that rank junior to the First-Out Notes and other indebtedness and will be subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes.

The Second-Out Notes and related guarantees will be secured by liens that rank junior to the liens securing the First-Out Notes and will be subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes (in both cases, subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement). As a result, the Second-Out Notes and related guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s existing secured indebtedness (other than, with respect to the ABL Facility, the Notes Priority Collateral) or obligations that rank senior to the Second-Out Notes, including the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes will be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of any non-Guarantor subsidiary of the Company.

The effect of this subordination is that upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness under First-Out Notes or other secured indebtedness that ranks senior to the Second-Out Notes (or in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding of us or the subsidiary guarantors) the proceeds from the sale of the assets securing such indebtedness or obligations will be available to pay obligations on the Second-Out Notes only after all such indebtedness under the First-Out Notes and other senior indebtedness have been paid in full. Because the Second-Out Notes and the respective note guarantees will be secured by liens that rank junior to the liens securing the First-Out Notes and those other obligations, it is possible that there will be no assets remaining from which claims of holders of the Second-Out Notes can be satisfied or, if any assets remain, that the remaining assets will be insufficient to satisfy those claims in full. If the value of any remaining assets is less than the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Second-Out Notes, and all other debt secured with liens ranking equally with the liens securing the Second-Out Notes, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations under the Second-Out Notes. As a result, the holders of the Second-Out Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of the First-Out Notes in the event of our or the subsidiary guarantors’ bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization, and you may lose a portion of or the entire value of your investment in the Second-Out Notes.

In addition, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement will provide that in the event that holders of the First-Out Notes (including the New Trustee, as applicable, and/or First-Out Notes Collateral Agent acting on their behalf) enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture and/or related documents for the purpose of adding to or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, the First-Out Notes Indenture and/or documents, then, subject to limited exceptions, such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the Second-Out Notes Indenture without the consent of the holders of the Second-Out Notes and

 

52


Table of Contents

without any action by the New Trustee, as applicable, or the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent or other representative. As a result, amendments to the Second-Out Notes Indenture may be made without your consent following the issuance of the Second-Out Notes.

We may be unable to repay or refinance the New Notes at maturity.

At the applicable maturity date of each series of the New Notes, the entire outstanding principal amount of each series of the New Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, will become due and payable. We may not have the funds to fulfill these obligations or the ability to refinance these obligations. Additionally, the First-Out Notes mature at an earlier date than the Second-Out Notes and are to be repaid at a premium. Therefore, after repayment of the First-Out Notes, we may not have the funds to fulfill our obligations under the Second-Out Notes. If the maturity date occurs at a time when other arrangements prohibit us from repaying the New Notes, we could try to obtain waivers of such prohibitions from the lenders and holders under those arrangements, or we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain the restrictions. In these circumstances, if we cannot obtain such waivers or refinance these borrowings, we would be unable to repay the New Notes at maturity.

Enforcement of the New Notes, the guarantees in respect thereof and the Collateral securing the foregoing across multiple foreign jurisdictions may be difficult and involve long recovery times.

The Foreign Guarantors are organized under the laws of Canada (or a province thereof), England and Wales and Germany and certain Collateral is governed by the laws of such jurisdiction or located in such jurisdiction. As a result, the Collateral will be governed by the laws of such jurisdictions. In the event of judicial liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions. Your rights under the New Notes, the guarantees of the New Notes and the Collateral will thus be subject to the laws of a number of jurisdictions, and it may be difficult to effectively enforce such rights in multijurisdictional liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multijurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights. The judicial liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and other laws of the Foreign Guarantors’ jurisdiction of organization which govern the security interest in the Collateral may be materially different from, or conflict with, each other and with the laws of the United States, including in the areas of creditors’ rights, priority of creditors, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceeding. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdictions’ law should apply and could adversely affect your ability to enforce the Collateral securing the New Notes and to realize any recovery under the New Notes and the guarantees of the New Notes. See “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Law Considerations.”

Moreover, in certain jurisdictions, including Germany, it is unclear whether all security interests in the Collateral securing the New Notes give the security agent a right to prevent other creditors from foreclosing on and realizing the Collateral or whether certain security interests only give the security agent and the holders of the New Notes priority (according to their rank) in the distribution of any proceeds of such realization. Accordingly, the security agent and the holders of the New Notes may not be able to avoid foreclosure by other creditors (including unsecured creditors) on such Collateral.

It is possible that some of the Collateral securing the New Notes may not be enforceable.

The creation of security interests to secure the obligations of a third party may be limited under Canadian, English and Welsh and German law. As a result, enforcement of the Collateral securing the New Notes may be subject to certain statutory limitations or defenses or to limitations contained in the terms of the security documents designed to ensure compliance with applicable statutory requirements. See “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Law Considerations”.

 

53


Table of Contents

There are additional limitations on guarantees and security interests provided by our German Guarantor in the corporate form of a German limited liability company.

Any grant of a guarantee or security interest by a guarantor or security provider, respectively, will be subject to certain German capital maintenance rules of the German Act regarding companies with limited liability (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung) (the “GmbHG”) if that guarantor or security provider, respectively, is incorporated in Germany in the legal form of a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung—a “GmbH”) and it guarantees or secures liabilities of its direct or indirect shareholders or subsidiaries of such shareholder that are not subsidiaries of that guarantor or security provider (i.e. up-stream or side stream securities). As a general rule, sections 30 and 31 of the GmbHG (“Sections 30 and 31 GmbHG”) prohibit a GmbH from disbursing its assets to its shareholders to the extent that the amount of the GmbH’s net assets (i.e., assets minus liabilities and liability reserves) is or would fall below the amount of its stated share capital (Stammkapital). Guarantees or security interests granted by a GmbH in order to guarantee or secure liabilities of a direct or indirect parent or sister company are considered disbursements under Sections 30 and 31 GmbHG. Therefore, in order to enable Fossil (Europe) GmbH (the “German Guarantor”) to grant a guarantee and to provide security interests to secure liabilities of a direct or indirect parent or sister company without the risk of violating Sections 30 and 31 GmbHG and to limit any potential personal liability of management, it is standard market practice for credit agreements, indentures, guarantees and security documents to contain so-called “limitation language” in relation to subsidiaries incorporated in Germany in the legal form of a GmbH. Pursuant to such “limitation language,” the beneficiaries of the guarantees and security interests, respectively, contractually agree, subject to certain exemptions, to enforce the guarantees and security interests against the German subsidiary only if and to the extent that such enforcement does not result in the subsidiary’s net assets falling below, or increasing an existing shortfall of, its stated share capital. See “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Considerations—Germany—Security—Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests.”

Accordingly, as a matter of German corporate law, the relevant documents in relation to such guarantees and security interests granted by a GmbH will contain such contractual limitation language and such guarantees or security interests will be limited in the manner described. This could lead to a situation in which the respective guarantee or security interest granted by such GmbH cannot be enforced at all.

Relevant insolvency laws in foreign jurisdictions may provide you with less protection than U.S. bankruptcy law.

The procedural and substantive provisions of the insolvency and similar laws in many of the jurisdictions in which the Foreign Guarantors are organized are generally less favorable to secured creditors than comparable provisions of U.S. law and afford debtors and unsecured creditors only limited protection from secured creditors.

In the event that any one or more of the Foreign Guarantors, if any, or any other of our subsidiaries experiences financial difficulty, it is not possible to predict with certainty in which jurisdiction or jurisdictions insolvency, corporate arrangement (if applicable) or similar proceedings would be commenced, or the outcome of such proceedings. Any enforcement of the guarantees or security after bankruptcy or an insolvency event in such other jurisdictions will be subject to the insolvency laws of the relevant entity’s jurisdiction of organization or other jurisdictions. The application of these laws, or any conflict among them, could call into question which particular jurisdiction’s laws should apply, adversely affect your ability to enforce your rights under the guarantees or the security in these jurisdictions and limit any amounts that you may receive. See “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Considerations” for a description of the insolvency and similar laws in these jurisdictions, which could limit the enforceability of the guarantees and the security interests.

 

54


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Collateral

The Company and the Guarantors will have control over the Collateral and the sale of particular assets could reduce their value.

The security documents will allow the Company and the Guarantors to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over, freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from the Collateral. So long as no event of default under the indentures that will govern the New Notes or the ABL Facility would result therefrom, the Company and the Guarantors may, among other things, without any release or consent by the applicable Notes Collateral Agent, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to the Collateral, such as selling, abandoning or otherwise disposing of Collateral and making ordinary course cash payments, including repayments of indebtedness. See “Description of First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements—Use and Release of Collateral” and “Description of Second-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements—Use and Release of Collateral.”

The New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof will be secured only to the extent of the value of the Collateral that has been granted as security for the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof, and such security may not be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof.

The holders of the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof will be secured only by the Collateral. The Collateral will also secure the obligations under the ABL Facility, and may, to the extent permitted by the terms of the indentures that will govern the New Notes, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, secure debt we may incur in the future, including debt that ranks on a pari passu basis with the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof with respect to the Collateral. Any debt that ranks on a pari passu basis with the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof with respect to the Collateral will dilute the claims of the holders of the New Notes to the extent of such debt.

No appraisals have been prepared by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors in connection with the issuance of the New Notes. The value of the Collateral may be subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, general economic conditions, industry conditions and similar factors. The amount to be received upon an enforcement of such Collateral will depend upon many factors, including, among others, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, the availability of buyers, whether or not our business is sold as a going concern, the jurisdiction in which the enforcement action or sale is completed, the ability to readily liquidate the Collateral and the condition of the Collateral. Further, there may not be any buyer willing and able to purchase our business as a going concern, or willing to buy a significant portion of our assets in the event of an enforcement action. The book value of the Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. All or a portion of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure you that there will be a market for the sale of the Collateral, or, if such a market exists, that there will not be a substantial delay in our liquidation.

To the extent that security interests and other rights granted to other parties encumber assets constituting Collateral, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to their security interests or other rights that could adversely affect the value of that Collateral and the ability of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to take any enforcement action with respect to that Collateral.

There is no guarantee that the value of the Collateral will be sufficient to enable the Company or the Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the New Notes or the guarantees in respect thereof.

It may be difficult to realize the value of the Collateral securing the New Notes.

The Collateral securing the New Notes will be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections permitted under the indentures that will govern the New Notes, the First-Out/Second-Out

 

55


Table of Contents

Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the Collateral securing the New Notes, as well as the ability of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to realize or foreclose on such Collateral. Furthermore, the first-priority ranking of security interests can be affected by a variety of factors, including, among others, the timely satisfaction of perfection requirements, statutory liens or recharacterization under applicable law.

The security interests of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent will be subject to practical problems generally associated with the realization of security interests in Collateral. It is impossible to predict how long payments under the New Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding, whether or when the applicable Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral or whether or to what extent a holder of the New Notes may be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral. In addition, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent may need to obtain the consent of third parties and make additional filings or foreclose on Collateral. We cannot assure you that the consents of any third parties, if any, will be given when required to facilitate additional filings or foreclosure on any such assets. Accordingly, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent may not have the ability to foreclose or otherwise enforce against those assets, and the value of the Collateral may significantly decrease.

The security interests in the Collateral in the New Notes will be granted to the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent in respect of the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent in respect of the Second-Out Notes, rather than directly to the holders of the respective New Notes. The ability of any applicable Notes Collateral Agent to enforce claims against the Collateral may be restricted by law, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The security interests in the Collateral that will secure our obligations under the New Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the guarantees in respect thereof will not be granted directly to the holders of the New Notes but will be granted only in favor of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent. The indentures that will govern the New Notes, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement regulate the mechanism under which enforcement of the respective security documents is provided. As a consequence, holders of the New Notes will not have direct security interests and will not be entitled to take enforcement action in respect of the Collateral securing the New Notes, except through their New Trustee, who will (subject to the provisions of the indentures that will govern the New Notes) provide instructions to the applicable Notes Collateral Agent in respect of the Collateral.

The New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof will be secured on a second-priority basis or third-priority basis, as applicable, by the ABL Priority Collateral that secures the obligations under the ABL Facility, and such Collateral, together with the value of the Collateral securing the New Notes on a first-lien basis or second-lien basis, as applicable, may not be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof.

The New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof will be secured on a second-priority basis or third-priority basis, as applicable, by the ABL Priority Collateral owned by the Company that secures the obligations under the ABL Facility. The amount, if any, to be received by the holders of the New Notes upon an enforcement of any ABL Priority Collateral, will be subject first to the discharge in full of all outstanding obligations, including banking service and hedging obligations, secured under the ABL Facility, which rank first in relation to the ABL Priority Collateral. There is no guarantee that the value of such ABL Priority Collateral, together with the value of Collateral securing the New Notes on a first-priority basis or second-priority basis, as applicable, and any other proceeds received on behalf of the holders of the New Notes, will be sufficient to enable the Company or the Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the New Notes or the guarantees in respect thereof.

 

56


Table of Contents

Your rights in the Collateral for the New Notes may be adversely affected by any failure to perfect the security interest in the Collateral and other issues generally associated with the realization of security interests in Collateral.

Under applicable law, a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected (including enforceability vis-à-vis third parties upon registration before the relevant public registries), and its priority retained, through certain actions undertaken by the secured party and/or the grantor of the security. The liens on the Collateral securing the New Notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of such New Notes if we fail or are unable to take the actions we are required to take to perfect any of those liens. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at or promptly following the time such property and rights are acquired and identified.

Neither the New Trustee nor the applicable Notes Collateral Agent will be obligated to monitor, and we may not comply with, our obligations to inform the respective New Trustee or the applicable Notes Collateral Agent of, any future acquisition of property and rights by us, and we may not take the necessary action to properly perfect the security interest in such property or rights. Such failure may result in the invalidity of the security interest in the Collateral for the New Notes or adversely affect the priority of the security interest in favor of the New Notes against third parties.

Not all assets will be included in the Collateral.

The New Notes will be effectively subordinated to any existing or future indebtedness of the Company that is secured by a lien on assets that do not constitute a part of the Collateral to the extent of the value of such assets. To the extent the claims of holders of the New Notes exceed the value of the Collateral securing the New Notes, claims of the holders of the New Notes related to any excluded assets will |rank equally with the claims of the holders of any other unsecured indebtedness. As a result, if the value of the assets granted as security for the New Notes is less than the value of the claims of the holders of the New Notes, those claims may not be satisfied in full before the claims of the unsecured creditors are paid.

Any future pledge of the Collateral or guarantee may be avoidable in bankruptcy.

Certain security interests in the Collateral securing the New Notes will neither be in place nor perfected on the Settlement Date. To the extent any security interests required by the indentures that will govern the New Notes and related security documents are not created and perfected on or prior to the Settlement Date, such indentures will require us to create and perfect all such security interests following the Settlement Date. Collateral pledged, or guarantees issued, after the Settlement Date may be treated under bankruptcy law as if they were pledged to secure, or delivered to guarantee, as applicable, previously existing indebtedness.

Any future pledge of the Collateral or issuance of a guarantee in favor of the holders of the New Notes (including any liens delivered or reinstated and/or pursuant to guarantees delivered in connection therewith after the date the New Notes are issued) may be avoidable by the pledgor (as a debtor in possession), guarantor (as a debtor in possession), by its trustee in bankruptcy, or potentially by other creditors if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if (i) the pledgor or guarantor is insolvent at the time of the pledge and/or issuance of the guarantee, (ii) the pledge and/or issuance of the guarantee (as applicable) permits the holders of the New Notes to receive a greater recovery in a hypothetical Chapter 7 case than if such pledge and/or guarantee (as applicable) had not been given and (iii) a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor or guarantor is commenced within 90 days following the pledge or the perfection thereof and/or the issuance of the guarantee (as applicable), or, in certain circumstances, a longer period. Accordingly, if the Company or any Guarantor were to file for bankruptcy protection after the Settlement Date and any pledge of the Collateral not pledged, or any guarantees not issued, on the Settlement Date had been pledged or perfected or issued (as applicable) less than 90 days before commencement of such bankruptcy proceeding, such pledges or guarantees are materially more likely to be avoided as a preference by the bankruptcy court than if delivered on the Settlement Date (even if the

 

57


Table of Contents

other guarantees or liens (as applicable) issued on the Settlement Date would no longer be subject to such risk). To the extent that the grant of any such security interest and/or guarantee is avoided as a preference or otherwise, you would lose the benefit of the security interest and/or guarantee (as applicable).

Rights of holders of the New Notes in the Collateral may be adversely affected during bankruptcy proceedings.

The right of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to foreclose upon, repossess and dispose of the Collateral securing the New Notes and the related guarantees is likely to be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by federal bankruptcy law if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced by or against the Company or the Guarantors prior to, or possibly even after, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent has repossessed and disposed of the Collateral. Under the Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor, such as the applicable Notes Collateral Agent for the New Notes, is prohibited from foreclosing upon or repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security previously repossessed from a debtor, without prior bankruptcy court approval (which may not be given under the circumstances). Moreover, bankruptcy law permits the debtor to continue to retain and use collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents or profits of the Collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to the circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in its collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional or replacement security, if and at such time as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the Collateral as a result of the automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the Collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In view of both the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” under the Bankruptcy Code and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how, whether or when payments under the notes could be made following the commencement of a bankruptcy case, the length of the delay in making any such payments or whether any such payment will be made at all or in what form, whether or when the applicable Notes Collateral Agent could or would repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Collateral as of the commencement date of any bankruptcy proceedings, or whether or to what extent or in what form holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of the value of the Collateral through the requirements of “adequate protection.”

The Collateral for the New Notes is subject to casualty risks.

Although we maintain insurance policies to insure against losses, there are certain losses that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, it is possible that the insurance proceeds will not compensate us fully for our losses in the event of a catastrophic loss. We cannot assure you that any insurance proceeds received by us upon the total or partial loss of the Collateral for the New Notes will be sufficient to satisfy all of our secured obligations, including the New Notes.

Lien searches may not reveal all existing liens on the Collateral.

We cannot guarantee that the lien searches conducted on the Collateral securing the New Notes or the guarantees in respect thereof will reveal all existing liens on such Collateral. Any existing undiscovered lien could be significant, could be prior in ranking to the liens securing the New Notes or the guarantees in respect thereof and could have an adverse effect on the ability of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to realize or foreclose upon such Collateral. Certain statutory priority liens may also exist that cannot be discovered by lien searches.

Risks Related to the Common Stock and Warrants

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of NASDAQ could result in a delisting of our Common Stock.

If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of NASDAQ, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, NASDAQ may take steps to delist our Common

 

58


Table of Contents

Stock. While we did not receive any delisting notices in 2024, our Common Stock closed below the $1.00 closing bid requirement for NASDAQ on a number of trading dates in early 2024. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our Common Stock and would likely impair your ability to sell or purchase our Common Stock. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our Common Stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our Common Stock, prevent our Common Stock from dropping below the NASDAQ minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with NASDAQ’s listing requirements. Additionally, if our Common Stock is not listed on, or becomes delisted from, NASDAQ for any reason, and is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our Common Stock may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange. Holders of our Common Stock may be unable to sell their Common Stock unless a market can be established or sustained.

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions of activist stockholders, and such activism could impact the trading value of our securities.

Stockholders may, from time to time, engage in proxy solicitations or advance stockholder proposals, or otherwise attempt to effect changes and assert influence on our Board and management. For example, in February 2024, an activist stockholder nominated four directors for election at our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders. We reached an agreement in March 2024 with the activist stockholder, which resulted in the activist stockholder and the Company each nominating one candidate to our Board at our 2024 annual meeting. Activist campaigns that contest or conflict with our strategic direction or seek changes in the composition of our Board could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. A proxy contest would require us to incur significant legal and advisory fees, proxy solicitation expenses and administrative and associated costs and require significant time and attention by our Board and management, diverting their attention from the pursuit of our business strategy. Any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction and control, our ability to execute on our strategy, or changes to the composition of our Board or senior management team arising from a proxy contest could lead to the perception of a change in the direction of our business or instability which may result in the loss of potential business opportunities, make it more difficult to pursue our strategic initiatives, or limit our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. If individuals are ultimately elected to our Board with a specific goal, it may adversely affect our ability to effectively implement our business strategy and create additional value for our stockholders. We may choose to initiate, or may become subject to, litigation as a result of a proxy contest or matters arising from the proxy contest, which would serve as a further distraction to our Board and management and would require us to incur significant additional costs. In addition, actions such as those described above could cause significant fluctuations in our stock price based upon temporary or speculative market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

We may continue to experience rapid and substantial increases or decreases in our stock price in the foreseeable future that may not coincide in timing with the disclosure of news or developments by or affecting us. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate dramatically, and may decline rapidly, regardless of any developments in our business.

Overall, there are various factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could negatively affect the market price of our common stock or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock, including:

 

  •  

the impact of tariffs on our business;

 

  •  

the impact of any future pandemic;

 

  •  

actual or anticipated variations in our annual or quarterly results of operations, including our earnings estimates and whether we meet market expectations with regard to our earnings and liquidity;

 

59


Table of Contents
  •  

our decision not to, or our current inability to, pay dividends or other distributions;

 

  •  

publication of research reports by analysts or others about us or the specialty retail industry, which may be unfavorable, inaccurate, inconsistent or not disseminated on a regular basis;

 

  •  

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

  •  

market reaction to any additional equity, debt or other securities that we may issue in the future, and which may or may not dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders;

 

  •  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  •  

actions by activist and institutional or significant stockholders;

 

  •  

short interest in our stock and the market response to such short interest;

 

  •  

a dramatic increase in the number of individual holders of our stock and their participation in social media platforms targeted at speculative investing;

 

  •  

speculation in the press or investment community about our company or industry;

 

  •  

financial results reported or comments or releases by certain of our significant public licensing partners pertaining to the watch category;

 

  •  

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or other investments;

 

  •  

legislative, administrative, regulatory or other actions affecting our business or our industry, including positions taken by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”);

 

  •  

investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect us;

 

  •  

general market and economic conditions;

 

  •  

a downgrade in our debt ratings; and

 

  •  

the other risks identified herein.

Our organizational documents contain anti-takeover provisions that could discourage a proposal for a takeover.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a proposal for a takeover. These include a provision in our certificate of incorporation authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock and provisions in our bylaws establishing advance notice procedures with respect to certain stockholder proposals. Our bylaws may be amended by a vote of 80% of the Board, subject to repeal by a vote of 80% of the stockholders. In addition, Delaware law limits the ability of a Delaware corporation to engage in certain business combinations with interested stockholders.

Failure to meet our financial guidance or achieve other forward-looking statements we have provided to the public could result in a decline in our stock price.

From time to time, we provide public guidance on our expected financial results or disclose other forward-looking information for future periods. We manage our business to maximize our growth and profitability and not to achieve financial or operating targets for any particular reporting period. Although we believe that public guidance may provide investors with a better understanding of our expectations for the future and is useful to our existing and potential stockholders, such guidance is subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Any such guidance or other forward-looking statements are predictions based on our then-existing expectations and projections about future events that we believe are reasonable. Actual events or results may differ materially from our expectations, and as such, our actual results may not be in line with guidance we have provided. We are

 

60


Table of Contents

under no duty to update any of our forward-looking statements to conform to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by federal securities laws. If our financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of investors, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline and stockholders could be adversely affected. Investors who rely on these predictions when making investment decisions with respect to our securities do so at their own risk. In addition, our stock price may also decline if we fail to meet securities research analysts’ projections. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline.

There is currently no public market for the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants offered hereby and the Initial Public Warrants and the Pre-Funded Public Warrants will not be listed on any stock exchange.

There is currently no public market for the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants offered hereby and there can be no assurance that an active public market will develop or be sustained after completion of the offering. The Dealer Manager is not obligated to, and does not intend to, make a market in the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants and we do not intend to list the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants for trading on any securities exchange. In the event a public market for the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants does not develop or cannot be sustained, it is not possible to predict the price at which the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants will trade in the secondary market or whether such market will be liquid or illiquid. To the extent the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants are exercised, the number of Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants outstanding will decrease, which could result in diminished liquidity for such remaining outstanding Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. A decrease in the liquidity of the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants may cause, in turn, an increase in the volatility associated with the price of the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. To the extent that the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants are or become illiquid, an investor may have to exercise the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants to realize value.

Investors will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to their Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants until they exercise their Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants and acquire shares of our Common Stock.

Until you acquire shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants, you will have no rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying such Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. Upon exercise of your Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants, you will be entitled to exercise the rights of a shareholder only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

Risks Related to Taxation

The Exchange Offer and Rights Offering are complex and may be a fully-taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The treatment of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering is complex and subject to numerous interpretational issues and uncertainties in tax treatment. As relates to exchanging Holders, we intend to take the position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering should be treated as part of a single integrated offer (particularly given the economic incentive of exchanging Old Notes for First-Out Notes for Holders that participate in the Rights Offering) and, accordingly, that the Subscription Rights should not be treated as a separate property right or otherwise accorded separate tax significance. As an integrated transaction, a Holder that exchanges their Old Notes and is a New Money Participant generally would be treated as exchanging their Old Notes and cash for an investment unit consisting of First-Out Notes, Common Stock and

 

61


Table of Contents

Initial Public Warrants and a Non-New Money Participant generally would be treated as exchanging Old Notes for an investment unit consisting of Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants. There is no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not assert that the Rights Offering should be treated as a separate transaction, in which event the receipt of the Subscription Rights potentially could be treated as a taxable receipt with the consequences discussed under “—Holders that do not exchange their Old Notes may recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the liquidity or tax reporting of their Old Notes may be impacted.”

An exchange of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will be a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless the exchange qualifies as a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We expect to take the position that the exchange of Old Notes for Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants pursuant to the Exchange Offer qualifies as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the exchange so qualifies, a Holder would recognize gain (but not loss) in the exchange equal to the lesser of its realized gain and the issue price of any Second-Out Notes received from the Consent Premium. Although we expect that the exchange of Old Notes for First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants pursuant to the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering (inclusive of the First-Out Notes and the Common Stock in view of the treatment of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering as a single integrated transaction) will also qualify as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes due to the receipt of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants, Holders may nonetheless recognize a significant amount of their realized gain (but not loss) in such exchange since the First-Out Notes are not expected to constitute non-recognition property. We also believe that the First-Out Notes and Second-Out Notes received, as applicable, in the Consent Premium in recognition of an exchanging Holder’s deemed consents in the Consent Solicitation reasonably should be treated as part of the New Notes in exchange for their Old Notes and not as a separate payment or fee. However, there is no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position as to some or all of the matters as to which there are interpretational issues or uncertainties in treatment, including with respect to the computation of any gain (or loss) recognizable.

See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for further information.

Holders that do not exchange their Old Notes may recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the liquidity or tax reporting of their Old Notes may be impacted.

Whether the adoption of the Proposed Amendments will constitute a realization event for U.S. federal income tax purposes depends on whether such adoption is considered to result in a “significant modification” of the Old Notes. If the adoption of the Proposed Amendments results in a “significant modification” of the Old Notes, there would be a deemed exchange of the Old Notes for the modified Old Notes (and the modified Old Notes would be treated as newly-issued for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that would result in Holders that do not tender their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer recognizing gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless that deemed exchange qualifies as a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Additionally, any modified Old Notes that are considered to be newly issued as a result of a deemed exchange would (unlike the current Old Notes) be expected to be “issued” with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of whether recapitalization treatment applies). Although the issue is not free from doubt, we intend to take the position that the adoption of the Proposed Amendments will not cause a significant modification of the Old Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and thus will not cause a deemed exchange of the Old Notes.

The treatment of the receipt of the Subscription Rights pursuant to the Rights Offering is uncertain. As discussed in the preceding risk factor with respect to exchanging Holders, we intend to take the position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering should treated as part of a single integrated offer (particularly given the economic incentive of exchanging Old Notes for First-Out Notes for Holders that participate in the Rights Offering) and, accordingly, that the Subscription Rights should not be accorded separate significance. Consistent therewith, we believe that a Holder that does not separately exercise their Subscription Rights should simply be treated as rejecting the integrated offer. It is possible, however, that the Rights Offering and therefore the receipt and/or exercise of the Subscription Rights could be treated separate from the Exchange

 

62


Table of Contents

Offer for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with its form. Even in such instance, the tax treatment of the Subscription Rights is uncertain. For example, the Subscription Rights could be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as: (i) a separate, potentially taxable property right (possibly to all Holders or just to an exercising Holder), the value of which would be separately tested to determine whether there would be a “significant modification” of the Old Notes due to an effective change in yield and, thus, a deemed exchange of the Holder’s Old Notes that are not exchanged for New Notes or (ii) as itself reflecting a modification of the terms of Old Note due to the fact that the Subscription Rights are not separately transferable but rather trade with the Old Notes, in which case the receipt of the Subscription Rights would appropriately be tested under general economic significance test together with the adoption of the Proposed Amendments. If the Subscription Rights results in a “significant modification” of the Old Notes, a Holder might recognize gain or loss as described above. Even if not resulting in a “significant” modification, there is a possibility certain of the Old Notes which remain outstanding after the Transactions could be considered to have been modified as a result of the receipt or exercise of the Subscription Rights (i.e., Old Notes held by an exercising Holder) while others may not. In such event, such modified Old Notes may not be “fungible” for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any Old Notes that are not also so modified. It is possible that this may have an adverse impact on the liquidity and also affect the tax reporting of any remaining Old Notes.

See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Tax Consequences to Non-Exchanging Holders” for further information.

The New Notes are expected to be issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The New Notes are expected to be issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such case, a holder subject to U.S. federal income taxation generally will be required to include such original issue discount in gross income (as ordinary income) on a constant yield to maturity basis without a commensurate cash payment until final maturity, regardless of such holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, such a holder could have a resulting tax liability without having received a corresponding amount of cash. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Tax Consequences to Exchanging Holders.”

We may recognize a significant amount of cancellation of indebtedness (“COD”) income as a result of the consummation of the Transactions.

The exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may result in a significant amount of COD income to the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Since the amount of COD income recognized by the Company generally depends on the “issue price” of the New Notes as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Tax Consequences to Exchanging Holders—Issue Price of the New Notes”) and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received, the precise amount of COD income, if any, resulting from the exchange of Old Notes cannot be determined until after the date of the exchange. However, we anticipate that all or substantially all of any COD income that it may recognize in connection with the exchanges will be offset by current-year tax losses. To the extent that such losses and the other tax attributes of the Company are not sufficient to fully offset any COD income (whether due to the amount of COD income, other income generated by the Company, limitations on the utilization of all or some of the Company’s tax attributes or otherwise), the Company may incur a resulting cash tax liability.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company has estimated federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $331 million and certain other tax attributes. If we undergo an “ownership change,” our ability to utilize our pre-ownership change losses and tax credits to offset post-ownership change taxable income or tax liability will

 

63


Table of Contents

be subject to certain limitations. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” if there is a greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative change (by value) in the equity ownership (including interests treated as equity ownership for this purpose) of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period. Generally, the amount of the annual limitation is determined based on a corporation’s value immediately prior to the ownership change. In addition, for state income tax purposes, our ability to offset COD income with state net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes will be impacted by the mix of income between states and state-specific limitations. The Company does not believe at this time that the issuance of the Initial Public Warrants or Common Stock pursuant to the Transactions (or subsequent exercise of Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants by a Holder) will give rise to an ownership change. However, future issuances or sales of our Common Stock or other interests treated as our equity (including transactions involving our stock that are not within our control) could result in a current or subsequent ownership change.

 

64


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Pursuant to the indentures governing the New Notes, the New Notes will be jointly and severally, and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis, by Fossil Canada Inc., Fossil (Europe) GmbH, Fossil Global Holdings, Inc., Fossil Intermediate, Inc., Fossil Partners, L.P., Fossil Stores I, Inc., Fossil Trust, Fossil (UK) Limited and Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited, all wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, and, if required pursuant to the applicable indenture, certain other future subsidiaries of the Company. See “Description of the First-Out Notes” and “Description of the Second-Out Notes.”

The following tables present the summarized financial information specified in Rule 1-02(bb)(1) of Regulation S-X for the Company and each Guarantor on a combined basis. The summarized financial information has been prepared in accordance with Rule 13-01 of Regulation S-X. Intercompany balances and transactions among the Company and the Guarantors have been eliminated. Amounts attributable to the investment in consolidated subsidiaries of the Company that have not issued or guaranteed the New Notes have been excluded. Amounts due to, amounts due from, and transactions with non-obligor subsidiaries are separately disclosed, as applicable.

Combined Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries Summarized Results of Operations

 

(in thousands)    27 Weeks Ended
July 5, 2025
     52 Weeks Ended
December 28, 2024
 

Revenues

   $ 246,320      $ 651,196  

Revenue from non-obligor subsidiaries

     10,856        33,203  

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

     173,067        447,061  

Operating income

     (59,002 )       (187,189 ) 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (50,056 )       (166,365 ) 

Net income (loss)

     (51,803 )       (169,513 ) 

Combined Parent and Guarantor Subsidiaries Summarized Balance Sheet

 

(in thousands)    As of
July 5, 2025
     As of
December 28, 2024
 

Assets

     

Amounts due from non-obligor subsidiaries

   $ 109,516      $ 106,028  

Current assets

     160,071        224,318  

Non-current assets

     99,272        107,684  

Liabilities

     

Amounts due to non-obligor subsidiaries

   $ 256,243      $ 227,889  

Current liabilities

     90,762        144,748  

Non-current liabilities

     235,422        239,224  

 

65


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND CONSENT SOLICITATION

The Exchange Offer

The Company is offering Holders the opportunity to exchange all of their Old Notes for an equal aggregate principal amount of New Notes in the Exchange Offer as follows:

 

  •  

First-Out Notes: In the case of Holders of the Old Notes that exercise their Subscription Rights and validly subscribe for and purchase their Required Subscription Amount of First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering, First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such First-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) plus their pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants.

 

  •  

Second-Out Notes: In the case of Holders that do not subscribe for and/or purchase their Required Subscription Amount of First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering, Second-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such Second-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) plus their pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, a Holder’s “pro rata portion” of the Initial Public Warrants will be determined as the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders for exchange in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder or, in the case of a UK Proceeding, based on the total Old Notes outstanding.

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company is also soliciting from Holders in the Consent Solicitation consents for the Proposed Amendments. See “—Consent Solicitation.” You may not tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer without also providing your consent to the Proposed Amendments and your proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in support of the UK Proceeding. To validly participate in the Exchange Offer, a Holder must also tender all their Old Notes.

Subject to applicable law, the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, the Consent Solicitation and UK Proceeding are each being made independently of each other. The Company reserves the right to terminate, withdraw or amend one or more of the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, the Consent Solicitation and UK Proceeding independently of each other at any time and from time to time, as described in this prospectus.

The New Notes issued in the Exchange Offer will be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof, and will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis of the face value of the Old Notes exchanged. See “Description of the First-Out Notes—General” and “Description of the Second-Out Notes—General.”

Each of the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes is a new series of debt securities that will be issued under a separate indenture from each other and from that of the Old Notes. The terms of each series of New Notes will include those expressly set forth in such New Notes and the indenture governing such series of New Notes. See “Description of the First-Out Notes” and “Description of the Second-Out Notes.”

Holders of Old Notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be entitled to receive accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in cash on such Old Notes up to, but excluding, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to, and conditional upon, the satisfaction or, where permitted, the waiver of the conditions discussed under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer, If We Do Not Proceed with a UK Proceeding,” including, among other things, the Minimum Tender Condition, the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remaining in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part having

 

66


Table of Contents

been declared effective and remaining effective on the Settlement Date. We may, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, waive any such conditions at or by the applicable Expiration Time, except the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remain effective on the Settlement Date. For information about other conditions to our obligations to complete the Exchange Offer, see “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer, If We Do Not Proceed with a UK Proceeding.” If the Exchange Offer is not completed due to the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) failing to be satisfied or waived, the Company will, subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, be required to implement the restructuring of the Old Notes through a UK Proceeding and if it does so successfully and you do not tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, your Old Notes, subject to the sanction of the English court, will still be exchanged into Second-Out Notes pursuant to a successful UK Proceeding. See “The UK Proceeding.”

The Consent Solicitation

In conjunction with the Exchange Offer, we are also soliciting from Holders in the Consent Solicitation consents for the Proposed Amendments to the applicable Old Notes Indenture under which the Old Notes were issued and are governed. A Consent Premium of an amount aggregating $1.0 million in face amount of New Notes will be paid to Holders that tender their Old Notes for exchange and consent to the Proposed Amendments in a pro rata per portion per Holder determined as the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder. New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of First-Out Notes and Non-New Money Participants will receive their Consent Premium in the form of Second-Out Notes.

You may not consent to the Proposed Amendments without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer but you may participate in the Rights Offering without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. However, you will not receive the Consent Premium without tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. A Holder may withdraw their tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, and, as a result, will be deemed to have validly revoked their consent to the Proposed Amendments and proxy appointment. In the event the Company pursues a UK Proceeding, a Holder will still be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, but any such withdrawal will not constitute a valid revocation of such Holder’s proxy appointment or consent to the Proposed Amendments once such Proposed Amendments go into effect.

The Requisite Consent Condition for the Old Notes must be satisfied in order for the applicable terms of the Old Notes and the Old Notes Indenture to be amended. Pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Supporting Holders, collectively holding approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes as of the date of this prospectus, have agreed to support the Consent Solicitation and to consent to the Proposed Amendments and therefore the Company has already received support of Holders sufficient to meet the Requisite Consent Condition. For a description of the Proposed Amendments, see “The Proposed Amendments.” Under the terms of the supplemental indenture governing the terms of the Exchange Offer Amendments, the Exchange Offer Amendments will become effective immediately upon execution thereof by the Company and the Old Notes Trustee, which is expected to be on or about the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and only if (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding. Under the terms of the supplemental indenture governing the terms of the UK Proceeding Amendments, the UK Proceeding Amendments will become operative immediately upon execution thereof by the Company and the Old Notes Trustee, which is expected to be on or about the Exchange Offer Expiration Time.

 

67


Table of Contents

The Initial Public Warrants

All Holders (other than the Supporting Holders), irrespective of participation in the New Money Financing, that validly tender their Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer will receive Initial Public Warrants to purchase, at their election, (i) Common Stock or (ii) Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock, pro rata (based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by each Holder). The Initial Public Warrants have an exercise price of $0.50 per share of Common Stock or $0.49 per Pre-Funded Public Warrant, as applicable, and expire 30 days after the Settlement Date. For a description of the Initial Public Warrants, see “Description of the Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants.”

Conditions to the Exchange Offer, If We Do Not Proceed with a UK Proceeding

The consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to, and conditional upon, the satisfaction or, where permitted, the waiver of the following conditions (the “Exchange Conditions”):

 

  •  

the Requisite Consent Condition. Pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Supporting Holders, collectively holding approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes as of the date of this prospectus, have agreed to consent to the Proposed Amendments, and therefore the Company has already received support of Holders sufficient to meet the Requisite Consent Condition;

 

  •  

the valid tender (without valid withdrawal) in the Exchange Offer of Old Notes taken together with the private exchange by the Supporting Holders pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement of at least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Old Notes at or by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time (the “Minimum Tender Condition”);

 

  •  

the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective by the SEC and remaining effective on the Settlement Date;

 

  •  

the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”);

 

  •  

the following shall not have occurred, or if the Company has become aware of any of the following or if any of the following exists on the date of this prospectus, the Company shall not have become aware of a material worsening thereof:

 

  •  

any instituted, threatened or pending legal or administrative proceeding or investigation (whether formal or information) before or by any court, governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or instrumentality, or by any other person, in connection with the Transactions that could, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, adversely affect its ability to consummate the Exchange Offer or the Rights Offering or to amend any provision of the Old Notes Indenture as contemplated by the Consent Solicitation or to realize the contemplated benefits from the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering or the Consent Solicitation;

 

  •  

any event (excluding certain events pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement) that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, materially adversely affects (i) the business, results of operations, finances or condition (financial or otherwise) of (A) the Company and/or (B) the Company Parties, taken as a whole, or (ii) the Company’s ability to consummate the Restructuring Transactions (as defined in the Transaction Support Agreement) or its obligations under the Transaction Support Agreement;

 

  •  

a final, non-appealable ruling or order of a relevant court or governmental body, including any regulatory body, that (a) restrains or otherwise prevents the implementation of the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation or the Rights Offering or that places material restrictions on the Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation or the Rights Offering and (b) is not revoked, reversed, vacated, stayed or dismissed within thirty (30) days of it being made;

 

68


Table of Contents
  •  

the Old Notes Trustee under the Old Notes Indenture objects to the terms of the Exchange Offer or the Company’s ability to amend any provision of the Old Notes Indenture as contemplated by the Consent Solicitation, or the Old Notes Trustee takes any other action that could, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Company, adversely affect the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation, or takes any action that challenges the validity or effectiveness of the procedures the Company uses in the making of the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation or in the acceptance of, or payment for, the Old Notes and consents;

 

  •  

any suspension of trading in securities in the U.S. financial or capital markets, or any adverse change in the price of securities in the United States or other major securities or financial markets;

 

  •  

any moratorium or other suspension or limitation that, in our reasonable judgment, will affect the ability of banks to extend credit or receive payments; any limitation or action (whether or not mandatory) by any government or governmental, administrative or regulatory authority or agency, domestic or foreign, or other event that, in our reasonable judgment, might affect the extension of credit by banks or other lending institutions; or

 

  •  

the commencement or escalation of a war or armed hostilities involving the United States, or other national or international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States.

The Requisite Consent Condition must be met in order for the terms of the Old Notes and the Old Notes Indenture to be amended. PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION SUPPORT AGREEMENT, THE SUPPORTING HOLDERS, COLLECTIVELY HOLDING APPROXIMATELY 60% OF THE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE OLD NOTES AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, HAVE AGREED TO SUPPORT THE CONSENT SOLICITATION AND THEREFORE THE COMPANY HAS ALREADY RECEIVED SUPPORT OF HOLDERS SUFFICIENT TO MEET THE REQUISITE CONSENT CONDITION.

Any reasonable determination made by us concerning these events, developments or circumstances shall be conclusive and binding. We may, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, waive any conditions at or by the applicable Expiration Time, except the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remains effective on the Settlement Date. If any of these conditions is not satisfied with respect to the Old Notes, we may, at any time before the consummation of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation:

 

  (1)

terminate the Transactions and promptly return all tendered Old Notes to the Holders thereof and refund any amounts deposited with the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in connection with the Rights Offering;

 

  (2)

modify, extend or otherwise amend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation and retain all tendered Old Notes and consents and any amounts deposited with the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in connection with the Rights Offering, until the applicable Expiration Time, subject, however, to the withdrawal rights of holders (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents” and “—Expiration Time; Extensions; Amendments”); or

 

  (3)

waive the unsatisfied conditions, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, except for the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and remains effective on the Settlement Date.

Holder Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Undertakings

By participating in the Exchange Offer, each Holder of Old Notes will also be deemed to represent, warrant, agree and undertake the following items as set forth below. Holders that participate in the Rights Offering will be deemed to have made certain additional representations, warranties, agreements and undertakings, as set forth in “The Rights Offering—Holder Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Undertakings.”

 

69


Table of Contents
  •  

Such Holder is deemed to automatically and unconditionally deliver instructions for the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent (the “Attorney in-Fact”), effective immediately, (a) to act as its true and lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy with respect to such Holder’s Old Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), among other things, to take all steps necessary and execute all documentation necessary to cause such tendered Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged and (b) in such capacity as true and lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy, to take all steps necessary and execute all documentation necessary to irrevocably vote in favor (including, if required, attending a meeting and voting on behalf such tendered Old Notes) of a Restructuring Plan (as defined herein) with respect to such Old Notes (the “Instructions”), with such Instructions to be automatically delivered to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent by the Holder’s commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee immediately following the tender of such Old Notes through ATOP (as defined herein) using the Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Instruction Form (the “Nominee Instruction Form”) attached as Annex B to this prospectus. For the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the tender of Old Notes by a Holder, the submission of the ATOP instruction without the submission by such Eligible Holder’s commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee of the corresponding Nominee Instruction Form (see Annex B to this prospectus) shall not be sufficient to grant the Instructions. In order for a tender of Old Notes to be valid, a corresponding Nominee Instruction Form must be submitted.

 

  •  

Such Holder has tendered such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and accepts, (i) in the case of New Money Participants such new First-Out Notes, and (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants such new Second-Out Notes, in each case, in respect of such Old Notes and has consented to the Proposed Amendments pursuant to the corresponding Consent Solicitation, subject to the terms and conditions of such Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation as set forth in this prospectus.

 

  •  

Such Holder has tendered the full amount of the Old Notes held by such Holder;

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that tenders with respect to the Old Notes may be withdrawn by revoking such tender through DTC in accordance with the procedures of DTC prior to the applicable Expiration Time. In the event of a termination of the Transactions, the Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be credited to the account maintained at DTC from which such Old Notes were delivered.

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to any of the procedures described in this prospectus and acceptance of such Old Notes by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between Holders and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Transactions. For purposes of the Transactions, such Holder understands that validly tendered Old Notes (or defectively tendered Old Notes with respect to which the Company has waived or caused to be waived such defect) will be deemed to have been accepted by the Company if, as and when the Company gives written notice thereof to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent.

 

  •  

Such Holder has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to give the consents to the Proposed Amendments and to provide their proxy for the UK Proceeding, and that when such tendered Old Notes are accepted for purchase and payment by the Company, the Company will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right and together with all rights attached thereto. Such Holder will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent or by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment transfer and cancellation of the Old Notes tendered hereby or to evidence such power and authority.

 

  •  

Such Holder will not sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or transfer any Old Notes tendered hereby from the date of tender, and any purported sale, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or transfer will be void and of no effect, unless such Holder shall have withdrawn such Old Notes.

 

70


Table of Contents
  •  

Such Holder waives any and all rights with respect to the Old Notes tendered hereby, including, without limitation, any existing or past defaults and their consequences in respect of those Old Notes.

 

  •  

Such Holder releases and discharges the Company and the Old Notes Trustee from any and all claims that the Holder may have, now or in the future, arising out of or related to the Old Notes tendered thereby, including, without limitation, any claims that the Holder is entitled to receive additional principal or interest payments with respect to the Old Notes tendered hereby, other than accrued and unpaid interest on the Old Notes or as otherwise expressly provided in this prospectus, or to participate in any redemption or defeasance of the Old Notes tendered hereby.

 

  •  

Such Holder has read and agreed to all of the terms of the Transactions. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the Holder, and any obligation of the Holder hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the Holder.

 

  •  

Such Holder acknowledges that upon submitting the required electronic instructions to DTC, the Holder is deemed to agree that the relevant Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) will be blocked in the relevant clearing system with effect from the date the relevant tender of Old Notes is made until the earlier of (i) the time of settlement on the Settlement Date, (ii) the completion of the UK Proceeding (including any corresponding settlement thereof) in accordance with its terms, or (iii) three business days after the date on which both the Exchange Offer of the relevant Old Notes is terminated by the Company or on which such tender is withdrawn or revoked, in each case in accordance with the terms of this prospectus.

 

  •  

Such Holder hereby requests that any Old Notes representing principal amounts not accepted for purchase be released in accordance with DTC procedures.

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that, subject to the terms and conditions of the Transactions, the Company will deliver the New Notes and pay any unpaid accrued interest up to, but not including, the Settlement Date.

 

  •  

Such Holder recognizes that under certain circumstances set forth in this prospectus, the Company may terminate or amend any or all of the Transactions or may postpone the acceptance for exchange of, or the exchange for, Old Notes tendered or may not be required to exchange any of the Old Notes tendered hereby.

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that the delivery and surrender of any Old Notes is not effective, and the risk of loss of the Old Notes does not pass to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, until receipt by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent of an Agent’s Message (as defined herein) properly completed and duly executed, together with all accompanying evidences of authority and any other required documents in form satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to form of all documents and the validity (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tenders and withdrawals of Old Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding.

 

  •  

Such Holder has observed the laws of all relevant jurisdictions, obtained all requisite governmental, exchange control or other required consents, complied with all requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes or requisite payments due from such Holder, and not otherwise required to be paid by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Offer, in each respect in connection with any offer or acceptance, in any jurisdiction and that such Holder has not taken or omitted to take any action in breach of the terms of the Transactions or which will or may result in the Company or any other person acting in breach of the legal or regulatory requirements of any such jurisdiction in connection with the Transactions or tender of Old Notes or delivery of consent to the Proposed Amendments or the support of the UK Proceeding in connection therewith.

 

  •  

Such Holder is not from or located in any jurisdiction where the making or acceptance of the Transactions does not comply with the laws of that jurisdiction.

 

71


Table of Contents
  •  

For purposes of this prospectus, the “beneficial owner” of any outstanding Old Notes means any Holder that exercises investment discretion with respect to those outstanding Old Notes.

 

  •  

The representations, warranties and agreements of a Holder tendering Old Notes will be deemed to be repeated and reconfirmed on and as of the applicable Expiration Time and the Settlement Date, and in the case the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the settlement thereof. All authority conferred as set forth above shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the applicable Holder, and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the tendering Holder’s heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives.

 

  •  

Such Holder (i) waives any and all claims, in law and/or in equity, against The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Old Notes Trustee, (ii) agrees not to initiate a suit against the Old Notes Trustee in respect thereof and (iii) agrees that the Old Notes Trustee will not be liable for any action that the Old Notes Trustee takes or abstains from taking, in either case in accordance with the directions given by the Holder pursuant to the Transactions, including without limitation, the execution and delivery of any supplemental indenture to effectuate the amendments described herein.

Method of Exchange for New Notes

To be entitled to exchange for First-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer, you (or your Designee(s), if applicable) must subscribe for and purchase First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering in an amount equal to your Required Subscription Amount. See “The Rights Offering—Method of Subscription” for the applicable procedures for participating in the Rights Offering.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Consents

The following procedures and standard assumptions will be used by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent when tabulating Exchange Offer results submitted through DTC’s ATOP:

 

  •  

Holders are required to tender through DTC’s ATOP.

 

  •  

Tenders of Old Notes through DTC’s ATOP will be accepted in minimum denominations of $25.00 and positive integer multiples of $25.00.

 

  •  

Bulk tenders through DTC’s ATOP are not permitted. Tenders of Old Notes must be submitted at the beneficial holder level into DTC’s ATOP.

 

  •  

A Holder may withdraw their tender of Old Notes prior to the applicable Expiration Time by instructing its nominee to revoke such Holder’s election and withdraw any Old Notes that have been tendered through DTC’s ATOP, in sufficient time for the nominee to receive and effectuate the eligible holder’s revocation through DTC’s ATOP in accordance with the procedures of DTC prior to the applicable Expiration Time.

 

  •  

All Old Notes that have been tendered through DTC’s ATOP will be restricted from further trading or transfer through distributions to (and cancellation of) such participating Old Notes in accordance with the terms of this prospectus.

The issuance of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or Rights Offering at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time will be made only after timely receipt by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent of (i) timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) of the Old Notes into the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent’s account at DTC, (ii) evidence of the execution by the Company and the Old Notes Trustee of the supplemental indenture with respect to the Exchange Offer Amendments or the UK Proceeding Amendments, as the case may be, (iii) in the case of New Money Participants, confirmation of the completion of the subscription for the Required Subscription Amount and

 

72


Table of Contents

(iv) confirmation from the Company of the satisfaction or, where permitted, waiver of the Exchange Conditions pursuant to the terms of the prospectus. The Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering and the Consent Solicitation are scheduled to expire at the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, unless extended by us in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, and in the event the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required

to proceed with the UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the Exchange Offer will expire at the Conditional Expiration Time.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation, we will have accepted for exchange validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) Old Notes and consents received, if, as and when we give notice to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent of our acceptance thereof. If, for any reason whatsoever, acceptance for exchange of, or exchange of any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer is delayed or we extend the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation or are unable to accept for exchange the Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then, without prejudice to our rights set forth herein, we will instruct the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent to retain tendered Old Notes. However, a Holder may withdraw their tender of Old Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time. See “—Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents.”

The Supporting Holders, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, have agreed to tender all of their Old Notes and support the Consent Solicitation. The Supporting Holders will receive a specific ATOP code to participate in the Supporting Holders Exchange and receive the First-Out Notes and Consent Premium in connection therewith.

General

For a Holder to validly tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, (i) an Agent’s Message transmitted though DTC must be received by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time, and (ii) the Old Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below and a Book-Entry Confirmation must be received by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, in each case prior to the applicable Expiration Time. Holders that participate in the Rights Offering and subscribe for and purchase First-Out Notes equal to their Required Subscription Amount are entitled to receive First-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer. See “The Rights Offering—Method of Subscription” for the applicable procedures for participating in the Rights Offering.

If you are a Holder and wish to participate in the Exchange Offer, and your Old Notes are held by a custodial entity such as a bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee or custodian, you must contact the custodial entity that is the holder of the beneficial owner’s Old Notes and instruct such custodial entity to promptly tender the Old Notes on your behalf pursuant to the procedures of the custodial entity. Such beneficial owners should keep in mind that custodial entities may require you to take action with respect to the Exchange Offer a number of days before the applicable Expiration Time in order for such entity to tender the Old Notes on your behalf at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. Neither we nor the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent have any obligation to effect the transfer of any Old Notes from the name of the holder if we do not accept for exchange any of the principal amounts of those Old Notes. Holders are advised to check with any bank, securities broker or other intermediary through which they hold any existing Old Notes as to when such intermediary needs to receive instructions from the holder in order that they be able to participate in, or (in the circumstances in which revocation is permitted) revoke their instruction to participate in the Exchange Offer, before the deadlines specified herein and in this prospectus.

In all cases, the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent of:

 

  •  

Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to such Old Notes; and

 

73


Table of Contents
  •  

an message transmitted by DTC and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined herein), which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from you that you have received the prospectus and Subscription Form transmitted through DTC (the “Agent’s Message”).

The Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent expects to establish one or more accounts with respect to the Old Notes at DTC for purposes of the Exchange Offer and/or Rights Offering, and any financial institution that is a participant in the DTC system and whose name appears on a security position listing as the record owner of the Old Notes may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Old Notes into the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedure for transfer. In accordance with ATOP procedures, DTC will then verify the acceptance of the Exchange Offer and send an Agent’s Message to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for its acceptance.

Delivery of documents to DTC (physically or by electronic means) does not constitute delivery to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent. If you desire to tender your Old Notes on the day that the applicable Expiration Time occurs, you must allow sufficient time for completion of the ATOP procedures during the normal business hours of DTC on such date and time. We will have the right, which may be waived, to reject the defective tender of Old Notes as invalid and ineffective.

IMPORTANT NOTE TO DTC PARTICIPANTS: The DTC participant shall be required to provide a spreadsheet (the “Nominee Spreadsheet”) on behalf of any Supporting Holder by 5:00 p.m. prevailing Eastern Time on the date that is one business after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as applicable. Such Nominee Spreadsheet shall include, for each tendered position on behalf of a Supporting Holder, (i) the Supporting Holder Code, and (ii) the corresponding Voluntary Offer Instruction (“VOI”) Number. A form of Nominee Spreadsheet will be made available to the DTC participants by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent and may also be requested using the contact information shown on the back cover of this prospectus.

Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents

Tenders of Old Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time. Following such Expiration Time, tenders of Old Notes may not be validly withdrawn unless the Company is otherwise required by law to permit withdrawal.

Consents to the Exchange Offer Amendments will not become effective until the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and will become effective only if (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective, and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding. Once effective, consents to the Exchange Offer Amendments will be irrevocable. Consents to the UK Proceeding Amendments will not become effective until the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and will become effective only if (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and (ii) the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement. Once effective, consents to the UK Proceeding Amendments will be irrevocable.

Prior to becoming irrevocable, consents may only be revoked by validly withdrawing the associated tendered Old Notes. In the event the Company pursues a UK Proceeding, a Holder will still be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, but any such withdrawal will not constitute a valid revocation of such Holder’s consent to the Proposed Amendments once such Proposed Amendments go into effect.

 

74


Table of Contents

Proxies from the Holders who have appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy in respect of the UK Proceeding as a result of their participation in the Exchange Offer will not become effective until the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and only if the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement. Once the proxy appointment becomes effective, any valid withdrawal of tenders of Old Notes will have no effect on the proxy appointment.

If a Holder has not tendered their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and, as a result, has not been deemed to have provided their proxy to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in respect of the UK Proceeding and wishes to vote for or against a UK Proceeding, such Holder must follow the procedures that will be established for voting on the UK Proceeding in the event the Exchange Offer (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not consummated. See “The UK Proceeding.”

A Holder may withdraw their tender of Old Notes prior to the applicable Expiration Time by instructing its nominee to revoke such Holder’s election and withdraw any Old Notes that have been tendered through DTC’s ATOP, in sufficient time for the nominee to receive and effectuate the eligible holder’s revocation through DTC’s ATOP in accordance with the procedures of DTC at or prior to the applicable Expiration Time. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded and any Old Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes, however, may be re-tendered by following the procedures described above at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time.

Expiration Time; Extensions; Amendments

The Exchange Offer Expiration Time for the Exchange Offer shall be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on October 7, 2025; provided that in the event the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have not been declared effective by October 2, 2025 the Exchange Offer Expiration Time shall be extended to a time that is at least three business days after such declaration of effectiveness. Under certain circumstances, the Exchange Offer Expiration Time may be extended, provided that that the Settlement Date shall not be later than October 30, 2025 unless otherwise agreed to by the Supporting Holders. In the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by such date and the Company may be required, subject to the terms of Transaction Support Agreement, to commence a UK Proceeding. In such event, the Company will publicly announce its intention to commence a UK Proceeding and will extend the Exchange Offer until the Conditional Expiration Time.

Subject to applicable law, we expressly reserve the right, with respect to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation to:

 

  (1)

delay accepting any validly tendered Old Notes,

 

  (2)

extend the Exchange Offer or Consent Solicitation, or

 

  (3)

terminate or amend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension, termination or amendment to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent.

If we exercise any such right, we will give written notice thereof to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent and will make a public announcement thereof as promptly as practicable. Disclosure of material changes in the terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will be disseminated promptly in a manner reasonably calculated to inform Holders of such amendment, and will extend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, as well as provide additional withdrawal rights, for a time period that we deem appropriate, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the Holders, if the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation would otherwise expire during such time period. The minimum period during

 

75


Table of Contents

which the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will remain open following material changes in the terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation or in the information concerning the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will depend upon the facts and circumstances of such change, including the relative materiality of the changes. However, in accordance with applicable law:

 

  •  

in the event that we make a material change to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, other than a material change with respect to the consideration for exchanging your Old Notes, we will extend the time period for which the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will remain open for five additional business days after the date of the dissemination of the prospectus supplement to Holders providing for such change or changes;

 

  •  

in the event that we make a material change to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation to change the consideration offered for exchanging your Old Notes, to change the amount of Old Notes sought in the Exchange Offer, to increase the fee we will pay to the Dealer Manager or to make another similarly significant change, we will extend the time period for which the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation remain open for ten additional business days after the date of the dissemination of the prospectus supplement to Holders providing for such change or changes; and

 

  •  

if it is determined that this prospectus was materially deficient, we will extend the time period for which the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation remain open for twenty additional business days after the date of the dissemination of the prospectus to Holders providing such necessary changes.

We may also choose to extend the Exchange Offer, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, by giving notice of such extension at any time on or prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately following the previously scheduled applicable Expiration Time.

If the terms of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation are amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change adversely affecting any holder of the Old Notes, we will promptly disclose any such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform Holders of such amendment and will extend the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation as required by applicable law.

Subject to applicable law, the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering and the Consent Solicitation are each being made independently of each other, and we reserve the right to terminate, withdraw or amend each of the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering and the Consent Solicitation independently of each other at any time and from time to time, as described in this prospectus.

Effect of Tender

Any tender of an Old Note by a Holder that is not validly withdrawn prior to the applicable Expiration Time will constitute a binding agreement between that Holder and the Company and a consent to the Proposed Amendments, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, including the execution, delivery and performance by the Old Notes Trustee of a supplemental indenture to the Old Notes Indenture effectuating the Exchange Offer Amendments. The acceptance of the Exchange Offer by a tendering Holder will constitute the agreement by a tendering Holder to deliver good and marketable title to the tendered Old Notes, free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances, interests and restrictions of any kind.

The Exchange Offer Amendments will not go into effect unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective and will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding. In such case, upon or promptly following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Company and the Old Notes Trustee (subject to the Old

 

76


Table of Contents

Notes Trustee’s receipt of an opinion letter and officer’s certificate and any other documents required under the Base Indenture) will execute a supplemental indenture to the Old Notes Indenture effectuating the Exchange Offer Amendments and all Old Notes that remain outstanding will be governed by the relevant Old Notes Indenture as amended by the applicable Proposed Amendments. Under the terms of such supplemental indenture, the Exchange Offer Amendments will become operative upon the Settlement Date (which Settlement Date may be after the date of execution and effectiveness of such supplemental indenture). In the event the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, the Company will enter into a supplemental indenture with the Old Notes Trustee effectuating the UK Proceeding Amendments, effective immediately prior to commencing the UK Proceeding. Each consenting and each non-consenting Holder will be bound by such applicable supplemental indenture, even if the Holder did not consent to the Proposed Amendments, which will consist of either:

 

  •  

Exchange Offer Amendments: (i) the removal of certain covenants and events of default under the Old Notes that can be removed with the consent of Holders representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Old Notes, (ii) the subordination in right of payment the Old Notes to the New Notes, as described under the caption “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments,” on the terms set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture to the fullest extent permitted by Section 316(b) of the TIA and the Old Notes Indenture, and (iii) certain other amendments, in each case, as described under “The Proposed Amendments—Exchange Offer Amendments”; or

 

  •  

UK Proceeding Amendments: (i) changing the governing law of the Old Notes and Old Notes Indenture to the laws of England and Wales, and (ii) deleting the covenant described under Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing) of the First Supplemental Indenture, in each case, as described under “The Proposed Amendments—UK Proceeding Amendments”.

Absence of Dissenter’s Rights

Holders do not have any appraisal rights or dissenter’s rights under New York law, the law governing the Old Notes Indenture and the Old Notes, or under the terms of the Old Notes Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. Following the execution of the supplemental indenture governing the UK Proceeding Amendments, if applicable, the Old Notes Indenture, as supplemented by such supplemental indenture, will be governed by the laws of England and Wales. Holders do not have any appraisal rights or dissenter’s rights under the laws of England and Wales.

Miscellaneous

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Old Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer will be determined by us and our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of which may be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer will be final and binding on all parties. None of the Company, its subsidiaries, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Dealer Manager or the Old Notes Trustee will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

Tenders of Old Notes involving any irregularities will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived, which waiver may be made by us, in whole or in part, except that we may not waive the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part be declared effective by the SEC and remain effective on the Settlement Date. Old Notes received by the exchange agent in connection with any Exchange Offer that are not validly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent to the participant who delivered such Old

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes by crediting an account maintained at DTC designated by such participant promptly after the applicable Expiration Time or the withdrawal or termination of the Exchange Offer.

We or any of our affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Old Notes Indenture, after the Settlement Date, acquire, discharge, defease or redeem the Old Notes that are not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, whether through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, tender offers, exchange offers, redemption, discharge, defeasance or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we may determine or as may be provided for in the applicable Old Notes Indenture, as the case may be. The terms of any such transaction may be more or less favorable to holders than the terms of the applicable Exchange Offer. We cannot assure you whether we or our affiliates will choose to pursue any of these alternatives.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and sale of Old Notes to us in the Exchange Offer. If transfer taxes are imposed for any other reason, the amount of those transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holders or any other persons, will be payable by the tendering holder.

U.S. Federal Backup Withholding

To prevent U.S. federal backup withholding with respect to payments made to Holders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, each Holder should provide the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent with its correct taxpayer identification number (if applicable) and certify that it is not subject to backup withholding by completing the IRS Form W-9 or an applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise furnishing other applicable documentation certifying such stockholder’s exemption from backup withholding. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” for a more detailed discussion of backup withholding.

Other Fees and Expenses

The expenses of soliciting tenders and consents with respect to the Old Notes will be borne by us. Tendering Holders will not be required to pay any fee or commission to the Dealer Manager or the Company. However, if a tendering Holder handles the transaction through its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution, that Holder may be required to pay brokerage fees or commissions.

 

78


Table of Contents

THE RIGHTS OFFERING

Background of the Rights Offering

Holders of Old Notes will receive Subscription Rights to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing. Each Holder’s Subscription Right will be determined on a pro rata basis (based on the face amount of their respective Old Notes in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes) at a purchase price equal to 100% of the face amount of the First-Out Notes so purchased. In addition, each Holder who subscribes for and completes a purchase of their Required Subscription Amount in the Rights Offering will receive on account of such purchase, one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

To participate in the Rights Offering, Holders must subscribe for and purchase their Required Subscription Amount. The Subscription Rights corresponding to Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes until the applicable Expiration Time, subject to such limitations, if any, that would be applicable to the transferability of the underlying existing Old Notes. The Subscription Rights will not be separately transferable. If the Company does not complete the Exchange Offer, whether due to the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) failing to be satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, failure to complete a UK Proceeding by the Conditional Expiration Time or otherwise, the Company will not accept any subscription for First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering. We intend to use the net cash proceeds that we receive in the Rights Offering to repay borrowings under the ABL Facility and, to the extent of any excess, for working capital and general business purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

The Rights Offering will be commenced prior to the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part. However, prior to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part becoming effective, a Holder who wishes to be a New Money Participant may indicate their interest in exercising their Subscription Right by making a conditional offer in accordance with the procedures described in this section. A conditional offer to buy is not a binding contract between the Company and such a Holder and may be withdrawn at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, as described under “—Conditional Offers to Buy.” We reserve the right to reject any or all offers to participate in the Rights Offering in our sole discretion, including those not properly or timely submitted or completed or the acceptance of which would, in our opinion, be unlawful. We have the right, which may be waived, to reject any defective submission of subscriptions as invalid and ineffective.

All First-Out Notes issued in the Rights Offering, the Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement will form a single class of securities for purposes of voting and redemption. The First-Out Notes issued in the Rights Offering and the Exchange Offer will have the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers. Such First-Out Notes will, however, be a separate series from, and will have different CUSIP and ISIN numbers from the First-Out Notes issued to the Supporting Holders pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, which will be issued in a private placement. Other than the foregoing, the First-Out Notes will all otherwise be identical. See “Description of the First-Out Notes—Description of First-Out Notes.”

Conditional Offers to Buy

The Rights Offering will be commenced prior to the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part. Prior to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part becoming effective, a Holder who wishes to be a New Money Participant may indicate their interest in exercising their Subscription Rights by making a conditional offer to buy First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering, in accordance with the Subscription Worksheet attached as Annex A to this prospectus. A conditional offer to buy is not a binding contract between the Company and such a Holder and may be withdrawn at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or the Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, at which time it will become binding. Furthermore, no conditional offer to buy may be accepted or confirmed by us (or anyone on our behalf) and no amount of the purchase price thereof may be deposited or delivered until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC.

 

79


Table of Contents

Upon effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part, we will provide a notice to DTC and its participants—and through a mailing or electronic communication to beneficial holders via the DTC participants holding the Old Notes (the “Registration Effectiveness Notice”). Such Registration Effectiveness Notice shall notify Holders, including those who have provided a conditional offer to buy at the effectiveness of the registration statements, of their right to withdraw such conditional subscription offer at any time prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or the Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, and specify the anticipated applicable Expiration Time of the Exchange Offer. See “—Acceptance of Purchase Price.” We also will make a public announcement of the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part by way of a filing with the SEC of a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), containing the information provided in the Registration Effectiveness Notice. In addition, if we make any material change to the prospectus or the registration statements of which this prospectus is a part, at such time as we provide notice thereof, we will similarly remind Holders of their rights to withdraw conditional offers to buy as described herein. Conditional offers to buy that have not been withdrawn at or prior to its acceptance following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or Conditional Expiration Time, as the case may be, at which time it will become binding.

Backstop Providers

Pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Backstop Providers have agreed to purchase up to the full amount of the New Money Financing, reduced, pro rata by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased by Holders other than the Supporting Holders in the Rights Offering.

As consideration for the Backstop Commitment, the Backstop Providers will receive the Backstop Premium. Backstop Providers will also be entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock for amounts purchased pursuant to the Backstop Commitment as they would have received as participants in the Rights Offering.

The Backstop Providers’ obligations to provide the Backstop Commitment are conditioned upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the UK Proceeding, as applicable, as well as certain conditions in the Transaction Support Agreement with respect to the Backstop Commitment. The Supporting Holders collectively own approximately 60% of the outstanding principal amount of the Old Notes as of the date of this prospectus and are obligated pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement to provide their consents to the Proposed Amendments and to exchange their Old Notes. See “The Transaction Support Agreement.” The Company will also pay the reasonable and documented fees, costs, and out-of-pocket expenses of the Supporting Holders’ advisor, in accordance with a separate expense reimbursement letter.

Each Holder electing to participate in the Rights Offering must validly deliver their Old Notes prior to the applicable Expiration Time and the payment of its Required Subscription Amount to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in accordance with the Rights Offering procedures. See “—Method of Subscription.” At the applicable Expiration Time, each Holder electing to participate in the Rights Offering will be bound by its offer to buy First-Out Notes, subject to any adjustment by the Company in the event of fractional Subscription Rights. Fractional Subscription Rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

Expiration of the Rights Offering

The Subscription Rights expire at the Exchange Offer Expiration Time or, in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, the Conditional Expiration Time. Notwithstanding any other provisions relating to Subscription Rights, we will not be required to accept any offer to purchase First-Out Notes in the Rights Offering validly submitted (and not validly withdrawn), and may terminate, amend or extend any offer or delay or refrain from accepting such offer or transferring any consideration to the applicable trustee (or persons performing a similar function) in respect of any Subscription Rights, if any of the conditions

 

80


Table of Contents

described under “The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied or waived, or are reasonably determined by us to have not been satisfied or waived.

Holder Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Undertakings

By participating in the Rights Offering, each holder of Old Notes will also be deemed to represent, warrant, agree and undertake the following:

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that such Holder is obligated to subscribe for its Required Subscription Amount in the Rights Offering in order to participate in the Rights Offering and be entitled to exchange for First-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer and must submit their Old Notes via ATOP in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer by the applicable Expiration Time, and pay the related purchase price in accordance with the Rights Offering procedures, or the tender of such Holder’s Old Notes will be deemed to be a tender of Old Notes for Second-Out Notes.

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that subscriptions in the Rights Offering pursuant to any of the procedures described in this prospectus and acceptance of such subscriptions by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between Holders and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Transactions. For purposes of the Transactions, such Holder understands that validly submitted subscriptions (including conditional offers to buy that have become binding in accordance with the procedures described under the caption “—Conditional Offers to Buy”) will be deemed to have been accepted by the Company if, as and when the Company gives written notice thereof to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent.

 

  •  

Such Holder understands that the Rights Offering is conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part and no conditional offers to subscribe for and purchase First-Out Notes may be accepted or confirmed (and no amount of the cash purchase price thereof may be deposited) until the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part have been declared effective by the SEC and such conditional offers to buy have become binding in accordance with the procedures described under this caption “—Conditional Offers to Buy.”

 

  •  

Such Holder has read and agreed to all of the terms of the Transactions. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the Holder, and any obligation of the Holder hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the Holder.

 

  •  

Such Holder is not from or located in any jurisdiction where the making or acceptance of the Transactions, including the Rights Offering, does not comply with the laws of that jurisdiction.

 

  •  

The representations, warranties and agreements of a Holder submitting subscriptions with respect to the Rights Offering will be deemed to be repeated and reconfirmed on and as of the applicable Expiration Time and the Settlement Date. All authority conferred as set forth above shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the applicable Holder, and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the tendering Holder’s heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives.

Method of Subscription

Participation in the Rights Offering may only be made via ATOP. Holders may (i) participate in the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering, (ii) participate in the Rights Offering and not exchange their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer or (iii) participate in the Exchange Offer and not participate in the Rights Offering.

Acceptance of Purchase Price

Payment of the applicable purchase price will be automatically charged by DTC on the applicable Expiration Time to the DTC Participant that tendered such Holder’s Old Notes. Supporting Holders must deliver funding at a later date, in accordance with the Backstop Commitment.

 

81


Table of Contents

For purposes of the Rights Offering, we will have accepted for purchase validly submitted (and not validly withdrawn) subscriptions (and the related purchase price), if, as and when we give notice to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent of our acceptance thereof.

We reserve the right to reject any or all offers to participate in the Rights Offering in our sole discretion, including those not properly or timely submitted or completed or the acceptance of which would, in our opinion, be unlawful. We will have the right, which may be waived, to reject the defective tender of Old Notes or submission of subscriptions as invalid and ineffective.

Segregated Account; Return of Funds

The Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent will hold all funds it receives in payment for subscription amounts in a segregated bank account until the time of settlement on the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this prospectus. If the Rights Offering is cancelled for any reason, other than as a result of the successful completion of a UK Proceeding and the successful implementation thereof, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent will return this money to Holders, without interest or penalty, as soon as practicable thereafter.

Transferability and Designees

The Subscription Rights are not transferable separately from the Old Notes. You may not sell, transfer or assign your Subscription Rights to anyone else without also selling or transferring your Old Notes. The Subscription Rights will not be listed on NASDAQ or any other stock exchange or market or on the OTC Bulletin Board.

A Supporting Holder that is subscribing for First-Out Notes in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement and exchanging their Old Notes for First-Out Notes in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement and Backstop Commitment may designate one or more affiliates (a “Designee”) to receive all or a portion of its First-Out Notes and/or submit all or a portion of the Purchase Price for its First-Out Notes. A Supporting Holder that designates one or more Designees must still tender their Old Notes through ATOP, and provide the required information to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in accordance with the directions to be provided separately to each Supporting Holder.

Expiration Time; Extensions; Amendments

You may subscribe to purchase First-Out Notes at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Time. We may extend the applicable Expiration Time, provided that that the Settlement Date shall not be later than October 30, 2025 unless otherwise agreed to by the Supporting Holders. We will extend the applicable Expiration Time as required by applicable law, and may choose to extend it if we decide to give Holders more time to elect to subscribe to purchase First-Out Notes. If we elect to extend the previously scheduled applicable Expiration Time, we will issue a press release announcing such extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day following the previously scheduled applicable Expiration Time.

We reserve the right, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, to amend or modify the terms of the Subscription Rights. If we amend the Subscription Rights in a manner that we determine constitutes a material change, we will extend the applicable Expiration Time so that the Exchange Offer and the Subscription Rights remain open for a period that provides the Holders a reasonable time to review and evaluate the change after it is communicated to Holders. The exact length of such extension, if any, will depend upon the significance of the amendment.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make a public announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer including the Subscription Rights, we will comply with applicable securities laws by disclosing any such amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that we

 

82


Table of Contents

distribute to Holders. We will have no other obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement other than by making a timely release through any appropriate news agency.

No Fractional First-Out Notes or Common Stock

We will not issue fractional securities, including with respect to the New Notes, Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Rights Offering and Subscription Rights.

Fractional Subscription Rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. New Notes issued (including those issuable pursuant to the Consent Premium) will be rounded down to the nearest $1.00 and Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be rounded down to the nearest share. No cash or other consideration in respect of the rounding down of New Notes, Subscription Rights or Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be issued.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of Subscription Rights Distribution

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the receipt, exercise and expiration of the Subscription Rights is subject to substantial uncertainty. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE RECEIPT OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS IN THIS RIGHTS OFFERING AND THE EXERCISE OF THE SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO YOUR OWN PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.

Miscellaneous

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any exercise of Subscription Rights (including any Subscription Forms) in connection with the Rights Offering will be determined by us and our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the right to reject any or all subscriptions not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of which may be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defect or irregularity in the exercise of Subscription Rights, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Rights Offering will be final and binding on all parties. None of the Company, its subsidiaries, the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, the Dealer Manager or the Old Notes Trustee will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

The exercise of Subscription Rights involving any irregularities will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived (which waiver may be made by us, in whole or in part, except that we may not waive the condition that the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part be declared effective by the SEC and remain effective on the Settlement Date. Subscription Forms received by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer or Right Offering that are not validly tendered or exercised, as the case may be, and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be promptly returned by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent to the participant who delivered such Subscription Form.

Other Fees and Expenses

We will pay all fees charged by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent and by the Dealer Manager. You are responsible for paying any other commissions, fees, taxes or other expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of the Subscription Rights, including all bank or similar fees and charges related to payment by check or wire transfer. Neither we nor the Subscription Agent nor the Dealer Manager will pay such commissions, fees, taxes, expenses or other charges.

 

83


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTION SUPPORT AGREEMENT

General; Covenants and Commitments

On August 13, 2025, the Company, the Plan Company and the other Company Parties entered into the Transaction Support Agreement with the Supporting Holders. The Transaction Support Agreement contains certain covenants on the part of each of the parties thereto, including, among others, covenants that the Supporting Holders participate in, consent to, vote in favor of and otherwise support, as applicable:

 

  •  

The New Money Financing to be offered to (i) the Supporting Holders on a private placement basis and (ii) to the Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) pursuant to this prospectus, in each case pro rata (based on the face amount of their respective Old Notes in comparison to the total aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes), and to give the Holders (including the Supporting Holders) that participate in such New Money Financing for their Required Subscription Amount, a New Stock Investment in an amount of one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased. We will not issue fractional securities, including with respect to the New Notes, Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Rights Offering and Subscription Rights. Fractional Subscription Rights will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. New Notes issued (including those issuable pursuant to the Consent Premium) will be rounded down to the nearest $1.00 and Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be rounded down to the nearest share. No cash or other consideration in respect of the rounding down of New Notes, Subscription Rights or Common Stock issued in the New Stock Investment will be issued;

 

  •  

The Supporting Holders Exchange of Old Notes pursuant to which the Supporting Holders will exchange their Old Notes for First-Out Notes at 100% of the face amount of Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and their respective portion of the Private Warrants, with substantially the same terms as the Initial Public Warrants;

 

  •  

The SEC-registered Exchange Offer, in which the Company will offer to each Holder (other than the Supporting Holders) the right to tender their Old Notes in exchange for (i) if such Holder participates in the New Money Financing at their Required Subscription Amount, First-Out Notes, and (ii) if such Holder does not participate in the New Money Financing at their Required Subscription Amount, the Second-Out Notes, in each case, at 100% of the face amount of their Old Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with, in each case, their respective portion of the Initial Public Warrants;

 

  •  

The issuance of Initial Public Warrants and Private Warrants to all Holders who participate in the Exchange Offer and the Supporting Holders, respectively, to purchase, at their election, (i) Common Stock or (ii) Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock, pro rata (based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by each Holder irrespective of participation in the New Money Financing);

 

  •  

The Backstop Commitment by the Backstop Providers to purchase up to the full amount of the New Money Financing reduced, pro rata, by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased in the Rights Offering by Holders other than the Supporting Holders in the Rights Offering. As consideration for the Backstop Commitment, the Company will pay the Backstop Providers the Backstop Premium. Backstop Providers will also be entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock for amounts purchased pursuant to the Backstop Commitment as they would have received as participants in the Rights Offering;

 

  •  

The Proposed Amendments and the Consent Solicitation; and

 

  •  

A UK Proceeding in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement.

 

84


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the Supporting Holders have agreed to participate in:

 

  •  

the New Money Financing whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of $32.5 million in face amount of First-Out Notes to be reduced by the amount of First-Out Notes subscribed for and purchased in the Rights Offering by Holders other than the Supporting Holders and, in connection with the New Money Financing, the Supporting Holders will receive one restricted share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased by them and the Consent Premium payable in First-Out Notes;

 

  •  

an exchange whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to exchange all of their Old Notes for (i) First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% face value of their Old Notes, and (ii) their pro rata share of warrants to purchase 3,000,000 shares of common stock or pre-funded warrants, based on the amount of Old Notes exchanged by all Holders (including the Supporting Holders) for First-Out Notes or Second-Out Notes;

 

  •  

a consent solicitation whereby the Supporting Holders have agreed to provide consents to the Proposed Amendments and the appointment of the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy for the UK Proceeding, and will receive their pro rata share of the Consent Premium payable in First-Out Notes.

All such securities to be issued to the Supporting Holders pursuant to the above are being issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 4(a)(2) and will be restricted securities. The First-Out Notes issued to the Supporting Holders may be transferred pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Securities Act.

In addition, the Transaction Support Agreement contains general commitments of the parties thereto, which, among other things, obligate them to use commercially reasonable efforts to take the steps reasonably necessary to consummate the Restructuring Transactions (as defined in the Transaction Support Agreement) and, if necessary, the UK Proceeding; negotiate in good faith and timely execute the Definitive Documents; and not object to or otherwise take actions to interfere with the Restructuring Transactions or the UK Proceeding.

Termination Rights

The Transaction Support Agreement also contains certain termination rights with respect to the Supporting Holders and the Company Parties.

The Transaction Support Agreement may be terminated by the Company Parties upon the occurrence of, among other things:

 

  •  

A material breach by a Supporting Holder of the Transaction Support Agreement that remains uncured for ten business days;

 

  •  

A Supporting Holder representation and warranty being untrue in any material respect when made;

 

  •  

The Definitive Documents and any amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto including terms that are materially inconsistent with the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement or the Restructuring Term Sheet (as defined in the Transaction Support Agreement) and are not otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company, and such event remains unremedied for five business days;

 

  •  

The entry of an order denying implementation of the Restructuring Transactions or denying approval of the UK Proceeding that has not been reversed, vacated, or stayed within the applicable grace period (as set out therein);

 

  •  

Commencement of an involuntary Insolvency Proceeding (as defined therein) against any of the Company Parties or the filing of other similar relief and such involuntary proceeding not being dismissed within 30 days after the filing thereof;

 

85


Table of Contents
  •  

A Supporting Holder publicly announces their intention not to support the Restructuring Transactions or the UK Proceeding (in which case the Company Parties may terminate only with respect to such holder);

 

  •  

If a Supporting Holder holding or controlling at least 50.1% of the outstanding principal amount of the Old Notes terminates the Transaction Support Agreement;

 

  •  

If a UK Proceeding is commenced and any Supporting Holder files (or supports the filing of) an application, motion or pleading (i) to dismiss the UK Proceeding or (ii) that is materially inconsistent with the Transaction Support Agreement and it is not withdrawn or amended within two business days; or

 

  •  

The applicable governing body of a Company Party, after consulting with counsel, (i) deems proceeding with any of the Restructuring Transactions or the UK Proceeding to be inconsistent with its fiduciary obligations under applicable law, or (ii) in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, intends to enter into an Alternative Restructuring Transaction (as defined therein) (the “Fiduciary Out”).

The Transaction Support Agreement may be terminated by a Supporting Holder as to itself, and solely with respect to their Old Notes, upon the occurrence of, among other things:

 

  •  

A material breach by a Company Party of the Transaction Support Agreement that remains uncured for ten business days;

 

  •  

A Company representation and warranty being untrue in any material respect when made;

 

  •  

The Definitive Documents and any amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto including terms that are materially inconsistent with the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement and the Restructuring Term Sheet and are not otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Supporting Holders, and such event remains unremedied for five business days;

 

  •  

The entry of an order denying implementation of the Restructuring Transactions or denying approval of the UK Proceeding that has not been reversed, vacated, or stayed within the applicable grace period (as set out therein);

 

  •  

Commencement of an involuntary Insolvency Proceeding (as defined therein) against any of the Company Parties or the filing of other similar relief and such involuntary proceeding not being dismissed within 30 days after the filing thereof;

 

  •  

A “Material Adverse Effect” (i.e., an event that has or would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, results, or finances or the Company or (ii) the ability of the Company Parties to consummate the Restructuring Transactions); or

 

  •  

A Company Party exercising its Fiduciary Out in good faith.

Miscellaneous

The Transaction Support Agreement further contains certain customary representations, warranties and other agreements by the parties thereto, and contemplates that the Company Parties and Supporting Holders enter into a mutual release agreement, providing for customary mutual releases of claims among the parties thereto.

 

86


Table of Contents

THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS

In conjunction with the Exchange Offer, the Company is soliciting consents from Holders to the Proposed Amendments. The Proposed Amendments constitute a single proposal consisting of the Exchange Offer Amendments and the UK Proceeding Amendments, and a tendering Holder must consent to them as an entirety. Capitalized terms appearing below but not defined in this section of the prospectus have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Old Notes Indenture. The descriptions of the Proposed Amendments set forth below do not purport to be complete.

Subject to the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part, any tender of an Old Note by a Holder that is not validly withdrawn prior to the applicable Expiration Time will constitute a binding agreement between that Holder and the Company and a consent to the Proposed Amendments, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

Prior to becoming irrevocable, consents may only be revoked by validly withdrawing the associated tendered Old Notes. In the event the Company pursues a UK Proceeding, a Holder will still be entitled to validly withdraw tendered Old Notes after the Exchange Offer Expiration Time and prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, but any such withdrawal will not constitute a valid revocation of such Holder’s consent to the Proposed Amendments once such Proposed Amendments go into effect. See “The Exchange Offer and Consent Soliciation—Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of Consents.”

By consenting to the Proposed Amendments, Holders will also be deemed to have waived any default, event of default or other consequence under the Old Notes Indenture for failure to comply with the terms of the provisions identified below (whether before or after the date of the applicable supplemental indenture to the Old Notes, containing the Proposed Amendments).

Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding), the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remaining in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and the effectiveness of the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part upon or promptly following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Company and the Old Notes Trustee (subject to the Old Notes Trustee’s receipt of an opinion letter and officer’s certificate and any other documents required under the Base Indenture) will execute a supplemental indenture (the “Exchange Offer Amendments Supplemental Indenture”) to the Old Notes Indenture effectuating the Exchange Offer Amendments and all Old Notes that remain outstanding will be governed by the relevant Old Notes Indenture as amended by the Exchange Offer Amendments Supplemental Indenture. Under the terms of the Exchange Offer Amendments Supplemental Indenture, the Exchange Offer Amendments will become operative upon the Settlement Date (which Settlement Date may be after the date of execution and effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Amendments Supplemental Indenture). In the event the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the Company will enter into a supplemental indenture with the Old Notes Trustee effectuating the UK Proceeding Amendments (the “UK Proceeding Amendments Supplemental Indenture”). Each consenting and each non-consenting Holder will be bound by such applicable supplemental indenture, even if the Holder did not consent to the Proposed Amendments or tender their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

Prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Company will enter into the Second Supplemental Indenture to add the Plan Company as a guarantor of the Old Notes. No consent of Holders is required for this amendment.

Exchange Offer Amendments

The Exchange Offer Amendments will not become effective until and unless (i) the Minimum Tender Condition (and any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) has been satisfied or

 

87


Table of Contents

waived as of the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Backstop Commitment agreed thereunder, remains in full force and effect (see “The Transaction Support Agreement”) and (iii) the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part are effective, and the Exchange Offer Amendments will not become operative until the Settlement Date for an Exchange Offer completed without a UK Proceeding.

If the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, the Exchange Offer Amendments would amend the following sections of the Old Notes Base Indenture, as follows:

 

  •  

Section 4.01 (Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets)—deleting clause (b) specifying certain conditions to consolidations, mergers, sales, assignments, transfers, leases or other dispositions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

  •  

Section 6.01 (Events of Default)—deleting clause (c) relating to covenant or agreement breaches;

 

  •  

Section 8.04 (Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance)—deleting clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) specifying certain conditions to legal defeasance and covenant defeasance;

In addition, if the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, the Exchange Offer Amendments would amend the following sections of the First Supplemental Indenture by deleting each section referenced below in its entirety:

 

  •  

Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing).

In addition, if the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, the Exchange Offer Amendments would amend the following sections of the First Supplemental Indenture, as follows:

 

  •  

Section 4.02 (Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets)—deleting clause (b) specifying certain conditions to consolidations, mergers, sales, assignments, transfers, leases or other dispositions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

  •  

Section 5.02 (Events of Default)—deleting clause (c) relating to covenant or agreement breaches.

In addition, if the Exchange Offer Amendments become operative, the Exchange Offer Amendments Supplemental Indenture will include the following new Section 1.01(g):

On and after the date that this Supplemental Indenture becomes effective in accordance with its terms, the Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 1.01(g), to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt (as defined below) (including the termination of all commitments thereunder) of the Company and the Guarantor. The subordination provided for herein is for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantor, and only Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor which is Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

For purposes of this Section 1.01(g), “Senior Debt” means each of the following:

 

  (a)

the asset-based revolving credit agreement dated August 13, 2025, among the Company, as a U.S. borrower and borrower representative, Fossil Partners, L.P., as a U.S. borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and ACF FINCO I LP, as administrative agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

  (b)

the Company’s 9.500% First-Out First Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 that are issued pursuant to that certain senior secured notes indenture, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and notes collateral agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof; and

 

88


Table of Contents
  (c)

the Company’s 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 that are issued pursuant to that certain senior secured notes indenture, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and notes collateral agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof;

and, in each case, all guarantees, collateral documents, security documents, intercreditor agreements, and other instruments and provisions (including any “parallel debt” provisions) evidencing indebtedness thereunder, guarantees thereof, or collateral or other security therefore, and further, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, amendments and restatements, refundings or refinancings.

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company or the Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company, the Guarantor or their respective property:

 

  (a)

holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt (including the termination of all commitments thereunder) before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

 

  (b)

until the Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor is paid in full in cash (including the termination of all commitments thereunder), any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Section 1.01(g) shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Notes.

If a distribution is made to Holders that, because of this Section 1.01(g), should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company, the Guarantor or their respective property for the purposes of this Section 1.01(g) if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires all or substantially all of the consolidated assets, as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposal, comply with the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture.

After all Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantor, is paid in full in cash (including the termination of all commitments thereunder), and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Section 1.01(g) to holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company, the Guarantor and Holders, a payment by the Company or the Guarantor on such Senior Debt.

This Section 1.01(g) defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

  (a)

impair, as between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and Holders, on the other hand, the obligation of the Company and the Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

 

  (b)

affect the relative rights against the Company and the Guarantor of holders and creditors of the Company or the Guarantor other than the holders of Senior Debt; or

 

89


Table of Contents
  (c)

prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or the Guarantor or by its failure to comply with the Base Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that under this Section 1.01(g) would prohibit the making of any payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a responsible officer of the Trustee receives actual written notice that such payments are prohibited by this Section 1.01(g). The Company, a trustee, agent or other representative in respect of any Senior Debt (a “Representative”) (provided that if, and for so long as, any Senior Debt lacks such a Representative, then the Representative for such Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Senior Debt in respect of any Senior Debt) or a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor shall be entitled to give the written notice; provided, however, that, any issue of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any notice provided to it in accordance with this Section 1.01(g) without further investigation or inquiry. Prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects conclusively to presume that no such fact exists. Unless the Trustee shall have received the notice provided for in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such payment and to apply the same to the purpose for which it was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. The foregoing shall not apply to any Affiliate of the Company acting as Paying Agent.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Section 1.01(g) with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in the Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.01(g) to the contrary, all amounts owed to the Trustee (including amounts owed pursuant to Section 7.07 under the Indenture) in each of its capacities hereunder shall not be subordinated to any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor or otherwise.

Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Section 1.01(g) shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Section 1.01(g) shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust under Article VIII of the Base Indenture by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 1.01(g) if the provisions of this Section 1.01(g) were not violated at the time funds were deposited in trust with the Trustee pursuant to Article X of the Base Indenture, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company, the Guarantor or any holder of Senior Debt of the Company, the Guarantor or any other creditor of the Company.

 

90


Table of Contents

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee, subject to Section 7.01, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (1) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to herein are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (3) upon the Representatives of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 1.01(g). In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section 1.01(g), and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of the Indenture shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 1.01(g).

The Trustee is hereby authorized to execute such documentation and to take such action on behalf of the Holders and at the expense of the Company as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor as provided in this Section 1.01(g) and the Trustee is hereby appointed as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company, the Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Section 1.01(g) or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Section 1.01(g) and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

The foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt, and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture), the provisions of this Section 1.01(g) shall be enforceable only to the extent that the same do not conflict with the TIA or Sections 6.07 or 9.02 of the Base Indenture, or give rise to a breach, default, violation of, or Default or Event of Default, in respect of any of the foregoing.

UK Proceeding Amendments

In the event the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with a UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the Company will enter into the UK Proceeding Amendments Supplemental Indenture and amend the following sections of the Old Notes Base Indenture, as follows:

 

  •  

Section 11.10 (Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Submission to Jurisdiction)—amending and restating such section in its entirety as follows:

This Indenture and the Securities, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales.

 

91


Table of Contents

The courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Indenture and the Securities (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, or termination of this Indenture or the Securities or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Securities).

The Company will also amend the following sections of the First Supplemental Indenture, as follows:

 

  •  

Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing)—deleting Section 4.03 in its entirety.

 

  •  

Section 6.04 (Governing Law)—amending and restating such section in its entirety as follows:

This Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection therefrom, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales. The courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, or termination of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes).

 

92


Table of Contents

THE UK PROCEEDING

General

For the purposes of promoting its overall restructuring, the Company may, pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement and other conditions described herein, utilize an English law restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Restructuring Plan”) to implement a restructuring of the Old Notes on substantially the same terms as the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments). As preliminary steps to launching the Restructuring Plan, it is intended that prior to the Exchange Offer Expiration Time: (i) the Company will enter into the Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Plan Company, an indirect but wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, will become a guarantor under the Old Notes (the “Guarantor Accession”) and enter into a deed of contribution with the Plan Company pursuant to which the Company (as issuer of the Old Notes) will have a right of contribution against the Plan Company in respect of the Company’s liabilities under the Old Notes (“Deed of Accession”); and (ii) in the event that the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other conditions to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) are not satisfied or waived by the Exchange Offer Expiration Time, the Company will implement the UK Proceeding Amendments to enable the Plan Company to promulgate a Restructuring Plan in due course following the Exchange Offer Expiration Time.

The purpose of the Guarantor Accession, the Deed of Contribution and the UK Proceeding Amendments is to strengthen the connection to the English jurisdiction for the purposes of implementing a restructuring of the Old Notes through a Restructuring Plan.

All Holders will be notified, at the relevant time, of the Plan Company’s intention to formally propose the Restructuring Plan in the form of a letter (the “Practice Statement Letter”) which will set out further details of the Restructuring Plan and overall restructuring. In particular, the Practice Statement Letter will set out: (i) the background to, and the proposed objectives of, the Restructuring Plan and an outline of its terms and effects; (ii) the reasons why the Plan Company considers that the Plan Creditors (as defined therein) should support the Restructuring Plan; (iii) the Plan Company’s intention to apply to the English court to request permission to convene a meeting of the Plan Creditors (the “Plan Meeting”) for purposes of considering and, if thought fit, approving the Restructuring Plan; (iv) the reasons why the Plan Company considers that the English court has jurisdiction in relation to the Restructuring Plan; (v) the intended composition of the class of Plan Creditors for the purpose of voting on the Restructuring Plan at the Plan Meeting; (vi) the next steps and actions required of the Plan Creditors; and (vii) how Holders may make further enquiries and obtain additional information relating to the Restructuring Plan. It is currently intended that the Practice Statement Letter will be launched by September 23, 2025.

As stated above, the terms of the Restructuring Plan will be substantially the same as the terms of the Exchange Offer (with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments) will be implemented by the Restructuring Plan with the exception of the Exchange Offer Amendments and that those Holders who did not tender (or validly withdrew) their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will receive Second-Out Notes instead of retaining amended Old Notes. See “—Restructuring Plan Settlement Date” and the “Transaction Support Agreement.”

The Supporting Holders collectively own approximately 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and have agreed, subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, to vote in favor of a Restructuring Plan. The Plan Company is also soliciting proxies from all other Holders to vote in favor of the Restructuring Plan.

A Holder may not tender their Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer without being deemed to have appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent as their proxy with respect to a UK Proceeding.

Even if you choose to not participate in the Exchange Offer, if the Plan Company implements a UK Proceeding that is sanctioned by the English court and is ultimately successfully implemented, your

 

93


Table of Contents

Old Notes will be automatically exchanged into Second-Out Notes and you will not retain your Old Notes. You will also receive your pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants in the same amount as you would have received if you had participated in the Exchange Offer.

Overview of a Restructuring Plan

A restructuring plan is a statutory procedure under English law (pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006) which allows a company to agree to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors (or one or more classes of creditors), and for the terms of that compromise or arrangement to bind any non-consenting or opposing minority creditors.

A restructuring plan may be proposed by a company that has encountered, or is likely to encounter, financial difficulties that are affecting, or may affect, its ability to carry on business as a going concern. A restructuring plan should have the purpose of eliminating, reducing, preventing or mitigating the effect of any of the financial difficulties faced by the proposing company.

A restructuring plan will take effect between a company and its creditors or members (or the relevant class or classes of them) and become binding on all the creditors to whom it applies if:

 

  •  

either the restructuring plan is:

 

  •  

approved by at least 75% in value of the creditors present and voting (in person or by proxy) in one or more class(es) at each meeting convened to consider the restructuring plan; or

 

  •  

not approved by at least 75% in value of the creditors in one or more class(es) of creditors present in person or by proxy and voting at the relevant meeting convened to consider the restructuring plan if:

 

  •  

the English court is satisfied that, if it were to sanction the restructuring plan, none of the members of any dissenting class would be any worse off than they would be under the relevant alternative to the restructuring plan; and

 

  •  

the restructuring plan has been approved by a number representing at least 75% in value of at least one class of creditors present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at a Plan Meeting who would receive payment or have a genuine economic interest in the plan company in the event of the relevant alternative to the restructuring plan;

 

  •  

and

 

  •  

the restructuring plan is sanctioned by the court in England and Wales at the sanction hearing; and

 

  •  

an official copy of the order sanctioning the restructuring plan is delivered to the registrar of companies for England and Wales for registration.

The English court will also consider whether the restructuring plan is fair, and, in particular, whether the value sought to be preserved or generated by the restructuring plan has been fairly allocated between the different creditor groups.

If a restructuring plan becomes effective, it will bind the company and each relevant creditor according to its terms, including those creditors who did not vote on the restructuring plan and those who voted against it.

Identity of Plan Creditors

The creditors in respect of which the Restructuring Plan would be proposed shall consist of the Holders, including the Supporting Holders (collectively, the “Plan Creditors”).

 

94


Table of Contents

Classes

It is the Plan Company’s responsibility to formulate the class or classes of creditors for the purpose of the Plan Meeting. If the rights of the creditors are so different or the creditors would be affected so differently by the Restructuring Plan as to make it impossible for them to consult together with a view to their common interest, they must be divided into separate classes and a separate meeting must be held for each class of creditor.

The final decision on the appropriate composition of any meeting convened to consider the Restructuring Plan will be a matter for the English court to decide in the Convening Hearing (as detailed below in “—Convening Hearing and Plan Meeting”). The Plan Company intends to propose that the Holders vote together as a single class of creditors at the Plan Meeting. Accordingly, approval from at least 75% in value of Holders present and voting (in person or by proxy) at the Plan Meeting will be required to approve the Restructuring Plan.

Further detail in relation to the Plan Company’s proposed class composition will be set out in the Practice Statement Letter.

Convening Hearing and Plan Meeting

Before the Restructuring Plan can become effective and binding on the Plan Company and the Plan Creditors, the Restructuring Plan must be approved by the requisite majorities (as set out above) at the Plan Meeting. The Plan Meeting held, for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, approving the Restructuring Plan, will be convened in accordance with the order of the English court made at the convening hearing (the “Convening Hearing”).

The Convening Hearing is expected to take place on October 15, 2025 in London. Confirmation of the date and precise time of the Convening Hearing will be sent to all Holders once it has been confirmed by the English court.

If leave to convene the Plan Meeting is granted by the English court at the Convening Hearing, the following documents in connection with the Restructuring Plan will shortly thereafter be made available to all Plan Creditors:

 

  •  

a copy of the plan document;

 

  •  

the explanatory statement required to be provided pursuant to section 901D of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Explanatory Statement”) (which will include, among other things, further detailed information relating to the Restructuring Plan); and

 

  •  

the voting and proxy forms for voting at the Plan Meeting.

Voting at the Plan Meeting

Instructions in relation to how to vote at the Plan Meeting will be set out in the Explanatory Statement. The Plan Meeting will be open to all Plan Creditors (whether or not they have appointed a proxy).

The Supporting Holders (subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement) and Holders that have validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, will be required to vote in favor of the Restructuring Plan at the Plan Meeting.

Restructuring Plan Becoming Effective

Restructuring Plan Sanction Hearing

If the Restructuring Plan is approved by the requisite majority of Plan Creditors at the Plan Meeting, a date will be set for the Restructuring Plan sanction hearing before the English court to sanction the Restructuring Plan (the

 

95


Table of Contents

“Sanction Hearing”). It is currently envisaged that the Sanction Hearing will be held on November 10, 2025. However, once the date of the Sanction Hearing is confirmed by the English court, the Plan Company will give notice to the Plan Creditors by such customary and appropriate means as it may determine, in accordance with the terms of the Explanatory Statement.

The Restructuring Plan, if approved by the requisite majority of Plan Creditors at the Plan Meeting and sanctioned by the English court at the Sanction Hearing, will, provided any other conditions precedent have been satisfied, become effective in accordance with its terms and will be binding on the Plan Company, the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Plan Creditors when a copy of the English court order sanctioning the Restructuring Plan is delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales.

Restructuring Plan Settlement Date

If the conditions precedent have been satisfied or waived and the Restructuring Plan becomes effective, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and any applicable related transaction documents will be executed by the Company, the Plan Company and any necessary related parties, and, on the Settlement Date, the Backstop Providers will be required to provide the Backstop Commitment and delivery and/or payment, as applicable, will be made of (i) in the case of New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes and validly subscribed for their Required Subscription Amount in the Rights Offering at or prior to the Conditional Expiration Time, First-Out Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium; (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants who validly tendered (and did not validly withdraw) their Old Notes, the Second-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Consent Premium, and (iii) in the case of Holders who did not tender (or validly withdrew) their Old Notes, Second-Out Notes, plus, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), accrued and unpaid interest in cash on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, from the applicable last interest payment date to, but not including, the Settlement Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Anticipated Process and Timeline

The Plan Company’s anticipated process and proposed timeline for the Restructuring Plan is set out below. This timeline is indicative only. Further details in relation to the process and timeline will be communicated to the Plan Creditors by the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Restructuring Plan (whose contact details are below) following formal commencement of the Restructuring Plan and issuance of the Practice Statement Letter.

 

Steps

  

Key Date

Issuance of the Practice Statement Letter

   on or about September 23, 2025

Convening Hearing

   October 15, 2025

Plan Meeting

   on or about November 6, 2025

Sanction Hearing

   November 10, 2025

Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is also acting as the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Restructuring Plan. Questions and requests for assistance or copies of the documentation relevant to the Restructuring Plan following issuance of the Practice Statement Letter may be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent at its email address at Registration@epiqglobal.com or via phone at: +1 (646) 362-6336.

Retail Advocate

The Plan Company is intending to appoint an independent representative (the “Retail Advocate”) of the Plan Creditors who hold, solely on their personal behalf, the Company’s Old Notes (the “Retail Holders”) to consider

 

96


Table of Contents

their views on the Restructuring Plan and present those views to the English court. If a Retail Holder has any questions or objections regarding the Restructuring Plan following issuance of the Practice Statement Letter, they may contact the Retail Advocate. The Retail Advocate’s details will be provided in the Practice Statement Letter.

UK Legal Counsel to the Company

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, London, is acting as UK legal counsel to the Company and the Plan Company.

 

97


Table of Contents

THE INFORMATION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGENT; DEALER MANGER

Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC has been appointed the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Rights Offering and the Exchange Offer (the “Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent”). Any instructions with respect to the Exchange Offer and/or Rights Offering should be sent or delivered by each Holder of Old Notes to their custodian bank, depositary, broker, trust company or other nominee, and not to any other party. Any requests for assistance or information can be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent using the instructions set forth on the back cover page of this prospectus. We will pay the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.

Dealer Manager

We have retained Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. to act as dealer manager (the “Dealer Manager”) in connection with the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation for the Old Notes. We will pay the Dealer Manager a customary fee as compensation for its services. A portion of that fee is based on the success of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation and will be payable on completion of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. We have also agreed to reimburse the Dealer Manager for certain expenses. The obligations of the Dealer Manager to perform its functions is subject to various conditions. We have agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager against various liabilities, including various liabilities under the federal securities laws. The Dealer Manager may contact Holders by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission, personal interviews and otherwise may request broker dealers and the other nominee holders to forward materials relating to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation to beneficial holders. Questions regarding the terms of the Transactions may be directed to the Dealer Manager at its address and telephone number listed on the back cover page of this prospectus. At any given time, the Dealer Manager may trade the Old Notes or other of our securities for its own accounts or for the accounts of its customers and, accordingly, may hold a long or short position in the Old Notes. The Dealer Manager and its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. The Dealer Manager is a full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment bank, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services.

 

98


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net cash proceeds that we receive in the Rights Offering to repay borrowings under the ABL Facility and, to the extent of any excess, for working capital and general business purposes. We used currently outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our previous secured asset-based revolving credit agreement, (ii) to satisfy certain professional fee obligations associated with restructuring our indebtedness and (iii) for ordinary course and general operating expenses. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of First-Out Notes or the Second-Out Notes in the Exchange Offer or from the Consent Solicitation.

The ABL Facility matures on August 13, 2030 subject to a springing maturity if any indebtedness in excess of $15 million is outstanding on the date that is the 91st day prior to the scheduled maturity date of such indebtedness. As of the date hereof, approximately $18.0 million of borrowings were outstanding under the ABL Facility, bearing interest at a rate equal to SOFR plus 500 basis points.

We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $0.6 million from the exercise of all Initial Public Warrants (including the Pre-Funded Public Warrants), assuming the exercise in full of all such warrants for cash. We intend to use the net proceeds from the exercise of such warrants for general corporate purposes which may include the repayment of outstanding indebtedness. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants (including the Pre-Funded Public Warrants).

There is no assurance that the holders of the Initial Public Warrants (including the Pre-Funded Public Warrants) will elect to exercise any or all of such warrants. To the extent that the Initial Public Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants will decrease.

 

99


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth as of July 5, 2025:

 

  •  

the Company’s actual capitalization; and

 

  •  

the Company’s capitalization on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Transactions and concurrent Supporting Holders Exchange, assuming all Holders participate in full as New Money Participants.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Summary—The Transaction,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Basis of Presentation” in this prospectus, the other information incorporated by reference into this prospectus including our financial statements and notes thereto that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

     As of July 5, 2025  
     Historical      As Adjusted  
     (In thousands)  

Cash and Equivalents

   $ 109,862      $ 124,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt(1)(2):

     

ABL Facility

     18,000        —   

Old Notes

     150,000        —   

First-Out Notes offered hereby(3)

     —         180,150 (4) 

Second-Out Notes offered hereby(5)

     —         —   

Other debt(6)

     13,376        13,376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt(7)

   $ 181,376      $ 193,526  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     133,911        138,886 (8) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 315,287      $ 332,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
 
(1)

Excludes debt issuance costs.

 

(2)

For additional information on our indebtedness, see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

 

(3)

Includes First-Out Notes issued in the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering, including to the Supporting Holders, and assumes participation in full in the Rights Offering.

 

(4)

Represents $185,125,000 principal amount of First-Out Notes. In accordance with ASC 470-20-25-2, proceeds from the Transactions and the Supporting Holders Exchange were allocated between debt and equity issued in connection therewith.

 

(5)

Assumes participation in the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering, in full, in which case the Company will not issue Second-Out Notes. To the extent we issue Second-Out Notes, the as adjusted amount for the First-Out Notes will be reduced and the as adjusted amount for the Second-Out Notes will be increased in corresponding amounts.

 

(6)

Represents indebtedness held by non-Guarantor subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(7)

Excludes $19,000 of finance leases and $145.4 million of operating lease obligations.

 

(8)

Includes the 3,000,000 warrants (including the Initial Public Warrants) and 954,198 shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this offering and the Supporting Holders Exchange. In accordance with ASC 470-20-25-2, proceeds from the Transactions and the Supporting Holders Exchange were allocated between debt and equity issued in connection therewith.

 

100


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRST-OUT NOTES

Description of First-Out Notes

On the settlement date for the Exchange Offer (the “Issue Date”), Fossil will issue up to $73,068,721 aggregate principal amount of 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (the “First-Out Notes”) pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering (the “Public First-Out Notes”) under the Indenture (the “First-Out Notes Indenture”), to be dated as of the Issue Date, among itself, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

In addition to the Public First-Out Notes, additional First-Out Notes will be issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Supporting Holders Exchange (including the related private placement) (the “Private First-Out Notes”), as described further herein. The Public First-Out Notes and the Private First-Out Notes are referred to collectively, together with any Super Priority First-Out Notes, as the “First-Out Notes.”

The Public First-Out Notes will be part of the same issue as the Private First-Out Notes, including for purposes of redemptions, offers to purchase and determining whether the required percentage of holders of the First-Out Notes (each a “Noteholder”) have given approval or consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver or joined in directing the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to take certain actions on behalf of all Noteholders. However, until the Private First-Out Notes may be resold freely under Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume or manner of sale restrictions and without the requirement for current public information, the Public First-Out Notes will not be fungible with the Private First-Out Notes and, accordingly, will trade under different CUSIP numbers. Following the Issue Date, Fossil may issue additional First-Out Notes pursuant to, and subject to compliance with the terms of, the First-Out Notes Indenture, including Super Priority First-Out Notes. Such additional First-Out Notes (including any Super Priority First-Out Notes) will be part of the same issue as the First-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, except that the Super Priority First-Out Notes will, and to the extent such other additional First-Out Notes are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the First-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, such additional First-Out Notes will, trade under different CUSIPs. Your ability to transfer the First-Out Notes may be limited by the absence of active trading markets and active trading markets may not develop for the First-Out Notes, in which case you may be unable to sell the First-Out Notes or to sell them at a price you deem sufficient.

This Description of the First-Out Notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the First-Out Notes, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Since this Description of the First-Out Notes is only a summary, it does not contain all of the details found in the full text of, and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of, the First-Out Notes, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. You should refer to the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements for a complete description of the obligations of Fossil, the Guarantors and your rights. Fossil will make copies of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements available to the Noteholders and to prospective investors upon request.

You will find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description under the heading “—Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this “Description of the First-Out Notes,” references to “Fossil,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Fossil Group, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in other sections of this prospectus, the First-Out Notes Indenture, or the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable.

 

101


Table of Contents

General

The First-Out Notes

The First-Out Notes are general senior obligations of Fossil and will:

 

  •  

mature on January 1, 2029;

 

  •  

be unconditionally Guaranteed on a senior basis by each Guarantor, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles (as defined below). See “—Note Guarantees”;

 

  •  

be issued in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof;

 

  •  

be secured by Liens on all or substantially all assets of Fossil, including first-priority Liens on Notes Priority Collateral and second-priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles and any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of Fossil;

 

  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured Indebtedness and any future junior lien priority Indebtedness of Fossil to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to Fossil’s Obligations under any Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness;

 

  •  

be effectively junior to the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Obligations of Fossil, including the Second-Out Notes and the 2026 Notes, subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

The designation of a Subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” or similar Subsidiary that is not subject to the covenants summarized under “—Certain Covenants” or the Events of Default summarized under “—Events of Default” is not permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, and all of our Subsidiaries are expected to be subject to the restrictive covenants in the First-Out Notes Indenture, as applicable.

As of July 5, 2025, after giving effect to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering (assuming 100% participation in the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering) and the Supporting Holders Exchange (including the related private placement) and the use of proceeds therefrom:

 

  •  

we would have had approximately $180 million of total Indebtedness (consisting of the First-Out Notes);

 

  •  

we would have had approximately $18 million of undrawn commitments under the ABL Facility; and

 

  •  

our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have had approximately $244 million of liabilities (including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities), all of which would have been structurally senior to the First-Out Notes.

Although the First-Out Notes Indenture will restrict the incurrence of additional Indebtedness, these restrictions are and will be subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional Indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

The Note Guarantees

Each of the Note Guarantees will:

 

  •  

be a general senior obligation of each Guarantor;

 

102


Table of Contents
  •  

be secured by Liens on all or substantially all assets of the Guarantors, including first-priority Liens on Notes Priority Collateral and second-priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles and any applicable Intercreditor Agreement

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of each such Guarantor;

 

  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured Indebtedness and any future junior lien priority Indebtedness of each such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets of such Guarantor that are Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to each such Guarantor’s Obligations under any Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness;

 

  •  

be effectively junior to the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of the applicable Guarantor; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

Although the First-Out Notes Indenture will limit the amount of Indebtedness that Fossil and its Subsidiaries may Incur, they may Incur additional Indebtedness, a portion of which may be secured or structurally senior to the First-Out Notes.

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, Fossil’s Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have represented approximately 43% of our third-party net sales. As of July 5, 2025 after giving effect to the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, and the Supporting Holders Exchange (including the related private placement), Fossil’s Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have represented approximately 62% of our total assets (excluding intercompany assets) and had approximately $244 million of total liabilities, including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities.

Interest

Interest on the First-Out Notes will:

 

  •  

accrue at the fixed rate of 9.500% per annum;

 

  •  

increase immediately, upon the occurrence of a Borrowing Base Overage, by an additional fixed rate of 2.00% per annum (with such increase being solely in the form of payment-in-kind interest) with respect to all remaining days in the Interest Period during which such Borrowing Base Overage occurred and is outstanding and for all following Interest Periods during which a Borrowing Base Overage has occurred and is outstanding;

 

  •  

accrue from the Issue Date or, if interest has already been paid, from the most recent interest payment date;

 

  •  

be payable in cash quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2026;

 

  •  

be payable to the Noteholders of record at the close of business on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 immediately preceding the related interest payment dates; and

 

  •  

be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Payments on the First-Out Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar

We will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, and cash interest on the First-Out Notes (in accordance with the terms hereof) at the office or agency designated by Fossil, except that we may, at our option, pay any such cash interest on the First-Out Notes by check mailed to Noteholders at their

 

103


Table of Contents

registered address set forth in the registrar’s books. In the event we are required to pay payment-in-kind interest for any particular Interest Period upon the occurrence of a Borrowing Base Overage in accordance with the terms hereof, we will pay the interest due for such Interest Period for all outstanding First-Out Notes by increasing the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the First-Out Notes or issuing additional First-Out Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under the First-Out Notes Indenture having the same terms as the First-Out Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). Any increase to the outstanding aggregate First-Out Note will be made and reflected by the Registrar on the applicable interest payment date. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “First-Out Notes” for all purposes of the First-Out Notes Indenture and this “Description of the First-Out Notes”, and references to “principal amount” or “aggregate principal amount” of the First-Out Notes include any PIK Notes that are actually issued and include any increase in the principal amount or aggregate principal amount of the First-Out Notes as a result of a PIK Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, any PIK Notes and any increase in the principal amount or aggregate principal amount of the First-Out Notes as a result of a PIK Payment will be part of the same issue as the First-Out Notes, including for purposes of determining whether the required percentage of Noteholders have given approval or consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver or joined in directing the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent. We have initially designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee to act as our paying agent (the “Paying Agent”) and registrar (the “Registrar”). We may, however, change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Noteholders, and Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

We will pay the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium and interest on First-Out Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee in immediately available funds (or, in the case of a PIK Payment, by increasing the outstanding aggregate principal amount of such First-Out Notes or issuing PIK Notes) to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Noteholder of such global note.

Transfer and Exchange

A Noteholder may transfer or exchange First-Out Notes in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by Fossil, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of First-Out Notes, but Fossil may require a Noteholder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the First-Out Notes Indenture. Fossil is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with an offer to purchase all of the First-Out Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer (each as defined below), except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part. Also, Fossil is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of First-Out Notes to be redeemed.

The registered Noteholder of a First-Out Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Optional Redemption

Fossil may, on any one or more occasions, redeem the First-Out Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed or otherwise sent to each Noteholder in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, at the redemption price of 107.500% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the First-Out Notes to be redeemed), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the First-Out Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable date of redemption.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest in respect of First-Out Notes subject to redemption will be paid on the redemption date to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Noteholders whose First-Out Notes will be subject to redemption by Fossil.

 

104


Table of Contents

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the First-Out Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the First-Out Notes are listed or, if the First-Out Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to be fair and appropriate, although no First-Out Note of a minimum denomination of $1.00 in principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If the First-Out Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such First-Out Notes will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Noteholder thereof upon cancellation of the original note.

Any redemption notice may, at Fossil’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in Fossil’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

Unless Fossil defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the First-Out Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the First-Out Notes are accelerated or otherwise become due and payable prior to the Stated Maturity as a result of an Event of Default, the Applicable Premium will also be due and payable and shall constitute part of the Obligations under the First-Out Notes, in view of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of ascertaining actual damages and by mutual agreement of the parties as to a reasonable calculation of each Noteholder’s lost profits as a result thereof. Any premium (including the Applicable Premium) payable above shall be the liquidated damages sustained by each Noteholder as the result of the early redemption and the Company agrees that it is reasonable under the circumstances currently existing. The premium (including the Applicable Premium) shall also be payable in the event the First-Out Notes (and/or the First-Out Notes Indenture) are satisfied or released by foreclosure (whether by power of judicial proceeding), deed in lieu of foreclosure, exercise of remedies and/or sale of Collateral following Events of Default or any sale of Collateral in an insolvency proceeding, any restructuring, reorganization or compromise of the Obligations under the First-Out Notes or other Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture or any other termination of the First-Out Notes Indenture or First-Out Notes as a result of any such events.

Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases

Fossil is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the First-Out Notes. However, under certain circumstances, Fossil may be required to offer to purchase the First-Out Notes as described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders.”

Fossil may acquire First-Out Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, such transactions shall not be deemed to be a redemption or otherwise subject to the provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture governing redemptions of the First-Out Notes.

Note Guarantees

On the Issue Date, all Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), to the maximum extent permitted by, but subject in all respects to, applicable law (including limitations as to capital maintenance, financial assistance, corporate benefit, exclusion of matters which might be deemed contra legem, director and officer fiduciary and other similar legal duties) and subject in all respects to customary enforcement limitation language and materiality considerations set forth in the First-Out Notes Indenture (the “Guaranty and Security Principles”), will Guarantee the First-Out Notes. The Guarantors will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and

 

105


Table of Contents

unconditionally (subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles) guarantee, on a senior basis, Fossil’s Obligations under the First-Out Notes and all Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture. Such Guarantors will, jointly and severally, agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent in enforcing any rights under the Note Guarantees. The Note Guarantees will be secured by Liens, with the priority of such Liens conforming to the Lien Priority Principles, subject to Permitted Liens, on the Collateral of each applicable Guarantor (which Collateral will also secure the ABL Facility, with the priority of such Liens in each case conforming to the Lien Priority Principles). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Excluded Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary because it is restricted or prohibited from guaranteeing the First-Out Notes on the Issue Date, such Excluded Subsidiary will promptly execute a supplemental indenture following the date it is no longer an Excluded Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee of the First-Out Notes.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Obligations that are Guaranteed under the First-Out Notes Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. If a Note Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other Indebtedness (including Guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such Indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Note Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—Applicable fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the New Notes or the guarantees thereof and any related security, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.” Additionally, for more information regarding the Guarantees provided by certain Guarantors located in Canada, Germany and England and Wales, see “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Law Considerations.”

The First-Out Notes Indenture will provide that each Note Guarantee by a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)

(a)any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition is made in compliance with the provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

  (b)

the consent of the Noteholders in accordance with the provisions under the caption “—Amendments and Waivers”;

 

  (c)

Fossil’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “—Defeasance”;

 

  (d)

the satisfaction and discharge of Fossil’s obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture; or

 

  (e)

such Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary under the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”; provided that (i) the transaction or other circumstance pursuant which such Subsidiary Guarantor became an Excluded Subsidiary was made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture and for bona fide business purposes without the intent or purpose of releasing such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing immediately after giving effect thereto; and

 

(2)

in the case of clauses (1)(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions

 

106


Table of Contents
  precedent provided for in the First-Out Notes Indenture relating to such transaction or release have been complied with.

At the written request of Fossil, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release and discharge in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

In the event that any released Guarantor (in the case of clause 1(b) above) thereafter borrows money or guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of Fossil or any Guarantor, the terms of the consent described in clause 1(b) may provide that such former Guarantor will again provide a Note Guarantee if required pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors.”

Collateral

Assets Pledged as Collateral

The First-Out Notes will be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, by first-priority Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral and second-priority Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral, which shall constitute substantially all of the assets of Fossil and the Guarantors (with the exception of Excluded Property (as defined below)), in each case, subject to Permitted Liens (collectively, the “Lien Priority Principles”), certain perfection requirements and the Guaranty and Security Principles.

The Collateral will exclude certain property (the “Excluded Property”) including, without limitation:

 

(1)

(x) any fee-owned real property that is (i) located outside the United States, (ii) excluded to the extent that security interests over such assets would result in material adverse tax treatment, or (iii) not Material Real Property and (y) all leasehold interests in real property (it being understood that there shall be no requirement to obtain leasehold mortgages/deeds of trusts, landlord waivers, estoppels, collateral access letters or similar third-party agreements or consents, except to the extent that any such agreements or consents are delivered under the ABL Facility);

 

(2)

motor vehicles, aircrafts, vessels and other goods subject to certificates of title (in each case except to the extent perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements);

 

(3)

letter of credit rights with a value of less than $500,000 (except to the extent (x) perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or (y) the Notes Collateral Agent has obtained control over such letter of credit rights or has possession of the applicable letter of credit in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture) and Commercial Tort Claims with a value of less than $750,000;

 

(4)

pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (including the requirement to obtain consent of any governmental authority) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

(5)

Capital Stock in any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents (for so long as such Person remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary);

 

(6)

any lease, permit, license (including Licenses) or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement permitted by the First-Out Notes Indenture to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate, invalidate, be prohibited or restricted or constitute a default under such lease, permit, license (including Licenses) or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent of, any other party thereto (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or

 

107


Table of Contents
  PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction notwithstanding such prohibition; provided that, in the case of any Licenses, the foregoing shall only apply to Licenses granted by unaffiliated third parties to Fossil or any Guarantor.

 

(7)

“intent-to-use” trademark or service mark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto;

 

(8)

any governmental licenses or state, provincial, territorial or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

(9)

any property subject to a Lien existing at the time such property was acquired that is permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” of the First-Out Notes Indenture to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits a security interest or pledge on such property, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; and

 

(10)

any Excluded Accounts (other than the Deposit Accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts referenced in clause (i)(e), (i)(f) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Accounts” (but excluding, in the case of such clause (ii), Deposit Accounts and securities accounts that participate in the Intercompany Cash Pool));

provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any property that is pledged to secure obligations arising in respect of the ABL Facility or the Second-Out Notes Indenture (whether pursuant to the terms at such time of the foregoing or any related documents and other than in accordance with the Guaranty and Security Principles).

In addition, the First-Out Notes are not secured by any of the assets of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Other Indebtedness—The New Notes and the guarantees will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company that are not guarantors.”

Consistent with the Guaranty and Security Principles, separate agents have been or will be designated to hold security interests on the applicable collateral, in each case, for each of the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes, resulting in separate liens which will be subject to the applicable lien priorities described below under “Intercreditor Agreements”. To the extent the creation of separate security interests on the same property is not possible, customary or practicable under applicable local law with respect to certain property (including, without limitation, in the case of security established by way of transfer of title), or for administrative purposes (or any other reason) as agreed by the applicable parties, one single agent will hold a single lien on such property to secure all obligations with respect to the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes, and the applicable lien priorities described below under “Intercreditor Agreements” will be established through contractual arrangements.

Collateral Documents

Fossil, the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent shall enter into the Collateral Documents setting out the terms of the security interests that secure the payment and performance when due of all of the Obligations of Fossil and the Guarantors under the First-Out Notes, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, as provided in the Collateral Documents. Certain security interests in the Collateral may not be in place on the Issue Date or may not be perfected on the Issue Date. Fossil and the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected on or promptly following the Issue Date, but in any event no later than 60 days following the Issue Date; provided, however, that with respect to the creation and perfection of the

 

108


Table of Contents

security interests in property with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (or equivalent), such creation and the filing of the Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (or equivalent) shall be required on the Issue Date. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Other Indebtedness—Your rights in the Collateral for the New Notes may be adversely affected by any failure to perfect the security interest in the Collateral and other issues generally associated with the realization of security interests in Collateral.”

When entering into the Collateral Documents, each collateral agent will act in its own name for the benefit of the applicable secured parties and also (except where the Collateral Documents only secure the “parallel debt” created under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement and owed to such collateral agent) as a representative of the secured parties (including the holders from time to time).

Intercreditor Agreements

The statements under this section are summaries of the material terms and provisions of the intercreditor agreements related to the First-Out Notes. They do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements. Certain defined terms used in this section entitled “—Intercreditor Agreements” but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement, as the context provides.

First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement

On the Issue Date, each of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee will enter into the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement with the Second-Out Notes Trustee and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, which shall set forth the rights of the holders of First-Out Notes and holders of Second-Out Notes with respect to Collateral and subordinates the right to payment of holders of Second-Out Notes to the right to payment of holders of the First-Out Notes. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions contained in the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, form of which is attached to this registration statement as Exhibit 10.3.

Pursuant to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, notwithstanding the date, time, manner or order of filing or recordation of any document or instrument or grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent or any Noteholder on the shared Collateral (or any actual or alleged defect in any of the foregoing) and notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law or any other circumstance whatsoever, the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent will agree that (a) any Lien on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Obligations with respect to the First-Out Notes held by or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent or any Noteholder or other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall have priority over and be senior in all respects and prior to any Lien on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes and (b) any Lien on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes held by or on behalf of the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, any noteholder thereof or any agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes. All Liens on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes shall be and remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes for all purposes, whether or not such Liens securing or purporting to secure any Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes are subordinated to any Lien securing any other obligation of the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person or otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.

In addition, pursuant to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, notwithstanding any provision of the Second-Out Notes Indenture to the contrary, (i) except for Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Payments (as

 

109


Table of Contents

defined in the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement) to the extent and in the manner set forth therein, (x) all Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes will be subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes, such that the Noteholders shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of the amounts constituting Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes before any Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes is entitled to receive any payment or other distribution on account of the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes and (y) Fossil may not make, and no holder of Second-Out Notes may receive, any payment (whether made in cash, securities or other property or by set-off, recoupment, redemption, purchase or acquisition of indebtedness or any other similar rights) of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes, and no Junior Priority Debt Party shall exercise any right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes, until the discharge of Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes, (ii) Fossil may not make, and no holder of Second-Out Notes may receive, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payment or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payment (each as defined in the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement) if, at the time of such payment or immediately after giving effect thereto (a) a Senior Payment Default exists, (b) the maturity of the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes has been accelerated due to the occurrence of an event of default in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture or (c) any other default (a “Non-Payment Default”) occurs and is continuing under First-Out Notes Indenture that permits the Senior Secured Parties to accelerate the maturity of the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes and Fossil receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of First-Out Notes and (iii) until the discharge of Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes, if any payment (whether made in cash, securities or other property or by set-off, recoupment, redemption, purchase or acquisition of indebtedness or any other similar rights) of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes is made in contravention of the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement, then such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be promptly paid over or delivered to, the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of Senior Secured Parties for application to the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes.

Fossil may resume making Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments and Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments (any may make any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments missed due to the application of the above restrictions) in respect of the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes or any judgment with respect thereto: (i) in the case of a Senior Payment Default, upon the earlier to occur of (x) a cure or waiver (as evidenced by a written waiver or acknowledgement of cure, as applicable, from the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding First-Out Notes to the Trustee and provided to Fossil) of all Senior Payment Defaults in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture or (y) the occurrence of the discharge of Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes or (ii) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, upon the earliest to occur of (x) the cure or waiver (as evidenced by a written waiver or acknowledgement of cure, as applicable, from the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding First-Out Notes to the Trustee and provided to Fossil) thereof in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, (y) the date Fossil receives a notice from the Notes Collateral Agent rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, or (z) the occurrence of the discharge of Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes.

Pursuant to the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement, the parties thereto will agree that so long as the discharge of the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture has not occurred, (i) Fossil and the Guarantors shall not grant or permit any additional Liens on any asset or property of such entity to secure any Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture unless it has granted, or substantially concurrently therewith grants, a Lien on such asset or property of such entity to secure the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and (ii) if any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party shall hold any Lien on any assets or property of Fossil or any Guarantor securing any Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes Indenture that are not also subject to the first-priority Liens securing all Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture, such Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party (x) shall notify in writing the Notes Collateral Agent promptly upon becoming aware thereof and, unless the Notes Collateral Agent (as directed by holders of the

 

110


Table of Contents

First-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture) has declined such grant in writing (including via email) on behalf of the Noteholders, the Company or such Guarantor shall promptly grant a similar Lien on such assets or property to the Notes Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture, and such Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party shall assign such Lien to the Notes Collateral Agent as security for all Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (but may retain a junior lien on such assets or property subject to the terms hereof) and (y) until such assignment or such grant of a similar Lien to the Notes Collateral Agent, shall be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders as security for the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture, subject to the Lien priorities set forth in the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement.

So long as the discharge of Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture has not occurred, whether or not any insolvency proceeding has been commenced by or against Fossil or any Guarantor, no Junior Priority Debt Party will (w) file or commence any insolvency proceeding against Fossil or any Guarantor, (x) exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies (including setoff or recoupment) with respect to any shared Collateral or otherwise commence, or join with any Person (other than the Noteholders) in commencing, any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding, with respect to any Lien held by it on the shared Collateral), (y) contest, protest or object to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought with respect to the shared Collateral by any Noteholder, or (z) object to the forbearance by the Noteholders from bringing or pursuing any foreclosure proceeding or action or any other exercise of any rights or remedies relating to the shared Collateral; provided, however, that (A) in any insolvency proceeding commenced by or against Fossil or any Guarantor, the Second-Out Notes Trustee may file a claim, proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Obligations under the Second-Out Indenture and (B) any holder of Second-Out Notes may take any action (not adverse to the prior Liens on the shared Collateral) in order to create, prove, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its rights in, and perfection and priority of its Lien on, the shared Collateral.

So long as the discharge of Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture has not occurred, (x) each holder of Second-Out Notes shall agree that it will not take or receive any shared Collateral or any Proceeds of shared Collateral in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff or recoupment) with respect to any shared Collateral in respect of Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and (y) the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the exclusive right to exercise any right or remedy with respect to the shared Collateral and shall have the exclusive right to determine and direct the time, method and place for exercising such right or remedy or conducting any proceeding with respect thereto.

Unless and until the discharge of the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture has occurred and regardless of whether an insolvency proceeding has been commenced, any shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof or other distributions on account of the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities on account thereof (other than Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Payments as permitted herein) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff or recoupment) relating to the shared Collateral, in any insolvency proceeding or otherwise in contravention of the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the Notes Collateral Agent in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

The Senior Debt Documents may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms, and the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without the consent of any holder of Second-Out Notes, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent (as directed by holders of the Second-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture), no such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or Refinancing (or successive amendments, restatements, supplements,

 

111


Table of Contents

modifications or refinancings) shall contravene any provision of the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement.

Without the prior written consent of the Notes Collateral Agent (as directed by holders of the First-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture), no Junior Priority Debt Document may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or entered into, and no Indebtedness under the Second-Out Notes Indenture may be refinanced, to the extent such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification or refinancing, or the terms of such new debt documents, would contravene the provisions of the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement.

In the event that the Notes Collateral Agent or Trustee (as directed by holders of the First-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, as applicable) enters into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the First-Out Notes Indenture for the purpose of adding to or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, the First Out Notes Indenture or other note document entered into in connection therewith or changing in any manner the rights of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Noteholders or Fossil or any Guarantor in a manner that is applicable to all senior facilities, then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the Second-Out Notes Indenture or other note document entered into in connection therewith without the consent of any holder of Second-Out Notes and without any action by any holder of Second-Out Notes, Fossil or any Guarantor subject to the terms of the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement.

Pursuant to the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement, each holder of Second-Out Notes agrees that (i) (x) if in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition or release of any shared Collateral by Fossil or any Guarantor (other than in connection with any enforcement or exercise of rights or remedies with respect to the shared Collateral which shall be governed by clause (ii)) not prohibited under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture or consented to by the Noteholders (other than in connection with the discharge of Obligations under the Fist-Out Notes Indenture) or (y) if the senior Liens on any shared Collateral have been or are being otherwise released by the Notes Collateral Agent in connection with a subsidiary that is released from its guarantee under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture or (ii) if in connection with the enforcement or exercise of any rights or remedies with respect to the shared Collateral, including any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent releases any of the senior Liens on the shared Collateral (a “Release”), then the Liens on such shared Collateral securing any Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes Indenture shall (whether or not any insolvency proceeding is pending at such time) be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released without further action, and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver such termination statements, releases and other documents as the reasonably requested by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

Until the discharge of Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture has occurred, if Fossil or any Guarantor shall be subject to any insolvency proceeding and the Notes Collateral Agent consents (or does not object) to the sale, use or lease of cash or other collateral or consents (or does not object) to Fossil’s or any Guarantor’s obtaining financing under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law (“DIP Financing”), then the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent agrees that it will raise no objection to, will not support any objection to, and will not otherwise contest such sale, use or lease of such cash or other collateral or such DIP Financing and, except as provided in the First Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, will not request adequate protection or any other relief in connection therewith and, to the extent the Liens securing any Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture are subordinated or pari passu with such DIP Financing, will subordinate (and will be deemed to have subordinated) its Liens in the shared Collateral to (x) such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) on the same basis as the Liens securing the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture are so subordinated to Liens securing Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, (y) any adequate protection Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent, and (z) to any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees agreed to by the Notes Collateral Agent. The Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent shall agree it will raise no (a) objection to (and will not otherwise contest)

 

112


Table of Contents

any motion for relief from the automatic stay or from any injunction against foreclosure or enforcement in respect of Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture made by the Notes Collateral Agent, (b) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any lawful exercise by the Notes Collateral Agent or any holders of First-Out Notes of the right to credit bid senior Obligations at any sale in foreclosure of senior Collateral or under Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, (c) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any other request for judicial relief made in any court by the Notes Collateral Agent relating to the lawful enforcement of any Lien on senior Collateral, or (d) objection to (and will not otherwise contest or oppose) any order relating to a sale or other disposition of assets of Fossil or any Guarantor (including under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law) for which the Notes Collateral Agent has consented or not objected that provides, to the extent such sale or other disposition is to be free and clear of Liens, that the Liens securing the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture will attach to the Proceeds of the sale on the same basis of priority as the Liens on the shared Collateral securing the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture rank to the Liens on the shared Collateral securing the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture pursuant to the First Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement

The relative priorities on the Notes Priority Collateral and the ABL Priority Collateral, as between the holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness, on the one hand, and the holders of ABL Indebtedness, on the other hand, are established by the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions contained in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the form of which is attached to this registration statement as Exhibit 10.4.

The Notes Priority Collateral and the ABL Priority Collateral will each also serve as collateral to secure the obligations of Fossil and the Guarantors under any future Notes Secured Indebtedness and any future ABL Indebtedness in accordance with the Lien Priority Principles. The rights and remedies under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral and the ABL Priority Collateral, respectively, will be directed by (x) in the case of the Notes Priority Collateral, the applicable representative as determined under the First Out/Second Out Intercreditor Agreement (the “Controlling Notes Representative”), which shall initially be the Notes Collateral Agent (as defined herein) and (y) in the case of the ABL Priority Collateral, initially the ABL Collateral Agent.

All or a portion of the obligations secured on a first-priority basis by the ABL Priority Collateral consists, or may consist, of indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased, reduced or repaid and subsequently re-borrowed. The lien priorities provided for in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured by the ABL Priority Collateral or the obligations secured by the Notes Priority Collateral (in accordance with the Lien Priority Principles).

In addition, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that, prior to the discharge of ABL Obligations (whether incurred prior to, on or after the Issue Date), (1) the ABL Collateral Agent may take certain actions with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral (including the release of ABL Priority Collateral and the manner of realization) without the consent of the holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness; (2) all Collateral that is subject to a Lien in favor of any Notes Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement for purposes of this section Intercreditor Agreements—ABL Intercreditor Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein) shall also be subject to a Lien in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, in the relative priority based on whether such Collateral is Notes Priority Collateral or ABL Priority Collateral; and (3) Fossil, the Guarantors and each Notes Collateral Agent, each on behalf of itself and the holders of the applicable Notes Secured Indebtedness, agree that they will not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the Notes Documents (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) inconsistent with or in violation of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

 

113


Table of Contents

In addition, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that, prior to the discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness (whether incurred prior to, on or after the Issue Date), (1) the Notes Collateral Agent may take certain actions with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral (including the release of Notes Priority Collateral and the manner of realization) without the consent of the holders of the ABL Indebtedness; (2) all Collateral that is subject to a Lien in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent shall also be subject to a Lien in favor of each Notes Collateral Agent, in the relative priority based on whether such Collateral is Notes Priority Collateral or ABL Priority Collateral; and (3) Fossil, the Guarantors and the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the holders of the ABL Indebtedness, agrees that they will not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the documents relating to the ABL Facility inconsistent with or in violation of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Notes Collateral Agent and the holders of the Notes Secured Indebtedness it represents may not exercise any rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, including the exercise of any rights of set-off or recoupment, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA, the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Bankruptcy Law, at any time prior to the discharge of ABL Obligations, and only the ABL Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Indebtedness it represents may not exercise any rights and remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, including the exercise of any rights of set-off or recoupment, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA, the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Bankruptcy Law, at any time when any Notes Secured Indebtedness remains outstanding, and only the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such rights and remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that if there is a continuing event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement (but in all cases prior to expiration of the Limited IP Standstill Period (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement)) (a “Collateral Designation Option Period”), the Notes Collateral Agent (as directed by holders of the First-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture) shall have the option (the “Collateral Designation Option”), but not the obligation, to cause the occurrence of a Collateral Designation Date by giving written notice (a “Collateral Designation Exercise Notice”) to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent during the Collateral Designation Option Period of its intention to effect a Collateral Designation pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof contained in the ABL Credit Agreement, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.8(b) of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. In the event that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have delivered a Collateral Designation Exercise Notice prior to the expiration of the Collateral Designation Option Period as set forth above, the ABL Collateral Agent shall agree that the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not exercise any foreclosure action with respect to any Specified Collateral until the expiration or earlier termination of the Collateral Designation Option as provided below.

The occurrence of a Collateral Designation Date pursuant to the exercise of the Collateral Designation Option shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) On the proposed Collateral Designation Date (which shall be specified in the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice and which shall not be more than forty (40) days after receipt by the ABL Facility Administrative Agent of the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice (or such later date as may be consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion)), the First-Out Holders who have directed the Notes Collateral Agent shall pay to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties, an amount equal to 107.5% of the IP Advance then outstanding (provided that such amount shall in no event exceed the aggregate outstanding amount of all loans and letters of credit issued under the ABL Credit Agreement at such

 

114


Table of Contents

time). Such payment shall be made in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds to such bank account of ABL Facility Administrative Agent as the ABL Facility Administrative Agent may designate in writing to Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and shall be received by the ABL Facility Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time on such proposed Collateral Designation Date; and

(b) On the proposed Collateral Designation Date, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent shall automatically update the ABL Borrowing Base (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (without the need for any further action or consent of any Borrower and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein), to give pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from the ABL Borrowing Base, and (y) the lower advance rates under the ABL Borrowing Base applicable on and after the Collateral Designation Date as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (the “Pro Forma Borrowing Base Modifications”); provided, however, that no Collateral Designation Date shall be deemed to occur if either (A) the Collateral Designation Date does not occur within forty (40) days after receipt by the ABL Facility Administrative Agent of the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice (or such later date as may be consented to by the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion) or (B) after giving effect to the Pro Forma Borrowing Base Modifications, Fossil shall not be in compliance with the financial covenant under the ABL Credit Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) in no event shall more than one Collateral Designation Exercise Notice be delivered during the term of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, (y) in the event that the First-Out Holders who have directed the Notes Collateral Agent fail to satisfy the conditions set forth above on the proposed Collateral Designation Date, the Collateral Designation Option shall immediately terminate and (z) in no event shall the Notes Secured Parties or the Notes Collateral Agent be permitted to exercise the Collateral Designation Option after the expiration of the Limited IP Standstill Period. For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have delivered a Collateral Designation Exercise Notice prior to the expiration of the Collateral Designation Option Period as set forth above, the Collateral Designation Option shall expire no later than forty (40) days after the delivery of such Collateral Designation Exercise Notice.

The Notes Collateral Agent will agree in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement for itself and on behalf of the holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness that it will not (and waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including, without limitation, in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent or any other ABL Secured Parties in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the allowability of the claims asserted by the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties. The Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Secured Parties, will agree that none of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties will (i) contest, protest or object to, or otherwise take (or cause to be taken) any action that would interfere with any exercise of remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party under the ABL Documents with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or (ii) object to the forbearance by the ABL Collateral Agent or any of the ABL Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral. The Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Secured Parties, will waive any and all rights it or such Notes Secured Parties may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to (or support any other Person contesting, protesting or objecting to), or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any ABL Priority Collateral.

The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, will agree that it and they shall not (and will waive any right to) take (or cause to be taken) any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Parties in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of the ABL

 

115


Table of Contents

Intercreditor Agreement or the allowability of the claims asserted by the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party. Except to the extent expressly set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, will agree that none of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties will (i) contest, protest or object to, or otherwise take (or cause to be taken) any action that would interfere with any exercise of remedies undertaken by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party under the Notes Documents with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or (ii) object to the forbearance by the Notes Collateral Agent or any of the Notes Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any exercise of remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, will waive any and all rights it or the ABL Secured Parties may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to (or support any other Person contesting, protesting or objecting to), or interfere with the manner in which the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any Notes Priority Collateral.

The ABL Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Notes Collateral Agent shall execute any and all Lien releases or other documents as the ABL Collateral Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the exercise by the holders of the ABL Indebtedness of their rights set forth herein in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral. The ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other holders of the ABL Indebtedness, agrees that each of them shall execute any and all Lien releases or other documents as the Notes Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the applicable holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness) shall reasonably request in connection with the exercise by the holders of the Notes Secured Indebtedness of their rights set forth herein in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the holders of ABL Indebtedness may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against Fossil or any applicable guarantor in accordance with the terms of the documents for the ABL Facility to which such holders of ABL Indebtedness are party and applicable law (including in any Insolvency Proceeding, filing any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of Fossil or any applicable Guarantor), in each case to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against Fossil or any applicable guarantor in accordance with the terms of the documents governing the Notes Secured Indebtedness to which such holders of Notes Secured Indebtedness are party and applicable law (including in any Insolvency Proceeding, filing any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of Fossil or any applicable Guarantor), in each case to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Also, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall include a provision that in the event that the ABL Collateral Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the documents for the ABL Facility or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records of Fossil or any Guarantor which contain information identifying or pertaining to the Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent shall upon request from the Notes Collateral Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the Notes Collateral Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide to the Notes Collateral Agent copies thereof. In the event that the Notes Collateral Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the applicable Notes Secured Indebtedness security documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records of Fossil or any Guarantor which contain information identifying or pertaining to any of the ABL Priority Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent shall, subject to any confidentiality restrictions, upon request from the ABL Collateral Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the ABL Collateral Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide the ABL Collateral Agent copies thereof.

The ABL Intercreditor Agreement also provides that the Notes Collateral Agent irrevocably grants the ABL Collateral Agent a non-exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide license to use, license or sublicense consistent with

 

116


Table of Contents

applicable law, to the extent of the Notes Collateral Agent’s interest therein, exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation, any of the intellectual property now or hereafter owned by, licensed to, or otherwise used by any of the Grantors included as part of the Notes Priority Collateral in order for the ABL Collateral Agent to process, ship, produce, store, supply, lease, complete sell, liquidate or otherwise deal with the ABL Priority Collateral, or to collect or otherwise realize upon the ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement.

In the event of any liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral (or any other exercise of remedies by the ABL Collateral Agent) and whether or not the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to exercise remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or otherwise, the ABL Collateral Agent or any other Person (including Fossil or any Guarantor) acting with the consent, or on behalf, of the ABL Collateral Agent, shall have the right (a) during the Use Period (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) during normal business hours to access ABL Priority Collateral that (i) is stored or located in or on, (ii) has become an accession with respect to (within the meaning of Section 9-335 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law), or (iii) has been commingled with (within the meaning of Section 9-336 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law) Notes Priority Collateral, and (b) during the Use Period, shall have the irrevocable right to use the Notes Priority Collateral on a world-wide, rent-free, royalty-free basis, each of the foregoing solely for the limited purposes of assembling, inspecting, copying or downloading information stored on, taking actions to perfect its Lien on, completing a production run of Inventory involving, taking possession of, moving, preparing and advertising for sale, selling (by public auction, private sale or a “store closing”, “going out of business” or similar sale, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise and which sale may include augmented Inventory), storing or otherwise dealing with the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by any Notes Secured Party or liability to any Notes Secured Party; provided, however, that the expiration of the Use Period shall be without prejudice to the sale or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and applicable law. In the event that any ABL Secured Party has commenced and is continuing the exercise of remedies with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral or any other sale or liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral has been commenced by an ABL Credit Party (with the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent), the Notes Collateral Agent may not sell, assign or otherwise transfer Notes Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of the Use Period, unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

If Fossil or any Guarantor shall be subject to any insolvency proceeding at any time prior to the discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall seek to provide Fossil or any Guarantor with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 (or any similar provision in or order made under any other applicable Bankruptcy Law) of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting ABL Priority Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in or order made under any other applicable Bankruptcy Law) (in each case or any similar provision of any foreign Bankruptcy Laws or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) (each, a “DIP Financing”), with such DIP Financing to be secured at least in part by all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral and any other Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) would be Collateral), then the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Secured Parties, shall agree that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection with respect to its Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is ABL Priority Collateral other than to the extent expressly permitted under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), so long as (i) the Notes Collateral Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the Notes Secured Indebtedness (in each case, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) and, as

 

117


Table of Contents

to the Notes Priority Collateral only, such Lien has the same relative priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case or proceeding under the subject Bankruptcy Laws and any Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing is junior and subordinate to the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent on the Notes Priority Collateral, (ii) all Liens on ABL Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties securing the ABL Obligations on ABL Priority Collateral, (iii) the proposed DIP Financing does not compel Fossil or any Guarantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the cash collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (iv) the terms of the DIP Financing do not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to an event of default under the DIP Financing documentation, and (v) the foregoing provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall not prevent the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties from objecting to any provision in any DIP Financing relating to any provision or content of a plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or other plan of similar effect under any Bankruptcy Laws. To the extent the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations under the ABL Documents are subordinated or pari passu with the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing, the Notes Secured Parties will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral to (1) such DIP Financing (and all Obligations relating thereto) and (2) any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees or similar amounts agreed to by the ABL Collateral Agent, in each case, on the same basis as the other Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness are so subordinated to Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing ABL Obligations under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

If Fossil or any Guarantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness, and the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties shall seek to provide Fossil or any Guarantor with, or shall consent to a third party providing, any DIP Financing, the Notes Collateral Agent and any Notes Secured Party may seek to provide with such DIP Financing to be secured at least in part by all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral and any other Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) would be Collateral), then the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, shall agree that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent securing the ABL Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection with respect to its Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Notes Priority Collateral other than to the extent permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement), so long as (i) the ABL Collateral Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the ABL Obligations (in each case, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) and, as to the ABL Priority Collateral only, such Lien has the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case or proceeding under the subject Bankruptcy Laws and any Lien on ABL Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing furnished by the Notes Collateral Agent or Notes Secured Parties is junior and subordinate to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent on the ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) all Liens on Notes Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness on Notes Priority Collateral, (iii) the proposed DIP Financing does not compel Fossil or any Guarantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the cash collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (iv) the terms of the DIP Financing do not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to an event of default under the DIP Financing documentation, and (v) the foregoing provisions shall not prevent the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties from objecting to any provision in any DIP Financing relating to any provision or content of a plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or other plan of similar effect under any Bankruptcy Laws. To the extent the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness under the Notes Documents are subordinated or pari passu with the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing, the ABL Secured Parties will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral to such (1) DIP Financing (and all Notes Secured Indebtedness relating

 

118


Table of Contents

thereto) and (2) any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees or similar amounts agreed to by the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case, on the same basis as the other Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations are so subordinated to Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing Notes Secured Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties shall agree that they shall not offer, and shall not permit any of their respective affiliates (that is controlled by or is under common control with any Notes Secured Party) to offer, to provide any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding or endorse the provision of any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding pursuant to which Liens that are senior or pari passu in priority to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations are granted on the ABL Priority Collateral to secure such DIP Financing. The ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall agree that they shall not offer, and shall not permit any of their respective affiliates (that is controlled by or is under common control with any ABL Secured Party) to offer, to provide any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding or endorse the provision of any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding pursuant to which Liens that are senior or pari passu in priority to the Liens securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness are granted on the Notes Priority Collateral to secure such DIP Financing. The foregoing shall not be deemed to limit (x) the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties from offering to provide any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding secured by Liens that are junior and subordinated in priority to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the ABL Priority Collateral (subject to the rights of the ABL Secured Parties to object to (or otherwise contest on any ground) such DIP Financing) or (y) ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party from offering to provide any DIP Financing to Fossil or any Guarantor in any Insolvency Proceeding secured by Liens that are junior and subordinated in priority to the Liens securing the Notes Secured Indebtedness on the Notes Priority Collateral (subject to the rights of the Notes Secured Parties to object to (or otherwise contest on any ground) such DIP Financing).

The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Secured Parties, shall agree that, prior to the discharge of ABL Obligations, none of them shall seek or accept any form of adequate protection under any or all of §361, §362, §363 or §364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or from proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral, except as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the ABL Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Secured Parties, shall agree that, prior to the discharge of ABL Obligations, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral (unless in contravention of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection payments in the form of interest at the contract rate and reasonable fees and expenses of the ABL Collateral Agent, so long as no such payments are made with any proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral, (iii) any proposed provision of DIP Financing by the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties (or any other Person proposing to provide DIP Financing with the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent (unless in contravention of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or (iv) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, shall agree that, prior to the discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness, none of them shall seek any form of adequate protection under any or all of §361, §362, §363 or §364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or from proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral, except as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the Notes Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. The ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured

 

119


Table of Contents

Parties, shall agree that, prior to the discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral (unless in contravention of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) any request by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party for adequate protection payments in the form of interest at the contract rate and reasonable fees and expenses of the Notes Collateral Agent, so long as no such payments are made with any proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral, (iii) any proposed provision of DIP Financing by the Notes Collateral Agent or Notes Secured Party (or any other Person proposing to provide DIP Financing with the consent of the Notes Collateral Agent (as directed by holders of the First-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture)) (unless in contravention of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or (iv) any objection by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The Notes Collateral Agent shall agree, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Secured Parties, that it will not oppose (and will not support any other Person in opposing) and will be deemed to consent to any sale consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent of any ABL Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) so long as (i) any such sale is made subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Notes Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale subject to the relative priorities set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) the proceeds of such sale are applied to the ABL Obligations in accordance with ABL Intercreditor Agreement. The ABL Collateral Agent shall agree, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, that it will not oppose (and will not support any other Person in opposing) and will be deemed to consent to any sale consented to by the Notes Collateral Agent of any Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Bankruptcy Laws) so long as (i) any such sale is made subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale subject to the relative priorities set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) the proceeds of such sale are applied to the Notes Secured Indebtedness in accordance with the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. Subject to the requirements of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, if such sale of Collateral includes both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral proceeds of such collateral shall be applied in a manner consistent with the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Any Obligations covered by the ABL Intercreditor Agreement may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness that will be secured by Liens on the Collateral with the same priority (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) shall bind themselves in writing to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The ABL Priority Collateral and all proceeds thereof, received by the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent (i) in connection with any exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, or (iii) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, shall be applied,

first, to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such exercise of remedies and in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement and related loan documents,

second, to the payment in full or discharge of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement and related loan documents until the discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred,

 

120


Table of Contents

third, to the payment in full of the Notes Secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Notes Documents (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) until the discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness shall have occurred, and

fourth, the balance, if any, to Fossil or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

provided that if, in connection with an insolvency proceeding, the Liens granted in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of such ABL Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction, the proceeds received with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the Notes Secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Notes Documents until discharge of Notes Secured Indebtedness shall have occurred so long as the Lien granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties in respect of such ABL Priority Collateral has not been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that in no event shall the Notes Secured Indebtedness be entitled to recover a greater amount pursuant to the foregoing proviso than they would have recovered if the Liens granted in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties were not voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Notes Priority Collateral and all proceeds thereof, received by either of them (i) in connection with any exercise of remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, (ii) in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, or (iii) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the Notes Priority Collateral, in each case, shall be applied,

first, to the payment of costs and expenses of the Notes Collateral Agent in connection with such exercise of remedies and in accordance with the Notes Documents,

second, to the payment in full of the Notes Secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Notes Documents (including any intercreditor agreements with respect thereto) until the discharge of Notes Documents shall have occurred,

third, to the payment in full of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement and related loan documents until the discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred; and

fourth, the balance, if any, to Fossil or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

provided that if, in connection with an insolvency proceeding, the Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction, the proceeds received with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement until discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred so long as the Lien granted in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of the Notes Priority Collateral has not been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that in no event shall the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties be entitled to recover a greater amount pursuant to the foregoing proviso than they would have recovered if the Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties were not voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or series of sales, assignments, transfers, leases, licenses, exchanges or other dispositions) of Collateral includes (x) the equity interests of Fossil or any Guarantor that has an interest in any ABL Priority Collateral or (y) ABL Priority Collateral (including pursuant to a sale of ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral), the proceeds of any such sale, assignment,

 

121


Table of Contents

transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or series of sales, assignments, transfers, leases, licenses, exchanges or other dispositions) shall be allocated pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement to the ABL Priority Collateral in an amount not less than the sum of (i) the greater of (x) book value or (y) the orderly liquidation value (determined by reference to the most recent appraisal conducted pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement and related loan documents) of any ABL Priority Collateral consisting of inventory that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of equity interests of Fossil or any Guarantor, the inventory owned by Fossil or such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, (ii) the amount of any cash, money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of equity interests of Fossil or any Guarantor, the amount of any cash, money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents owned by Fossil or such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, (iii) the face amount of all credit card receivables, payment intangibles, and all accounts that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of equity interests of Fossil or any Guarantor, the face amount of all credit card receivables, payment intangibles, and all accounts owned by such Fossil or such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, and (iv) the appraised value (determined by reference to the most recent applicable appraisal (if any) conducted pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement and related loan documents) (or to the extent such assets are not subject to an appraisal, the fair market value) of all other ABL Priority Collateral that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of equity Interests issued by Fossil or any Guarantor, any such ABL Priority Collateral owned by Fossil or such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors), determined as of the date of such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition.

No appraisal of the value of the Collateral has been made in connection with this offering of First-Out Notes, and the value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation may be materially different from the book value. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. The fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of Fossil’s industry, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral would also be dependent on numerous other factors, including the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Collateral can be sold in a short period of time (or at all) or in an orderly manner. In addition, the proceeds received in connection with such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the First-Out Notes or any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness. In addition, the First-Out Notes Indenture will permit the sale of Collateral to the extent set forth under “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales.” Upon the sale of Collateral, any cash received may not be subject to a Lien in favor of the holders of the First-Out Notes. Finally, in the event of a bankruptcy, the ability of the holders to realize upon any of the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations as described below. See also Risk Factors—Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—You may have difficulty enforcing U.S. bankruptcy and insolvency laws.”

If the proceeds of any of the Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the First-Out Notes, the Noteholders (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) will have only an unsecured claim against the remaining assets of Fossil and the Guarantors. The First-Out Notes Indenture permits other Liens on the Collateral, including Liens securing certain Indebtedness as described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” and “—Certain Definitions—Permitted Liens” and, without limitation, Liens

 

122


Table of Contents

securing obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness. To the extent that Liens (including any senior Liens on the Collateral), rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by Fossil or the Guarantors, including the Collateral, such third parties may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such Liens that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Noteholders to realize or foreclose on the Collateral. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—The New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof will be secured only to the extent of the value of the Collateral that has been granted as security for the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof, and such security may not be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under the New Notes and the guarantees in respect thereof.”

To the extent that third parties hold Liens permitted by the Collateral Documents and the First-Out Notes Indenture, such third parties will have rights and remedies with respect to the assets subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent to realize or foreclose on the Collateral. See “—Collateral—Certain Limitations on the Collateral.” In addition, the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent to realize on the Collateral may be subject to certain federal, state- and foreign law restrictions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—Enforcement of the New Notes, the guarantees in respect thereof and the Collateral securing the foregoing across multiple foreign jurisdictions may be difficult and involve long recovery times.”

Certain Covenants with Respect to the Collateral

The Collateral will be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the First-Out Notes Indenture. The Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents and the First-Out Notes Indenture contain provisions relating to the administration, preservation and disposition of the Collateral. The following is a summary of some of the covenants and provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents and the First-Out Notes Indenture as they relate to the Collateral.

Maintenance of collateral. The First-Out Notes Indenture, subject to certain exceptions, provides that Fossil and its Subsidiaries (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall maintain all property that is material to the conduct of their respective businesses in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The First-Out Notes Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and/or the applicable Collateral Documents, subject to certain exceptions, also provides that Fossil and the Guarantors shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (a) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which Fossil or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

The First-Out Notes Indenture, subject to certain exceptions, provides that Fossil and its Subsidiaries shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies having a financial strength rating of at least A- by A.M. Best Company insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks (including, without limitation, product liability and product recall insurance) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. The Company will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, upon request of the Noteholders, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained. Each such policy of liability or casualty insurance maintained by or on behalf of Fossil or any Guarantor shall (a) in the case of each liability insurance policy (other than workers’ compensation, director and officer liability or other policies in which such endorsements are not customary), name the Notes Collateral Agent as an additional insured thereunder and (b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Notes Collateral Agent, as a loss payee thereunder.

 

123


Table of Contents

Impairment of collateral. Subject to the rights of the holders of any senior Liens and to the provisions governing the release of Collateral as described under “—Use and Release of Collateral,” Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders, unless such action or failure to take action is otherwise permitted by the First-Out Indenture, Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents.

After-Acquired collateral. Subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles, from and after the Issue Date, if Fossil or any Guarantor acquires any property or asset required to be pledged as Collateral, including any Material Real Property, it must promptly execute and deliver, as applicable, such security instruments and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under the section below entitled “—Real estate mortgages and filings” as are required under the First-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents, to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, in the case of Mortgages, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority, in each case, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements upon such property or asset as security for the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees and thereupon all provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

Further assurances. Fossil and the Guarantors shall, at their sole expense, execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions which may be necessary, including those the Notes Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request, to create, better assure, preserve, protect, defend and perfect the security interest and the rights and remedies created under the applicable Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders (subject to Permitted Liens). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Collateral Documents and, to the extent necessary, other security agreements and other instruments and documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent.

Real estate mortgages and filings. With respect to any Material Real Property owned by Fossil or a Guarantor in the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by Fossil or a Guarantor in the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral (individually and collectively, the “Premises”), by the Issue Date or within thirty (30) days following the date of acquisition (which period may be extended in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company, but which shall in no event be later than the date on which such applicable corresponding action or security under (1), (2) or (3) below is taken or granted under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness), as applicable:

 

(1)

Fossil or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Noteholders, counterparts of each Mortgage with respect to each such Premises, in accordance with the requirements of the First-Out Notes Indenture and/or the Collateral Documents, duly executed by Fossil or such Guarantor, suitable for recording in all recording offices, with such terms that are necessary to create a valid and enforceable mortgage lien (and to perfect such lien) at the time of recordation thereof, with the priority required by the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(2)

the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a mortgagee’s title insurance policy insuring (or committing to insure) in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, and its successors and/or assigns, in the form necessary, with respect to the property purported to be covered by the applicable Mortgage, to insure that the interest created by such Mortgage constitutes valid mortgage liens on the applicable Premises, with the priority required by the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens. Any such title policy shall be in amounts equal to the estimated fair market value of the Premises covered thereby, and such policies shall

 

124


Table of Contents
  also include, to the extent available, all such customary endorsements and reinsurance as are available in the applicable jurisdiction which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Premises is located; and

 

(3)

Fossil or the Guarantors shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to such Premises, surveys of each Premises, local counsel opinions, along with such other documents, instruments, certificates and agreements, and any other documents necessary to comply with clauses (1) and (2) above.

With respect to any fee interest in any Premises owned by Fossil or a Guarantor outside the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by Fossil or a Guarantor outside the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral, Fossil or such Guarantor will be required to take such steps to grant a perfected security interest therein and provide such deliverables as are customary under applicable local law, in each case, to the extent and within the time periods set forth in the Guaranty and Security Principles.

Conflicts

Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Fossil, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and, by their acceptance of the First-Out Notes, the Noteholders have and will acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

Foreclosure

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Documents provide for (among other available remedies) the foreclosure upon and sale of the applicable Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and the distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale to the Noteholders of the First-Out Notes, subject to any prior Liens on the Collateral and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Intercreditor Agreements impose restrictions upon the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent to pursue foreclosure. See “—Intercreditor Agreements.” In the event of foreclosure on the Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy in full Fossil’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

Information Regarding Collateral

Fossil will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, with respect to Fossil or any Guarantor, promptly (and in any event within 30 days of such change or such longer period as then permitted under that facility (for purposes of this paragraph, the “controlling facility”) governing that series of Indebtedness for which the “controlling” collateral agent for any applicable Intercreditor Agreement acts as “collateral agent”) written notice of any change in such Person’s (i) corporate or organization name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) organizational identification number. Fossil and the Guarantors will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made, or will have been made within 30 days following such change (or such longer period as then permitted under the controlling facility) or within any applicable statutory period, under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable laws that are required in the Collateral Documents in order for the Collateral to be made subject to the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent under such Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required by the First-Out Notes Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents and shall take all necessary action so that such Lien is perfected with the same priority as immediately prior to such change to the extent required by such Collateral Documents. Fossil also agrees promptly to notify the Notes Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged, destroyed or condemned in a manner which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

 

125


Table of Contents

Certain Bankruptcy Limitations

The rights of the Notes Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default would be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy or other insolvency laws in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against Fossil or any Guarantor prior to the Notes Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for relief under the Bankruptcy Code or certain other Bankruptcy Laws, a secured creditor such as the Notes Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from the debtor or any other Collateral, or from exercising other remedial action, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code and certain Bankruptcy Laws permit the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad equitable powers of a U.S. and foreign bankruptcy courts, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the First-Out Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Collateral at the time of the bankruptcy petition or whether or to what extent holders of the Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the provision of “adequate protection.”

The Bankruptcy Code and certain Bankruptcy Laws permit only the payment and/or accrual of post-petition or post-filing interest, costs and attorneys’ fees to a secured creditor during a debtor’s bankruptcy case to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if Fossil or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the debtor in a bankruptcy case, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences, fraudulent transfers, transfers at undervalue or fraudulent conveyances.

Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the First-Out Notes after payment of any priority claims, the Noteholders would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the Collateral to which the Noteholders are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall.

Use and Release of Collateral

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Fossil and the Guarantors will be entitled to exercise any voting, dividend and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and to remain in possession, to the maximum extent permitted by the relevant governing law, and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents), to operate the Collateral, to alter or repair the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. The Collateral Documents will, however, generally require Fossil and the Guarantors to deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent to maintain in its possession certificates evidencing stock pledged and instruments evidencing certain Indebtedness (in excess of certain monetary thresholds) pledged, in order to perfect the security interest therein to the extent constituting Notes Priority Collateral, and the Intercreditor Agreements will provide for the Notes Collateral Agent to act as bailee to perfect the Lien on such stock and instruments and any other Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders and the ABL Collateral Agent and the other ABL Creditors solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the applicable security documents. The above is subject to local law requirements which might in some respects deviate from the general rules described.

 

126


Table of Contents

The Liens on the Collateral will be released with respect to the First-Out Notes and the applicable Note Guarantees:

 

(1)

in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, including premium, if any, on such First-Out Notes;

 

(2)

in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(3)

in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance as set forth under “—Defeasance”;

 

(4)

in whole or in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(5)

in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of Noteholders holding 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding First-Out Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, First-Out Notes);

 

(6)

with respect to assets of a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, as set forth under “—Note Guarantees”; and

 

(7)

to enable the disposition of property or other assets that constitute Collateral to the extent not prohibited under the covenant discussed under “Certain covenants—Asset Sales”;

provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements shall have been paid prior to such release.

Fossil and each Guarantor will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent the documents, certificates and opinions that may be required, if any, under the First-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents in connection with any such release, filing or other action.

Upon compliance by Fossil or the Guarantors, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent for any release of Collateral as set forth above, the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent shall, without recourse, warranty or representation of any kind (express or implied), promptly cause to be released and reconveyed to Fossil or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the released Collateral and take all other actions reasonably requested by Fossil in connection therewith.

Refinancings of Certain Facilities and Other Indebtedness

The obligations under the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes Indenture, and the obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the First-Out Notes may be refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the foregoing facilities or any security document related thereto or under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents) of any administrative agent or trustee, including the Trustee, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Collateral Documents; provided, however, that the lenders providing or holders of any such Refinancing Indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements pursuant to such documents or agreements required by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements.

In connection with any refinancing contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or modified at the request and sole expense of Fossil, and without the consent of the lenders under the ABL Facility, holders of the 2026 Notes, holders of the Second-Out Notes, the Trustee, the 2026 Notes Trustee, the Second-Out Notes

 

127


Table of Contents

Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agents or the Noteholders or holders of, or representative in respect of, any other Secured Indebtedness, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) (provided that any such Refinancing Indebtedness is in compliance with the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes Indenture, and the Second-Out Notes Indenture) or (b) to establish that Liens on any Collateral securing such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have the same (or more junior) priority as the Liens on any Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced, all on the terms provided for immediately prior to such refinancing.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, Fossil will make an offer to purchase all of the First-Out Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount of the First-Out Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the right of Noteholders of record on a record date to receive any interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date (as defined below).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless Fossil has exercised its right to redeem all of the First-Out Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” Fossil will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Noteholder or otherwise send notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

(1)

that a Change of Control Offer is being made, the expiration time for such Change of Control Offer (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) and that all First-Out Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by Fossil at a purchase price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount of such First-Out Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the applicable record date to receive interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date);

 

(2)

the purchase date (which shall be no later than three Business Days after the date such Change of Control Offer expires) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)

if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control and setting forth a brief description of the definitive agreement for the Change of Control; and

 

(4)

the procedures determined by Fossil, consistent with the First-Out Notes Indenture, that a Noteholder must follow in order to have its First-Out Notes repurchased.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Fossil will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)

accept for payment all First-Out Notes or portions of First-Out Notes (in integral multiples of $1.00) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a First-Out Note, the remaining principal amount of such First-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such First-Out Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such First-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00;

 

(2)

deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if Fossil or any Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount sufficient to make the Change of Control Payment in respect of all First-Out Notes or portions of First-Out Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

 

(3)

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the First-Out Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes or portions of First-Out Notes being purchased by Fossil.

 

128


Table of Contents

The applicable Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Noteholder so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such First-Out Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a company order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Noteholder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in the First-Out Notes Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the First-Out Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. Unless Fossil defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, interest will cease to accrue on the First-Out Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the First-Out Notes Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Noteholders to require that Fossil repurchase or redeem the First-Out Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and Other Indebtedness—We may enter into transactions that would not constitute a change of control that could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.”

Fossil’s ABL Credit Agreement provides, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events with respect to Fossil would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the First-Out Notes Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under any such Indebtedness, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance such Indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or do not refinance such Indebtedness, such default could result in amounts outstanding under such Indebtedness being declared due and payable. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and Other Indebtedness—We may not be able to repurchase the New Notes upon a change of control.”

Our ability to pay cash to the Noteholders of First-Out Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. Moreover, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Fossil’s ability to make a Change of Control Offer will be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements.

Fossil will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the First-Out Notes Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by Fossil and purchases all First-Out Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) Fossil has exercised its right to redeem all of the First-Out Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. Fossil will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of First-Out Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture, Fossil will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the First-Out Notes Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

 

129


Table of Contents

The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, amalgamations, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving Fossil by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Noteholder may require Fossil to make an offer to repurchase the First-Out Notes as described above.

Certain provisions under the First-Out Notes Indenture relative to Fossil’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the First-Out Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the First-Out Notes.

Asset Sales

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

(1)

Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)

75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (and, with respect to any securities, notes or other obligations received by Fossil or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are “Cash Equivalents,” only to the extent such instruments are converted by Fossil or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition); and

 

(3)

to the extent that any consideration received by Fossil or any Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition constitutes securities or other assets that are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by the First-Out Notes Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition.

Any Net Available Cash from any transaction or series of related transactions constituting an Asset Disposition of Notes Priority Collateral shall constitute “Asset Disposition Proceeds”.

Following the date Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries receives Asset Disposition Proceeds (such date, the “Proceeds Trigger Date”), an amount equal to 100% of the Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be applied by Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as follows: (i) up to $5,000,000 during the term of the First-Out Notes may be applied by Fossil or such Subsidiary to maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade, or repair assets, or replace disposed-of-assets (in each case, other than current assets) used or useful in such entity’s business or to replace assets sold in such Asset Disposition; provided that, to the extent that any newly acquired assets are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by the First-Out Notes Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition, and (ii) to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Noteholders to purchase their First-Out Notes at 107.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the First-Out Notes that are purchased.

 

130


Table of Contents

Any Asset Disposition Proceeds that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 181st day after a Proceeds Trigger Date (or, if earlier, the date upon which Fossil determines not to invest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in accordance with clause (i) of the preceding paragraph), Fossil will be required to make an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Noteholders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes that may be purchased using the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on a record date to receive interest due on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date (as defined below)), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the First-Out Notes Indenture in integral multiples of $1.00. Fossil shall commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) the notice required pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of First-Out Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, Fossil may use any remaining Excess Proceeds to reduce any Indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the First-Out Notes Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee, subject to the applicable procedures of DTC, shall select the First-Out Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to adjustment to maintain the authorized denominations for the First-Out Notes) on the basis of the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of tendered First-Out Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), Fossil will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes required to be offered for purchase pursuant to this covenant (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of First-Out Notes has been so validly tendered, all First-Out Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any First-Out Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an applicable interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Asset Disposition Purchase Date will be paid, in cash, on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date to the Person in whose name a First-Out Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. Unless Fossil defaults in the payment of the purchase price for First-Out Notes accepted by Fossil for purchase pursuant to this covenant, interest will cease to accrue on the First-Out Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, Fossil will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of First-Out Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all First-Out Notes so tendered in integral multiples of $1.00; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such First-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such First-Out Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such First-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00. Fossil will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the First-Out Notes so accepted and to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes so accepted and that such First-Out Notes were accepted for payment by Fossil in accordance with the terms of this covenant. The Paying Agent or Fossil, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each tendering Noteholder an amount equal to the purchase price of the First-Out Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such holder and accepted by Fossil for purchase, and Fossil will promptly issue a new

 

131


Table of Contents

Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an authentication order from Fossil, will authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Noteholder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in the First-Out Notes Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. Any First-Out Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or sent by Fossil to the Noteholder thereof.

Fossil will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of First-Out Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture, Fossil will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

The foregoing shall be subject to any applicable provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements.

Certain Covenants

Limitation on Restricted Payments

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(1)

declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(2)

purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, any Capital Stock of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent of Fossil;

 

(3)

make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Specified Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness of Fossil owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by any other Guarantor permitted under the second paragraph of the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness;” or

 

(4)

make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”).

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

 

(1)

payments of or in respect of Specified Indebtedness solely by issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(2)

refinancings of Specified Indebtedness with the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(3)

dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of Fossil (other than Disqualified Stock) or convert its Capital Stock into, or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock solely in exchange for, other Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(4)

payment of secured Specified Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of (A) any voluntary sale or transfer of any assets securing such Indebtedness or (B) any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including a disposition in lieu thereof) of any assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

132


Table of Contents
(5)

dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant;

 

(6)

any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its capital stock, partnership or membership interests or other similar Capital Stock, or make other Restricted Payments in respect of its Capital Stock, in each case ratably to the holders of such Capital Stock (or, if not ratably, on a basis more favorable to the Company and the Subsidiaries);

 

(7)

so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Restricted Payments (excluding non-cash Restricted Payments consisting of Collateral and excluding any acquisitions of the 2026 Notes) in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $5,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each Restricted Payment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)

payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due and mandatory prepayments in respect of any Specified Indebtedness and expenses and indemnity in respect of such Specified Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(9)

any payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Fossil’s Capital Stock representing insignificant interests in the Company in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock in the Company;

 

(10)

so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Company may purchase Capital Stock from its or its Subsidiaries’ employees in connection with the satisfaction of any such employee’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to employee benefit plans, and payments of any corresponding amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during any Fiscal Year;

 

(11)

(i) Restricted Payments by Fossil and each Subsidiary to Fossil or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or (ii) Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Company or any Subsidiary; or

 

(12)

the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement of the 2026 Notes prior to their maturity (1) for cash, provided that (A) the consideration payable in respect thereof shall not exceed the principal amount thereof (and accrued and unpaid interest thereon) and (B) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement, (i) Availability on a pro forma basis on such date, on each day during the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period, and as projected by Fossil in good faith for the subsequent six months is equal to or greater than the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25% of the Line Cap, and (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended twelve Fiscal Month period for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports” is at least 0.95 to 1.00 or (2) in exchange for First-Out Notes issued in compliance with clause (4) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of any Restricted Payment paid in cash shall be its face amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer (either directly or indirectly through its ownership of any Capital Stock of any other Person) of any Eligible Intellectual Property (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof), or any other Material Intellectual Property, in or to any Person that is not Guarantor, (y) Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors will not make any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer (either directly or indirectly through its ownership of any Capital Stock of any other Person) of any

 

133


Table of Contents

Eligible Intellectual Property, or any other Material Intellectual Property, in or to any Person that is not a Domestic Guarantor, and (z) any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer made by the Company or any Subsidiary in or to any joint venture must be made for a bona fide business purpose, not in contemplation of adversely affecting the Noteholders’ interests in the Note Guarantees or the Collateral, and not in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness.

Limitation on Indebtedness

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)

the incurrence by the Company or the Guarantors of Indebtedness under (x) the ABL Facility or one or more other Credit Facilities, the guarantees thereof and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (i) $180,000,000, and (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of (1) 90.0% of the face amount of all credit card receivable owned by Fossil and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (2) 90.0% of the face amount of all other accounts receivable owned by Fossil and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (3) 100.0% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Fossil and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, and (4) 70% of the appraised value of intellectual property (determined based on most recent appraisal of such intellectual property); provided that any reductions in the IP Cap and/or IP Advance Rate, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement, shall not reduce amount of availability available under this clause (ii), and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facility or any other Credit Facilities referred to in the foregoing clause (x); provided, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (1) is subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(2)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries under the Second-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date;

 

(3)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries under the 2026 Notes in existence on the Issue Date;

 

(4)

(i) Indebtedness of Fossil represented by the First-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, (ii) Indebtedness consisting of additional First-Out Notes issued following the Issue Date to Consenting Noteholders in exchange for 2026 Notes pursuant to, and in compliance with the terms of, the Transaction Support Agreement, (iii) Indebtedness consisting of the PIK Notes issued following the Issue Date in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage, and (iv) Indebtedness of any Guarantor represented by a Note Guarantee;

 

(5)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22) and (23) of this paragraph), provided that any amounts of any such Indebtedness paid down in connection with any purchases, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise (other than in connection with a substantially concurrent refinancing by way of Refinancing Indebtedness) shall be reduced from any amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (5) that would otherwise be permitted to be Incurred using Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(6)

(i) Guarantees incurred in compliance with Permitted Investments (other than clause (22) of the definition thereof), provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed under this clause (i) is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and (ii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $12,500,000 (inclusive of lines of credit of Foreign Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date) at any time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness under this clause (ii) shall not be Guaranteed by, or secured by any property of, any Domestic Subsidiary or Guarantor;

 

134


Table of Contents
(7)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets or (B) assumed in connection with the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (7) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(8)

Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred to any Person other than the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any such Indebtedness owing by (x) the Company or a Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or a Guarantor to another Guarantor, except to the extent owing by a Domestic Guarantor to another Domestic Guarantor, shall, in each case be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any such Indebtedness shall be permitted under the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clause (22) of the definition thereof);

 

(9)

Indebtedness Incurred by Fossil or its Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability, unemployment insurance, social security laws or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)

Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising from agreements of Fossil or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earn-out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of Fossil, any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any other acquisition or disposition, in each case, permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(11)

Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is (i) issued for cash, (ii) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (iii) subject to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(12)

the Incurrence by Fossil or any Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (20) and (21) and this clause (12) of the second paragraph of this covenant;

 

(13)

Indebtedness arising from (a) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of surety bonds (whether bid performance or otherwise) and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Indebtedness incurred under leases of real property in respect of tenant improvements;

 

(16)

obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, in-transit cash services, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting, trade finance services, supply chain finance services and other cash management services;

 

(17)

Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit and checking accounts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

135


Table of Contents
(18)

Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (19);

 

(20)

(A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred by Fossil and/or its Subsidiaries, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and any related financing transactions (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to “—Reports”), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.50:1.00;

 

(21)

Indebtedness consisting of Super Priority First-Out Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the IP Advance Amount (together with any PIK Notes thereon issued thereafter in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage) issued following the Issue Date to any Noteholders; provided that (i) the proceeds thereof are used to repay the IP Advances and (ii) the issuance thereof has been consented to by Noteholders holding a majority of aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes;

 

(22)

Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes; and

 

(23)

in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (22) above, Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (23) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that is either secured or has a maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Fossil will not Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of Fossil unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the First-Out Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is used, directly or indirectly, to refinance Indebtedness of Fossil or a Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (other than another ABL Facility) or issue Capital Stock that is subordinated in right of payment to the ABL Facility or that is subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Facility, unless such Indebtedness or Capital Stock is also subordinated to the First-Out Notes and the Liens securing the First-Out Notes, as applicable.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

(1)

in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the second paragraph of this covenant, Fossil, in its sole discretion, may classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with the second paragraph of this covenant and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of such clauses under the second paragraph of this covenant;

 

(2)

if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and relate to other Indebtedness, then such letters of credit shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to such Debt Facility and such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and

 

136


Table of Contents
(3)

except as provided in clause (2) of this paragraph, Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Fossil or any Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

For purposes of the First-Out Notes Indenture, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Liens

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, in each case, other than Permitted Liens.

Future Guarantors

Fossil will cause (i) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, becomes a borrower or Guarantees the Obligations under the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd.), Second-Out Notes or the ABL Facility and (ii) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of (a) Fossil or any Guarantor or (b) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (and with respect to sub-clause (ii)(b), only to the extent such Indebtedness exceeds $2,500,000), to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture to the First-Out Notes Indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any) in respect of the First-Out Notes on a senior basis and all other Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, in each case, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles.

Each Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor on or after the Issue Date will also become a party to the applicable Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements and will as promptly as practicable execute

 

137


Table of Contents

and deliver such joinder documents, security instruments and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under the section above entitled “—Real estate mortgages and filings,” under the First-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, if later, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority described in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Collateral Documents and the First-Out Notes Indenture and, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, in the properties and assets of such new Guarantor constituting Collateral as security for the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, and thereupon all provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees of the ABL Facility or Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law or any applicable foreign law.

Each Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture described under “—Note Guarantees.”

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries

Fossil will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

 

(1)

pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

(2)

make any loans or advances to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to Fossil or any Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by Fossil or any Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

(3)

sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).

The preceding paragraph will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)

contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the ABL Facility, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the 2026 Notes Indenture and the 2026 Notes, and documentation related thereto and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

(2)

the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents, and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(3)

any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is

 

138


Table of Contents
  not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);

 

(4)

any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (4); provided, however, that such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith determination of Fossil, taken as a whole, no more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant contained in the agreements referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this paragraph on the Issue Date, or the date such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was merged into, or amalgamated or consolidated with, a Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

 

(5)

in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(6)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, in each case that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

 

(7)

contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Fossil pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(8)

restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers, lessors or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)

any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by Fossil or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

 

(10)

restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, tenders, government contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, custom, performance and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature (including standby letters of credit or completion guarantees), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)

encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(12)

any customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture agreements, other similar agreements and related governance documents entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)

to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(14)

other Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” that, in the good faith determination of Fossil, are not more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, taken as a whole, than those applicable to Fossil in the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Facility, or the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions at a Subsidiary level comparable to those applicable to Fossil).

 

139


Table of Contents

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), except:

 

(1)

transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction with unrelated third parties; provided that, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or disinterested members of any similar governing body) of the Company shall have adopted a resolution or otherwise authorized an action to approve any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $5,000,000 and (y) an independent fairness opinion shall have been issued by a reputable investment bank or other third party reasonably selected by the Company in good faith affirming the fairness of any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $25,000,000;

 

(2)

transactions between or among the Company and the Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate; and

 

(3)

any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

 

(4)

the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, and the providing of reasonable indemnities on behalf of, directors and officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

Nature of Business

Until the satisfaction in full of all Obligations under the First-Out Notes, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the First-Out Notes Indenture, Fossil will be required to operate its business and operations in the ordinary course of business and materially consistent with past practice.

Reports

Fossil will furnish or file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If Fossil is not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing (in which case Fossil shall deliver to the Trustee with written instructions to deliver to the Noteholders (in lieu of filing with the SEC) within the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act), but in such event the reports specified in the preceding sentence shall not be required to contain certain disclosures relating to the Company’s controls and procedures, corporate governance, code of ethics, director independence, market for the Company’s equity securities and executive compensation. Fossil will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. For purposes of this covenant, Fossil will be deemed to have furnished such reports and information to, or filed such reports and information with, the Trustee and the holders of the First-Out Notes as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports or information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system or otherwise made such reports or information publicly available on a freely accessible page on the Fossil’s website. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such reports and information have been filed or have been posted on such website.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Fossil will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as Fossil provides such information to the Trustee and the Noteholders and makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the First-Out Notes, in each case at Fossil’s expense and

 

140


Table of Contents

by the applicable date Fossil would be required to file such information pursuant to the preceding paragraph and (ii) Fossil will not be obligated to provide to the Trustee or the Noteholders or make available to prospective purchasers of the First-Out Notes any materials for which it has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any First-Out Notes are outstanding, Fossil will furnish to Noteholders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, Fossil shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management for the benefit of the beneficial owners of the First-Out Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions (any such call, a “Bondholder Call”); provided that, so long as Fossil holds quarterly conference calls for investors of its Common Stock, it shall not be required to hold Bondholder Calls. If Fossil holds any Bondholder Call, no fewer than five calendar days prior to the date such Bondholder Call is to be held, Fossil shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such Bondholder Call for the benefit of beneficial owners of the First-Out Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such Bondholder Call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at Fossil (for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such Bondholder Call.

Upon the election by any Noteholder that is an IAI Investor to opt into receiving the following, Fossil shall promptly (i) notify such IAI Investor of any Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness and (ii) provide such IAI Investor with any material certificates, notices, or other documents (including any “borrowing base” certificate) delivered under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other material indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the First-Out Notes Indenture, any breach by Fossil of the foregoing obligations is waivable solely at the discretion of the applicable IAI Investor, and the consent of any other Noteholder of First-Out Notes shall not be required.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Merger and Consolidation

Fossil. Fossil will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

(a) Fossil is the surviving Person or (b) if Fossil is not the surviving Person, then the surviving Person formed by such consolidation or merger to the Person to which such assets are so sold, assigned, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and any such other surviving Person shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture expressly assuming the Company’s obligations under the First-Out Notes and the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(2)

to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into Fossil are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, Fossil will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the First-Out Notes Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

 

141


Table of Contents
(3)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.00:1.00;

 

(5)

each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the surviving person’s obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, First-Out Notes, Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; and

 

(6)

Fossil shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with the First-Out Notes Indenture.

Notwithstanding clause (4) of the preceding paragraph, to the extent that Fossil is the surviving Person:

 

(1)

Fossil may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Fossil, so long as no Capital Stock of the Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Fossil; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary that merges into Fossil, Fossil will not be required to comply with clause (6) of the preceding paragraph; and

 

(2)

Fossil may merge with an Affiliate of Fossil solely for the purpose of reincorporating or forming Fossil in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Guarantors. In addition, Fossil will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to Fossil or another Guarantor) unless:

 

(1) (a)

if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving, continuing or transferee Person (if not such Guarantor) expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture to the First-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee;

 

  (b)

to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the successor Guarantor are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the successor Guarantor will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the First-Out Notes Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

 

  (c)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (d)

Fossil shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with the First-Out Notes Indenture; or

 

(2)

in the event the transaction results in the release of the Guarantor’s Note Guarantee under clause (1)(a) under “—Note Guarantees,” the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under

 

142


Table of Contents
  “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales” (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time).

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Fossil or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which properties and assets, if held by Fossil or such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fossil or such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fossil or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)

default in any payment of interest on any First-Out Note when due, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)

default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any First-Out Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon mandatory or optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)

failure by Fossil or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under the covenants described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders” or “—Certain Covenants” (in each case, other than (i) a failure to purchase First-Out Notes, which constitutes an Event of Default under clause (2) above, or (ii) a failure to comply with “—Certain Covenants—Reports”, which constitutes an Event of Default under clause (4) below);

 

(4)

failure by Fossil or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the First-Out Notes Indenture or the First-Out Notes;

 

(5)

(i) an event default under the ABL Credit Agreement, except that, other than with respect to a payment event of default or bankruptcy or insolvency events of default under the ABL Credit Agreement, so long as the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement have not been accelerated, Fossil shall be permitted (x) to the extent there are any IAI Investors, (I) to the extent that such event of default is not subject to a grace period or a grace period of less than or equal to 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof), a grace period to cure such event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement equal to (A) in the event that the underlying event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement is not subject to a grace period under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof), 15 days and (B) in the event that the underlying event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement is subject to a grace period of less than 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof), 15 days less the applicable grace period in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof) and (II) to the extent that such event of default is subject to a grace period of greater than 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof), no grace period, which resulting event of default under the First-Out Notes Indenture, in each case under this clause (x), may be waived at the sole discretion of IAI Investor(s) holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes outstanding held by IAI Investor(s), and (y) otherwise, a grace period to cure such event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement of 30 days; and

(ii) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to Fossil

 

143


Table of Contents

or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

 

  (a)

is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, at the final maturity of such Indebtedness; or

 

  (b)

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity.

and, in each case in this clause (5)(ii), the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10,000,000 or more;

 

(6)

one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

(7)

certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Fossil or a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries (excluding any Immaterial Subsidiaries) that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(8)

any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture or its Note Guarantee;

 

(9)

with respect to any Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $10,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, (i) the security interest under the Collateral Documents, at any time, ceases to be a valid and perfected Lien (perfected as or having the priority required by the Collateral Documents and applicable First-Out Notes Indenture) and in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with their terms and the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture and such failure continues for 60 days and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and discharge of the First-Out Notes Indenture, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof, or from the failure of the Notes Collateral Agent (or the applicable controlling Collateral Agent) to maintain possession of certificates or instruments actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or (ii) Fossil or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and such Person fails to rescind such assertion within 60 days; and

 

(10)

any Intercreditor Agreement is not or ceases to be binding on or enforceable against any party thereto (or against any Person on whose behalf any such party makes any covenant or agreements therein), or shall otherwise not be effective to create the rights and obligations purported to be created thereunder, in each case in any respect material to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders.

However, a default under clauses (3) and (4) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes notify Fossil in writing of the default and Fossil does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (3) and (4) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

 

144


Table of Contents

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to Fossil, specifying the Event of Default, or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes by notice to Fossil and the Trustee, may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the First-Out Notes, together with the Applicable Premium, to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, together with the Applicable Premium, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the First-Out Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (5) under “—Events of Default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the First-Out Notes shall be automatically annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) shall be remedied or cured by Fossil or a Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the First-Out Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the First-Out Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the First-Out Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, together with the Applicable Premium, on all the First-Out Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. The Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding First-Out Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the First-Out Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the First-Out Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at our election, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default due to Fossil’s failure to comply with the requirements under “—Certain Covenants—Reports” for the first 180 calendar days after the occurrence of such Event of Default shall consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the First-Out Notes at an annual rate equal to (1) 0.25% for the first 90 calendar days after such Event of Default and (2) 0.50% for calendar days 91 through 180 after such Event of Default. On the 181st day after such Event of Default, if such violation is not cured or waived, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the First-Out Notes may declare the principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the First-Out Notes to be due and payable immediately. If we choose to pay such additional interest, we must notify the Trustee and the holders of the First-Out Notes by certificate of our election at any time on or before the close of business on the first business day following the Event of Default. No additional interest shall be due or payable due to the occurrence of an Event of Default other than with respect to such failure to comply with reporting requirements.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, or interest when due, no Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to the First-Out Notes Indenture or the First-Out Notes (subject to the Intercreditor Agreements) unless:

 

(1)

such Noteholder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)

the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)

such Noteholders have offered, and if requested provided, the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)

the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)

the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

145


Table of Contents

Subject to certain restrictions and the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding First-Out Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

The First-Out Notes Indenture provides that in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes or any Note Guarantee, or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder).

The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, including after an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, at the request or direction of any of the Noteholders unless such Noteholders have offered, and if requested provided, to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The First-Out Notes Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a responsible officer of the Trustee or the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Company, the Trustee will deliver to each Noteholder a notice of the Default within 90 days after such knowledge or being notified by the Company. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Noteholders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. In addition, Fossil is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. Fossil also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after the occurrence thereof following the date on which Fossil becomes aware of such Default, receives notice of such Default or becomes aware of such action, as applicable, a certificate specifying any events which would constitute a Default, their status and what action Fossil is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

Priorities

Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with respect to any proceeds of Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to or following an Event of Default, pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained in the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or any money or other property distributable in respect of any Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations after an Event of Default, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:

 

(1)

to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due thereto under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and to the Notes Collateral Agent for the costs and expenses incurred under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(2)

to holders of Super Priority First-Out Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Super Priority First-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Super Priority First-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively;

 

(3)

to holders of First-Out Notes other than the Super Priority First-Out Notes for amounts due and unpaid on such First-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such First-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

146


Table of Contents
(4)

to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

Amendments and Waivers

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs (and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the First-Out Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, First-Out Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the First-Out Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, First-Out Notes). However, without the consent of each affected Noteholder, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (with respect to any First-Out Notes held by a non-consenting Noteholder), among other things:

 

(1)

reduce the principal amount of First-Out Notes whose Noteholders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)

reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any First-Out Note;

 

(3)

reduce the principal of or Applicable Premium due on, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any First-Out Note;

 

(4)

waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, or interest on the First-Out Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the First-Out Notes by the Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding First-Out Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(5)

reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any First-Out Note or change the date on which any First-Out Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described above under “—Optional Redemption,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Change of Control” or “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales” whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Asset Disposition” and “Change of Control”);

 

(6)

make any First-Out Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the First-Out Note;

 

(7)

amend the contractual right expressly set forth in the First-Out Notes Indenture or the First-Out Notes of any Noteholder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Noteholder’s First-Out Notes;

 

(8)

make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Noteholder’s consent;

 

(9)

modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the Noteholders; or

 

(10)

modify or change any provision in the First-Out Indenture or any Intercreditor Agreement relating to the payment terms or application of proceeds in connection with the First-Out Notes or the Super Priority First-Out Notes, including any payment or application of proceeds waterfalls.

Without the consent of Noteholders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the First-Out Notes outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (i) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in the First-Out Notes Indenture relating to the First-Out Notes dealing with the Collateral Documents in any manner, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the Noteholders or otherwise release all or substantially all Collateral from the Liens securing the First-Out Notes other than in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) modify or waive any of the Guarantor Release Protection Provisions, (iii) modify the Lien priority of the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, or (iv) modify or change

 

147


Table of Contents

any provision of the First-Out Notes Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents that adversely affects the ranking as to right of payment (it being understood that the “right of payment” here refers to contractual ranking) or payment priority of the First-Out Notes, except for (a) any “debtor-in-possession” facility (or similar financing under applicable law) or (b) any other Indebtedness for borrowed money so long as a bona fide opportunity to participate in such Indebtedness is offered ratably to all adversely affected Noteholders on a no less than pro rata basis (other than with respect to customary backstop or similar fees and expense reimbursement).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Noteholder, Fossil, the Guarantors (except that no existing Guarantor will be required to execute any amendment or supplement of the First-Out Notes Indenture that solely relates to changes described in clause (5) below), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) to:

 

(1)

cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)

provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of Fossil or any Guarantor under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation;”

 

(3)

provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated First-Out Notes in addition to or in place of certificated First-Out Notes to the extent permitted by the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(4)

to comply with the rules of any applicable depositary;

 

(5)

add Guarantors with respect to the First-Out Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the First-Out Notes Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(6)

secure the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(7)

to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Lien securing the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(8)

add covenants of Fossil and its Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Noteholders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon Fossil or any Guarantor;

 

(9)

make any change that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements of any Noteholder;

 

(10)

comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of the First-Out Notes Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(11)

evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor trustee (provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture) or successor notes collateral agent;

 

(12)

conform the text of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements to any provision of this “Description of the First-Out Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the First-Out Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, as confirmed in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee;

 

(13)

make any amendment to the provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of First-Out Notes as permitted by the First-Out Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, to

 

148


Table of Contents
  facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes (including the First-Out Notes); provided, however, that (A) compliance with the First-Out Notes Indenture as so amended would not result in First-Out Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Noteholders to transfer First-Out Notes;

 

(14)

to provide for the issuance of additional First-Out Notes in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture; or

 

(15)

to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the First-Out Notes and/or the Guarantees.

In addition, the Intercreditor Agreements will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents with respect to the ABL Facility will also apply automatically to the comparable Collateral Documents with respect to the First-Out Notes, to the maximum extent permitted by the relevant governing law (unless such automatic application would not comply with formal requirements for amending or changing documents under applicable law). However, Fossil shall not permit any amendment, modification or waiver to the Loan Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) that would be adverse in any material respect to the rights or interests of any Noteholder.

The consent of the Noteholders is not necessary under the First-Out Notes Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or supplement. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under the First-Out Notes Indenture by any Noteholder given in connection with a tender of such Noteholder’s First-Out Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

In addition, the Noteholders will be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements to any of the following amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements:

 

(1)

(A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Secured Indebtedness that is Incurred in compliance with the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents and (B) to establish the priority of the Liens on any Collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (C) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing any Indebtedness replacing the ABL Facility permitted to be incurred under the First-Out Notes Indenture shall be senior to the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, and that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing any such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, all on the terms provided for in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification; and all proceeds of the Collateral shall be payable to the Notes Collateral Agent and such representatives for any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the First-Out Notes and under any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, all on the terms provided for in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment;

 

(2)

to effectuate the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the First-Out Notes in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture or the Collateral Documents if those assets are (i) owned by a Guarantor and that Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture or (ii) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted or not otherwise prohibited by the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(3)

to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Indebtedness refinancing any Secured Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation

 

149


Table of Contents
  on Indebtedness” shall rank pari passu with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under such replaced Secured Indebtedness and otherwise conform to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(4)

upon any cancellation or termination of the ABL Facility without a replacement thereof, to establish that the ABL Priority Collateral (in addition to the Notes Priority Collateral) shall secure the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees on the same basis as the Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the Lien Priority Principles, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification;

 

(5)

(i) to add any junior lien secured parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent as senior lien secured party, to any junior lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or (ii) to add any second lien secured parties to any second lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(6)

in the case of any Collateral Document, to include therein any legend required to be set forth therein pursuant to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, or to modify any such legend as required by such Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(7)

with respect to the Intercreditor Agreements then in effect or the Collateral Documents, as provided in the relevant Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document, as applicable;

 

(8)

to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the First-Out Notes and/or the Guarantees; and

 

(9)

to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents, or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement (and any amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature that do not adversely affect the rights of the Noteholders in any material way), in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the definitive documentation governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the First-Out Notes Indenture or any other agreement that is permitted by the First-Out Notes Indenture.

Any such additional party and the applicable administrative agent, as applicable, under any of the ABL Facility, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Indebtedness was issued or borrowed in compliance with each of the ABL Credit Agreement, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

See also “—Collateral—Refinancings of Secured Indebtedness.”

In the case of any consent, waiver or other action to be taken by a Noteholder with respect to First-Out Notes beneficially owned by a Consenting Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee, in their respective sole discretion, upon evidence satisfactory to each that such First-Out Notes are beneficially owned by such Consenting Noteholder, may accept any consent, waiver or other action taken by such Consenting Noteholder with respect to First-Out Notes it beneficially owns as having been provided or performed by the Holder thereof.

Defeasance

Fossil may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the First-Out Notes Indenture and the outstanding First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees issued under the First-Out Notes Indenture (“legal defeasance”) except for:

 

(1)

the rights of Noteholders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, and interest on the First-Out Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to below;

 

(2)

Fossil’s obligations with respect to the First-Out Notes concerning issuing temporary First-Out Notes, registration of First-Out Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen First-Out Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

 

150


Table of Contents
(3)

the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and Fossil’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)

the legal defeasance provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture.

If Fossil exercises the legal defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

Fossil and the Guarantors at any time may be released from their respective obligations described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders” and under the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” (other than “—Merger and Consolidation”), and clause (4) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”).

If Fossil exercises the covenant defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

Fossil may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If Fossil exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the First-Out Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the First-Out Notes. If Fossil exercises its covenant defeasance option, an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (5), clause (6), clause (7) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), clause (8) or clause (9) under “—Events of Default” above, in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the First-Out Notes Indenture:

 

(1)

Fossil must irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Noteholders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding First-Out Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Fossil must specify whether the First-Out Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)

in the case of legal defeasance, Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) Fossil has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Noteholders and beneficial owners of First-Out Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)

in the case of covenant defeasance, Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Noteholders and beneficial owners of First-Out Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or

 

151


Table of Contents
  violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than the First-Out Notes Indenture) to which Fossil or any Guarantor is a party or by which Fossil or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(5)

Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

 

(6)

Fossil has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the First-Out Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

Certain Trust Indenture Act Matters

The Company will otherwise comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b). To the extent applicable, the Company will cause Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b), relating to reports, and Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of, or counsel for, the Company except in cases where Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) (1) with respect to certain ordinary course of business releases of Collateral as described in the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents and (2) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.

To the extent applicable, the Company will furnish to the Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents:

 

(1)

all documents required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d); and

 

(2)

an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d).

The Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to (2) above, will deliver a certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent setting forth such determination (if not then the same entity as the Trustee).

Satisfaction and Discharge

The First-Out Notes Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all First-Out Notes and Note Guarantees issued thereunder, when either:

 

(1)

all First-Out Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed First-Out Notes that have been replaced or paid and First-Out Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by Fossil) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2) (a)

all First-Out Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to

 

152


Table of Contents
  the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of Fossil, and Fossil or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Noteholders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the First-Out Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

  (b)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (c)

Fossil or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by Fossil under the First-Out Notes Indenture; and

 

  (d)

Fossil has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee and the Paying Agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the First-Out Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Fossil shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder of Fossil or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of Fossil or any Guarantor (other than Fossil in respect of the First-Out Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee) under the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees or the First-Out Notes Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Noteholder by accepting a First-Out Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the First-Out Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities law.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the First-Out Notes Indenture or any First-Out Note, where the First-Out Notes Indenture or any First-Out Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any Noteholder of an interest in a global First-Out Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable depositary for such First-Out Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such depositary.

Concerning the Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association will be the Trustee under the First-Out Notes Indenture and will be appointed by Fossil as initial Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the First-Out Notes.

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of Fossil or any Guarantor, the First-Out Notes Indenture limits the right of the Trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.

 

153


Table of Contents

Wilmington Trust, National Association has not reviewed this prospectus (other than this “Description of the First-Out Notes” section) and has made no representations whatsoever as to the information contained herein.

Governing Law

The First-Out Notes Indenture provides that it, the First-Out Notes and any Note Guarantee will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements are and will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York; however, (1) the Mortgages will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the jurisdictions in which the applicable Premises are located, (2) the deeds of pledge of the Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary will be governed by the laws of the applicable jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of each such entity and (3) the other deeds of pledge will be governed by the laws of the applicable jurisdiction where the relevant underlying asset is located.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the First-Out Notes Indenture. Reference is made to the First-Out Notes Indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein.

“2026 Notes” means the Company’s 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“2026 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among Fossil, as issuer, and the 2026 Notes Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of November 8, 2021, and as further amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time, relating to the 2026 Notes.

“2026 Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., until such time, if any, that a successor replaces such party in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 2026 Notes Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.

“ABL Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) the ABL Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, (b) any Additional ABL Agreement and (c) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been Incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the ABL Facility (regardless of whether such replacement, refunding or refinancing is a “working capital” facility, asset-based facility or otherwise), any Additional ABL Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Agreement hereunder (a “Replacement ABL Agreement”). Any reference to the ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Agreement then extant.

“ABL Collateral Agent” means (a) in the case of any ABL Priority Collateral owned or hereinafter acquired by any ABL Loan Party, ACF FINCO I LP (together with its successors and permitted assigns), as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties and (b) in the case of any Replacement ABL Agreement or any other ABL Agreement, the Person identified as such in such agreement.

“ABL Credit Agreement” means (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025, among Fossil, certain of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Collateral Agent party thereto, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder), and including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements

 

154


Table of Contents

executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time, and (if designated by the Company) as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time, including (if designated by the Company) by any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, (b) any other agreement, agreements, debt facility or other financing arrangement that is otherwise expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (c) any other documents governing Indebtedness under any Additional ABL Agreement.

“ABL Creditors” means collectively, the “Lenders” and the “Secured Parties,” each as defined in the ABL Agreement or any Persons that are designated under the ABL Agreement as the “ABL Creditors” for purposes of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Documents” means, collectively, the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing other ABL Indebtedness and ABL Security Documents related to the foregoing.

“ABL Facility” means any credit facility established by the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents.

“ABL Facility Administrative Agent” means, initially, ACF FINCO I LP in its capacity as the administrative agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor representative acting in such capacity and any other agent or other representative under the ABL Documents.

“ABL Indebtedness” means the Obligations in respect of the ABL Facility.

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged by the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“ABL Loan Parties” means, collectively, the borrowers and guarantors from time to time party to the ABL Documents.

“ABL Obligations” means (a) all principal of and interest (including, without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the ABL Agreement or any ABL DIP Financing (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the ABL Creditors, (b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the ABL Agreement, (c) all Swap Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (d) all Banking Services Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and (e) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the ABL Representatives (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any ABL Creditors) and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the ABL Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an insolvency proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any ABL Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any ABL Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or

 

155


Table of Contents

required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Notes Secured Party), receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of the First-Out Notes Indenture and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of the following (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral):

 

(1)

all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts (other than Accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

 

(2)

cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents (other than cash, Money, cash proceeds and cash equivalents which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

 

(3)

all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral) and all Money, cash, cash proceeds, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein, including (to the extent owing in respect of ABL Priority Collateral) funds on account of intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates, (y) Securities Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral), Security Entitlements, Financial Assets and Securities credited to such a Securities Account (other than Equity Interests of Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) and (z) Commodity Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral) and Commodity Contracts credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, Money, cash proceeds, cash equivalents, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice, such identifiable proceeds (to the extent not applied to the repayment of ABL Obligations prior to the receipt of such Notes Cash Proceeds Notice), shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral so long as such proceeds are in fact Notes Priority Collateral;

 

(4)

all Inventory;

 

(5)

all intercompany indebtedness arising from (x) intercompany advances utilizing proceeds of Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) all intercompany indebtedness arising from intercompany transfers of items referred to in the preceding clauses (1)-(4); provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (5) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (x) through (y) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(6)

all proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions or replacements of the Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and other credit extensions made under the ABL Documents;

 

(7)

at all times prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), the Specified Collateral;

 

(8)

to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Documents, General Intangibles (including all rights under contracts), Instruments (including the Intercompany Note Documents and other Promissory Notes), Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper) and Commercial Tort Claims; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (8) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral, only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(9)

to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (9) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to

 

156


Table of Contents
  the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(10)

all books and Records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

 

(11)

all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and, subject to Section 3.7 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all cash, Money, cash equivalents, insurance proceeds (including all proceeds of credit insurance and provided that with respect to, proceeds of business interruption insurance, only 50% of such proceeds of business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral), receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (such items in this clause (11), the “ABL Priority Proceeds”).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Secured Parties” means the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Creditors and any other holders of the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, Mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs, collateral agency agreements, debentures or other instruments, pledges, grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company, any or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) a Lien upon Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code ) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of any of the ABL Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the applicable ABL Documents subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, (2) Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such is merged , consolidated or amalgamated with or into such specified Person or becomes a Subsidiary and, with respect to clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

“Additional ABL Agreement” means any agreement evidencing or governing the incurrence of additional indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral securing any ABL Indebtedness on a pari passu basis with other ABL Indebtedness and treated as an ABL Agreement pursuant to the ABL Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

157


Table of Contents

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a First-Out Note on any date of redemption, repayment, prepayment, acceleration, or maturity, 7.500% of the principal amount of such First-Out Note.

“Asset Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 

(1)

dispositions of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by a Guarantor to Fossil or by Fossil or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;

 

(2)

dispositions of assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to or less than $5,000,000 in any fiscal year (with the Fair Market Value of each such disposition being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(3)

(i) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or in connection with cash management activities, (ii) a disposition of inventory or equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)

the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Fossil in a manner permitted pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(5)

for purposes of “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales” only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by Fossil or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any securities, notes or other obligations that are subsequently converted into cash)) or a disposition that is permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(6)

the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(7)

sales, discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not in connection with any financing transaction;

 

(8)

(i) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to Fossil or to a wholly owned Subsidiary, and (ii) the issuance by a Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness;”

 

(9)

(i) the non-exclusive licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the abandonment or allowance to lapse of intellectual property which, in the case of this clause (ii), in the good faith determination of Fossil is not material to Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(10)

dispositions of assets subject to any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including in lieu thereof);

 

(11)

any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of any contract, tort or other litigation claims;

 

(12)

dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days, (ii) such assets are exchanged within 180 days for machinery, equipment or other fixed assets having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the assets being traded in or (iii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days;

 

158


Table of Contents
(13)

[reserved];

 

(14)

sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of intellectual property, inventory and related assets pertaining to the Michele Brand;

 

(15)

[reserved];

 

(16)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(17)

the disposition of any Hedging Obligation in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(18)

dispositions in the ordinary course of business of tangible property as a part of a like kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.

For the avoidance of doubt, disposition of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by Fossil or any Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, shall not be excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition” unless made for bona fide business purposes and not in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Authorized Representative” means in the case of (i) the ABL Facility or the holders of Obligations thereunder, initially, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, (ii) the 2026 Notes or the holders thereof, the 2026 Notes Trustee, (iii) the First-Out Notes or the Noteholders thereof, the Trustee, (iv) the Second-Out Notes or the holders thereof, the Second-Out Notes Trustee and (v) in the case of any series of additional Secured Indebtedness or the holders thereof that become subject to any Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such series in the applicable joinder agreement.

“Availability” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)

the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment; by

 

(2)

the sum of the amounts of all such payments.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means each of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the United Kingdom’s Insolvency Act 1986, the EU Regulation 2015/848 on insolvency proceedings (recast), the United Kingdom’s Companies Act 2006, the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) and the Swiss Federal Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act (Bundesgesetz uber Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs (SchKG)), each as now and hereafter in effect, any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction, including any corporate law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it and including any rules and regulations pursuant thereto.

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)

with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors;

 

159


Table of Contents
(2)

with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3)

with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrowing Base Overage” means when advances permitted under the Borrowing Base (including components and subcomponents thereof) and advance rates, in each case as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as of the date hereof) exceed the amount that would have been permitted under the Borrowing Base advance rates as of the date hereof (without giving effect to any future step-downs in IP Caps or IP Advance Rates, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as of the date hereof).

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases or financing leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)

U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such other local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)

marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government or issued by an agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government, as the case may be, in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(3)

marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, by the Canadian federal government, by the UK government, by the French government or by the Hong Kong government, in each case, maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from such other nationally recognized rating agency);

 

(4)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances issued by any commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100.0 million, in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)

bonds with an Investment Grade Rating and Preferred Stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating, including municipal bonds, corporate bonds and treasury bonds;

 

(7)

(i) commercial paper issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above or by the parent company of any such bank, (ii) commercial paper with a short-term commercial paper rating of at

 

160


Table of Contents
  least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and (iii) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having the equivalent of an Investment Grade Rating;

 

(8)

interests in any money market fund substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)

other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to the instruments specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

 

(10)

in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have the ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

“CFC” means each Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

“CFC Holdco” means a Domestic Subsidiary with no material assets other than equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)

any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Fossil or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successors by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets);

 

(2)

the merger or consolidation of Fossil with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Fossil or the merger or amalgamation of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of Fossil, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of Fossil, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving, continuing or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person;

 

(3)

the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent entity of Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

 

(4)

the adoption by the shareholders of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent entity of Fossil of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Fossil.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock (x) to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement or (y) solely as a result of veto or approval rights in any joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement, investor rights agreement or other similar agreement, (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Capital Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or

 

161


Table of Contents

related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person’s parent and (iii) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the assets and property (including Capital Stock) and interests therein and proceeds thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Excluded Property, in or upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees and any related Obligations.

“Collateral Designation” means, solely to the extent that the Notes Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) remain outstanding and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, the occurrence of the following: (a) the valid exercise of the Collateral Designation Option by the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the participating Notes Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement; or (b) Fossil’s election, by written notice to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, to designate the Specified Collateral as Notes Priority Collateral instead of ABL Priority Collateral.

“Collateral Designation Conditions” means: (a) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the requirements to effect a Collateral Designation Date by the Notes Collateral Agent set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (it is understood and agreed by Fossil and each Guarantor that upon any effective consummation of a Collateral Designation by the Notes Collateral Agent, (x) all Eligible Intellectual Property shall be removed from the Borrowing Base (as each such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date shall be effective, in each case, without any further action or consent of Fossil or any Guarantor or any other Person); or (b) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, each of the following requirements: (i) Fossil shall repay the amount of the IP Advance (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) then outstanding, (ii) Fossil shall deliver to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent an updated borrowing base certificate, giving pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Eligible Intellectual Property, and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date), demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial covenant in the ABL Credit Agreement, and (iii) the Payment Conditions (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) shall be satisfied with respect to such Collateral Designation and any related transactions in connection therewith.

“Collateral Designation Date” means, with respect to any Collateral Designation, the date that such Collateral Designation is consummated, provided that the Collateral Designation Conditions applicable thereto are satisfied or waived on such date.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, deeds of hypothec, agency agreements, Mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, control agreements, debentures, and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by Fossil or any Guarantor pursuant to the First-Out Notes Indenture or any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant state), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the First-Out Notes and the Trustee or perfected or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 

162


Table of Contents

“Consenting Noteholder” means a party to the Transaction Support Agreement dated August 13, 2025, by and among Fossil, Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. and the holders party thereto as of the date thereof that receives First-Out Notes on the Issue Date.

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the cash interest expense (including (x) imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (y) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and (z) net costs under Swap Agreements entered into to hedge interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(iii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (iii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to accretion or amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)

Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

 

(b)

the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

  (i)

income and franchise tax expense during such period,

 

  (ii)

interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to interest Swap Obligations),

 

  (iii)

amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future),

 

  (iv)

the amount of premium payments paid by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and charges in respect of unamortized fees and expenses, in each case associated with the repayment of Indebtedness,

 

  (v)

expenses relating to stock-based compensation plans resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123R, and

 

  (vi)

one-time restructuring charges and reserves; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (vi) (including in respect of the restructuring work performed by Alvarez & Marsal by their Consumer and Retail Group, but excluding one-time restructuring charges and reserves to the extent incurred on or before December 31, 2025 in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or effectiveness of this Agreement) for any period (x) ending on or prior to January 31, 2027 shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)) and (y) ending after January 31, 2027, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)), minus

 

(c)

interest income for such period, minus

 

(d)

one-time income or gains for such period.

 

163


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period, (b) cash principal payments on Indebtedness made or required to be made during such period, (c) expense for income taxes paid or required to be paid in cash during such period and (d) Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to clauses (8) and (10) of the second paragraph under the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Section 6.08(a)(vii) of the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but without giving effect to any election to value any Indebtedness at “fair value,” or any other accounting principle that results in the amount of any such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) as reflected on such balance sheet to be below the stated principal amount of such Indebtedness), plus (b) the aggregate amount of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, plus (c) the aggregate obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as an account party in respect of drawn letters of credit or letters of guaranty, other than contingent obligations in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company) that is not a Subsidiary except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), and (c) the net income (if positive), of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income (i) is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or (ii) would be subject to any taxes payable on such dividends or distributions.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

“Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee of such Debt Facility).

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

164


Table of Contents

“Deposit Account” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of Fossil or the Guarantors.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital (other than any payment solely in Capital Stock (other than any Capital Stock referred to in this clause (a))), in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) cash, (ii) debt securities or (iii) any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer of such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption is permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

“Domestic Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than a Foreign Guarantor.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“EMU” means the European Economic and Monetary Union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Euro” means the single currency unit of the member states of the European Union that have the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Account” means all (i) Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts and commodity accounts (a) maintained solely as payroll or other employee wage and benefit accounts (including withholding tax payments related thereto), (b) maintained solely as sales tax accounts, (c) maintained (A) solely as escrow accounts or fiduciary or trust accounts, in each case, for the benefit of third parties, other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates and accounts otherwise held exclusively for the benefit of third parties, other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates or (B) solely to hold restricted cash as supporting obligations for guarantees permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, (d) that contain solely deposits permitted by clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” in the ABL Credit Agreement, if the documents governing such deposits prohibit the granting of a lien on such deposits, (e) that are maintained solely as store accounts maintained for local deposits; provided that the entire balance (other than a

 

165


Table of Contents

nominal amount to cover fees and charges) of all such accounts is swept on the Friday of each week (or if Friday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account (each as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (e)) and (f) the entire balance of which is swept on each Business Day into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (f)), and (ii) other Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts with an aggregate closing daily balance not in excess of $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (ii); provided that no Concentration Account, Collection Account, Deposit Account included in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program nor the Company’s Funding Account (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (regardless of the amount on deposit at any time in such account) shall be an Excluded Account.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Fossil on the Issue Date or on the date such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, in each case for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of Fossil (subject to the immediately following sentence), (c) [reserved], (d) any CFC Holdco, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable law from providing a Guarantee of the applicable Obligations or if such Guarantee would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (f) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (g) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (unless, solely in the case of a Subsidiary organized in the same jurisdiction as an existing Guarantor, Fossil otherwise elects), and (h) subject to clause (x) of the penultimate sentence of this definition, any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of Fossil, the cost or other consequences of becoming a Guarantor shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Noteholders therefrom (provided, that, prior to such determination, Fossil shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent certifying that such cost or other consequence is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Noteholders therefrom and, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination); provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Excluded Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are: Fossil (UK) Global Services LTD, Fossil Global Services India LLP, Fossil Holding, LLC, Fossil International Holdings, Inc., Fossil Services, LLC, Fossil (Gibraltar) Ltd., Katchin, Inc., Fossil Japan, Inc., Katchin GmbH, Fossil Mexico Sa de CV, Servicios Fossil Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Fossil (East) Ltd., Fossil Luxembourg Sarl, Montres Antima SA, Swiss Technology Production SA, Swiss Technology Components AG, Fossil India Private Ltd., Fossil Singapore Pte., Fossil Industries Ltd., Fossil Asia Pacific Ltd., Pulse Time Center Company, Ltd., Pulse Time Center (Shenzhen) Co., Fossil Korea Ltd., Fossil Time Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Fossil Commercial (Shanghai) Company Ltd., Fossil Trading Shanghai Company Ltd., Fossil Commercial (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., FDT, Ltd., Fossil (Australia) Pty., Fossil Hong Kong Ltd., Fossil Vietnam, Fossil New Zealand Limited, Fossil (Macau) Limited, Fossil Shares Services GmbH, Fossil Stores Belgium BVBA, Fossil Belgium BVBA, Fossil (Austria) GmbH, Fossil S.L.U., FESCO GmbH, Fossil Italia, S.r.l., Fossil Sweden AB, In Time Distribuicao de Relogios, Sociedad Unipessoal, Lda., Fossil Stores S.r.l., Fossil Denmark A/S, Fossil Norway AS, Fossil France S.A.S., Fossil Stores France, Fast Europe SARL, Latin America Services, Ltd, Fossil Accessories South Africa Pty. Ltd., and Fossil Poland Spolkaz Ograniczona. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd), the Second-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness of Fossil or any Guarantor shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary and (y) no Subsidiary of Fossil that owns or licenses (other than non-exclusive licenses from Fossil or another Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business) any Material Intellectual Property shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, after the date hereof, no Guarantor shall constitute an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to clause (a) of this definition (1) absent a bona fide business purpose (as certified in writing to the Notes Collateral Agent by an Officer of the Company) or (2) in a transaction (or series of related transactions) the primary purpose of which is to release any applicable guaranty.

 

166


Table of Contents

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by Fossil in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in making such determination Fossil shall be entitled to consider and include in making any such determination the results of customary discounts, commissions or other similar discounts or payments pursuant to a private placement or public offering of securities.

“First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Second-Out Notes Trustee, Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“Fiscal Month” means, with respect to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately one-month period ending around the end of each month or such other applicable period, as determined from time to time by Fossil in the ordinary course of its business, as the context may require, or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on the first day of any such period, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the last day of such period.

“Fiscal Year” means the fifty–two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period beginning on the date which is one day after the end of the similar preceding period and ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus (ii) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for such period minus (iii) such portion of principal payments on Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations made by Fossil and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period as is attributable to additions to property, plant and equipment that have not otherwise been reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows as additions to property, plant and equipment for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

“Foreign Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect and applicable to the accounting period in respect of which reference to GAAP is made and applied in accordance with the consistency requirements thereof.

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether

 

167


Table of Contents

provincial, territorial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union, the Council of Ministers of the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Grantor” means, collectively, Fossil and the Guarantors.

“Guarantee” means (1) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and (2) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(a)

to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(b)

entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee after the Issue Date); provided that upon release or discharge of any such Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.

“Guarantor Release Protection Provisions” mean (a) each of the provisions under (i) “The Note Guarantees,” (ii) “Future Guarantors,” and (iii) “Merger and Consolidation,” and (b) the Event of Default described in clause (8) under “Events of Default.”

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

“Hedging Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

“IAI Investor” means any Noteholder that is an institutional accredited investor who has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with Fossil and that, together with its Affiliates, holds at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the First-Out Notes then outstanding.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “Certain Covenants—Reports”, either individually or together with its Subsidiaries, accounted for less than (x) 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and (y) less than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for the most recent twelve Fiscal Month period ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”; provided that, notwithstanding the above, “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall exclude any of Fossil’s Subsidiaries designated in writing to the Trustee, by an Officer of Fossil to the extent necessary to ensure that Immaterial Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, accounted for, at the last day of any Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “Certain Covenants—Reports”, less

 

168


Table of Contents

than 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and less than 5.0% of consolidated revenues of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for the twelve Fiscal Month period ending on such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the terms ”Incurred,” “Incurring” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) any purchase price adjustment or earnout incurred in connection with an acquisition), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person (but only to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of such property, if such Indebtedness has not been assumed by such Person), and (i) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include trade payables (including any obligation owed by a Person arising out of arrangements whereby a third party makes payments for the account of such Person directly or indirectly to a trade creditor of such Person in respect of trade payables of such Person) and related accrued expenses, and related obligations owed to such third party purchaser, incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Fossil outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of Fossil, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Intercompany Cash Pooling Program” means the physical cash pooling in-house banking program described to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof, pursuant to which Fossil Europe BV serves as the cash pool master (or in-house bank) for Fossil and its applicable Subsidiaries.

 

169


Table of Contents

“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Fossil, certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, and any other applicable intercreditor agreement in a form substantially similar to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing with March 15, 2026, to the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Note, the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period with respect to any Note shall commence on and include the issue date of the applicable First-Out Notes and end on and exclude the first Interest Payment Date to occur after the issue date of the applicable First-Out Notes (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the date immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

“Investment” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, or any capital contribution or loans or advances (other than advances made in the ordinary course of business that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP) to, Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations of, or any other investment (including any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company)) in, any other Person that are held or made by the specified Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the definition of the term “Guarantee”, (c) any Investment in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any Person shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of the consideration therefor (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the fair value (as so determined) of all additions, as of such date of determination, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such Investment, (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) in the form of a transfer of Capital Stock or other property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock or other property as of the time of such transfer (less, in the case of any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof, the fair value (as so determined) of such consideration as of the time of the transfer), minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a return of capital, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such transfer, and (e) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) in any Person resulting from the issuance by such Person of its Capital Stock to the investor shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock at the time of the issuance thereof.

 

170


Table of Contents

For purposes of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

(1)

any property transferred to or from a Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

 

(2)

if Fossil or any Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of Fossil, Fossil shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

“IP Advance” has the meaning given thereto in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“IP Advance Amount” means an amount equal to 107.5% of the amount of the IP Advance then outstanding.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, assignment by way of security, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Line Cap” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the results of operations, assets, business or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to perform any of their monetary obligations under the First-Out Notes, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Security Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement to which it is a party, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or Noteholders under the First-Out Notes, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Security Documents or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than letters of credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of Fossil and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Fossil or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Obligation were terminated at such time.

“Material Intellectual Property” means intellectual property that is (i) material to the conduct of business of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) necessary or material to permit the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce its rights and remedies under the First-Out Notes Indenture or the Collateral Documents with respect to the Collateral, or the disposition of which would otherwise adversely affect the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) of any Collateral.

“Material Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee by Fossil or any Guarantor having a Fair Market Value at the time in excess of $2,500,000.

“Michele Brand” means all right, title, and interest in and to (i) all inventory and all molds for manufacturing finished goods; (ii) marketing assets; (iii) records; (iv) unfulfilled purchase orders, including, without limitation,

 

171


Table of Contents

the right to bill and receive payment for products subject to such unfulfilled purchase orders; (v) all intellectual property; (vi) all rights under transferred contracts; (vii) all goodwill associated with the MICHELE brand and/or the MICHELE assets; (viii) all permits required for the ownership and use of the MICHELE assets, and all pending applications therefor or renewals thereof; (ix) all machinery, equipment and tooling, whether owned or leased; and (x) all currently effective warranties, guaranties, indemnities and similar rights against third parties, if any, solely relating to the MICHELE assets (except to the extent applicable from any sale thereof), in each case used in or for the business of manufacturing, distributing and selling of timepieces under the MICHELE brand and included in an asset purchase agreement, share purchase agreement or similar agreement in connection with the sale of the Company’s MICHELE brand.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.

“Mortgages” means the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents in legally sufficient form to secure Liens on the Premises, as well as the other Collateral secured by and described in the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received (including after release from any required escrow), but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

(1)

all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or reasonably expected to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions that are available or reasonably expected to be available and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)

[reserved];

 

(3)

all distributions and other payments required to be made to noncontrolling interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

(4)

the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by Fossil or any Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition;

 

(5)

payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets subject to such Asset Disposition at the time of, or within 30 days after, such Asset Disposition; and

 

(6)

with respect to any Asset Disposition involving a disposition of assets of a Foreign Subsidiary and solely to the extent the proceeds have not been applied to reduce Indebtedness or make capital or other permitted expenditures or investments in accordance with the covenant described under ”—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales,” the Net Available Cash attributable to such assets of such Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the repatriation of such Net Available Cash to Fossil or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (i) is prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable laws, rules or regulations or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences to Fossil and its Subsidiaries; provided that Fossil will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome or eliminate any such restrictions and/or minimize any costs to comply with the covenant described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales.”

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees,

 

172


Table of Contents

discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the First-Out Notes and Fossil’s other Obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

“Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a First-Out Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Notes Priority Collateral” means all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral), including, without limitation:

 

(1)

all Equipment, Fixtures, Real Property, intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates (other than ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (5) of the definition thereof), and all Capital Stock held by the Credit Parties and other Investment Property (other than any Investment Property constituting ABL Priority Collateral, including Investment Property described in clause 3(y) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

 

(2)

except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents and General Intangibles;

 

(3)

Notes Priority Accounts; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Split-Lien Priority Accounts, such identifiable proceeds shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(4)

on and after the Collateral Designation Date, Specified Collateral;

 

(5)

all other Collateral, other than the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds); and

 

(6)

all collateral security and guarantees with respect to the foregoing, and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds of any of the foregoing, but, in any event, excluding the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes Secured Indebtedness” means all Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes.

“Notes Secured Parties” has the meaning set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, provincial, territorial, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Co-President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President,

 

173


Table of Contents

the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of Fossil or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or, if Fossil is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of Fossil. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of Fossil or a Guarantor, as applicable, and delivered to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel (including an employee of or counsel to the Company) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Obligations under the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees and is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that has equal Lien priority with respect to the different categories of Collateral under the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement relative to the First-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees and is senior in priority to the Liens securing any junior lien priority Indebtedness; provided, that, in each case, an Authorized Representative of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in the form provided therein.

“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person if (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock in a Person, such Person will be, upon the consummation of such acquisition, a Subsidiary, in each case including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person, or (b) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Event of Default exists at the date such transaction is consummated, (ii) at the time such transaction is consummated, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to “—Reports”), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed 1.50:1.00, (iii) the Company shall promptly deliver information relating to such Permitted Acquisition as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) any such acquisition or Investment shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment:

 

(1)

[reserved];

 

(2)

[reserved];

 

(3)

consisting of contributions to and borrowings from the cash pool under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program among the applicable Subsidiaries (other than Fossil and Domestic Guarantors) in the ordinary course of business to fund ordinary course operational needs, including purchasing inventory, paying payroll and funding marketing initiatives; provided that (i) Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors shall not participate in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program, (ii) all amounts owing under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program shall be subject to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement at all times, (iii) the aggregate balance at any time (to the extent positive) of (x) outstanding amounts contributed by Fossil and the Guarantors to the cash pool minus (y) outstanding amounts borrowed by Fossil and the Guarantors from the cash pool (the “Net Cash Pooling Investment”) shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap, and (iv) if a Dominion Period (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, Fossil and the Guarantors shall not make any contributions to the cash pool;

 

(4)

Investments by Fossil and the Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Subsidiaries are Subsidiaries prior to, or have been newly formed with the initial Investment therein being, such Investments and (ii) such Investments shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

174


Table of Contents
(5)

loans or advances made by Fossil to any Subsidiary or made by any Subsidiary to Fossil or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Indebtedness resulting therefrom is permitted by clause (8) of the second paragraph under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) such loans and advances shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

(6)

Guarantees by Fossil or any Subsidiary of (i) the Obligations and (ii) Indebtedness or other obligations of Fossil or any Subsidiary other than as specified in the foregoing clause (i) including any such Guarantees arising as a result of any such Person being a joint and several co-applicant with respect to any letter of credit or letter of guaranty; provided that, with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

(7)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, in cash or in the form of Investments that do not constitute transfers of Collateral, in an aggregate amount outstanding (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Permitted Investment (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income), which reductions may not exceed in aggregate amount the amount originally transferred in connection with any Permitted Investment hereunder), together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (7), at the time of each such Investment not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

(8)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for consideration consisting only of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Fossil or Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of Fossil;

 

(9)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in receivables owing to Fossil or any Subsidiary and extensions of trade credit, deposits, prepayments and other credits to vendors, suppliers, lessors, processors, materialmen, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and landlords made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in payroll, commission, travel, entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar advances to cover matters that are reasonably expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, not to exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(11)

Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(12)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of settlement of amounts due to Fossil or any Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)

purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)

received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(16)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by Fossil and its Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(17)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; provided that such licensing, subleasing, or contributions of intellectual property must either be (i) non-exclusive or (ii) exclusive only within the granted territory;

 

(18)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;

 

175


Table of Contents
(20)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or replacement of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date but, in each case, only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments or other increases thereof;

 

(21)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(22)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees issued in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(23)

Investments constituting (i) pledges and deposits made (A) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (A) above, (ii) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(24)

Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures;

 

(25)

deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or other obligations as permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(26)

the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Investment covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness.

Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes hereof, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale, collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under clause (4) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (1) shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing the First-Out Notes (including any First-Out Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer) pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with the First-Out Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(2)

pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

176


Table of Contents
(3)

carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith;

 

(4)

Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet delinquent or (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) for which the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

 

(5)

pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)

easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, site plan agreements, development agreements, operating agreements, cross-easement agreements, reciprocal easement agreements and similar encumbrances and exceptions to title on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or the ordinary operation of such real property;

 

(7)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under (i) clause (1) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and shall be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) clause (2) (provided, that such Liens shall be subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement), and (iii) clause (11) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the First-Out Notes and subject to an applicable Intercreditor Agreement), in each case, of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(8)

Liens existing on the Issue Date and other Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on clause (5) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”, in each case subject to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(9)

customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC or PPSA in respect of payment items in the course of collection ;

 

(10)

Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than Capital Lease Obligations), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Agreement;

 

(11)

[reserved];

 

(12)

Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (7), (8), (16), (36), (39), (40) and this clause (12) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, that any such Liens shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing Indebtedness being refinanced or Incurred in compliance with the First-Out Notes Indenture pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, if applicable, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with any ABL Indebtedness and the First-Out Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(13)

in connection with the sale or transfer of any Capital Stock or other assets in a transaction permitted under “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales,” customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

177


Table of Contents
(14)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(15)

judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

 

(16)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (7) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(17)

Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(18)

bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions (including any right of pledge or right of set-off arising under the general banking conditions of any bank in relation to deposit accounts maintained in the Netherlands), solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger, amalgamation or consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than, in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Subsidiary that is a party thereto) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated) and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

(20)

[reserved];

 

(21)

Liens arising from precautionary UCC or PPSA financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases or consignments;

 

(22)

Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under clause (21) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness);

 

(23)

[reserved];

 

(24)

any interest or title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment, or in connection with any conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangement for the sale of goods to the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings related thereto;

 

(25)

[reserved];

 

(26)

Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of custom and forwarding agents and similar Persons in respect of imported goods and merchandise in the custody of such Persons;

 

(27)

the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown in right of Canada or any province thereof of any real property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not materially detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

 

(28)

Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of the Company or any Subsidiary with credit card issuers, credit card processors or merchant service providers for mobile or digitized payment methods to secure obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, to any such credit card issuer, credit

 

178


Table of Contents
  card processor, or merchant service provider incurred in the ordinary course of business as a result of fees, charges, expenses and chargebacks;

 

(29)

(i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers granted in the ordinary course of business to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

 

(30)

Liens arising from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Lien covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and, if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness;

 

(31)

Liens arising from real property title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which do not materially detract from the value of the real property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

 

(32)

other Liens that are contractual rights of setoff;

 

(33)

in the case of (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary or (ii) the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights related to Capital Stock in such Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;

 

(34)

Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for a Permitted Acquisition or other transaction permitted hereunder;

 

(35)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (22) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(36)

any Lien on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) permitted by clause (6)(ii) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(37)

Liens in respect of Prior Claims that are unregistered and secure amounts that are not yet due and payable;

 

(38)

Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with pension liabilities (Altersteilzeitverpflichtungen) pursuant to § 8a German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or in connection with time credits (Wertguthaben) pursuant to § 7e German Social Code IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

(39)

Deposits of cash collateral securing letters of credit permitted under clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”; and

 

(40)

in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (39) above, Liens securing Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Liens securing Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (40) at any one time, does not exceed $10,000,000.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

179


Table of Contents

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto, provided that if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created hereunder or under any other Note Document on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security in effect in a jurisdiction in Canada other than the Province of Ontario, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation (including the Civil Code (Quebec)) in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction in Canada for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distributions of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Prior Claims” means (a) all liabilities and obligations of any Canadian Guarantor secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, including claims for utilities, taxes (including sales taxes, value added taxes, amounts deducted or withheld or not paid and remitted when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended, excise taxes, goods and services taxes (“GST”) and harmonized sales taxes (“HST”) payable pursuant to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or similar taxes under provincial or territorial law), the claims of a laborer or worker (whether full-time or part-time) who is owed wages (including any amounts protected by the Wage Earner Protection Program Act (Canada) or secured by Section 81.3 or 81.4 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)), amounts due and not paid for inventory subject to rights of suppliers under Section 81.1 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable law (generally known as the “30-day goods rule”), vacation pay, severance pay, employee source deductions, workers’ compensation obligations or pension fund obligations (including claims in respect of, and all amounts currently or past due and not contributed, remitted or paid to, or pursuant to, a Canadian pension plan, any Canadian pension laws and any amounts representing any unfunded liability, solvency deficiency or wind-up deficiency whether or not due with respect to any Canadian pension plan, including “normal cost”, “special payments” and any other payments in respect of any funding deficiency or shortfall); and (b) with respect to any German Guarantor, any reserve for amounts secured by any liens or other security interests whatsoever, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the liens granted to secure or for other claims and/or deductions for the Obligations, including without limitation, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, or vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, income tax, insolvency costs, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers’ compensation or to employment insurance amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property), sales tax and pension obligations.

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the First-Out Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Fossil (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred in exchange or replacement for, or to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease, retire or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, ”refinance,” “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with the First-Out Notes Indenture (including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses (including fees and expenses relating to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) in connection with any such refinancing) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness or Incurred in connection with a repurchase,

 

180


Table of Contents

redemption or similar transaction, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in each case including by exchange offers and private exchanges; provided, however, that:

 

(1)

the Stated Maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be earlier than that of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(2)

the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(3)

such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay fees, premiums or costs with respect to the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or tender premiums, defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection with any such refinancing);

 

(4)

if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or otherwise subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or subordinated in right of payment to the First-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively, on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(5)

if the Indebtedness being refinanced is secured, the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness have a Lien priority equal or junior to the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced (and if the Indebtedness being refinanced is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of such Indebtedness may not be secured with any Liens);

 

(6)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Fossil or a Guarantor;

 

(7)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be Guaranteed or secured by additional guarantors or collateral, respectively, relative to the refinanced Indebtedness; and

 

(8)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have a greater ranking or payment priority than the Indebtedness being refinanced.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Second-Out Notes” means Fossil’s 7.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 issued on or about the Issue Date.

“Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent under the Second-Out Notes Indenture

“Second-Out Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, among Fossil, the Guarantors, the Second-Out Notes Trustee and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent.

“Second-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

181


Table of Contents

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of two or more series of Secured Indebtedness (or their respective Authorized Representative) hold a valid and perfected security interest at such time.

“Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap” means that the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments by (x) Fossil and the Guarantors in, and loans and advances by Fossil and the Guarantors to, and Guarantees by Fossil and the Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and (y) Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors in, and loans and advances by Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors to, and Guarantees by Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Foreign Guarantors, in each case of this clause (i), pursuant to clauses (4), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, (ii) solely to the extent positive, the Net Cash Pooling Investment, and (iii) the aggregate amount of consideration paid by Fossil and the Guarantors in connection with Permitted Acquisitions of Subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of Fossil within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Similar Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Fossil and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by Fossil and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by Fossil.

“Specified Collateral” means that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

“Specified Indebtedness” means Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unsecured Indebtedness, and Indebtedness secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of Fossil (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the First-Out Notes (including any Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer) pursuant to its terms.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, unlimited liability company, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of Fossil.

“Super Priority First-Out Notes” means the additional First-Out Notes having the payment priority specified under “Events of Default–Priorities”.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities,

 

182


Table of Contents

equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions and any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be a Swap Agreement.

“Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term. A Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

“Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of Fossil as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “Certain Covenants—Reports” as adjusted to any pro forma event occurring pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture since such date.

“Transaction Support Agreement” means that certain Transaction Support Agreement dated August 13, 2025, among Fossil, certain of its subsidiaries and the supporting noteholders party thereto.

“Transactions” means those certain transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support Agreement and this registration statements.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures (a) not financed with the proceeds of any incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations) or the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock or equity contributions, and (b) that are not reimbursed by a third person (excluding Fossil or any Guarantor or any of its Affiliates) in the period such expenditures are made pursuant to a written agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Unfinanced Capital Expenditures shall include capital expenditures financed with the proceeds of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Use Period” means the period commencing on the date that the ABL Collateral Agent or an agent acting on its behalf furnish the Notes Collateral Agent with an enforcement notice under the ABL Credit Agreement and ending 180 days thereafter. If any stay or other order that prohibits any of the ABL Collateral Agent, the other ABL Secured Parties or Fossil or any Guarantor (with the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent) from commencing and continuing to exercise any remedies or from liquidating and selling the ABL Priority Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180- day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order and the Use Period shall be so extended.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

183


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE SECOND-OUT NOTES

Description of Second-Out Notes

On the settlement date for the Exchange Offer (the “Issue Date”), Fossil will issue up to $60,127,395 aggregate principal amount of 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Second-Out Notes”) pursuant to the Exchange Offer under the Indenture (the “Second-Out Notes Indenture”), to be dated as of the Issue Date, among itself, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

Following the Issue Date, Fossil may issue additional Second-Out Notes pursuant to, and subject to compliance with the terms of, the Second-Out Notes Indenture. Such additional Second-Out Notes will be part of the same issue as the Second-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, except that to the extent such other additional Second-Out Notes are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Second-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, such additional Second-Out Notes will, trade under different CUSIPs. Your ability to transfer the Second-Out Notes may be limited by the absence of active trading markets and active trading markets may not develop for the Second-Out Notes, in which case you may be unable to sell the Second-Out Notes or to sell them at a price you deem sufficient.

This Description of the Second-Out Notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the Second-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Since this Description of the Second-Out Notes is only a summary, it does not contain all of the details found in the full text of, and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of, the Seond-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. You should refer to the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements for a complete description of the obligations of Fossil, the Guarantors and your rights. Fossil will make copies of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements available to the Noteholders and to prospective investors upon request.

You will find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description under the heading “—Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this “Description of the Second-Out Notes,” references to “Fossil,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Fossil Group, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in other sections of this prospectus, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, or the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable.

General

The Second-Out Notes

The Second-Out Notes are general senior obligations of Fossil and will:

 

  •  

mature on June 30, 2029;

 

  •  

be unconditionally Guaranteed on a senior basis by each Guarantor, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles (as defined below). See “—Note Guarantees”;

 

  •  

be issued in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof;

 

  •  

be secured by Liens on all or substantially all assets of Fossil, including second-priority Liens on Notes Priority Collateral and third-priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles and any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of Fossil other than the First-Out Notes;

 

184


Table of Contents
  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured Indebtedness and any future junior lien priority Indebtedness of Fossil (other than any junior lien priority Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Second-Out Notes) to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to Fossil’s Obligations under any Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness;

 

  •  

be effectively junior to the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Obligations of Fossil, including the 2026 Notes;

 

  •  

be junior to the First-Out Notes, subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

The designation of a Subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” or similar Subsidiary that is not subject to the covenants summarized under “—Certain Covenants” or the Events of Default summarized under “—Events of Default” is not permitted under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, and all of our Subsidiaries are expected to be subject to the restrictive covenants in the Second-Out Notes Indenture, as applicable.

As of July 5, 2025, after giving effect to the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering (assuming 100% participation in the Exchange Offer and the Rights Offering) and the Supporting Holders Exchange (including the related private placement) and the use of proceeds therefrom:

 

  •  

we would have had approximately $180 million of total Indebtedness (consisting of the First-Out Notes);

 

  •  

we would have had approximately $18 million of undrawn commitments under the ABL Facility; and

 

  •  

our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have had approximately $244 million of liabilities (including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities), all of which would have been structurally senior to the First-Out Notes.

Although the Second-Out Notes Indenture will restrict the incurrence of additional Indebtedness, these restrictions are and will be subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional Indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

The Note Guarantees

Each of the Note Guarantees will:

 

  •  

be a general senior obligation of each Guarantor;

 

  •  

be secured by Liens on all or substantially all assets of the Guarantors, including second-priority Liens on Notes Priority Collateral and third-priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles and any applicable Intercreditor Agreement

 

  •  

rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of each such Guarantor other than the First-Out Notes;

 

  •  

be effectively senior to (i) all unsecured Indebtedness and any future junior lien priority Indebtedness of each such Guarantor (other than any junior lien priority Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Second-Out Notes) to the extent of the value of the assets of such Guarantor that are Collateral (after giving effect to any Permitted Liens) and (ii) the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of Notes Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be effectively equal to each such Guarantor’s Obligations under any Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness;

 

185


Table of Contents
  •  

be effectively junior to the ABL Indebtedness with respect to the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

  •  

be senior in right of payment to any future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of the applicable Guarantor;

 

  •  

be junior to the First-Out Notes, subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  •  

be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

Although the Second-Out Notes Indenture will limit the amount of Indebtedness that Fossil and its Subsidiaries may Incur, they may Incur additional Indebtedness, a portion of which may be secured or structurally senior to the Second-Out Notes.

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, Fossil’s Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have represented approximately 43% of our third-party net sales. As of July 5, 2025 after giving effect to the Exchange Offer, the Rights Offering, and the Supporting Holders Exchange (including the related private placement), Fossil’s Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would have represented approximately 62% of our total assets (excluding intercompany assets) and had approximately $244 million of total liabilities, including debt and trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities.

Interest

Interest on the Second-Out Notes will:

 

  •  

accrue at the fixed rate of 7.500% per annum;

 

  •  

accrue from the Issue Date or, if interest has already been paid, from the most recent interest payment date;

 

  •  

be payable in cash quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2026;

 

  •  

be payable to the Noteholders of record at the close of business on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 immediately preceding the related interest payment dates; and

 

  •  

be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Payments on the Second-Out Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar

We will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on the Second-Out Notes (in accordance with the terms hereof) at the office or agency designated by Fossil, except that we may, at our option, pay any such cash interest on the Second-Out Notes by check mailed to Noteholders at their registered address set forth in the registrar’s books. We have initially designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee to act as our paying agent (the “Paying Agent”) and registrar (the “Registrar”). We may, however, change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Noteholders, and Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

We will pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Second-Out Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Noteholder of such global note.

Transfer and Exchange

A Noteholder may transfer or exchange Second-Out Notes in accordance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by Fossil, the Trustee or the Registrar for any

 

186


Table of Contents

registration of transfer or exchange of Second-Out Notes, but Fossil may require a Noteholder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture. Fossil is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with an offer to purchase all of the Second-Out Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part. Also, Fossil is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of Second-Out Notes to be redeemed.

The registered Noteholder of a Second-Out Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Optional Redemption

Fossil may, on any one or more occasions, redeem the Second-Out Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed or otherwise sent to each Noteholder in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, at the redemption price of 100.000% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Second-Out Notes to be redeemed), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Second-Out Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable date of redemption.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest in respect of Second-Out Notes subject to redemption will be paid on the redemption date to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Noteholders whose Second-Out Notes will be subject to redemption by Fossil.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Second-Out Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Second-Out Notes are listed or, if the Second-Out Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to be fair and appropriate, although no Second-Out Note of a minimum denomination of $1.00 in principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If the Second-Out Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Second-Out Notes will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Noteholder thereof upon cancellation of the original note.

Any redemption notice may, at Fossil’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in Fossil’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

Unless Fossil defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Second-Out Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases

Fossil is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Second-Out Notes. However, under certain circumstances, Fossil may be required to offer to purchase the Second-Out Notes as described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders.”

Fossil may acquire Second-Out Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, such transactions shall not be

 

187


Table of Contents

deemed to be a redemption or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture governing redemptions of the Second-Out Notes.

Note Guarantees

On the Issue Date, all Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), to the maximum extent permitted by, but subject in all respects to, applicable law (including limitations as to capital maintenance, financial assistance, corporate benefit, exclusion of matters which might be deemed contra legem, director and officer fiduciary and other similar legal duties) and subject in all respects to customary enforcement limitation language and materiality considerations set forth in the Second-Out Notes Indenture (the “Guaranty and Security Principles”), will Guarantee the Second-Out Notes. The Guarantors will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally (subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles) guarantee, on a senior basis, Fossil’s Obligations under the Second-Out Notes and all Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture. Such Guarantors will, jointly and severally, agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent in enforcing any rights under the Note Guarantees. The Note Guarantees will be secured by Liens, with the priority of such Liens conforming to the Lien Priority Principles, subject to Permitted Liens, on the Collateral of each applicable Guarantor (which Collateral will also secure the ABL Facility, with the priority of such Liens in each case conforming to the Lien Priority Principles). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Excluded Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary because it is restricted or prohibited from guaranteeing the Second-Out Notes on the Issue Date, such Excluded Subsidiary will promptly execute a supplemental indenture following the date it is no longer an Excluded Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee of the Second-Out Notes.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Obligations that are Guaranteed under the Second-Out Notes Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. If a Note Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other Indebtedness (including Guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such Indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Note Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—Applicable fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the New Notes or the guarantees thereof and any related security, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.” Additionally, for more information regarding the Guarantees provided by certain Guarantors located in Canada, Germany and England and Wales, see “Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests and Certain Insolvency Law Considerations.”

The Second-Out Notes Indenture will provide that each Note Guarantee by a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)

(a)any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition is made in compliance with the provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

  (b)

the consent of the Noteholders in accordance with the provisions under the caption “—Amendments and Waivers”;

 

  (c)

Fossil’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “—Defeasance”;

 

188


Table of Contents
  (d)

the satisfaction and discharge of Fossil’s obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

  (e)

such Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary under the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing immediately after giving effect thereto; and

 

  (f)

the release, discharge or termination of the guarantee by or direct obligations of such Guarantor under the ABL Credit Agreement, the First-Out Notes Indenture or, in each case, any replacement thereof; and

 

(2)

in the case of clauses (1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) above, the Company delivering to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Second-Out Notes Indenture relating to such transaction or release have been complied with.

At the written request of Fossil, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release and discharge in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

In the event that any released Guarantor (in the case of clause 1(b) above) thereafter borrows money or guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of Fossil or any Guarantor, the terms of the consent described in clause 1(b) may provide that such former Guarantor will again provide a Note Guarantee if required pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors.”

Collateral

Assets Pledged as Collateral

The Second-Out Notes will be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, by second-priority Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral and third-priority Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral, which shall constitute substantially all of the assets of Fossil and the Guarantors (with the exception of Excluded Property (as defined below)), in each case, subject to Permitted Liens (collectively, the “Lien Priority Principles”), certain perfection requirements and the Guaranty and Security Principles.

The Collateral will exclude certain property (the “Excluded Property”) including, without limitation:

 

(1)

(x) any fee-owned real property that is (i) located outside the United States, (ii) excluded to the extent that security interests over such assets would result in material adverse tax treatment, or (iii) not Material Real Property and (y) all leasehold interests in real property (it being understood that there shall be no requirement to obtain leasehold mortgages/deeds of trusts, landlord waivers, estoppels, collateral access letters or similar third-party agreements or consents);

 

(2)

motor vehicles, aircrafts, vessels and other goods subject to certificates of title (in each case except to the extent perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements);

 

(3)

letter of credit rights with a value of less than $500,000 (except to the extent (x) perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or (y) the Notes Collateral Agent has obtained control over such letter of credit rights or has possession of the applicable letter of credit in accordance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture) and Commercial Tort Claims with a value of less than $750,000;

 

(4)

pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (including the requirement to obtain consent of any governmental authority) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

(5)

Capital Stock in any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents (for so long as such Person remains a

 

189


Table of Contents
  non-wholly owned Subsidiary) (the interests so excluded in the immediately preceding clause being collectively referred to herein as the “Excluded Equity Interests”);

 

(6)

any lease, permit, license (including Licenses) or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate, invalidate, be prohibited or restricted or constitute a default under such lease, permit, license (including Licenses) or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent of, any other party thereto (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction notwithstanding such prohibition; provided that, in the case of any Licenses, the foregoing shall only apply to Licenses granted by unaffiliated third parties to Fossil or any Guarantor.

 

(8)

“intent-to-use” trademark or service mark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto;

 

(9)

any governmental licenses or state, provincial, territorial or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction

 

(10)

any property subject to a Lien existing at the time such property was acquired that is permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” of the Second-Out Notes Indenture to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits a security interest or pledge on such property, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; and

 

(11)

any Excluded Accounts (other than the Deposit Accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts referenced in clause (i)(e), (i)(f) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Accounts” (but excluding, in the case of such clause (ii), Deposit Accounts and securities accounts that participate in the Intercompany Cash Pool));

provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any property that is pledged to secure obligations arising in respect of the ABL Facility or the First-Out Notes Indenture (whether pursuant to the terms at such time of the foregoing or any related documents and other than in accordance with the Guaranty and Security Principles).

In addition, the Second-Out Notes are not secured by any of the assets of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Other Indebtedness—The New Notes and the guarantees will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company that are not guarantors.”

Consistent with the Guaranty and Security Principles, separate agents have been or will be designated to hold security interests on the applicable collateral, in each case, for each of the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes, resulting in separate liens which will be subject to the applicable lien priorities described under “Description of the First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements”. To the extent the creation of separate security interests on the same property is not possible, customary or practicable under applicable local law with respect to certain property (including, without limitation, in the case of security established by way of transfer of title), or for administrative purposes (or any other reason) as agreed by the applicable parties, one single agent will hold a single lien on such property to secure all obligations with respect to the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes, and the applicable lien priorities described under “Description of the First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements” will be established through contractual arrangements.

 

190


Table of Contents

Collateral Documents

Fossil, the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent shall enter into the Collateral Documents setting out the terms of the security interests that secure the payment and performance when due of all of the Obligations of Fossil and the Guarantors under the Second-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, as provided in the Collateral Documents. Certain security interests in the Collateral may not be in place on the Issue Date or may not be perfected on the Issue Date. Fossil and the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected on or promptly following the Issue Date, but in any event no later than 60 days following the Issue Date; provided, however, that with respect to the creation and perfection of the security interests in property with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (or equivalent), such creation and the filing of the Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (or equivalent) shall be required on the Issue Date. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Other Indebtedness—Your rights in the Collateral for the New Notes may be adversely affected by any failure to perfect the security interest in the Collateral and other issues generally associated with the realization of security interests in Collateral.”

When entering into the Collateral Documents, each collateral agent will act in its own name for the benefit of the applicable secured parties and also (except where the Collateral Documents only secure the “parallel debt” created under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement and owed to such collateral agent) as a representative of the secured parties (including the holders from time to time).

Intercreditor Agreements

See the section entitled “Description of the First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements” for a description of the material terms of the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, including provisions relating to the relative rights of the holders of First-Out Notes and Second-Out Notes, the priority of claims in the event of enforcement actions, the allocation of collateral proceeds and certain waivers and amendments under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and related note documents. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes, Our Guarantees and Other Indebtedness—The Second-Out Notes will be secured by liens that effectively rank junior to the First-Out Notes and other indebtedness.”

Certain Covenants with Respect to the Collateral

The Collateral will be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Second-Out Notes Indenture. The Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents and the Second-Out Notes Indenture contain provisions relating to the administration, preservation and disposition of the Collateral. The following is a summary of some of the covenants and provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents and the Second-Out Notes Indenture as they relate to the Collateral.

Maintenance of collateral. The Second-Out Notes Indenture, subject to certain exceptions, provides that Fossil and its Subsidiaries (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall maintain all property that is material to the conduct of their respective businesses in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and/or the applicable Collateral Documents, subject to certain exceptions, also provides that Fossil and the Guarantors shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (a) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which Fossil or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

The Second-Out Notes Indenture, subject to certain exceptions, provides that Fossil and its Subsidiaries shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies having a financial strength rating of at least

 

191


Table of Contents

A- by A.M. Best Company insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks (including, without limitation, product liability and product recall insurance) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

Impairment of collateral. Subject to the rights of the holders of any senior Liens and to the provisions governing the release of Collateral as described under “—Use and Release of Collateral,” Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders, unless such action or failure to take action is otherwise permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture, Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents.

After-Acquired collateral. Subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles, from and after the Issue Date, if Fossil or any Guarantor acquires any property or asset required to be pledged as Collateral, including any Material Real Property, it must promptly execute and deliver, as applicable, such security instruments and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under the section below entitled “—Real estate mortgages and filings” as are required under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents, to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, in the case of Mortgages, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority, in each case, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements upon such property or asset as security for the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees and thereupon all provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

Further assurances. Fossil and the Guarantors shall, at their sole expense, execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions which may be necessary, including those the Notes Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request, to create, better assure, preserve, protect, defend and perfect the security interest and the rights and remedies created under the applicable Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders (subject to Permitted Liens). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Collateral Documents and, to the extent necessary, other security agreements and other instruments and documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent.

Real estate mortgages and filings. With respect to any Material Real Property owned by Fossil or a Guarantor in the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by Fossil or a Guarantor in the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral (individually and collectively, the “Premises”), by the Issue Date or within thirty (30) days following the date of acquisition (which period may be extended in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company), as applicable:

 

(1)

Fossil or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Noteholders, counterparts of each Mortgage with respect to each such Premises, in accordance with the requirements of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and/or the Collateral Documents, duly executed by Fossil or such Guarantor, suitable for recording in all recording offices, with such terms that are necessary to create a valid and enforceable mortgage lien (and to perfect such lien) at the time of recordation thereof, with the priority required by the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(2)

the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a mortgagee’s title insurance policy insuring (or committing to insure) in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, and its successors and/or assigns, in the form necessary, with respect to the property purported to be covered by the applicable Mortgage, to insure that the interest created by such Mortgage constitutes valid mortgage liens on the applicable Premises, with the priority

 

192


Table of Contents
  required by the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens. Any such title policy shall be in amounts equal to the estimated fair market value of the Premises covered thereby, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available, all such customary endorsements and reinsurance as are available in the applicable jurisdiction which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Premises is located; and

 

(3)

Fossil or the Guarantors shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to such Premises, surveys of each Premises, local counsel opinions, along with such other documents, instruments, certificates and agreements, and any other documents necessary to comply with clauses (1) and (2) above.

With respect to any fee interest in any Premises owned by Fossil or a Guarantor outside the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by Fossil or a Guarantor outside the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral, Fossil or such Guarantor will be required to take such steps to grant a perfected security interest therein and provide such deliverables as are customary under applicable local law, in each case, to the extent and within the time periods set forth in the Guaranty and Security Principles.

Conflicts

Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Fossil, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and, by their acceptance of the Second-Out Notes, the Noteholders have and will acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

Foreclosure

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Documents provide for (among other available remedies) the foreclosure upon and sale of the applicable Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and the distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale to the Noteholders of the Second-Out Notes, subject to any prior Liens on the Collateral and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Intercreditor Agreements impose restrictions upon the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent to pursue foreclosure. See “Description of the First-Out Notes—Intercreditor Agreements.” In the event of foreclosure on the Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy in full Fossil’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

Information Regarding Collateral

Fossil will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, with respect to Fossil or any Guarantor, promptly (and in any event within 30 days of such change or such longer period as then permitted under that facility (for purposes of this paragraph, the “controlling facility”) governing that series of Indebtedness for which the “controlling” collateral agent for any applicable Intercreditor Agreement acts as “collateral agent”) written notice of any change in such Person’s (i) corporate or organization name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) organizational identification number. Fossil and the Guarantors will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made, or will have been made within 30 days following such change (or such longer period as then permitted under the controlling facility) or within any applicable statutory period, under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable laws that are required in the Collateral Documents in order for the Collateral to be made subject to the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent under such Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required by the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents and shall take all necessary action so that such Lien is perfected with the same priority as immediately prior to such change to the extent required by such Collateral Documents. Fossil also agrees promptly to notify the Notes Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged, destroyed or condemned in a manner which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

 

193


Table of Contents

Certain Bankruptcy Limitations

The rights of the Notes Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default would be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy or other insolvency laws in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against Fossil or any Guarantor prior to the Notes Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for relief under the Bankruptcy Code or certain other Bankruptcy Laws, a secured creditor such as the Notes Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from the debtor or any other Collateral, or from exercising other remedial action, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code and certain Bankruptcy Laws permit the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad equitable powers of a U.S. and foreign bankruptcy courts, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Second-Out Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Collateral at the time of the bankruptcy petition or whether or to what extent holders of the Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the provision of “adequate protection.”

The Bankruptcy Code and certain Bankruptcy Laws permit only the payment and/or accrual of post-petition or post-filing interest, costs and attorneys’ fees to a secured creditor during a debtor’s bankruptcy case to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if Fossil or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the debtor in a bankruptcy case, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences, fraudulent transfers, transfers at undervalue or fraudulent conveyances.

Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Second-Out Notes after payment of any priority claims, the Noteholders would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the Collateral to which the Noteholders are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall.

Use and Release of Collateral

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Fossil and the Guarantors will be entitled to exercise any voting, dividend and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and to remain in possession, to the maximum extent permitted by the relevant governing law, and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents), to operate the Collateral, to alter or repair the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. The Collateral Documents will, however, generally require Fossil and the Guarantors to deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent to maintain in its possession certificates evidencing stock pledged and instruments evidencing certain Indebtedness (in excess of certain monetary thresholds) pledged, in order to perfect the security interest therein to the extent constituting Notes Priority Collateral, and the Intercreditor Agreements will provide for the Notes Collateral Agent to act as bailee to perfect the Lien on such stock and instruments and any other Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Noteholders and the ABL Collateral Agent and the other ABL Creditors solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the applicable security documents. The above is subject to local law requirements which might in some respects deviate from the general rules described.

 

194


Table of Contents

The Liens on the Collateral will be released with respect to the Second-Out Notes and the applicable Note Guarantees:

 

(1)

in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, including premium, if any, on such Second-Out Notes;

 

(2)

in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(3)

in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance as set forth under “—Defeasance”;

 

(4)

in whole or in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(5)

in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of Noteholders holding 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Second-Out Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Second-Out Notes);

 

(6)

with respect to assets of a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, as set forth under “—Note Guarantees”;

 

(7)

to enable the disposition of property or other assets that constitute Collateral to the extent not prohibited under the covenant discussed under “—Certain covenants—Asset Sales”; and

 

(8)

upon such property or other asset being released in respect of the Liens securing the Obligations under the First-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof,

provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above, all amounts owing to the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements shall have been paid prior to such release.

Fossil and each Guarantor will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent the documents, certificates and opinions that may be required, if any, under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents in connection with any such release, filing or other action.

Upon compliance by Fossil or the Guarantors, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent for any release of Collateral as set forth above, the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent shall, without recourse, warranty or representation of any kind (express or implied), promptly cause to be released and reconveyed to Fossil or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the released Collateral and take all other actions reasonably requested by Fossil in connection therewith.

Refinancings of Certain Facilities and Other Indebtedness

The obligations under the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture, the obligations under the Second-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes Indenture, and the obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the First-Out Notes may be refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the foregoing facilities or any security document related thereto or under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents) of any administrative agent or trustee, including the Trustee, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Collateral Documents; provided, however, that the lenders providing or holders of any such Refinancing Indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements pursuant to such documents or agreements required by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements.

In connection with any refinancing contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or modified at the

 

195


Table of Contents

request and sole expense of Fossil, and without the consent of the lenders under the ABL Facility, holders of the 2026 Notes, holders of the First-Out Notes, the Trustee, the 2026 Notes Trustee, the First-Out Notes Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agents or the Noteholders or holders of, or representative in respect of, any other Secured Indebtedness, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) (provided that any such Refinancing Indebtedness is in compliance with the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes Indenture, and the Second-Out Notes Indenture) or (b) to establish that Liens on any Collateral securing such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have the same (or more junior) priority as the Liens on any Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced, all on the terms provided for immediately prior to such refinancing.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, Fossil will make an offer to purchase all of the Second-Out Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of the Second-Out Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the right of Noteholders of record on a record date to receive any interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date (as defined below).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless Fossil has exercised its right to redeem all of the Second-Out Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” Fossil will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Noteholder or otherwise send notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

(1)

that a Change of Control Offer is being made, the expiration time for such Change of Control Offer (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) and that all Second-Out Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by Fossil at a purchase price in cash equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of such Second-Out Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the applicable record date to receive interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date);

 

(2)

the purchase date (which shall be no later than three Business Days after the date such Change of Control Offer expires) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)

if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control and setting forth a brief description of the definitive agreement for the Change of Control; and

 

(4)

the procedures determined by Fossil, consistent with the Second-Out Notes Indenture, that a Noteholder must follow in order to have its Second-Out Notes repurchased.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Fossil will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)

accept for payment all Second-Out Notes or portions of Second-Out Notes (in integral multiples of $1.00) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Second-Out Note, the remaining principal amount of such Second-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such Second-Out Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Second-Out Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00;

 

(2)

deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if Fossil or any Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount sufficient to make the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Second-Out Notes or portions of Second-Out Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

 

196


Table of Contents
(3)

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Second-Out Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Second-Out Notes or portions of Second-Out Notes being purchased by Fossil.

The applicable Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Noteholder so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Second-Out Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a company order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Noteholder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in the Second-Out Notes Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Second-Out Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. Unless Fossil defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, interest will cease to accrue on the Second-Out Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Second-Out Notes Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Noteholders to require that Fossil repurchase or redeem the Second-Out Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and Other Indebtedness—We may enter into transactions that would not constitute a change of control that could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.”

Fossil’s ABL Credit Agreement provides, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events with respect to Fossil would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Second-Out Notes Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under any such Indebtedness, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance such Indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or do not refinance such Indebtedness, such default could result in amounts outstanding under such Indebtedness being declared due and payable. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and Other Indebtedness—We may not be able to repurchase the New Notes upon a change of control.”

Our ability to pay cash to the Noteholders of Second-Out Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. Moreover, and notwithstanding the foregoing, Fossil’s ability to make a Change of Control Offer will be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements.

Fossil will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Second-Out Notes Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by Fossil and purchases all Second-Out Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) Fossil has exercised its right to redeem all of the Second-Out Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. Fossil will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Second-Out Notes pursuant to a Change of

 

197


Table of Contents

Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, Fossil will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Second-Out Notes Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, amalgamations, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving Fossil by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Noteholder may require Fossil to make an offer to repurchase the Second-Out Notes as described above.

Certain provisions under the Second-Out Notes Indenture relative to Fossil’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Second-Out Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Second-Out Notes.

The foregoing shall be subject to any applicable provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements.

Certain Covenants

Asset Sales

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

(1)

Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)

75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (and, with respect to any securities, notes or other obligations received by Fossil or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are “Cash Equivalents,” only to the extent such instruments are converted by Fossil or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition); and

 

(3)

to the extent that any consideration received by Fossil or any Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition constitutes securities or other assets that are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(1)

declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

198


Table of Contents
(2)

purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, any Capital Stock of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent of Fossil;

 

(3)

make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Specified Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness of Fossil owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by any other Guarantor permitted under the second paragraph of the covenant “—Limitation on Indebtedness;” or

 

(4)

make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”).

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

 

(1)

payments of or in respect of Specified Indebtedness solely by issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(2)

refinancings of Specified Indebtedness with the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(3)

dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of Fossil (other than Disqualified Stock) or convert its Capital Stock into, or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock solely in exchange for, other Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(4)

payment of secured Specified Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of (A) any voluntary sale or transfer of any assets securing such Indebtedness or (B) any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including a disposition in lieu thereof) of any assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(5)

dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant;

 

(6)

any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its capital stock, partnership or membership interests or other similar Capital Stock, or make other Restricted Payments in respect of its Capital Stock, in each case ratably to the holders of such Capital Stock (or, if not ratably, on a basis more favorable to the Company and the Subsidiaries);

 

(7)

so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Restricted Payments (excluding non-cash Restricted Payments consisting of Collateral and excluding any acquisitions of the 2026 Notes) in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $5,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each Restricted Payment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)

payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due and mandatory prepayments in respect of any Specified Indebtedness and expenses and indemnity in respect of such Specified Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

 

(9)

any payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Fossil’s Capital Stock representing insignificant interests in the Company in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock in the Company;

 

(10)

so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Company may purchase Capital Stock from its or its Subsidiaries’ employees in connection with the satisfaction of any such employee’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to employee benefit plans, and payments of any corresponding amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during any Fiscal Year;

 

199


Table of Contents
(11)

(i) Restricted Payments by Fossil and each Subsidiary to Fossil or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or (ii) Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(12)

the exchange of 2026 Notes into First-Out Notes permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(13)

the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement of the 2026 Notes prior to their maturity; or

 

(14)

any Restricted Payment permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Fossil or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of any Restricted Payment paid in cash shall be its face amount.

Limitation on Indebtedness

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)

the incurrence by the Company or the Guarantors of Indebtedness under (x) the ABL Facility or one or more other Credit Facilities, the guarantees thereof and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (i) $180,000,000, and (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of (1) 90.0% of the face amount of all credit card receivable owned by Fossil and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (2) 90.0% of the face amount of all other accounts receivable owned by Fossil and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (3) 100.0% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Fossil and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, and (4) 70% of the appraised value of intellectual property (determined based on most recent appraisal of such intellectual property); provided that any reductions in the IP Cap and/or IP Advance Rate, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement, shall not reduce amount of availability available under this clause (ii), and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facility or any other Credit Facilities referred to in the foregoing clause (x); provided, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (1) is subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(2)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries under the Second-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date;

 

(3)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries under the 2026 Notes in existence on the Issue Date;

 

(4)

(i) Indebtedness of Fossil represented by the First-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, (ii) Indebtedness consisting of additional First-Out Notes issued following the Issue Date to Consenting Noteholders (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) in exchange for 2026 Notes pursuant to, and in compliance with the terms of, the Transaction Support Agreement, (iii) Indebtedness consisting of the PIK Notes (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) issued following the Issue Date in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage, and (iv) Indebtedness of any Guarantor represented by a Guarantee of the First-Out Notes;

 

(5)

Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22), (23) and (24) of this paragraph), provided that any amounts of any such Indebtedness paid down in connection with any purchases, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise (other than in connection with a

 

200


Table of Contents
  substantially concurrent refinancing by way of Refinancing Indebtedness) shall be reduced from any amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (5) that would otherwise be permitted to be Incurred using Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(6)

(i) Guarantees incurred in compliance with Permitted Investments (other than clause (22) of the definition thereof), and (ii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $12,500,000 (inclusive of lines of credit of Foreign Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date) at any time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness under this clause (ii) shall not be Guaranteed by, or secured by any property of, any Domestic Subsidiary or Guarantor;

 

(7)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets or (B) assumed in connection with the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (7) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(8)

Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred to any Person other than the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any such Indebtedness owing by (x) the Company or a Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or a Guarantor to another Guarantor, except to the extent owing by a Domestic Guarantor to another Domestic Guarantor, shall, in each case be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the Second-Out Notes pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any such Indebtedness shall be permitted under the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clause (22) of the definition thereof);

 

(9)

Indebtedness Incurred by Fossil or its Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability, unemployment insurance, social security laws or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)

Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising from agreements of Fossil or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earn-out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of Fossil, any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any other acquisition or disposition, in each case, permitted under the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(11)

Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is issued for cash;

 

(12)

the Incurrence by Fossil or any Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (20), (21) and (23) and this clause (12) of the second paragraph of this covenant;

 

(13)

Indebtedness arising from (a) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business);

 

(14)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of surety bonds (whether bid performance or otherwise) and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Indebtedness incurred under leases of real property in respect of tenant improvements;

 

201


Table of Contents
(16)

obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, in-transit cash services, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting, trade finance services, supply chain finance services and other cash management services;

 

(17)

Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit and checking accounts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(18)

Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (19).

 

(20)

(A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred by Fossil and/or its Subsidiaries, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and any related financing transactions (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to “—Reports”), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.50:1.00;

 

(21)

Indebtedness consisting of Super Priority First-Out Notes (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) issued following the Issue Date pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(22)

Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes;

 

(23)

any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof; and

 

(24)

in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (23) above, Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (24) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that is either secured or has a maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

(1)

in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the second paragraph of this covenant, Fossil, in its sole discretion, may classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with the second paragraph of this covenant and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of such clauses under the second paragraph of this covenant;

 

(2)

if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and relate to other Indebtedness, then such letters of credit shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to such Debt Facility and such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and

 

(3)

except as provided in clause (2) of this paragraph, Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional

 

202


Table of Contents

shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Fossil or any Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

For purposes of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Liens

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, in each case, other than Permitted Liens.

Future Guarantors

Fossil will cause (i) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, becomes a borrower or Guarantees the Obligations under the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd.), First-Out Notes or the ABL Facility and (ii) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of (a) Fossil or any Guarantor or (b) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (and with respect to sub-clause (ii)(b), only to the extent such Indebtedness exceeds $2,500,000), to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture to the Second-Out Notes Indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any) in respect of the Second-Out Notes on a senior basis and all other Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, in each case, subject to the Guaranty and Security Principles.

Each Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor on or after the Issue Date will also become a party to the applicable Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements and will as promptly as practicable execute and deliver such joinder documents, security instruments and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under the section above entitled “Intercreditor Agreements—Certain Covenants with Respect to the Collateral—Real estate mortgages and filings,” under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and Collateral Documents to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, if later, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority described

 

203


Table of Contents

in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Second-Out Notes Indenture and, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, in the properties and assets of such new Guarantor constituting Collateral as security for the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, and thereupon all provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees of the ABL Facility or Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law or any applicable foreign law.

Each Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture described under “—Note Guarantees.”

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries

Fossil will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

 

(1)

pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

(2)

make any loans or advances to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to Fossil or any Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by Fossil or any Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

(3)

sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Fossil or any Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).

The preceding paragraph will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)

contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the 2026 Notes Indenture and the 2026 Notes, and documentation related thereto and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

(2)

the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents, and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(3)

any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);

 

(4)

any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (4);

 

204


Table of Contents
(5)

in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(6)

purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, in each case that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

 

(7)

contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Fossil pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(8)

restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers, lessors or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)

any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by Fossil or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

 

(10)

restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, tenders, government contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, custom, performance and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature (including standby letters of credit or completion guarantees), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)

encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(12)

any customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture agreements, other similar agreements and related governance documents entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)

to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(14)

other Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” that, in the good faith determination of Fossil, are not more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, taken as a whole, than those applicable to Fossil in the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Facility, or the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions at a Subsidiary level comparable to those applicable to Fossil).

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

Fossil will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), except:

 

(1)

transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction with unrelated third parties; provided that, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or disinterested members of any similar governing body) of the Company shall have adopted a resolution or otherwise authorized an action to approve any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $5,000,000 and (y) an independent fairness opinion shall have been issued by a reputable investment bank or other third party reasonably selected by the Company in good faith affirming the fairness of any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $25,000,000;

 

205


Table of Contents
(2)

transactions between or among the Company and the Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate; and

 

(3)

any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(4)

the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, and the providing of reasonable indemnities on behalf of, directors and officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith; and

 

(5)

any other transaction permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

Reports

Fossil will furnish or file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If Fossil is not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing (in which case Fossil shall deliver to the Trustee with written instructions to deliver to the Noteholders (in lieu of filing with the SEC) within the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act), but in such event the reports specified in the preceding sentence shall not be required to contain certain disclosures relating to the Company’s controls and procedures, corporate governance, code of ethics, director independence, market for the Company’s equity securities and executive compensation. Fossil will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. For purposes of this covenant, Fossil will be deemed to have furnished such reports and information to, or filed such reports and information with, the Trustee and the holders of the Second-Out Notes as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports or information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system or otherwise made such reports or information publicly available on a freely accessible page on the Fossil’s website. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such reports and information have been filed or have been posted on such website.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Fossil will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as Fossil provides such information to the Trustee and the Noteholders and makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Second-Out Notes, in each case at Fossil’s expense and by the applicable date Fossil would be required to file such information pursuant to the preceding paragraph and (ii) Fossil will not be obligated to provide to the Trustee or the Noteholders or make available to prospective purchasers of the Second-Out Notes any materials for which it has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Second-Out Notes are outstanding, Fossil will furnish to Noteholders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, Fossil shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management for the benefit of the beneficial owners of the Second-Out Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions (any such call, a “Bondholder Call”); provided that, so long as Fossil holds quarterly conference calls for investors of its Common Stock, it shall not be required to hold Bondholder Calls. If Fossil holds any Bondholder Call, no fewer than five calendar days prior to the date such Bondholder Call is to be held, Fossil shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such Bondholder Call for the benefit of beneficial owners of the Second-Out Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such Bondholder Call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at Fossil

 

206


Table of Contents

(for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such Bondholder Call.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Merger and Consolidation

Fossil. Fossil will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)

(a) Fossil is the surviving Person or (b) if Fossil is not the surviving Person, then the surviving Person formed by such consolidation or merger to the Person to which such assets are so sold, assigned, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and any such other surviving Person shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture expressly assuming the Company’s obligations under the Second-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(2)

to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into Fossil are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, Fossil will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

 

(3)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.00:1.00;

 

(5)

each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the surviving person’s obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, Second-Out Notes, Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; and

 

(6)

Fossil shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

Notwithstanding clause (4) of the preceding paragraph, to the extent that Fossil is the surviving Person:

 

(1)

Fossil may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Fossil, so long as no Capital Stock of the Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Fossil; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary that merges into Fossil, Fossil will not be required to comply with clause (6) of the preceding paragraph; and

 

(2)

Fossil may merge with an Affiliate of Fossil solely for the purpose of reincorporating or forming Fossil in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

207


Table of Contents

Guarantors. In addition, Fossil will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to Fossil or another Guarantor) unless:

 

(1)  (a)

if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving, continuing or transferee Person (if not such Guarantor) expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture to the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee;

 

  (b)

to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the successor Guarantor are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the successor Guarantor will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

 

  (c)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (d)

Fossil shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with the Second-Out Notes Indenture; or

 

(2)

in the event the transaction results in the release of the Guarantor’s Note Guarantee under clause (1)(a) under “—Note Guarantees,” the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales”.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Fossil or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which properties and assets, if held by Fossil or such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fossil or such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fossil or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this “—Merger and Consolidation,” any consolidation with or merger with or into or winding up into, or sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person by Fossil or a Guarantor that is otherwise permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof, shall be permitted under the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)

default in any payment of interest on any Second-Out Note when due, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)

default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Second-Out Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon mandatory or optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

208


Table of Contents
(3)

failure by Fossil or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under the covenants described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders” or “—Certain Covenants” (in each case, other than (i) a failure to purchase Second-Out Notes, which constitutes an Event of Default under clause (2) above, or (ii) a failure to comply with “—Certain Covenants—Reports” which constitutes an Event of Default under clause (4) below);

 

(4)

failure by Fossil or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the Second-Out Notes;

 

(5)

default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to Fossil or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

 

  (i)

is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, at the final maturity of such Indebtedness; or

 

  (ii)

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity.

and, in each case in this clause (5), the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10,000,000 or more;

 

(6)

one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

(7)

certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Fossil or a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries (excluding any Immaterial Subsidiaries) that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(8)

any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture or its Note Guarantee; and

 

(9)

with respect to any Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $10,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, (i) the security interest under the Collateral Documents, at any time, ceases to be a valid and perfected Lien (perfected as or having the priority required by the Collateral Documents and applicable Second-Out Notes Indenture) and in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with their terms and the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and such failure continues for 60 days and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and discharge of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof, or from the failure of the Notes Collateral Agent (or the applicable controlling Collateral Agent) to maintain possession of certificates or instruments actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or (ii) Fossil or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries), would

 

209


Table of Contents
  constitute a Significant Subsidiary asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and such Person fails to rescind such assertion within 60 days.

However, a default under clauses (3) and (4) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Second-Out Notes notify Fossil in writing of the default and Fossil does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (3) and (4) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to Fossil, specifying the Event of Default, or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Second-Out Notes by notice to Fossil and the Trustee, may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Second-Out Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Second-Out Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (5) under “— Events of Default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Second-Out Notes shall be automatically annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) shall be remedied or cured by Fossil or a Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the Second-Out Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Second-Out Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Second-Out Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Second-Out Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. The Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Second-Out Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Second-Out Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Second-Out Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at our election, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default due to Fossil’s failure to comply with the requirements under “—Certain Covenants—Reports” for the first 180 calendar days after the occurrence of such Event of Default shall consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Second-Out Notes at an annual rate equal to (1) 0.25% for the first 90 calendar days after such Event of Default and (2) 0.50% for calendar days 91 through 180 after such Event of Default. On the 181st day after such Event of Default, if such violation is not cured or waived, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Second-Out Notes may declare the principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Second-Out Notes to be due and payable immediately. If we choose to pay such additional interest, we must notify the Trustee and the holders of the Second-Out Notes by certificate of our election at any time on or before the close of business on the first business day following the Event of Default. No additional interest shall be due or payable due to the occurrence of an Event of Default other than with respect to such failure to comply with reporting requirements.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the Second-Out Notes (subject to the Intercreditor Agreements) unless:

 

(1)

such Noteholder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)

the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Second-Out Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

210


Table of Contents
(3)

such Noteholders have offered, and if requested provided, the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)

the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)

the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Second-Out Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions and the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Second-Out Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

The Second-Out Notes Indenture provides that in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes or any Note Guarantee, or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder).

The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, including after an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, at the request or direction of any of the Noteholders unless such Noteholders have offered, and if requested provided, to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The Second-Out Notes Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a responsible officer of the Trustee or the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Company, the Trustee will deliver to each Noteholder a notice of the Default within 90 days after such knowledge or being notified by the Company. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Noteholders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. In addition, Fossil is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. Fossil also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after the occurrence thereof following the date on which Fossil becomes aware of such Default, receives notice of such Default or becomes aware of such action, as applicable, a certificate specifying any events which would constitute a Default, their status and what action Fossil is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

Priorities

Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with respect to any proceeds of Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to or following an Event of Default, pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained in the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or any money or other property distributable in respect of any Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations after an Event of Default, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:

 

(1)

to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due thereto under the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and to the Notes Collateral Agent for the costs and expenses incurred under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

 

211


Table of Contents
(2)

to holders of Second-Out Notes for amounts due and unpaid on such Second-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Second-Out Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(3)

to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

Amendments and Waivers

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs (and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Second-Out Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Second-Out Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Second-Out Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Second-Out Notes). However, without the consent of each affected Noteholder, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (with respect to any Second-Out Notes held by a non-consenting Noteholder), among other things:

 

(1)

reduce the principal amount of Second-Out Notes whose Noteholders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)

reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Second-Out Note;

 

(3)

reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Second-Out Note;

 

(4)

waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Second-Out Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Second-Out Notes by the Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Second-Out Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(5)

reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Second-Out Note or change the date on which any Second-Out Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described above under “—Optional Redemption,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders—Change of Control” whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definition of “Change of Control”);

 

(6)

make any Second-Out Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Second-Out Note;

 

(7)

amend the contractual right expressly set forth in the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the Second-Out Notes of any Noteholder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Noteholder’s Second-Out Notes;

 

(8)

make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Noteholder’s consent; or

 

(9)

modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the Noteholders.

Without the consent of Noteholders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Second-Out Notes outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (i) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Second-Out Notes Indenture relating to the Second-Out Notes dealing with the Collateral Documents in any manner, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the Noteholders or otherwise release all or substantially all Collateral from the Liens securing the Second-Out Notes other than in accordance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) modify or waive any of the Guarantor Release Protection Provisions, (iii) modify the Lien priority of the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, or (iv) modify or change any provision of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or the

 

212


Table of Contents

Collateral Documents that adversely affects the ranking as to right of payment (it being understood that the “right of payment” here refers to contractual ranking) or payment priority of the Second-Out Notes, except for (a) any “debtor-in-possession” facility (or similar financing under applicable law) or (b) any other Indebtedness for borrowed money so long as a bona fide opportunity to participate in such Indebtedness is offered ratably to all adversely affected Noteholders on a no less than pro rata basis (other than with respect to customary backstop or similar fees and expense reimbursement).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Noteholder, Fossil, the Guarantors (except that no existing Guarantor will be required to execute any amendment or supplement of the Second-Out Notes Indenture that solely relates to changes described in clause (5) below), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) to:

 

(1)

cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)

provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of Fossil or any Guarantor under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation;”

 

(3)

provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Second-Out Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Second-Out Notes to the extent permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(4)

to comply with the rules of any applicable depositary;

 

(5)

add Guarantors with respect to the Second-Out Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Second-Out Notes Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(6)

secure the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(7)

to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Lien securing the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(8)

add covenants of Fossil and its Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Noteholders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon Fossil or any Guarantor;

 

(9)

make any change that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements of any Noteholder;

 

(10)

comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of the Second-Out Notes Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(11)

evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor trustee (provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture) or successor notes collateral agent;

 

(12)

conform the text of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements to any provision of this “Description of the Second-Out Notes”;

 

(13)

make any amendment to the provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Second-Out Notes as permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes (including the Second-Out Notes); provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture as so amended would not result in Second-Out Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Noteholders to transfer Second-Out Notes;

 

213


Table of Contents
(14)

to provide for the issuance of additional Second-Out Notes in accordance with the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(15)

to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Second-Out Notes and/or the Guarantees; or

 

(16)

effect such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification, waiver or consent in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture (or any replacement thereof) that shall apply automatically to the Second-Out Notes Indenture without the consent of any Noteholder in accordance with the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

In addition, the Intercreditor Agreements will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents with respect to the ABL Facility will also apply automatically to the comparable Collateral Documents with respect to the Second-Out Notes, to the maximum extent permitted by the relevant governing law (unless such automatic application would not comply with formal requirements for amending or changing documents under applicable law).

The consent of the Noteholders is not necessary under the Second-Out Notes Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or supplement. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under the Second-Out Notes Indenture by any Noteholder given in connection with a tender of such Noteholder’s Second-Out Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

In addition, the Noteholders will be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements to any of the following amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements:

 

(1)

(A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Secured Indebtedness that is Incurred in compliance with the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents and (B) to establish the priority of the Liens on any Collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the guarantees of the First-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (C) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing any Indebtedness replacing the ABL Facility permitted to be incurred under the Second-Out Notes Indenture shall be senior to the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, and that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing any such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees, all on the terms provided for in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification; and all proceeds of the Collateral shall be payable to the Notes Collateral Agent and such representatives for any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes and under any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, all on the terms provided for in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment;

 

(2)

to effectuate the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Second-Out Notes in accordance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the Collateral Documents if those assets are (i) owned by a Guarantor and that Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture or (ii) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted or not otherwise prohibited by the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(3)

to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Indebtedness refinancing any Secured Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation

 

214


Table of Contents
  on Indebtedness” shall rank pari passu with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under such replaced Secured Indebtedness and otherwise conform to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(4)

upon any cancellation or termination of the ABL Facility without a replacement thereof, to establish that the ABL Priority Collateral (in addition to the Notes Priority Collateral) shall secure the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees on the same basis as the Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the Lien Priority Principles, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification;

 

(5)

(i) to add any junior lien secured parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent as senior lien secured party, to any junior lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or (ii) to add any second lien secured parties to any second lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(6)

in the case of any Collateral Document, to include therein any legend required to be set forth therein pursuant to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, or to modify any such legend as required by such Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(7)

with respect to the Intercreditor Agreements then in effect or the Collateral Documents, as provided in the relevant Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document, as applicable;

 

(8)

to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Second-Out Notes and/or the Guarantees; and

 

(9)

to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents, or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement (and any amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature that do not adversely affect the rights of the Noteholders in any material way), in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the definitive documentation governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any other agreement that is permitted by the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

Any such additional party and the applicable administrative agent, as applicable, under any of the ABL Facility, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Indebtedness was issued or borrowed in compliance with each of the ABL Credit Agreement, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

See also “—Collateral—Refinancings of Secured Indebtedness.”

Defeasance

Fossil may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the outstanding Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees issued under the Second-Out Notes Indenture (“legal defeasance”) except for:

 

(1)

the rights of Noteholders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Second-Out Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to below;

 

(2)

Fossil’s obligations with respect to the Second-Out Notes concerning issuing temporary Second-Out Notes, registration of Second-Out Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Second-Out Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

 

(3)

the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and Fossil’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)

the legal defeasance provisions of the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

If Fossil exercises the legal defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

 

215


Table of Contents

Fossil and the Guarantors at any time may be released from their respective obligations described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Noteholders” and under the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” (other than “—Merger and Consolidation”), and clause (4) of the first paragraph under “— Certain Covenants— Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”).

If Fossil exercises the covenant defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

Fossil may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If Fossil exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Second-Out Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Second-Out Notes. If Fossil exercises its covenant defeasance option, an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such covenant defeasance), clause (5), clause (6), clause (7) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Fossil and its Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), clause (8) or clause (9) under “—Events of Default” above, in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Second-Out Notes Indenture:

 

(1)

Fossil must irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Noteholders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding Second-Out Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Fossil must specify whether the Second-Out Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)

in the case of legal defeasance, Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) Fossil has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Noteholders and beneficial owners of Second-Out Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)

in the case of covenant defeasance, Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Noteholders and beneficial owners of Second-Out Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than the Second-Out Notes Indenture) to which Fossil or any Guarantor is a party or by which Fossil or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(5)

Fossil has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

 

216


Table of Contents
(6)

Fossil has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Second-Out Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

Certain Trust Indenture Act Matters

The Second-Out Notes Indenture will be subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. The Company shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Second-Out Notes Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Second-Out Notes and Note Guarantees issued thereunder, when either:

 

(1)

all Second-Out Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Second-Out Notes that have been replaced or paid and Second-Out Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by Fossil) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2) (a)

all Second-Out Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of Fossil, and Fossil or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Noteholders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Second-Out Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

  (b)

no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (c)

Fossil or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by Fossil under the Second-Out Notes Indenture; and

 

  (d)

Fossil has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee and the Paying Agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Second-Out Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Fossil shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder of Fossil or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of Fossil or any Guarantor (other than Fossil in respect of the Second-Out Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee) under the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Second-Out Notes Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Noteholder by accepting a Second-Out Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Second-Out Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities law.

 

217


Table of Contents

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any Second-Out Note, where the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any Second-Out Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any Noteholder of an interest in a global Second-Out Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable depositary for such Second-Out Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such depositary.

Concerning the Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association will be the Trustee under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and will be appointed by Fossil as initial Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Second-Out Notes.

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of Fossil or any Guarantor, the Second-Out Notes Indenture limits the right of the Trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.

Wilmington Trust, National Association has not reviewed this prospectus (other than this “Description of the Second-Out Notes” section) and has made no representations whatsoever as to the information contained herein.

Governing Law

The Second-Out Notes Indenture provides that it, the Second-Out Notes and any Note Guarantee will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements are and will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York; however, (1) the Mortgages will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the jurisdictions in which the applicable Premises are located, (2) the deeds of pledge of the Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary will be governed by the laws of the applicable jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of each such entity and (3) the other deeds of pledge will be governed by the laws of the applicable jurisdiction where the relevant underlying asset is located.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Second-Out Notes Indenture. Reference is made to the Second-Out Notes Indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein.

“2026 Notes” means the Company’s 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“2026 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among Fossil, as issuer, and the 2026 Notes Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of November 8, 2021, and as further amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time, relating to the 2026 Notes.

“2026 Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., until such time, if any, that a successor replaces such party in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 2026 Notes Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.

“ABL Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) the ABL Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, (b) any Additional ABL Agreement and (c) any other credit agreement, loan

 

218


Table of Contents

agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been Incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the ABL Facility (regardless of whether such replacement, refunding or refinancing is a “working capital” facility, asset-based facility or otherwise), any Additional ABL Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Agreement hereunder (a “Replacement ABL Agreement”). Any reference to the ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Agreement then extant.

“ABL Collateral Agent” means (a) in the case of any ABL Priority Collateral owned or hereinafter acquired by any ABL Loan Party, ACF FINCO I LP (together with its successors and permitted assigns), as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties and (b) in the case of any Replacement ABL Agreement or any other ABL Agreement, the Person identified as such in such agreement.

“ABL Credit Agreement” means (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025, among Fossil, certain of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Collateral Agent party thereto, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder), and including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time, and (if designated by the Company) as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time, including (if designated by the Company) by any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, (b) any other agreement, agreements, debt facility or other financing arrangement that is otherwise expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (c) any other documents governing Indebtedness under any Additional ABL Agreement.

“ABL Creditors” means collectively, the “Lenders” and the “Secured Parties,” each as defined in the ABL Agreement or any Persons that are designated under the ABL Agreement as the “ABL Creditors” for purposes of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Documents” means, collectively, the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing other ABL Indebtedness and ABL Security Documents related to the foregoing.

“ABL Facility” means any credit facility established by the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents.

“ABL Facility Administrative Agent” means, initially, ACF FINCO I LP in its capacity as the administrative agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor representative acting in such capacity and any other agent or other representative under the ABL Documents.

“ABL Indebtedness” means the Obligations in respect of the ABL Facility.

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and each

 

219


Table of Contents

additional agent from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged by the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“ABL Loan Parties” means, collectively, the borrowers and guarantors from time to time party to the ABL Documents.

“ABL Obligations” means (a) all principal of and interest (including, without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the ABL Agreement or any ABL DIP Financing (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the ABL Creditors, (b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the ABL Agreement, (c) all Swap Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (d) all Banking Services Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and (e) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the ABL Representatives (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any ABL Creditors) and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the ABL Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an insolvency proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any ABL Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any ABL Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Notes Secured Party), receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of the following (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral):

 

(1)

all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts (other than Accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

 

(2)

cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents (other than cash, Money, cash proceeds and cash equivalents which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

 

(3)

all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral) and all Money, cash, cash proceeds, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein, including (to the extent owing in respect of ABL Priority Collateral) funds on account of intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates, (y) Securities Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral), Security Entitlements, Financial Assets and Securities credited to such a Securities Account (other than Equity Interests of Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) and (z) Commodity Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral) and Commodity Contracts credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, Money, cash proceeds, cash equivalents, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice, such identifiable proceeds (to the extent not applied to the repayment of ABL Obligations prior to the receipt of such Notes Cash Proceeds Notice), shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral so long as such proceeds are in fact Notes Priority Collateral;

 

(4)

all Inventory;

 

(5)

all intercompany indebtedness arising from (x) intercompany advances utilizing proceeds of Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) all intercompany indebtedness arising from intercompany

 

220


Table of Contents
  transfers of items referred to in the preceding clauses (1)-(4); provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (5) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (x) through (y) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(6)

all proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions or replacements of the Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and other credit extensions made under the ABL Documents;

 

(7)

at all times prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), the Specified Collateral;

 

(8)

to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Documents, General Intangibles (including all rights under contracts), Instruments (including the Intercompany Note Documents and other Promissory Notes), Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper) and Commercial Tort Claims; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (8) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral, only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(9)

to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (9) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(10)

all books and Records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

 

(11)

all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and, subject to Section 3.7 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all cash, Money, cash equivalents, insurance proceeds (including all proceeds of credit insurance and provided that with respect to, proceeds of business interruption insurance, only 50% of such proceeds of business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral), receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (such items in this clause (11), the “ABL Priority Proceeds”).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined in this “Description of the Second-Out Notes” shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Secured Parties” means the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Creditors and any other holders of the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, Mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs, collateral agency agreements, debentures or other instruments, pledges, grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company, any or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) a Lien upon Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code ) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of any of the ABL Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the applicable ABL Documents subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, (2) Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in

 

221


Table of Contents

anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such is merged , consolidated or amalgamated with or into such specified Person or becomes a Subsidiary and, with respect to clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

“Additional ABL Agreement” means any agreement evidencing or governing the incurrence of additional indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral securing any ABL Indebtedness on a pari passu basis with other ABL Indebtedness and treated as an ABL Agreement pursuant to the ABL Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Asset Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 

(1)

dispositions of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by a Guarantor to Fossil or by Fossil or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;

 

(2)

dispositions of assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to or less than $5,000,000 in any fiscal year (with the Fair Market Value of each such disposition being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(3)

(i) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or in connection with cash management activities, (ii) a disposition of inventory or equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)

the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Fossil in a manner permitted pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Second-Out Notes Indenture;

 

(5)

for purposes of “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales” only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by Fossil or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any securities, notes or other obligations that are subsequently converted into cash)) or a disposition that is permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(6)

the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(7)

sales, discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not in connection with any financing transaction;

 

222


Table of Contents
(8)

(i) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to Fossil or to a wholly owned Subsidiary, and (ii) the issuance by a Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is expressly permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness;”

 

(9)

(i) the non-exclusive licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the abandonment or allowance to lapse of intellectual property which, in the case of this clause (ii), in the good faith determination of Fossil is not material to Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(10)

dispositions of assets subject to any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including in lieu thereof);

 

(11)

any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of any contract, tort or other litigation claims;

 

(12)

dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days, (ii) such assets are exchanged within 180 days for machinery, equipment or other fixed assets having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the assets being traded in or (iii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days;

 

(13)

[reserved];

 

(14)

sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of intellectual property, inventory and related assets pertaining to the Michele Brand;

 

(15)

[reserved];

 

(16)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(17)

the disposition of any Hedging Obligation in the ordinary course of business;

 

(18)

dispositions in the ordinary course of business of tangible property as a part of a like kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code; and

 

(19)

any other Asset Disposition that is permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

For the avoidance of doubt, disposition of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by Fossil or any Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, shall not be excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition” unless made for bona fide business purposes and not in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Authorized Representative” means in the case of (i) the ABL Facility or the holders of Obligations thereunder, initially, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, (ii) the 2026 Notes or the holders thereof, the 2026 Notes Trustee, (iii) the First-Out Notes or the holders thereof, the First-Out Notes Trustee, (iv) the Second-Out Notes or the Noteholders, the Trustee and (v) in the case of any series of additional Secured Indebtedness or the holders thereof that become subject to any Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such series in the applicable joinder agreement.

“Availability” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)

the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock by

 

223


Table of Contents
  (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment; by

 

(2)

the sum of the amounts of all such payments.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means each of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the United Kingdom’s Insolvency Act 1986, the EU Regulation 2015/848 on insolvency proceedings (recast), the United Kingdom’s Companies Act 2006, the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) and the Swiss Federal Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act (Bundesgesetz uber Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs (SchKG)), each as now and hereafter in effect, any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction, including any corporate law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it and including any rules and regulations pursuant thereto.

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)

with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors;

 

(2)

with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3)

with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrowing Base Overage” means when advances permitted under the Borrowing Base (including components and subcomponents thereof) and advance rates, in each case as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as of the date hereof) exceed the amount that would have been permitted under the Borrowing Base advance rates as of the date hereof (without giving effect to any future step-downs in IP Caps or IP Advance Rates, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as of the date hereof).

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases or financing leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)

U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such other local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)

marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government or issued by an agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government, as the case may be, in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

224


Table of Contents
(3)

marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, by the Canadian federal government, by the UK government, by the French government or by the Hong Kong government, in each case, maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from such other nationally recognized rating agency);

 

(4)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances issued by any commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100.0 million, in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)

bonds with an Investment Grade Rating and Preferred Stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating, including municipal bonds, corporate bonds and treasury bonds;

(7)

(i) commercial paper issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above or by the parent company of any such bank, (ii) commercial paper with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and (iii) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having the equivalent of an Investment Grade Rating;

 

(8)

interests in any money market fund substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)

other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to the instruments specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

 

(10)

in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have the ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

“CFC” means each Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

“CFC Holdco” means a Domestic Subsidiary with no material assets other than equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)

any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Fossil or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successors by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets);

 

(2)

the merger or consolidation of Fossil with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Fossil or the merger or amalgamation of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of Fossil, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of Fossil, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving, continuing or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person;

 

225


Table of Contents
(3)

the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent entity of Fossil and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

 

(4)

the adoption by the shareholders of Fossil or any direct or indirect parent entity of Fossil of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Fossil.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock (x) to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement or (y) solely as a result of veto or approval rights in any joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement, investor rights agreement or other similar agreement, (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Capital Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person’s parent and (iii) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the assets and property (including Capital Stock) and interests therein and proceeds thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Excluded Property, in or upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the Note Guarantees and any related Obligations.

“Collateral Designation” means, solely to the extent that the Notes Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) remain outstanding and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, the occurrence of the following: (a) the valid exercise of the Collateral Designation Option (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the participating Notes Secured Parties pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement; or (b) Fossil’s election, by written notice to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, to designate the Specified Collateral as Notes Priority Collateral instead of ABL Priority Collateral.

“Collateral Designation Conditions” means: (a) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the requirements to effect a Collateral Designation Date by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (it is understood and agreed by Fossil and each Guarantor that upon any effective consummation of a Collateral Designation by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, (x) all Eligible Intellectual Property shall be removed from the Borrowing Base (as each such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date shall be effective, in each case, without any further action or consent of Fossil or any Guarantor or any other Person); or (b) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, each of the following requirements: (i) Fossil shall repay the amount of the IP Advance (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) then outstanding, (ii) Fossil shall deliver to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent an updated borrowing base certificate, giving pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Eligible Intellectual Property, and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date), demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial covenant in the ABL Credit Agreement, and (iii) the Payment Conditions (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) shall be satisfied with respect to such Collateral Designation and any related transactions in connection therewith.

 

226


Table of Contents

“Collateral Designation Date” means, with respect to any Collateral Designation, the date that such Collateral Designation is consummated, provided that the Collateral Designation Conditions applicable thereto are satisfied or waived on such date.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, deeds of hypothec, agency agreements, Mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, control agreements, debentures, and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by Fossil or any Guarantor pursuant to the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant state), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Second-Out Notes and the Trustee or perfected or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the cash interest expense (including (x) imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (y) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and (z) net costs under Swap Agreements entered into to hedge interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(iii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (iii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to accretion or amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)

Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

 

(b)

the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

  (i)

income and franchise tax expense during such period,

 

  (ii)

interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to interest Swap Obligations),

 

  (iii)

amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future),

 

  (iv)

the amount of premium payments paid by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and charges in respect of unamortized fees and expenses, in each case associated with the repayment of Indebtedness,

 

  (v)

expenses relating to stock-based compensation plans resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123R, and

 

227


Table of Contents
  (vi)

one-time restructuring charges and reserves; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (vi) (including in respect of the restructuring work performed by Alvarez & Marsal by their Consumer and Retail Group, but excluding one-time restructuring charges and reserves to the extent incurred on or before December 31, 2025 in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or effectiveness of this Agreement) for any period (x) ending on or prior to January 31, 2027 shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)) and (y) ending after January 31, 2027, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)), minus

 

(c)

interest income for such period, minus

 

(d)

one-time income or gains for such period.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period, (b) cash principal payments on Indebtedness made or required to be made during such period, (c) expense for income taxes paid or required to be paid in cash during such period and (d) Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to clauses (8) and (10) of the second paragraph under the covenant “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Section 6.08(a)(vii) of the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but without giving effect to any election to value any Indebtedness at “fair value,” or any other accounting principle that results in the amount of any such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) as reflected on such balance sheet to be below the stated principal amount of such Indebtedness), plus (b) the aggregate amount of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, plus (c) the aggregate obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as an account party in respect of drawn letters of credit or letters of guaranty, other than contingent obligations in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company) that is not a Subsidiary except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), and (c) the net income (if positive), of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income (i) is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or (ii) would be subject to any taxes payable on such dividends or distributions.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each

 

228


Table of Contents

case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

“Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee of such Debt Facility).

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Deposit Account” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of Fossil or the Guarantors.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital (other than any payment solely in Capital Stock (other than any Capital Stock referred to in this clause (a))), in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) cash, (ii) debt securities or (iii) any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the First-Out Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer of such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption is permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

“Domestic Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than a Foreign Guarantor.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“EMU” means the European Economic and Monetary Union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Euro” means the single currency unit of the member states of the European Union that have the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

 

229


Table of Contents

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Account” means all (i) Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts and commodity accounts (a) maintained solely as payroll or other employee wage and benefit accounts (including withholding tax payments related thereto), (b) maintained solely as sales tax accounts, (c) maintained (A) solely as escrow accounts or fiduciary or trust accounts, in each case, for the benefit of third parties, other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates and accounts otherwise held exclusively for the benefit of third parties, other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates or (B) solely to hold restricted cash as supporting obligations for guarantees permitted under the Second-Out Notes Indenture, (d) that contain solely deposits permitted by clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” in the ABL Credit Agreement, if the documents governing such deposits prohibit the granting of a lien on such deposits, (e) that are maintained solely as store accounts maintained for local deposits; provided that the entire balance (other than a nominal amount to cover fees and charges) of all such accounts is swept on the Friday of each week (or if Friday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account (each as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (e)) and (f) the entire balance of which is swept on each Business Day into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (f)), and (ii) other Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts with an aggregate closing daily balance not in excess of $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (ii); provided that no Concentration Account, Collection Account, Deposit Account included in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program nor the Company’s Funding Account (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (regardless of the amount on deposit at any time in such account) shall be an Excluded Account.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Fossil on the Issue Date or on the date such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, in each case for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of Fossil (subject to the immediately following sentence), (c) [reserved], (d) any CFC Holdco, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable law from providing a Guarantee of the applicable Obligations or if such Guarantee would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (f) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (g) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (unless, solely in the case of a Subsidiary organized in the same jurisdiction as an existing Guarantor, Fossil otherwise elects), and (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Company, the cost or other consequences of becoming a Guarantor shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Noteholders therefrom; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Excluded Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are: Fossil (UK) Global Services LTD, Fossil Global Services India LLP, Fossil Holding, LLC, Fossil International Holdings, Inc., Fossil Services, LLC, Fossil (Gibraltar) Ltd., Katchin, Inc., Fossil Japan, Inc., Katchin GmbH, Fossil Mexico Sa de CV, Servicios Fossil Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Fossil (East) Ltd., Fossil Luxembourg Sarl, Montres Antima SA, Swiss Technology Production SA, Swiss Technology Components AG, Fossil India Private Ltd., Fossil Singapore Pte., Fossil Industries Ltd., Fossil Asia Pacific Ltd., Pulse Time Center Company, Ltd., Pulse Time Center (Shenzhen) Co., Fossil Korea Ltd., Fossil Time Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Fossil Commercial (Shanghai) Company Ltd., Fossil Trading Shanghai Company Ltd., Fossil Commercial (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., FDT, Ltd., Fossil (Australia) Pty., Fossil Hong Kong Ltd., Fossil Vietnam, Fossil New Zealand Limited, Fossil (Macau) Limited, Fossil Shares Services GmbH, Fossil Stores Belgium BVBA, Fossil Belgium BVBA, Fossil (Austria) GmbH, Fossil S.L.U., FESCO GmbH, Fossil Italia, S.r.l., Fossil Sweden AB, In Time Distribuicao de Relogios, Sociedad Unipessoal, Lda., Fossil Stores S.r.l., Fossil Denmark A/S, Fossil Norway AS, Fossil France S.A.S., Fossil Stores France, Fast Europe SARL, Latin America Services, Ltd, Fossil Accessories South Africa Pty. Ltd. and Fossil Poland Spolkaz Ograniczona.

 

230


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd.), the Second-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness of Fossil or any Guarantor shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary and (y) no Subsidiary of Fossil that owns or licenses (other than non-exclusive licenses from Fossil or another Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business) any Material Intellectual Property shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by Fossil in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in making such determination Fossil shall be entitled to consider and include in making any such determination the results of customary discounts, commissions or other similar discounts or payments pursuant to a private placement or public offering of securities.

“First-Out Notes” means Fossil’s 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Notes due 2029 issued on or about the Issue Date.

“First-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent under the First-Out Notes Indenture

“First-Out Notes Indenture” means that certain First-Out Notes Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, among Fossil, the Guarantors, the First-Out Notes Trustee and the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent.

“First-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

“First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the First-Out Notes Trustee, First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“Fiscal Month” means, with respect to Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately one-month period ending around the end of each month or such other applicable period, as determined from time to time by Fossil in the ordinary course of its business, as the context may require, or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on the first day of any such period, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the last day of such period.

“Fiscal Year” means the fifty–two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period beginning on the date which is one day after the end of the similar preceding period and ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus (ii) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for such period minus (iii) such portion of principal payments on Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations made by Fossil and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period as is attributable to additions to property, plant and equipment that have not otherwise been reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows as additions to property, plant and equipment for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

“Foreign Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

231


Table of Contents

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect and applicable to the accounting period in respect of which reference to GAAP is made and applied in accordance with the consistency requirements thereof.

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, territorial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union, the Council of Ministers of the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Grantor” means, collectively, Fossil and the Guarantors.

“Guarantee” means (1) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and (2) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(a)

to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(b)

entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee after the Issue Date); provided that upon release or discharge of any such Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.

“Guarantor Release Protection Provisions” mean (a) each of the provisions under (i) “The Note Guarantees,” (ii) “Future Guarantors,” and (iii) “Merger and Consolidation,” and (b) the Event of Default described in clause (8) under “Events of Default.”

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

“Hedging Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and

 

232


Table of Contents

modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Reports”, either individually or together with its Subsidiaries, accounted for less than (x) 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and (y) less than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for the most recent twelve Fiscal Month period ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”; provided that, notwithstanding the above, “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall exclude any of Fossil’s Subsidiaries designated in writing to the Trustee, by an Officer of Fossil to the extent necessary to ensure that Immaterial Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, accounted for, at the last day of any Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Reports”, less than 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and less than 5.0% of consolidated revenues of Fossil and its Subsidiaries for the twelve Fiscal Month period ending on such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under “—Certain Covenants—Reports”.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the terms ”Incurred,” “Incurring” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) any purchase price adjustment or earnout incurred in connection with an acquisition), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person (but only to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of such property, if such Indebtedness has not been assumed by such Person), and (i) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include trade payables (including any obligation owed by a Person arising out of arrangements whereby a third party makes payments for the account of such Person directly or indirectly to a trade creditor of such Person in respect of trade payables of such Person) and related accrued expenses, and related obligations owed to such third party purchaser, incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any

 

233


Table of Contents

interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Fossil outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of Fossil, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Intercompany Cash Pooling Program” means the physical cash pooling in-house banking program described to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof, pursuant to which Fossil Europe BV serves as the cash pool master (or in-house bank) for Fossil and its applicable Subsidiaries.

“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Fossil, certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, and any other applicable intercreditor agreement.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing with March 15, 2026, to the Stated Maturity of the Second-Out Notes.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Note, the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period with respect to any Note shall commence on and include the issue date of the applicable Second-Out Notes and end on and exclude the first Interest Payment Date to occur after the issue date of the applicable Second-Out Notes (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the date immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

“Investment” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, or any capital contribution or loans or advances (other than advances made in the ordinary course of business that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP) to, Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations of, or any other investment (including any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company)) in, any other Person that are held or made by the specified Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the definition of the term “Guarantee”, (c) any Investment in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any Person shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of the consideration therefor (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the fair value (as so determined) of all additions, as of such date of determination, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such Investment, (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) in the form of a transfer of Capital Stock or other

 

234


Table of Contents

property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock or other property as of the time of such transfer (less, in the case of any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof, the fair value (as so determined) of such consideration as of the time of the transfer), minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a return of capital, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such transfer, and (e) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) in any Person resulting from the issuance by such Person of its Capital Stock to the investor shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock at the time of the issuance thereof.

For purposes of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

(1)

any property transferred to or from a Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

 

(2)

if Fossil or any Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of Fossil, Fossil shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, assignment by way of security, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Line Cap” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the results of operations, assets, business or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to perform any of their monetary obligations under the Second-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Security Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement to which it is a party, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or Noteholders under the Second-Out Notes, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Security Documents or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than letters of credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of Fossil and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Fossil or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Obligation were terminated at such time.

“Material Intellectual Property” means intellectual property that is (i) material to the conduct of business of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) necessary or material to permit the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce its rights and remedies under the Second-Out Notes Indenture or the Collateral Documents with respect to the Collateral, or the disposition of which would otherwise adversely affect the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) of any Collateral.

 

235


Table of Contents

“Material Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee by Fossil or any Guarantor having a Fair Market Value at the time in excess of $2,500,000.

“Michele Brand” means all right, title, and interest in and to (i) all inventory and all molds for manufacturing finished goods; (ii) marketing assets; (iii) records; (iv) unfulfilled purchase orders, including, without limitation, the right to bill and receive payment for products subject to such unfulfilled purchase orders; (v) all intellectual property; (vi) all rights under transferred contracts; (vii) all goodwill associated with the MICHELE brand and/or the MICHELE assets; (viii) all permits required for the ownership and use of the MICHELE assets, and all pending applications therefor or renewals thereof; (ix) all machinery, equipment and tooling, whether owned or leased; and (x) all currently effective warranties, guaranties, indemnities and similar rights against third parties, if any, solely relating to the MICHELE assets (except to the extent applicable from any sale thereof), in each case used in or for the business of manufacturing, distributing and selling of timepieces under the MICHELE brand and included in an asset purchase agreement, share purchase agreement or similar agreement in connection with the sale of the Company’s MICHELE brand. “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.

“Mortgages” means the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents in legally sufficient form to secure Liens on the Premises, as well as the other Collateral secured by and described in the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Second-Out Notes and Fossil’s other Obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

“Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Second-Out Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Notes Priority Collateral” means all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral), including, without limitation:

 

(1)

all Equipment, Fixtures, Real Property, intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates (other than ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (5) of the definition thereof), and all Capital Stock held by the Credit Parties and other Investment Property (other than any Investment Property constituting ABL Priority Collateral, including Investment Property described in clause 3(y) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

 

(2)

except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents and General Intangibles;

 

(3)

Notes Priority Accounts; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Split-Lien Priority Accounts, such identifiable proceeds shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral;

 

(4)

on and after the Collateral Designation Date, Specified Collateral;

 

236


Table of Contents
(5)

all other Collateral, other than the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds); and

 

(6)

all collateral security and guarantees with respect to the foregoing, and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds of any of the foregoing, but, in any event, excluding the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes Secured Indebtedness” means all Obligations in respect of the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes.

“Notes Secured Parties” has the meaning set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, provincial, territorial, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Co-President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of Fossil or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or, if Fossil is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of Fossil. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of Fossil or a Guarantor, as applicable, and delivered to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel (including an employee of or counsel to the Company) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Obligations under the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees and is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that has equal Lien priority with respect to the different categories of Collateral under the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement relative to the Second-Out Notes and the Note Guarantees and is senior in priority to the Liens securing any junior lien priority Indebtedness; provided, that, in each case, an Authorized Representative of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in the form provided therein.

“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person if (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock in a Person, such Person will be, upon the consummation of such acquisition, a Subsidiary, in each case including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person, or (b) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Event of Default exists at the date such transaction is consummated, (ii) at the time such transaction is consummated, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial

 

237


Table of Contents

statements have been delivered pursuant to “—Reports”), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Fossil and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed 1.50:1.00, (iii) the Company shall promptly deliver information relating to such Permitted Acquisition as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) any such acquisition or Investment shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment:

 

(1)

[reserved];

 

(2)

[reserved];

 

(3)

consisting of contributions to and borrowings from the cash pool under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program among the applicable Subsidiaries (other than Fossil and Domestic Guarantors) in the ordinary course of business to fund ordinary course operational needs, including purchasing inventory, paying payroll and funding marketing initiatives; provided that (i) Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors shall not participate in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program, (ii) all amounts owing under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program shall be subject to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement at all times, (iii) the aggregate balance at any time (to the extent positive) of (x) outstanding amounts contributed by Fossil and the Guarantors to the cash pool minus (y) outstanding amounts borrowed by Fossil and the Guarantors from the cash pool (the “Net Cash Pooling Investment”) shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap, and (iv) if a Dominion Period (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, Fossil and the Guarantors shall not make any contributions to the cash pool;

 

(4)

Investments by Fossil and the Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Subsidiaries are Subsidiaries prior to, or have been newly formed with the initial Investment therein being, such Investments and (ii) such Investments shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

(5)

loans or advances made by Fossil to any Subsidiary or made by any Subsidiary to Fossil or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Indebtedness resulting therefrom is permitted by clause (8) of the second paragraph under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) such loans and advances shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

(6)

Guarantees by Fossil or any Subsidiary of (i) the Obligations and (ii) Indebtedness or other obligations of Fossil or any Subsidiary other than as specified in the foregoing clause (i) including any such Guarantees arising as a result of any such Person being a joint and several co-applicant with respect to any letter of credit or letter of guaranty; provided that, with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

(7)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries, in cash or in the form of Investments that do not constitute transfers of Collateral, in an aggregate amount outstanding (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Permitted Investment (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income), which reductions may not exceed in aggregate amount the amount originally transferred in connection with any Permitted Investment hereunder), together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (7), at the time of each such Investment not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

(8)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for consideration consisting only of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Fossil or Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of Fossil;

 

(9)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in receivables owing to Fossil or any Subsidiary and extensions of trade credit, deposits, prepayments and other credits to vendors, suppliers, lessors, processors, materialmen, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and landlords made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in payroll, commission, travel, entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar advances to cover matters that are reasonably expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, not to exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

238


Table of Contents
(11)

Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(12)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of settlement of amounts due to Fossil or any Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)

purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)

received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)

Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(16)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by Fossil and its Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(17)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; provided that such licensing, subleasing, or contributions of intellectual property must either be (i) non-exclusive or (ii) exclusive only within the granted territory;

 

(18)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;

 

(20)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or replacement of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date but, in each case, only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments or other increases thereof;

(21)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(22)

by Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees issued in accordance with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(23)

Investments constituting (i) pledges and deposits made (A) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (A) above, (ii) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(24)

Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures;

 

(25)

deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or other obligations as permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(26)

the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Investment covers proceeds in an aggregate amount

 

239


Table of Contents
  necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness; and

 

(27)

any other Investment permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes hereof, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale, collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)

Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under clause (4) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (1) may rank senior to the Liens securing the Second-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(2)

pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(3)

carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith;

 

(4)

Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet delinquent or (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) for which the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

 

(5)

pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)

easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, site plan agreements, development agreements, operating agreements, cross-easement agreements, reciprocal easement agreements and similar encumbrances and exceptions to title on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or the ordinary operation of such real property;

 

(7)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under (i) clause (1) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Second-Out Notes and shall be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) clause (2) (provided, that such Liens shall be subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement), and (iii) clause (11), in each case, of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(8)

Liens existing on the Issue Date and other Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on clause (5) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”, in each case subject to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

240


Table of Contents
(9)

customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC or PPSA in respect of payment items in the course of collection ;

 

(10)

Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than Capital Lease Obligations), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Agreement;

 

(11)

Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to Fossil, or of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owing to Fossil or another Subsidiary;

 

(12)

Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (7), (8), (16), (36), (39), (40) and this clause (12) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, that any such Liens shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing Indebtedness being refinanced or Incurred in compliance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, if applicable, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with any ABL Indebtedness and the Second-Out Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien Priority Principles;

 

(13)

in connection with the sale or transfer of any Capital Stock or other assets in a transaction permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales,” customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

(14)

leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(15)

judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

 

(16)

Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (7) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(17)

Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(18)

bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions (including any right of pledge or right of set-off arising under the general banking conditions of any bank in relation to deposit accounts maintained in the Netherlands), solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)

any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger, amalgamation or consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than, in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Subsidiary that is a party thereto) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated) and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

(20)

[reserved];

 

241


Table of Contents
(21)

Liens arising from precautionary UCC or PPSA financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases or consignments;

 

(22)

Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under clause (21) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (22) may rank senior to the Liens securing the Second-Out Notes pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(23)

[reserved];

 

(24)

any interest or title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment, or in connection with any conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangement for the sale of goods to the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings related thereto;

 

(25)

[reserved];

 

(26)

Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of custom and forwarding agents and similar Persons in respect of imported goods and merchandise in the custody of such Persons;

 

(27)

the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown in right of Canada or any province thereof of any real property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not materially detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

 

(28)

Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of the Company or any Subsidiary with credit card issuers, credit card processors or merchant service providers for mobile or digitized payment methods to secure obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, to any such credit card issuer, credit card processor, or merchant service provider incurred in the ordinary course of business as a result of fees, charges, expenses and chargebacks;

 

(29)

(i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers granted in the ordinary course of business to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

 

(30)

Liens arising from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Lien covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and, if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness;

 

(31)

Liens arising from real property title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which do not materially detract from the value of the real property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

 

(32)

other Liens that are contractual rights of setoff;

 

(33)

in the case of (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary or (ii) the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights related to Capital Stock in such Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;

 

(34)

Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for a Permitted Acquisition or other transaction permitted hereunder;

 

242


Table of Contents
(35)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(36)

any Lien on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) permitted by clause (6)(ii) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(37)

Liens in respect of Prior Claims that are unregistered and secure amounts that are not yet due and payable;

 

(38)

Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with pension liabilities (Altersteilzeitverpflichtungen) pursuant to § 8a German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or in connection with time credits (Wertguthaben) pursuant to § 7e German Social Code IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

(39)

Deposits of cash collateral securing letters of credit permitted under clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

(40)

any other Liens permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof; and

 

(41)

in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (40) above, Liens securing Indebtedness of Fossil and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Liens securing Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (41) at any one time, does not exceed $10,000,000.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto, provided that if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created hereunder or under any other Note Document on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security in effect in a jurisdiction in Canada other than the Province of Ontario, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation (including the Civil Code (Quebec)) in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction in Canada for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distributions of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Prior Claims” means (a) all liabilities and obligations of any Canadian Guarantor secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, including claims for utilities, taxes (including sales taxes, value added taxes, amounts deducted or withheld or not paid and remitted when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended, excise taxes, goods and services taxes (“GST”) and harmonized sales taxes (“HST”) payable pursuant to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or similar taxes under provincial or territorial law), the claims of a laborer or worker (whether full-time or part-time) who is owed wages (including any amounts protected by the Wage Earner Protection Program Act (Canada) or secured by Section 81.3 or 81.4 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)), amounts due and not paid for inventory subject to rights of suppliers under Section 81.1 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable law (generally known as the “30-day goods rule”), vacation pay, severance pay, employee source deductions, workers’ compensation obligations or pension fund obligations (including claims in respect of, and all amounts currently or past due and not contributed, remitted or paid to, or pursuant to, a

 

243


Table of Contents

Canadian pension plan, any Canadian pension laws and any amounts representing any unfunded liability, solvency deficiency or wind-up deficiency whether or not due with respect to any Canadian pension plan, including “normal cost”, “special payments” and any other payments in respect of any funding deficiency or shortfall); and (b) with respect to any German Guarantor, any reserve for amounts secured by any liens or other security interests whatsoever, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the liens granted to secure or for other claims and/or deductions for the Obligations, including without limitation, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, or vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, income tax, insolvency costs, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers’ compensation or to employment insurance amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property), sales tax and pension obligations.

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Second-Out Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Fossil (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred in exchange or replacement for, or to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease, retire or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, ”refinance,” “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with the Second-Out Notes Indenture (including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses (including fees and expenses relating to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) in connection with any such refinancing) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness or Incurred in connection with a repurchase, redemption or similar transaction, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in each case including by exchange offers and private exchanges; provided, however, that:

 

(1)

the Stated Maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be earlier than that of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(2)

the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(3)

such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay fees, premiums or costs with respect to the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or tender premiums, defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection with any such refinancing);

 

(4)

if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or otherwise subordinated in right of payment to the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or subordinated in right of payment to the Second-Out Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively, on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(5)

if the Indebtedness being refinanced is secured, the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness have a Lien priority equal or junior to the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced (and if the Indebtedness being refinanced is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of such Indebtedness may not be secured with any Liens);

 

(6)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Fossil or a Guarantor;

 

244


Table of Contents
(7)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be Guaranteed or secured by additional guarantors or collateral, respectively, relative to the refinanced Indebtedness; and

 

(8)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have a greater ranking or payment priority than the Indebtedness being refinanced.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Fossil or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of two or more series of Secured Indebtedness (or their respective Authorized Representative) hold a valid and perfected security interest at such time.

“Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap” means that the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments by (x) Fossil and the Guarantors in, and loans and advances by Fossil and the Guarantors to, and Guarantees by Fossil and the Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and (y) Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors in, and loans and advances by Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors to, and Guarantees by Fossil and the Domestic Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Foreign Guarantors, in each case of this clause (i), pursuant to clauses (4), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, (ii) solely to the extent positive, the Net Cash Pooling Investment, and (iii) the aggregate amount of consideration paid by Fossil and the Guarantors in connection with Permitted Acquisitions of Subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of Fossil within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Similar Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Fossil and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by Fossil and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by Fossil.

“Specified Collateral” means that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

“Specified Indebtedness” means Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unsecured Indebtedness, and Indebtedness secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Second-Out Notes.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of Fossil (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Second-Out Notes (including any Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer) pursuant to its terms.

 

245


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, unlimited liability company, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of Fossil.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions and any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be a Swap Agreement.

“Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term. A Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

“Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of Fossil as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Month of Fossil for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Reports” as adjusted to any pro forma event occurring pursuant to the terms of the Second-Out Notes Indenture since such date.

“Transaction Support Agreement” means that certain Transaction Support Agreement dated August 13, 2025, among Fossil, certain of its subsidiaries and the supporting noteholders party thereto.

“Transactions” means those certain transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support Agreement and this registration statements.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures (a) not financed with the proceeds of any incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations) or the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock or equity contributions, and (b) that are not reimbursed by a third person (excluding Fossil or any Guarantor or any of its Affiliates) in the period such expenditures are made pursuant to a written agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Unfinanced Capital Expenditures shall include capital expenditures financed with the proceeds of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

246


Table of Contents

“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Use Period” means the period commencing on the date that the ABL Collateral Agent or an agent acting on its behalf furnish the Notes Collateral Agent with an enforcement notice under the ABL Credit Agreement and ending 180 days thereafter. If any stay or other order that prohibits any of the ABL Collateral Agent, the other ABL Secured Parties or Fossil or any Guarantor (with the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent) from commencing and continuing to exercise any remedies or from liquidating and selling the ABL Priority Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180- day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order and the Use Period shall be so extended.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

247


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our Common Stock. It does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any supplement or amendment thereto (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), our Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws, or any supplement or amendment thereto (the “Bylaws”), and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

Authorized Capital Stock

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of:

 

  •  

100,000,000 shares of Common Stock; and

 

  •  

1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

As of August 5, 2025, we had 53,785,369 shares of Common Stock outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock issued or outstanding. As of August 5, 2025, we had reserved approximately 5,578,066 additional shares of Common Stock for issuance under our long-term incentive plan.

Common Stock

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. Each member of the Board shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the director. Cumulative voting of shares of Common Stock is prohibited.

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to the payment of any preferential dividends with respect to any Preferred Stock that from time to time may be outstanding. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemptive or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock that the Board may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

The Board, without further action by the stockholders, is authorized to fix and determine as to any series of Preferred Stock any and all of the relative rights and preferences of shares in such series, including, without limitation, preferences, limitations or relative rights with respect to redemption rights, conversion rights, voting rights, dividend rights and preferences on liquidation.

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company contain certain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Company.

 

248


Table of Contents

Issuance of Common or Preferred Stock

As indicated above, the Certificate of Incorporation gives the Board the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the Preferred Stock. The issuance of, or the right to issue, Preferred Stock could have anti-takeover effects.

Any issuance of Common Stock or Preferred Stock with voting rights could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company by increasing the number of outstanding shares entitled to vote and by increasing the number of votes required to approve a change in control. Shares of voting or convertible Preferred Stock could be issued, or rights to purchase such shares could be issued, to render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise. Such issuances could therefore deprive stockholders of benefits that could result from such an attempt, such as the realization of a premium over the market price. Moreover, the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to persons friendly to the Board could make it more difficult to remove incumbent management and directors from office even if such change were to be favorable to stockholders generally.

Number of Directors and Vacancies and Removal of Directors

Our Bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Our Bylaws also provide that if a proposal to remove a Board member is properly brought before a meeting of the stockholders, a Board member may be removed by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. Any vacancy on the Board may be filled by the majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum.

Advance Notice

The Company’s Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder nomination or removal of persons for election to the Board or other business to be brought before meetings of stockholders of the Company. These procedures provide that notice of such stockholder nominations or proposals must be timely given in writing to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. The notice must contain certain information specified in the Bylaws. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, the notice must be received between 90 and 120 days prior to the date on which the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders was held. If the date of the annual meeting is 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice must be received no earlier than 120 days before the meeting and no later than the later of (i) 90 days before the meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which the public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Company. To be timely in connection with a special meeting, the notice must be received no earlier than 120 days before the meeting and no later than the later of (i) 90 days before the meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which the public announcement of the date of the special meeting is first made by the Company. An adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting does not commence a new time period for the giving of notice. With respect to stockholder nominations of directors and stockholder proposals relating to the removal of directors, in addition to complying with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws, a stockholder who wishes to include such business in a proxy statement prepared by the Company must also comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect.

Bylaw Amendments

The Company’s Bylaws require that any action taken by the Board to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopted new Bylaws be approved by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of all directors then in office, subject to repeal or change by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all outstanding

 

249


Table of Contents

shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the President, at the request in writing of a majority of the Board or on the written request of holders of at least 50% of the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 203 of DGCL

The Company is a Delaware corporation and is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such date the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder or (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by (x) persons who are directors and also officers and (y) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer), or (iii) on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include certain mergers, consolidation, asset sales and stock issuances and certain other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to an “interested stockholder.” In addition, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” to include any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with such an entity or person.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

The Certificate of Incorporation generally provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, no director or officer shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director or officer (as the case may be), except to the extent such an exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL.

The effect of this provision is to restrict the rights of the Company and its stockholders to recover monetary damages against a director or officer for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director or officer (as the case may be).

 

250


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC WARRANTS AND PRE-FUNDED PUBLIC WARRANTS

Initial Public Warrants

The following is a brief summary of certain terms and conditions of the Initial Public Warrants being offered by this prospectus. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions contained in the Initial Public Warrants and the Warrant Agreement (as defined herein), which are exhibits to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part.

Pursuant to a warrant agency agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) by and among us and Computershare Inc. and its affiliate Computershare Trust Company, N.A., together as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”), the Initial Public Warrants will be issued in book-entry form and shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the Warrant Agent on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC. The Initial Public Warrants will be exercisable at any time after their original issuance on the Settlement Date and prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is 30 days after the Settlement Date. The Initial Public Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Warrant Agent a duly executed exercise notice and by payment of the applicable exercise price in full in immediately available funds of the applicable aggregate exercise price for the number of shares of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants purchased upon such exercise. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants or the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. As to any fraction of a share which a holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company will, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price of the Initial Public Warrant, or the exercise price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price, as applicable, or round up to the next whole share or Pre-Funded Public Warrant, as applicable.

Each Initial Public Warrant is exercisable for one share of Common Stock or one Pre-Funded Public Warrant. The exercise price per whole share of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants is $0.50 per share (the “Common Stock Exercise Price”). The exercise price per whole Pre-Funded Public Warrant purchasable upon the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants is $0.49 per Pre-Funded Public Warrant (the “Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price”). The Common Stock Exercise Price and Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting shares of our Common Stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to all of our shareholders.

A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of its Initial Public Warrants if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% of the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise (the “Beneficial Ownership Limitation”), as such holder’s pro rata portion of ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Initial Public Warrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from such holder to us, provided that in no event will the Beneficial Ownership Limitation exceed 19.99%.

We do not plan on applying to list the Initial Public Warrants on NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

Subject to applicable laws, the Initial Public Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Initial Public Warrants and generally including our merger or consolidation with and into another person, the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the completion of a purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer for shares of

 

251


Table of Contents

Common Stock that is accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of shares of our Common Stock, or the consummation by us of a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons whereby such other person or group acquires 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holders of the Initial Public Warrants will be entitled to receive, at the option of the holder upon subsequent exercise of the Initial Public Warrants, the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of such fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Initial Public Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

Initial Public Warrant holders will not have the rights or privileges of a holder of shares of our Common Stock with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying such Initial Public Warrants, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises such Initial Public Warrants to purchase shares of our Common Stock.

Pre-Funded Public Warrants

The following is a brief summary of certain terms and conditions of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants being offered by this prospectus supplement. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions contained in the Pre-Funded Public Warrants and the Warrant Agreement.

The Pre-Funded Public Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Warrant Agent a duly executed exercise notice and by payment of the applicable exercise price in full in immediately available funds of the aggregate exercise price for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased upon such exercise. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon the exercise of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. As to any fraction of a share which a holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company will, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price of the Pre-Funded Public Warrant or round up to the next whole share.

Each Pre-Funded Public Warrant is exercisable for one share of Common Stock. The exercise price per whole share of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants is $0.01 per share (the “Pre-Funded Warrant Common Stock Exercise Price”). The Pre-Funded Warrant Common Stock Exercise Price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting shares of our Common Stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to all of our shareholders.

A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of its Pre-Funded Public Warrants if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, as such holder’s pro rata portion of ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from such holder to us, provided that in no event will the Beneficial Ownership Limitation exceed 19.99%.

We do not intend to list the Pre-Funded Public Warrants on NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

Subject to applicable laws, the Pre-Funded Public Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Pre-Funded Public Warrants and generally including our merger or consolidation with and into another person, the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the completion of a purchase offer, tender offer or exchange

 

252


Table of Contents

offer for shares of Common Stock that is accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of shares of our Common Stock, or the consummation by us of a stock or share purchase or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons whereby such other person or group acquires 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holders upon subsequent exercise of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants will be entitled to receive, at the option of the holder, the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of such fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Pre-Funded Public Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

Pre-Funded Public Warrant holders will not have the rights or privileges of a holder of shares of our Common Stock with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying such Pre-Funded Public Warrants, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises such Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase shares of our Common Stock.

 

253


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

ABL Facility

On August 13, 2025, the Company, as a borrower, and certain of its subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025 (the “Credit Agreement”), with the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and ACF FINCO I LP, as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”) to refinance the Company’s existing secured asset-based revolving credit agreement dated September 26, 2019 (as was amended from time to time). Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have provided new financing commitments to the Company under a new senior secured asset-based ABL Facility (the “ABL Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the applicable floating interest rate plus a margin of 5.00% for term SOFR borrowings and 4.00% for base rate borrowings, payable monthly in arrears. The Company’s obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and those obligations and the guarantees are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The New Notes will also be secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and such subsidiaries, subject to any applicable intercreditor agreement (including the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement (each as defined herein)). See “Summary of the First-Out Notes” and “Summary of the Second-Out Notes.”

The Credit Agreement includes customary representations and warranties, covenants applicable to the Company and its restricted subsidiaries and events of default. If an event of default under the Credit Agreement occurs, the Lenders may, among other things, declare the outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable.

The ABL Facility has a maturity date of August 13, 2030, subject to a springing maturity date to the date that is the 91st day prior to the scheduled maturity of any material indebtedness, as defined in the Credit Agreement, if, on such 91st day, such material indebtedness remains outstanding. The New Notes will constitute material indebtedness for this purpose. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the New Notes, Our Guarantees and Our Indebtedness—We may be required to repay the ABL Facility prior to its stated maturity date under the Credit Agreement if the springing maturity feature is triggered or otherwise reserve amounts for repayment of indebtedness.”

As of the date hereof, we had $18.0 million outstanding and $4.7 million of available borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility. As of the date hereof, we were in compliance with all debt covenants related to the ABL Facility.

 

254


Table of Contents

LIMITATIONS ON VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THE GUARANTEES AND THE SECURITY INTERESTS AND CERTAIN INSOLVENCY CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a brief description of certain limitations on the validity and enforceability of the guarantees and certain aspects of insolvency law in Canada, England and Wales, the European Union and Germany where the Foreign Guarantors are organized. The description below is only a summary and does not purport to be complete or to discuss all the limitations or considerations that may affect the validity and enforceability of the New Notes or the guarantees related thereto and the Collateral. Bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings could be initiated in any of the jurisdictions of organization of a future guarantor of the New Notes. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdiction’s law should apply and could adversely affect your ability to enforce your rights and to collect payment in full under the New Notes, the guarantees related thereto and the Collateral. If additional collateral is required to be granted in the future pursuant to the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture, such collateral will also be subject to limitations on enforceability and validity, which may differ from those discussed below. Prospective investors in the New Notes should consult their own legal advisors with respect to such limitations and considerations. See “Risk Factors.”

Canada

Fossil Canada Inc. is organized under the laws of the Province of New Brunswick, Canada (the “Canadian Guarantor”). Bankruptcy and insolvency matters are within the jurisdiction of the federal government of Canada, but provincial laws can affect bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings including with respect to establishing priority of payments. In the event of the insolvency of the Canadian Guarantor, insolvency proceedings may be initiated in Canada. Canadian insolvency laws and applicable provincial legislation would govern those proceedings (subject to laws or protocols that may be applicable to international insolvencies if proceedings also occur in other jurisdictions in respect of those Guarantors, and those foreign proceedings are recognized by a Canadian court). The insolvency laws of Canada and related provincial legislation may restrict, delay or limit certain of your rights and remedies, including in respect of priority of claims, the ability to obtain post-filing interest and other amounts and the duration of the insolvency proceedings, and hence may limit your ability to recover payments due on the New Notes or to require the performance by the Canadian Guarantor of its obligations, its guarantee or the security documents to which it is a party.

In Canada, there are two primary federal statutes that govern insolvency and restructuring proceedings of corporate debtors. The Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) (the “BIA”) contains provisions for the liquidation of insolvent companies (in a manner loosely akin, in substance, to U.S. Chapter 7 proceedings, although there are important distinctions) and for the restructuring of corporations (in a manner loosely akin, in substance, to U.S. Chapter 11 proceedings, although there are important distinctions). Similar to bankruptcy proceedings in the United States, a corporate debtor may be petitioned into bankruptcy (i.e., involuntary proceedings) or file for bankruptcy or reorganization (i.e., voluntary proceedings). In addition to the BIA, Canada also has the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) (the “CCAA”), which is a restructuring statute that operates, in practice, in a manner loosely akin to U.S. Chapter 11 proceedings (with important distinctions). CCAA proceedings are only available to insolvent debtor companies having debts in excess of CDN$5 million (or such other amount prescribed by regulation under the CCAA). Insolvency proceedings in Canada, whether under the BIA or the CCAA, are court-supervised.

Upon the bankruptcy of a debtor corporation, whether voluntarily or upon the application of a creditor, the BIA imposes an automatic stay of any action, execution or other proceeding by unsecured creditors in respect of the debtor, unless the creditors obtain leave of the applicable court to continue or commence the proceeding. In a liquidation (as opposed to restructuring) context, the stay of proceedings does not generally apply to secured creditors, who are free to exercise their rights of self-help or to otherwise realize on their security outside of the BIA. However, if requested by formal motion, the court may, in exceptional cases, stay the rights of a secured creditor for up to six months. Upon becoming bankrupt, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, all of a debtor’s assets (subject to very limited exceptions) vest in the trustee in bankruptcy (subject to the rights of secured

 

255


Table of Contents

creditors with validly perfected security interests), at which point the debtor no longer has any ability to deal with those assets. The trustee typically proceeds to liquidate the assets and distribute the proceeds of the assets in accordance with the provisions of the BIA.

The BIA sets out the priority scheme for the payment of claims against a bankrupt debtor, which priority scheme takes precedence over any operative priority scheme outside of bankruptcy. Subject to certain statutory priority claims enumerated in the BIA (including, without limitation, “super priority” charge under the BIA against a debtor’s current assets for certain employee wages as well as charges to secure certain unremitted source deductions and certain arrears in pension plan contributions) and true trust claims, secured creditors have the right to look first to the assets charged by their validly perfected security for payment. Thereafter, the BIA provides a list of preferred creditors who recover their debts in priority to the general body of unsecured creditors. Preferred claims are paid to the extent of their statutory priority, in order of their ranking, before any payments to lower-ranking preferred creditors or general unsecured creditors. All other claims will be considered general unsecured claims and rank pari passu.

If there is any surplus after payment to the unsecured creditors, the balance will be used to pay interest from the date of the bankruptcy at 5% per annum on all unsecured claims proved in the bankruptcy according to their priority. Any remaining amount would then be available for shareholders. It is exceedingly rare for there to be surplus proceeds in bankruptcy proceedings.

The proceeds resulting from the realization of the estate of the insolvent Canadian Guarantor may not be sufficient to satisfy secured claims or your deficiency claims as unsecured creditors under the guarantee granted by it after the Canadian Guarantor’s prior ranking secured creditors and other claims that rank in priority to claims of holders of New Notes have been satisfied. Further, the proceeds resulting from the realization of the Canadian security may not be sufficient to satisfy secured claims.

Corporate restructurings in Canada may be implemented under either the BIA or the CCAA, with the latter being more commonly used by larger corporations. Partnerships are not eligible to apply for relief under the CCAA, however it is customary for one or more of the partners to file under the CCAA, and then obtain an order that extends all of the relevant rights and protections afforded by the CCAA to the partnership itself. Such an order is at the discretion of the court, but routinely made where the operations of the partnership are closely connected to the operations of the partner(s). In the case of either a BIA or CCAA restructuring, a broad stay of creditors’ rights and enforcement proceedings is generally implemented (in the case of the BIA by a statutory stay, and in the case of the CCAA by a court-ordered stay). A CCAA stay generally applies to secured creditors, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under this court-ordered protection, the debtor may formulate a restructuring proposal or plan or conduct an orderly wind-down or a sale as a going concern. In the event of a restructuring proposal or plan, a double majority of the creditors (i.e., a simple majority in number, having two-thirds in value of the claims in question) present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting of creditors for each designated class or claims must approve the proposal or plan, and the proposal or plan must then be sanctioned by the court. Secured creditors may be included in such a proposal or plan and thereby have their secured claims compromised, reduced or deducted (in which case they may have a right to vote in a separate class) or may be dealt with outside of the proposal or plan. As an alternative to a plan, or in addition, a debtor may effect the sale of all or a portion of its assets in CCAA proceedings. Such sales may be structured as a conventional assets sale, in which assets are transferred to the purchaser free and clear of liabilities and liens, or as a share sale, where the purchaser acquires the shares of the debtor company and all or a portion of the debtor’s liabilities are vested out of the debtor by court order. In the event of a sale, proceeds are generally distributed to creditors in accordance with the priority established by statute and the court (which may differ in some respects from those in a bankruptcy under the BIA). The court may also authorize the creation of priority charges ranking ahead of other creditors in both CCAA and BIA restructurings (for example, for interim or debtor-in-possession financings, directors’ and officers’ indemnification and administration costs). A sale under BIA restructuring or the CCAA out of the ordinary course requires approval by the court with notice to the secured creditors likely to be affected by the proposed sale. The court may approve such sales absent a vote by the creditors in certain circumstances.

 

256


Table of Contents

The manner in which secured and unsecured creditors would be treated in a restructuring proposal or plan would generally be proposed by a debtor in terms of such plan, subject to (i) the rights of creditors affected by the proposal or plan to vote on such proposal or plan and (ii) approval by the court.

Where a debtor deals with its property in a manner that prejudices its creditors (particularly where such debtor is or becomes thereafter insolvent), such transactions by the debtor may be subject to challenge by creditors, bankruptcy trustees or other interested parties, and the scrutiny of the court as a fraudulent preference, transfer-at-undervalue or other reviewable transaction. Under Canadian federal and provincial law, there are a number of statutory means to challenge or void such transactions. Where a transaction subject to review is held to be contrary to Canadian law (including because it preferred one creditor over others or resulted in a loss of value to the debtor estate), the transaction is subject to being voided and a wide variety of possible remedies may be imposed. Should the Canadian Guarantor become insolvent within applicable time periods, the granting of the guarantees, and the grant of security in connection therewith, could be subject to challenge and the guarantees and security potentially avoided, and any amounts obtained under the guarantee or security in support thereof that is avoided would have to be repaid. Should the holders of the New Notes be repaid or otherwise recover from the Canadian Guarantor at a time when the Canadian Guarantor is insolvent, or if the Canadian Guarantor thereafter becomes insolvent within applicable time periods, the repayment or recovery may be subject to challenge.

Secured creditors may also enforce their security by, among other things, applying to the court for the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver or a receiver and manager. The conduct of the receivership will be governed by provincial law and the relevant provisions of the BIA and will be under the supervision of the court.

In the event of a foreign insolvency proceeding, both the CCAA and the BIA allow a representative, authorized in respect of a debtor, to seek recognition of the foreign insolvency proceeding in Canada. The CCAA and the BIA each provide for a slightly modified version of the UNCITRAL Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency (collectively, the “Recognition Provisions”). The Recognition Provisions allow an authorized representative to apply for recognition of the foreign insolvency proceeding as either a “foreign main proceeding” or a “foreign non-main proceeding.” The determination of the type of proceeding is based upon the “center of main interest” (the “COMI”) of the debtor. The COMI test is essentially the same as set forth in the UNCITRAL Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency and chapter 15 of the Bankruptcy Code, with some variations. If the court determines that the foreign proceeding is a “foreign main proceeding,” the court must grant a stay of proceedings in Canada and may grant additional relief permitted under the CCAA or the BIA. If the court determines that the foreign proceeding is a “foreign non-main proceeding,” the court may, but is not required to, grant a stay of proceedings in Canada and any other relief permitted under the CCAA or the BIA. In the event of a recognition order being granted in respect of a foreign main proceeding or, subject to the discretion of the court of a foreign non-main proceeding, certain restrictions are imposed on the debtor company, including a restriction on selling assets in Canada unless the court approves such asset sale transaction. In the event that the foreign proceeding results in the approval of a restructuring plan, the Canadian court may grant such plan full force and recognition in Canada.

England and Wales

Applicable Legal Framework and Jurisdiction of the English Courts

Insolvency proceedings with respect to the English Guarantors may be commenced in England (as their jurisdiction of incorporation) and in such circumstances would proceed under, and be governed by, English insolvency laws in force at the time of commencement of the relevant proceedings. However, it may also be possible for insolvency proceedings to be opened in respect of an English company in another jurisdiction subject to the relevant jurisdiction hurdles under the laws of such jurisdiction being met.

Upon recognition of foreign main proceedings, pursuant to the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations 2006 (SI 2006/1030) (as amended) (the “Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations”), an automatic stay, equivalent to the stay in an English compulsory liquidation (see below), will apply to prevent certain types of creditor action in

 

257


Table of Contents

Great Britain, including commencement of proceedings concerning the debtor’s assets, rights, obligations or liabilities (but the automatic stay will not affect a creditor’s rights to enforce security over the debtor’s property (albeit such a stay may be requested from the English court)). No automatic stay applies upon recognition of foreign non-main proceedings pursuant to the Cross Border Insolvency Regulations (albeit such a stay may be requested from the English court).

The scope of the English courts’ jurisdiction varies for the different insolvency proceedings available in England and Wales, as detailed further below. As set out further below, in some cases English courts may assume jurisdiction over certain foreign companies in respect of certain insolvency proceedings, but the efficacy of such proceedings will significantly depend on the likelihood and extent of subsequent recognition of such proceedings in relevant other jurisdictions (see “—Cross-Border Recognition of English Insolvency and Restructuring Proceedings” below).

English insolvency law is different to the laws of the United States and other jurisdictions with which investors may be familiar. In the event that an English company experiences financial difficulty, it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of insolvency or similar proceedings. The obligations under the New Notes are guaranteed by the guarantees of the New Notes and secured by security interests over the Collateral. English insolvency laws and other limitations could limit the enforceability of the payment obligations of the English company in respect of, for example, the principal, interest and other amounts owing by such company, of a guarantee against an English company and of the security interests over the Collateral.

The following is a brief description of certain aspects of English insolvency law relating to such limitations. The application of these laws could adversely affect investors, their ability to enforce their rights for payment of the principal, interest and other amounts owing by the company, under the guarantees related to the New Notes and/or under the Collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees related thereto and therefore may limit the amounts that investors may receive in an insolvency of an English company (if the relevant circumstances apply) and may be subject to the jurisdiction of the English court in respect of the opening of insolvency proceedings in England and Wales. As a general rule, insolvency proceedings with respect to an English company would usually be commenced in England based on English insolvency laws, although insolvency proceedings in respect of English companies could also be based in other jurisdictions under certain circumstances.

Under Section 123 of the Insolvency Act, a company is deemed to be unable to pay its debts if it is insolvent on a “cash flow” basis (which is deemed to be the case if, among other things, it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, if the company fails to satisfy a creditor’s statutory demand for a debt exceeding £750 within 3 weeks of service or if it fails to satisfy in part or in full a judgment debt (or similar court order)) or a “balance sheet” basis (i.e., it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the value of the company’s assets is less than the amount of its liabilities, taking into account its contingent and prospective liabilities).

Administration

The Insolvency Act empowers English courts to make an administration order in respect of any company within their general jurisdiction (see “—Applicable Legal Framework and Jurisdiction of the English Courts” above), any (i) company incorporated in England and Wales, or an EEA State; (ii) any company not incorporated in an EEA State with its COMI in the UK or an EU Member State (other than Denmark); (iii) a company with its COMI in the UK or with an establishment in the UK provided its COMI is in an EU Member State; or (iv) upon request from courts in other parts of the UK or certain other countries and territories. In each case and subject to specific conditions, an administration order can be made if the court is satisfied that (a) the relevant company is or is likely to become “unable to pay its debts” and (b) the administration order is reasonably likely to achieve the purpose of administration, which must be one of the statutory objectives (described below).

An administrator can also be appointed out of court by the company, its directors or the holder of a qualifying floating charge that has become enforceable. To constitute a qualifying floating charge, the floating charge must

 

258


Table of Contents

be created by an instrument which (a) states that the relevant statutory provisions apply to it; (b) purports to empower the holder to appoint an administrator in respect of the company; (c) purports to empower the holder to appoint an administrative receiver within the meaning given by Section 29(2) of the Insolvency Act; or (d) purports to empower the holder of a floating charge in Scotland to appoint a receiver who on appointment would be an administrative receiver. The holder of the qualifying floating charge may appoint an administrator if such floating charge security, together (if necessary) with other floating charge security and/or other forms of security, relates to the whole or substantially the whole of the property of the company and at least one such security interest is a qualifying floating charge. Please note that it is a matter of fact whether the extent of the security granted relates to ‘the whole or substantially the whole’ of the property of a company and there is no statutory guidance as to what percentage of a company’s assets should be charged to satisfy this test.

An administrator is given wide powers to conduct the business of the company to which they are appointed and, subject to certain requirements under the Insolvency Act, dispose of the property of a company in administration (including property subject to a floating charge). Proceeds of the realization of any property subject to a floating charge will be used to meet the costs of the administration and to pay preferential creditors and then a proportion will need to be set aside and ring fenced for Prescribed Part, a fund for the partial satisfaction of the claims of unsecured creditors (see “—Prescribed Part” below). An administrator may also, with prior approval by the court, deal with assets subject to a fixed charge, provided that disposing of the property is likely to promote the purpose of the administration and the administrator applies the net proceeds from the disposal together with any additional sum required to be added to produce the amount determined by the court as the market value of the property towards discharging the obligations of the company to the fixed charge holder.

During the administration, in general, no resolution may be passed, and no order may be made, for the winding up of the debtor and no proceedings or other legal process may be commenced or continued against the debtor, or security enforced over the company’s property, except with permission of the court or the consent of the administrator.

An interim moratorium also exists in circumstances where an administration application has been made or a notice of intention to appoint administrators has been filed, and would remain in force until such time as the administration application has either been dismissed or an order appointing administrators takes effect or, in the case of a notice of intention to appoint, until the appointment of the administrator takes effect or, depending on which party makes the filing, the period of five or ten business days beginning with the date of filing expires without an administrator having been appointed.

Certain creditors of a company in administration may be able to realize their security over that company’s property notwithstanding the statutory moratorium. This is by virtue of the disapplication of the administration moratorium in relation to a “security financial collateral arrangement” (generally security/collateral over cash or financial instruments such as shares, bonds or tradeable capital market debt instruments and credit claims) under the Financial Collateral Arrangements (No. 2) Regulations 2003 (as amended) (the “FCARs”).

It is likely, to the extent that it is not a financial collateral arrangement, that the security granted by an English company or other affected company (if applicable) may not be enforced while it is in administration without the permission of the court or consent of the administrator while the relevant company is in administration. There can be no assurance that the applicable Notes Collateral Agent would obtain such permission or consent. However, this does not impact the validity of the security itself.

The administration of a company must achieve one of the following statutory objectives: (1) the rescue of the company (as distinct from the business carried on by the company) as a going concern (the “primary objective”); (2) the achievement of a better result for the company’s creditors as a whole than would be likely if the company were wound up (without first being in administration) (the “secondary objective”); or (3) the realization of some or all of the company’s property to make a distribution to one or more secured or preferential creditors (the “tertiary objective”). An administrator must attempt to achieve the objectives of administration in order, unless

 

259


Table of Contents

he thinks either that it is not reasonably practicable to achieve the primary objective, or that the secondary objective would achieve a better result for the company’s creditors as a whole. Therefore, the administrator cannot pursue the tertiary objective unless he thinks that it is not reasonably practicable to achieve either the primary objective or the secondary objective and that it will not unnecessarily harm the interests of the creditors of the company as a whole to pursue the tertiary objective.

Administrative Receivership

In order to empower the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to appoint an administrative receiver to an English company or other affected company (if applicable), a qualifying floating charge for the purposes of English insolvency law must be granted by the relevant English company or other affected company (if applicable) and the qualifying floating charge must, unless the relevant security document pre-dates September 15, 2003, fall within one of the exceptions set out in Sections 72B–72GA of the Insolvency Act to the prohibition on the appointment of administrative receivers. The applicable Notes Collateral Agent would only be able to apply to appoint an administrative receiver over an English company if the security interests granted in the assets that constitute Collateral on the settlement date fall within one of the exceptions. The most relevant exception to the prohibition on the appointment of an administrative receiver is the exception relating to “capital market arrangements” (as defined in the Insolvency Act), which may apply if the issue of the New Notes creates a debt of at least £50 million for the relevant English company or other affected company (if applicable) during the life of the arrangement and the arrangement involves the issue of a “capital market investment” (which is defined in the Insolvency Act and includes rated, listed or traded debt instruments and debt instruments designed to be rated, listed or traded).

If an administrative receiver has been appointed, an administrator can only be appointed by the court (and not by the company, its directors or the holder of a qualifying floating charge using the out of court procedure) and then only if the person who appointed the administrative receiver consents or the court considers that the security pursuant to which the administrative receiver was appointed is capable of challenge as a transaction at an undervalue, a preference or an invalid floating charge (see “—Transactions at an undervalue,” “—Preference” and “—Avoidance of certain floating charges” below, respectively). If an administrator is appointed, any administrative receiver will vacate office.

Fixed Charge Receivership

A fixed charge receiver (as opposed to an administrative receiver, who is appointed under certain floating charges, see “—Administrative Receivership” above) may be appointed over some or all of the assets secured by a fixed charge in accordance with the terms of a security document creating a fixed charge or (in limited circumstances) pursuant to statute. It is standard market practice to set out the provisions for appointing a fixed charge receiver and augmenting the powers of any receiver appointed through the relevant security document.

If appointed under the terms of a security agreement, grounds for appointment under the terms of the charge (such as a default) must exist, any necessary demands and notices must be given (if relevant) and the charging company must have failed to satisfy the demand made for an appointment to take place. A fixed charge receiver can be appointed in parallel to a liquidator. An administrator may require a fixed charge receiver to vacate office unless that fixed charge receiver was appointed under a charge which falls within the definition of a “security financial collateral arrangement,” as per Reg. 8(4) of the FCARs.

The primary duty of the fixed charge receiver is to realize the assets over which (s)he is appointed, meaning (s)he owes an over-riding duty of care to the appointor (with a secondary duty of care owed to the company or anyone else entitled to the equity of redemption in the appointor’s security). This contrasts with the duty of an administrator, who performs his/her duties in the interests of a company’s creditors as a whole. In other words, receivership is a proprietary remedy whereas administration is a collective procedure. In realizing the charged assets, the receiver will need to take reasonable care to obtain the best price obtainable in the circumstances. In

 

260


Table of Contents

doing so, the fixed charge receiver will be entitled to a statutory indemnity in respect of any liabilities from the realizations made of the assets of the company (and may also have the benefit of a contractual indemnity from the appointor).

To the extent the receiver has been appointed under a crystallized floating charge, amounts will be deducted from the proceeds of the realization of the charged assets to pay the Prescribed Part and any preferential creditors (see “—Priority on Claims”).

Liquidation / Winding-Up

Liquidation is a company dissolution procedure under which the assets of the company (to the extent that they are not subject to any fixed security interest) are realized and distributed by the liquidator to creditors in the statutory order of priority prescribed by the Insolvency Act. At the end of the liquidation process the company will normally be dissolved and removed from the register of companies.

There are two forms of winding-up: (a) compulsory liquidation, by order of the court; and (b) members’ voluntary liquidation or creditors’ voluntary liquidation, in each case by resolution of the company’s members (save in relation to a creditors’ voluntary liquidation where it follows an administration). The difference between the two voluntary liquidation proceedings is the solvency of the company in question; in a members’ voluntary liquidation, the directors of the company must swear a statutory declaration as to the company’s solvency (e.g. that the company will be able to pay its debts in full, together with any applicable interest, within a period not exceeding twelve months from the commencement of the winding up). In comparison, the primary ground for the creditors’ voluntary liquidation of an insolvent company is that it is unable to pay its debts. Note that while a creditors’ voluntary liquidation (other than as an exit from administration) is initiated by a resolution of the members (not the creditors), once in place, the process is subject to some degree of control by the creditors, including choice of liquidator. Whilst compulsory liquidation and creditors’ voluntary liquidation proceedings are available to foreign companies, the tests for establishing jurisdiction are slightly different. For a compulsory liquidation, all that is required is that there is “sufficient connection” with the relevant UK jurisdiction. This can involve assets or creditors in the UK or English law governed agreements. For a creditors’ voluntary liquidation, either the COMI must be in the UK or the COMI must be in an EU Member State (other than Denmark) with an establishment (very broadly, a branch office) in the UK. However, members’ voluntary liquidation proceedings are only available to companies registered in England and Wales or Scotland.

A compulsory liquidation is effected as a result of the directors or more commonly a creditor (including a prospective or contingent creditor) presenting a petition to the court and the court making a winding-up order. Under Section 127 of the Insolvency Act, any disposition of property made after the commencement of winding-up is, unless sanctioned by the court, void (save where the disposition relates to property or security created or otherwise arising out of a financial collateral arrangement under FCARs).

Subject to certain exceptions, when an order is made for the winding-up of a company by the court, it is deemed to have commenced at the time of the presentation of the winding-up petition. Once a winding-up order is made by the court, a stay of all proceedings against the company will be imposed. No action or proceeding may be continued or commenced against the company without permission of the court and subject to such terms as the court may impose although there is no freeze on the enforcement of security.

In the context of a voluntary winding-up, there is no equivalent to the retrospective effect of a winding-up order; the winding-up commences on the passing of the resolution to wind up. As a result, there is no equivalent of Section 127 of the Insolvency Act. There is also no automatic stay in the case of a voluntary winding-up, it is for the liquidator, or any creditor or contributory of the company, to apply for a stay. This is important because, if a stay is not obtained, it means creditors, for example, can go ahead and initiate proceedings against the company (and/or enforce their security). A liquidator has the power, among other things, to bring or defend legal proceedings on behalf of the company, to carry on the business of the company as far as it is necessary for its

 

261


Table of Contents

beneficial winding up, to sell the company’s property and execute documents in the name of the company and to challenge antecedent transactions (see “—Avoidance of Transactions” below).

Under English insolvency law, with some exceptions, a liquidator also has the power to disclaim any onerous property by serving a prescribed notice on the relevant party. Onerous property, for these purposes, is any unprofitable contract and any other property of the company which is unsaleable or not readily saleable or is such that it may give rise to a liability to pay money or perform any other onerous act. A contract may be unprofitable if it imposes continuing financial obligations on the company which may be regarded as detrimental to creditors. A contract will not be unprofitable merely because it is financially disadvantageous, or because the company could have made, or could make, a better bargain. However, the power to disclaim onerous property does not apply to any financial collateral arrangement where the collateral provider or collateral taker under the arrangement is subject to winding-up proceedings. Any person who suffers loss or damage as a result of any disclaimer is deemed to be a creditor of the company and is entitled to prove for the loss or damage as a debt in the winding-up.

Company Voluntary Arrangement

English courts are empowered to oversee company voluntary arrangements in respect of (i) companies incorporated in England and Wales or Scotland; (ii) companies incorporated in an EEA State; (iii) companies not incorporated in an EEA State but with their COMI in the UK or a Member State (other than Denmark); or (iv) companies with a COMI in an EU Member State (other than Denmark) or an establishment in the UK (where the COMI is in an EU Member State).

Pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act, a company (by its directors or its administrator or liquidator, as applicable) may propose a company voluntary arrangement to the company’s shareholders and creditors which entails a compromise, or other arrangement, between the company and its creditors, typically a rescheduling or reduction of the company’s debts. A company voluntary arrangement is implemented under the supervision of an insolvency practitioner who will act as the nominee before the company voluntary arrangement proposals are approved, and as the supervisor afterwards.

Provided that the proposal is approved by the requisite majority of creditors (by way of decision procedure) and shareholders (subject to the below), it will bind all unsecured creditors who were or would have been entitled to vote on the proposal. A company voluntary arrangement cannot affect the right of a secured creditor to enforce its security, except with its consent, unless a moratorium exists (during which certain enforcement actions may be limited). A company voluntary arrangement also cannot affect the rights of a preferential creditor to be paid in priority to non-preferential creditors, or to be paid on an unequal basis relative to other preferential creditors, except with its consent.

In order for the company voluntary arrangement proposal to be passed, it must be approved by at least 75% (by value) of the company’s creditors who respond in the decision procedure, and no more than 50% (by value) of unconnected creditors may vote against it. A simple majority of the company’s members must also have voted in favor of the proposal. Secured debt cannot be voted in a company voluntary arrangement but a secured creditor may vote to the extent that it is under-secured. A secured creditor who votes in the company voluntary arrangement for the whole of its debt may be deemed to have given up its security. As noted above, the company’s shareholders will also vote on the company voluntary arrangement. However, if the decision of the creditors differs from the decision of the shareholders, the former will prevail unless a shareholder applies to court within 28 days and the court orders that the decision of the shareholders should prevail.

Unlike an administration proceeding, a company voluntary arrangement does not automatically trigger a moratorium with respect to security enforcement or legal proceedings.

 

262


Table of Contents

Scheme of Arrangement

A scheme of arrangement is a court-approved compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or members. Pursuant to Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Companies Act”), the English courts have jurisdiction to sanction a compromise or arrangement with respect to a company’s liabilities where such company is liable to be wound up under the Insolvency Act, including therefore any company that has a “sufficient connection” to the jurisdiction of the English courts even if not incorporated in England and Wales, or Scotland. The English courts have concluded that the second limb of such test has been satisfied where, among other circumstances, the company’s COMI is in England and Wales or the company’s finance documents are governed by English law and contain a clause providing for the submission to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Schemes of arrangement can be utilized by companies to provide for a modification or adjustment of the rights of the company’s creditors or members which, if approved by the requisite majorities of creditors or members of each class voting on the scheme and sanctioned by the court, will be binding on all affected creditors or members. Before a scheme will become effective it must be approved by a majority in number, representing at least 75% in value of each of the affected class(es) of members and/or creditors (as applicable), present and voting at a duly convened meeting pursuant to an order of the court; and be sanctioned at a subsequent hearing by the court.

In determining whether to sanction a scheme, the court will consider whether the terms of the statute have been complied with, whether the class(es) affected by the scheme were fairly represented by those who attended the relevant meeting(s) and whether the arrangement as a whole is such as an intelligent and honest person, being a member of the class concerned and acting with respect to their interest, might reasonably approve. The court will also have to satisfy itself that there is no ‘blot’ which would mean it should refuse to sanction a scheme affecting members’ rights. Once approved by the relevant thresholds and sanctioned by the court, the scheme will be binding on all members (including dissenting members) or, if applicable, the whole class of members whose rights were affected by the scheme. A scheme affecting creditors’ rights may involve (among other things) a proposal to defer, compromise, extinguish or replace the company’s debts. Once sanctioned by the court and the order is filed with Companies House, the scheme will be binding on all affected creditors and/or members, including any dissenting scheme creditors and/or members.

Schemes are extremely flexible and can be utilized to implement substantially any arrangement relating to the rights of members or creditors against the company, including secured creditors. A debtor’s decision to propose a scheme of arrangement will not automatically give rise to a stay or moratorium on proceedings against that debtor or its property. However, the court has previously exercised its inherent discretion to grant a stay on proceedings to allow a scheme to be implemented.

Restructuring Plan

A restructuring plan is a procedure under Part 26A of the Companies Act which allows the English courts to effect a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors and/or members (or any class of creditors and/or members). Like a scheme of arrangement, a restructuring plan is a procedure which allows the English courts to effect a compromise of a company’s liabilities between a company and its creditors and/or members (or any class of its creditors and/or members), but with the added possibility of a “cross-class cram-down” imposing the restructuring on class(es) of creditors and/or members who vote against the plan without their consent, subject to certain conditions being met and the court being convinced to exercise its discretionary power to sanction the restructuring plan. While generally available to the same domestic and foreign companies as schemes of arrangement, a company seeking to enter into a restructuring plan process must show that (a) it has encountered, or is likely to encounter, financial difficulties that are affecting, or will or may affect, its ability to carry on business as a going concern, and (b) a compromise or arrangement has been proposed between the company and its creditors or members (or any class of them) whose purpose it is to eliminate, reduce or prevent, or mitigate the effect of, any of those financial difficulties.

 

263


Table of Contents

The process closely resembles that for schemes of arrangement, whereby the proponents of a proposed restructuring plan (either the debtor company, any creditor or member of the company or any liquidator or administrator appointed to the company) must first apply to court for directions to convene one or more meetings of creditors or members (or classes of either category) to consider and, if thought fit, approve the restructuring plan. At that first hearing (referred to as the ‘convening hearing’), the court will examine the classes of stakeholders and may order that “out-of-the-money” creditors and members (i.e., those shown not have a genuine economic interest in the company) do not need to be permitted to participate in the proposed meetings. The general rule is that creditors and members whose rights would be affected by the restructuring plan must be permitted to participate in the proposed meeting(s).

If the court makes a convening order, the proposed restructuring plan will then be voted on at the relevant creditors’ or members’ meeting(s). The proposed restructuring plan will be approved if, at each meeting, the required majority of 75% by value of the class(es) of creditors or members present, vote in favor of it. In contrast to a scheme of arrangement, there is no requirement that a majority in number must also vote in favor of the plan.

Following the convened creditors’ or members’ meeting(s), a sanction hearing will be held. Here, the court will consider if the necessary Part 26A Companies Act requirements have been met and decide whether to sanction the restructuring plan. The court has discretion to sanction a plan, even if one or more classes of creditors or members did not vote in favor of it at the relevant meeting, thereby “cramming-down” dissenting classes, if: (1) the court is satisfied that no creditor or member in the dissenting class(es) would be worse off than they would be in the ‘relevant alternative’ i.e., what the court considers to be the most likely alternative scenario were the plan not sanctioned; and (2) the restructuring plan has been approved by a number representing 75% by value of at least one class of creditors or members who would receive a payment, or have a genuine economic interest in the company, in the event of the relevant alternative mentioned in (1) above. Even if these two threshold conditions are satisfied, the court still retains a discretion as to whether to exercise the cross-class cram down jurisdiction.

A restructuring plan sanctioned by the court will be binding on all affected parties, whether they initially voted in favor of it or not, once the court order sanctioning the restructuring plan is filed with Companies House.

As with schemes of arrangement, the commencement of a restructuring plan process does not automatically trigger a moratorium of claims or proceedings.

The Secretary of State has express power to exclude regulated financial services providers from being able to propose a restructuring plan and may also provide for other exclusions.

Moratorium

Part A1 of the Insolvency Act provides for certain eligible companies to seek a standalone moratorium to facilitate restructurings without the threat of creditor action by providing a short period of breathing space within which to seek rescue options. Subject to certain exclusions and meeting requisite conditions, any company that is liable to be wound up under the Insolvency Act is eligible for a moratorium. Ineligible companies include certain financial services companies (including banks, investment banks, insurance and securitization companies as well as parties to capital market arrangements under which a party has incurred or expects to incur a debt of at least £10 million (at any time during the life of the arrangement), including issuers of rated, listed or traded bonds). Ineligible companies also include any company that is subject to an insolvency procedure or which has entered into a moratorium, administration or company voluntary arrangement in the preceding twelve months (unless the court orders otherwise). Based on the current scope of the exceptions, the relevant security and guarantee providers may fall outside the scope of being “eligible companies” for the purposes of the Part A1 moratorium by virtue of the capital markets exclusion. However, the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry may modify the criteria by reference to which a company otherwise eligible for a moratorium is excluded from being so eligible. The position as to whether or not a company is an “eligible company” may also change from time to time.

 

264


Table of Contents

Subject to what follows, directors of any eligible non-overseas company may commence a moratorium by filing the requisite papers at court (known as the out-of-court process). Directors must apply to court to commence a moratorium for any eligible company that is subject to a winding-up petition, whereupon the court will consider whether a moratorium will result in a better outcome for creditors as a whole than if the company were wound up without one. Directors of any eligible overseas company must also apply to the court to commence a moratorium.

Both in- and out-of-court processes require a statement from the directors of the company that, in their view, the company is, or is likely to become, unable to pay its debts. Furthermore, a monitor, who is an insolvency practitioner appointed to oversee the moratorium, must separately confirm (among other things) that, in their view, the moratorium would likely result in the rescue of the company as a going concern. This is an ongoing requirement in order for a moratorium to continue; indeed, a monitor must terminate the moratorium if, at any time, it becomes apparent that the company is unlikely to be rescued as a going concern and/or keep up with its required payments.

A company subject to a moratorium has the benefit of a payment holiday in relation to certain debts incurred prior to the commencement of the moratorium. However, certain other debts, including those which arise under a contract or other instrument involving financial services (which would include capital market arrangements) entered into or incurred prior to the moratorium, are exempted from payment holidays and such liabilities are therefore required to be met as and when they fall due. If the monitor thinks that the company is unable to pay such liabilities, plus any debt incurred during the moratorium, which arise or become payable during the moratorium he or she will be compelled to end the moratorium, at which time a winding-up petition or administration application could be filed.

During a moratorium, creditors are restricted from taking enforcement measures against the company, including commencing insolvency and other legal proceedings and enforcing security without the permission of the monitor or the court (and an application to court for such permission may not be made for the purpose of enforcing any pre-moratorium debt for which the company has a payment holiday). However, exceptions to this general restriction include the enforcement of security where (i) the security constitutes a collateral security charge or financial collateral; or (ii) was security granted during the moratorium with the monitor’s consent. In addition, in contrast to a moratorium arising from an administration, a floating charge may not be crystallized during the Part A1 moratorium, nor may any restrictions on the disposal of a floating charge asset be imposed.

Costs incurred during a moratorium will be treated in a similar way to expenses in an administration. Where a company exits a moratorium and subsequently enters into administration or liquidation within a twelve-week period, any unpaid moratorium debts and any priority pre-moratorium debts, as well as any prescribed fees or expenses of the official receiver acting in any capacity in relation to the company, will have super-priority over any costs or claims in the administration or liquidation (except for claims of fixed charge creditors to the extent such creditors can be paid out of the assets charged and any fees and expenses of the official receiver).

Although the directors remain in full control of the relevant company during the moratorium, the company’s activities are subject to oversight by the monitor. In addition, the company may not enter into certain transactions without the consent of the monitor (which the monitor may only give if they think that the relevant transaction will support the rescue of the company as a going concern). These include granting new security, making payments in respect of pre-moratorium debts for which the company has a payment holiday (unless the maximum total amount paid, in aggregate, does not exceed the greater of £5,000 or 1% of the company’s total unsecured debts at the start of the moratorium), and disposals of property outside the ordinary course.

A moratorium will last for an initial period of 20 business days beginning with the business day after the day on which the moratorium comes into force, which may be extended for a further 20 business days by the directors of the company. Where an extension is proposed, statements from the directors and the monitor must be filed with the court confirming that certain qualifying conditions continue to be met (repetition by the directors and monitor of statements with respect to the insolvency of the company and prospects of rescue, respectively, and

 

265


Table of Contents

confirmation that all moratorium debts and pre-moratorium debts for which the company does not have a payment holiday have been paid or discharged). Further extensions (beyond 40 business days) will be available:

 

  (a)

pursuant to an out-of-court process, for a period of up to one year from commencement (but with the possibility of multiple extensions), if more than 50% (by value) of secured creditors and more than 50% (by value) of unsecured creditors vote in favor of the extension, unless more than 50% (by number) of unconnected secured creditors or unsecured creditors vote against the extension. Only creditors with pre-moratorium debt in respect of which the company has a payment holiday, which has fallen due or may fall due before the proposed revised end date of the moratorium, will have the right to vote;

 

  (b)

pursuant to an application by the directors to court for such period as the court sees fit;

 

  (c)

automatically in connection with a company voluntary arrangement until the proposal is implemented, accepted or rejected by creditors or withdrawn by the company; and

 

  (d)

at the court’s discretion in connection with a scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan (but with the moratorium terminating upon court sanction of the scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan).

Challenges to Guarantees and Security

There are circumstances under English insolvency law in which the entry by a company into a transaction, including (without limitation) the granting of security and guarantees, can be challenged. In most cases, this will arise if the company is placed into administration or liquidation within a specified period following the granting of the guarantee or security. Therefore, if during the specified period an administrator or liquidator is appointed to an English company or other affected company (if applicable), the administrator or liquidator may challenge the validity of the security or guarantee given by such company or may elect to assign such a right of action (including their proceeds) to another party who would be entitled to pursue it. We cannot be certain that, in the event that the onset of an English company or other affected company (if applicable)’s insolvency is within any of the requisite time periods set out below, the grant of a security interest or guarantee in respect of the New Notes would not be challenged or that a court would uphold the transaction as valid.

Onset of Insolvency

The date of the onset of insolvency, for the purposes of transactions at an undervalue, preferences and invalid floating charges (all discussed below), depends on the insolvency procedure in question.

In administration, the onset of insolvency is the date on which (a) the application to court for an administration order is made or (b) the notice of intention to appoint an administrator is filed at court, or (c) otherwise, the date on which the appointment of an administrator takes effect. In a compulsory liquidation the onset of insolvency is the date the winding-up petition is presented to court, whereas in a voluntary liquidation it is the date the members of the company pass a winding-up resolution. Where liquidation follows administration, the onset of insolvency will be as for the initial administration.

Connected Persons

A “connected person” of a company granting a security interest or guarantee for the purposes of transactions at an undervalue, preferences and invalid floating charges is a party who is (i) a director of the company, (ii) a shadow director, (iii) an associate of such director or shadow director, or (iv) an associate of the relevant company. If one person is associated with another, then they are associates of each other. A party is associated with an individual if they are (i) a relative of the individual, (ii) the individual’s husband, wife or civil partner, (iii) a relative of the individual’s husband, wife or civil partner, (iv) the husband, wife or civil partner of a relative of the individual, or (v) the husband, wife or civil partner of a relative of the individual’s husband, wife or civil partner.

 

266


Table of Contents

A person is an associate of any person with whom he is in partnership, and of the husband or wife or civil partner or a relative of any individual with whom he is in partnership. In certain circumstances a person in his capacity as trustee may be an associate of a beneficiary of the trust or an associate of that beneficiary. A party is associated with a company if they are employed by that company, and for these purposes any director or other officer of a company is to be treated as employed by that company.

A company is associated with another company if (i) the same person has control of both companies, or (ii) it is controlled by (A) a person and (B) (I) that person’s associates; or (II) that person and that person’s associates, have control of the other company, or (iii) it is controlled by a group of two or more persons who also control the other company, and the groups either consist of the same persons or could be regarded as consisting of the same persons by treating (in one or more cases) a member of either group as replaced by a person of whom he is an associate.

A person is to be taken as having control of a company if the directors of the company or of another company which has control of it (or any of them) are accustomed to act in accordance with his directions or instructions, or he is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, one third or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the company or of another company which has control of it. Where two or more persons together satisfy either of these conditions, they are to be taken as having control of the company.

Grounds for Challenge Under English Insolvency Legislation

The potential grounds for challenge available under the English insolvency legislation in respect of any security interest or guarantee granted by an English company or other affected company (if applicable) include, without limitation, the following.

Transaction at an Undervalue

Under Section 238 of the Insolvency Act, a liquidator or administrator of an English company or other affected company (if applicable) can apply to the court for an order to set aside a transaction entered into by such company (or give such other relief as the court thinks fit for restoring the position to what it otherwise would have been) if such liquidator or administrator believes that such transaction constituted a transaction at an undervalue. It will only be a transaction at an undervalue if at the time of the transaction or in consequence of the transaction, the English company or other affected company (if applicable) is unable to pay its debts or becomes unable to pay its debts (as defined in Section 123 of the Insolvency Act). The transaction can be challenged if the onset of insolvency in respect of the English company or other affected company (if applicable) is within two years from the date the English company or other affected company (if applicable) grants the security interest or the guarantee. A transaction might be subject to being set aside as a transaction at an undervalue if the English company or other affected company (if applicable) made a gift to a person; if the English company or other affected company (if applicable) received no consideration; or if the English company or other affected company (if applicable) received consideration of significantly less value, in money or money’s worth, than the consideration given by such English company or other affected company (if applicable). However, a court will generally not intervene if, for example, it is satisfied that the company entered into the transaction in good faith and for the purpose of carrying on its business and that, at the time it did so, there were reasonable grounds for believing the transaction would benefit it.

If the court determines that the transaction was a transaction at an undervalue, then, subject as set out above, the court can make such order as it thinks fit to restore the company to the position it would have been in had it not entered into the transaction. This could include reducing payments under the guarantees or setting aside any guarantees or security interests granted, although there is protection for a third party that benefits from the transaction and has acted in good faith and for value. In any proceedings, it is for the administrator or liquidator to demonstrate that the English company or other affected company (if applicable) was unable to pay its debts unless a beneficiary of the transaction was a connected person or associate (as set out above, aside from by reason of only being the relevant English company or other affected company (if applicable)’s employee), in

 

267


Table of Contents

which case there is a rebuttable presumption of insolvency and the connected person must demonstrate the solvency of the English company or other affected company (if applicable) in such proceedings.

Preference

Under Section 239 of the Insolvency Act, a liquidator or administrator of an English company or other affected company (if applicable) can apply to the court for an order to set aside a transaction (or give such other relief as the court thinks fit for restoring the position to what it otherwise would have been) if such liquidator or administrator believes that such transaction constituted a preference. It will only be a preference if at the time of the transaction or in consequence of the transaction the English company or other affected company (if applicable) is unable to pay its debts or becomes unable to pay its debts (as defined in Section 123 of the Insolvency Act). The transaction can be challenged if the English company or other affected company (if applicable) enters into liquidation or administration proceedings within a period of six months (if the beneficiary is not a connected person) or two years (if the beneficiary is a connected person but not by reason of only being the relevant English company or other affected company (if applicable)’s employee) from the date the English company enters into the transaction. A transaction may constitute a preference if it has the effect of putting a creditor of the English company or other affected company (if applicable) (or a surety or guarantor for any of the company’s debts or liabilities) in a better position (in the event of the company going into insolvent liquidation) than such creditor, guarantor or surety would otherwise have been in had that transaction not been entered into.

If the court determines that the transaction was a preference, the court can make such order as it thinks fit to restore the company to the position it would have been in had it not entered into the transaction. However, for the court to determine a preference, it must be shown that in deciding to give the preference, the English company or other affected company (if applicable) was influenced by a desire to prefer the recipient. In any proceedings, it is for the administrator or liquidator (or the assignee of the right of action) to demonstrate that the English company or other affected company (if applicable) was unable to pay its debts and that there was such desire to prefer the relevant creditor, unless, in the case of the desire to prefer, the beneficiary of the transaction was a connected person (but not by reason of only being the relevant company’s employee), in which case it will be presumed that the company was influenced by a desire to prefer the recipient and the connected person must demonstrate in such proceedings that there was no such desire, on the part of the company, to prefer them.

Transaction Defrauding Creditors

Under Section 423 of the Insolvency Act, where it can be shown that a transaction was at an undervalue and was made for the purpose of putting assets beyond the reach of a person who is making, or may make, a claim against a company, or of otherwise prejudicing the interests of a person in relation to the claim which that person is making or may make, the transaction may, among other things, be set aside by the court as a transaction defrauding creditors. An application to court for an order to set aside the transaction may be made by any appointed administrator or liquidator, the supervisor of any relevant company voluntary arrangement or, subject to certain conditions, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, the UK Prudential Regulation Authority and the UK Pensions Regulator. In addition, any person who is, or is capable of being, prejudiced by the transaction may (with the leave of the court in the case of a company in administration or liquidation) also bring an application to set aside such transaction. There is no statutory time limit in the English insolvency legislation within which the challenge must be made (subject to normal statutory limitation periods) and the relevant company does not need to be insolvent (unable to pay its debts) at the time of or as a result of the transaction. If the court determines that the transaction was a transaction defrauding creditors, the court can make such orders as it thinks fit to restore the position to what it would have been if the transaction had not been entered into and to protect the interests of the victims of the transaction, which may include reducing payments due under the New Notes or setting aside security interests or guarantees. The relevant court order may affect the property of, or impose any obligation on, any person, whether or not he is the person with whom the transaction was entered into. However, such an order (i) will not prejudice any interest in property which was acquired from a person other than the debtor and was acquired in good faith, for value and without notice of the relevant circumstances, and (ii) will not require a

 

268


Table of Contents

person who received a benefit from such transaction in good faith, for value and without notice of the relevant circumstances to pay any sum unless such person was a party to the transaction.

Extortionate Credit Transaction

Under Section 244 of the Insolvency Act, an administrator or a liquidator (or an assignee of the relevant right of action) can apply to court to set aside an extortionate credit transaction. The court can review extortionate credit transactions entered into by an English company or other affected company (if applicable) up to three years before the day on which the English company or other affected company (if applicable) entered into administration or went into liquidation. A transaction is “extortionate” if, having regard to the risk accepted by the person providing the credit, the terms of it are (or were) such as to require grossly exorbitant payments to be made (whether unconditionally or in certain contingencies) in respect of the provision of the credit or it otherwise grossly contravened ordinary principles of fair dealing. The court may make an order to set aside, either in whole or in part, any obligation created by the transaction (which could include obligations of sureties). It may also vary the terms of the transaction or the terms of any security for the purposes of the transaction. The court may require any party to the transaction to repay to the liquidator or administrator (or their assignee) sums already paid under the transaction and it may order the surrender of any security held for the purpose of the transaction to the insolvency office-holder. It should be noted that there are no provisions for the protection of third parties who acquire interests in the extortionate credit transaction (e.g., assignees of the benefit of the transaction from the person who provided credit under it).

Avoidance of Certain Floating Charges

Under Section 245 of the Insolvency Act, a floating charge on an English company or other affected company (if applicable)’s undertaking or property created at a relevant time is invalid except to the extent of the aggregate of value of consideration given at the same time as, or after the creation of the charge (including consideration consisting of money paid, or goods or services supplied or the discharge or reduction of any debt of the company; and any interest payable on this amount). A relevant time for these purposes means up to twelve months (or where the charge is created in favor of a connected person two years) before the onset of insolvency, or at a time between the issuance of an administration application and the making of an administration order on that application or at a time between the filing of a notice of intention to appoint an administrator and the making of the appointment. Where the floating charge is created in favor of a person not connected with the company, it must be shown that, at the time of the transaction or in consequence of the transaction under which the charge is created, the English company or other affected company (if applicable) is unable to pay its debts or becomes unable to pay its debts (within the meaning of Section 123 of the Insolvency Act). No application to court by an administrator or liquidator (or any other person) is required to invalidate (in part or in full) the relevant floating charge; any floating charge created during the relevant time period is automatically invalid, except to the extent of the value of the consideration. Section 245 of the Insolvency Act does not apply to a floating charge that qualifies as a “security financial collateral arrangement” under the FCARs.

Re-Characterization of Fixed Charge

There is a possibility that a court could find that the fixed charges expressed to be created by the security documents governed by English law properly take effect as floating charges as the description given to them as fixed charges is not determinative. Whether the purported fixed charges will be upheld as fixed charges rather than floating charges will depend, among other things, on whether the secured party has the requisite degree of control over the company’s ability to deal in the relevant assets and the proceeds therefrom and, if so, whether such control is exercised by the holder of the security, in practice. Where a company is free to deal with the assets that are the subject of a purported fixed charge in its discretion and without the consent of the chargee, the court would be likely to hold that the charge in question constitutes a floating charge, notwithstanding that it may be described as a fixed charge.

 

269


Table of Contents

Limitation on Enforcement

The grant of a guarantee or security by any of the English companies or other affected companies in respect of the obligations of another group company must be allowed by the respective company’s memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent). To the extent that the above do not allow such an action, there is the risk that the grant of the guarantee or security can be found to be void and the respective creditor’s rights unenforceable. Some comfort may be obtained for third parties if they are dealing with an English company in good faith; however, the relevant legislation is not without difficulties in its interpretation. Further, corporate benefit must be established for each English company or other affected company (if applicable) in question by virtue of entering into the proposed transaction. Section 172 of the Companies Act provides that a director must act in the way that he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the English company for the benefit of its members as a whole. If the directors enter into a transaction where there is no or insufficient commercial benefit, they may be found to have abused their powers as directors and such a transaction may be vulnerable to being set aside by a court. Section 172(3) of the Companies Act additionally provides that, in certain circumstances, the directors need to consider or act in the interests of the creditors of the company, balancing them against the interests of shareholders where they may conflict. While the statutory provisions do not prescribe when this shift arises, the Supreme Court recently held that it takes place when the company in question is insolvent or bordering on insolvency, or when an insolvent liquidation or administration is probable. The greater the company’s financial difficulties, the more the directors should prioritize the interests of creditors. Creditors’ interests become paramount where an insolvent liquidation or administration is inevitable.

Under the Companies Act, any security (including security not governed by English law) granted by a company (together with prescribed particulars of the security constituted thereby) must be received by the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales for registration within 21 days after the date of creation of the security constituted by the applicable security document. Such security, if not registered within the 21-day period, will be deemed to be void against a liquidator, administrator or a creditor of the company. In the event where the relevant security document is not registered, the company may be required to enter into a new security document and register that with Companies House within 21 days of its creation.

Security granted by non-English companies over assets in England and Wales does not need to be registered with the Registrar of Companies at Companies House (although they may still need to be registered with the applicable asset registry or companies registry applicable in the granter’s jurisdiction of incorporation). The FCARs exempt certain charges over financial collateral from registration with the Registrar of Companies.

Guarantees and security granted by a company are also subject to limitations to the extent they would result in unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of the Companies Act.

Security Over Bank Accounts

With respect to any security over bank accounts (each an “Account Charge”) granted by an English company or other affected company (if applicable), the banks with which those accounts are held (each an “Account Bank”) may have reserved their right at any time (at least prior to a crystallization event under the Account Charge) to exercise the rights of netting or set-off to which they are entitled under their cash pooling or other arrangements with that English company or other affected company (if applicable). As a result, and if the security granted over those accounts is merely a floating (rather than fixed) charge, the collateral constituted by those bank accounts will be subject to the relevant Account Bank’s rights to exercise netting and set-off with respect to the bank accounts charged under the relevant Account Charge. Once the floating charge has crystallized and converted into a fixed charge (as it would on enforcement or the occurrence of certain insolvency events with respect to the relevant company) and the Account Bank has been formally notified of that fact, the collateral will no longer be subject to the relevant Account Bank’s netting and set-off rights unless the Account Bank has expressly reserved set-off rights in such circumstances.

 

270


Table of Contents

Security Over Shares

Security (other than by way of a legal mortgage) over shares granted by an English company or over shares of an English company are, under English law, equitable charges, not legal charges. An equitable charge arises where a chargor creates an encumbrance over the shares in favor of the chargee and/or transfers the beneficial interest in the shares to the chargee but retains legal title to the shares. Remedies in relation to equitable charges may be subject to equitable remedies or are otherwise at the discretion of the court.

The validity of share security and the ability of secured parties to enforce security interests over shares may additionally be affected by a failure of the charging company or related parties or (in certain circumstances) the secured parties to comply within the relevant timeframes with the disclosure and notification obligations under English company statutes in respect of persons with significant control (see below).

Assignments

Any assignment of a debt or other chose in action, including by way of security, can only take effect as a legal assignment under section 136 of the Law of Property Act 1925 if it meets the requirements of that provision, which are: (i) the assignment must be in writing under the hand of the assignor; (ii) the assignment must be absolute and not purporting to be by way of charge only; and (iii) express notice in writing of the assignment must be given to the underlying obligor. If any of these requirements are not satisfied, the assignment may still constitute a valid equitable assignment. Equitable assignments, including by way of security, are subject to certain limitations, including, without limitation: (i) where an equitable interest is followed by a legal interest, the subsequent legal interest will take priority if the holder acquired it for value without notice of the equitable interest; and (ii) the priority of dealings in most equitable interests is determined by the time at which notice of such interest is given to the underlying obligor or to the person in control of that equitable interest. The first to give notice will take priority, if that person does not have actual or constructive notice of the prior interest and has given consideration for his or her interest.

PSC Regime

Pursuant to Part 21A of the Companies Act (and related Schedules 1A and 1B to the Companies Act), certain UK incorporated companies, societates europaeae and limited liability partnerships (for the purposes of this paragraph, each a “relevant company”) must keep a register of certain registrable individuals and registrable legal entities that have significant control over them. Failure of such registrable individuals or registrable legal entities or other persons specified in Part 21A of (and Schedule 1B to) the Companies Act (for the purposes of this paragraph, each a “notifying party”) to comply with the requirements of that Part may give relevant companies the right to issue a restrictions notice to such notifying party for the purposes of Schedule 1B to the Companies Act. Subject to certain exceptions, the effect of a restrictions notice is that in respect of any relevant interest in the relevant company (as defined in Schedule 1B to the Companies Act, for example, a share in the relevant company): (i) any transfer of (or agreement to transfer) the interest is void; (ii) no rights are exercisable in respect of the interest; (iii) no shares may be issued in right of the interest or in pursuance of an offer made to the interest-holder; and (iv) except in a liquidation, no payment may be made of sums due from the relevant company in respect of the interest, whether in respect of capital or otherwise. Such restrictions could adversely affect the validity of the security interests or the ability of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to enforce its rights under any security granted over English companies.

National Security and Investment Act 2021

The National Security and Investment Act 2021 (the “NSIA”) came into force in January 2022 as the UK’s new national security screening regime. The NSIA gives the UK Government powers to scrutinize and intervene in transactions where control over certain entities or assets has been or will be “acquired” and this may give rise to a national security risk in the UK. The powers are broad and could affect lenders and security agents when taking and enforcing security over shares or assets, particularly in the 17 designated sensitive sectors.

 

271


Table of Contents

Priority of Claims

One of the primary functions of administration and liquidation under English law is to realize the assets of the insolvent company and to distribute realizations made from those assets to its creditors. Under the Insolvency Act and the Insolvency Rules 2016, creditors are placed into different classes, with the proceeds from the realization of the insolvent company’s property applied in descending order of priority, as set out below. With the exception of the “Prescribed Part” (see “—Prescribed Part” below), distributions cannot be made to a class of creditors until the claims of the creditors in a prior ranking class have been paid in full. Unless creditors have agreed otherwise, distributions are made on a pari passu basis, that is, the assets are distributed in proportion to the debts due to each creditor within a class.

Contractual set-off arrangements in place when a company enters liquidation or distributing administration are displaced by the mandatory insolvency set-off regime. This regime sees an account being taken of what is due from each party to the other in respect of their mutual dealings, and only the resulting net balance is either provable by the creditor in the administration or liquidation of the company (if amounts remain due to the creditor) or, conversely, is payable by the creditor to the company (if amounts remain due to the company).

The general priority on insolvency is as follows (in descending order of priority):

 

  •  

First ranking: holders of fixed charge security (but only to the extent the value of the secured assets covers that indebtedness) and creditors with a proprietary interest in the debtor’s assets but only with respect to the assets in which they have a proprietary interest;

 

  •  

Second ranking: where liquidation / administration occurs within 12 weeks of a moratorium, and in the order of priority shown:

 

  •  

any prescribed fees or expenses of the official receiver acting in any capacity in relation to the company;

 

  •  

moratorium debts and priority pre-moratorium debts;

 

  •  

Third ranking: expenses of the insolvent estate (there are statutory provisions setting out the order of priority in which expenses are paid);

 

  •  

Fourth ranking: ordinary and secondary preferential creditors.

Ordinary preferential debts include (but are not limited to) debts owed by the insolvent company in relation to: (a) contributions to occupational and state pension schemes; (b) wages and salaries of employees for work done in the four months before the insolvency date, up to a maximum of £800 per person; (c) holiday pay due to any employee whose contract has been terminated, whether the termination takes place before or after the date of insolvency; and (d) bank and building society deposits eligible for compensation under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the “FSCS”) up to the statutory limit. As between one another, ordinary preferential debts rank equally;

Secondary preferential debts rank for payment after the discharge of ordinary preferential debts and include (but are not limited to) bank and building society deposits eligible for compensation under the FSCS to the extent that claims exceed the statutory limit, claims by HM Revenue and Customs in respect of certain taxes including VAT, PAYE income tax, employee NI contributions, student loan repayments and Construction Industry Scheme deductions (but excluding corporation tax and employer NI contributions which are held by the company on behalf of employees and customers). As between one another, secondary preferential debts rank equally;

 

  •  

Fifth ranking: holders of floating charge security, according to the priority of their security. This would include any security interest that was stated to be a fixed charge in the document that created it but which, on a proper interpretation by the court, was rendered a floating charge. However, before distributing asset realizations to the holders of floating charges, the Prescribed Part (defined below) must, subject to certain exceptions, be set aside for distribution to unsecured creditors;

 

272


Table of Contents
  •  

Sixth ranking: firstly, provable debts of unsecured creditors (save where such creditors are deferred under Section 74(2)(f) of the Insolvency Act) and any secured creditor to the extent of any unsecured shortfall, in each case including accrued and unpaid interest on those debts up to the date of commencement of the relevant insolvency proceedings. These debts rank equally among themselves unless there are subordination agreements in place between any of them. To pay the secured creditors any unsecured shortfall, the insolvency officeholder can only use realizations from unsecured assets, as secured creditors are not entitled to any distribution from the Prescribed Part unless the Prescribed Part is sufficient to pay out all unsecured creditors or the secured creditor elects to surrender its security;

secondly, interest on the company’s unsubordinated debts (at the higher of the applicable contractual rate and the rate determined in accordance with the Judgments Act 1838 (currently 8% per annum)) in respect of any period after the commencement of liquidation, or after the commencement of any administration which has been converted into a distributing administration. However, in the case of interest accruing on amounts due under the New Notes or the guarantees related thereto, such interest due to the holders of the New Notes may, if there are sufficient realizations from the secured assets, be discharged out of such security recoveries;

thirdly, non-provable liabilities, being liabilities that do not fall within any of the categories above and therefore are only recovered in the (unusual) event that all categories above are fully paid; and

 

  •  

Seventh ranking: subordinated creditors (and any applicable interest). Creditors whose claims are subordinated to the payment of all of the company’s other creditors (subject to the above order of priority, subordinated creditors are ranked according to the terms of the subordination language in the relevant documentation.); and

 

  •  

Eighth ranking: shareholders. If after the repayment of all unsecured creditors in full, any remaining funds exist, these will be distributed to the shareholders of the insolvent company.

Prescribed Part

An administrator, receiver (including administrative receiver) or liquidator of the company will be required to ring-fence a certain percentage of the proceeds of enforcement of floating charge security for the benefit of unsecured creditors (the “Prescribed Part”). Under current law, this applies to 50% of the first £10,000 of net floating charge realizations and 20% of the remainder over £10,000, and the Prescribed Part is subject to a maximum aggregate cap of £800,000 where the first ranking floating charge was created on or after 6 April 2020 (£600,000 if created before then). The Prescribed Part must be made available to unsecured creditors unless the cost of doing so would be disproportionate to the resulting benefit to creditors. As noted above, the Prescribed Part will not be available for any shortfall claims of secured creditors.

Foreign Currency

Under English insolvency law, where creditors are asked to submit formal proofs of claims for their debts, any debt of a company payable in a currency other than pound sterling must be converted into pound sterling at a single rate for each currency determined by the office-holder by reference to the exchange rates prevailing on the relevant date (i.e., the date (i) the company went into liquidation (or, if the liquidation was immediately preceded by an administration, on the date when the company entered administration); or (ii) the company went into administration (or, if the administration was immediately preceded by a winding up, on the date when the company went into liquidation)). This provision overrides any agreement between the parties. A creditor who considers that the rate determined by the office-holder is unreasonable may apply to court and, if the court finds that the rate is unreasonable, the court may itself determine the exchange rate to be used.

Ipso Facto Clauses Prohibited

Section 233B of the Insolvency Act provides a prohibition on the enforcement of certain termination clauses and the imposition of certain amended terms by a supplier in contracts for goods and services, which would have

 

273


Table of Contents

been triggered by the commencement of insolvency proceedings against the counterparty company. Such insolvency proceedings include a company voluntary arrangement, winding up and administration, as well as the new moratorium and restructuring plan. Other rights to terminate under the contract (i.e., other than on the counterparty’s insolvency) are preserved, save that where the supplier is entitled to terminate the contract or the supply because of an event occurring before the start of the insolvency proceeding, and the entitlement arises before the start of that period, the entitlement may not be exercised during the insolvency proceeding. A supplier cannot make it a condition of continued supply during the relevant insolvency proceeding that any outstanding charges in respect of prior supplies are paid. To prevent undue hardship, a supplier may be allowed to terminate the contract if the company, the relevant insolvency practitioner or the court consents.

Contractual termination provisions are not invalid in relation to contracts for supplies of goods or services to a company in the context of certain excluded contracts and parties, including financial services. Contracts are also excluded, amongst other things, where either the supplier or insolvent company is (i) a securitization company; (ii) a recognized investment exchange or clearing house; (iii) an investment bank or investment firm; (iv) an insurer or (v) a bank.

Cross-Border Recognition of English Insolvency and Restructuring Proceedings

General Position

The recognition of English insolvency and restructuring proceedings in other jurisdictions is governed by applicable treaties in respect of the mutual recognition (or otherwise) of courts’ jurisdiction, proceedings and judgments and general principles of private international law such as comity and conflicts of laws rules applicable in the relevant jurisdictions.

One of the key insolvency-related treaties is the UNCITRAL Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency (the “Model Law”), which has been adopted in a number of jurisdictions, including the United States and the UK, where it was implemented by the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations (and the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2006 (SI 2007/115) with respect to Northern Ireland). The Model Law provides for recognition of certain UK insolvency proceedings in other signatory states as either foreign main proceedings (if the COMI of the relevant debtor is determined to be in the UK) or foreign non-main proceedings (if the COMI is determined to be in another jurisdiction but the debtor has an establishment in the UK) upon application by the relevant insolvency officeholder. The nature and scope of the recognition will depend on the way that the Model Law has been implemented into the domestic law of the jurisdiction in question.

Conversely, the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations provide for recognition in the UK of foreign insolvency proceedings as either main proceedings (if the proceedings are taking place in the jurisdiction where the debtor has its COMI) or non-main proceedings (if the proceedings are taking place in a jurisdiction in which the debtor has only an establishment).

If foreign insolvency proceedings are recognized under the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations, there will be a moratorium that is equivalent to the stay that arises in an English liquidation (i.e., a stay on the commencement or continuation of proceedings but not the enforcement of security). The foreign representative of the debtor can apply for wider relief (such as a stay on the enforcement of security) but this is at the discretion of the English court. The English court has held that only procedural relief (such as stays) are available under the Cross-Border Insolvency Regulations; the English court cannot recognize or give effect to a foreign insolvency judgment under these regulations.

The recognition of English courts’ jurisdiction and orders in respect of schemes of arrangement, which are restructuring rather than insolvency proceedings, will be subject to treaties regarding matters relating to the jurisdiction of courts in civil proceedings and the enforcement of civil judgments such as the Hague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements 2005 (the “Hague Convention 2005”) where applicable. The Hague Convention

 

274


Table of Contents

of 2 July 2019 on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Judgments in Civil or Commercial Matters (the “Hague Convention 2019”), which came into force on 1 July 2025 and applies to judgments in proceedings commenced after that date. In addition, recognition may still be available under principles of private international law and Regulation (EC) No 593/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 on the law applicable to contractual obligations (“Rome I”).

The recognition of English courts’ jurisdiction and orders in respect of restructuring plans is a developing area of law. It remains to be seen whether restructuring plans will fall within the scope of other treaties regarding matters relating to the jurisdiction of courts in civil proceedings and the enforcement of civil judgments such as the Hague Convention 2005 or the Hague Convention 2019, or whether they will be treated more akin to insolvency and restructuring proceedings and fall within related exceptions to such treaties.

Recognition in the EU

Following the UK’s departure from the EU and the expiry of the Brexit transition period, UK proceedings no longer benefit from automatic and guaranteed recognition in EU Member States. As the trade and cooperation terms agreed between the EU and the UK do not include a replacement regime for the automatic recognition of UK insolvency procedures across the EU (and vice versa) or otherwise address insolvency matters, cross-border insolvencies involving the UK and one or more EU Member States will be subject to a degree of uncertainty and increased complexity.

Until a mutual recognition agreement is reached in the future, it is likely to be more problematic for UK restructuring and insolvency proceedings to be recognized in EU Member States and for UK office holders to effectively deal with assets located in EU Member States. The impact of the Hague Convention 2019 on UK proceedings is as yet untested. The general position outlined above will apply and recognition will depend on the private international law rules adopted in the relevant EU member state and the need may well arise to open parallel proceedings, increasing the element of risk (e.g. of non-recognition) as well as increasing costs.

To the extent relevant proceedings are deemed to fall within the remit of contract law, Rome I and/or the domestic laws of Members States may offer an alternative basis for recognition in EU Member States.

As a consequence, the recognition of English insolvency and restructuring proceedings across the EU Member States may be different from what investors may have experienced in the past when the UK was a member state of the EU. It is not possible to predict with certainty if and to what extent proceedings will be recognized and whether investors may be adversely affected as a result.

European Union

Certain of the Guarantors and providers of Collateral are incorporated and organized under the laws of member states of the European Union (each, a “EU Member State”). Pursuant to Regulation (EU) no. 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings (which applies to insolvency proceedings opened on or after June 26, 2017), (the “Insolvency Regulation”), which applies within the European Union, other than Denmark, the courts of the EU Member State in which a company’s “centre of main interests” (“COMI”) is situated have jurisdiction to open main insolvency proceedings.

Article 3(1) of the Insolvency Regulation states that a company’s COMI “shall be the place where the debtor conducts the administration of its interests on a regular basis and which is ascertainable by third parties” and that in the case of a company or legal person, COMI is presumed to be located in the country of the registered office in the absence of proof to the contrary, though that presumption shall only apply if the registered office has not been moved to another EU Member State within the three-month period prior to the request for the opening of insolvency proceedings.

 

275


Table of Contents

Recital 30 of the Insolvency Regulation contains a number of examples of where a presumption as to COMI may be rebutted: for instance, if the company’s central administration is located in a EU Member State other than the one where it has its registered office, and where a comprehensive assessment of all the relevant factors establishes, in a manner that is ascertainable by third parties, that the company’s actual centre of management and supervision and the centre of the management of its interests is located in that other EU Member State. In that respect, the factors that courts may take into consideration when determining the COMI of a debtor can include where board meetings are held, the location where the debtor conducts the majority of its business or has its head office and the location where the majority of the debtor’s creditors are established.

This means that a company’s COMI is not a static concept and may change from time to time as the determination of where a company has its COMI is depends on the facts and circumstances as at the date the company enters an insolvency proceeding and on which the courts of the different EU Member States may have differing and even conflicting views.

The courts of all EU Member States (other than Denmark) must recognize the judgment of the court commencing main proceedings, which will be given the same effect in the other EU Member States so long as no secondary insolvency proceedings or territorial insolvency proceedings have been commenced there. The insolvency practitioner appointed by a court in the EU Member State (in which the debtor’s COMI is situated) which has jurisdiction to commence main proceedings may exercise the powers conferred on it by the laws of that EU Member State in another EU Member State (other than Denmark) (such as to remove assets of the debtor from that other EU Member State). These powers are subject to certain limitations (e.g. the powers are available provided that no insolvency proceedings have been commenced in that other EU Member State nor any preservation measure to the contrary has been taken there further to a request to commence secondary proceedings in that other Member State where the debtor has assets).

If the “COMI” of a company is in one EU Member State (other than Denmark), under Articles 3(2) to Article 3(4) of the Insolvency Regulation, the courts of another EU Member State (other than Denmark) only have jurisdiction to open insolvency proceedings against that company if such company has an “establishment” in the territory of such other EU Member State, and such insolvency proceedings must be “secondary.” Secondary proceedings may be any insolvency proceeding listed in Annex A of the Insolvency Regulation and for the avoidance of doubt, are not limited to winding-up proceedings.

An “establishment” is defined in Article 2(1) of the Insolvency Regulation to mean “any place of operations where a debtor carries out or has carried out in the 3-month period prior to the request to open main insolvency proceedings a non-transitory economic activity with human means and assets.” Accordingly, the opening of secondary insolvency proceedings in another EU Member State (other than Denmark) will only be possible if the debtor had an establishment in such EU Member State in the 3-month period prior to the request for opening of main insolvency proceedings.

The effects of those secondary insolvency proceedings opened in that other EU Member State are restricted to the assets of the company situated in such other EU Member State. Where main proceedings in the EU Member State in which the debtor has its COMI have not yet been commenced, territorial insolvency proceedings may only be commenced in another EU Member State (other than Denmark) where the debtor has an establishment where either (i) insolvency proceedings cannot be commenced in the EU Member State in which the debtor’s COMI is situated because of the conditions laid down by that EU Member State’s law; or (ii) the opening of territorial insolvency proceedings is requested by (a) a creditor whose claim arises from or is in connection with the operation of an establishment situated within the territory of the EU Member State where the opening of territorial proceedings is requested, or (b) a public authority which, under the law of the EU Member State within the territory of which the establishment is situated, has the right to request the opening of insolvency proceedings. When main insolvency proceedings are opened, territorial insolvency proceedings become secondary insolvency proceedings. Irrespective of whether the insolvency proceedings are main or secondary or territorial insolvency proceedings, such proceedings will, subject to certain exceptions, be governed by the local insolvency law of the court that has assumed jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings of the debtor.

 

276


Table of Contents

In addition, the concept of “group coordination proceedings” has been introduced in the Insolvency Regulation with the aim of bolstering efficiency in the insolvency of several members of a group of companies. Under Article 61 of the Insolvency Regulation, group coordination proceedings may be requested before any court having jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings of a member of the group, by an insolvency practitioner appointed in insolvency proceedings opened in relation to a member of the group. Participation by the insolvency practitioner of the relevant member of the group in the group coordination proceedings and adherence to the coordinating insolvency practitioner’s recommendations or plan however is voluntary.

In the event that any of the Guarantors experiences financial difficulty, it is not possible to predict with certainty in which jurisdiction or jurisdictions insolvency or similar proceedings would be commenced, or the outcome of such proceedings. Applicable insolvency laws may affect the enforceability of the obligations and the security of the Guarantors.

Germany

Insolvency

Fossil (Europe) GmbH, a Guarantor of the New Notes, is organized under the laws of Germany and has its registered office in Germany. There is a rebuttable presumption that the “centre of main interest” as defined in the Council of the European Union Regulation No 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the “EU Insolvency Regulation”) is the jurisdiction where the registered office is situated. Consequently, any insolvency proceedings with regard to the German Guarantor is likely to be initiated in Germany and, if the German Guarantor were held to have its centre of main interest within the territory of Germany at the time the application for the opening of insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzeröffnungsantrag) is filed, German insolvency law would most likely govern such proceedings. The insolvency laws of Germany and, in particular, the provisions of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) may not be as favorable to creditors as the insolvency laws of other jurisdictions, including, inter alia, in respect of priority of creditors’ claims, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceedings, and hence may limit the ability of the recovery of payments due on the notes to an extent exceeding the limitations arising under other insolvency laws. However, pursuant to the EU Insolvency Regulation, the jurisdiction of the German courts may be limited if the company’s “centre of main interests” is found to be in a Member State other than Germany. This issue is to be determined at the time when the competent court decides on the commencement of the relevant insolvency proceedings.

Under German insolvency law, there is no consolidating group insolvency concept, which generally means that, despite the economic ties between various entities within one group of companies, there will be one separate insolvency proceeding for each of the entities if and to the extent there exists an insolvency reason on the part of the relevant entity. Each of these insolvency proceedings will be legally independent from all other insolvency proceedings (if any) within the group, except for certain coordination and information obligations between the various bodies of the different proceedings to ensure procedural efficiency (cf. below). In particular, there is no consolidation of assets and liabilities of a group of companies in the event of insolvency and no pooling of claims among the respective entities of a group.

On April 13, 2017, the German legislator passed an act to facilitate the mastering of group insolvencies (Gesetz zur Erleichterung der Bewältigung von Konzerninsolvenzen), which came into force on April 21, 2018. This act is mainly intended to facilitate the coordination of and cooperation between insolvency proceedings of group companies. This act does not provide for a consolidation of the insolvency proceedings of the insolvent group companies, or a consolidation of the assets and liabilities of a group of companies or pooling of claims among the respective entities of a group, but rather stipulates four key amendments of the German Insolvency Code in order to facilitate an efficient administration of group insolvencies: (i) a single court may assume jurisdiction for other group company insolvency proceedings (Gruppen gerichtsstand); (ii) the appointment of one single person as insolvency administrator for all relevant group companies is facilitated; (iii) certain coordination obligations are imposed on insolvency courts, insolvency administrators and creditors’ committees; and (iv) certain parties may

 

277


Table of Contents

apply for “coordination proceedings” (Koordinationsverfahren) and the appointment of a “coordinator” (Verfahrenskoordinator) with the ability to propose a “coordination plan” (Koordinationsplan).

Under German insolvency law, insolvency proceedings are not initiated by the competent insolvency court ex officio. Insolvency proceedings can be initiated either by the debtor or by a creditor in the event of over-indebtedness (Überschuldung) or illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) of the debtor. According to the relevant provision of the German Insolvency Code, a debtor is over-indebted if its liabilities exceed the value of its assets (based on their liquidation values), unless a continuation of the debtor’s business as a going concern is predominantly likely (positive Fortführungsprognose) for a prognosis period covering the next twelve months. The debtor is deemed illiquid if it is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due; however, a delay in payment of up to three weeks is not sufficient to establish illiquidity. The decisive factor is whether the debtor is likely to obtain the necessary funds within this three week period to settle at least 90% of the due liabilities as well as the liabilities becoming due within the three week period. If a German stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft—AG), a European law stock corporation based in Germany (Societas Europaea—SE) or a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung—GmbH) or any company not having an individual as personally liable shareholder becomes illiquid and/or over-indebted, the management of such company and, under certain circumstances its shareholders, are obliged to file for the opening of insolvency proceedings without undue delay, however, at the latest within three weeks after illiquidity has occurred and within six weeks after over-indebtedness has occurred. Non-compliance with these obligations exposes management personally to severe risk of both damage claims as well as sanctions under criminal law. Once illiquidity or over-indebtedness has occurred, the management of the insolvent company is generally not allowed to make any payments, unless such payments can be considered as having been made in the ordinary course of business (im ordnungsgemäßen Geschäftsgang), e.g. because they were inevitable to maintain the business operation, provided that such payments are made within the relevant filing periods of three weeks (in case of illiquidity) or six weeks (in case of over-indebtedness), respectively. Payments under the note guarantees should generally not be covered by the aforementioned exemption from the general payment ban.

In addition, the debtor’s management has the right (but not the obligation) to file for insolvency proceedings if it is imminently at risk to become unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due (drohende Zahlungsunfähigkeit). Imminent illiquidity exists if the company is currently able to service its payments obligations, but will presumably not be able to continue to do so within a prognosis period of the next 24 months. However, only the debtor, but not the creditors, is entitled (but not obliged) to file for the opening of insolvency proceedings in the event of an imminent illiquidity.

The insolvency proceedings are controlled by the competent insolvency court which monitors the due performance of the proceedings. Upon receipt of the insolvency petition, the insolvency court may take preliminary protective measures (vorläufige Maßnahmen) to secure the assets of the debtor during the preliminary proceedings (Insolvenzeröffnungsverfahren). The insolvency court may prohibit or suspend any measures taken to enforce individual claims against the debtor’s moveable assets during these preliminary proceedings. As part of such protective measures the court will also appoint a preliminary insolvency administrator (vorläufiger Insolvenzverwalter), unless the debtor has petitioned for debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung)—an insolvency proceeding in which the debtor’s management generally remains in charge of administering the debtor’s business provided that no circumstances are known which lead to the expectation that debtor-in-possession proceedings will place the creditors at a disadvantage. In debtor-in-possession proceedings the debtor’s management is under the supervision of a court appointed custodian (Sachwalter).

The order for opening an insolvency proceeding as debtor-in-possession proceedings requires that (i) it has been requested by the debtor including the submission of a complete and coherent self-administration plan (Eigenverwaltungsplanung) and (ii) no circumstances are known which indicate that the self-administration planning is based on incorrect facts in material respects. The self-administration plan requires detailed (i) financial planning, (ii) concepts for the conduct of the debtor-in-possession proceedings, including a

 

278


Table of Contents

description of the crisis and measures to achieve the turnaround as well as disclosures on the status of the negotiations with debtors, the measures to ensure compliance with insolvency law obligations and an explanation of increased, respectively, decreased costs in comparison to regular proceedings. If the debtor’s request for debtor-in-possession proceedings is successful, the court shall in the opening proceedings refrain from (i) imposing on the debtor a general prohibition on making dispositions or (ii) ordering that all of the debtor’s dispositions are effective only with the consent of a preliminary insolvency administrator. As in this case, instead of a preliminary insolvency administrator, a preliminary custodian (vorläufiger Sachwalter) will be appointed who shall supervise the management of the debtor in preliminary debtor-in-possession proceedings (vorläufige Eigenverwaltung).

If the debtor has filed a petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings based on an insolvency reason other than illiquidity (i.e., imminent illiquidity or over-indebtedness), combined with a petition to initiate such process based on debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung) and if an independent expert testifies that the restructuring of the debtor’s business is not evidently futile (offensichtlich aussichtslos), the court will, upon the request of the debtor, prohibit enforcement measures (other than with respect to immovable assets) and may implement other preliminary measures to protect the debtor from enforcement actions for up to three months until the opening of the actual debtor-in-possession proceedings within a so called protective shield proceedings (Schutzschirmverfahren) during the preliminary debtor-in-possession proceedings. As in debtor-in-possession proceedings without protective shield, the insolvency court will appoint a preliminary custodian (vorläufiger Sachwalter) to supervise the debtor’s management and the process. The debtor is entitled to suggest an individual to be appointed as custodian with such suggestion being binding on the insolvency court unless the suggested person is obviously not eligible to become a custodian (i.e., is obviously not competent and/or not impartial). During such period of preliminary debtor-in-possession proceedings, the debtor shall prepare an insolvency plan which will be implemented in debtor-in-possession proceedings after the debtor-in-possession proceedings have been opened.

Depending on the size of the debtor’s business operations and several other circumstances, the insolvency court must or may appoint a preliminary creditors’ committee (vorläufiger Gläubigerausschuss). During preliminary insolvency proceedings, the insolvency court has to appoint a “preliminary creditors’ committee” (vorläufiger Gläubigerausschuss) if the debtor fulfills at least two of the following three requirements:

 

  •  

a balance sheet total in excess of €6,000,000 (after deducting an equity shortfall if the debtor is over-indebted);

 

  •  

revenues of at least €12,000,000 in the twelve months prior to the last day of the financial year preceding the filing; and/or

 

  •  

fifty or more employees on an annualized average basis.

The preliminary creditors’ committee will be asked for their view on a petition for debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung), or on the person of the (preliminary) insolvency administrator to be appointed or to suggest a particular individual to be appointed by the court. In case the members of the preliminary creditors’ committee unanimously agree on an individual to be appointed, such suggestion is binding on the court (unless the suggested individual is not eligible; i.e., not competent and/or not impartial). To ensure that the preliminary creditors’ committee reflects the interests of all creditors, it shall comprise a representative of the secured creditors, one for the largest creditors and one for small creditors as well as one for the employees. The appointment of further representatives for other creditors groups is possible.

The rights and duties of the preliminary insolvency administrator depend on the decision of the court. The duties of the preliminary insolvency administrator are, in particular, to safeguard and to preserve the debtor’s assets (which, depending on the circumstances, includes the continuation of the business carried out by the debtor), to verify the existence of an insolvency reason and to assess whether the debtor’s net assets will be sufficient to cover the costs of the insolvency proceedings. Depending on the decision of the court, even the right to manage

 

279


Table of Contents

and dispose of the business and assets of the debtor may pass to the preliminary insolvency administrator. The court orders the opening (Eröffnungsbeschluss) of formal insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) if certain requirements are met, in particular if (i) the debtor is in a situation of imminent illiquidity (if the petition has been filed by the debtor) or illiquidity and/or over-indebtedness and (ii) there are sufficient assets (Insolvenzmasse) to cover at least the costs of the insolvency proceedings. If the assets of the debtor are not expected to be sufficient, the insolvency court will only open formal insolvency proceedings if third parties (e.g., creditors) advance the costs themselves. Otherwise, the petition for opening of insolvency proceedings will usually be dismissed for insufficiency of assets (Abweisung mangels Masse) and—if the debtor is a legal entity—the debtor will be dissolved.

Upon the opening of formal insolvency proceedings, an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter) (usually, but not necessarily, the same person who acted as preliminary insolvency administrator) is appointed by the insolvency court who has full power to dispose of the debtor’s assets, and the debtor’s directors are no longer entitled to dispose of its assets, unless debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung) are ordered. In the absence of debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung), the right to administer the debtor’s business affairs and to dispose of the assets of the debtor passes to the insolvency administrator. The insolvency creditors (Insolvenzgläubiger) are only being entitled to request the change of the individual appointed as insolvency administrator at the occasion of the first creditors’ assembly (erste Gläubigerversammlung) unless there is good cause for his replacement (wichtiger Grund), with such change requiring that (i) a simple majority of votes cast (by head count and amount of insolvency claims) has voted in favor of the proposed individual becoming the new insolvency administrator and (ii) the proposed individual be eligible as insolvency administrator (i.e., sufficiently qualified, business-experienced and impartial). As an exception, the court may order debtor-in-possession proceedings to be run by the relevant debtor`s directors under the supervision of a custodian (Sachwalter), in which case the relevant director(s) retain(s), to a large extent, its/their authority to dispose of its assets. Such order remains subject to review and may be repealed in which case an insolvency administrator would be appointed. An insolvency administrator may raise new financial indebtedness and incur other liabilities to continue the debtor’s business. These new liabilities incurred by the insolvency administrator qualify as preferential claims against the estate (Masseverbindlichkeiten) which are preferential to any insolvency claim of an unsecured creditor (with the residual claim of a secured insolvency creditor remaining after realization of the available collateral (if any) also qualifying as unsecured insolvency claim).

From the perspective of the holders of the notes, among others, some important consequences of such opening of formal insolvency proceedings against the German Guarantor or any of their relevant subsidiaries that are subject to the German insolvency regime would be the following:

 

  •  

the right to administer and dispose of the assets of the insolvent entity would generally pass to the insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter) as sole representative of the insolvency estate, unless the court orders debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung);

 

  •  

if the court does not order debtor-in-possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung) with respect to such insolvent entity, disposals effected by the management of such insolvent entity, after the opening of formal insolvency proceedings, are null and void by operation of law;

 

  •  

if, during the final month preceding the date of filing for insolvency proceedings or thereafter, a creditor in the insolvency proceedings has acquired through execution (e.g., attachment) a security interest in part of such insolvent entity’s property that would normally form part of the insolvency estate, such security becomes null and void by operation of law upon the opening of formal insolvency proceedings;

 

  •  

claims against such insolvent entity may only be pursued in accordance with the rules set forth in the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  •  

powers of attorney granted by the insolvent entity and certain other legal relationships cease to be effective upon the opening of insolvency proceedings. Certain executory contracts become unenforceable at such time unless and until the insolvency administrator opts for performance; and

 

280


Table of Contents
  •  

any person that has a right for separation (Aussonderungsrecht) (i.e., the relevant asset of this person does not constitute part of the insolvency estate) does not participate in the insolvency proceedings; the claim for separation must be enforced in the course of ordinary court proceedings against the insolvency administrator.

All creditors, whether secured or unsecured (unless they have a right to separate an asset from the insolvency estate (Aussonderungsrecht) as opposed to a preferential right (Absonderungsrecht)), wishing to assert claims against the insolvent debtor need to participate in the insolvency proceedings. German insolvency proceedings are collective proceedings and creditors may generally no longer pursue their individual claims separately, but can instead only enforce them in compliance with the restrictions of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung). Any judicial enforcement action (Zwangsvollstreckung) brought against the debtor by any of its creditors is subject to an automatic stay once insolvency proceedings have been opened (and, if so ordered by a court as usually is the case, also between the time when an insolvency petition is filed and the time when insolvency proceedings commence). Unsecured creditors may file their claims in the insolvency proceedings and will be paid on the same pro rata basis from the insolvency estate to the extent sufficient assets are available (so-called insolvency quota). Secured creditors are not entitled to enforce their security interests after an insolvency petition has been filed if and to the extent the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) authorizes the insolvency administrator to dispose of the relevant collateral (though, between the time when an insolvency petition is filed and the time when insolvency proceedings commence, such stay on enforcement requires a court order) but have only certain preferential rights (Absonderungsrechte) regarding the assets which are subject to security interests in the insolvency proceedings. In this context, it should be noted that the insolvency administrator generally has the sole right to realize any moveable assets in his/the debtor’s possession which are subject to preferential rights (e.g., liens over movable assets (Mobiliarsicherungsrechte) or security transfer of title (Sicherungsübereignung)) as well as to collect any claims that are subject to security assignment agreements (Sicherungsabtretungen). In the case of creditors secured by pledges over shares or company interests forming part of the insolvency estate, it has been considered to be uncertain whether the creditors are entitled to initiate the enforcement process in respect of the pledged shares on their own or whether the insolvency administrator has the right to realize the pledges on behalf of and for the benefit of the secured creditors. The German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof), however, recently issued a ruling that gave the secured creditors more comfort since it was interpreted as giving the authorization to enforce such pledges to the secured creditors and not the insolvency administrator.

In case the enforcement right is vested with the insolvency administrator, the enforcement proceeds, less certain contributory charges for (i) assessing the value of the secured assets (Feststellungskosten) and (ii) realizing the secured assets (Verwertungskosten) which, in the aggregate, usually add up to 9% of the gross enforcement proceeds plus VAT (if any), are disbursed to the creditor holding a security interest in the relevant collateral up to an amount equal to its secured claims. With the remaining unencumbered assets of the debtor the insolvency administrator has to satisfy the creditors of the insolvency estate (Massegläubiger) first (including the costs of the insolvency proceedings as well as any preferred liabilities incurred by the insolvency estate after the opening of formal insolvency proceedings). Thereafter, all other claims (insolvency claims— Insolvenzforderungen), in particular claims of unsecured creditors, will be satisfied on a pro rata basis (insolvency quota— Insolvenzquote) if and to the extent there is value remaining in the insolvency estate (Insolvenzmasse) after the costs of the insolvency proceeding, including the insolvency administrator’s remuneration, security interest and the preferential claims against the estate have been settled and paid in full. Accordingly, if a German security provider were to grant security over its assets to other creditors, such security may result in a preferred treatment of such secured creditors while the remaining assets may not be sufficient to satisfy the noteholders’ claims under the guarantee granted by such German security provider. In addition, it may take several years before an insolvency quota, if any, is distributed to unsecured creditors.

The preferential right (Absonderungsrecht) of a creditor may not necessarily prevent the insolvency administrator from using a movable asset that is subject to this right. The insolvency administrator must, however, compensate the creditor for any loss of value resulting from such use.

 

281


Table of Contents

Other than secured and unsecured creditors, German insolvency law provides for certain creditors to be subordinated by law, while claims of a person who becomes a creditor of the insolvency estate only after the opening of insolvency proceedings (Massegläubiger) generally rank senior to the claims of regular, unsecured creditors. Claims of subordinated creditors in the insolvency proceedings (nachrangige Insolvenzgläubiger), e.g. shareholders with respect to the repayment of shareholder loans granted to their company, are satisfied only after the claims of all non-subordinated creditors (including the unsecured insolvency claims) have been fully satisfied. The restrictive nature of the covenants and undertakings in the First-Out Notes Indenture and Second-Out Notes Indenture may result in the noteholders and/or the applicable trustee being considered in a “shareholder like position” (gesellschafterähnliche Stellung). In that event, in an insolvency proceeding over the assets of a German Guarantor, the claims arising from a guarantee would be treated as a subordinated insolvency claim (nachrangige Insolvenzforderungen). Subordinated insolvency claims are not eligible to participate in the insolvency proceedings over the assets of a German Guarantor unless the insolvency court handling the case has granted special permission allowing these subordinated insolvency claims to be filed which is not granted in the very vast majority of insolvency cases governed by German law.

A different distribution of enforcement proceeds can be proposed in an insolvency plan (Insolvenzplan). While in regular insolvency proceedings aiming at the liquidation of the relevant insolvent debtor, the value of the insolvent entity’s assets may be realized by a piecemeal sale or, as the case may be, by a bulk sale of the entity’s business as a going concern, a different approach aiming at the rehabilitation of such entities can be taken based on an insolvency plan (Insolvenzplan). Such plan can be submitted by the debtor or the insolvency administrator and requires, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, the consent of each class of creditors in accordance with specific majority rules and the approval of the insolvency court (while a group of dissenting creditors or the debtor can—under certain circumstances—be crammed down). The insolvent entity itself may only oppose the proposed plan if the plan is detrimental to the insolvent company (in comparison to an ordinary insolvency proceeding) or if any creditor will receive a higher economic value than the amount of its claim. If the debtor is a corporate entity, also the shares or, as the case may be, the membership rights in the debtor can be included in the insolvency plan (e.g., they can be transferred to third parties, including a transfer to creditors based on a debt-to-equity swap). In this case, the adoption of the insolvency plan generally also requires the consent of the group of the shareholders. However, the group of dissenting shareholders can—under certain circumstances—also be crammed down. It is also possible to implement a debt-to-equity-swap through an insolvency plan. However, a creditor may not be forced into a debt-to-equity conversion if such creditor did not consent to the swap of its claims into equity of the relevant debtor.

The following subordinated claims shall be satisfied ranking below the other unsubordinated claims of insolvency creditors in the order given herein, and in proportion to their amounts if ranking with equal status: (i) interest and penalty payments accrued on the claims of the insolvency creditors from the opening of the insolvency proceedings; (ii) costs incurred by individual insolvency creditors due to their participation in the opened proceedings; (iii) fines, regulatory fines, coercive fines and administrative fines, as well as such incidental legal consequences of a criminal or administrative offense binding the debtor to pay money; (iv) claims on the debtor’s gratuitous performance of a consideration; (v) claims for the restitution of shareholder loans (Gesellschafterdarlehen) or claims resulting from legal transactions corresponding in economic terms to such a loan; and (vi) claims which the creditor and the debtor agreed to be subordinated in insolvency proceedings.

Under certain circumstances, restrictive covenants and undertakings in finance documents may result in the relevant creditor being considered to be in a “shareholder-like position” (gesellschafterähnliche Stellung) in the insolvent entity. In that event, in an insolvency proceeding over the assets of such insolvent entity, the claims against that entity would be treated as a subordinated insolvency claim (nachrangige Insolvenzforderungen) in accordance with the rules applying to shareholder loans. A third party acquiring the claims that are subject to the rules of the treatment of shareholder loans will itself be exposed inter alia to a claw back risk with respect to repayments that have been made within the period of one year prior to the request to open insolvency proceedings or subsequent to such request (section 135 of the German Insolvency Code). Subordinated

 

282


Table of Contents

insolvency claims are not eligible to participate in the insolvency proceedings over the assets of the debtor (or in any transaction security) unless the insolvency court handling the case has granted special permission allowing these subordinated insolvency claims to be filed which is not granted in the vast majority of insolvency cases governed by German law. To the extent any creditor that benefited from the transaction security was a subordinated creditor, potential sharing and equalization provisions in the finance documents could result in noteholders who are not subordinated suffering a shortfall on the amount they recover.

Under the German Insolvency Code, the insolvency administrator (or in case of debtor-in-possession proceedings, the custodian) may challenge (anfechten) transactions, performances or other acts that are deemed detrimental to insolvency creditors and which were effected prior to the commencement of formal insolvency proceedings during applicable voidable periods. Generally, if transactions, performances or other acts are successfully voided by the insolvency administrator, any amounts or other benefits derived from such challenged transaction, performance or act will have to be returned to the insolvency estate plus accrued interest. The administrator’s right to void transactions can, depending on the circumstances, extend to transactions having occurred up to ten years prior to the filing for the commencement of insolvency proceedings. In the event of insolvency proceedings with respect to any insolvent entity based on and governed by the insolvency laws of Germany, the payment of any amounts to the holders of the New Notes as well as the granting of the Collateral for or providing credit support for the benefit of the New Notes could be subject to potential challenges (i.e., clawback rights) by an insolvency administrator under the rules of voidance (Insolvenzanfechtung) as set out in the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung). In the event such a transaction is successfully voided (angefochten), the holders of the notes may not be able to recover or retain any amounts under the notes or the Collateral and may participate in the insolvency proceedings as unsecured creditor only. If payments have already been made under the New Notes or the Collateral, any amounts received from a transaction that had been voided would have to be repaid (plus accrued interest since the first claim of the insolvency administrator for repayment) to the insolvency estate (Insolvenzmasse). In this case, the holders of the New Notes may only have a general unsecured claim under the New Notes without preference in insolvency proceedings.

The noteholders can then lodge their original claims with the insolvency table, but will only be entitled to an insolvency quota.

Typically, a legal act (Rechtshandlung) or a legal transaction (Rechtsgeschäft) (which term includes (but is not limited to) the granting of a guarantee, the provision of security and the payment of debt) detrimental to the creditors may be voided according to the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) in the following cases:

 

  •  

subject to certain exceptions, any act granting an insolvency creditor, or enabling an insolvency creditor to obtain, security (including a guarantee) or satisfaction (Befriedigung) (i) if such act was performed during the last three months prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings, provided that the debtor was illiquid (zahlungsunfähig) at the time such act was taken and the creditor knew of such illiquidity (or of circumstances that clearly suggest that the debtor was illiquid) at such time, or (ii) if such act was performed after the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings, if the creditor knew of the debtor’s illiquidity or the filing of such petition (or of circumstances that clearly suggest such illiquidity or filing) (section 130 German Insolvency Code);

 

  •  

any act granting an insolvency creditor, or enabling an insolvency creditor to obtain, security or satisfaction (Befriedigung) to which such creditor was not entitled, or which was granted or obtained in a form or at a time to which or at which such creditor was not entitled to such security or satisfaction, if (i) such act was performed during the last month prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings or after such filing, (ii) such act was performed during the second or third month prior to the filing of the petition and the debtor was illiquid at such time or (iii) such act was performed during the second or third month prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings and the creditor knew at the time such act was taken that such act was detrimental to the other insolvency creditors (or had knowledge of circumstances that clearly suggest such detrimental effect) (section 131 German Insolvency Code);

 

283


Table of Contents
  •  

a legal transaction by the debtor that is directly detrimental to the insolvency creditors or by which the debtor loses a right or the ability to enforce a right or by which a proprietary claim against a debtor is obtained or becomes enforceable, if it was entered into (i) during the last three months prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings and the debtor was illiquid at the time of such transaction and the counterparty to such transaction knew of the illiquidity at such time or (ii) after the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings and the counterparty to such transaction knew either of the debtor’s illiquidity or of such filing at the time of the transaction (section 132 German Insolvency Code);

 

  •  

any act by the debtor without (adequate) consideration (e.g., whereby a debtor grants security for a third-party debt, which might be regarded as having been granted gratuitously (unentgeltlich)), if it was effected in the last four years prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings (section 134 German Insolvency Code);

 

  •  

any act by the debtor during the last ten years prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings or at any time after the filing, if the debtor acted with the intention of prejudicing its creditors (vorsätzliche Gläubigerbenachteiligung) and the beneficiary of the act knew of such intention at the time of such act. Such intention of the debtor and the respective knowledge of the beneficiary shall be presumed if the debtor and the beneficiary knew of the debtor’s imminent insolvency (or, in case of an act granting or enabling a creditor to obtain security or satisfaction (Befriedigung) to which such creditor was in fact, and in the form and at the time of performance, entitled, of the debtor’s existing insolvency), and that the transaction constituted a disadvantage for the creditors. If the act performed by the debtor consists in granting an insolvency creditor, or enabling an insolvency creditor to obtain, security or satisfaction (Befriedigung), the claw-back period will be reduced from ten to four years (section 133 German Insolvency Code); the fact that the beneficiary agreed on a payment plan with the debtor or agreed to deferred payments establishes a presumption that it had no knowledge of the debtor being illiquid at this time;

 

  •  

any contract with mutual compensation entered into between the debtor and an affiliated party that directly operates to the detriment of the creditors can be voided unless such contract was entered into earlier than two years prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings or the other party had no knowledge of the debtor’s intention to disadvantage its creditors as of the time the contract was entered into (section 133 para. 4 German Insolvency Code); in relation to corporate entities, the term “affiliated party” includes, subject to certain limitations, members of the management board or supervisory board, general partners and shareholders owning more than 25% of the debtor’s share capital, persons or companies holding comparable positions that give them access to information about the economic situation of the debtor, and other persons who are spouses, relatives or members of the household of any of the foregoing persons;

 

  •  

any act that provides security or satisfaction (Befriedigung) for a claim of a shareholder for repayment of a shareholder loan or a similar claim if (i) in the case of the provision of security, the act took place during the last ten years prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings or after the filing of such petition or (ii) in the case of satisfaction, the act took place during the last year prior to the filing of the petition for the opening of the insolvency proceedings or after the filing of such petition (section 135 German Insolvency Code); or

 

  •  

any act whereby the debtor grants satisfaction for a loan claim or an economically equivalent claim to a third party if (i) the satisfaction was effected in the last year prior to the filing of a petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings or thereafter, and (ii) a shareholder of the debtor had granted security or was liable as a guarantor (Garant) or provider of surety (Bürge) (in which case not the third party but the shareholder must compensate the debtor for the amounts paid (subject to further conditions)) (section 135 para 2 German Insolvency Code).

In this context, “knowledge” is generally deemed to exist if the other party is aware of the facts from which the conclusion must be drawn that the debtor was unable to pay its debts generally as they fell due, that a petition for

 

284


Table of Contents

the opening of insolvency proceedings had been filed, or that the act was detrimental to, or intended to prejudice, the insolvency creditors, as the case may be. A person is deemed to have knowledge of the debtor’s intention to prejudice the insolvency creditors if he or she knew of the debtor’s imminent illiquidity and that the transaction prejudiced the debtor’s creditors. With respect to an “affiliated party,” there is a general statutory presumption that such party had “knowledge.”

Transactions of the debtor for which it promptly receives adequate compensation (so called “cash transaction” (Bargeschäft)) is to a large extent privileged so that the avoidance risk can—under certain circumstances—be substantially reduced (section 142 German Insolvency Code). In particular (but not limited to) the granting of security concurrently with the incurrence of debt may be qualified as a “cash transaction” (Bargeschäft).

Apart from the examples of an insolvency administrator voiding transactions according to the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) described above, a creditor who has obtained an enforcement order (Vollstreckungstitel) could possibly also void any security right or payment performed under the relevant security right according to the German Law of Voidance (Anfechtungsgesetz) outside formal insolvency proceedings. The prerequisites vary to a certain extent from the rules described above and the avoidance periods are calculated from the date a creditor exercises its rights of voidance in the courts.

In addition, a creditor who granted a loan or obtained security from a debtor in financial difficulties may be liable in tort if such creditor was aware of the debtor’s insolvency or financial difficulty at the time security was granted. Under German law creditors risk becoming liable under Section 826 of the German Civil Code (i) for deceiving other creditors about the creditworthiness of the borrower thereby inducing other creditors to continue making business with the borrower and (ii) for causing a delay of an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings in order to obtain an advantage in the time gained. The German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) held that this could be the case if, for example, the creditor was to act with the intention of detrimentally influencing the position of the other creditors of the debtor in violation of the legal principle of bonos mores (Sittenwidrigkeit). Such intention could be present if the beneficiary of the transaction was aware of any circumstances indicating that debtor as the grantor of the guarantee or security is close to financial collapse (Zusammenbruch) or had reason to enquire further with respect thereto.

The German insolvency laws have been subject to further amendments following the implementation of the Directive (EU) 2019/1023 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on preventive restructuring frameworks, on discharge of debt and disqualifications, and on measures to increase the efficiency of procedures concerning restructuring, insolvency and discharge of debt, and amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 (Directive on restructuring and insolvency) (the “Restructuring Directive”). The EU Restructuring Directive aims to put in place key principles for all member states on effective preventive restructuring and second chance frameworks, and measures to make all types of insolvency procedures more efficient by reducing their length and associated costs and improving their quality. On December 22, 2020 the German Bundestag passed the “Act on the further development of the Restructuring and Insolvency Law” (Sanierungs- und Insolvenzrechtsfortentwicklungsgesetz (SanInsFoG)) providing in particular for the implementation of the EU Restructuring Directive into German law by way of the Corporate Stabilization and Restructuring Act (StaRUG). In addition to the implementation of the EU Restructuring Directive, the SanInsFoG, inter alia, also includes amendments to the provisions dealing with the managing director’s obligation to file for insolvency proceedings, to the provisions relating to the managing director’s liability for payments made by an insolvent company and to the procedure of self-administration (Eigenverwaltung), in particular with respect to its entrance hurdles that have been significantly raised. The SanInsFoG for the most part (including the StaRUG) entered into force on January 1, 2021 with a few remaining provisions to follow on January 1, 2022 and July 17, 2022, respectively. The German StaRUG provides a legal framework for preventive restructuring to support businesses facing financial difficulties before insolvency occurs. In particular, the StaRUG establishes mechanisms that enable companies to negotiate and implement a restructuring plan allowing the restructuring of certain claims to be elected by the debtor. A key feature is the ability to bind dissenting creditors to a restructuring plan through majority voting within creditor classes, with thresholds set at 75% of the voting rights which are determined by

 

285


Table of Contents

the claims’ value or the value of certain security rights with respect to the creditors and the share in the debtor’s subscribed capital with respect to the shareholders. The StaRUG also incorporates the “cross-class cram-down” principle, allowing a restructuring plan to be confirmed by the court even if dissent arises in individual creditor classes, provided that certain prerequisites safeguarding the involved creditors are met. Under the StaRUG, the debtor’s management has the option to apply for a stay of enforcement proceedings which is combined with other stabilization measures protecting the debtor and its liquidity for a period of up to eight months (Moratorium). Furthermore, the German legislator opted to include certain privileges for fresh money-financing, but not interim financing. Only debtors which are imminently illiquid (drohend zahlungsunfähig), i.e. if availability of financing is no longer guaranteed within the next 24 months, can make use of the restructuring proceeding under StaRUG. From a practical perspective, the StaRUG is a particularly useful tool for the restructuring of financing tools and its underlying documentation, including intercreditor agreements.

Restructuring plans which are public and confirmed by a German restructuring court will be automatically recognized in any EU member state pursuant to the EU Insolvency Proceedings Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings). In any other case, the recognition of the restructuring plan is subject to certain rules and regulations under applicable international private law.

Security

Under German law it is unclear whether all of the security interests in the Collateral give the applicable Notes Collateral Agent a right to prevent other creditors of a guarantor or security provider from foreclosing into and realizing the Collateral. Some courts have held that certain types of security interests only give their holders priority (according to their rank) in the distribution of any proceeds of such realization, but not an intervention right (Drittwiderspruchsrecht). Accordingly, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent and the holders of the interests in the New Notes may not be able to avoid foreclosure by other creditors into the Collateral, even if they consider such foreclosure untimely. Moreover, enforcement of the Collateral through the German courts may become time-barred or subject to defenses of setoff or counterclaim.

As a result of control possibilities made available under the German security documents, such assignees/pledgees could be treated as being in a position similar to that of a shareholder of the German security grantor, in which case their claims against the German obligor may be subordinated in the insolvency of the German obligor.

Global Assignments

Under German law, in particular the basic principle of priority (Prioritätsgrundsatz), receivables can only be validly assigned if, at the time the assignment is made, the assignor has title to such receivable or is authorized by the holder of the receivable to assign such receivable to the relevant assignee. In general, German law does neither recognize any bona fide acquisition (gutgläubiger Erwerb) of receivables nor can an assignment of receivables be validly granted solely on a bona fide basis.

If the creditor and the debtor of a receivable have contractually restricted the assignment of such receivable it cannot be validly assigned unless it is a commercial monetary claim (i.e., claim for the payment of money) governed by German law and the underlying agreement giving rise to such claim constitutes a commercial transaction (Handelsgeschäft) or the debtor under such claim is a public law entity (juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts) or public special fund (öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen) (cf. Section 354a para. 1 German Commercial Code).

Under German law, a debtor may

 

  •  

invoke against an assignee all defenses it possesses against the assignor at the time of the assignment of the claim (cf. Section 404 German Civil Code); and

 

286


Table of Contents
  •  

under certain circumstances, set-off against the assignee an existing claim which the debtor has against the assignor (cf. Section 406 German Civil Code).

Any prohibition of set-off contained in the German security documents may not be upheld to the extent that the relevant Obligor’s counterclaim has been upheld in a final judgement or is undisputed or results from a consumer-protecting right of revocation.

An assignee must give credit for any payment or other act of performance (Erfüllungshandlung) by the debtor in favor of the assignor after the assignment unless the debtor knew of the assignment at the time of performance (cf. Section 407 German Civil Code). In addition, any legal transaction entered into after the assignment between a debtor (being unaware of the assignment) and the assignor in respect of the debt will have effect against the assignee. If, in any court action between the debtor and the assignor subsequent to the assignment, a final judgment has been delivered, the assignee is bound by that judgment, unless the debtor knew of the assignment at the date when the action was first commenced.

Receivables which are subject to or result from a current account relationship (Kontokorrentverhältnis) come into in rem existence and can validly be assigned only

 

  •  

on each balance date (Abrechnungsstichtag), (but until such current account relationship is terminated such claims are subject to the continuing current account relationship); and

 

  •  

upon termination of the current account relationship (whether by notice or by the initiation of insolvency proceedings in relation to any party or otherwise in relation to such current account relationship).

In the case of insolvency of a debtor, the assignment or pledge of any balance (Saldo) of a current account (Kontokorrent) by such debtor will not be upheld by German courts since the courts would consider the assignment or pledge to be made only after opening of the insolvency proceedings at which time no more rights in respect of the insolvent estate can be acquired without the consent of the insolvency administrator.

An assignment of rights and claims may only be effective if the rights and claims to be assigned are clearly identified (bestimmbar) at the time of the assignment or transfer.

An assignment of insurance receivables pursuant to a German assignment agreement could be invalid or unenforceable to satisfy the secured obligations if and to the extent that under the relevant insurance contract the insurer is only obliged to pay out the insurance proceeds for the purpose of rebuilding (Wiederherstellung) or replacement (Wiederbeschaffung) of the insured object. By their nature liability insurances (Haftpflichtversicherungen) result in claims by the insured person against the insurer to indemnify the insured person against any claims for damages brought by the aggrieved party; in view of the aforementioned, the German Federal Court of Justice (Bundesgerichtshof) holds that claims against a liability insurer can only be validly assigned with effect erga omnes (cf. Section 108 para. 1 Insurance Contract Act) if such liability insurance claims have transformed into payment claims against the insurer following payment by the insured person to the aggrieved party.

An assignment or pledge of receivables governed by a law other than German law by way of a German law security assignment agreement may not create valid, binding and enforceable security rights.

An assignment or pledge of receivables may not create valid, binding and enforceable security rights, where the assignor or pledgor (as the case may be) has its habitual residence outside of Germany.

In case a claim for consideration in relation to a taxable transaction has been assigned, the assignee can be held liable for the payment of VAT to the German tax authorities to the extent that VAT was included in the payment the assignee receives from the third party debtor if the assignor does not pay the VAT due (Section 13c of the German Value Added Tax Law). The same applies in case of receivables that are pledged to a pledgee. The duty

 

287


Table of Contents

of the assignee or pledgee to pay such VAT is mandatory and cannot be excluded or passed on. Further, in cases where the assignee or pledgee (e.g. in case of an enforcement) assigns to a third party a receivable that has been assigned or pledged to it, it is liable for the VAT amount initially included in the assigned or pledged receivable to the extent the assignor or pledgor fails to pay the VAT due.

Pledges

The same limitations as set out above apply to pledges as a receivable may not validly be pledged if the transfer of such receivable is restricted. Also, under German law, a pledge may only be validly created in favor of the creditor(s) of the secured claims and the pledgor will need to notify the relevant debtor of a pledged claim of such pledge in order to create a valid pledge (cf. Section 1280 German Civil Code). Due to the accessory nature of the pledges, the security interests to be granted as pledges will be created in favor of the collateral agent acting in its capacity as creditor of a parallel debt. See “—Accessory Security Interests / Parallel Debt” below.

Since German law does not generally permit for an appropriation of pledged assets by the pledgee upon the occurrence of an enforcement event, an enforcement of a share pledge governed by German law usually requires the sale of the relevant collateral through a formal disposal process involving a public auction administered by a public court (Zwangsversteigerung). Certain waiting periods and notice requirements may apply for such disposal process.

If the shares in a German pledged company are subject to transfer restrictions (Vinkulierung), the consent of the other shareholders is required for a pledge of such shares to become effective (wirksam). In these cases, the shares in the relevant German pledged company only become subject to the pledges created under the respective pledge agreements once consent to the pledges has been granted. However, a number of German legal commentators take the view that such consent is required not only prior to the entry into the pledge, but also prior to the realization of the pledged shares by auction or other disposal.

To the extent a pledge over receivables (Forderungen) has been created under any of the pledge agreements and any such pledge has not been expressly restricted to receivables governed by German law, there is the risk of invalidity of such pledges for lack of compliance with the applicable principles of private international law, in particular the lex causae principle, and/or the German law principle of sufficient specificity (Bestimmtheitsgrundsatz).

Accessory Security Interests/Parallel Debt

Under German law, certain “accessory” security interests such as pledges (Pfandrechte) are of strict accessory nature and are therefore dependent on the secured claims and require that the security holder and the creditor of the secured claim be identical. Therefore, pledges may only be granted to the creditor of a claim to be secured by the accessory security interest and other accessory interests. Such accessory security interests (akzessorische Sicherungsrechte) cannot be held for the benefit of a third party by a pledgee who does not itself hold the secured claim and (i) will automatically lapse to the extent a secured claim is settled, discharged or novated and (ii) may not be assigned independently, but would automatically follow the claims they secure in case the relevant secured claim is assigned.

The accessory security interests will be granted to the applicable Notes Collateral Agents and the ABL Collateral Agent as described under “—Security for the Notes.” The applicable Notes Collateral Agent is, however, not a creditor under the New Notes. The holders of the New Notes on the other hand are creditors under the New Notes and the related guarantees but the holders of the interests in the New Notes from time to time will not be parties to the security documents. In order to permit the holders of the notes from time to time to benefit from pledges granted to the applicable Notes Collateral Agent under German law the security documents provide for the securing of liabilities under a separate abstract acknowledgement of debt (abstraktes Schuldanerkenntnis) constituting a so called “parallel debt” obligation which will be created under the ABL Facility in favor of the

 

288


Table of Contents

applicable Notes Collateral Agent rather than secure the claims of holders of the notes directly. The pledges governed by German law will secure, in particular, the parallel debt.

Pursuant to the parallel debt, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent becomes the holder of a claim equal to each amount payable by an obligor under, in particular, the notes, the related guarantees and the indentures governing the notes, and any payment in respect of the principal obligations will discharge the corresponding parallel debt and any payment in respect of the parallel debt will discharge the corresponding principal obligations. Although the applicable Notes Collateral Agent will have, pursuant to the parallel debt, a claim against the debtors under the notes and the guarantors for the full principal amount due under the notes, there are no published court decisions confirming the validity of the parallel debt structure and of the pledges granted under German law to secure such parallel debt. Therefore, it cannot be ruled out that such concept will not be recognized by German courts and hence there is no certainty that German courts will uphold such pledges. Therefore, the ability of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent to enforce or realize the Collateral, including an enforcement or a realization in the course of insolvency proceedings, may be restricted.

Moreover, the applicable Notes Collateral Agent does not hold the pledges or the parallel debt in trust. This means that in the case of an insolvency of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent if German law would apply to the relevant proceedings, the insolvency administrator over the insolvency estate of the applicable Notes Collateral Agent may successfully claim that there is no right for separation (Aussonderungsrecht) of the holders with respect to the secured claims. As a consequence the secured claims (including the parallel debt) and the accessory security rights would remain with the (then insolvent) applicable Notes Collateral Agent.

Security Agreements Regarding Transfer of Moveable Assets

To the extent moveable assets to be transferred under any German security document are stored in leased premises but not in premises owned by the respective security provider, the relevant landlord has a first ranking statutory lien (Vermieterpfandrecht) on the relevant assets.

Under the German law principle of sufficient specificity (Bestimmtheitsgrundsatz), any asset which is listed in any list of assets or marked in any specific area will only be validly transferred if such asset is specified in a manner which allows for an unambiguous identification of the respective asset. If the transferee under any German security document is, when entering into that agreement, aware of the fact that at the date thereof or at any time thereafter any assets not owned by the relevant transferor and, therefore, not to be transferred by it thereunder are or will be located in the specified security area so that the assets owned by the transferor and contemplated to be transferred by it under the relevant German security document cannot be distinguished from such third party owned assets, such transferee will not acquire ownership in any asset for lack of compliance with the German law principle of sufficient specificity (Bestimmtheitsgrundsatz). This may even apply if the relevant third party is also a transferor under the same and/or any other German security document with the result that none of the concerned security transfers would be valid.

Standard Business Terms

The security documents may qualify as standard business terms (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen). Standard business terms are subject to certain mandatory legal requirements, inter alia, they must be readily understandable (transparent) and not unduly burdensome to the average addressee. If any such requirements are not complied with, the relevant standard business terms a part thereof would be void and replaced by applicable statutory law.

Excessive Collateral

According to the case law of the German Federal Court, collateral, and the agreements granting such collateral, can be void if an initial over-collateralization (anfängliche Übersicherung) is constituted which is so excessive

 

289


Table of Contents

that it is considered to violate of the legal principle of contra bonos mores (Sittenwidrigkeit). If, at the time of entering into a security agreement, it is already certain that the realizable value of the collateral is significantly out of proportion to the claim secured, the entire German collateral could be regarded as an initially excessive collateralization. Although no specific case law exists, a decision by the German Federal Court indicates that the loan-to-collateral ratio would be beyond the threshold applied to subsequent excessive collateralization if the value of the collateral is more than 150 percent of the amount of the secured obligations (in respect of global assignments a much lower threshold of around 110% is discussed). Any valuation, however, will be based on the realizable value taking into account any possible discount on the current market value, arising, e.g. from a sale in the then current situation. In addition, the over-collateralization, in order to be regarded as initially excessive, must be based on a creditor’s reprobate attitude (verwerfliche Gesinnung), which is assumed if a creditor, out of self-interest, displays an ethically unbearable recklessness against a debtor. In exceptional circumstances, an excessive loan-to-collateral ratio can, itself, justify the assumption of a reprobate attitude.

If the realizable value of the collateral at any date after having been granted not only temporarily exceeds the amount of the secured claims by more than 10 percent, the subsequently excessively secured (nachträglich übersichert) creditor is, according to the case law of the German Federal Court, regularly obliged to release collateral back to the debtor insofar as the estimated realizable value of collateral, which depends on the risks of realization of the collateral and on the market situation, exceeds the secured amount by more than such 10 percent. In order to determine the realizable value of the collateral granted, the German Federal Court allows for a reduction of the face value of the collateral, thus, permitting that the face value of the collateral is up to 150 percent of the amounts secured from time to time. In case and to the extent that the realizable value of the aggregate collateral exceeds 110 percent of the secured obligations, the secured creditor would, on demand by the collateral provider, have to release excess collateral.

Limitations on Validity and Enforceability of the Guarantees and the Security Interests

The German Guarantor guaranteeing and providing Collateral is established in the form of a German limited liability company (“GmbH”). Consequently, the granting of a guarantee related to the New Notes or Collateral by the German Guarantor is subject to certain provisions relating to preservation of the statutory capital under the German Limited Liability Company Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung, “GmbHG”).

As a general rule, the provisions of the GmbHG prohibit a GmbH from disbursing its assets to its shareholders to the extent that the amount of the GmbHs net assets would fall below the amount of its stated share capital (Stammkapital) or an already negative amount of its net assets would further be reduced and prohibit payments to shareholders which render the German Guarantor unable to pay its debts as they fall due. Guarantees or security interests granted by the German Guarantor in respect of liabilities or payments of a direct or indirect parent or sister company as well as payments under any arrangements that are not at arm’s length terms are considered disbursements under the provisions of the GmbHG. Moreover, under section 15b of the German Insolvency Code a managing director (Geschäftsführer) of a GmbH can be held personally liable in certain circumstances for payments to third parties, including to the shareholders of the GmbH if such payments lead to the insolvency (illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) or over-indebtedness (Überschuldung)) of the GmbH or are made at a time when the GmbH is already insolvent. The granting of guarantees and security interests for the benefit of direct or indirect parent or sister companies of the GmbH could be considered as such disbursements and payments to shareholders.

In order to enable the German Guarantor to grant related guarantees and to provide collateral to secure liabilities of a direct or indirect parent or sister company without the risk of violating the provisions of the GmbHG and to limit any potential personal liability of management, it is standard market practice for credit agreements, indentures, guarantees and security documents to subject such guarantee to a so called “limitation language” in relation to subsidiaries incorporated in Germany in the legal form of a GmbH.

 

290


Table of Contents

Pursuant to such “limitation language,” the secured parties contractually agree, subject to certain exemptions, to enforce the security interests and the beneficiaries of the guarantees agree, subject to certain exemptions, to enforce the guarantees against a German subsidiary which is a GmbH (or to release the proceeds of an enforcement, as applicable) only if and to the extent that such enforcement does not result in the subsidiary’s net asset falling below the amount of its stated share capital or increasing such shortfall in order to avoid a violation of the applicable provisions of the German GmbHG.

Accordingly, as a matter of German corporate law, the documentation with respect to the Collateral and the guarantees related to the notes, to the extent provided by the German Guarantor, contains or will contain such contractual limitation language. This could lead to a situation in which the respective related guarantees or Collateral granted by the German Guarantor cannot be enforced at all and the holders of the notes will lose the benefit of the related guarantees or Collateral, respectively.

In addition, it cannot be ruled out that the case law of the German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) regarding so called “destructive interference” (existenzvernichtender Eingriff) (i.e., a situation where a shareholder deprives a German Guarantor of the liquidity necessary for it to meet its own payment obligations) may be applied by courts with respect to the enforcement of the guarantees related to the New Notes or any Collateral granted by a German Guarantor as up-stream or side-stream security. In such case, the amount of proceeds to be realized in an enforcement process may be reduced, even to zero. According to a decision of the German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof), a security agreement may be void due to tortious inducement of breach of contract if a creditor knows about the distressed financial situation of the debtor and anticipates that the debtor will only be able to grant collateral by disregarding the vital interests of its other business partners. It cannot be ruled out that German courts may apply this case law with respect to the granting of the related guarantees and/or Collateral by a German Guarantor. Furthermore, the beneficiary of a transaction effecting a repayment of the stated share capital of the German Guarantor of the related guarantees or Collateral could become personally liable under exceptional circumstances. The German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) ruled that this could be the case if, for example, the creditor was to act with the intention of detrimentally influencing the position of the other creditors of the debtor in violation of the legal principle of contra bonos mores (Sittenwidrigkeit). Such intention could be present if the beneficiary of the transaction was aware of any circumstances indicating that the German Guarantor when granting the related guarantees and/or the Collateral was close to collapse (Zusammenbruch), or had reason to enquire further with respect thereto.

Creditor Liability

The beneficiary of a transaction effecting a repayment of the stated share capital of the grantor of the guarantee or security could moreover become personally liable under exceptional circumstances. The German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) ruled that this could be the case if for example the creditor were to act with the intention of detrimentally influencing the position of the other creditors of the debtor in violation of the legal principle of contra bonos mores (Sittenwidrigkeit). Such intention could be present if the beneficiary of the transaction was aware of any circumstances indicating that the grantor of the guarantee or security has been close to collapse (Zusammenbruch) or insolvency or had reason to enquire further with respect thereto. Under such circumstances, the guarantees related to the New Notes or other Collateral may also be invalid or subject to claw back in insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzanfechtung).

Pursuant to the principles of group liability (Konzernhaftung) developed in case law, a person may, furthermore, be held liable for the debts of a German company if it caused disadvantage to the company through the exercise of substantial influence over the management of the company in particular by directly or indirectly taking all major decisions in a particular area of activity (e.g. finance, production, marketing) without adequate consideration for the interest of the company.

 

291


Table of Contents

Enforcement of U.S. Judgments in Germany

We have been advised by our German counsel that there is doubt as to the enforceability in Germany of civil liabilities based on U.S. federal or state securities laws, either in an original action or in an action to enforce a judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts. The United States and Germany currently do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment by any U.S. federal or state court for payment, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Germany. A final judgment by a U.S. federal or state court, however, may be recognized and enforced in Germany in an action before a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with the proceedings set forth by the German Code of Civil Procedure (Zivilprozessordnung), especially by Sections 722, 723 and 328 German Code of Civil Procedure. In such an action, a German court would not reinvestigate the merits of the original matter decided by a U.S. court, except as noted below. The recognition and enforcement of a U.S. judgment by a German court would be conditional upon a number of factors, including the following:

 

  •  

the judgment being final under U.S. federal or state law;

 

  •  

the U.S. court having had jurisdiction over the original proceeding under German law;

 

  •  

the respondent having been given sufficient opportunity to defend the claim (for the avoidance of doubt, a judgment against a respondent not having defended the claim despite being served with a duly filed claim and given due opportunity to defend same is not per se precluded from recognition and enforcement);

 

  •  

the judgment of the U.S. court not being inconsistent with a judgment of a German court or a recognized judgment of a foreign court handed down before the judgment of the U.S. court;

 

  •  

the matter (Verfahren) resulting in the judgment of the U.S. court not being inconsistent with the matter (Verfahren) pending before a German court; provided that such German matter was pending before a German court prior to the U.S. court entered its judgment;

 

  •  

the recognition of the judgment by the U.S. court does not lead to an outcome that is incompatible with the fundamental principles of German law (ordre public); and

 

  •  

generally, the guarantee of reciprocity.

Reciprocity in the meaning of Section 328 German Code of Civil Procedure is ensured if at the time of actual enforcement the foreign court which rendered the judgment to be enforced in Germany would itself recognize and enforce a judgment of similar content rendered by a German court.

Subject to the foregoing, the holders of the notes may be able to enforce judgments in civil and commercial matters obtained from U.S. federal or state courts in Germany. We cannot, however, assure you that attempts to enforce judgments in Germany will be successful. In addition, in the past the recognition and enforcement of punitive damages has been denied by German courts as incompatible with the substantial foundations of German law. Moreover, a German court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court and recognize damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages.

German civil procedure differs substantially from U.S. civil procedure in a number of respects. With respect to the production of evidence, for example, U.S. federal and state law and the laws of several other jurisdictions based on common law provide for pre-trial discovery, a process by which parties to the proceedings may, prior to trial, compel the production of documents by adverse or third parties and the deposition of witnesses. Evidence obtained in this manner may be decisive in the outcome of any proceeding. No such pre-trial discovery process exists under German law.

 

292


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

The following is a brief description of certain limitations on the enforceability of civil liabilities in Canada, England and Wales and Germany, where certain Guarantors are organized.

Canada

Canada is not a party to any convention or treaty with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcements of foreign judgments. In the absence of an agreement for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, a final judgment for payment rendered by any a federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether predicated solely on U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise, would not automatically be enforceable in Canada. Further, Canada is a federation with a constitutional division of powers between the federal Government of Canada and its provinces and territories. Matters relating to property and civil rights fall within the exclusive jurisdiction of each of the provinces and territories of Canada. Accordingly, in order to enforce a U.S. judgment in Canada, proceedings must be initiated in a court of competent jurisdiction in Canada.

Courts in the Provinces of Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec and New Brunswick will permit an action to be brought on any final, conclusive, subsisting and enforceable judgment in personam of any federal or state court in the U.S., without reconsideration of the merits of the original matter decided by a U.S. court, and will give judgment recognizing a U.S. judgment, if:

 

  •  

the U.S. court rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the original proceeding according to Canadian or provincial conflicts of laws principles (including for the purposes of the Province of New Brunswick that (a) the defendant was, at the time the action commenced, ordinarily resident in the jurisdiction of the U.S. court; or (b) the defendant submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court by becoming a plaintiff in the action, by voluntarily appearing as a defendant in the action without protest, or by expressly or impliedly agreeing to submit thereto);

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment is final and conclusive on the merits in the sense that it is final and unalterable in the U.S. court which pronounced it, is for a debt for a definite sum of money, and is not impeachable as void or voidable under applicable U.S. law;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment was not obtained by fraud or in breach of Canadian principles of natural justice and the U.S. judgment and the enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy (including, for purposes of the Province of Quebec, public order as understood in international relations), as this term is understood under the laws of the Province of Ontario or the Province of Alberta and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment was not given in proceedings brought in breach of an agreement for the settlement of disputes and is not inconsistent with a judgment of a Canadian court between the same parties concerning the same issues and facts;

 

  •  

if the U.S. judgment is a default judgement, the U.S. judgment does not contain a manifest error on its face;

 

  •  

the enforcement of the U.S. judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue, penal, or expropriatory laws, other public laws, or laws relating to the imposition of taxes or similar charges;

 

  •  

the enforcement of the U.S. judgment would not be contrary to the laws of general application limiting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, including bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, moratorium and similar laws;

 

  •  

the enforcement of such judgment would not be contrary to the fundamental principles of procedure, any order under the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada), the United Nations Act (Canada),

 

293


Table of Contents
 

the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada) or the Competition Tribunal under the Competition Act (Canada) in respect of certain judgments, laws and directives having effects on competition in Canada; and

 

  •  

enforcement proceedings in Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia or New Brunswick are initiated within the applicable limitation or prescription period.

Further, for purposes of the Province of Quebec, if the judgment was rendered by default, the plaintiff must prove that the act instituting the proceedings was duly served on the defendant, and the courts in Quebec may refuse recognition or enforcement of the judgment if the defendant proves that, owing to the circumstances, it was unable to learn of the act instituting the proceeding or was not given sufficient time to offer its defense.

For the purposes of the Province of New Brunswick, it is a sufficient defense to any enforcement proceeding that the defendant in the original action was not duly served with the process of the original court and did not appear, even though the defendant was ordinarily resident in the foreign country or agreed to submit to the jurisdiction of that court. Further, a defendant in any enforcement proceeding brought in the Province of New Brunswick is not, by reason of the judgment of the U.S. court estopped from availing itself of any right or defense based on either law or fact that has accrued to the defendant after the entering of the judgment by the U.S. court.

In addition, under the Currency Act (Canada), courts in Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec and New Brunswick may only render judgment for a sum of money in Canadian currency, and in enforcing a foreign judgment for a sum of money in a foreign currency, an Ontario court will render its decision in the Canadian currency equivalent of such foreign currency.

The courts in Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec and New Brunswick will apply their own respective provincial laws with respect to their procedures, including service of the judgment debtor in the Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec or New Brunswick proceedings, and to matters that have overriding effect in the enforcement of a judgment of a U.S. court or in cases of emergency or serious inconvenience to ensure protection of a person or its property. Where a Quebec court applies the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the laws so applied will be the internal laws of that jurisdiction, and not its rules governing conflict of laws. The courts in Quebec may also give effect to a mandatory provision of the law of another country or state with which the situation is closely connected where legitimate and manifestly preponderant interests so require (based on consideration given to the purpose of the provision and the consequences of its application). The courts in Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec and New Brunswick each retain the discretion to stay an enforcement proceeding if the U.S. judgment is subject to appeal or if there is another subsisting judgment in another jurisdiction relating to the same cause of action. Courts in Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Quebec or New Brunswick may also decline to exercise their jurisdiction to hear an enforcement action if the court determines that a court of another state or province is a more appropriate forum.

The Company cannot assure you that a U.S. judgment will be recognized or be enforceable in Canada. In addition, a Canadian court may not accept jurisdiction and impose civil liability in an original proceeding brought in Canada based solely on U.S. federal securities laws.

England and Wales

The United States and England and Wales currently do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in England and Wales. In order to enforce any U.S. judgment in England and Wales, proceedings must be initiated before a court of competent jurisdiction in England and Wales. In such an action, the courts of England and Wales would not generally reinvestigate the merits of the original matter decided by a U.S. court (subject to what is said below) and it would usually be possible to obtain summary judgment on such a claim (assuming that there is no good defense to it).

 

294


Table of Contents

Recognition and enforcement of a U.S. judgment by the courts of England and Wales in such an action is conditional upon (among other things) the following:

 

  •  

the U.S. court having had jurisdiction over the original proceeding according to conflicts of laws principles in England and Wales;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment being final and conclusive on the merits in the sense of being final and unalterable in the court which pronounced it and being for a debt for a definite sum of money;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment not contravening public policy in England and Wales;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment being not for a sum payable in respect of tax, or other charges of a like nature in respect of a penalty or fine;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment not having been arrived at by doubling, trebling or otherwise multiplying a sum assessed as compensation for the loss or damage sustained and not being otherwise in breach of Section 5 of the UK Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment not having been obtained by fraud or in breach of principles of natural justice in England and Wales;

 

  •  

the U.S. judgment is not given in proceedings brought in breach of an agreement for settlement of disputes;

 

  •  

there not having been a prior inconsistent decision of the courts of England and Wales or a non-U.S. court between the same parties; and

 

  •  

the enforcement proceedings in England and Wales being commenced within six years from the date of the U.S. judgment.

Subject to the foregoing, investors may be able to enforce in England and Wales judgments in civil and commercial matters that have been obtained from U.S. federal or state courts. However, The Company cannot assure you that those judgments will be recognized or enforceable in England and Wales. In addition, it is questionable whether the courts of England and Wales would accept jurisdiction and impose civil liability if the original action was commenced in England and Wales, instead of the U.S., and predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

Germany

The United States and the Federal Republic of Germany currently do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by any federal or state court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable, either in whole or in part, in Germany. A final judgment by a U.S. federal or state court, however, may be recognized and enforced in Germany in an action before a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with the proceedings set forth by the German Code of Civil Procedure (Zivilprozessordnung). In such an action, a German court generally will not reinvestigate the merits of the original matter decided by a U.S. court, except as noted below. The recognition and enforcement of the U.S. judgment by a German court is conditional upon a number of factors, including the following:

U.S. courts could take jurisdiction of the case in accordance with the principles of jurisdictional competence according to German law;

 

  •  

the document commencing the proceedings was duly served and made known to the defendant in a timely manner that allowed for adequate defense, or in case of noncompliance with such requirement, (i) the defendant does not invoke such noncompliance or (ii) has nevertheless appeared in the proceedings;

 

295


Table of Contents
  •  

the judgment is not contrary to (i) any judgment which became res judicata rendered by a German court or (ii) any judgment which became res judicata rendered by a foreign court which is recognized in Germany and the procedure leading to the respective judgment does not contradict any such judgment under (i) and (ii) or a proceeding previously commenced in Germany;

 

  •  

the effects of its recognition will not be in conflict with material principles of German law, including, without limitation, fundamental rights under the constitution of Germany (Grundrechte). In this context, it should be noted that any component of a U.S. federal or state court civil judgment awarding punitive damages or any other damages which do not serve a compensatory purpose, such as treble damages, will not be enforced in Germany. They are regarded to be in conflict with material principles of German law;

 

  •  

the reciprocity of enforcement of judgments is guaranteed; and

 

  •  

the judgment is final under U.S. federal or state law.

Enforcement and foreclosure based on U.S. judgments may be sought against German defendants after having received an exequatur decision from a competent German court in accordance with the above principles. Subject to the foregoing, investors may be able to enforce judgments in Germany in civil and commercial matters obtained from U.S. federal or state courts. However, we cannot assure you that those judgments will be enforceable.

Enforcement is also subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium as well as other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. In addition, it is doubtful whether a German court would accept jurisdiction and impose civil liability in an original action predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

Furthermore, German civil procedure differs substantially from U.S. civil procedure in a number of aspects. With respect to the production of evidence, for example, U.S. federal and state law and the laws of several other jurisdictions based on common law provide for pre-trial discovery, a process by which parties to the proceedings may, prior to trial, compel the production of documents by adverse or third parties and the deposition of witnesses. Evidence obtained in this manner may be decisive in the outcome of any proceeding. No such pre-trial discovery process exists under German law.

If the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered but not recognized in Germany, brings a new lawsuit in a competent court in Germany, such party may submit to the German court the final judgment rendered in the United States. Under such circumstances, a judgment by a federal or state court of the United States will be regarded by a German court only as evidence of the outcome of the dispute to which such judgment relates. A German court may choose to re-hear the dispute and may render a judgment not in line with the judgment rendered by a federal or state court of the United States.

 

296


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each term as defined below) of the Transactions and the ownership and disposition of any New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants acquired pursuant thereto.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, proposed, temporary and final Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, and administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in each case as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed herein. We have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

We believe, and the following discussion assumes, that the Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, treated as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary also assumes that the Old Notes are, and New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants will be, held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This summary does not address other U.S. federal tax laws (such as the Medicare tax on net investment income and estate and gift tax laws) or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. In addition, this summary does not address all tax considerations that may be applicable to a particular holder’s circumstances or to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax, banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting for their securities holdings, U.S. Holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders holding the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction, holders deemed to sell the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, holders required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement, persons participating in the Supporting Holders Exchange, existing holders of Common Stock or subsequent purchasers of the New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, including any entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust, if its administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if it has made a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of the Old Notes or New Notes that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants, the tax

 

297


Table of Contents

treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner in a partnership holding the Old Notes, the New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Transactions and the ownership and disposition of any New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants acquired thereby, or upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants.

This summary is for general information purposes only, and is not intended to be, and should not be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws, as well as the application of non-income tax laws and the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction, to your particular situation.

Characterization of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering is complex and subject to numerous interpretational issues and uncertainties. Although the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering are presented from a securities law perspective as two separate but related offers, we intend to take the position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that they should be treated as part of a single, integrated offer from the Company to Holders to either (i) exchange Old Notes and cash for the combination of First-Out Notes (i.e., both the First-Out Notes issued pursuant to the Rights Offering and those issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer), the Common Stock issued in connection with the Rights Offering, and Initial Public Warrants (the “First-Out Exchange”) or (ii) exchange Old Notes for the combination of Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants (the “Second-Out Exchange”) (such treatment, “Integrated Offer Treatment”). The receipt of Subscriptions Rights would not be treated as receipt of a separate property right or otherwise be accorded separate significance for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to exchanging Holders. We believe such treatment is appropriate given the economic incentive for persons that exercise their Subscription Rights to exchange their Old Notes for First Out Notes, the participation deadline for the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering is the same, and no subscriptions for First-Out Notes pursuant to the Rights Offering (though timely submitted) will be accepted unless we complete the Exchange Offer.

It is possible, however, that the receipt and/or exercise of the Subscription Rights could be treated separate from the Exchange Offer for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with its form. Even in such instance, the tax treatment of the Subscription Rights is uncertain. For example, the Subscription Rights could be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) as a separate (potentially taxable) property right received by all Holders or possibly only to exercising Holders that do not participate in the Exchange Offer or (ii) as itself a modification of the terms of the Old Notes due to the fact that the Subscription Rights are not separately transferable but rather trade with the Old Notes. In both instances, any Old Notes that remain outstanding after the Exchange Offer (though, in the first instance, possibly only with respect to exercising Holders) would have to take the Subscription Rights into account to determine whether such Old Notes were significantly modified for U.S. federal income tax purposes so as to result in a deemed exchange of such Old Notes for newly-issued modified Old Notes. For a further discussion of such alternative characterizations of the Subscription Rights, see “—Tax Consequences to Non-Exchanging Holders—Receipt and Exercise of Subscription Rights.” Accordingly, there is no assurance that the IRS will agree with such treatment. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Transactions, including the treatment of the receipt of the Subscription Rights. The remainder of this discussion assumes that Integrated Offer Treatment applies unless otherwise indicated.

Tax Consequences of Consent Premium

Holders that agree to participate in the Exchange Offer are deemed to have provided their consents in the Consent Solicitation and are thus entitled to receive the Consent Premium on a pro rata basis based on the proportion that such Holder’s Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn represent of the aggregate of all Old

 

298


Table of Contents

Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer and Old Notes delivered by the Supporting Holders in the Supporting Holders Exchange, based on the principal amount of Old Notes so tendered and not withdrawn and delivered by such Holder, payable on the Settlement Date (i.e., the closing of the Transactions). The Consent Premium will be payable to New Money Participants in the form of additional First-Out Notes and to Non-New Money Participants in the form of additional Second-Out Notes. Although the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the receipt of the Consent Premium is somewhat uncertain, we believe, and the tax discussion herein assumes, that the Consent Premium should be treated as additional consideration received in exchange for the Old Notes. However, the IRS could take the position that the Consent Premium instead should be treated as a separate fee that would be subject to tax as ordinary income, and in the case of Non-U.S. Holders could be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Consent Premium.

Tax Consequences of the UK Proceeding Amendments

Under general principles of U.S. federal income tax law, the modification of a debt instrument can give rise to an exchange under Section 1001 of the Code upon which gain or loss is realized if the modified debt instrument differs materially either in kind or in extent from the original debt instrument. Governing Treasury regulations (the “Debt Modification Regulations”) provide that, as a general rule, an exchange occurs when, based on all the facts and circumstances and taking into account all changes in the terms of the debt instrument (including prior changes but excluding certain specified changes) collectively, the legal rights or obligations that are altered, and the degree to which they are altered, are economically significant (a “significant modification”). The Debt Modification Regulations can apply to any modification of a debt instrument, regardless of the form of the modification, and thus can apply to treat an exchange in form, i.e., an exchange of a new debt instrument for an existing debt instrument, as not an exchange in substance. Generally, a modification is tested to determine if it is significant at the time the issuer and holder of a debt instrument enter into an agreement to modify such debt instrument, even if the change in the terms of the debt instrument is not immediately effective. However, if the parties condition a change in a term of a debt instrument on a reasonable closing condition, a modification occurs on the closing date of the agreement, and therefore, if the reasonable closing condition does not occur so that the change in the term of the debt does not become effective, a modification does not occur.

The UK Proceeding Amendments include amendments to change the governing law of the Old Notes and Old Notes Indenture to the laws of England and Wales. Consents provided for the UK Proceeding Amendments will not become effective unless the Minimum Tender Condition (or any other condition to completing the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding) is not satisfied or waived and the Company is required to proceed with the UK Proceeding pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement. We believe that these conditions are reasonable closing conditions for purposes of the Debt Modification Regulations, and consequently that whether the UK Proceedings Amendment results in a significant modification of the Old Notes should be tested when, if at all, the UK Proceeding Amendments become effective. Given that the UK Proceeding would only be implemented if Holders are otherwise substantially in favor of exchanging their Old Notes and were willing to exchange their Old Notes even in absence of a UK Proceeding, we believe that the implementation of UK Proceeding Amendments should not be considered economically significant, and thus should not give rise to a significant modification. There is no assurance, however, that the IRS will agree with this position. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding such characterization in light of your particular circumstances.

Characterization of the Initial Public Warrants as Stock or an Option to Acquire Stock

As of the date hereof, the trading price of our shares of Common Stock significantly exceeds the exercise price of an Initial Public Warrant. The U.S. federal income tax status of a deep-in-the-money warrant with a more than nominal exercise price is not entirely clear. Such warrant may be treated either as an option to acquire stock or as stock itself. Although the matter is not free from doubt, we expect to take the position that the Initial Public Warrants are treated as stock of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes based on the trading price of our Common Stock as of the date hereof relative to the exercise price of the Initial Public Warrants, the term of

 

299


Table of Contents

the Initial Public Warrants and the fact that the Initial Public Warrants are exercisable for either stock (i.e., the Common Stock) or an instrument (i.e., the Pre-Funded Public Warrants) intended to be treated as stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes (see “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders—Tax Consequences of Ownership of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants”). However, the position that we ultimately take will be based on, among other things, the trading price of the Common Stock on the Settlement Date, and there could be fluctuations in the trading price of the Common Stock between the date hereof and the Settlement Date. Accordingly, the terms of the Initial Public Warrants and the Pre-Funded Public Warrants will require holders to treat and report the Initial Public Warrants as stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless the Company provides notice of alternative treatment to holders, then in accordance with such alternative treatment. There is no assurance that the IRS will not challenge our U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Initial Public Warrants. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding such characterization in light of your particular circumstances. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the receipt and ownership of the Initial Public Warrants is discussed further below.

Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a U.S. Holder that exchanges Old Notes pursuant to the Transactions.

Tax Consequences of Exchanges

As discussed above (see “—Tax Consequences of the UK Proceeding Amendments”), the Debt Modification Regulations apply to an exchange of a new debt instrument for an existing debt instrument to determine whether an exchange in form is an exchange in substance for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, thus, as a threshold matter are applicable to the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Under the Debt Modification Regulations, a change in yield of a debt instrument is a significant modification if the yield of the modified debt instrument varies from the yield on the unmodified instrument (determined as of the date of the modification) by more than the greater of (i) 25 basis points and (ii) 5 percent of the annual yield of the unmodified instrument (the “Change in Yield Threshold”). For this purpose, the yield of the modified debt instrument is the annual yield of a debt instrument with (i) an issue price equal to the adjusted issue price of the unmodified debt instrument on the date of the modification (increased by accrued but unpaid interest and increased or decreased, respectively by payments made to the issuer or to the holder as consideration for the modification) and (ii) payments equal to the payments on the modified debt instrument from the date of the modification.

Because the modified yield so calculated in the case of the First-Out Notes and the Second Out Notes (taking into account, among other things, the Consent Premium and the Initial Public Warrants) exceeds the Change in Yield Threshold with respect to the Old Notes, the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Transactions will be respected as an exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The First-Out Exchange and the Second-Out Exchange will each be treated as a fully taxable exchange, unless such exchange qualifies as a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Whether the First-Out Exchange or Second-Out Exchange qualifies as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes depends on whether the Old Notes and First-Out Notes or Second-Out Notes, as applicable, are treated as “securities” under the relevant provisions of the Code. Neither the Code nor the Treasury regulations define the term security. The determination of whether a particular debt instrument constitutes a “security” depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt, including whether the holder of such debt instrument is subject to a material level of entrepreneurial risk and whether a continuing proprietary interest is intended or not. One of the most significant factors considered in determining whether a particular debt obligation is a security is its original term. In this regard, debt instruments with an average original term of ten years or more generally have qualified as securities, whereas an average original term of less than five years is evidence that the debt instrument is not a security. Nevertheless, some debt instruments with terms of less than five years have

 

300


Table of Contents

been held to be securities. Numerous other factors may be considered in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including, among others the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the borrower, the subordination or lack thereof to other creditors, the relative amount of debt to equity, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the borrower, whether payments of interest are fixed, variable or contingent, and whether such payments are made on a current basis or accrued. Additionally, the IRS has ruled that where an original debt instrument qualified as a security, a new debt instrument issued in exchange for that original debt instrument may, under certain circumstances, be treated as a continuation of the investment in the original debt instrument and thus also a security (even if the stated term of the new debt instrument is less than five years).

Based on current and anticipated circumstances, we expect to take the position, and the tax discussion herein assumes unless otherwise indicated, that the Old Notes and Second-Out Notes are treated as “securities” for U.S federal income tax purposes and that the First-Out Notes are not treated as “securities.” There is no assurance, however, that the IRS will not challenge such characterization. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the characterization of such notes and the qualification of the exchange as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Recapitalization Treatment

As described above (see“—Characterization of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering), the discussion herein assumes Integrated Offer Treatment—meaning that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a Holder that participates in the First-Out Exchange generally will be treated as exchanging Old Notes and cash for an “investment unit” consisting of First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants in a single integrated transaction and (ii) a Holder that participates in the Second-Out Exchange generally will be treated as exchanging Old Notes for an “investment unit” consisting of Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants. In both cases, First-Out Notes and Second-Out Notes includes any such notes received as Consent Premium (see “—Tax Consequences of Consent Premium”).

Due to the payment of cash in addition to the exchange of Old Notes in the First-Out Exchange, it is necessary in determining the consequences of a recapitalization and a fully taxable exchange to determine how the cash paid should be taken into account. For example, the cash could be treated as an offset to the value of the investment unit and, in the case of a recapitalization, as an offset to any property that could give rise to taxable gain, i.e., to the so-called “boot” (the “offset approach”). Or alternatively, for example, it could be treated as a purchase of a proportionate, indivisible portion of each component of the investment unit based on the amount of cash paid relative to the fair market value of the Old Notes exchanged (the “purchase approach”). The Company currently expects to apply the offset approach for its purposes where appropriate. Both of these approaches are discussed below. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the treatment of the investment unit, and each component thereof, under either these or an alternative approach.

Under the offset approach, Holders that participate in the First-Out Exchange that qualifies as a recapitalization generally will recognize gain (but not loss) equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of any gain realized on the exchange of their Old Notes and (ii) the fair market value of all the First-Out Notes received less the full amount of cash paid. The gain, if any, realized on the exchange will equal the excess (if any) of (i) the sum of the issue price of all the First-Out Notes received and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received over (ii) the sum of the amount of the cash paid and your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes exchanged. So viewed, you should have an aggregate initial tax basis in all the First-Out Notes received equal to their fair market value, and an aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received equal to your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes, (i) reduced by the fair market value of the First-Out Notes, and (ii) increased by the full amount of cash paid and any gain recognized in the First-Out Exchange.

Under the purchase approach, Holders that participate in the First-Out Exchange that qualifies as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will recognize gain (but not loss) equal to the

 

301


Table of Contents

lesser of (i) the amount of any gain realized on the exchange of their Old Notes and (ii) the fair market value of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for their Old Notes (i.e., excluding the portion of the First-Out Notes treated as acquired for cash). The gain, if any, realized on the exchange will equal the excess (if any) of (i) the sum of the issue price of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for their Old Notes and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants so treated over (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes surrendered. You should have an aggregate initial tax basis in the First-Out Notes received (inclusive of the portion treated as acquired for cash) equal to the sum of (x) the fair market value of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for their Old Notes and (y) the portion of the cash treated as acquiring First-Out Notes (in contrast to the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants). Your aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants should equal your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes (i) reduced by the fair market value of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for the Old Notes and (ii) increased by any gain recognized in the First-Out Exchange and the portion of the cash treated as paid for the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants.

Certain of the above computations refer to “the fair market value of the First-Out Notes” with respect to the recognition of any gain realized and the determination of tax basis. It is possible, and in an analogous situation the IRS has taken the position, that the “issue price” of the First-Out Notes received is the appropriate measure, consistent with the computation of realized gain or loss. Since the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants may represent a relatively small portion of the overall consideration received in the First-Out Exchange, U.S. Holders could recognize a significant amount of their realized gain (but not loss) in the First-Out Exchange.

Your holding period for the First-Out Notes will begin on the day after the First-Out Exchange. As to the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants, the Company believes that, consistent with the “investment unit” approach, each share of Common Stock and each Initial Public Warrant should have a “split” holding period—i.e., a portion of each will have a holding period that includes the holding period of the Old Notes (a carryover holding period) and a portion that begins on the day after the First-Out Exchange. However, other positions are possible, such as treating a “block” of the shares and warrants received as having a carryover holding period and the remaining shares as having a new holding period.

Holders that participate in the Second-Out Exchange that qualifies as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will recognize gain (but not loss) equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of any gain realized on the exchange and (ii) the fair market value of (or possibly the portion of the issue price of the Second-Out Notes allocable to) the excess of the principal amount of Second-Out Notes received over the principal amount of Old Notes surrendered (the “Incremental Notes Value”). The gain, if any, realized on the exchange will equal the difference between (i) the sum of the issue price of the Second-Out Notes (as described below under “—Issue Price of the New Notes”) and fair market value of the Initial Public Warrants and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes surrendered. Your aggregate tax basis in the Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants will be equal to the sum of your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes surrendered and any gain recognized. Your holding period in the Second-Out Notes will in part include the holding period in the Old Notes and, with respect to the Incremental Notes Value portion, begin on the day after the Second-Out Exchange. Your holding period in the Initial Public Warrants will include the holding period of the Old Notes.

Your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes generally will equal the amount paid therefor, increased by market discount, if any, previously included in income and reduced by any bond premium previously amortized. Subject to the discussion under “—Market Discount,” any gain recognized in the exchange will be capital gain and will be long-term capital gain if you held the Old Notes for more than one year prior to the date of the applicable exchange. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. If you hold Old Notes with differing tax bases and/or holding periods, the preceding rules must be applied separately to each identifiable block of Old Notes.

Holders that participate in the Exchange Offer will receive a cash payment in respect of accrued and unpaid interest on their Old Notes. Such amounts will be includible in your gross income as ordinary interest income if

 

302


Table of Contents

such accrued interest has not been included previously in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Fully Taxable Exchange

In the event that the Old Notes do not qualify as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, both the First-Out Exchange and the Second-Out Exchange will be treated as a fully-taxable exchange.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a First-Out Exchange treated as a fully-taxable exchange are not entirely clear. As discussed in the preceding section, there are various possible alternative approaches to how the cash paid should be taken into account. For example, under the offset approach described above, you generally will recognize gain or loss (if any) equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the issue price of all the First-Out Notes received and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received and (ii) the sum of the amount of the cash paid and your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes exchanged. See discussion below, “—Issue Price of the New Notes.” Alternatively, under the purchase approach, you will recognize gain or loss (if any) equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the “issue price” of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for your Old Notes and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants so treated and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes exchanged. Your aggregate initial tax basis in the First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received may vary based on the approach. Under the offset approach, your aggregate initial tax basis will equal the sum of the issue price of all the First-Out Notes and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants received, whereas under the purchase approach, it will equal the sum of amount of cash paid, the issue price of the First-Out Notes treated as received in exchange for your Old Notes and the fair market value of the Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants treated as received in exchange for your Old Notes.

In the event that the Second-Out Exchange is treated as a fully-taxable exchange, you generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the issue price of the Second-Out Notes received (as described below under “—Issue Price of the New Notes”) and the fair market value of the Initial Public Warrants, and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes. Your aggregate initial tax basis in the Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants received will be equal to the sum of the issue price of all the Second-Out Notes and the fair market value of the Initial Public Warrants received.

Subject to the discussion under “—Market Discount,” any gain recognized in either such exchange would be capital gain and would be long-term capital gain if you held the Old Notes for more than one year prior to the date of the applicable exchange. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. Your holding period in the New Notes, Initial Public Warrants and, if applicable, Common Stock would begin on the day after the exchange.

Cash that you receive in respect of accrued and unpaid interest on your Old Notes will be includible in your gross income as ordinary interest income if such accrued interest has not been included previously in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Market Discount

A U.S. Holder that acquired any Old Notes with “market discount” may be subject to the tax rules governing market discount. In general, a debt instrument issued without original issue discount (such as the Old Notes) is considered to have been acquired with market discount if it is acquired other than on original issue and if the holder’s initial tax basis in the debt instrument is less than the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest,” by less than a specified de minimis amount.

The Code provides that any accrued market discount in respect of the Old Notes in excess of the gain recognized in an exchange treated as a recapitalization should not be currently includible in income under Treasury

 

303


Table of Contents

regulations to be issued. Such accrued market discount instead would carry over to any non-recognition property received in exchange therefore (i.e., to the Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Second-Out Notes, as applicable, received in the exchange), such that any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon a subsequent taxable disposition (or repayment) of such exchange consideration would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously included in income. As discussed below, the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants is expected to be treated as a non-taxable transaction. Thus, it is expected that any market discount carried over from the Old Notes to the Initial Public Warrants generally would be further carried over to the Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants received upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants (and would be further carried over to any Common Stock received upon exercise of Pre-Funded Public Warrants). To date, specific Treasury regulations implementing this rule have not been issued.

In the case of a fully taxable exchange, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of an Old Note that was acquired with market discount will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Old Note was considered to be held by such U.S. Holder (unless the U.S. Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued).

Issue Price of the New Notes

As described above under “—Characterization of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering,” the Company intends to treat (i) the First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants issued pursuant to the First-Out Exchange, and (ii) the Second-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants issued pursuant to the Second-Out Exchange, each as an “investment unit” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The Treasury regulations provide that the issue price of an investment unit generally is determined in the same manner as the issue price of a debt instrument and the issue price is allocated between the components of the investment unit based on relative fair market value. Thus, if a substantial amount of the investment units in an “issue” is issued for cash, the issue price of the investment unit is determined based on the cash price (the “Cash Issue Price Rule”). If a substantial amount is not issued for cash, then the issue price of the investment unit depends on whether a substantial amount of the investment units or the property exchanged therefor are considered “publicly traded” (as defined in applicable Treasury regulations). Although not free from doubt, an investment unit should be treated as publicly traded if each property right in the investment unit is publicly traded. However, a debt instrument (including a debt instrument that is issued as a component of an investment unit) will not be treated as publicly traded if the stated principal amount of the issue that includes the debt instrument does not exceed $100 million (the “Small Issue Exception”). The Company expects that the Old Notes (which, as of the date hereof, are traded on NASDAQ) will be treated as publicly traded for purposes of these rules.

As to the First-Out Exchange, the Company intends to treat (i) investment units acquired pursuant to the Backstop Commitment incremental to those acquired by the Backstop Providers as holders of the Old Notes and by any New Money Participants that do not exchange their Old Notes pursuant to the Transactions (“Non-Exchanging New Money Participants”), as purchased solely for cash and (ii) investment units acquired pursuant to the First-Out Exchange (and the Supporting Holders Exchange) as purchased for an undivided combination of cash and property (i.e., cash and Old Notes). The investment units acquired pursuant to the Backstop Commitment and by Non-Exchanging New Money Participants will be comprised of First-Out Notes and Common Stock, and thus are different than the investment units that will be acquired pursuant to the First-Out Exchange which will also include Initial Public Warrants. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, debt instruments that are part of the same “issue” are required to have the same issue price. Thus, although not free from doubt, the Company intends to take the position that, if a substantial amount of the First-Out Notes are purchased, in the aggregate, pursuant to the Backstop Commitment or by Non-Exchanging New Money Participants, the issue price of all First-Out Notes will be determined by applying the Cash Issue Price Rule based on the acquisition pursuant to the Backstop Commitment or by Non-Exchanging New Money Participants—i.e., the issue price for the First-Out Notes will be determined by allocating the cash price between the First-Out Notes and Common Stock based on their relative fair market value.

 

304


Table of Contents

If the Cash Issue Price Rule does not apply, the issue price of the investment unit issued pursuant to the First-Out Exchange will depend on whether it is considered publicly traded. If the First-Out Notes, Initial Public Warrants, and Common Stock (i.e., each component of the investment unit) are each treated as publicly traded, we expect to take the position that the issue price of such investment unit will be based on the aggregate fair market value of the First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants. The Common Stock is expected to be publicly traded, but whether the Initial Public Warrants and First-Out Notes are treated as publicly traded will not be known until after the Settlement Date. In the event that the Cash Issue Price Rule does not apply and such investment unit is not treated as publicly traded, then we expect to take the position—although there is no authority directly on point—that the issue price of the investment unit should equal the sum of the fair market value of the Old Notes and the amount paid to exercise Subscription Rights. Under any methodology, the issue price of such investment unit will be allocated between the First-Out Notes, Common Stock and Initial Public Warrants based on their relative fair market value.

As to the Second-Out Exchange, the investment unit acquired pursuant to the Second-Out Exchange will not be treated as publicly traded as a result of the application of the Small Issue Exception to the Second-Out Notes. Therefore, the issue price of such investment unit is expected to be based on the fair market value of the Old Notes exchanged therefor. The issue price of such investment unit will be allocated between the Second-Out Notes and the Initial Public Warrants based on their relative fair market value.

The Company’s determination of issue price and allocation of issue price between the components of an investment unit will be binding on a holder unless such holder discloses, on a timely-filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the issue date, that such holder’s determination is different from the Company’s determination, the reasons for such holder’s different determination and, if applicable, how such holder determined the fair market value.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of the New Notes

We may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of the stated interest or principal on the New Notes or to redeem the New Notes (in whole or in part) prior to their maturity date. These potential payments may implicate the provisions of Treasury regulations relating to “contingent payment debt instruments.” According to the applicable Treasury regulations, certain contingencies will not cause a debt instrument to be treated as a contingent payment debt instrument if such contingencies, as of the date of issuance, are remote or incidental. We intend to take the position that the foregoing contingencies are “remote” or “incidental” and, accordingly, do not intend to treat the New Notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our position that such contingencies are remote or incidental is binding on you, unless you disclose your contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury regulations. Our position is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to successfully challenge this position, you might be required to accrue ordinary interest income on the notes at a rate in excess of the stated interest rate, and to treat as ordinary interest income (rather than capital gain) any gain realized on the taxable disposition of the New Notes. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the New Notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the contingent payment debt instrument rules to the New Notes.

Payments of Interest. Payments of stated interest on the New Notes generally will be considered “qualified stated interest” (in general, stated interest that is required to be paid at a fixed rate in cash at least annually) and will be taxed to you as ordinary income at the time the interest is paid or accrued in accordance with your method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In the event of a Borrowing Base Overage (which we believe is remote), an additional fixed rate of interest would be payable in-kind with respect to the First-Out Notes (see “Description of the First-Out Notes—Interest”). If a Borrowing Base Overage were to occur, such additional payable in-kind interest would not be considered qualified stated interest.

 

305


Table of Contents

Original Issue Discount. The New Notes are expected to be issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“OID”). The amount of OID on a New Note will be equal to difference between the stated redemption price at maturity of the note and its issue price (as described above under “—Tax Consequences of the Exchange—Issue Price of the New Notes”), subject to a de minimis rule. The “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt instrument is the total of all payments to be made under such debt instrument other than qualified stated interest. The stated redemption price at maturity of the First-Out Notes will include the Applicable Premium. In addition, if a Borrowing Base Overage occurs, the stated redemption price at maturity of the First-Out Notes generally would be recomputed at such time to take into account the receipt of any such payable in kind interest which generally would be taken into account as OID over the remaining term of the First-Out Notes.

You must generally include OID in your gross income (as ordinary income) as it accrues (on a constant yield to maturity basis) over the term of a New Note without regard to your regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and in advance of the receipt of cash payments attributable to that income.

The amount of OID, if any, that you must include in income with respect to a New Note will generally equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the New Note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in which you held such New Note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in each “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for a New Note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the New Note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period other than the final accrual period is an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the product of the New Note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period) over (ii) the aggregate of all qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) and the adjusted issue price of the New Note at the beginning of the final accrual period. The adjusted issue price of a New Note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price, increased by the accrued OID, if any, for each prior accrual period (determined without regard to the amortization of any acquisition premium or amortizable bond premium, as discussed below). Under these rules, you generally will have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods.

If your initial tax basis in a New Note is greater than its issue price and less than or equal to its stated redemption price at maturity, the New Note will be considered to have been issued to you at an “acquisition premium.” Under the acquisition premium rules, the amount of OID that you must include in gross income with respect to the New Note for any taxable year will be reduced by the portion of the acquisition premium properly allocable to that year.

You may elect to include in gross income all interest (including qualified stated interest, OID or de minimis OID, and market discount or de minimis market discount, as adjusted by any acquisition premium or amortizable bond premium) on a New Note using the constant yield method described above. This election may also affect other debt instruments that a Holder may have or acquire. The election must be made for the taxable year in which you acquire the New Note, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor about this election. This discussion assumes this election is not made.

Amortizable Bond Premium. If your initial tax basis in a New Note is greater than its stated redemption price at maturity, you will be considered to have acquired the New Note with “amortizable bond premium” and, in the case of any New Notes issued with OID, you will not be required to include any OID in income. You generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of the New Note on a constant yield method as an offset to interest when includible in income under your regular accounting method. However, because the New Notes may be redeemed by us prior to maturity at a premium, special rules apply that may reduce, eliminate or

 

306


Table of Contents

defer the amount of premium that you may amortize with respect to a New Note. You should consult your tax advisor about these special rules. If you do not elect to amortize the premium, that premium will decrease the gain or increase the loss you would otherwise recognize on maturity or disposition of the New Note. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method will also apply to all other taxable debt instruments held or subsequently acquired by you on or after the first day of the first taxable year for which the election is made. Such an election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor about this election.

Market Discount. If your New Notes have market discount (see “—Tax Consequences of the Exchange—Market Discount” above), you will be required under the market discount rules to treat any gain on the sale, exchange or retirement of such New Notes as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that is treated as having accrued on such New Notes at the time of the sale, exchange or retirement, and which you have not previously included in income. Any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the New Notes unless you elect to accrue on a constant interest method.

You may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant interest method, in which case any gain recognized will not be recharacterized as ordinary income.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the New Notes. Unless a non-recognition provision applies, you will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received (less an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid stated interest, which will be taxed in the manner described above under “—Payments of Interest”) and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the New Note. Your adjusted tax basis in a New Note will be your initial tax basis in the New Note, increased by any OID or market discount previously included in income, and reduced by any amortized bond premium.

Any gain or loss on the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note will be capital gain or loss (although all or a portion of any recognized gain could be subject to ordinary income treatment if there is any accrued market discount on the New Note that has not been included in income at the time of the sale, exchange or retirement, as discussed above under “—Market Discount”) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the New Note has a holding period of more than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or retirement. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of Initial Public Warrants

Cash Exercise; Taxable Disposition; Expiration. As discussed above under “—Characterization of Initial Public Warrants,” the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Initial Public Warrants as an option to acquire Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Public Warrants) or as stock of the Company generally depends on facts that will not be known until the Settlement Date. Regardless of such characterization the exercise of Initial Public Warrants for cash generally will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder will not recognize gain or loss upon the cash exercise of the Initial Public Warrants, except with respect to any cash paid in lieu of a fractional share or fractional Pre-Funded Public Warrant. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants received upon the cash exercise will be equal to the adjusted tax basis of the Initial Public Warrant plus the amount paid upon the exercise of the Initial Public Warrants less any tax basis attributable to any fractional share or fractional Pre-Funded Public Warrant for which cash was received. Any fractional share or fractional Pre-Funded Public Warrant will be treated as if actually received and immediately redeemed. Accordingly, cash received in lieu of a fractional share or fractional Pre-Funded Public Warrant generally should be treated as a taxable sale of the fractional interest. The shares of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants received upon the cash exercise of an Initial Public Warrant will (i) in the case that the Initial Public Warrants are characterized as our stock, have a “split” holding period—i.e., an indivisible portion of each share of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrant will have a holding period that, in part, includes the holding period of the Initial Public Warrants and, in part, is a new holding period—or

 

307


Table of Contents

(ii) in the case that the Initial Public Warrants are not characterized as our stock, have a new holding period in their entirety.

Upon the lapse or taxable disposition of an Initial Public Warrant, the U.S. Holder generally would recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount received (zero in the case of a lapse) and its tax basis in the Initial Public Warrant. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss (although all or a portion of any recognized gain could be subject to ordinary income treatment as discussed above under “—Market Discount”) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Initial Public Warrants have a holding period of more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Cashless Exercise. The U.S. federal income tax characterization of a cashless exercise of the Initial Public Warrants is uncertain. A cashless exercise could potentially be characterized as any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a non-realization event, (ii) a realization event that qualifies as a tax-deferred “recapitalization,” or (iii) a taxable realization event. Although not free from doubt, we intend to treat any cashless exercise of an Initial Public Warrant as if we redeemed such Initial Public Warrant for shares in a cashless exchange qualifying as a tax-deferred recapitalization. However, there is some uncertainty regarding our intended tax treatment, and it is possible that a cashless exercise could be characterized differently. Accordingly, the tax consequences of all three characterizations are generally described below.

If a cashless exercise were characterized as either not a realization event or as a realization event that qualifies as a recapitalization, the U.S. Holder would not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange of Initial Public Warrants for shares of Common Stock (other than with respect to cash paid in lieu of the receipt of a fractional share, which will be treated as described above under “–Cash Exercise; Taxable Disposition; Expiration”). A U.S. Holder’s basis in the shares of Common Stock received generally would equal the holder’s basis in the exchanged Initial Public Warrants less any tax basis attributable to any fractional share for which cash was received. A U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of Common Stock would include the holding period of the Initial Public Warrants exercised therefor if the cashless exercise were characterized as either (i) a realization event that qualifies as a recapitalization or (ii) analogous to the exercise of a convertible stock conversion feature. The U.S. Holder would have a new holding period in the shares of Common Stock, however, if the cashless exercise were not considered a realization event and not characterized analogous to the exercise of a convertible stock conversion feature.

In the event the cashless exercise were treated as a realization event that does not qualify as a recapitalization and is not treated analogous to the conversion of convertible stock, the cashless exercise could be treated in whole or in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized by the U.S. Holder. For example, a portion of the Initial Public Warrants exercised on a cashless basis could be deemed to have been surrendered in payment of the exercise price of the remaining portion of such Initial Public Warrants, which remaining portion would be deemed to be exercised. In such a case, a U.S. Holder would effectively be deemed to have sold a number of Initial Public Warrants having an aggregate value equal to the exercise price of the remaining Initial Public Warrants deemed exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss (although all or a portion of any recognized gain could be subject to ordinary income treatment as discussed above under “—Market Discount”) in an amount generally equal to the difference between the value of the portion of the Initial Public Warrants deemed sold and its adjusted tax basis in such Initial Public Warrants, and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares of Common Stock received would generally equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the remaining Initial Public Warrants deemed exercised and the exercise price of such Initial Public Warrants. The Common Stock received upon exercise of an Initial Public Warrant would have a new holding period.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of Common Stock

Distributions. A distribution paid by us in respect of Common Stock will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits,

 

308


Table of Contents

as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. The gross amount of any such dividend to a U.S. Holder will be included in the gross income of the U.S. Holder, as ordinary dividend income from U.S. sources. In general, distributions in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a U.S. Holder to the extent that such distributions to the U.S. Holder do not exceed the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the distribution is paid, but rather will reduce the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Common Stock (but not below zero). To the extent that distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits as well as the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock, such distributions generally will be taxable as capital gain realized in respect of the Common Stock.

Dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, will constitute qualified dividend income eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax, provided certain conditions and requirements are satisfied. U.S. Holders that are corporations may be eligible for a partial dividends-received deduction with respect to dividend distributions that are paid in respect of Common Stock, subject to certain conditions and requirements, such as minimum holding period requirements. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient current or accumulated earnings and profits for distributions in respect of Common Stock to qualify as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition. In general, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss upon the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Stock in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock at the time of the disposition. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss (although all or a portion of any recognized gain could be subject to ordinary income treatment as discussed above under “—Market Discount”) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock has a holding period of more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of Pre-Funded Public Warrants

Although the U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants is not free from doubt, unless otherwise indicated, we intend to take the position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that a Pre-Funded Public Warrant received upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants is treated as stock. Moreover, each Pre-Funded Public Warrant generally will require its holder to treat and report the Pre-Funded Public Warrant as stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A holder of Pre-Funded Public Warrants should generally be treated in the same manner as a U.S. Holder of Common Stock described above under “—Tax Consequences of Ownership of Common Stock”. The consequences of the exercising the Pre-Funded Public Warrants should be the same as those described above under “—Tax Consequences of Ownership of Initial Public Warrants.” This discussion assumes that the Pre-Funded Public Warrants would be treated as stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each holder should consult his, her or their own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with the acquisition of the Pre-Funded Public Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions with Respect to Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants

A U.S. Holder in certain circumstances may be deemed to have received a distribution from us, which may result in the inclusion of ordinary dividend income. Such a deemed distribution could occur if we make certain adjustments, or fail to make certain adjustments, to the amount of Common Stock (or, in the case of the Initial Public Warrants, Pre-Funded Public Warrants) to be issued upon the exercise of an Initial Public Warrant or Pre-Funded Public Warrant or to the exercise price of either. Any deemed distribution will be taxable as a dividend, return of capital or capital gain similar to a distribution paid on common stock as described above under “—Tax Consequences of Ownership of Common Stock—Distributions.” U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of receiving deemed distributions.

 

309


Table of Contents

Tax Consequences to Exchanging Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a Non-U.S. Holder that exchanges Old Notes pursuant to the Transactions.

For purposes of the discussion below, any income or gain will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such income or gain is:

 

  •  

effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business; and

 

  •  

if required by an applicable income tax treaty with the United States, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment (or a fixed base) maintained by you in the United States.

Tax Consequences of the Exchange

Subject to the discussions under “—Tax Consequences of Exchange Premium” and “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting—Non-U.S. Holders,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain recognized on the exchange of Old Notes in the Transactions (which gain would be determined as described above under “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders—Tax Consequences of the Exchange”) unless:

 

  •  

such gain is U.S. trade or business income; or

 

  •  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year in which the gain is realized and certain other conditions are met.

Regarding the first bullet above, a Non-U.S. Holder that realizes U.S. trade or business income with respect to the exchange generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on that income in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (see “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders—Tax Consequences of the Exchange” above). In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of your effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet above, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, you will generally be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized, which may be offset by certain U.S. source losses.

Payment of Accrued Interest on Old Notes. Subject to the discussions under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting—Non-U.S. Holders” and “—FATCA,” amounts received by Non-U.S. Holders in respect of accrued and unpaid interest on their Old Notes. will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax under the “portfolio interest rule,” provided that:

 

  •  

the accrued interest is not U.S. trade or business income;

 

  •  

you do not actually (or constructively) own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock within the meaning of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations;

 

  •  

you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through stock ownership;

 

  •  

you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on the Old Notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and

 

  •  

either (a) you provide your name and address on an applicable IRS Form W-8, and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a United States person as defined under the Code or (b) you hold your Old Notes through certain foreign intermediaries and satisfy the certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification rules apply to Non-U.S. Holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

 

310


Table of Contents

If you cannot satisfy the requirements described above, amounts received with respect to accrued but unpaid interest on the Old Notes will generally be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless you provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed:

 

  •  

IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

  •  

IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the Old Notes is not subject to withholding tax because it is U.S. trade or business income.

If the amounts received by you with respect to accrued but unpaid interest on the Old Notes is U.S. trade or business income, you will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on such interest if you provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, as discussed above. Instead, you generally will be taxed on such interest in the same manner as a U.S. Holder. In addition, if you are a corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of your effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of the New Notes

Payments of Interest. Subject to the discussions under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting—Non-U.S. Holders” and “—FATCA,” U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any payment of interest (including any OID) on the New Notes, provided that you meet the requirements of the portfolio interest rule described above in “—Tax Consequences of the Exchange—Payment of Accrued Interest on Old Notes.”

If you cannot satisfy the requirements of the portfolio interest rule, payments of interest (including any OID) on the New Notes made to you will generally be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless you provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed:

 

  •  

IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

  •  

IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the New Notes is not subject to withholding tax because it is U.S. trade or business income.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the New Notes. Subject to the discussion under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting—Non-U.S. Holders,” any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

  •  

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case the gain will be subject to tax as described below under “—Effectively Connected Interest and Gain”; or

 

  •  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that sale, exchange or retirement, and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (net of certain U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a flat 30% tax, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise.

To the extent proceeds from the sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note represent accrued and unpaid interest, you will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such accrued and unpaid interest in the same manner as described above under “—Payments of Interest.”

Effectively Connected Interest and Gain. If any interest (including any OID) on, or gain realized upon the disposition of, the New Notes is U.S. trade or business income, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on that interest or gain on a net income basis (although you will be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on interest, provided the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied) in the same manner as if you were a U.S. Holder. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of your effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

 

311


Table of Contents

Tax Consequences of the Ownership of the Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants

Distributions. Except as described below, distributions (including deemed distributions) that are treated as dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect of Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to claim the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the requirements for claiming any such benefits.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants. A non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants unless (i) the gain is U.S. trade or business income, (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are satisfied, or (iii) we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter. We believe we have not been, and currently are not a USRPHC, and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Effectively Connected Dividends and Gain. If any dividends (including deemed dividends) on, or gain realized upon the disposition of, the Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants is U.S. trade or business income, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends or gains on a net income basis (although you will be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on dividends, provided the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied) in the same manner as if you were a U.S. Holder. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of your effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. Holders

Information reporting requirements will generally apply to payments or distributions (including deemed distributions) on the Old Notes, New Notes, Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants, any OID accruals on the New Notes, and proceeds from a disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of the Old Notes, New Notes Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants (unless, in each case, you are an exempt recipient such as a corporation). Backup withholding may apply to any payments described in the preceding sentence if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or a certification that you are not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

Information returns generally will be filed in connection with the amount of interest (including any OID) paid to you with respect to the Old Notes or the New Notes or distributions (including deemed distributions) on Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants and Pre-Funded Public Warrants and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

312


Table of Contents

In general, you will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to interest (including any OID) paid to you with respect to the Old Notes or the New Notes, distributions (including deemed distributions) on Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants, provided in each case that the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person as defined under the Code, and you have provided a validly completed applicable IRS Form W-8 establishing that you are not a United States person (or you satisfy certain documentary evidence requirements for establishing that you are not a United States person).

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of the Old Notes, New Notes, Initial Public Warrants, Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants made within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless you certify to the payor under penalties of perjury that you are not a United States person as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person), or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any interest (including any OID) paid on the Old Notes or the New Notes or dividends (including deemed dividends) paid on Common Stock, Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). You should consult your tax advisor regarding these rules and whether they may be relevant to the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers and your ownership and disposition of the New Notes, Initial Public Warrants, Pre-Funded Public Warrants and Common Stock.

Tax Consequences to Non-Exchanging Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may apply to you if you are a Holder that does not tender their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the UK Proceeding is also not implemented. In the event the Company implements the UK Proceeding, all Holders that do not tender their Old Notes will have their Old Notes automatically exchanged into First-Out Notes or Second Out Notes, as applicable, in which case such Holders will have the same consequences as exchanging holders discussed above, except that they will not receive the Consent Premium.

Adoption of Exchange Offer Amendments. The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-exchanging Holder of the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments depends on whether such adoption results in a significant modification of the Old Notes and thus a deemed exchange of the Old Notes for the modified Old Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with the modified Old Notes being treated as newly-issued. As described above (see “—Tax Consequences of the UK Proceeding Amendments”), the modification of a debt instrument generally is a significant modification under the Debt Modification Regulations if, based on all the facts and circumstances and taking into account all changes in the terms of the debt instrument (including prior changes) collectively (other than certain specified changes), the legal rights or obligations that are altered, and

 

313


Table of Contents

the degree to which they are altered, are economically significant. The Debt Modification Regulations provide that a modification of a debt instrument that adds, deletes or alters “customary accounting or financial covenants” is not a significant modification, but do not define “customary accounting or financial covenants.” A change in the priority of a debt instrument relative to other debt of the issuer is separately tested and is not a significant modification unless it results in a “change in payment expectations” (which, for these purposes, is defined to mean a substantial impairment of the obligor’s capacity to meet the payment obligations if that capacity was adequate prior to the modification and is primarily speculative after the modification, or vice-versa).

Although the issue is not free from doubt, we intend to take the position that the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments will not cause a significant modification to the terms of the Old Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and thus will not cause a deemed exchange of the Old Notes. This position is based on, among other factors, the Company’s assessment that (x) certain of the Exchange Offer Amendments should be treated as modifying customary accounting or financial covenants, (y) the subordination in right of payment of the Old Notes to the New Notes does not result in a change in payment expectations, in each case, under the applicable Treasury regulations, and (z) the remainder of the Exchange Offer Amendments, taken together, are not economically significant. Assuming the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments (and as discussed in the next section, the receipt of the Subscription Rights) does not cause a deemed exchange, a Holder (i) would not recognize any gain or loss, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a result of such adoption, regardless of whether the Holder is a consenting holder, and (ii) would have the same adjusted tax basis, accrued market discount (if any), and holding period with respect to their Old Notes that such Holder had immediately before the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments.

Although we intend to take the position that the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments will not cause a deemed exchange of the Old Notes, there is no assurance that the IRS would agree with such conclusion. If there were to be a deemed exchange, such exchange may be treated a taxable exchange or recapitalization with consequences similar to those discussed above under “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders—Tax Consequences of the Exchanges” and “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging Non-U.S. Holders” (possibly taking into account the receipt of the Subscription Right as discussed in the next section).

Receipt and Exercise of Subscription Rights. Other than in the event the Company implements the UK Proceeding, it is possible for a Holder to exercise its Subscription Rights and also retain their Old Notes. As noted above under “—Characterization of the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering,” we intend to take the position for U.S. federal income tax purposes that the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering are a single integrated transaction and, accordingly, that the Subscription Rights are not accorded separate tax significance. Consistent therewith, we believe that a Holder that does not separately exercise their Subscription Rights should simply be treated as rejecting the integrated offer. So treated, we believe that a non-exchanging Holder that exercises its Subscription Rights reasonably should determine its initial tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the First-Out Notes and Common Stock acquired by allocating the subscription price between the First-Out Notes and Common Stock based on their relative fair market values, and will have a holding period in the First-Out Notes and Common Stock that begins the day after such Holder exercises Subscription Rights. Such treatment is not assured, however.

It is possible that the Rights Offering, and therefore the receipt and/or exercise of the Subscription Rights, could be treated as separate from the Exchange Offer for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with its form. For example, the receipt of the Subscription Rights could be treated as itself reflecting a modification of the terms of the Old Notes due to the fact that the Subscription Rights are not separately transferable but rather trade with the Old Notes. In such instance, the receipt of the Subscription Rights would appropriately be tested under the Debt Modification Regulations together with the adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments under general economic significance test. In such case, if the Subscription Rights results in a significant modification of the Old Notes, a Holder might recognize gain or loss as described in the preceding section (“—Adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments”). Even if not resulting in a significant modification, there is the possibility that certain of the

 

314


Table of Contents

Old Notes which remain outstanding after the Transactions could be considered to be modified as a result (i.e., Old Notes held by Non-Exchanging New Money Participants, as discussed below) while others may not. In such event, such modified Old Notes may not be “fungible” for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any Old Notes that are not so modified. It is possible that this may have an adverse impact on the liquidity and also affect the tax reporting of any remaining Old Notes. Or, for example, the Subscription Rights could be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a separate, potentially taxable property right, possibly to all Holders or only to Non-Exchanging New Money Participants.

If the Subscription Rights were treated as the receipt of a separate property right for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the fair market value of the property right should be separately tested under the Debt Modification Regulations as of the completion of the Exchange Offer as a change in yield to determine whether there would be a significant modification of the Old Notes, and, thus, a deemed exchange of the Holder’s Old Notes that are not exchanged for New Notes. In such case, if the Subscription Rights results in a significant modification of the Old Notes, a Holder might recognize gain or loss as described in the preceding section (“—Adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments”). In computing gain or loss, it is possible that the Subscription Rights received may be included as part of the exchange consideration in which event, in connection with potential recapitalization treatment, the Subscription Rights may be treated in whole or in part as a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes given that they represent the right to acquire First-Out Notes and Common Stock. Ordinarily, a right to acquire stock is considered a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, seemingly, so should a right to acquire notes if the notes would be considered a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, if recapitalization treatment applies, whether the Holder would be effectively taxed on the receipt of the Subscription Right (and the resulting consequences of exercising or not exercising the Subscription Rights) would depend on the extent (if any) such right is treated as a security. Alternatively, if the receipt of the Subscription Rights (and adoption of the Exchange Offer Amendments) does not cause a deemed exchange of the Old Notes, a Holder may be treated as having received upon completion of the Exchange Offer either additional interest in respect of their Old Notes in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Subscription Rights or an additional payment on the Notes with the effect that the Holder would ultimately recognize the amount as gain at or prior to the maturity of the Old Notes. In either case, a Holder generally would have a tax basis in its Subscription Rights equal to their fair market value. If a Holder then exercises its Subscription Rights, such Holder generally would have a tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the First-Out Notes and Common Stock received with respect thereto equal to the subscription price plus such Holder’s tax basis in its Subscription Right. If a Subscription Right expires unexercised, the Holder may be able to claim a corresponding loss.

Under any alternative, the consequences of holding the First-Out Notes and Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights will be the same as described above with respect to exchanging Holders. See “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders” and “—Tax Consequences to Exchanging Non-U.S. Holders.”

This summary is for general information purposes only, and is not intended to be, and should not be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws, as well as the application of non-income tax laws and the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction, to your particular situation.

 

315


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Upon the satisfaction (or waiver) and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we are (i) offering to exchange any and all of the Company’s Old Notes for (A) in the case of a New Money Participant, (I) First-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such First-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and (II) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants; and (B) in the case of a Non-New Money Participant, (I) Second-Out Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of such Second-Out Notes per equal face amount of Old Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), and (II) such Holder’s pro rata portion of Initial Public Warrants and (ii) distributing Subscription Rights to Holders of Old Notes (other than the Supporting Holders) to purchase up to $12,941,327 aggregate principal amount of First-Out Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the face amount of the First-Out Notes so purchased and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased.

The New Notes, Initial Public Warrants and the Common Stock offered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and Rights Offering are being offered by us directly to all Holders (other than the Supporting Holders). We intend to distribute subscription materials, including copies of this prospectus, accompanying exhibits and other relevant documents to Holders that are eligible to participate in the Transactions. Pursuant to the Rights Offering and the Backstop Commitment set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement, we will issue an aggregate of $32.5 million in face amount of First-Out Notes and approximately 954,198 shares of Common Stock.

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is acting as the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Transactions. We will pay the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services related to the Transactions and will reimburse it for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. We have agreed to indemnify the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, its affiliates, parent, and each such entity’s officers, members, directors, agents, representatives, managers, consultants and employees with respect to certain liabilities that it may incur in connection with the Transactions.

The Dealer Manager, a broker-dealer and member of FINRA, will act as dealer manager and solicitation agent for the Transactions. In accordance with its customary practice, the Dealer Manager will perform those services in connection with the Transactions as are customarily performed by dealer managers and solicitation agents in connection with exchange offers and consent solicitations of a like nature, including, but not limited to, using reasonable efforts to solicit tenders of Old Notes and delivery of Consents, Proxies and Subscriptions pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Solicitations and the Rights Offering, respectively, and communicating generally regarding the Transactions with brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies and other holders of Old Notes. The Dealer Manager is not underwriting or placing any of the New Notes, the Subscription Rights, the Initial Public Warrants, the Pre-Funded Public Warrants (or the Common Stock underlying the Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants) or the Common Stock issuable in connection with the New Stock Investment and does not make any recommendation with respect to the Transactions.

In connection with the Transactions, we have agreed to pay the Dealer Manager (i) a non-refundable cash “work” fee equal to $500,000, (ii) a non-refundable cash fee equal to 1.50% of the sum of (A) the aggregate principal face amount of the Old Notes exchanged or tendered in the Exchange Offer, plus (B) the aggregate gross proceeds raised from Holders (other than the Supporting Holders) in the New Money Financing, and (iii) upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer without a UK Proceeding, an additional non-refundable cash “success” fee equal to $250,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the Dealer Manager for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses and legal expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions. We have also agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager against various liabilities, including various liabilities under the federal securities laws.

The Dealer Manager’s participation in Transactions is subject to customary conditions contained in the Dealer Manager and Consent Solicitation Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2025, by and among the Company, the

 

316


Table of Contents

Guarantors party thereto and the Dealer Manager (the “Dealer Manager Agreement”), including the receipt by the Dealer Manager of opinions and 10b-5 statements of our counsel. Under the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager is entitled to withdraw as dealer manager if the Company (i) amends, supplements, publishes, files or otherwise distributes any amendment or supplement to the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part or other disclosure documents related to the Transactions to which the Dealer Manager reasonably objects, or (ii) breaches in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, agreements or covenants in the Dealer Manager Agreement. The Dealer Manager Agreement will terminate if the Dealer Manager withdraws as set forth above or if any of the Transactions are terminated, withdrawn or expire.

The Dealer Manager and its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Other than the Dealer Manager, we have not employed any brokers, dealers or underwriters in connection with the Rights Offering.

The principal business address of the Dealer Manager is 110 East 59th Street, New York, New York, 10022.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to buy or sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell the Old Notes, the New Notes, the Common Stock, the Initial Public Warrants or Pre-Funded Public Warrants in any jurisdiction in which, or to or from any person to or from whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation under applicable securities laws or otherwise. The distribution of this prospectus in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by us, the Dealer Manager and the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, to inform themselves about, and to observe, any such restrictions. In those jurisdictions where the securities, blue sky or other laws require the Transactions to be made or offered by a licensed broker or dealer and the dealer manager or any of their affiliates is a licensed broker or dealer in any such jurisdiction, the Transactions shall be deemed to be made or offered by the Dealer Manager or such affiliate (as the case may be) on the Company’s behalf in such jurisdiction.

We estimate that the financial advisory and other expenses payable by us in connection with the Transactions will be approximately $3.4 million.

 

317


Table of Contents

NOTICES TO CERTAIN NON-U.S. HOLDERS

No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction that would permit a public offering of the New Notes, the Common Stock, the Initial Public Warrants or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any material relating to us, the Old Notes, the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the New Notes, the Common Stock and the Initial Public Warrants offered in the Transactions may not be offered, sold or exchanged, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Transactions may be distributed or published, in or from any such country or jurisdiction, except in compliance with any applicable rules or regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to buy or sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell the Old Notes, the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants in any jurisdiction in which, or to or from any person to or from whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation under applicable securities laws or otherwise. The distribution of this prospectus in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by us, the Dealer Manager and the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, to inform themselves about, and to observe, any such restrictions. In those jurisdictions where the securities, blue sky or other laws require the Transactions to be made or offered by a licensed broker or dealer and the dealer manager or any of their affiliates is a licensed broker or dealer in any such jurisdiction, the Transactions shall be deemed to be made or offered by the Dealer Manager or such affiliate (as the case may be) on the Company’s behalf in such jurisdiction.

The New Notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. See “Description of the First-Out Notes—General” and “Description of the Second-Out Notes—General.” The Company will not accept tenders of Old Notes if such tender would result in the applicable Holder receiving in the exchange offer an amount of New Notes below the applicable minimum denomination.

European Economic Area

None of the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants are intended to be, and none should be, offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”). For these purposes:

 

  a.

the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following:

 

  i.

a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or

 

  ii.

a customer within the meaning of Directive (EU) 2016/97, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or

 

  iii.

not a qualified investor as defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended, the “Prospectus Regulation”); and

 

  b.

the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants.

Consequently, no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the “PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the New Notes or the Common Stock or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the New Notes or the Common Stock or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPs Regulation.

 

318


Table of Contents

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of the New Notes or the Common Stock in any member state of the EEA will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of the New Notes or the Common Stock. This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Regulation.

United Kingdom

None of the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants are intended to be, and none should be, offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the United Kingdom (“UK”). For these purposes:

 

  a.

the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following:

 

  i.

a retail client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/565 as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended (“EUWA”); or

 

  ii.

a customer within the meaning of the provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”), and any rules or regulations made under the FSMA to implement the Directive (EU) 2016/97, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2(1) of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the EUWA; or

 

  iii.

not a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the EUWA (“UK Prospectus Regulation”); and

 

  b.

the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants.

Consequently, no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the EUWA (the “UK PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the New Notes or the Common Stock or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the UK has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the New Notes or the Common Stock or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the United Kingdom may be unlawful under the UK PRIIPs Regulation.

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (i) persons who are outside the UK; or (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “FPO”); (iii) persons who are within Article 43(a) of the FPO; (iv) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the FPO; or (v) other persons to whom this prospectus and any other documents or materials relating to the Transactions may otherwise lawfully be communicated in accordance with the FPO (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The New Notes, the Common Stock and the Initial Public Warrants are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such New Notes, Common Stock or Initial Public Warrants will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants in the United Kingdom will be made pursuant to an exemption under the UK Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants. This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

 

319


Table of Contents

Canada

The New Notes, the Common Stock and the Initial Public Warrants may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of any the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the Dealer Manager is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The New Notes and the Common Stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of such ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants has been or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to New Notes or Common Stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Switzerland

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants described herein. None of the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants may be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act, as amended from time to time (the “FinSA”), and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the New Notes, the Common Stock or the Initial Public Warrants constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSa, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the New Notes or the Common Stock may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

320


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the transactions contemplated by this prospectus and the validity of the New Notes will be passed upon for us by Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP. Certain legal matters of Delaware trust law will be passed upon for us by Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP. Certain legal matters of Canadian law will be passed upon for us by Stewart McKelvey. Certain legal matters of English and Welsh law will be passed upon for us by CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP. Certain legal matters of German law will be passed upon for us by CMS Hasche Sigle. The Dealer Manager is being represented in connection with the transactions contemplated by this prospectus by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements and the related financial statement schedule of Fossil Group, Inc., as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2024, incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, and the effectiveness of Fossil Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such financial statements and financial statement schedules are incorporated by reference in reliance upon the reports of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

321


Table of Contents

Annex A

Subscription Worksheet


Table of Contents

Subscription Worksheet1

The purpose of this Subscription Worksheet is to assist Holders in determining the number of New First-Out Notes they are eligible to subscribe for in the Rights Offering based on the amount of Old Notes held, and the corresponding aggregate purchase price therefor.

 

UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS TO WHICH THE SUBSCRIPTION WORKSHEET IS ATTACHED ARE EFFECTIVE, ANY SUBSCRIPTION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION WORKSHEET SHALL BE CONSIDERED A CONDITIONAL OFFER TO BUY. NO SUCH CONDITIONAL OFFER TO BUY MAY BE ACCEPTED OR CONFIRMED AND NO AMOUNT OF THE CASH PURCHASE PRICE THEREOF MAY BE DEPOSITED UNTIL SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENTS HAVE BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE SEC, AND ANY SUCH OFFER TO BUY MAY BE WITHDRAWN OR REVOKED, WITHOUT OBLIGATION OR COMMITMENT OF ANY KIND, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO ITS ACCEPTANCE FOLLOWING THE EXCHANGE OFFER EXPIRATION TIME OR CONDITIONAL EXPIRATION TIME, AS THE CASE MAY BE.

In order to participate in any of the options relating to the Exchange Offer or the Rights Offering, Holders must cause the Nominee holding their Old Notes to electronically deliver such Old Notes into the event established on ATOP on or before the applicable Expiration Time, as detailed in the Registration Statements. If a Holder selects one of the options that includes the exercise of Subscription Rights, the Holder will be automatically agreeing to pay for such exercised Subscription Rights.

Payment of Rights Offering Purchase Price: Payment of the applicable aggregate purchase price with respect any party that is not a Supporting Holder will be automatically charged by DTC on the Subscription Payment Deadline to the DTC Participant that tendered such Holder’s Old Notes. The Subscription Payment Deadline is on or about the date that is one business day after the applicable Expiration Time.

The Subscription Rights corresponding to the Old Notes will trade together with, and be evidenced by, the underlying Old Notes, until the applicable Expiration Time, subject to such limitations, if any, that would be applicable to the transferability of the underlying Old Notes and compliance with applicable securities law.

Please consult the Registration Statements to which this Subscription Worksheet is appended for additional information.

Holders with any questions may contact the Dealer Manager and the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent, whose contact details are included in the Registration Statements.

 
1 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 and Form S-4 to which this Subscription Worksheet is appended.


Table of Contents

Item 1. Amount of Old Notes Held, Subscriptions Rights and Aggregate Purchase Price

IMPORTANT NOTE: IF YOU HOLD YOUR OLD NOTES THROUGH MORE THAN ONE NOMINEE, YOU MUST PROVIDE SEPARATE INSTRUCTIONS TO EACH APPLICABLE NOMINEE WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND RIGHTS OFFERING. PROVIDE YOUR INSTRUCTIONS TO YOUR NOMINEE AS REQUIRED BY THE NOMINEE.

 

NUMBER
of Old Notes Held
(CUSIP 34988V304)

 

AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
of Old Notes Held
(
Number of Old Notes
multiplied by $25
)

     

FACTOR

(Multiply the Aggregate
Principal Amount
of Old
Notes Held by the Factor
shown below)

     

Calculation of Subscription
Rights and First-Out Notes

 

 

 

       

 

 

(Insert NUMBER of
Old Notes Held)

 

 

(Insert the Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes held)

  X   0.21667   =   (Round DOWN to nearest whole number)
      Aggregate Purchase Price for First-Out Notes:   =  

$_________________ (TOTAL Subscription Rights above at $1.00 each)

 

IMPORTANT NOTE: Only Holders that exercise their Subscription Rights in full may participate in the Rights Offering. Holders that validly participate in the Rights Offering will receive one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes purchased. See “The Rights Offering” section in the registration statements to which this Subscription Worksheet forms a part.

Item 2. Payment of the Purchase Price

The aggregate purchase price is shown in the final row of Item 1.

Payment of the applicable aggregate purchase price with respect to Holders who are not Supporting Holders and who participate in the Rights Offering will be automatically charged by DTC on the Subscription Payment Deadline to the DTC Participant that tendered such Holder’s Old Notes.

Supporting Holders must deliver their funding at a later date, in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement.


Table of Contents

Annex B

Nominee Instruction Form


Table of Contents

Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Form1

CUSIP Number: 34988V304

Must be completed and submitted by the DTC Participant by 12:00pm New York City time on the business day following the date on which the Old Notes are tendered via ATOP.

As detailed in the accompanying Registration Statements on Form S-3 and S-4 dated September 9, 2025 (as the same may be amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statements”), by tendering their 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Old Notes”), holders of Old Notes (“Holders”) automatically and unconditionally deliver instructions for Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC (the “Attorney-in-Fact”), effective immediately, (a) to act as its true and lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy with respect to the tendered Old Notes indicated below, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), among other things, to take all steps necessary and execute all documentation necessary to cause such tendered Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged and (b) in such capacity as true and lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy, to take all steps necessary and execute all documentation necessary to irrevocably vote in favor of (including, if required, attending a meeting and voting on behalf of such tendered Old Notes) an English law restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006 with respect to the Old Notes (the “Instructions”). As required by the Registration Statements, such Instructions must be automatically delivered to the Attorney in-Fact by the commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee immediately following the tender of Old Notes through ATOP using this Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Form. For the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the tender of Old Notes by a Holder, the submission of the ATOP instruction without the submission by such Eligible Holder’s commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee of the corresponding Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Form shall not be sufficient to grant the Instruction. In order for a tender of Old Notes to be valid, a corresponding Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Form must be submitted.

Accordingly, Instructions (as defined above and in the Registration Statements) are hereby relayed to the Attorney-in-Fact, as Attorney-in-Fact, with respect to the following Voluntary Offer Instruction (“VOI”) Number(s), provided, however, that any such Instruction shall automatically be deemed to be revoked in the event the corresponding tender is validly withdrawn:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(You may also attach a schedule of VOI Numbers, in which case please write “See Attached Schedule” above and specify the number of pages that are attached.)

 
1 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 and Form S-4 to which this Subscription Worksheet is appended.


Table of Contents

This Agent/Attorney-in-Fact and Proxy Nominee Form must be emailed to the Attorney-in-Fact at the email address set forth below by 12:00pm New York City time on the Business Day following the date on which the Old Notes were tendered via ATOP:

Email to: Registration@epiqglobal.com (with a reference to “Fossil Nominee Instruction Form” in the subject line).

DTC Participant Name: ____________________________

DTC Participant Number: __________________________

Contact Name: ___________________________________

Telephone: ______________________________________

Contact Email Address: ____________________________


Table of Contents
 
 

 

 

LOGO

Offer to Exchange

Any and All Outstanding 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by Fossil Group, Inc.

for

in the case of New Money Participants, 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 and Initial Public Warrants to purchase (i) Common Stock or (ii) Pre-Funded Public Warrants to purchase Common Stock

OR

in the case of Non-New Money Participants, 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 and Initial Public Warrants

AND

Solicitation of consents to amend the Old Notes Indenture

AND

Offer by way of

Subscription Rights to purchase First-Out Notes in the New Money Financing and to receive on account of such purchase one share of Common Stock for each $34.06 of First-Out Notes so purchased

PROSPECTUS

The Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent for the Transactions is:

Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC

For Information:

Email: Registration@epiqglobal.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”)

Tel: +1 (646) 362-6336

Any questions regarding the terms of the Transactions may be directed to the Dealer Manager at the email address and telephone number set forth below. Requests for additional copies of this prospectus may be directed to the Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent. Beneficial owners may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Transactions.

The dealer manager for the Exchange Offer and the solicitation agent for the Consent Solicitation is:

 

 

LOGO

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

For Information:

Email: Ian.Brostowski@cantor.com (with the subject line to include “Fossil”)

Tel: +1 (646) 362-633

Attn: Tom Pernetti and Ian Brostowski

 

 
 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 14.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following is an estimate of the various expenses to be incurred in connection with the registration of the securities being registered hereby, all of which will be borne by us.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 2,359  

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

     5,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     2,647,282  

Printing and engraving expenses

     35,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     175,000  

Information, Exchange and Subscription Agent expenses

     325,869  

Miscellaneous expenses

     5,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,195,510  
  

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The registrant is governed by the DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was or is an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

The registrant’s amended and restated bylaws authorize the indemnification of its officers and directors, consistent with Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended. The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers (as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act). These agreements, among other things, require the registrant to indemnify each director and Section 16 officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses, such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or Section 16 officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of the registrant, arising out of the person’s services as a director or Section 16 officer.

Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director or officer for

 

II-1


Table of Contents

violations of the director’s or officer’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors and officers for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (i) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (ii) to the registrant with respect to indemnification payments that it may make to such directors and officers.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement or incorporated by reference herein.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  3.1*    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2010).
  3.2*    Certificate of Amendment of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2013).
  3.3*    Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Fossil Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  3.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2023).
  3.4    Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil Intermediate, Inc.
  3.5    Bylaws of Fossil Intermediate, Inc.
  3.6    Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil Stores I, Inc.
  3.7    Bylaws of Fossil Stores I, Inc.
  3.8    Amended and Restated Certificate of Trust of Fossil Trust
  3.9    Agreement and Contract of Trust of Fossil Trust
  3.10    Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.
  3.11    Bylaws of Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.
  3.12    Certificate of Limited Partnership of Fossil Partners, L.P.
  3.13    Agreement of Limited Partnership of Fossil Partners, L.P.
  3.14    Articles of Incorporation of Fossil Canada Inc.
  3.15    Bylaws of Fossil Canada Inc.
  3.16    Articles of Association of Fossil (Europe) GmbH
  3.17    Rules of Procedure of Fossil (Europe) GmbH
  3.18    Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited
  3.19    Articles of Association of Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited
  3.20    Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil (UK) Limited
  3.21    Articles of Association of Fossil (UK) Limited

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  4.1*    Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section  12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 27, 2020).
  4.2*    Indenture, dated as of November  8, 2021, by and between Fossil Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2021).
  4.3*    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November  8, 2021, by and between Fossil Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2021).
  4.4*    Form of 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2021).
  4.5    Form of Second Supplemental Indenture, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
  4.6    Form of Third Supplemental Indenture (Out-of-Court Supplemental Indenture), by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
  4.7    Form of Third Supplemental Indenture (UK Proceeding Supplemental Indenture), by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
  4.8    Form of First-Out Notes Indenture, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.
  4.9    Form of 9.500% First-Out Notes due 2029 (included in Exhibit 4.8).
  4.10    Form of Second-Out Notes Indenture, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.
  4.11    Form of 7.500% Second-Out Notes due 2029 (included in Exhibit 4.10).
  4.12    Form of Warrant Agency Agreement, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Computershare Inc., and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as warrant agent.
  4.13    Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock or Pre-Funded Public Warrants (included in Exhibit 4.12).
  4.14    Form of Pre-Funded Common Stock Purchase Warrant (included in Exhibit 4.12).
  5.1    Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.
  5.2    Opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP.
  5.3    Opinion of CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP.
  5.4    Opinion of Stewart McKelvey.
  5.5    Opinion of CMS Hasche Sigle.
 10.1*    Transaction Support Agreement, dated as of August  13, 2025, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. and the holders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2025).

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

 10.2*    Credit Agreement, dated as of August  13, 2025, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., Fossil Partners, L.P., Fossil Group Europe GMBH, Fossil (Europe) GMBH, Fossil Canada Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and ACF FINCO I LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2025).
 10.3    Form of Intercreditor Agreement, by and among Fossil Group, Inc., as issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Senior Representative for the Senior Notes Secured Parties, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Initial Junior Priority Representative, and each additional Representative from time to time party thereto   —
 10.4    Form of Intercreditor Agreement, by and among ACF FINCO I LP, as ABL Agent, the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent.
 22.1    List of Notes Issuer and Guarantors of the First-Out Notes and the Second-Out Notes.
 23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 23.2    Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 23.3    Consent of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP. (included in Exhibit 5.2).
 23.4    Consent of CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3).
 23.5    Consent of Stewart McKelvey (included in Exhibit 5.4).
 23.6    Consent of CMS Hasche Sigle (included in Exhibit 5.5).
 24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
 25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee under the First-Out Notes Indenture.
 25.2    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee under the Second-Out Notes Indenture.
107    Filing Fee Table.
 
*

Previously filed.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

  (ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  (iii)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

 

  (2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

  (i)

(A)Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

  (B)

Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5) or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date;

 

  (ii)

Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

 

  (5)

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary

 

II-5


Table of Contents
  offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i)

Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii)

Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii)

The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv)

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(b)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Randy Greben and Randy S. Hyne, each of them severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of whom may act alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including all post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement on Form S-3, and to sign any related registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 9, 2025.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Kevin Mansell

Kevin Mansell

   Chairman of the Board

/s/ Franco Fogliato

Franco Fogliato

   Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Randy Greben

Randy Greben

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Mark R. Belgya

Mark R. Belgya

   Director

/s/ Pamela B. Corrie

Pamela B. Corrie

   Director

/s/ Susanne Coulter

Susanne Coulter

   Director

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Eugene I. Davis

Eugene I. Davis

   Director

/s/ Marc Rey

Marc Rey

   Director

/s/ Wendy Schoppert

Wendy Schoppert

   Director

/s/ Gail B. Tifford

Gail B. Tifford

   Director

/s/ Pamela Edwards

Pamela Edwards

   Director

 

*By:  

/s/ Randy S. Hyne

  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: President and Director

 

By:   /s/ Patrick Turner
  Name: Patrick Turner
  Title: Treasurer and Director

 

*By:

  /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL STORES I, INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Martin
  Name: Joe Martin
  Title: President and Director

 

By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: Treasurer and Director

 

*By:

  /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL INTERMEDIATE, INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Martin
  Name: Joe Martin
  Title: President and Director

 

By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: Treasurer and Director

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL TRUST, acting pursuant to the Agreement and Contract of Trust of Fossil Trust dated August 31, 1994
By:   /s/ Joe Martin
  Name: Joe Martin
  Title: President, General Manager and Trustee

 

By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: Treasurer and Trustee

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL PARTNERS, L.P.

By:

  Fossil Group Inc., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Kevin Mansell
  Name: Kevin Mansell
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Franco Fogliato
  Name: Franco Fogliato
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Mark R. Belgya
  Name: Mark R. Belgya
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Pamela B. Corrie
  Name: Pamela B. Corrie
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Susanne Coulter
  Name: Susanne Coulter
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Eugene I. Davis
  Name: Eugene I. Davis
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Marc Rey
  Name: Marc Rey
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Wendy Schoppert
  Name: Wendy Schoppert
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Gail B. Tifford
  Name: Gail B. Tifford
  Title: Director of the General Partner
By:   /s/ Pamela Edwards
  Name: Pamela Edwards
  Title: Director of the General Partner

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL CANADA INC.
By:   /s/ Joe Martin
  Name: Joe Martin
  Title: President and Director

 

By:   /s/ Randy Greben
  Name: Randy Greben
  Title: Treasurer and Director

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:   /s/ Sharon L. Dean
  Name: Sharon L. Dean
  Title: Managing Director

 

By:   /s/ Patrick L. Turner
  Name: Patrick L. Turner
  Title: Managing Director

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in City of Richardson, State of Texas, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Sharon L. Dean
  Name: Sharon L. Dean
  Title: Managing Director

 

By:   /s/ Patrick L. Turner
  Name: Patrick L. Turner
  Title: Director

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Grabenstätt, Germany, on September 9, 2025.

 

FOSSIL (EUROPE) GMBH
By:   /s/ Anna Studzinska
  Name: Anna Studzinska
  Title: Managing Director

 

*By:   /s/ Randy S. Hyne
  Name: Randy S. Hyne
  Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-17

Exhibit 3.4

 

  Delaware   PAGE 1
  The First State  

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED ARE TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES OF ALL DOCUMENTS ON FILE OF “FOSSIL INTERMEDIATE, INC.” AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE.

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED:

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, FILED THE NINETEENTH DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 1994, AT 3 O’CLOCK P.M.

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT, FILED THE NINETEENTH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, A.D. 2002, AT 4:30 O’CLOCK P.M.

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT, FILED THE TWENTY-SEVENTH DAY OF JANUARY, A.D. 2004, AT 9:26 O’CLOCK A.M.

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT, FILED THE NINETEENTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 2008, AT 7:34 O’CLOCK P.M.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE AFORESAID CERTIFICATES ARE THE ONLY CERTIFICATES ON RECORD OF THE AFORESAID CORPORATION, “FOSSIL INTERMEDIATE, INC.”.

 

2428468 8100H

 

130509845

  LOGO  

/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

 

AUTHENTICATION: 0398495

 

DATE: 05-01-13

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 03:00 PM 08/19/1994

944156243 - 2428468

        

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOSSIL INTERMEDIATE, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Fossil Intermediate, Inc. (“the Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, 19901, County of Kent. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

The aggregate number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”).

Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held in his name on the books of the Corporation on each matter voted upon by the stockholders. Cumulative voting of shares of Common Stock is expressly prohibited.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than one (1) nor more than eight (8), the exact number to be fixed from time to time in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the corporation. The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Corporation is one (1), and the name and address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until his successor is elected and qualified is:

 

Name

  

Address

Alan D. Moore   

2280 N. Greenville

Richardson, Texas 75082


ARTICLE VI

The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

In addition to the powers and authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation and any bylaws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no bylaws adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors that would have been valid if such bylaws had not been adopted.

ARTICLE VII

(a) A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize any corporate action which further eliminates or limits the personal liability or directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

(b) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify any and all officers and directors of the Corporation, and may, to the fullest extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent as is determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have the power to indemnify, from and against all expenses, liabilities or other matters arising out of their status as such or their acts, omissions or services rendered in such capacity.

(c) The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.

 

-2-


ARTICLE VIII

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

T.R. Tunnell

2280 N. Greenville

Richardson, Texas 75082

THE UNDERSIGNED, Being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 19 day of August, 1994.

 

/s/ T.R. Tunnell

T.R. Tunnell

 

-3-


        

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 09/19/2002

020586725 - 2428468

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT

AND

REGISTERED OFFICE

*****

Fossil Intermediate, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the registered office of the corporation in the state of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

That the registered agent of the corporation is hereby changed to THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY, the business address of which is identical to the aforementioned registered office as changed.

That the changes in the registered office and registered agent of the corporation as set forth herein were duly authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, this 19th day of September, 2002.

 

/s/ Terri Atteberry

Terri Atteberry, Vice President

(Title)


LOGO  

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATIONS

Of Registered Office

And/or Registered Agent

     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 10:32 AM 01/27/2004

FILED 09:26 AM 01/27/2004

SRV 040053410 - 2428468 FILE

 

 

  •  

The Board of Directors of Fossil Intermediate, Inc., a Corporation of Delaware, on this 29th day of October 2003, A.D., do hereby resolve and order that the location of the Registered Office of this Corporation within this State be, and the same hereby is 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801.

 

  •  

The name of the Registered Agent therein and in charge thereof upon whom process against this Corporation may be served, is Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300, Wilmington, DE 19801.

 

  •  

Fossil Intermediate, Inc., a Corporation of Delaware, does hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting held as herein stated.

 

  •  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its President and attested by its Secretary, the 9th day of January, 2004 A.D.

 

BY:  

/s/ Mr. Kosta Kartsotis

      BY:  

Mr. Kosta Kartsotis

  President’s Signature       Printed Name
ATTEST:  

/s/ Mr. T.R. Tunnell

    ATTEST:  

Mr. T.R. Tunnell

  Secretary’s Signature       Printed Name


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:42 PM 02/19/2008

FILED 07:34 PM 02/19/2008

SRV 080184825 - 2428468 FILE

        

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE

OF REGISTERED AGENT AND/OR

REGISTERED OFFICE

The Board of Directors of Fossil Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, on this Nineteenth day of February, A.D. 2008, do hereby resolve and order that the location of the Registered Office of this Corporation within this State be, and the same hereby is Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle Zip Code 19801.

The name of the Registered Agent therein and in charge thereof upon whom process against this Corporation may be served, is THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY.

The Corporation does hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting held as herein stated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, the Nineteenth day of February, A.D., 2008.

 

By:  

/s/ Randy S. Hyne

  Authorized Officer
Name:  

Randy S. Hyne

  Print or Type
Title:   Secretary

Exhibit 3.5

FOSSIL INTERMEDIATE, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the office of the corporation or at such other places as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, either within or without the State of Delaware, and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at the time and place to be selected by the board of directors. If the day is a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held on the next following business day. At the meeting, the stockholders shall elect a board of directors by written ballot and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.


Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 2.5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by (a) the chairman of the board or (b) the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of (a) a majority of the board of directors or (b) by the holders of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 2.6. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting,

 

-2-


to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.7. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.8. Order of Business. At each meeting of the stockholders, one of the following persons, in the order in which they are listed (and in the absence of the first, the next, and so on), shall serve as chairman of the meeting: president, chairman of the board, vice presidents (in the order of their seniority if more than one) and secretary. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the

 

-3-


corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

Section 2.9. Majority Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 2.10. Method of Voting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.2. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock as to

 

-4-


dividends or upon liquidation, the board of directors shall have not less than one (1) more than eight (8) directors. The number of directors constituting the board shall be such number as shall be from time to time specified by resolution of the board of directors; provided, however, no director’s term shall be shortened by reason of a resolution reducing the number of directors; and further provided that the number of directors constituting the initial board of directors shall be one (1) and shall remain such number unless and until changed by resolution of the board of directors aforesaid.

Section 3.3. Election Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 3.4. Notification of Nominations. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors at a meeting may nominate persons for election as directors only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination is given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, ninety days in advance of such meeting, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of business on the seventh day following

 

-5-


the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons intended to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors; and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

Section 3.5. First Meetings. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

-6-


Section 3.6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 3.7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the chairman of the board or the president, and shall be called by the president or secretary on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 3.8. Quorum, Majority Vote. At all meetings of the board, a majority of the entire board of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.9. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 3.10. Telephone and Similar Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of

 

-7-


directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.11. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the board of directors or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the board shall be mailed to each director, addressed to such director at such director’s residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such director at such place by telegraph or be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

Section 3.12. Rules and Regulations. The board of directors may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the corporation as the board may deem proper.

Section 3.13. Resignations. Any director of the corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

-8-


Section 3.14. Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 3.15. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation, any vacancies on the board of directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause, shall only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors, or by a sole remaining director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled by the board of directors, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 2.5 of Article II of these bylaws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 3.14 shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 3.16. Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation

 

-9-


therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE 4

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

Section 4.1. Executive Committee. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, designate annually one (1) or more of its members to constitute members or alternate members of an executive committee, which committee shall have and may exercise, between meetings of the board, all the powers and authority of the board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including, if such committee is so empowered and authorized by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, the power and authority to declare a dividend and to authorize the issuance of stock, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, except that the executive committee shall not have such power or authority with reference to:

(a) amending the certificate of incorporation of the corporation;

(b) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation involving the corporation;

(c) recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation;

(d) recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

(e) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw;

(f) filling vacancies on the board or on any committee of the board, including the executive committee;

 

-10-


(g) fixing the compensation of directors for serving on the board or on any committee of the board, including the executive committee; or

(h) amending or repealing any resolution of the board which by its terms may be amended or repealed only by the board.

Section 4.2. Other Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, designate from among its members one or more other committees, each of which shall, except as otherwise prescribed by law, have such authority of the board as may be specified in the resolution of the board designating such committee. A majority of all the members of such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the board shall otherwise provide. The board shall have the power at any time to change the membership of, to increase or decrease the membership of, to fill all vacancies in and to discharge any such committee, or any member thereof, either with or without cause.

Section 4.3. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be sent by mail, telegraph or telephone, or be delivered personally to each member thereof not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of

 

-11-


such notice to such member. Any special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present thereat. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the board need not be given. The executive committee or any other committee of the board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws for the conduct of its meetings as the executive committee or any other committee of the board may deem proper. A majority of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member, the remaining members, whether or not a quorum, may fill a vacancy. The executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall keep written minutes of its proceedings, a copy of which is to be filed with the secretary of the corporation, and shall report on such proceedings to the board.

ARTICLE 5

NOTICES

Section 5.1. Method. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

-12-


Section 5.2. Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE 6

OFFICERS

Section 6.1. Election, Qualification. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 6.2. Salary. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 6.3. Term, Removal. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

Section 6.4. Resignation. Subject at all times to the right of removal as provided in Section 6.3 of this Article 6, any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the board of directors, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; provided that

 

-13-


the president or, in the event of the resignation of the president, the board of directors may designate an effective date for such resignation which is earlier than the date specified in such notice but which is not earlier than the date of receipt of such notice; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.5. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or any other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for election to such office.

Section 6.6. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board shall, if there be such an officer, preside at meetings of the board of directors and, if present, and in the absence of the president, preside at meetings of the stockholders. The chairman of the board shall counsel with and advise the president and perform such other duties as the president or the board or the executive committee may from time to time determine. Except as otherwise provided by resolution of the board, the chairman of the board shall be ex-officio a member of all committees of the board. The chairman of the board may sign and execute in the name of the corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the board of any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 6.7. President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

-14-


Section 6.8. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the president and the chairman of the board or, in the event of their inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.9. Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 6.10. Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the

 

-15-


event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.11. Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

Section 6.12. Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

-16-


ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Section 7.1. Third-Party Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

The corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the corporation, or any employee or agent serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another

 

-17-


corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in the manner and to the extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2. Derivative Actions. The corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 7.3. Determination of Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable

 

-18-


standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7. Such determination shall be made (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

Section 7.4. Right to Indemnification. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 7, to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 7.5. Advance of Expenses. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article 7.

Section 7.6. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Article 7 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action

 

-19-


in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 7.7. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against liability under the provisions of this Article 7.

Section 7.8. Definitions of Certain Terms. For purposes of this Article 7, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article 7 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

For purposes of this Article 7, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which

 

-20-


imposes duties on, or involves services by such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article 7.

Section 7.9. Liability of Directors. Notwithstanding any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or any other provision herein, no director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director shall be liable under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code (relating to the Delaware General Corporation Law) or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto or shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, he (i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) shall not have acted in good faith, (iii) shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (iv) shall have derived an improper personal benefit.

ARTICLE 8

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 8.1. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

 

-21-


Section 8.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 8.3. Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 8.4. Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 8.5. Fixing Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to

 

-22-


receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 8.6. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE 9

AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

Section 9.1. Validity. Except as otherwise provided for in the certificate of incorporation and except as otherwise provided in this bylaw, if Section 9.2 is satisfied, no contract or transaction between the corporation and any of its directors, officers or security holders, or any corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which any of such directors, officers or security holders are directly or indirectly financially interested, shall be void or voidable solely because of this relationship, or solely because of the presence of the

 

-23-


director, officer or security holder at the meeting authorizing the contract or transaction, or solely because of his or their participation in the authorization of such contract or transaction or vote at the meeting therefor, whether or not such participation or vote was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

Section 9.2. Disclosure, Approval; Fairness. Section 9.1 shall apply only if:

(a) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known:

(i) to the board of directors (or committee thereof) and it nevertheless in good faith authorizes or ratifies the contract or transaction by a majority of the directors present, each such interested director to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present but not in calculating the majority necessary to carry the vote; or

(ii) to the stockholders and they nevertheless authorize or ratify the contract or transaction by a majority of the shares present at a meeting considering such contract or transaction, each such interested person (stockholder) to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present and for voting purposes; or

(b) the contract or transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized or ratified by the board of directors (or committee thereof) or the stockholders.

Section 9.3. Nonexclusive. This provision shall not be construed to invalidate a contract or transaction which would be valid in the absence of this provision.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 10.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 10.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 10.3. Annual Statement. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

Section 10.4. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

Section 10.5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

-25-


Section 10.6. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENTS

Section 11.1. Amendments. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors, at any meeting of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting. The stockholders of the corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the bylaws only to the extent and in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

 

-26-

Exhibit 3.6

 

  Delaware   Page 1
  The First State  

I, CHARUNI PATIBANDA-SANCHEZ, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED ARE TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES OF ALL DOCUMENTS ON FILE OF “FOSSIL STORES I, INC.” AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE.

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED:

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, FILED THE FIRST DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 1994, AT 4:30 O’CLOCK P.M.

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT, FILED THE TWENTY-SEVENTH DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 2002, AT 4:30 O’CLOCK P.M.

CERTIFICATE OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER, FILED THE SECOND DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 2005, AT 4:05 O’CLOCK P.M.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE AFORESAID CERTIFICATES ARE THE ONLY CERTIFICATES ON RECORD OF THE AFORESAID CORPORATION, “FOSSIL STORES I, INC.”.

 

2449241 8100H

SR# 20253398099

  LOGO   

/s/ Charuni Patibanda-Sanchez

Charuni Patibanda-Sanchez, Secretary of State

 

Authentication: 204229370

Date: 07-17-25

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


        

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 11/01/1994

944209761 - 2449241

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOSSIL STORES I, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Fossil Stores I. Inc. (“the Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, 19901, County of Kent. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

The aggregate number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”).

Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held in his name on the books of the Corporation on each matter voted upon by the stockholders. Cumulative voting of shares of Common Stock is expressly prohibited.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than one (1) nor more than eight (8), the exact number to be fixed from time to time in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the corporation. The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Corporation is three (3), and the name and address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until his successor is elected and qualified is:


Name

  

Address

Kosta N. Kartsotis    2280 N. Greenville
   Richardson, Texas 75082
Richard Gundy    2280 N. Greenville
   Richardson, Texas 75082
Alan D. Moore    2280 N. Greenville
   Richardson, Texas 75082

ARTICLE VI

The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

In addition to the powers and authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation and any bylaws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no bylaws adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors that would have been valid if such bylaws had not been adopted.

ARTICLE VII

(a) A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize any corporate action which further eliminates or limits the personal liability or directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

(b) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify any and all officers and directors of the Corporation, and may, to the fullest extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent as is determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have the power to indemnify, from and against all expenses, liabilities or other matters arising out of their status as such or their acts, omissions or services rendered in such capacity.

 

-2-


(c) The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such , whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.

ARTICLE VIII

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

T. R. Tunnell

2280 N. Greenville

Richardson, Texas 75082

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 1st day of November, 1994.

 

/s/ T. R. Tunnell

T. R. Tunnell

 

-3-


CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT

AND

REGISTERED OFFICE

FOSSIL STORES I, INC.

*****

Fossil Stores I, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the registered office of the corporation in the state of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

That the registered agent of the corporation is hereby changed to THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY, the business address of which is identical to the aforementioned registered office as changed.

That the changes in the registered office and registered agent of the corporation as set forth herein were duly authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, this 26th day of August, 2002.

 

/s/ TERRI ATTEBERRY

TERRI ATTEBERRY
Vice President


Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 04:15 PM 02/02/2005

FILED 04:05 PM 02/02/2005

SRV 050087094 - 2449241 FILE

    

AGREEMENT OF MERGER

AGREEMENT OF MERGER, dated this 1st day of February, 2005, pursuant to section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, between Fossil Stores I, Inc. (“Stores I”), a Delaware Corporation and Fossil Stores II, Inc. (“Stores II”), a Delaware Corporation.

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS, all of the constituent corporations desire to merge into a single corporation, as hereinafter specified; and

WHEREAS, the registered office of said Stores I in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington 19801, County of Newcastle, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company; and the registered office of Stores II in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington 19801, County of Newcastle and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the corporations, parties to this Agreement, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and provisions hereinafter contained do hereby prescribe the terms and conditions of said merger and mode of carrying the same into effect as follows:

FIRST: Stores I hereby merges into itself Stores II and said Stores II shall be and hereby merged into Stores I, which shall be the surviving corporation.

SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of Stores I, which is the surviving corporation, as heretofore amended and as in effect on the date of the merger provided for in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect as the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation surviving this merger.

THIRD: The manner of converting the outstanding shares of the capital stock of each of the constituent corporations into the shares or other securities of the surviving corporation shall be as follows:

(a) Each share of common stock of the merged corporation which shall be outstanding on the effective date of this Agreement, and all rights in respect thereof shall forthwith be changed and converted into one share of common stock of the surviving corporation.

(b) After the effective date of this Agreement, each holder of an outstanding certificate representing shares of common stock of the merged corporation shall surrender the same to the surviving corporation and each such shareholder shall be entitled upon surrender to receive the number of shares of common stock of the surviving corporation on the basis provided


converted into the stock of the surviving corporation as provided herein may be treated by the surviving corporation for all corporate purposes as evidencing the ownership of shares of the surviving corporation as though said surrender and exchange has taken place. After the effective date of the Agreement, each registered owner of any uncertificated shares of common stock of the merged corporation shall have said shares cancelled and said registered owner shall be entitled to the number of common shares of the surviving corporation on the basis provided herein.

FOURTH: The Terms and conditions of the merger are as follows:

(a) The by-laws of the surviving corporation as they shall exist on the effective date of this Agreement shall be and remain the by-laws of the surviving corporation until the same shall be altered, amended or repealed as therein provided.

(b) The directors and officers of the surviving corporation shall continue in office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.

(c) This merger shall become effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware. However, for all accounting purposes, the effective date of the merger shall be as of the close of business on January 4, 2003.

(d) Upon the merger becoming effective, all property, rights, privileges, franchises, patents, trademarks, licenses, registrations and other assets of every kind and description of the merged corporation shall be transferred to, vested in and devolve upon the surviving corporation without further act or deed and all property, rights, and every other interest of the surviving corporation and the merged corporation shall be as effectively the property of the surviving corporation as they were of the surviving corporation and the merged corporation respectively. The merged corporation hereby agrees from time to time, as and when requested by the surviving corporation or by its successors or assigns, to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such deeds and instruments and to take or cause to be taken such further or other action as the surviving corporation may deem necessary or desirable in order to vest in and confirm to the surviving corporation title to and possession of any property of the merged corporation acquired or to be acquired by reason of or as a result of the merger herein provided for and otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes hereof and the proper officers and directors of the merged corporation and the proper officers and directors of the surviving corporation are fully authorized in the name of the merged corporation or otherwise to take any and all such action.

FIFTH: Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated and abandoned by the Board of Directors of any constituent corporation at any time prior to the time that this Agreement filed with the Secretary of State becomes effective. This Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors of the constituent corporations at any time prior to the time that this Agreement filed with the Secretary of State becomes effective, provided that an amendment made subsequent to the adoption of the Agreement by the stockholders of any constituent corporation shall not (1) after or change the


amount or kind of shares, securities, cash, property and/or rights to be received in exchange for or on conversion of all or any of the shares of any class or series thereof of such constituent corporation, (2) alter or change any term of the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation to be effected by the merger, or (3) alter or change any of the terms and conditions of the Agreement if such alteration or change would adversely affect the holders of any class or series thereof of such constituent corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement, pursuant to the approval and authority duly given by resolutions adopted by their respective Boards of Directors, and that fact having been certified on said Agreement of Merger by the Secretary of each corporate party hereto, have caused these presents to be executed by the President of each party hereto as the respective act, deed and agreement of each of said corporations on this 1st day of February, 2005.

 

FOSSIL STORES I, INC.       FOSSIL STORES II, INC.
By:   

/s/ Mark D. Quick

         By:   

/s/ Mark D. Quick

Name: Mark D. Quick       Name: Mark D. Quick
Title: President       Title: President


I, Randy S. Hyne, Secretary of Fossil Stores I, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certify, as such Secretary, that the Agreement of Merger to which this Certificate is attached, after having been first duly signed on behalf of the said corporation and having been signed on behalf of Fossil Stores II, Inc., a corporation of the State of Delaware, was duly adopted pursuant to section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the unanimous written consent of the stockholders holding all of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation same being all of the shares issued and out standing having voting power, which Agreement of Merger was thereby adopted as the act of the stockholders of said Fossil Stores I, Inc. and the duly adopted agreement and act of the said corporation.

WITNESS, my hand on this 1st day of February, 2005.

 

/s/ Randy S. Hyne

Secretary


I, Randy S. Hyne, Secretary of Fossil Stores II, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certify, as such Secretary, that the Agreement of Merger to which this Certificate is attached, after having been first duly signed on behalf of the said corporation and having been signed on behalf of Fossil Stores I, Inc., a corporation of the State of Delaware, was duly adopted pursuant to section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the unanimous written consent of the stockholders holding all of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation, same being all of the shares issued and outstanding having voting power, which Agreement of Merger was thereby adopted as the act of the stockholders of said Fossil Stores II, Inc. and the duly adopted agreement and act of the said corporation.

WITNESS my hand on this 1st day of February, 2005.

 

/s/ Randy S. Hyne

Secretary

Exhibit 3.7

FOSSIL STORES I, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the office of the corporation or at such other places as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, either within or without the State of Delaware, and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at the time and place to be selected by the board of directors. If the day is a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held on the next following business day. At the meeting, the stockholders shall elect a board of directors by written ballot and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.


Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 2.5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by (a) the chairman of the board or (b) the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of (a) a majority of the board of directors or (b) by the holders of ten percent or more of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 2.6. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

-2-


Section 2.7. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.8. Order of Business. At each meeting of the stockholders, one of the following persons, in the order in which they are listed (and in the absence of the first, the next, and so on), shall serve as chairman of the meeting: president, chairman of the board, vice presidents (in the order of their seniority if more than one) and secretary. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

 

-3-


Section 2.9. Majority Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 2.10. Method of Voting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.2. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock as to

 

-4-


dividends or upon liquidation, the board of directors shall have not less than one (1) more than eight (8) directors. The number of directors constituting the board shall be such number as shall be from time to time specified by resolution of the board of directors; provided, however, no director’s term shall be shortened by reason of a resolution reducing the number of directors; and further provided that the number of directors constituting the initial board of directors shall be one (1) and shall remain such number unless and until changed by resolution of the board of directors aforesaid.

Section 3.3. Election Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 3.4. Notification of Nominations. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors at a meeting may nominate persons for election as directors only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination is given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, ninety days in advance of such meeting, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of business on the seventh day following

 

-5-


the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons intended to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors; and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

Section 3.5. First Meetings. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

-6-


Section 3.6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 3.7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the chairman of the board or the president, and shall be called by the president or secretary on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 3.8. Quorum, Majority Vote. At all meetings of the board, a majority of the entire board of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.9. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 3.10. Telephone and Similar Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-7-


Section 3.11. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the board of directors or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the board shall be mailed to each director, addressed to such director at such director’s residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such director at such place by telegraph or be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

Section 3.12. Rules and Regulations. The board of directors may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the corporation as the board may deem proper.

Section 3.13. Resignations. Any director of the corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

-8-


Section 3.14. Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 3.15. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation, any vacancies on the board of directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause, shall only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors, or by a sole remaining director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled by the board of directors, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 2.5 of Article II of these bylaws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 3.14 shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 3.16. Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

-9-


ARTICLE 4

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

Section 4.1. Executive Committee. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, designate annually one (1) or more of its members to constitute members or alternate members of an executive committee, which committee shall have and may exercise, between meetings of the board, all the powers and authority of the board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including, if such committee is so empowered and authorized by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, the power and authority to declare a dividend and to authorize the issuance of stock, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, except that the executive committee shall not have such power or authority with reference to:

(a) amending the certificate of incorporation of the corporation;

(b) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation involving the corporation;

(c) recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation;

(d) recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

(e) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw;

(f) filling vacancies on the board or on any committee of the board, including the executive committee;

 

-10-


(g) fixing the compensation of directors for serving on the board or on any committee of the board, including the executive committee; or

(h) amending or repealing any resolution of the board which by its terms may be amended or repealed only by the board.

Section 4.2. Other Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, designate from among its members one or more other committees, each of which shall, except as otherwise prescribed by law, have such authority of the board as may be specified in the resolution of the board designating such committee. A majority of all the members of such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the board shall otherwise provide. The board shall have the power at any time to change the membership of, to increase or decrease the membership of, to fill all vacancies in and to discharge any such committee, or any member thereof, either with or without cause.

Section 4.3. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be sent by mail, telegraph or telephone, or be delivered personally to each member thereof not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of

 

-11-


such notice to such member. Any special meeting of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present thereat. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the board need not be given. The executive committee or any other committee of the board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws for the conduct of its meetings as the executive committee or any other committee of the board may deem proper. A majority of the executive committee or any other committee of the board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member, the remaining members, whether or not a quorum, may fill a vacancy. The executive committee or any other committee of the board of directors shall keep written minutes of its proceedings, a copy of which is to be filed with the secretary of the corporation, and shall report on such proceedings to the board.

ARTICLE 5

NOTICES

Section 5.1. Method. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

-12-


Section 5.2. Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE 6

OFFICERS

Section 6.1. Election, Qualification. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 6.2. Salary. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 6.3. Term, Removal. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

Section 6.4. Resignation. Subject at all times to the right of removal as provided in Section 6.3 of this Article 6, any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the board of directors, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; provided that

 

-13-


the president or, in the event of the resignation of the president, the board of directors may designate an effective date for such resignation which is earlier than the date specified in such notice but which is not earlier than the date of receipt of such notice; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.5. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or any other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for election to such office.

Section 6.6. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board shall, if there be such an officer, preside at meetings of the board of directors and, if present, and in the absence of the president, preside at meetings of the stockholders. The chairman of the board shall counsel with and advise the president and perform such other duties as the president or the board or the executive committee may from time to time determine. Except as otherwise provided by resolution of the board, the chairman of the board shall be ex-officio a member of all committees of the board. The chairman of the board may sign and execute in the name of the corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the board of any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 6.7. President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

-14-


Section 6.8. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the president and the chairman of the board or, in the event of their inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.9. Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 6.10. Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

-15-


Section 6.11. Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

Section 6.12. Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

-16-


ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Section 7.1. Third-Party Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-17-


The corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the corporation, or any employee or agent serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in the manner and to the extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2. Derivative Actions. The corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-18-


Section 7.3. Determination of Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7. Such determination shall be made (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

Section 7.4. Right to Indemnification. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 7, to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article 7, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 7.5. Advance of Expenses. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article 7.

Section 7.6. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Article 7 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

-19-


Section 7.7. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against liability under the provisions of this Article 7.

Section 7.8. Definitions of Certain Terms. For purposes of this Article 7, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article 7 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

-20-


For purposes of this Article 7, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article 7.

Section 7.9. Liability of Directors. Notwithstanding any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or any other provision herein, no director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director shall be liable under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code (relating to the Delaware General Corporation Law) or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto or shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, he (i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) shall not have acted in good faith, (iii) shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (iv) shall have derived an improper personal benefit.

ARTICLE 8

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 8.1. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

 

-21-


Section 8.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 8.3. Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 8.4. Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

-22-


Section 8.5. Fixing Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 8.6. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE 9

AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

Section 9.1. Validity. Except as otherwise provided for in the certificate of incorporation and except as otherwise provided in this bylaw, if Section 9.2 is satisfied, no contract or transaction between the corporation and any of its directors, officers or security holders, or any corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which any of such directors, officers or security holders are directly or indirectly financially interested, shall be void or voidable solely because of this relationship, or solely because of the presence of the director, officer or security holder at the meeting authorizing the contract or transaction, or solely because of his or their participation in the authorization of such contract or transaction or vote at the meeting therefor, whether or not such participation or vote was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

 

-23-


Section 9.2. Disclosure, Approval; Fairness. Section 9.1 shall apply only if:

(a) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known:

(i) to the board of directors (or committee thereof) and it nevertheless in good faith authorizes or ratifies the contract or transaction by a majority of the directors present, each such interested director to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present but not in calculating the majority necessary to carry the vote; or

(ii) to the stockholders and they nevertheless authorize or ratify the contract or transaction by a majority of the shares present at a meeting considering such contract or transaction, each such interested person (stockholder) to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present and for voting purposes; or

(b) the contract or transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized or ratified by the board of directors (or committee thereof) or the stockholders.

Section 9.3. Nonexclusive. This provision shall not be construed to invalidate a contract or transaction which would be valid in the absence of this provision.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 10.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 10.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 10.3. Annual Statement. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

Section 10.4. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

Section 10.5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

-25-


Section 10.6. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENTS

Section 11.1. Amendments. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors, at any meeting of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting. The stockholders of the corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the bylaws only to the extent and in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

 

-26-

Exhibit 3.8

 

     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:08 AM 05/16/2013

FILED 09:05 AM 05/16/2013

SRV 130591821 - 2431489 FILE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

FOSSIL TRUST

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Trust of Fossil Trust (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, as trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq. (the “Act”) for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of Trust of the Trust filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “State Office”) on August 31,1994, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment of the Trust filed with the State Office on October 11, 2002 and as further amended by the Certificate of Change of Locations of Registered Office and/or Registered Agent of the Trust filed with the State Office on January 27, 2004.

The Certificate of Trust of the Trust, as amended, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1. Name. The name of the Trust is Fossil Trust.

2. Resident Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware meeting the requirements of Section 3807 of the Act are as follows:

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Rodney Square North

Wilmington, DE 19890

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration

3. Registered Agent. The business address of the registered office of the Trust in the State of Delaware is Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the Trust’s registered agent at such address is


Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc.

4. Effective. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Trust shall be effective immediately upon filing in the State Office.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being a trustee of the Trust, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Trust as of May 15, 2013

 

Wilmington Trust Company,

not in its individual capacity but solely as

Delaware Trustee of the Trust

By:   /s/ Jennifer A. Luce
Name:  

Jennifer A. Luce

Title:  

Vice President

Exhibit 3.9

AGREEMENT AND CONTRACT OF TRUST

OF

FOSSIL TRUST

We, Fossil Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 1105 N. Market Street, Suite 1300, P. O. Box 8985, Wilmington, Delaware 19899 (the “Subscriber”) and Tom Kartsotis, Alan D. Moore (individually a “Trustee” and collectively referred to as the “Trustees”), and Wilmington Trust Company (the “Delaware Trustee”) have on August 31, 1994, entered into an agreement and contract to create a trust under which the appointed and constituted trustees under this agreement shall be empowered to operate a business as explained by this instrument.

To this end the Subscriber forms a trust for the purposes here stated, and without personal liability of the stockholders here. It is intended and proposed that all others other than the Subscriber who may become the owner of shares of stock in this trust ipso facto agree to accept the terms of this instrument and declaration of trust as if they were the original subscribers to it. Further it is understood and agreed that we and such other stockholders as may come into the trust are associated together merely and solely for the purpose of being cestui que trustents of the trust created, thus being entitled to the equitable and beneficial interest of all profits and property, both personal and real, of the trust estate created, our respective proportionate interests to be determined by the number of shares held by each of us, the shares being representative of such interest.

This trust shall be known as Fossil Trust.

The disposition of the stock in the company is to be made by the Trustees in the manner here set out.

We do now covenant and declare that the following are and shall be the fundamental articles of the trust by which we and all persons who at any time hereafter may transact any business with the Trustees and the Delaware Trustee shall be bound and concluded. The Subscriber, the Trustees and the Delaware Trustee here signify and confirm by their certificates and signatures to this instrument their acceptance of all its terms and their obligations to perform and discharge the duties imposed by this instrument.

I. The capital stock of the trust, which is to be known by the name of Fossil Trust, is $1,000 to be divided into 1,000 shares of the par value of $.01 each.

II. Tom Kartsotis, Alan D. Moore and Wilmington Trust Company are here and now designated trustees of the Trust, with powers and duties and the limitation of same as specified.

III. T.R. Tunnell is to fill the office of secretary and Randy S. Kercho is to fill the office of treasurer, and shall perform such other duties as are necessary and usually performed by such officers in a similar business, but it is understood that they shall have no power to bind the trust by contract, except as such power is delegated to them in writing by the Trustees.


IV. Alan D. Moore, Trustee, shall be the president and general manager of said trust with powers and duties, authority and rights, to do all things necessary in assisting to carry out the purposes of the trust as here set out and the Trustees and the Delaware Trustee are empowered to execute all contracts, deeds, transfers, assignments and all other instruments, to pass title to trust property, bind the trust estate, provided the stock certificates here mentioned in this trust agreement may be executed and signed by the president or by the vice-president, acting in the absence of the president, and also signed by the secretary and treasurer in attestation with the seal of the company impressed upon it.

V. The Trustees and the Delaware Trustee and their successors in trust shall hold the legal title to all property that may be acquired by or for the benefit of the trust estate, and shall have and exercise exclusive management, disposition and control of the same, subject to the terms and provisions of this declaration of trust.

VI. The purposes and object of the trust shall be to carry on any lawful business or activity including holding, managing, administering, controlling, investing, reinvesting or operating such business, and all other necessary and proper things incident to the conducting of a business in such manner as may be to the best interest and profit of the trust estate, subject, however, to this declaration of trust. The trust is a business trust within the meaning of the Delaware Business Trust Act, 12 Del C §3801 et seq, as amended (the “Trust Act”).

VII. The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may acquire, own and dispose of shares in Fossil Trust to the same extent as if he or she were not a trustee. None of the Trustees or the Delaware Trustee shall be liable to the stockholders for error in judgment in prosecuting and managing the trust property, interest and business, nor for any act done by them, or any of them, in the course of such management, nor for any omission to act in the execution of this trust, except such acts of omissions as involve bad faith on their part, nor shall they be liable for the acts or omissions of each other, nor for the acts or omissions of any officer, agent or servant appointed by or acting for them; and they shall not be obligated to give bond to secure the performance of this trust by them.

VIII. A complete description of the property now held in trust at the execution of this instrument by the Trustees and the Delaware Trustee is fully described and set out in a certain instrument of assignment to the Trustees and the Delaware Trustee in their capacities for the Fossil Trust.

IX. (a) The Delaware Trustee shall serve until such time as a successor is appointed by the Trustees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Delaware Trustee may resign at any time upon the giving of at least sixty (60) days advance written notice to the Trustees; provided however, that such resignation shall not become effective unless and until a successor Delaware Trustee shall have been appointed by the Trustees. If the Trustees do not act within such sixty (60) day period, the Delaware Trustee may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee.

 

2


(b) The Delaware Trustee shall constitute the trustee required pursuant to Section 3807(a) of the Trust Act and shall have only the rights, obligations and liabilities specifically provided for herein and in the Trust Act and shall have no implied rights, obligations and liabilities with respect to the affairs of the trust. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, unless specifically directed by the Trustees and consented to by the Delaware Trustee, the Delaware Trustee shall not participate in any decisions relating to, or possess any authority independently to manage or control, the business of the trust. In no event shall the Delaware Trustee have any liability for the acts or omissions of the Trustees. The Delaware Trustee shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver, acknowledge and file all necessary documents and to maintain all necessary records of the trust as required by the Trust Act. The Delaware Trustee shall provide prompt notice to the Trustees of its performance of any of the foregoing. The Trustees shall reasonably keep the Delaware Trustee informed of any actions taken by the Trustee with respect to the trust that affect the rights, obligations or liabilities of the Delaware Trustee hereunder or under the Trust Act.

(c) The Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the trust reasonable compensation for its services hereunder, as shall be agreed to from time to time between the trust and the Delaware Trustee; and the Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the trust for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it in the performance of its duties hereunder.

X. The trust shall indemnify and hold harmless each Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and each officer of the trust from and against any and all liabilities, losses, actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity, and any other expenses, suits or proceedings at law or in equity, and any other expenses, fees or charges of any character or nature, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, which the Trustees or the Delaware Trustee may incur or with which any of them may be threatened by reason of acting as a trustee or an officer under this Agreement or arising out of the existence of the trust, except to the extent that the indemnitee is found liable for an act or omission involving actual fraud or willful misconduct. The trust shall, upon request by the concerned Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or officer, assume the defense of any claim made against such trustee or officer and shall satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the trust.

XI. Upon the resignation or death of any Trustee or the Delaware Trustee during his or her term of office, such vacancy shall be filled a majority of by the remaining Trustees of the trust.

 

3


XII. The Trustees shall issue the following form of Certificate:

Fossil Trust

Capital Stock One Thousand Shares

 

No. 1    1,000 Shares

This certifies that Fossil Intermediate, Inc. is the holder of 1,000 fully paid shares in the Fossil Trust, which it holds subject to an agreement and declaration of trust, dated August 31, 1994, referred to and made a part of this certificate, of which all persons dealing with this company shall take notice.

The shares of the Fossil Trust are of the par value of $.01 each.

No transfer will affect the Fossil Trust until this certificate has been surrendered and the transfer recorded upon its books.

In witness whereof, the president and secretary under the declaration of trust have signed their names in authentication as of August 31, 1994.

 

               , Secretary                , President  

XIII. The proceeds arising from the sale of stock in the trust shall be used by the Trustees for the performance of this trust as provided here and any profits arising from the conduct of the business shall become part of the corpus of the trust fund. The Trustees are authorized to set aside from time to time such portions of the net income as they may think proper for the surplus or to declare dividends.

XIV. This trust shall continue perpetually, but may be terminated sooner by the trustees if they find it desirable to do so for the best interests of the estate and cestui que trustents.

XV. Upon the termination of this trust, the then stockholders shall participate in the distribution of all properties belonging to the trust estate, and the assets shall be distributed pro rata to each stockholder according to the value and number of shares held by each.

The Trustees shall render an account annually, and more often if convenient to them, and shall mail a copy to the last-known address of each cestui que trustent.

XVI. The ownership of shares in the company shall not entitle a stockholder to any portion of the legal title to any of the trust property whatsoever, either personal or real, nor to the right to call for a partition or division of the same, or for an accounting, nor shall any stockholder have the right to amend, alter, or terminate this trust. Neither the Trustees nor the Delaware Trustee shall have any power to bind the stockholders personally, and the stockholders

 

4


and their assigns and all parties whomsoever, extending credit to, contracting with, or have any claim against the Trustees or the Delaware Trustee, shall look only and solely to the funds and property of the trust for payment under such contract or claim, or for any debt, damages, judgments or decrees or for any money or property that may otherwise be due or become due, payable or transferable to them from the Trustees or the Delaware Trustee, so that none of the Trustees, the Delaware Trustee or the stockholders at any time shall be personally liable for any such claim. In every written order, contract or obligation which the Trustees by themselves or by any officer or agent, shall give or enter into, it shall be the duty of the Trustees to refer to this declaration of trust.

XVII. Further it is declared that any person who shall accept a certificate of stock in the company ipso facto becomes a party of this declaration of trust and shall be bound and concluded by all of its terms and conditions. No transfer of stock in this company shall be considered binding unless due notice shall be given in writing to the Trustees; and it is expressly declared that any stockholder who shall transfer his stock in the company to any other person shall ipso facto cease to be a member of this company.

XVIII. The Trustees and the Delaware Trustee shall execute and file a certificate of trust pursuant to section 3810 of the Trust Act in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

XIX. The seal of this company shall be in the form of a circle, with the word “Seal” in the center and shall bear the name Fossil Trust, and the year 1994.

XX. To eliminate any question that might be raised as to the intention of the parties to this instrument, as well as to the cestui que trustent, it is stipulated and declared that the purpose is to create a trust and not a partnership.

XXI. It is further provided that if in the discretion of the Trustees they believe it to be in the best interest of this trust, the treasurer may be bonded; this, however, is left to their discretion.

XXII. The Trustees and the Delaware Trustee may alter or amend this declaration of trust at any time which they may think proper so to do.

XXIII. The fiscal year of the trust shall end on the 31st day of December in each year.

XXIV. The death of a stockholder or a Trustee or the Delaware Trustee during the continuance of this trust shall not operate to terminate the trust, nor shall it entitle the legal representative of the deceased stockholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trustees or the Delaware Trustee, but the executors, administrators or assigns of any deceased stockholder shall succeed to the rights of the decedent under this trust upon surrender of the certificates for the shares owned by him or her.

 

5


XXV. This declaration of Trust is executed by the undersigned Trustees and the Delaware Trustee and delivered in the State of Delaware with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law provisions thereof; provided, however, that the Trustees, the Delaware Trustee and the stockholders intend that the provisions hereof and of the bylaws, if any, shall control over any contrary or limiting statutory or common law of the State of Delaware and that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, there shall not be applicable to the trust, the Trustees, the Delaware Trustee or this trust agreement any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware (other than the Trust Act) pertaining to trusts which relate to or regulate in a manner inconsistent with the terms hereof or of the bylaws, if any: (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents, or employees of a trust, (iii) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (iv) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or capital, (vi) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding of trust assets, or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers of trustees that arc inconsistent with the limitations on liability or authorities and powers of the Trustees set forth or referenced in this declaration or the. bylaws, if any. Section 3540 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code shall not apply to the trust. The trust shall be of the type commonly called a “business trust,” and without limiting the provisions hereof, the trust may exercise all powers that are ordinarily exercised by such a trust under Delaware law. The trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers or privileges afforded to business trusts and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege or action shall not imply that the trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions.

 

6


In witness whereof Tom Kartsotis, Alan D. Moore and Wilmington Trust Company, the trustees mentioned, have set their hands and seals in token of their acceptance of the trust specified here, for themselves and their successors, and Fossil Intermediate, Inc., the Subscriber has set its hand and seal, in token of its assent to and approval of the terms of trust for itself and its assigns, the day and year first above written.

 

Fossil Intermediate, Inc.
By:  

/s/ T.R. TUNNELL

Name:   T.R. TUNNELL
Title:   Secretary

/s/ Tom Kartsotis

Tom Kartsotis, Trustee

/s/ Alan D. Moore

Alan D. Moore, Trustee

Wilmington Trust Company

Delaware Trustee

By:  

/s/ Patricia A. Evans

Name:   Patricia A. Evans
Title:   Financial Services Officer

 

7

Exhibit 3.10

 

  

Delaware

The First State

   Page 1   

I, CHARUNI PATIBANDA-SANCHEZ, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “FOSSIL GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FOURTH DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 2025, AT 10:54 O’CLOCK A.M.

 

10282691 8100

SR# 20253556779

  LOGO   

/s/ Charuni Patibanda-Sanchez

Charuni Patibanda-Sanchez, Secretary of State

 

Authentication: 204374764

Date: 08-04-25

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


  State of Delaware
  Secretary of State
  Division of Corporations
  Delivered 10:54 AM 08/04/2025
  FILED 10:54 AM 08/04/2025
  SR 20253556779 - File Number 10282691

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOSSIL GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

THE UNDERSIGNED, a natural person, acting as the sole incorporator of a corporation under and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time (the “DGCL”), hereby adopts the following Certificate of Incorporation for such corporation:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Fossil Global Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT

The street address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, postal code 19801, and the name of the Corporation’s initial registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITALIZATION

Section 4.1 Authorized Capital Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue only one class of capital stock, to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares, each having a par value of $0.0001 per share.


ARTICLE V

INCORPORATOR

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Randy S. Hyne    901 S. Central Expressway
   Richardson, Texas 75080

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

Section 6.1 Election. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY;

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Limitation of Director and Officer Liability. To the fullest extent that the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or is hereafter amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors or officers, no person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. Any repeal or amendment of this Section 7.1 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this Section 7.1 will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors or officers) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

Section 7.2 Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee

 

2


or agent, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection with such proceeding. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section 7.2 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for the expenses under this Section 7.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Section 7.2 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.2, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

(b) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any indemnitee by this Section 7.2 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that any indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under law, this Certificate, the Bylaws, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

(c) Any repeal or amendment of this Section 7.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this Section 7.2, shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

(d) This Section 7.2 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than indemnitees.

ARTICLE VIII

BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the board of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”). The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders.

 

3


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate and the DGCL; and except as set forth in ARTICLE VII, all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE X

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of Paragraph 10.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporator of the Corporation hereto has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed as of August 1, 2025.

 

/s/ Randy S. Hyne

Randy S. Hyne, Sole Incorporator

Signature Page to Certificate of Incorporation of Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.

Exhibit 3.11

BYLAWS

OF

FOSSIL GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

(the “Corporation”)

(Adopted as of August 4, 2025)


BYLAWS

OF

FOSSIL GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at either (a) the principal place of business of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or (b) the office of the corporation or individual acting as the Corporation’s registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.2. Additional Offices. The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

Section 2.1. Annual Meetings. Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by applicable law or an annual meeting is otherwise not required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a). At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors of the Corporation and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Stockholders may, unless the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation’’), provides otherwise, act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

Section 2.2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by the President, by the Board, or by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the matter for which such meeting is to be called. The Secretary shall call such a meeting upon receiving such a request. Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a).


Section 2.3. Notices. Notice of each stockholders meeting stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting shall be given in the manner permitted by Section 9.3 to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Such notice shall be given by the Corporation not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. If said notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

Section 2.4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat so present, by a majority in voting power thereof, may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.6 until a quorum shall attend. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any such other corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.5. Voting of Shares.

(a) Voting Lists. The Secretary shall prepare, or shall cause the officer or agent who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation to prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 2.5(a) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided

 

2


with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If a meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication as permitted by Section 9.5(a), then such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5(a) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

(b) Manner of Voting. At any stockholders meeting, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. If authorized by the Board, the voting by stockholders or proxyholders at any meeting conducted by remote communication may be effected by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 9.3(c)), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which the Corporation can determine that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder. The Board, in its discretion, or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

(c) Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

3


Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(d) Required Vote. Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of preferred stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”), voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. All other matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

(e) Inspectors of Election. The Board may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation or otherwise serve the Corporation in other capacities, to act at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Board may appoint one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspectors of election or alternates are appointed by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of outstanding shares and the voting power of each; determine the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots and report the results; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.6. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present and entitled to vote thereat, by a majority in voting power thereof, from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, to reconvene at the same or some other place. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders

 

4


entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 2.3 and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.7. Conduct of Meetings. The chairman of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the President (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board, or in the absence of such appointment, a chairman chosen at the meeting. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairman of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8. Consents in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum voting power that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation to its registered office in the State of Delaware, the Corporation’s principal place of business, or the Secretary. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware, the Corporation’s principal place of business, or the Secretary. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. An electronic transmission consenting to the action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, proxyholder or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes hereof if such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine that such transmission was transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder (or by a person authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder) and the date on which such stockholder, proxyholder or authorized person transmitted such transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted

 

5


shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and delivered to the Corporation by delivery either to the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware, the Corporation’s principal place of business, or the Secretary. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the limitations on delivery in the previous sentence, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the Secretary if, to the extent, and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders were delivered to the Corporation as provided in this Section 2.8.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section 3.2. Number; Term. The number of directors of the Corporation initially shall be two (2). Thereafter the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock voting separately by class or series, may be determined from time to time by the Board, but no decrease in such number shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office for the term for which such director is elected and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.3. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director, or by the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, if the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled only by

 

6


a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, by a sole remaining director so elected, or by the stockholders of such class or classes or series thereof. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any director elected or chosen in accordance with this Section 3.3 shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.4. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be reimbursed their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid either a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees of the Board may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

BOARD MEETINGS

Section 4.1. Annual Meetings. The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting at the place of the annual stockholders meeting unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof in the manner required herein for special meetings of the Board. No notice to the directors shall be necessary to legally convene this meeting, except as provided in this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2. Regular Meetings. Regularly scheduled, periodic meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times, dates and places as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 4.3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board (a) may be called by the President and (b) shall be called by the President or Secretary on the written request of a majority of directors then in office, or the sole director, as the case may be, and shall be held at such time, date and place as may be determined by the person calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Section 9.3, to each director (i) at least 24 hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of electronic transmission and delivery; (ii) at least two days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (iii) at least five days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. Any and all business that may be transacted at a regular meeting of the Board may be transacted at a special meeting. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. A special meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 9 .4.

 

7


Section 4.4. Quorum; Required Vote. A majority of the Board, but in any event not less than one-third of the Whole Board (as defined below), shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

Section 4.5. Consent In Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions (or paper reproductions thereof) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 4.6. Organization. The chairman of each meeting of the Board shall be the President (if he or she shall be a director) or in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, a chairman elected from the directors present. The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary at such meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Establishment. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required. The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section 5.2. Available Powers. Any committee established pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law and by resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

Section 5.3. Alternate Members. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.

 

8


Section 5.4. Procedures. Unless the Board otherwise provides, the time, date, place, if any, and notice of meetings of a committee shall be determined by such committee. At meetings of a committee, a majority of the number of members of the committee (but not including any alternate member, unless such alternate member has replaced any absent or disqualified member at the time of, or in connection with, such meeting) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the Board. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. Unless the Board otherwise provides and except as provided in these Bylaws, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board is authorized to conduct its business pursuant to Article III and Article IV of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI.

OFFICERS

Section 6.1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers (including without limitation a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) as the Board from time to time may determine. Officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VI. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board. The President may also appoint such other officers (including without limitation one or more Vice Presidents and Controllers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Such other officers shall have such powers and duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or, if such officer has been appointed by the President, as may be prescribed by the appointing officer.

(a) President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and general control of all of its business subject to the ultimate authority of the Board, and shall be responsible for the execution of the policies of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board.

(b) Vice Presidents. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and have the powers of the President. Any one or more of the Vice Presidents may be given an additional designation of rank or function.

(c) Secretary.

 

9


(i) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, the Board and (as required) committees of the Board and shall record the proceedings of such meetings in books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by his or her signature.

(ii) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one has been appointed, a stock ledger, or duplicate stock ledger, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each and, with respect to certificated shares, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of certificates cancelled.

(d) Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretary or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, perform the duties and have the powers of the Secretary.

(e) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office (including, without limitation, the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation which from time to time may come into the Treasurer’s hands and the deposit of the funds of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies as the Board or the President may authorize).

(f) Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurer or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 6.2. Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders. All officers elected by the Board shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board. Any officer appointed by the President may also be removed, with or without cause, by the President, as the case may be, unless the Board otherwise provides. Any vacancy occurring in any elected office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office appointed by the President may be filled by the President, as the case may be, unless the Board then determines that such office shall thereupon be elected by the Board, in which case the Board shall elect such officer.

 

10


Section 6.3. Other Officers. The Board may delegate the power to appoint such other officers and agents, and may also remove such officers and agents or delegate the power to remove same, as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable.

Section 6.4. Multiple Officeholders; Stockholder and Director Officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. Officers need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

Section 7.1. Entitlement to Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall initially be uncertificated shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in accordance with Section 7.3 representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate representing shares in bearer form.

Section 7.2. Multiple Classes of Stock. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall (a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 7.3. Signatures. Each certificate representing capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.

 

11


Section 7.4. Consideration and Payment for Shares.

(a) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from time to time by the Board. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities.

(b) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid, unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.

Section 7.5. Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.

(a) If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

(b) If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.

Section 7.6. Transfer of Stock.

(a) If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is presented to the Corporation with a stock power or other indorsement requesting the registration of transfer of such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:

(i) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has been surrendered;

(ii) (A) with respect to certificated shares, the indorsement is made by the person specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (B) with respect to uncertificated shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or (C) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the indorsement or instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person;

 

12


(iii) the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such indorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the indorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;

(iv) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 7.8(a); and

(v) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable law have been satisfied.

(b) Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

Section 7.7. Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.

Section 7.8. Effect of the Corporation’s Restriction on Transfer.

(a) A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.

(b) A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and such restriction was contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares.

 

13


Section 7.9. Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.

ARTICLE VIII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter a “Covered Person”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

Section 8.2. Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 8.1, a Covered Person shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending, testifying, or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a Covered Person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Covered Person, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Covered Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VIII or otherwise.

 

14


Section 8.3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Covered Person may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Covered Person shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by (a) the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by a Covered Person to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Covered Person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Covered Person has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, shall be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 8.5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 8.6. Indemnification of Other Persons. This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any other person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Covered Persons under this Article VIII.

 

15


Section 8.7. Amendments. Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Covered Persons on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

Section 8.8. Certain Deimitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, (a) references to “other enterprise” shall include any employee benefit plan; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by, a person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 8.9. Contract Rights. The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article VIII (a) shall be contract rights based upon good and valuable consideration, pursuant to which a Covered Person may bring suit as if the provisions of this Article VIII were set forth in a separate written contract between the Covered Person and the Corporation, (b) shall fully vest at the time the Covered Person first assumes his or her position as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, (c) are intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the adoption of this Article VIII, (d) shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, and (e) shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 8.10. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1. Place of Meetings. If the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board or committee of the Board for which notice is required under these Bylaws is not designated in the notice of such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation; provided, however, if the Board has, in its sole discretion, determined that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, then such meeting shall not be held at any place.

 

16


Section 9.2. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a record date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.21(a) at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is otherwise required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or the Secretary. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is otherwise required, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

17


Section 9.3. Means of Giving Notice.

(a) Notice to Directors. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission, or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone. A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iv) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (v) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (vi) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.

(b) Notice to Stockholders. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given (i) in writing and sent either by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or (ii) by means of a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder, to the extent permitted by, and subject to the conditions set forth in, Section 232 of the DGCL. A notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, when actually received by the stockholder, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, and (iv) if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, (A) if by facsimile transmission, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (B) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (C) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specified posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (D) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent to receiving notice by means of electronic communication by giving written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

18


(c) Electronic Transmission. “Electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process, including but not limited to transmission by telex, facsimile telecommunication, electronic mail, telegram and cablegram.

(d) Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

(e) Exceptions to Notice Requirements. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom ( 1) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (2) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. If the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL. The exception in subsection (1) of the first sentence of this paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

19


Section 9.4. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver of such notice, signed before or after the date of such meeting by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice. All such waivers shall be kept with the books of the Corporation. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.5. Meeting Attendance via Remote Communication Equipment.

(a) Stockholder Meetings. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(i) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such votes or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b) Board Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.6. Dividends. The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends (payable in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock) on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

20


Section 9.7. Reserves. The Board may set apart out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

Section 9.8. Contracts and Negotiable Instruments. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or other employee or employees of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time authorize. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The President or any Vice President may execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board, the President or any Vice President may delegate powers to execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to other officers or employees of the Corporation under such person’s supervision and authority, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

Section 9.9. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section 9.10. Seal. The Board may adopt a corporate seal which shall be in such form as the Board determines. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 9.11. Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept within or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

Section 9.12. Resignation. Any director, committee member or officer may resign by giving notice thereof in writing or by electronic transmission to the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or at the time of receipt of such notice if no time is specified or the specified time is earlier than the time of such receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 9.13. Surety Bonds. Such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (if any) as the President or the Board may direct, from time to time, shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the President or the Board may determine. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

 

21


Section 9.14. Securities of Other Corporations. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents in writing and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President. Any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such corporation, and at any such meeting or with respect to any such consent shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed. The Board may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 9.15. Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.15.

Section 9.16. Amendments. The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders.

 

22

Exhibit 3.12

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF A LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP

Pursuant to the provisions of the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, V.A.T.S. art. 6132a-1, the undersigned person certifies that the statements hereinfter made are provisions of the agreement of limited partnership, which is to be effective on August 31, 1994 after this certificate of limited partnership is filed by the Secretary of State of Texas.

1. The name of the limited partnership is Fossil Partners, L.P.

2. The address of the registered office of the limited partnership in Texas is 2280 N. Greenville, Richardson, Texas 75082, and the name of the registered agent of the limited partnership for the service of process on the partnership at that address is T.R. Tunnell, Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, Fossil, Inc.

3. The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records of the limited partnership are to be kept or made available under § 1.07 of the Act is 2280 N. Greenville, Richardson, Texas 75082.

4. The name, mailing address, and the street address of the business of the general partner is:

 

Name

  

Mailing and Street Address

    
Fossil, Inc.    2280 N. Greenville   
   Richardson, Texas 75082   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been duly executed by the following partner, which is the sole general partner of the limited partnership.

 

FOSSIL, INC.
By:  

/s/ T.R. Tunnell

Name:   T.R. Tunnell
Title:   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Exhibit 3.13

 

 
 

AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

FOSSIL PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 
 


AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

FOSSIL PARTNERS, L.P.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS      1  

1.1

  “Act”      1  

1.2

  “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit”      1  

1.3

  “Adjusted Capital Contributions”      2  

1.4

  “Affiliate”      2  

1.5

  “Agreement” or “Partnership Agreement”      2  

1.6

  “Bankruptcy”      2  

1.7

  “Capital Account”      2  

1.8

  “Capital Contribution” or “Contribution”      3  

1.9

  “Code”      3  

1.10

  “Depreciation”      3  

1.11

  “Entity”      3  

1.12

  “General Partner”      3  

1.13

  “Gross Asset Value”      3  

1.14

  “Limited Partner”      4  

1.15

  “Net Cash From Operations”      4  

1.16

  “Net Cash From Sales or Refinancings”      4  

1.17

  “Nonrecourse Deductions”      4  

1.18

  “Nonrecourse Liability”      5  

1.19

  “Partner Minimum Gain”      5  

1.20

  “Partner Nonrecourse Debt”      5  

1.21

  “Partner Nonrecourse Deductions”      5  

1.22

  “Partners”      5  

1.23

  “Partnership”      5  

1.24

  “Partnership Interest” or “Interest”      5  

1.25

  “Partnership Minimum Gain”      5  

1.26

  “Profits” and “Losses”      5  

1.27

  “Property”      6  

1.28

  “Regulations”      6  

1.29

  “Transfer”      6  

 

i


ARTICLE II   
  ORGANIZATION      7  

2.1

  Formation      7  

2.2

  Name and Principal Office      7  

2.3

  Registered Agent      7  

2.4

  Filings; Certificate of Limited Partnership      7  

2.5

  Term      8  

2.6

  Independent Activities      8  

ARTICLE III

  
  PURPOSE      8  

3.1

  Business Purpose      8  

3.2

  Powers      9  

3.3

  Limited Purpose      9  

3.4

  Separate Business      9  

ARTICLE IV

  
  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS      10  

4.1

  General Partner      10  

4.2

  Limited Partner      10  

4.3

  Additional Capital Contributions      10  

4.4

  Record of Contributions      10  

4.5

  No Withdrawal of Interest      10  

4.6

  Capital Accounts      10  

4.7

  Loans; Partnership Indebtedness      11  

ARTICLE V

  
  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS      12  

5.1

  Allocations of Profits and Losses      12  

5.2

  Other Allocation Rules      12  

5.3

  Tax Allocations      13  

5.4

  Distributions      16  

5.5

  Amounts Withheld      16  

5.6

  Minimum Distribution For Tax Payments      16  

ARTICLE VI

  
  MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS      16  

6.1

  Management      16  

6.2

  Compensation and Reimbursement of the General Partners      18  

6.3

  Limitations on Liability of the Partners to the Limited Partners and Partnership      18  

6.4

  Partnership Funds      18  

 

ii


6.5

  Loans from the General Partner: Other Agreements      19  

6.6

  Title to Partnership Property      19  

6.7

  General Partner Net Worth      19  

ARTICLE VII

  
  LIABILITY AND RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS      20  

7.1

  Limitation of Liability      20  

7.2

  Management of Business      20  

7.3

  Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership      20  

ARTICLE VIII

  
  TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS      20  

8.1

  Restriction on Transfers      20  

8.2

  Permitted Transfer      20  

8.3

  Conditions to Permitted Transfers      21  

8.4

  Right of First Refusal      21  

8.5

  Prohibited Transfers      23  

8.6

  Rights of Unadmitted Assignees      23  

8.7

  Admission of Substitute Limited Partners      23  

8.8

  Representations: Legend      24  

8.9

  Distributions and Allocations in Respect to Transferre5 Interests      25  

ARTICLE IX

  
  GENERAL PARTNERS      25  

9.1

  Additional General Partners      25  

9.2

  Withdrawal of General Partner: Successor General Partner      25  

9.3

  Permitted Transfers      26  

9.4

  Prohibited Transfers      26  

9.5

  Termination of Status as General Partner      27  

9.6

  Election of New General Partner      28  

ARTICLE X

  
  BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS      28  

10.1

  Records and Accounting      28  

10.2

  Fiscal Year      28  

10.3

  Reports      29  

10.4

  Preparation of Tax Returns      29  

10.5

  Tax Elections      29  

10.6

  Tax Matters Partner      29  

ARTICLE XI

  
  AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT      30  

11.1

  Amendments to Be Adopted Solely by the General Partner      30  

11.2

  Amendment Procedures      30  

 

iii


ARTICLE XII

  
  POWER OF ATTORNEY      30  

12.1

  Appointment of General Partners      30  

12.2

  Duration of Power      31  

12.3

  Further Assurances      31  

ARTICLE XIII

  
  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP      31  

13.1

  Liquidating Events      31  

13.2

  Winding Up      32  

13.3

  Distribution in Kind      33  

13.4

  Cancellation of Certificate      33  

13.5

  Compensation of the Liquidating Trustee      33  

13.6

  Compliance With Timing Requirements of Regulations      34  

13.7

  Deemed Distribution and Recontribution      34  

13.8

  Rights of and Among Limited Partners      35  

13.9

  Notice of Dissolution      35  

ARTICLE XIV

  
  MISCELLANEOUS      35  

14.1

  Notices      35  

14.2

  Remedies      35  

14.3

  No Breach or Default      36  

14.4

  No Governmental Consents      36  

14.5

  Accuracy of Information      36  

14.6

  Section Headings      36  

14.7

  Waiver of Default      36  

14.8

  Creditors      36  

14.9

  Meetings      36  

14.10

  Entire Agreement      36  

14.11

  Amendment; Waiver      36  

14.12

  Governing Law      37  

14.13

  Binding Effect      37  

14.14

  Counterparts      37  

14.15

  Separability      37  

14.16

  Gender and Number      37  

14.17

  Waiver of Partition      37  

14.18

  Further Action      37  

 

iv


AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

FOSSIL PARTNERS, L.P.

THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP is made and entered into to be effective as of the   day of      , 1994 (the “Effective Date”), by and between FOSSIL, INC., a Delaware corporation, as general partner (the “General Partner”) and FOSSIL TRUST, a Delaware business trust, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the parties desire to associate themselves herein; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth their understandings with respect to the foregoing.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

As used herein, the following terms defined in this Article I shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires a different meaning.

1.1 “Act” means the Texas Uniform Limited Partnership Act, V.A.T.S. art 6132a-1, as amended from time to time.

1.2 “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Person is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Sections 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(f) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(5) of the Regulations; and

(b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations.


The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

l.3 “Adjusted Capital Contributions” means, as of any day, a Partner’s Capital Contributions, adjusted as follows:

(a) Increased by the amount of any Partnership liabilities that, in connection with distributions pursuant to Sections 5.4 and 13.2 hereof, are assumed by such Partner or are secured by any Partnership Property distributed to such Partner;

(b) Increased by any amounts actually paid by such Partner to any Partnership lender; and

(c) Reduced by the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership Property distributed to such Partner pursuant to Sections 5.4, 5.6 and 13.2(c) hereof and the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partner or that are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership.

In the event any Partner transfers all or any portion of its Interest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, its transferee shall succeed to the Adjusted Capital Contribution of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Interest in the Partnership.

1.4 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.5 “Agreement” or “Partnership Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended from time to time. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter, “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.

1.6 “Bankruptcy” of a Partner shall mean: (i) the filing by such Partner of a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of its debts under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal or state insolvency law, or such Partner filing an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition; (ii) the making by such Partner of any assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) the expiration of 60 days after the filing of an involuntary petition under Title 11 of the United States Code, an application for the appointment of a receiver for the assets of such Partner or an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of its debt under any other federal or state insolvency law, provided that the same shall not have been vacated, set aside or stayed within such 60-day period.

1.7 “Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 4.6.

 

2


1.8 “Capital Contribution” or “Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Property (other than money) contributed to the Partnership with respect to the Interest in the Partnership held by such Person. The principal amount of a promissory note that is not readily traded on an established securities market and that is contributed to the Partnership by the maker of the note shall not be included in the Capital Account of any Person until the Partnership makes a taxable disposition of the note or until (and to the extent) principal payments are made on the note, all in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)(2) of the Regulations.

1.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, any successor thereto and applicable Regulations thereunder.

1.10 “Depreciation” means, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

1.11 “Entity” means any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate or other organization.

1.12 “General Partner” means Fossil, Inc., or any other Person that becomes a general partner of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. “General Partners” shall mean all such Persons.

1.13 “Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any assets contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

(b) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Property as consideration for an Interest in the Partnership; (iii) the transfer of an Interest in the Partnership, whether by sale, gift, or otherwise, to a Person, whether it is a new or existing Partner; (iv) a distribution by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof; and (v) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations; provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above shall be made only if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

 

3


(c) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership Property distributed to any Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such Property on the date of distribution; and

(d) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations and Section 5.3(i) hereof; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section 1.13 to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to Section 1.13(b) hereof is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.13.

If the Gross Asset Values of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Section 1.13(a), (b) or (d) hereof, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

1.14 “Limited Partner” means Fossil Trust any person or entity that is or becomes a limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. “Limited Partners” shall mean all such Persons.

1.15 “Net Cash From Operations” means the gross cash proceeds from Partnership operations, less the portion thereof used to pay or establish reserves for all Partnership expenses, debt payments, capital improvements, replacements, and contingencies, all as determined by the General Partner. “Net Cash From Operations” shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances, but shall be increased by any reductions of reserves previously established.

1.16 “Net Cash From Sales or Refinancings” means the net cash proceeds from all sales and other dispositions (other than in the ordinary course of business) and all refinancings of Property, less any portion thereof used to establish reserves, all as determined by the General Partner. “Net Cash From Sales or Refinancings” shall include all principal and interest payments with respect to any note or other obligation received by the Partnership in connection with sales and other dispositions (other than in the ordinary course of business) of Partnership Property.

1.17 “Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(b) of the Regulations. The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(b) of the Regulations.

 

4


1.18 “Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(k)(3) of the Regulations.

1.19 “Partner Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h) of the Regulations.

1.20 “Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(k)(4) of the Regulations.

1.21 “Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(3) of the Regulations. The amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year to the Partner that bears the economic risk of loss for such Partner Nonrecourse Debt to the extent such distributions are from the proceeds of such Partner Nonrecourse Debt and are allocable to an increase in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(3) of the Regulations.

1.22 “Partners” means all General Partners and all Limited Partners, where no distinction is required by the context in which the term is used herein. “Partner” means any one of the Partners. All references in this Agreement to a majority in interest of the partners shall mean Partners (or Partners within such classification, as the case may be) who are entitled to receive an allocation of more than 50% of any Profits at such point in time pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

1.23 “Partnership” means the partnership formed by this Agreement of Limited Partnership, and the partnership continuing the business of this Partnership in the event of dissolution as herein provided.

1.24 “Partnership Interest” or “Interest” means the ownership interest of a Partner in the Partnership including any and all benefits to which the holder of such an interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

1.25 “Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(a)(2) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(c) of the Regulations.

1.26 “Profits” and “Losses” means, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

5


(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this Section 1.26 shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code expenditures pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(1) of the Regulations and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this Section 1.26, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 1.13(b) or Section 1.13(c) hereof, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such Property for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) In lieu of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such fiscal year or other period, computed in accordance with Section 1.10 hereof; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.26, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.

1.27 “Property” means all real and personal property, fixtures, equipment, intangible property and other assets, and interests in all of the foregoing, now or hereafter acquired by the Partnership and any improvements or additions thereto.

1.28 “Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such Regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

1.29 “Transfer” means, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary transfer, sale, pledge, hypothecation, gift, or other disposition and, as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, gift or otherwise dispose of.

 

6


ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

2.1 Formation. The Partners hereby form the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The General Partner has all of the rights and duties of a “general partner” under the Act and this Agreement, and the Limited Partner has all of the rights and duties of a “limited partner” under the Act and this Agreement.

2.2 Name and Principal Office. The name of the Partnership shall be “Fossil Partners, L.P.,” or such other name as the Partners shall hereafter agree upon. All assets of the Partnership shall be held in such name (and not in the name of any Partner), and all business and affairs of the Partnership shall be conducted under such name, or under any name licensed for use by the Partnership by the General Partner. The principal office of the Partnership shall be at the business mailing address and street address of the General Partner, to wit: 2280 N. Greenville, Richardson, Texas 75082-4412, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. In addition, the General Partner may establish and maintain such other offices and places of business within and without the State of as it may from time to time determine.

2.3 Registered Agent. The name of the Partnership’s registered agent for service of process is T.R. Tunnell, Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, of Fossil, Inc., or any successor as appointed by the General Partner. The address of the registered agent and the address of the registered office is 2280 N. Greenville, Richardson, Texas 75082.

2.4 Filings; Certificate of Limited Partnership.

(a) The General Partner shall execute and cause the Certificate of Limited Partnership described in the Act (the “Certificate”) to be filed with the Secretary of State of Texas as required by Section 2.5 of this Agreement and the provisions of the Act and shall execute and cause to be filed, recorded and/or published such other certificates or documents with the appropriate authorities of the State of Texas as may be determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification, registration and/or operation of a limited partnership in any state in which the Partnership has elected or may elect to do business. Pursuant to Article III hereof, the Partnership has elected to do business in the State of Texas. The General Partner shall execute and file such fictitious name registrations as are required by law with regard to the use of the name of the Partnership. The General Partner shall take any and all other actions reasonably necessary to perfect and maintain the status of the Partnership as a “limited partnership,” its Limited Partner as a “limited partner” and its General Partner as a “general partner” under the Act and the laws of the State of Texas or any other state in which the Partnership has elected or may elect to do business.

(b) To the extent that the General Partner determines such action to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall execute and file amendments to the Certificate and do all the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership under

 

7


the Act and other applicable laws of the State of Texas or any other state in which the Partnership has elected or may elect to do business. Subject to applicable law, the General Partner may omit from the Certificate filed with the Secretary of State of Texas and from any other certificates or documents filed in any other state in order to register and/or qualify the Partnership to do business therein, and from all amendments thereto, any information, including, without limitation, the name and address of the Limited Partner and information relating to the Capital Contributions and shares of Profits and Losses and compensation of the General Partner. Subject to the terms of Section 7.3, the General Partner shall not be required to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to the Limited Partner.

(c) To the extent that the General Partner determines such action to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall cause a certified copy of the Certificate and any amendments thereto to be recorded in the office of the county recorder in every county in which the Partnership owns real property.

(d) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner (or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person selected pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof) shall promptly execute and cause to be filed certificates of dissolution and/or certificates of cancellation in accordance with the Act and the law of any other states or jurisdictions in which the Partnership has filed a Certificate or has registered and/or qualified to do business therein.

2.5 Term. The existence of the Partnership as a limited partnership shall commence on the date the Certificate is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Texas in accordance with the Act, or such other office as is appropriate under applicable state law, and shall continue until the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership and its business and affairs following a Liquidating Event, as provided in Article XIII hereof.

2.6 Independent Activities. The General Partner and the Limited Partner may, notwithstanding this Agreement, engage in whatever activities they choose, whether the same as or competitive with the Partnership or otherwise, without having or incurring any obligation to offer any interest in such activities to the Partnership or any Partner. Neither this Agreement nor any activity undertaken pursuant hereto shall prevent any Partner from engaging in such activities or require any Partner to permit the Partnership or any Partner to participate in any such activities, and as a material part of the consideration for the execution of this Agreement by each Partner, each Partner hereby waives, relinquishes, and renounces any such right or claim of participation.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

3.1 Business Purpose. The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the business of manufacturing, marketing, developing and distributing fashion watches and other fashion accessories in the United States and other international markets, and to do all other

 

8


things necessary, appropriate or advisable in connection with such purposes. The Partnership may also conduct such other business or businesses or activity or activities: (a) in Texas as are lawful under the Act and other laws of the State of Texas and (b) in any other state where the Partnership has properly registered and/or qualified to do business as are lawful under the Act and the other laws of Texas and such other state.

3.2 Powers. The Partnership shall have such powers as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation:

(a) to have and maintain one or more offices within or without the State of Texas and, in connection therewith, to do such acts and things and incur such expenses as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the maintenance of such office or offices and the conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership;

(b) to open, maintain and close accounts with one or more banks or other financial institutions, and to draw checks and other orders for the payment of money;

(c) to guarantee on a non-recourse basis borrowings of the Partners used to acquire Property for the Partnership, and, in connection therewith, to pledge and grant security interests in Partnership Property;

(d) to borrow money in furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, and to secure the payment of such borrowing or other obligations of the Partnership by the pledge of, or the grant of security interests in, all or part of the Property of the Partnership;

(e) to enter into, make and perform all such contracts, agreements and other undertakings as may be necessary, advisable or incident to the carrying out of the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof; and

(f) to engage in any other lawful act or activity that may be necessary or appropriate in the pursuance of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the retention of employees, agents, independent contractors, attorneys, accountants and investment counselors and the preparation and filing of all Partnership tax returns.

3.3 Limited Purpose. The Partnership shall be a limited partnership between the Partners solely and exclusively for the business purposes specified in Section 3.1, and this Agreement is not intended and shall not be deemed to create a partnership between the Partners with respect to any activities whatsoever other than the activities that are actually undertaken by the Partnership and that are within, or in pursuance of, the business purposes and powers of the Partnership as specified in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2.

3.4 Separate Business. The Partnership shall keep its business and affairs and all of its Property and operations separate and distinct from the business, affairs, assets and operation of the Partners and of any other Person or Entity in which any of them may be or become interested.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Partners. On the Effective Date hereof, Fossil, Inc. (“Fossil”) shall transfer to the Partnership on behalf of and in the name of Fossil, as General Partner, and Fossil Trust, as Limited Partner, respectively, those assets and property currently owned by Fossil, all as more fully described in that certain Conveyance Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between the Partnership and Fossil (the “Conveyance Agreement”) in exchange for the issuance (i) to Fossil of a 1% general partnership interest in the Partnership (“Fossil Partnership Interest”), and (ii) to Fossil Trust of a 99% limited partnership interest in the Partnership (“Trust Partnership Interest”). From time to time thereafter as necessary, the General Partner shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership in cash, check or other property, in an amount necessary to maintain the General Partner’s Capital Account balance at a level that equals Fossil Partnership Interest. Such cash shall be deposited in the Partnership’s accounts as soon as practicable after the amount thereof has been computed.

4.2 Additional Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be required to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; however, the General Partner may permit any Partner to make one or more additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership at such times and in such amounts as the General Partner, in its absolute discretion, may determine.

4.3 Record of Contributions. The books and records of the Partnership shall include true and full information regarding the Capital Contributions by each Partner to the Partnership.

4.4 No Withdrawal of Interest. No Partner shall be entitled to demand or receive a return of any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution or Capital Account, or to withdraw from the Partnership, without the consent of all Partners, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contributions, no Partner shall have the right to receive Property other than cash, except as may be specifically provided herein. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution or Capital Account at any time.

4.5 Capital Accounts. The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with the rules of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations. The initial Capital Account of each Partner is its respective Contribution set forth in Sections 4.1 hereof. Such Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) To each Person’s Capital Account there shall be credited such Person’s Capital Contributions, such Person’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Person or that are secured by any Property distributed to such Person.

 

10


(b) To each Person’s Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Property distributed to such Person pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Person’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Person assumed by the Partnership or that are secured by any property contributed by such Person to the Partnership.

(c) In the event all or a portion of an Interest in the Partnership is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Interest.

(d) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of Sections 1.3(a), 1.3(c), 4.5(a) and 4.5(b) hereof, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section 1.704-1(b) of the Regulations, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. In the event the General Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities that are secured by contributed or distributed property or that are assumed by the Partnership or its Partners), are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Person pursuant to Article XIII hereof upon the dissolution of the Partnership. The General Partner also shall: (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q) of the Regulations; and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events (for example, the acquisition by the Partnership of oil or gas properties) might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Section 1.704-1(b) of the Regulations.

4.6 Loans; Partnership Indebtedness.

(a) Any Partner may make a loan to the Partnership in such amount, at such time and on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the General Partner; provided, however, that the Partner may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to the Partner’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders or comparable leans. No loan by any Partner to the Partnership shall be considered as a Contribution for any purpose. The Partnership shall not loan or advance funds to any Partner nor permit its Property to be pledged or hypothecated to secure the obligation of any Partner, except as provided in Section 3.2(b).

(b) The Partnership shall from time to time arrange such loan or loans with such persons, firms or corporations as are willing to make the same at such rates, for such periods and upon such other terms and conditions as the General Partner shall approve, and the

 

11


Partnership shall have the power and authority to incur such obligations and to execute such notes, pledges, security interests, conditional assignments of Partnership Property or other documents as shall be necessary or advisable in connection with said loan or loans. In the event guaranties of the General Partner are required in connection with any loan approved by the Partnership, the General Partner agrees to execute the same.

(c) Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall be liable for the debts, liabilities, contracts or other obligations of the Partnership. Except as provided by this Agreement, any other agreements among the Partners, or applicable state law, a Limited Partner shall be liable only to make its Capital Contribution and shall not be required to lend any funds to the Partnership or, after its Capital Contribution has been paid, to make any additional Contributions to the Partnership or to guarantee Partnership debts, loans or other obligations.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Allocations of Profits and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 hereof, Profits and Losses for any fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in proportion to their respective Adjusted Capital Contributions as of the first day of such fiscal year; provided, however, that if a Partner’s Adjusted Capital Contributions changes during any fiscal year, Profits and Losses for each month within such year shall be allocated among the Partners in proportion to the Adjusted Capital of each Partner as of the first day of such month, and each Partner’s share of Profits and Losses for the fiscal year shall equal the sum of that Partner’s share of Profits and Losses for each month during such fiscal year.

5.2 Other Allocation Rules.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.1, for purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) All allocations to the Partners pursuant to this Article V shall, except as otherwise provided, be divided among them in proportion to the Partnership Interests held by each. In the event there is more than one General Partner, all such allocations to the General Partners shall be divided among them as they may agree.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be divided among the General Partners and Limited Partners in the same proportions as they Share Profits or Losses, as the case may be, for the year.

 

12


(d) The Partners are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article V and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article V in reporting their shares of Partnership income and loss for income tax purposes.

5.3 Tax Allocations.

The following special allocations shall be made in the following order, except as provided in Section 5.3(h) hereof:

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to the greater of: (i) the portion of such Person’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Section 1.7041T(b)(4)(iv)(f) of the Regulations, that is allocable to the disposition of Partnership Property subject to Nonrecourse Liabilities, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(e) of the Regulations; or (ii) if such Person would otherwise have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of such year, an amount sufficient to eliminate such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(e) of the Regulations. This Section 5.3(a) is intended to comply with the “minimum gain chargeback” requirement in such Section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. To the extent permitted by such Section of the Regulations and for purposes of this Section 5.3(a) only, each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to this Article V with respect to such fiscal year and without regard to any net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain during such fiscal year.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V except Section 5.3(a), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.7041T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to the greater of: (i) the portion of such Person’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T (b)(4)(iv)(h)(5) of the Regulations, that is allocable to the disposition of Partnership Property subject to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(4) of the Regulations; or (ii) if such Person would otherwise have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of such year, an amount sufficient to eliminate such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(4) of the Regulations. This Section 5.3(b)

 

13


is intended to comply with the “partner minimum gain chargeback” requirement in such Section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. Solely for purposes of this Section 5.3(b), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to this Article V with respect to such fiscal year, other than allocations pursuant to Section 5.3(a) hereof.

(c) In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Sections 1.704-1T(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Regulations, items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Partner as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.3 (c) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.3(c) were not in the Agreement. This Section 5.3(c) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Section l.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(d) In the event any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Partnership fiscal year that is in excess of the sum of: (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement; and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Sections 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(f) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h)(5) of the Regulations, each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that a “gross income allocation” pursuant to this Section 5.3(d) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been made as if Section 5.3 (c) hereof and this Section 5.3(d) were not in the Agreement.

(e) Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partners in the ratios by which they would share in the Profits of the Partnership for such year.

(f) Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(iv)(h) of the Regulations.

(g) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

 

14


(h) The allocation set forth in Sections 5.3(a) through 5.3(g) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Section 1.704-1(b) of the Regulations. The Partners understand and acknowledge that the Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership Profits, Losses and distributions. These Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating times of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of the other items and these Regulatory Allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. Accordingly, the General Partner shall have reasonable discretion, with respect to each fiscal year, to divide the Regulatory Allocations among the Partners in whatever order is made in any manner that is likely to minimize the above economic distortions.

(i) In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any Property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such Property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with Section 1.13 of this Agreement).

In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 1.13(b) of this Agreement, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such Property shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such Property for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3(i) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(j) It is the intention of the Partners that each Partner’s distributive share of Profits, Losses and other tax items be determined and allocated in accordance with this Article V to the extent permitted or required by Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder. Therefore, if the General Partner is advised by counsel or accountants to the Partnership that the allocation provisions of this Agreement are unlikely to be respected for federal income tax purposes, the General Partner is granted the authority in Article XI to amend the allocation provisions of this Agreement, on advice of counsel or accountants, to the minimum extent necessary to effect the plan of allocations and distributions provided in this Agreement. The General Partner shall have the discretion to adopt such rules, conventions and procedures as it believes appropriate and/or advantageous with respect to the admission of Limited Partners to reflect the Partners’ Interests in the Partnership.

 

15


5.4 Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5, Section 5.6 and Article XIII hereof, Net Cash From Operations, if any, and Net Cash From Sales and Refinancings, if any, shall be distributed as follows:

(a) When and as the General Partner, in its sole discretion shall decide, some or all of the Net Cash From Operations and/or some or all of the Net Cash from Sales and Refinancing shall be made to all Partners in amounts proportionate to their respective positive Capital Account balances and shall be in cash or in kind, or a combination thereof, as the General Partner shall specify; or

(b) When approved by a majority in interest of the Partners, some or all of the Net Cash From Operations and/or some or all of the Net Cash From Sales and Refinancing shall be made to less than all Partners (to the designated Partner or Partners), or to all Partners but in varying amounts, and in any case shall be in cash or in kind, or a combination thereof, as the General Partner shall specify.

5.5 Amounts Withheld. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment or distribution to the Partnership or the Partners shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Article V for all purposes under this Agreement. The General Partner may allocate any such amounts among the Partners in any manner that is in accordance with applicable law.

5.6 Minimum Distribution For Tax Payments. The General Partner shall distribute to each Partner, upon request from such Partner, for each fiscal year an amount of cash from its Capital Account equal to the amount of corporate tax due on the Profits of the Partnership, if any, allocated to the Partner for such year, at a time so as to enable such Partner to pay its respective federal income taxes with respect to such Profits. Such distribution shall be based on the applicable tax rates under the Code; and such amount shall be automatically increased as applicable tax rates are increased.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

6.1 Management.

(a) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers that may be possessed by a general partner of a limited partnership under the Act or other applicable state laws, or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole and complete discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate, convenient or incidental to managing the affairs of the Partnership or to conducting the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, and for and by the Partnership: (i) acquire by purchase, lease, or otherwise any real or personal property that may be necessary, convenient,

 

16


or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Partnership; (ii) operate, finance, maintain, hold, own, grant options with respect to, sell, convey, assign, mortgage, and lease any real or personal property necessary, convenient, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Partnership; (iii) execute any and all agreements, contracts, documents, certifications and instruments necessary or convenient in connection with managing the affairs of the Partnership, including executing amendments to the Agreement and Certificate in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, pursuant to any power of attorney granted by the Limited Partner to the General Partner; (iv) the making of any expenditures, the borrowing of money, the guaranteeing of indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness and the incurring of obligations in connection with the business of the Partnership; (v) the use of the Property of the Partnership for any Partnership purpose and on any terms, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons (other than Partners) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership; (vi) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments; (vii) care for and distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash, income, in kind distributions, return of capital, or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; (viii) the selection and dismissal of employees and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; (ix) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partner; (x) the formation of or participation in any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships; (xi) institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise, and dismiss lawsuits or other judicial or administrative proceedings brought on or in behalf of, or against, the Partnership or the Partners in connection with activities arising out of, corrected with, or incidental to this Agreement, and to engage counsel or others in connection therewith; (xii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership interests; (xiii) the indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law; (xiv) engage in any kind of activity and perform and carry out contracts of any kind necessary or incidental to, or in connection with, the accomplishment of the purposes of the Partnership, as may be lawfully carried on or performed by a Partnership under the laws of each state in which the Partnership is then formed or qualified; (xv) take, or refrain from taking, all actions not expressly proscribed or limited by this Agreement, as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Partnership.

In the event more than one person is a General Partner, the rights and powers of the General Partner hereunder shall be exercised by them in such manner as they shall agree. In the absence of an agreement among the General Partners, no General Partner shall exercise any of such rights and powers without the unanimous consent of all General Partners.

(b) Without the prior approval of all of the Limited Partners, the General Partner shall not have the authority to: (i) do any act in contravention of this Agreement; (ii) do any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided by this Agreement; (iii) confess a judgment against the Partnership; (iv) possess Property, or assign rights in specific Property, for other than a Partnership purpose; (v) knowingly perform any act that would subject any Limited Partner to liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction; (vi) sell or exchange all or substantially all of the Property of the Partnership in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, except for a liquidating sale of Property after the dissolution of the Partnership, provided that this

 

17


provision shall not preclude or limit the mortgage, pledge, hypothecation or grant of a security interest in all or substantially all of the Partnership’s Property; (vii) merge the Partnership with or into any other entity; (viii) make any assignment for the benefit of the Partnership’s creditors; (ix) provide for compensation or remuneration, whether direct or indirect, to any Partner for services performed for the Partnership in excess of amounts specifically permitted hereunder; or (x) undertake any act or action by the Partnership that requires the consent of all Partners pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Act.

6.2 Compensation and Reimbursement of the General Partners.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as General Partner to the Partnership.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made in connection with the organization of the Partnership and the qualification of the Partnership to do business in any state.

(c) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or on such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and complete discretion, for all direct expenses it incurs or makes on behalf of the Partnership (including amounts paid to any Person to perform services to the Partnership, other than those services described in Section 6.2(b) hereof).

6.3 Limitations on Liability of the Partners to the Limited Partners and Partnership. The General Partner shall not be required to devote all of its time or business efforts to the affairs of the Partnership, but shall devote so much of its time and attention to the Partnership as is necessary and advisable to successfully manage the affairs of the Partnership. The General Partner, its officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees, shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Limited Partner, and shall be indemnified for any loss or damage resulting from, any act or omission performed or omitted in good faith, which shall not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct, in pursuance of the authority granted to promote the interests of the Partnership. Moreover, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Limited Partner because any taxing authorities disallow or adjust any deductions or credits in the Partnership income tax returns. Subject to Article XIII hereof, the General Partner shall not be liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partner or for any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any return of capital shall be made solely from the Property of the Partnership; nor shall a General Partner be required to pay the Partnership or the Limited Partner any Capital Account deficits of any other Partner (other than its own or another General Partner’s deficit), upon dissolution or otherwise.

6.4 Partnership Funds. The funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in such account or accounts as are designated by the General Partner. All withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General Partner or by its officers, employees or agents. Funds of the Partnership may be invested as determined by the General Partner, except in connection with acts otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

 

18


6.5 Loans from the General Partner; Other Agreements.

(a) The General Partner may lend to the Partnership funds needed by the Partnership for such periods of time as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that the General Partner may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to the General Partner’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner for any costs incurred by it in connection with the borrowing of funds obtained by the General Partner and loaned to the Partnership.

(b) The General Partner and its Affiliates may, pursuant to a written agreement or otherwise, render services to (other than those described in Section 6.2 (b)) or receive services from the Partnership and furnish properties to or receive properties from the Partnership, provided that any such activities shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership, and provided further that the terms shall be deemed fair and reasonable if they are no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties.

(c) The Partnership may transfer Property to other Entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant, upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with applicable law as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate.

6.6 Title to Partnership Property. Title to Partnership Property, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership Property or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership Property may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership Property for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner shall be held in trust by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the terms or provisions of this Agreement. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

6.7 General Partner Net Worth. The General Partner covenants and agrees that so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership, it will use all reasonable efforts to maintain a net worth (exclusive of its interests in, or claims against, the Partnership) of an amount required by the Code and Regulations, provided that neither the General Partner nor any other Partner shall have any obligation to contribute assets to the Partnership after the date hereof. The General Partner covenants and agrees that it will use all reasonable efforts to establish and maintain the classification of the Partnership as a “partnership” for federal income tax purposes and not as an “association” taxable as a corporation.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

LIABILITY AND RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

7.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement, except as provided in this Agreement or in the Act.

7.2 Management of Business. Except for the right to vote on the matters explicitly set forth in this Agreement, the Limited Partner shall not have the right or power to take part in the operation, management or control of the Partnership’s business or affairs, transact any business in the Partnership’s name, or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership.

7.3 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership. In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, each Limited Partner, and each Limited Partner’s duly authorized representatives, shall have the right upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, but only for a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a Limited Partner: (a) to have true and full information regarding the status of the business, affairs and financial condition of the Partnership; (b) to inspect and copy, promptly after they become available, the Partnership’s federal, state, and local income tax returns for each year; (c) to have true and full information regarding any Capital Contribution made by any General Partner and any Limited Partner; (d) to have a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement or any such Certificate has been executed; and (e) to have any other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

8.1 Restriction on Transfers. Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall Transfer all or any portion of its Interest.

8.2 Permitted Transfer. Subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof, a Limited Partner may at any time Transfer all or any portion of its interest to: (a) any other Partner; (b) any Affiliate of the transferor; (c) the transferor’s trustee or personal representative to whom such Interests are transferred involuntarily by operation of law; or (d) any Purchaser in accordance with Section 8.4 here (any such Transfer being referred to in this Agreement as a “Permitted Transfer”).

 

20


8.3 Conditions to Permitted Transfers. A Transfer shall not be treated as a Permitted Transfer under Section 8.2 hereof unless and until the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the transferor and transferee shall execute and deliver to the Partnership such documents and instruments of conveyance as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership to effect such Transfer and to confirm the agreement of the transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Article VIII. In any case not described in the preceding sentence, the Transfer shall be confirmed by presentation to the Partnership of legal evidence of such Transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Partnership. In all cases, the Partnership shall be reimbursed by the transferor and/or transferee for all costs and expenses that it reasonably incurs in connection with such Transfer.

(b) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the transferor shall furnish to the Partnership an opinion of counsel, which counsel and opinion shall be satisfactory to the Partnership, that the Transfer will not cause the Partnership to terminate for federal income tax purposes or to be classified other than a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

(c) The transferor and transferee shall furnish the Partnership with the transferee’s taxpayer identification number, sufficient information to determine the transferee’s initial tax basis in the Interests transferred, and any other information reasonably necessary to permit the Partnership to file all required federal and state tax returns and other legally required information statements or returns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be required to make any distribution otherwise provided for in this Agreement with respect to any transferred Interests until it has received such information.

(d) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, either: (i) such Interests shall be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws; or (ii) the transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion of counsel shall be satisfactory to the Partnership, to the effect that such Transfer is exempt from all applicable registration requirements and that such Transfer will not violate any applicable laws regulating the Transfer of securities.

(e) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of law, the transferor may not Transfer all or any part of its Partnership interest, or any rights therein, without the consent of the General Partner and Limited Partners owning more than 50% of the Partnership Interests of the Limited Partners.

8.4 Right of First Refusal. In addition to the other limitations and restrictions set forth in this Article VIII, except as permitted by Section 8.2 hereof, no Limited Partner shall Transfer all or any portion of its Interest (the “Offered Interest”) unless such selling Limited Partner (the “Seller”) first offers to sell the Offered Interest pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.4.

(a) Limitation on Transfers. No Transfer may be made under this Section 8.4 unless the Seller has received a bona fide written offer (the “Purchase Offer”) from a Person (the “Purchaser”) to purchase the Offered Interest for a purchase price (the “Offer Price”) denominated and payable in United States dollars at closing or according to specified terms, with or without interest, which offer shall be in writing signed by the Purchaser and shall be irrevocable for a period ending no sooner than the day following the end of the Offer Period, as hereinafter defined.

 

21


(b) Offer Notice. Prior to making any Transfer that is subject to the terms of this Section 8.4, the Seller shall deliver to the Partnership and each other Partner written notice (the “Offer Notice”), which shall include a copy of the Purchase Offer and an offer (the “First Offer”) to sell the Offered Interests to the other Partners (the “Offerees”) for the Offer Price, payable according to the same terms as (or more favorable terms than) those contained in the Purchase Offer, provided that the First Offer shall be made without regard to the requirement of any earnest money or similar deposit required of the Purchaser prior to closing, and without regard to any security (other than the Offered Interest) to be provided by the Purchaser for any deferred portion of the Offer Price.

(c) Offer Period. The First Offer shall be irrevocable for a period (the “Offer Period”) ending at 11:59 p.m., local time at the Partnership’s principal office, on the ninetieth day following the day of the Offer Notice.

(d) Acceptance of First Offer. At the time during the first sixty days of the Offer Period, any Offeree who is a Partner may accept the First Offer as to that portion of the Offered Interest that corresponds to the ratio of Adjusted Capital Contributions to the total Adjusted Capital Contributions of all Offerees who are Partners, by giving written notice of such acceptance to the Seller and the General Partner. At any time after the sixtieth day of the Offer Period, the General Partner may accept the First Offer as to any portion of the Offered Interest that has not been previously accepted by giving written notice of such acceptance to the Seller. In the event that Offerees (“Accepting Offerees”), in the aggregate, accept the First Offer with respect to all of the Offered Interest, the First Offer shall be deemed to be accepted. If Offerees do not accept the First Offer as to all of the Offered Interest during the Offer Period, the First Offer shall be deemed to be rejected in its entirety.

(e) Closing of Purchase Pursuant to First Offer. In the event that the First Offer is accepted, the closing of the sale of the Offered Interest shall take place within thirty days after the First Offer is accepted or, if later, the date of closing set forth in the Purchase Offer. The Seller and all Accepting Offerees shall execute such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the sale of the Offered Interest pursuant to the terms of the First Offer and this Article VIII.

(f) Sale Pursuant to Purchase Offer If First Offer Rejected. If the First Offer is not accepted in the manner hereinabove provided, the Seller may sell the Offered Interest to the Purchaser at any time within sixty days after the last day of the Offer Period, provided that such sale shall be made on terms no more favorable to the Purchaser than the terms contained in the Purchase Offer and provided further that such sale complies with other terms, conditions, and restrictions of this Agreement that are applicable to sales of Interests and are not expressly made inapplicable to sales occurring under this Section 8.4. In the event that the Offered Interest is not sold in accordance with the terms of the preceding sentence, the Offered Interest shall again become a subject to all of the conditions and restrictions of this Section 8.4.

 

22


8.5 Prohibited Transfers. Any purported Transfer of Limited Partner Interests that is not a Permitted Transfer shall be null and void and of no effect whatever; provided that, if the Partnership is required to recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer (or if the General Partner, in its sole discretion, elects to recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer), the Interest transferred shall be strictly limited to the transferor’s rights to allocations and distributions as provided by this Agreement with respect to the transferred Interest, which allocations and distributions may be applied (without limiting any other legal or equitable rights of the Partnership) to satisfy any debts, obligations, or liabilities for damages that the transferor or transferee of such interest may have to the Partnership.

In the case of a Transfer or attempted Transfer of interest that is not a Permitted Transfer, the parties engaging or attempting to engage in such Transfer shall be liable to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from all cost, liability, and damage that any of such indemnified Persons may incur (including, without limitation, incremental tax liability and attorneys’ fees and expenses) as a result of such Transfer or attempted Transfer and efforts to enforce the indemnity granted hereby.

8.6 Rights of Unadmitted Assignees. A Person who acquires one or more Limited Partner Interests, but who is not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to Section 8.7 hereof, shall be entitled only to allocations and distributions with respect to such Interests in accordance with this Agreement, but shall have no right to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Partnership, shall not be entitled to inspect the books or records of the Partnership, and shall not have any of the rights of a General Partner or a Limited Partner under the Act or the Agreement.

8.7 Admission of Substitute Limited Partners. Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, a transferee of Limited Partner Interests may be admitted to the Partnership as a “Substituted Limited Partner” only upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth below in this Section 8.7:

(a) Each General Partner and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners consent to such admission;

(b) The Limited Partner Interests with respect to which the transferee is being admitted were acquired by means of a Permitted Transfer;

(c) The transferee becomes a party to this Agreement as a Limited Partner and executes such documents and instruments as the General Partner may reasonably request (including, without limitation, a power-of-attorney in favor of the General Partner as provided in Article XII hereof) as may be necessary or appropriate to confirm such transferee as a Limited Partner in the Partnership and such transferee’s agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof; and

(d) The transferee pays or reimburses the Partnership for all reasonable legal, filing, and publication costs that the Partnership incurs in connection with the admission of the transferee as a Limited Partner with respect to the Transferred Interests.

 

23


8.8 Representations; Legend.

(a) Each Limited Partner hereby covenants and agrees with the Partnership for the benefit of the Partnership and all of its Partners, that: (i) it is not currently making a market in Interests and will not in the future make a market in Interests; (ii) it will not Transfer its Interests on an established securities market, a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code (and any Regulations, revenue rulings, or other official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury Department that may be promulgated or published thereunder); and (iii) in the event such Regulations, revenue rulings, or other pronouncements treat any of or all arrangements that facilitate the selling of partnership interests and that are commonly referred to as “matching services” as being a secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof, it will not Transfer any Interest through a matching service that is not approved in advance by the General Partner. Each Limited Partner further agrees that it will not Transfer any Interest to any Person unless such Person agrees to be bound by this Section 8.8(a) and to Transfer such Interests only to Persons who agree to be similarly bound. The Partnership shall, from time to time, at the request of a Partner consider whether to approve a matching service and shall notify all Partners of any matching service that is so approved.

(b) Each Limited Partner hereby represents and warrants to the Partnership and the General Partner that such Partner’s acquisition of Interests hereunder is made as principal for such Partner’s own account and not for resale or distribution of such Interests. Each Limited Partner further hereby agrees that the following legend may be placed upon any counterpart of this Agreement, the Certificate, or any other document or instrument evidencing ownership of Interests:

THE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER ANY SECURITIES LAWS AND THE TRANSFERABILITY OF SUCH INTERESTS IS RESTRICTED. SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED, NOR WILL ANY ASSIGNEE, VENDEE, TRANSFEREE OR ENDORSEE THEREOF BE RECOGNIZED AS HAVING ACQUIRED ANY SUCH INTERESTS BY THE ISSUER FOR ANY PURPOSES, UNLESS: (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INTERESTS SHALL THEN BE IN EFFECT AND SUCH TRANSFER HAS BEEN QUALIFIED UNDER ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS; OR (2) THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION SHALL BE ESTABLISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF COUNSEL TO THE PARTNERSHIP.

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTION AS TO THEIR SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, OR ASSIGNMENT AS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND AGREED TO BY EACH LIMITED PARTNER. SAID RESTRICTION PROVIDES, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THAT NO INTEREST MAY BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT FIRST OFFERING SUCH INTEREST TO THE OTHER LIMITED PARTNERS AND THE GENERAL PARTNER, AND THAT NO VENDEE, TRANSFEREE, ASSIGNEE, OR ENDORSEE SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BECOME A SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND A MAJORITY IN INTEREST OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS.

 

24


8.9 Distributions and Allocations in Respect to Transferred Interests.

(a) If any Partnership Interest is sold, assigned, or transferred during any accounting period in compliance with the provisions of this Article VIII, Profits, Losses, each item thereof, and all other items attributable to the transferred Interest for such period shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during the period in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the General Partner. All distributions on or before the date of such transfer shall be made to the transferor, and all distributions thereafter shall be made to the transferee.

(b) Solely for purposes of making such allocations and distributions under Section 8.9(a) hereof, the Partnership shall recognize such transfer not later than the end of the calendar month during which it is given Notice of such transfer, provided that if the Partnership does not receive a Notice stating the date such Interest was transferred and such other information as the General Partner may reasonably require within thirty days after the end of the accounting period during which the transfer occurs, then all of such items shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to the books and records of the Partnership, on the last day of the accounting period during which the transfer occurs, was the owner of the Interest. Neither the Partnership nor any General Partner shall incur any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.9 hereof, whether or not any General Partner or the Partnership has knowledge of any transfer of ownership of any Interest.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PARTNERS

9.1 Additional General Partners. Except as provided in this Article IX and Section 13.1 hereof, no Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a General Partner without the unanimous consent of the Partners.

9.2 Withdrawal of General Partner; Successor General Partner. No General Partner may resign or withdraw from the Partnership, dispose of its General Partner Interest in a manner other than a Transfer, or dissolve or otherwise cease to serve as a General Partner (collectively, a “Withdrawal”), without providing ninety days prior written Notice of such Withdrawal to the remaining General Partners (if any) and the Limited Partners. Within such ninety day period after the Notice has been given, the remaining General Partners (if any), or, if none, the Limited Partners, may meet to appoint and admit a successor General Partner. Any such appointment and admission, and the terms of such appointment and admission, of a successor General Partner shall be approved by all of the remaining General Partners (if any) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners, and such approval shall also designate and identify the date upon which such appointment and admission shall be first effective. For this purpose, an express approval by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners to such appointment and admission shall be deemed to be an act of all of the Limited Partners.

 

25


9.3 Permitted Transfers.

(a) A General Partner may Transfer all or any portion of its General Partner Interest in the Partnership as a General Partner: (i) at any time to any other General Partner; (ii) at any time to any Person who is such General Partner’s Affiliate; (iii) at any time involuntarily by operation of law; or (iv) to any Person who is approved by all of the other General Partners (if any) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners, provided that no such Transfer shall be permitted unless and until: (A) all of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof are satisfied as if the Partnership Interest being Transferred were a Limited Partner Interest; and (B) the transferor and transferee provide the Partnership with an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be acceptable to the other General Partners (or, if none, to a majority in interest of the Limited Partners) to the effect that such Transfer will not cause the Partnership to terminate for federal income tax purposes, or to fail to meet any condition precedent, then in effect pursuant to an official pronouncement of the Internal Revenue Service, to the issuance of a private letter ruling by the Internal Revenue Service confirming that the Partnership will be treated as a “partnership” for federal tax purposes, whether or not such a ruling is being or has been requested.

(b) A transferee of a General Partnership Interest from a General Partner pursuant to Section 9.3(a) shall be admitted as a General Partner with respect to such Interest if, but only if: (i) at the time of such Transfer, such transferee is otherwise a General Partner; or (ii) the admission of such transferee as a General Partner is approved by all of the other General Partners (if any) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners.

(c) A transferee who acquires a General Partnership Interest from a General Partner hereunder by means of a Transfer that is permitted under Section 9.3 (a), but who is not admitted as a General Partner pursuant to Section 9.3(b) hereof, shall have no authority to act for or bind the Partnership, to inspect the Partnership’s books, or otherwise to be treated as a General Partner, but such transferee shall be treated as a Person who acquired an Interest in the Partnership in a Permitted Transfer under Article VIII hereof.

9.4 Prohibited Transfers. Any purported Transfer of any Partnership Interest held by a General Partner that is not permitted by Section 9.3 above shall be null and void and of no effect whatever; provided that, if the Partnership is required to recognize a Transfer that is not so permitted (or if all of the remaining General Partners, if any, and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners, in their sole discretion, elect to recognize a Transfer that is not so permitted), the Interest transferred shall be strictly limited to the transferor’s rights to allocations and distributions as provided by this Agreement with respect to the transferred Interest, which allocations and distributions may be applied (without limiting any other legal or equitable rights of the Partnership) to satisfy any debts, obligations, or liabilities for damages that the transferor or transferee of such Interest may have to the Partnership.

 

26


In the case of a Transfer or attempted Transfer of a Partnership interest that is not permitted by Section 9.3 above, the parties engaging or attempting to engage in such Transfer shall be liable to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from all cost, liability, and damage that any of such indemnified Persons may incur (including, without limitation, incremental tax liability and attorneys’ fees and expenses) as a result of such Transfer or attempted Transfer and efforts to enforce the indemnity granted hereby.

9.5 Termination of Status as General Partner.

(a) A General Partner shall cease to be a General Partner upon the first to occur of: (i) the Bankruptcy or dissolution of a General Partner; (ii) the involuntary Transfer by operation of law of such General Partner’s Interest in the Partnership; (iii) the vote of all of the remaining General Partners, if any, and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners to remove such General Partner after such General Partner has attempted to make a Transfer of its Partnership Interest that is not permitted by Section 9.3 hereof, engaged in intentional misconduct or gross negligence in the discharge of its duties as General Partner, intentionally failed to meet its material obligations or covenants under the Act or this Agreement, conducted its own business or affairs or those of the Partnership in such a manner as would intentionally cause the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes or would cause it to be treated as an “association” taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, committed a material breach of this Agreement or applicable law, or committed any other act or suffered any other condition that would justify a decree of dissolution of the Partnership under the laws of the State of Texas or would cause the General Partner to cease being a general partner under the Act; or (iv) a Withdrawal, or a Permitted or non-Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 9.2 through 9.4 hereof. In the event a Person ceases to be a General Partner without having Transferred its entire Interest as a General Partner, such Person shall be treated as an unadmitted transferee of a Partnership Interest as a result of an unpermitted Transfer (but recognized) of an Interest pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof.

(b) If a General Partner ceases to be a Partner for any reason hereunder, such Person shall continue to be liable as a Partner for all debts and obligations of the Partnership that have accrued or that exist at the time such Person ceases to be a General Partner, regardless of whether, at such time, such debts or liabilities were known or unknown, actual or contingent. A Person shall not be liable as a General Partner for Partnership debts and obligations arising after such Person ceases to be a General Partner. Any debts, obligations, or liabilities in damages to the Partnership of any Person who ceases to be a General Partner shall be collectible by any legal means, and the Partnership is authorized, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity, to apply any amounts otherwise distributable or payable by the Partnership to such Person to satisfy such debts, obligations, or liabilities.

(c) It is the intention of the Partners that the Partnership not dissolve as a result of the cessation of any General Partner’s status as a General Partner; provided, however, that if a dissolution nevertheless occurs under the Act, the Partnership’s property, business and affairs shall continue to be held and conducted in a new limited partnership under this Agreement, with any remaining General Partners as general partners, the Limited Partners as limited partners, and any unadmitted assignees of Interests as “Interest Holders”. Notwithstanding any provision of the Act to the contrary, each Partner and Interest Holder

 

27


(including any successor to the Partnership Interest of a General Partner) hereby: (i) waives any rights that such Person may have as a result of any such unintended dissolution to demand or receive an accounting of the Partnership or any distribution in satisfaction of such Person’s Interest in the Partnership or any security for the return or distribution thereof; and (ii) agrees to indemnify and hold the Partnership and each other Partner and Interest Holder wholly and completely harmless from all costs or damage (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of enforcing this indemnity) that any such indemnified Person may incur as a result of any action inconsistent with part (i) of this sentence.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, if a Person ceases to be a General Partner, the remaining General Partner shall refile the Certificate as if the Partnership had dissolved as a result of such cessation and a new limited partnership were formed pursuant to this Agreement to hold the Property and continue the business and affairs of the Partnership.

(e) If, at the time a Person ceases to be a General Partner, such Person is also a Limited Partner or an Interest Holder with respect to interests other than its Interest as a General Partner, such cessation shall not affect such Person’s rights and obligations with respect to such Limited Partner Interests.

9.6 Election of New General Partner. Provided the Partnership has one or more General Partners, any Partner may nominate one or more Persons for election as additional General Partners. The election of an additional General Partner shall require unanimous vote of the Partners.

ARTICLE X

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

10.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business and affairs, which books and records shall at all times be kept at the principal office of the Partnership. Any records maintained by the Partnership in the regular course of its business and affairs, including the name and address of the Limited Partners, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on or be in the form of punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on the accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Partnership may keep its books for federal, state and local tax purposes on the accounting method (e.g., cash, accrual) selected by the General Partner.

10.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall end as of the close of business on the close of business on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

28


10.3 Reports. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, and in any event within seventy-five days of each such fiscal year end, and at such other times as the General Partner may deem appropriate, the General Partner shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Partner financial statements disclosing fully, as of the end of and for such fiscal year or other period, the results of operations for such period and the financial condition of the Partnership as of the end of such period.

10.4 Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns relating to Partnership income, gains, losses, deductions and credits, as necessary for federal, state and local income tax purposes. The General Partner shall use its best efforts to furnish to the Limited Partners following the close of the taxable year the tax information reasonably required for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gains, losses, deductions, credits and other items shall be on the method of accounting chosen by the General Partner for federal income tax purposes.

10.5 Tax Elections. The General Partner shall have the authority to make any election or other determination on behalf of the Partnership provided for under the Code or any provision of state or local tax law, including, without limitation: (a) to adjust the basis of property of the Partnership pursuant to Sections 754, 734(b), and 743(b) of the Code, or comparable provisions of state or local law, in connection with transfers of Partnership Interests and Partnership distributions; (b) to extend the statute of limitations for the assessment of tax deficiencies against the Partners with respect to adjustments to the Partnership’s federal, state, or local tax returns; (c) to represent the Partnership and its Partners before taxing authorities or courts of competent jurisdiction in tax matters affecting the Partnership and its Partners in their capacities as Partners; (d) to execute any agreements or other documents that bind the Partners with respect to such tax matters or otherwise affect the rights of the Partnership and its Partners; and (e) to take any actions on behalf of the Partnership and its Partners as may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy applicable conditions so as to enable the Partnership to file “group” or “composite” state income tax returns on behalf of nonresident Partners in states where the Partnership conducts business to the extent applicable state law permits or requires the filing of such returns, and the General Partner determines that the interests of the Partners as a whole would thereby be served; provided, however, that the amount of any Partner’s share of tax paid with such return shall be treated as a distribution of such amount to such Partner hereunder.

10.6 Tax Matters Partner. The initial General Partner is designated the “Tax Matters Partner” (within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) of the Partnership and shall have all the powers and duties assigned to a Tax Matters Partner under the Code and in any similar capacity under state or local law.

 

29


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

11.1 Amendments to Be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. The General Partner (pursuant to its power of attorney granted pursuant to Article XII) without the approval at the time of the Limited Partner may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership or its registered agent, the location of the principal place of business or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) the admission, substitution or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that is necessary or advisable in the sole judgment of the General Partner to qualify the Partnership as a “limited partnership” under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Partnership will not be treated as a “corporation” or as an “association” taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that in the sole judgment of the General Partner: (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect; or (ii) is required to effect the intent of the provisions of this Agreement, or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement; or

(e) any other amendments similar to the foregoing.

11.2 Amendment Procedures. Except as provided in Section 11.1, all amendments to this Agreement shall be effective upon approval by the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the Partners.

ARTICLE XII

POWER OF ATTORNEY

12.1 Appointment of General Partners. Each Limited Partner does irrevocably constitute and appoint the General Partner and each successor General Partner, with full power of substitution and resubstitution as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to execute, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, record and file: (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement; (b) the Certificate and all amendments and restatements required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments deemed necessary or advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or to register, qualify or continue the Partnership as a limited partnership or partnership wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in the states where the Partnership may be, or may be intending to be, doing business; (d) all

 

30


instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments deemed necessary or advisable by the General Partner to effect the dissolution and termination of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted to be filed on behalf of the Partnership; and (g) all other instruments or documents that may be required or permitted by law to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

12.2 Duration of Power. The power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 12.1: (a) is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable; (b) shall be exercised by any attorney-in-fact by listing the Limited Partner executing any agreement, certificate, instrument, or other document with the single signature of any such attorney-in-fact acting as attorney-in-fact for such Limited Partner; and (c) shall survive the Bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, or cessation of existence of a Limited Partner and shall survive the delivery of an assignment by a Limited Partner of the whole or a portion of its Interest in the Partnership, except that where the assignment is of such Limited Partner’s entire Interest in the Partnership and the assignee, with the consent of the Partners pursuant to Section 8.7 hereof, is admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, the power of attorney shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling any such attorney-in-fact to effect such substitution, by signing as attorney-in-fact for the Limited Partner. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any document, instrument, conveyance or certificate executed or filed by the General Partner pursuant to such power of attorney, this Agreement shall control.

12.3 Further Assurances. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner, within fifteen days after receipt of the General Partner’s request therefor, such further designations, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XIII

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

13.1 Liquidating Events. The Partnership shall dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of any of the following (“Liquidating Events”):

(a) August 31, 2044;

(b) The sale of all or substantially all of the Property;

(c) The vote by a majority in interest of the Partners to dissolve, wind up, and liquidate the Partnership;

(d) The happening of any other event that makes it unlawful, impossible, or impractical to carry on the business of the Partnership; or

(e) Any event that causes there to be no General Partner.

 

31


The Partners hereby agree that, notwithstanding any provision of the Act or the Uniform Partnership Act, the Partnership shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event. Furthermore, if an event specified in Section 13.1(e) hereof occurs, the Limited Partners may, within ninety days of the date such event occurs, by an affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the Limited Partners, elect a successor General Partner and continue the Partnership business, in which case the Partnership shall not dissolve. If it is determined, by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Partnership has dissolved: (i) prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event; or (ii) upon the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13.1(e) hereof, following which the Limited Partners elect a successor General Partner pursuant to the previous sentence, the Partners hereby agree to continue the business of the Partnership without a winding up or liquidation.

13.2 Winding Up.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs.

(b) The General Partner (or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a majority in interest of the Limited Partner(s)) shall be the “Liquidating Trustee” and shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of their Partnership’s liabilities and Property. The Liquidating Trustee shall cause to be prepared a statement setting forth the Property and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of the Liquidating Event, and such statement shall be furnished to all of the Partners. The Liquidating Trustee shall liquidate the Property of the Partnership as promptly as possible, but in an orderly and businesslike manner so as not to involve undue sacrifice and to obtain fair market value.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liquidating Trustee may determine not to sell all or any portion of the Property of the Partnership, in which event such Property shall be distributed in kind pursuant to Section 13.3.

(d) All proceeds from liquidation and all other Property of the Partnership shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

(i) to the payment of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership to creditors (other than Partners or their respective Affiliates), and expenses of liquidation;

(ii) to the payment of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership to Partners and their respective Affiliates; and

(iii) the balance to the Partners in proportion to their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

32


13.3 Distribution in Kind. If the Liquidating Trustee shall determine that a portion of the Partnership’s Property should be distributed in kind to the Partners, such Person shall obtain an independent appraisal of the fair market value of each such Property as of a date reasonably close to the date of distribution. Distribution of any such Property in kind to a Partner shall be considered a sale of such Property followed by a distribution of an amount equal to the Property’s appraised fair market value for purposes of Section 13.2.

13.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On the completion of the distribution of Partnership Property as provided in Sections 13.2 and 13.3, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidating Trustee shall cause the cancellation of the Partnership’s Certificate of Limited Partnership and shall take such other actions as may be appropriate to terminate the Partnership.

13.5 Compensation of the Liquidating Trustee.

(a) The Liquidating Trustee, if other than a General Partner, shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as Liquidating Trustee as may be approved by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. The Liquidating Trustee shall agree not to resign at any time without 60 days prior written notice and, if other than a General Partner, may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by written notice of removal approved by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners.

(b) Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidating Trustee, a successor and substitute Liquidating Trustee (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidating Trustee) shall be approved within 90 days thereafter by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee in the manner provided herein shall be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidating Trustee are authorized to continue under the provisions hereof, and every reference herein to the Liquidating Trustee will be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee appointed in the manner herein provided.

(c) Except as expressly provided in this Article XIII, the Liquidating Trustee appointed in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or approval of any of the Partners, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual or otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidating Trustee to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidating Trustee hereunder (including the establishment of reserves for liabilities that are contingent or uncertain in amount) for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidating Trustee to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

(d) In the event that no Person is selected to be the Liquidating Trustee within the time period set forth above, any Partner may make application to an appropriate Court of the State of Texas to wind up the affairs of the Partnership and, if deemed appropriate, to appoint a Liquidating Trustee.

 

33


13.6 Compliance With Timing Requirements of Regulations.

(a) In the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations: (i) distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article XIII to the General Partner and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) of the Regulations; and (ii) if any General Partner’s Capital Account has a deficit balance (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such General Partner shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership the amount necessary to restore such deficit balance to zero in compliance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Regulations. If any Limited Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Limited Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

(b) In the discretion of the General Partner, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Partners pursuant to this Article XIII may be:

(i) distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership Property, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership. The Property and other assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement; or

(ii) withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the Partners as soon as practicable.

13.7 Deemed Distribution and Recontribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XIII, in the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations, but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, the Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed the Property in kind to the Partners, who shall be deemed to have assumed and taken subject to all Partnership liabilities, all in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts. Immediately thereafter, the Partners shall be deemed to have recontributed the Property in kind to the Partnership, which shall be deemed to have assumed and taken subject to all such liabilities.

 

34


13.8 Rights of and Among Limited Partners. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the Property of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contribution and shall have no right or power to demand or receive Property other than cash from the Partnership. No Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Limited Partner as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.

13.9 Notice of Dissolution. In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for provisions of Section 13.1, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within 30 days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners and to all other parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner) and shall publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner).

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Notices. Any notice, demand, request, consent communication or report (collectively a “Notice”) required or permitted to be given or made to a Person under this Agreement shall be effective only if in writing and (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (c) sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, with delivery confirmed, or (d) telexed or telecopied, with receipt confirmed, addressed as follows: (i) in the case of the Limited Partners, at the address as shown on the books and records of the Partnership; and (ii) in the case of the General Partner, 2280 N. Greenville Avenue, Richardson, Texas 75082-4412. or as otherwise shown on the books and records of the Partnership.

A Notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the date when (i) personally delivered; (ii) three days after its deposit with the United States mail properly addressed; (iii) the next day when delivered to said overnight delivery service, properly addressed and prior to such delivery service’s cut-off time for next day delivery; or (iv) when receipt of the telex or telecopy is confirmed, as the case may be, unless the sending party has actual knowledge that a Notice was not received by the intended recipient.

14.2 Remedies. Except as provided elsewhere herein, each Partner hereby recognizes that a default by it with respect to its obligations under this Agreement will cause irreparable harm, injury and damage to the Partnership and the other Partner. Therefore, each Partner hereby agrees that in the event of a default by any Partner of one or more of its obligations hereunder, the Partnership or any other Partner may, if it so elects, seek specific performance of such obligation or obligations by the defaulting Partner, and the defaulting Partner agrees not to oppose any attempt to obtain specific performance on the ground that there exists adequate legal remedy (in damages or otherwise) for such default. The remedies referred to in this Section 14.2 shall be non-exclusive, cumulative of and additional to all other remedies of the parties hereto.

 

35


14.3 No Breach or Default. The execution, delivery and performance by such Partner of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will not constitute a breach of any term or provision of or constitute a default under: (a) any outstanding indenture, mortgage, loan agreement or other similar contract or agreement to which such Partner or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which it or any of its Affiliates or it or their property is bound; (b) any law, rule or regulation; or (c) any order, writ, judgment or decree applicable to it.

14.4 No Governmental Consents. No consent, license, approval or authorization of any governmental body, authority, bureau or agency is required on the part of such Partner or any of its Affiliates in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

14.5 Accuracy of Information. Each Partner shall furnish to the Partnership all information regarding such Partner or its Affiliates required for inclusion in any documents to be prepared or filed in connection with the business and affairs of the Partnership, and all such information shall be true and correct in all material respects and shall not omit to state any material fact necessary to be stated therein in order that such information not be misleading.

14.6 Section Headings. Headings contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provisions hereof.

14.7 Waiver of Default. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by the Partnership or a Partner with respect to any breach or default by another Partner hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver with respect to any other breach or default by such Partner of the same provision or any other provision of this Agreement. Failure on the part of the Partnership or a Partner to complain of any act or failure to act of another Partner or to declare such other Partner in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not be deemed or constitute a waiver by the Partnership or the Partners of any rights hereunder.

14.8 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Partnership.

14.9 Meetings. Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner, or by one of more Limited Partners whose Interests total at least one-third of the Interests of the Partnership, upon three days Notice to the other Partners. The Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be participating in the control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to negate the limited liability of the Limited Partners.

14.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the formation, operation and continuation of the Partnership and the rights and duties of its Partners, and supersedes any prior agreement or understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

14.11 Amendment; Waiver. Except as provided otherwise herein, this Agreement may not be changed, altered or amended, nor may any rights hereunder be waived, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party sought to be charged with such amendment or waiver.

 

36


14.12 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Partners hereunder shall be subject to, governed by, and construed in accordance with and governed by the Act and the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to the provisions, policies or principles thereof relating to choice or conflict of laws.

14.13 Binding Effect. Except as provided otherwise herein, every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Partners and their respective donees, personal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.

14.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

14.15 Separability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any provision shall be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the parties affected thereby shall substitute for the affected provision an enforceable provision that approximates the intent and economic benefit of the affected provision as closely as possible, but all other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

14.16 Gender and Number. Whenever required by the context hereof, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders, and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

14.17 Waiver of Partition. Each Partner hereby irrevocably waives, during the term of the Partnership, any right that it may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to any Partnership Property.

14.18 Further Action. Each Partner, upon request of any General Partner, agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents which may be reasonably necessary, appropriate, or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement of Limited Partnership as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
FOSSIL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tom Kartsotis

  Tom Kartsotis, Chief Executive Officer
LIMITED PARTNER:
FOSSIL TRUST
By:  

/s/ Alan D. Moore

  Alan D. Moore, Trustee

 

38


STATE OF TEXAS    §
     §
COUNTY OF DALLAS      §

I, Suzi A. Rowley, notary public, do hereby certify that on this 31st day of August, 1994, personally appeared before me Tom Kartsotis who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is the Chief Executive Officer of Fossil, Inc., a Delaware corporation, that he signed the foregoing document as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, and that the statements contained therein are true.

 

/s/ Suzi A. Rowley

Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

My Commission Expires:

6-19-97

 

STATE OF TEXAS    §
   §
COUNTY OF DALLAS    §

I, Suzi A. Rowley, notary public, do hereby certify that on this 31st day of August, 1994 personally appeared before me Alan D. Moore who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is Trustee of Fossil Trust, a Delaware Business Trust, that he signed the foregoing document as Trustee of the Trust, and that the statements contained therein are true.

 

/s/ Suzi A. Rowley

Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

My Commission Expires:

6-19-97

 

39

Exhibit 3.14

 

NEW BRUNSWICK

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

(SECTION 4)

  

NOUVEAU BRUNSWICK

LOI SUR LES CORPORATIONS COMMERCIALES

FORMULE 1

STATUTS CONSTITUTIFS

(ARTICLE 4)

1 -   Name of Corporation

   Raison sociale de la corporation

FOSSIL CANADA INC.

  

2 -   The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue and any maximum aggregate amount for which shares may be issued including shares without par value and/or with par value and the amount of the par value.

   Les catégories et le nombre maximal d’actions que la corporation peut émettre ainsi que le montant maximal global pour lequel les actions peuvent être émises y compris les actions sans valeur au pair ou avec valeur au pair ou les deux et le montant de la valeur au pair.

An unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value

  

3 -   Restrictions if any on share transfers

   Restrictions, s’il y en a, au transfert d’actions

No shares shall be transferred without the consent of the directors or shareholders of the corporation expressed by resolution passed at a meeting of the board of directors or shareholders or by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all such directors or shareholders.

4 -   Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors

   Nombre (ou nombre minimum et maximum) d’administrateurs

A minimum of one (1) and a maximum of ten (10) as determined by resolution of the board of directors.

5 -   Restrictions if any on business the corporation may carry on

   Restrictions, s’il y en a, à l’activité que peut exercer la corporation

None

  

6 -   Other provisions if any

   D’autres dispositions, le cas échéant

See Schedule “A” attached hereto.

  

7 -   Incorporators

   Fondateurs

 

Date    Names-Noms   

Address (include postal code) Adresses

(y compris le code postal)

  Signature
07/08/02    C. Paul W. Smith   

44 Chipman Hill

Suite 1000

P.O. Box 7289, Station “A” Saint John, New Brunswick E2L 4S6

  /s/ C. Paul W. Smith

 

FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY    RESERVE A L’USAGE DU MINISTÉRE
Corporation No. -Corporation No.    Filed-Déposé
602119    FILED/DEPOSE JUL 10 2002


FOSSIL CANADA INC.

(hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”)

THIS IS SCHEDULE “A” TO THE FOREGOING FORM 1 UNDER THE

NEW BRUNSWICK BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

1.

PLACE OF SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2) of Section 84 of the Business Corporations Act, as from time to time in force, meetings of shareholders of the Corporation may be held at any place outside New Brunswick.

 

2.

NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Notwithstanding subsection (1) of Section 87 of the Business Corporations Act, as from time to time in force, notice of time and place of a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be deemed to be properly given if sent not less than ten (10) days nor more than fifty (50) days before such meeting:

 

  (a)

to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting;

 

  (b)

to each director; and

 

  (c)

to the auditor, if any.

 

3.

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

  (A)

Notwithstanding subsection (2) of Section 27 of the Business Corporations Act, as from time to time in force, but subject however to any rights arising under any unanimous shareholders agreements, the holders of equity shares of any class, in the case of the proposed issuance by the Corporation of, or the proposed granting by the Corporation of rights or options to purchase, its equity shares of any class of any shares or other securities convertible into or carrying rights or options to purchase its equity shares of any class, shall not as such, even if the issuance of the equity shares proposed to be issued or issuable upon exercise of such rights or options or upon conversion of such other securities would adversely affect the unlimited dividend rights of such holders, have the pre-emptive right as provided by Section 27 of the Business Corporations Act to purchase such shares or other securities.

 

  (B)

Notwithstanding subsection (3) of Section 27 of the Business Corporations Act, as from time to time in force, but subject however to any rights arising under any unanimous shareholders agreements, the holders of voting shares of any class, in case of the proposed issuance by the Corporation of, or the proposed granting by the Corporation of rights or options to purchase, its voting shares of any class or any shares or options to purchase its voting shares of any class, shall not as such, even if the issuance of the voting shares proposed to be issued or issuable upon exercise of such rights or options or upon conversion of such other securities would adversely affect the voting rights of such holders, have the pre-emptive right as provided by Section 27 of the Business Corporations Act to purchase such shares or other securities.


4.

PRIVATE CORPORATION RESTRICTIONS

 

  (A)

The number of shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the Corporation and are shareholders of the Corporation and persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, have continued to be shareholders of the Corporation after termination of that employment, is limited to not more than Fifty (50) persons, two or more persons who are joint registered holders of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder.

 

  (B)

Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any shares, debentures or other securities of the Corporation shall be prohibited.

 

5.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

The Corporation may, directly or indirectly, give financial assistance by means of a loan, guarantee or otherwise:

 

  (a)

to any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Corporation or of an affiliated corporation, or

 

  (b)

to any associate of a shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Corporation or of an affiliated corporation;

whether or not:

 

  (c)

the Corporation is, or after giving the financial assistance would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or

 

  (d)

the realizable value of the Corporation’s assets, excluding the amount of any financial assistance in the form of a loan or in the form of assets pledged or encumbered to secure a guarantee, after giving the financial assistance, would be less than the aggregate of the Corporation’s liabilities and stated capital of all classes.

 

   FILED/DEPOSE JUL 10 2002

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.15

FOSSIL CANADA INC.

BY-LAW NUMBER 1

A by-law relating generally to the regulation of the affairs of FOSSIL CANADA INC.

BE IT ENACTED AND IT IS HEREBY ENACTED as by-law Number 1 of FOSSIL CANADA INC. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) as follows:

DEFINITIONS

1. In this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

 

  (a)

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, Statutes of New Brunswick, 1981, c. B-9.1, as from time to time amended, and every statute that may be substituted therefor and, in the case of such amendment or substitution, any reference in the by-laws of the Corporation shall be read as referring to the amended or substituted provisions therefor;

 

  (b)

“articles” means the articles, as from time to time amended, of the Corporation;

 

  (c)

“by-law” means any by-law of the Corporation from time to time in force and effect;

 

  (d)

“director” means an individual occupying the position of director of the Corporation and “directors”, “board of directors” and “board” includes a single director;

 

  (e)

“unanimous shareholder agreement” means an agreement as described in subsection 99(2) of the Act or a declaration of a shareholder described in subsection 99(3) of the Act;

 

  (f)

words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa; words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa; words importing persons shall include bodies corporate, corporations, companies, partnerships, syndicates, trusts and any number or aggregate of individuals;

 

  (g)

the headings used in any by-law are inserted for reference purposes only and are not to be considered or taken into account in construing the terms or provisions thereof or to be deemed in any way to clarify, modify or explain the effect of any such terms or provisions; and


  (h)

any term contained in any by-law which is defined in the Act shall have the meaning given to such term in the Act.

REGISTERED OFFICE

2. The Corporation may from time to time by resolution of the board of directors change the location of the address of the registered office of the Corporation to another place within New Brunswick.

CORPORATE SEAL

3. The Corporation may have one or more corporate seals which shall be such as the board of directors may adopt by resolution from time to time.

DIRECTORS

4. Number and Powers. There shall be a board of directors consisting of such fixed number, or minimum and maximum number, of directors as may be set out in the articles or as may be determined as prescribed by the articles, or failing that, as specified by by-law. Subject to any unanimous shareholder agreement, the directors shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation and may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation and are not by the Act, the articles, the by-laws, any special resolution of the Corporation, any unanimous shareholder agreement or by statute expressly directed or required to be done in some other manner.

5. Vacancies. If the number of directors is increased, the resulting vacancies shall be filled at a meeting of shareholders duly called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 7 of this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, if a vacancy should otherwise occur in the board, the remaining directors, if constituting a quorum, may appoint a qualified person to fill the vacancy for the remainder of the term. In the absence of a quorum the remaining directors shall forthwith call a meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy pursuant to subsection 69(2) of the Act. Where a vacancy or vacancies exist in the board, the remaining directors may exercise all of the powers of the board so long as a quorum remains in office.

6. Duties. Every director and officer of the Corporation in exercising his powers and discharging his duties shall

 

  (a)

act honestly and in good faith; and

 

  (b)

exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances,

in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

- 2 -


7. Qualification. Every director shall be an individual nineteen (19) or more years of age and no one who is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere or who has the status of a bankrupt or who has been convicted of an offence under the Criminal Code, chapter C-34 of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1970, as amended from time to time, or the criminal law of any jurisdiction outside of Canada, in connection with the promotion, formation or management of a corporation or involving fraud (unless three (3) years have elapsed since the expiration of the period fixed for suspension of the passing of sentence without sentencing or since a fine was imposed, or unless the term of imprisonment and probation imposed, if any, was concluded, whichever is the latest, but the disability imposed hereby ceases upon a pardon being granted) shall be a director.

8. Term of Office. A director’s term of office shall be from the meeting at which he is elected or appointed until the annual meeting next following or until his successor is elected or appointed, or until, if earlier, he dies or resigns, or is removed or disqualified pursuant to the provisions of the Act.

9. Vacation of Office. The office of a director shall ipso facto be vacated if

 

  (a)

he dies;

 

  (b)

by notice in writing to the Corporation he resigns his office and such resignation, if not effective immediately, becomes effective in accordance with its terms;

 

  (c)

he is removed from office in accordance with section 67 of the Act; or

 

  (d)

he ceases to be qualified to be a director.

10. Election and Removal. (1) Directors shall be elected by the shareholders by ordinary resolution in general meeting on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded and if a poll is demanded such election shall be by ballot. All the directors then in office shall cease to hold office at the close of the meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected. A director if qualified, is eligible for re-election.

(2) Subject to sections 65 and 67 of the Act, the shareholders of the Corporation may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director before the expiration of his term of office and may, by a majority of the votes cast at the meeting, elect any person in his stead for the remainder of his term.

(3) Each shareholder entitled to vote at an election of directors has the right to cast a number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to the shares held by him multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and he may cast all such votes in favour of one candidate or distribute them among the candidates in any manner.

 

- 3 -


(4) A separate vote of shareholders shall be taken with respect to each candidate nominated for director unless a resolution is passed unanimously permitting two (2) or more persons to be elected by a single resolution.

(5) If a shareholder has voted for more than one candidate without specifying the distribution of his votes among the candidates, he shall be deemed to have distributed his votes equally among the candidates for whom he voted.

(6) If the number of candidates nominated for director exceeds the number of positions to be filled, the candidates who receive the least number of votes shall be eliminated until the number of candidates remaining equals the number of positions to be filled.

(7) A retiring director shall retain office until the adjournment or termination of the meeting at which his successor is elected unless such meeting was called for the purpose of removing him from office as a director in which case the director so removed shall vacate office forthwith upon the passing of the resolution for his removal.

11. Validity of Acts. An act by a director or officer is valid notwithstanding an irregularity in his election or appointment or a defect in his qualification.

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

12. Place of Meeting. Subject to the articles, meetings of directors may be held at any place within or outside New Brunswick as the directors may from time to time determine or as the person convening the meeting may give notice. A meeting of the directors may be convened by the chairman of the board (if any), the president or any director at any time. The secretary shall upon direction of any of the foregoing officers or director convene a meeting of the directors.

13. Notice. (1) Notice of the time and place for the holding of any such meeting shall be delivered, mailed, telegraphed, cabled, telexed or transmitted by facsimile to each director at his latest address as shown on the records of the Corporation not less than two (2) days (exclusive of the day on which the notice is delivered, mailed, telegraphed, cabled, telexed or transmitted by facsimile but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) before the date of the meeting, provided that meetings of the directors may be held at any time without notice if all the directors have waived notice.

(2) For the first meeting of the board of directors to be held immediately following the election of directors at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders, no notice of such meeting need be given to the newly elected or appointed director or directors in order for the meeting to be duly constituted, provided a quorum of the directors is present.

(3) A notice of a meeting of directors shall specify any matter referred to in subsection 73(2) of the Act that is to be dealt with at the meeting but, unless a by-law otherwise provides, need not otherwise specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting.

 

- 4 -


16. Waiver of Notice. Notice of any meeting of the directors or any irregularity in any meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived by any director in writing or by telegram, cable, telex or facsimile transmission addressed to the Corporation or in any other manner, and such waiver may be validly given either before or after the meeting to which such waiver relates. The attendance of a director at a meeting of directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

15. Telephone Participation. A director may participate in a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors by means of such telephone or other communication facilities that permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present at that meeting.

16. Adjournment. Any meeting of the directors may be adjourned from time to time by the chairman of the meeting, with the consent of the meeting, to a fixed time and place and no notice of the time and place for the continuance of the adjourned meeting need be given to any director if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting. Any adjourned meeting shall be duly constituted if held in accordance with the terms of the adjournment and a quorum is present thereat. The directors who formed a quorum at the original meeting are not required to form the quorum at the adjourned meeting. If there is no quorum present at the adjourned meeting, the original meeting shall be deemed to have terminated forthwith after its adjournment.

17. Quorum and Voting. Subject to the articles, a majority of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of directors. No business shall be transacted by the directors except at a meeting of directors at which a quorum of the board is present. Questions arising at any meeting of the directors shall be decided by a majority of votes cast. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote. Where the Corporation has only one director, that director may constitute a meeting.

18. Resolution in lieu of meeting. A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors or signed counterparts of such resolution by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors, is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or committee of directors duly called, constituted and held. A copy of every such resolution or counterpart thereof shall be kept with the minutes of the proceedings of the directors or such committee of directors.

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

19. Subject to the articles or any unanimous shareholder agreement, the remuneration to be paid to the directors shall be such as the board of directors shall from time to time determine and such remuneration shall be in addition to the salary paid to any officer of the Corporation who is also a member of the board of directors. The directors may also by resolution award special remuneration to any director undertaking any special services on the Corporation’s behalf other than the routine work ordinarily required of a director by the Corporation. The confirmation of any such resolution or resolutions by the shareholders shall not be required. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the Corporation.

 

- 5 -


SUBMISSION OF CONTRACTS OR TRANSACTIONS

TO SHAREHOLDERS FOR APPROVAL

20. The directors in their discretion may submit any contract, act or transaction for approval, ratification or confirmation at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of considering the same and any contract, act or transaction that shall be approved, ratified or confirmed by resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at any such meeting (unless any different or additional requirement is imposed by the Act or by the articles or any other by-law) shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the shareholders as though it had been approved, ratified and/or confirmed by every shareholder of the Corporation.

FOR THE PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

21. No director or officer for the time being of the Corporation shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or employee of the Corporation or for joining in any receipt or act for conformity or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the board of directors for or on behalf of the Corporation or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of or belonging to the Corporation shall be placed out or invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, firm or corporation including any person, firm or corporation with whom or which any moneys, securities or effects of the Corporation shall be lodged or deposited or for any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Corporation or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which may happen to the Corporation in the execution of the duties of his respective office of trust or in relation thereto, unless the same shall happen by or through his failure to exercise the powers and to discharge the duties of his office honestly, in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation, and in connection therewith to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances, provided that nothing herein contained shall relieve a director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with the Act or regulations made thereunder or relieve him from liability for a breach thereof. The directors for the time being of the Corporation shall not be under any duty or responsibility in respect of any contract, act or transaction whether or not made, done or entered into in the name or on behalf of the Corporation, except such as shall have been submitted to and authorized or approved by the board of directors. If any director or officer of the Corporation shall be employed by or shall perform services for the Corporation, the fact of his being a shareholder, director or officer of the Corporation shall not disentitle such director or officer or such firm or body corporate, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.

 

- 6 -


INDEMNITIES TO DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

22. Subject to section 81 of the Act, except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or Another Body Corporate (as hereinafter defined) to procure a judgement in its favour, the Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation and each former director and officer of the Corporation and each person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of Another Body Corporate, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including any amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation or Another Body Corporate, as the case may be, if

 

  (a)

he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

“Another Body Corporate” as used herein means a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor.

OFFICERS

23. Appointment of Officers. Subject to the articles or any unanimous shareholder agreement, the directors may appoint a chairman of the board, a president and a secretary and, if deemed advisable, may also appoint one or more vice-presidents, a treasurer and one or more assistant secretaries and/or one or more assistant treasurers. None of such officers, except the chairman of the board, need be a director of the Corporation. Any two or more of such offices may be held by the same person. In case and whenever the same person holds the offices of secretary and treasurer he may, but need not, be known as the secretary-treasurer. The directors may from time to time designate such other offices and appoint such other officers, employees and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall have such authority and shall perform such functions and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the directors.

24. Remuneration and Removal of Officers. Subject to the articles or any unanimous shareholder agreement, the remuneration of all officers, employees and agents appointed by the directors may be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors. The fact that any officer, employee or agent is a director or shareholder of the Corporation shall not disqualify him from receiving such remuneration as may be so determined. The directors may by resolution remove any officer, employee or agent at any time, with or without cause.

25. Duties of Officers may be Delegated. In case of the absence or inability or refusal to act of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason that the directors may deem sufficient, the directors may delegate all or any of the powers of such officer to any other officer or to any director for the time being.

 

- 7 -


26. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board (if any) shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the directors. He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the directors.

27. President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall exercise general supervision over the business and affairs of the Corporation. The president, in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if a chairman of the board be not appointed, shall preside at all meetings of the directors, and he shall act as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation; he shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and he shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the directors or as are incident to his office.

28. Vice-President. The vice-president (if any) or, if more than one, the vice-presidents in order of seniority, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the president in the absence or inability or refusal to act of the president.

The vice-president or, if more than one, the vice-presidents in order of seniority, shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his or their signatures and shall also have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or them by resolution of the directors.

29. Secretary. The secretary shall give or cause to be given notices for all meetings of the directors or committees thereof (if any) and of shareholders when directed to do so, and shall have charge, subject to the provisions of paragraphs 30 and 50 hereof, of the records referred to in section 18 of the Act and of the corporate seal or seals (if any). He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the directors or as are incident to his office.

30. Treasurer. Subject to the provisions of any resolution of the directors, the treasurer (if any) shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or with such other depositary or depositaries as the directors may by resolution direct. He shall prepare, maintain and keep or cause to be kept adequate books of accounts and accounting records. He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the directors or as are incident to his office. He may be required to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the directors in their uncontrolled discretion may require, but no director shall be liable for failure to require any such bond or for the insufficiency of any such bond or for any loss by reason of the failure of the Corporation to receive any indemnity thereby provided.

 

- 8 -


31. Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer. The assistant secretary or, if more than one, the assistant secretaries in order of seniority, and the assistant treasurer or, if more than one, the assistant treasurers in order of seniority (if any), shall respectively perform all the duties of the secretary and treasurer, respectively, in the absence or inability to act of the secretary or treasurer as the case may be. The assistant secretary or assistant secretaries, if more than one, and the assistant treasurer or assistant treasurers, if more than one, shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his or their signatures respectively and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by resolution of the directors.

32. Managing Director. The directors may from time to time appoint from their number a managing director and may delegate to him any of the powers of the directors except as provided in subsection 73(2) of the Act. The managing director shall conform to all lawful orders given to him by the directors and shall at all reasonable times give to the directors or any of them all information they may require regarding the affairs of the Corporation. Any agent or employee appointed by the managing director shall be subject to discharge by the directors.

33. Vacancies. If the office of chairman of the board, president, vice-president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other office created by the directors pursuant to paragraph 23 hereof, shall be or become vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal or in any other manner whatsoever, the directors may, subject to paragraph 23 hereof, appoint another person to fill such vacancy.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

34. The directors may from time to time appoint from their number one or more committees of directors consisting of one or more individuals and delegate to such committee or committees any of the powers of the directors except as provided in subsection 73(2) of the Act. Unless otherwise ordered by the directors, a committee of directors shall have power to fix its quorum, elect its chairman and regulate its proceedings. All such committees shall report to the directors as required by them.

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

35. Annual Meeting. Subject to compliance with section 85 of the Act, the annual meeting of the shareholders shall be convened on such day in each year and at such time as the directors may by resolution determine.

36. Special Meetings. (1) Special meetings of the shareholders may be convened by order of the chairman of the board, the president or a vice-president or by the directors, to be held at such time and place as may be specified in such order.

(2) Shareholders holding between them not less than ten percent (10%) of the issued shares of the Corporation that carry the right to vote at a meeting sought to be held may requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders. Such requisition shall state the business to be transacted at the meeting and shall be sent to each director and the registered office of the Corporation.

 

- 9 -


(3) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 96(3) of the Act, it shall be the duty of the directors on receipt of such requisition, to cause such meeting to be called by the secretary of the Corporation.

(4) If the directors do not, within twenty-one (21) days after receiving such requisition call such meeting, any shareholder who signed the requisition may call the meeting.

37. Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place within New Brunswick as the directors by resolution may determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be held outside New Brunswick if all the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting so agree, and a shareholder who attends a meeting of shareholders held outside New Brunswick is deemed to have so agreed except when he attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully held. Notwithstanding either of the foregoing sentences, meetings of shareholders may be held outside New Brunswick at one or more places specified in the articles.

38. Notice. (1) Subject to the articles or a unanimous shareholder agreement, a printed, written or typewritten notice stating the day, hour, place of meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted and, if special business is to be transacted thereat, stating

 

  (a)

the nature of that business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon; and

 

  (b)

the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting,

shall be sent to each person who is entitled to notice of such meeting and who on the record date for notice appears on the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent as a shareholder and to each director of the Corporation and the auditor of the Corporation, if any, personally, by sending such notice by prepaid mail or in such other manner as provided by by-law for the giving of notice, not less than twenty-one (21) days nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting. If such notice is sent by mail it shall be addressed to the latest address of each such person as shown in the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent, or if no address is shown therein, then to the last address of each such person known to the secretary.

(2) The auditor of the Corporation, if any, is entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation and to receive all notices and other communications relating to any such meeting that a shareholder is entitled to receive.

39. Waiver of Notice. A meeting of shareholders may be held for any purpose at any time and, subject to section 84 of the Act, at any place without notice if all the shareholders entitled to notice of such meeting are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting (except where the shareholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called) or if all the shareholders entitled to notice of such meeting and not present in person nor represented by proxy thereat waive notice of

 

- 10 -


the meeting. Notice of any meeting of shareholders or any irregularity in any such meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived by any shareholder, the duly appointed proxy of any shareholder, any directors or the auditor of the Corporation in writing, by telegram, cable, telex or facsimile addressed to the Corporation or by any other manner, and any such waiver may be validly given either before or after the meeting to which such waiver relates.

40. Omission of Notice. The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to or the non-receipt of any notice by any person shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding taken at any meeting of shareholders.

41. Record Date. (1) The directors may by resolution fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of shareholders

 

  (a)

entitled to receive payment of a dividend;

 

  (b)

entitled to participate in a liquidation distribution; or

 

  (c)

for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders,

but such record date shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days the particular action to be taken.

(2) The directors may by resolution also fix in advance the date as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders, but such record date shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days or by less than twenty-one (21) days the date on which the meeting is to be held.

(3) If no record date is fixed,

 

  (a)

the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders shall be

 

  (i)

at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given; or

 

  (ii)

if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; and

 

  (b)

the record date for the determination of shareholders for any purpose, other than that specified in subparagraph (a) above or to vote, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the directors pass the resolution relating thereto.

42. Voting. (1) Votes at meetings of the shareholders may be given either personally or by proxy. At every meeting at which he is entitled to vote, every shareholder present in person and every proxyholder shall have one (1) vote on a show of hands. Upon a poll at which he is entitled to vote, every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall (subject to the provisions, if any, of the articles) have one (1) vote for every share registered in his name.

 

- 11 -


(2) Voting at a meeting of shareholders shall be by show of hands except where a ballot is demanded by a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. A shareholder or proxyholder may demand a ballot either before or after any vote by show of hands. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which he may be entitled as a shareholder or proxyholder.

(3) At any meeting, unless a ballot is demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or against the motion.

(4) In the absence of the chairman of the board, the president and every vice-president, the shareholders present entitled to vote shall choose another director as chairman of the meeting and if no director is present or if all the directors present decline to take the chair then the shareholders or proxyholders present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

(5) If at any meeting a ballot is demanded on the election of a chairman or on the question of adjournment or termination it shall be taken forthwith without adjournment. If a ballot is demanded on any other question or as to the election of directors it shall be taken in such manner and either at once or later at the meeting or at an adjourned meeting as the chairman of the meeting directs. The result of a ballot shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the ballot was demanded. A demand for a ballot may be withdrawn.

(6) Where a person holds shares as a personal representative, such person or his proxy is the person entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders in respect of the shares so held by him.

(7) Where a person mortgages or hypothecates his shares, such person or his proxy is the person entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders in respect of such shares unless, in the instrument creating the mortgage or hypothec, he has expressly empowered the person holding the mortgage or hypothec to vote in respect of such shares, in which case, and subject to the articles, such holder or his proxy is the person entitled to vote in respect of the shares.

(8) Where two or more persons hold the same share or shares jointly, any one of such persons present at a meeting of shareholders has the right, in the absence of the other or others, to vote in respect of such share or shares, but if more than one of such persons are present or represented by proxy and vote, they shall vote together as one on the share or shares jointly held by them.

43. Proxies. (1) A shareholder, including a shareholder that is a body corporate, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, none of whom are required to be a shareholder of the Corporation, which proxyholders shall have all the rights of the shareholder to attend and act at the meeting in the place and stead of the shareholder except to the extent limited by the proxy.

 

- 12 -


(2) An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed by the shareholder or by his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, either under its seal or by an officer or attorney thereof, duly authorized. A proxy is valid only at the meeting in respect of which it is given or any adjournment thereof.

(3) Unless the Act requires another form, an instrument appointing a proxyholder may be in the following form:

“The undersigned shareholder of       hereby appoints       of       or failing him,       of       as the proxy of the undersigned to attend and act for and on behalf of the undersigned at the     meeting of the shareholders of the said corporation to be held on the   day of   , 20 , and at any adjournment thereof to the same extent and with the same power and authority as if the undersigned were personally present at the said meeting or such adjournment thereof.

Dated the   day of      , 20 .

 

           

Signature of Shareholder

NOTE:

This form of proxy must be signed by a shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, either under its seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized.”

44. Adjournment. (1) The chairman of the meeting may with the consent of the meeting adjourn any meeting of shareholders from time to time to a fixed time and place. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than sixty (60) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the earlier meeting that is adjourned. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of sixty (60) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting.

(2) Any adjourned meeting shall be duly constituted if held in accordance with the terms of the adjournment and a quorum is present at the opening thereat. The persons who formed a quorum at the original meeting are not required to form the quorum at the adjourned meeting. If there is no quorum present at the opening of the adjourned meeting, the original meeting shall be deemed to have terminated forthwith after its adjournment. Any business may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting which might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling the same.

 

- 13 -


45. Quorum. (1) Except as hereinafter provided, a quorum for any meeting of shareholders shall be two (2) or more shareholders or proxyholders holding or representing not less than a majority of the shares entitled to be voted at such meeting.

(2) If a quorum is present at the opening of a meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may proceed with the business of the meeting notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting.

(3) If a quorum is not present at the opening of a meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but not transact any other business.

(4) Where the Corporation has only one shareholder or only one holder of any class or series of shares, or if only one person is present at a meeting holding or representing sufficient shares to constitute a quorum, the shareholder present in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting.

46. Resolution in Lieu of meeting. A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders or signed counterparts of such resolution by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders duly called, constituted and held. A copy of every such resolution or counterpart thereof shall be kept with the minutes of the meetings of shareholders.

47. Telephone Participation. A shareholder may participate in a meeting of shareholders or of a committee of shareholders by means of such telephone or other communication facilities that permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a shareholder participating in such a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present at that meeting.

SHARES AND TRANSFERS

48. Issuance. Subject to the articles, any unanimous shareholder agreement and to section 27 of the Act, shares in the Corporation may be issued at such times and to such persons or classes of persons and, subject to sections 23 and 24 of the Act, for such consideration as the directors may determine.

49. Certificates. Share certificates (and the form of stock transfer power on the reverse side thereof) shall (subject to compliance with section 47 of the Act) be in such form and be signed by such director(s) or officer(s) as the directors may from time to time by resolution determine. Such certificates shall be signed manually by at least one director or officer of the Corporation or by or on behalf of a registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the Corporation, and any additional signatures required on a share certificate may be printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon. If a share certificate contains a printed or mechanically reproduced signature of a person, the Corporation may issue the share certificate notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or an officer of the Corporation, and the share certificate is as valid as if he were a director or an officer at the date of its issue.

 

- 14 -


50. Registrar and Transfer Agent. The directors may from time to time by resolution appoint or remove one or more registrars and/or branch registrars (which may but need not be the same person) to keep the share register and/or one or more transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents (which may but need not be the same person) to keep the register of transfers, and (subject to section 48 of the Act) may provide for the registration of issues and the registration of transfers of the shares of the Corporation in one or more places and such registrars and/or branch registrars and/or transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents shall keep all necessary books and registers of the Corporation for the registration of the issuance and the registration of transfers of the shares of the Corporation for which they are so appointed. All certificates issued after any such appointment representing shares issued by the Corporation shall be countersigned by or on behalf of one of the said registrars and/or branch registrars and/or transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents, as the case may be.

51. Surrender of Share Certificates. No transfer of a share issued by the Corporation shall be recorded or registered unless or until the certificate representing the share to be transferred has been surrendered and cancelled or, if no certificate has been issued by the Corporation in respect of such share, unless or until a duly executed share transfer power in respect thereof has been presented for registration.

52. Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen or Lost Certificates. If the defacement, destruction or apparent destruction, theft, or other wrongful taking or loss of a share certificate is reported by the owner thereof to the Corporation or to a registrar, branch registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the Corporation (hereinafter, in this paragraph, called the “Corporation’s transfer agent”) and such owner gives to the Corporation or the Corporation’s transfer agent a written statement verified by oath or statutory declaration as to the defacement, destruction or apparent destruction, theft, or other wrongful taking or loss and the circumstances concerning the same, a request for the issuance of a new certificate to replace the one so defaced, destroyed, wrongfully taken or lost and a bond of a surety company (or other security approved by the directors) in such form as is approved by the directors or by the chairman of the board, the president, a vice-president, the secretary or the treasurer of the Corporation, indemnifying the Corporation (and the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any), against all loss, damage or expense, which the Corporation and/or the Corporation’s transfer agent may suffer or be liable for by reason of the issuance of a new certificate to such shareholder, a new certificate may be issued in replacement of the one defaced, destroyed or apparently destroyed, stolen or otherwise wrongfully taken or lost, if such issuance is ordered and authorized by any one of the chairman of the board, the president, a vice-president, the secretary or the treasurer of the Corporation or by resolution of the directors.

DIVIDENDS

53. Declaration and Payment of Dividends. (1) Subject to the following subparagraph (2), the directors may from time to time by resolution declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its issued shares, subject to the provisions (if any) of the articles.

 

- 15 -


(2) The directors shall not declare and the Corporation shall not pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that;

 

  (a)

the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or

 

  (b)

the realizable value of the Corporation’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes.

(3) Subject to section 41 of the Act, the Corporation may pay a dividend in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation.

54. Receipt of Dividends by Joint Holders. In case two or more persons are registered as the joint holders of any securities of the Corporation, any one of such persons may give effectual receipts for all dividends and payments on account of dividends, principal, interest and/or redemption payments on redemption of securities (if any) subject to redemption in respect of such securities.

VOTING SECURITIES IN OTHER BODIES CORPORATE

55. All securities of any other body corporate carrying voting rights held from time to time by the Corporation may be voted at all meetings of shareholders, bondholders, debenture holders or holders of such securities, as the case may be, of such other body corporate in such manner and by such person or persons as the directors of the Corporation shall from time to time determine and authorize by resolution. The duly authorized signing officers of the Corporation may also from time to time execute and deliver for and on behalf of the Corporation proxies and/or arrange for the issuance of voting certificates and/or other evidence of the right to vote in such names as they may determine without the necessity of a resolution or other action by the directors.

NOTICE

56. Service. (1) Any notice or other document required to be given or sent by the Corporation to any shareholder, director or auditor of the Corporation shall be delivered personally or sent by prepaid mail or by telegram, telex, cablegram or facsimile addressed to:

 

  (a)

the shareholder at his latest address as shown on the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent; and

 

  (b)

the director at his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or in the last notice filed under section 64 or 71 of the Act.

With respect to every notice or other document sent by prepaid mail it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was properly addressed and put into a post office letter box.

 

- 16 -


(2) If the Corporation sends a notice or document to a shareholder in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing subparagraph (2) and the notice or document is returned on three (3) consecutive occasions because the shareholder cannot be found, the Corporation is not required to send any further notices or documents to the shareholder until he informs the Corporation in writing of his new address.

57. Shares registered in more than one name. All notices or other documents required to be sent to a shareholder by the Act, the regulations under the Act, the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation shall, with respect to any shares in the capital of the Corporation registered in more than one name, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the records of the Corporation and any notice or other document so given shall be sufficient notice or delivery of such document to all the holders of such shares.

58. Persons becoming entitled by operation of law. Every person who by operation of law, transfer or by any other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any shares in the capital of the Corporation shall be bound by every notice or other document in respect of such shares which prior to his name and address being entered on the records of the Corporation shall have been duly given to the person or persons from whom he derives his title to such shares.

59. Deceased Shareholder. Any notice or other document delivered or sent by post or left at the address of any shareholder as the same appears in the records of the Corporation shall, notwithstanding that such shareholder be then deceased and whether or not the Corporation has notice of his decease, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of the shares held by such shareholder (whether held solely or with other persons) until some other person be entered in his stead in the records of the Corporation as the holder or one of the holders thereof and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or other document on his heirs, executors or administrators and all persons (if any) interested with him in such shares.

60. Signatures to Notices. The signature of any director or officer of the Corporation to any notice may be written, stamped, typewritten or printed or partly written, stamped, typewritten or printed.

61. Computation of Time. Where a given number of days’ notice or notice extending over any period is required to be given under any provisions of the articles or by-laws of the Corporation, the day of service or posting of the notice shall, unless it is otherwise provided, be counted in such number of days or other period and such notice shall be deemed to have been given or sent on the day of service or posting.

62. Proof of Service. A certificate of any officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the making of the certificate or of a transfer officer of any transfer agent or branch transfer agent of shares of any class of the Corporation as to facts in relation to the mailing or delivery or service of any notice or other documents to any shareholder, director, officer or auditor or publication of any notice or other document shall be conclusive evidence thereof and shall be binding on every shareholder, director, officer or auditor of the Corporation, as the case may be.

 

- 17 -


CHEQUES, DRAFTS, NOTES, ETC.

63. All cheques, drafts or orders for the payment of money and all notes, acceptances and bills of exchange shall be signed by such officer or officers or other person or persons, whether or not officers of the Corporation, and in such manner as the directors may from time to time designate by resolution.

CUSTODY OF SECURITIES

64. (1) All securities (including warrants) owned by the Corporation shall be lodged (in the name of the Corporation) with a chartered bank or a trust company or in a safety deposit box or, if so authorized by resolution of the directors, with such other depositaries or in such other manner as may be determined from time to time by the directors.

(2) All securities (including warrants) belonging to the Corporation may be issued and held in the name of a nominee or nominees of the Corporation (and if issued or held in the names of more than one nominee shall be held in the names of the nominees jointly with right of survivorship) and shall be endorsed in blank with endorsement guaranteed in order to enable transfer thereof to be completed and registration thereof to be effected.

EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS, ETC.

65. (1) Contracts, documents or instruments in writing requiring the signature of the Corporation may be signed by any one of the directors and officers. All contracts, documents or instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Corporation without any further authorization or formality. The directors are authorized from time to time by resolution to appoint any officer or officers or any other person or persons on behalf of the Corporation either to sign contracts, documents or instruments in writing generally or to sign specific contracts, documents or instruments in writing. Where the Corporation has only one director and officer, being the same person, that person may sign all such contracts, documents or other written instruments.

(2) The corporate seal (if any) may, when required, be affixed to contracts, documents or instruments in writing signed as aforesaid by an officer or officers, person or persons appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the directors.

(3) The term “contracts, documents or instruments in writing” as used in this by-law shall include deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property, real or personal, immoveable or moveable, agreements, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, transfers and assignments of shares, warrants, bonds, debentures or other securities and all paper writings.

(4) In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any one of the directors or officers of the Corporation are hereby authorized to sell, assign, transfer, exchange, convert or convey all shares, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities owned by or registered in the name of the Corporation and to sign and execute (under the seal of the Corporation or otherwise)

 

- 18 -


all assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and other instruments that may be necessary for the purpose of selling, assigning, transferring, exchanging, converting or conveying or enforcing or exercising any voting rights in respect of any such shares, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities. Where the Corporation has only one director and officer, being the same person, that person may perform the functions and exercise the powers herein contemplated.

AUDITOR

66. At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation an auditor may be appointed for the purpose of auditing and verifying the accounts of the Corporation for the then current year and his report shall be submitted at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. The auditor shall not be a director or an officer of the Corporation. Unless fixed by the meeting of shareholders at which he is appointed, the remuneration of the auditor shall be determined from time to time by the directors.

FISCAL YEAR

67. The fiscal period of the Corporation shall terminate on such day in each year as the directors may from time to time by resolution determine.

BORROWING

68. General Borrowing. The directors may from time to time:

 

  (a)

borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

 

  (b)

issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Corporation;

 

  (c)

give a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  (d)

mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the Corporation.

The directors may from time to time authorize any director or directors, or officer or officers, of the Corporation, to make arrangements with reference to the money borrowed or to be borrowed as aforesaid, and as to the terms and conditions of the loan thereof, and as to the securities to be given therefor, with power to vary or modify such arrangements, terms and conditions and to give such additional securities for any moneys borrowed or remaining due by the Corporation as the directors of the Corporation may authorize, and generally to manage, transact and settle the borrowing of money by the Corporation.

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

- 19 -


ENACTED by the directors of the Corporation on the 10th day of July, 2002.

WITNESS the corporate seal of the Corporation.

 

/s/ T.R. Tunnell

Secretary

Approved, ratified and confirmed by the sole shareholder of the Corporation on the 10th day of July, 2002.

WITNESS the corporate seal of the Corporation.

 

/s/ T.R. Tunnell

Secretary

 

- 20 -

Exhibit 3.16

 

LOGO        UZ 4065/2018     
  Moritz Kleiderman  
 

 

Tumringer Straße 186 ¨ 79539 Lörrach

 
  Tel.: 07621-5601080 ¨ Fax: 07621-5601099  

 

LOGO

Vollständiger Wortlaut des Gesellschaftsvertrags

der Firma

Fossil (Europe) GmbH

mit dem Sitz in Grabenstätt-OT Erlstätt

*************

Bescheinigung nach § 54 Abs. 2 S.l GmbHG

Ich, Notar Moritz Kleiderman, bescheinige hiermit, dass die nachfolgende Fassung des Gesell-schaftsvertrags der Firma Fossil (Europe) GmbH mit dem Sitz in Grabenstätt-OT Erlstätt mit dem Beschluss über die erfolgte vollständige Neufassung des Gesellschaftsvertrags vom 07.12.2018, URNr. 3077/2018 des Notars Moritz Kleiderman übereinstimmt und diesen vollständig wiedergibt.

 

Lörrach, den 07.12.2018

 

/s/ Kleiderman, Notar

Kleiderman, Notar

  LOGO    Vorotehende Abschrift/en stimmt/en mit
der/den vorgelegten Urschrift/en überein
und wird/werden hiermit beglaubigt.
  

 

79539 Lörrach den

  
  

 

/s/ Kleiderman, Notar

   11 JAN, 2019
   Kleiderman, Notar   

 

LOGO


LOGO        UZ 4065/2018     
  Moritz Kleiderman  
 

 

Tumringer Straße 186 * 79539 Lörrach

 
  Tel: 07621-5601080 ● Fax: 07621-5601099  

 

LOGO

Full text of the articles of association of the company

Fossil (Europe) GmbH

with its registered office in Grabenstätt-OT Erlstätt

*************

Certification pursuant to Section 54 (Z) sentence 1

GmbHG

I, Notary Moritz Kleiderman, hereby certify that the following version of the articles of association of the company Fossil (Europe) GmbH with its registered office in Grabenstätt-OT Erlstätt corresponds to the resolution on the complete revision of the articles of association dated December 7, 2018, URNr. 3077/2018 by notary Moritz Kleiderman and that it is complete.

wiedergibt.

 

Lörrach, December 7, 2018

 

/s/ Kleiderman, No

Kleiderman, No

  LOGO    Vorotehende Abschrift/en stimmt/en mit
der/den vorgelegten Urschrift/en überein
und wird/werden hiermit beglaubigt.
  

 

79539 [ILLEGIBLE]

  
  

 

/s/ clothes [ILLEGIBLE]

   11 JAN, 2019
   clothes [ILLEGIBLE]   

End of the Articles

 

LOGO


SATZUNG    ARTICLES

§ 1

 

Firma der Gesellschaft

  

§ 1

 

Corporate Name

Die Firma der Gesellschaft lautet:    The corporate name of the Company is:
Fossil (Europe) GmbH    Fossil (Europe) GmbH

§ 2

 

Sitz der Gesellschaft

  

§ 2

 

Reqistered Office

Die Gesellschaft hat ihren Sitz in Grabenstätt.    The Company has its registered office in Grabenstätt.

§ 3

 

Dauer der Gesellschäft. Geschäftsjahr

  

§ 3

 

Duration, Business Year

(1) Die Dauer der Gesellschaft ist unbestimmt.    (1) The Company is set up for indefinite time.
(2) Das Geschäftsjahr der Gesellschaft ist das Kalenderjahr.    (2) The business year of the Company is the calendar year.

§ 4

 

Gegenstand des Unternehmens

  

§ 4

 

Object of the Company

(1) Gegenstand des Unternehmens ist der Handel mit Uhren, Schmuck, Lederwaren, Accessoires und Modeartikeln.    (1) Object of the Company is trading with watches, jewelry, leather goods, accessories and fashion items.
(2) Die Gesellschaft kann alle Geschäfte be-treiben und Handlungen vornehmen, die geeig-net sind, dem Gesellschaftszweck unmittelbar oder mittelbar zu dienen.    (2) The Company may carry out all business activities in direct or indirect accordance with such object.

 

- 4 -


(3) Die Gesellschaft darf andere Unternehmen gleicher oder ähnlicher Art übernehmen, sie darf sich an solchen Unternehmen beteiligen und zwar auch als persönlich haftende Gesellschafterin. Die Gesellschaft darf im In- und Ausland Zweigniederlassungen unter gleicher oder anderer Firma errichten.    (3) The Company may acquire interests in other enterprises with the same or a similar object, may purchase or incorporate such enterprises especially as a general partner. The Company is entitled to set up branch offices in Germany or abroad under the same or a similar name.
§ 5    § 5
Stammkapital    Share Capital
(1) Das Stammkapital der Gesellschaft beträgt 25,564,59 EUR (gerundet) Euro.    (1) The share capital of the Company amounts to 25,564,59 Euro.
(2) Einzige Gesellschafterin ist die Fossil Europe B.V. mit einem Gesellschaftsanteil in Höhe von 25,564,59 EUR.    (2) Sole shareholder is Fossil Europe B.V., which assumes one share thereof in the nominal value of € 25,564,59
(3) Der Geschäftsanteil ist in voller Höhe eingezahlt.    (3) The share capital has been paid in full.
(4) Der Gesellschafter kann durch Beschlussfassung mehrere voll eingezahlte Geschäftsanteile zusammenlegen.    (4) The shareholder may combine shares which are fully paid in by a shareholder.
§ 6    § 6
Geschäftsführung    Managing Directors
(1) Die Gesellschaft hat einen oder mehrere Geschäftsführer, die von der Gesellschafter-ver-sammlung bestellt und abberufen werden.    (l) The Company has one or more managing directors who are appointed and dismissed by the shareholders’ meeting.
(2) Die Geschäftsführer sind an Gesetz und Gesellschaftsvertrag, die Geschäftsordnung, die jeweils aktuelle Authority to Commit Policy (ATC) der Fossil-Gruppe, sowie die Beschlüsse der Gesellschafterversammlung gebunden. Sie haben die Gesellschaft mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns zu fuhren.    (2) The rights and duties of the managing directors arise from the governing law, the rules of procedure (Geschäftsordnung), the current authority to commit policy (ATC) of the Fossil Group and shareholders’ resolutions. They have to conduct Company in the ordinary course of business.

 

- 5 -


§ 7

 

Vertretung

  

§ 7

 

Power of Attorney

(1) Ist nur ein Geschäftsführer bestellt, so vertritt dieser die Gesellschaft allein. Sind mehrere Geschäftsführer bestellt, so wird die Gesellschaft durch zwei Geschäftsführer gemeinsam oder durch einen Geschäftsführer in Gemeinschaft mit einem Prokuristen vertreten.    (1) In case only one managing director is appointed, he acts individually on behalf of the Company. If several managing directors are appointed, either two managing directors together or one managing director jointly with a registered clerk (“Prokurist”) are entitled to act on behalf of the Company.
(2) Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann einem oder mehreren Geschäftsführern Befreiung von den Beschränkungen des § 181 BGB erteilen. Ebenso kann einem oder mehreren Geschäftsführern Einzelvertretungs-befugnis auch dann erteilt werden, wenn mehrere Geschäftsführer bestellt sind.    (2) The shareholders’ meeting may release all or certain managing directors generally or for an individual case from the restrictions of Sect. 181 of the German Civil Code, in order to authorize them to act on behalf of the Company with themselves in person or with themselves as representatives of a third party. The shareholders’ meeting may also assign power of attorney to certain or all of the managing directors.
(3) Vorstehende Regelungen gelten im Fall der Liquidation auch für die Liquidatoren.    (3) The aforementioned regulations apply to the liquidators in case of winding up.

§ 8

 

Bekanntmachungen

  

§ 8

 

Announcements of the Corporation

Die Bekanntmachungen der Gesellschaft erfolgen nur im Bundesanzeiger.    Announcements of the Company are published in the Federal Gazette.

§ 9

 

Wettbewerbsverbot

  

§ 9

 

Release of the Duties of Non-competition

Die Gesellschafter (nicht jedoch die Geschäftsführer) sind von jedwedem Wettbewerbsverbot befreit und schulden hierfür keine Vergütung.    Without consideration non-compete obligators do not apply to shareholders (not directors). They owe no compensation.

 

- 6 -


§ 10

 

Sonstiges

  

§ 10

 

miscellaneous

Sollten Bestimmungen dieser Satzung ganz oder teilweise unwirksam oder undurchführbar sein oder werden, so bleibt die Gültigkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen hiervon unberührt. Das gleiche gilt, falls sich herausstellt, dass die Satzung eine Regelungslücke enthält. Anstelle der unwirksamen Bestimmungen ist eine wirksame Beslimmung zu vereinbaren, die dem von den Gesellschaftern Gewollten am nächsten kommt; gleiches gilt im Fall einer Lücke.    To the extent that a provision of these Articles of Association should be or become void or unfeasible, the remaining provisions shall remain effective. The same applies to loopholes. All parties shall be obliged to replace the void or unfeasible provision by an effective one; the same applies to loopholes.
Der deutsche Text hat Vorrang. Der englische Text ist nicht Teil der Urkunde und nur eine unverbindliche Übersetzung.    The German text prevails. The English text is not part of this deed and only a non-binding convenience translation.
Ende der Satzung    End of the Articles

 

- 7 -


Hiermit beglaubige ich die Übereinstimmung der in dieser Datei enthaltenen Bilddaten (Abschrift) mit dem mir vorliegenden Papierdokument (Beglaubigte Abschrift).

Prien a. Chiemsee, den 02.04.2019

Dr. Gregor Rieger, Notar


I hereby certify that the image data contained in this file (transcript) corresponds to the paper document in my possession (certified transcript).

Prien a. Chiemsee, April 2, 2019 Dr.

Gregor Rieger, Notary

Exhibit 3.17

Rules of Procedure for the Management / Geschäftsordnung für

die Geschäftsführung

Im Falle von Abweichungen zwischen der englischen und der deutschen

Fassung ist die deutsche Fassung maßgeblich.

In case of discrepancies between the English and the German version, the

German version shall prevail.

 

English Version    Deutsche Version
Preamble    Präambel
The shareholders’ meeting of Fossil (Europe) GmbH (hereinafter also: the “Company”), having its registered office in Grabenstätt, registered in the commercial register at the Local Court of Traunstein under HRB 8076, has by shareholder resolution dated on or around the date hereof adopted the following rules of procedure:    Die Gesellschafterversammlung der Fossil (Europe) GmbH (nachfolgend auch: die „Gesellschaft“), mit dem Sitz in Grabenstätt, eingetragen im Handelsregister beim Amtsgericht Traunstein unter HRB 8076, hat durch Gesellschafterbeschluss, erlassen an oder um das Datum dieser Geschäftsordnung herum, die nachfolgende Geschäftsordnung erlassen:
§ 1 General Principles of Management    § 1 Allgemeine Grundsätze der Geschäftsführung
1.1 The managing director(s) (hereinafter collectively: the “Managing Directors”) shall conduct the business of the Company with the diligence of a prudent and conscientious business manager in accordance with the laws, the articles of association, these rules of procedure, these Rules of Procedure, the shareholder resolutions and their contract for services. The Managing Directors are furthermore obliged to comply with the current Authority to Commit Policy (ATC) of the Fossil Group.    1.1 Der oder die Geschäftsführer (im Folgenden einheitlich: „die Geschäftsführer“) führen die Geschäfte der Gesellschaft unter Beachtung der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen und gewissenhaften Geschäftsleiters nach Maßgabe der Gesetze, des Gesellschaftsvertrages, dieser Geschäftsordnung, eines eventuellen Geschäftsverteilungsplanes, der Beschlüsse der Gesellschafter sowie ihrer Dienstverträge. Die Geschäftsführer sind zudem verpflichtet, die jeweils aktuelle


   Authority to Commit Policy (ATC) der Fossil Gruppe einzuhalten.
1.2 The managing directors are obliged to collaborate in good faith with the other corporate bodies and the staff in managing the affairs of the Company for the benefit of the Company.    1.2. Die Geschäftsführer sind verpflichtet, bei der Führung der Geschäfte der Gesellschaft mit den übrigen Unternehmensorganen und der Belegschaft vertrauensvoll zum Wohle der Gesellschaft zusammenzuarbeiten.
§ 2 Allocation of Responsibilities and Overall Responsibility    § 2 Geschäftsverteilung und Gesamtverantwortung
2.1 The Managing Directors shall each bear full operational responsibility for the areas and tasks assigned to them as well as for the decisions and measures taken. At the same time, the Managing Directors, notwithstanding the allocation of responsibilities under the plan, assume joint responsibility for the overall management of the Company. As part of this overall responsibility, the Managing Directors shall cooperate collegially and in trust for the benefit of the Company and are obliged to monitor each other within the scope of their possibilities and in exercising their rights to information.    2.1. Die Geschäftsführer tragen jeweils die volle Handlungsverantwortung für die ihnen jeweils zugewiesenen Bereiche und Aufgaben, sowie für die übernommenen Entscheidungen und Maßnahmen. Zugleich übernehmen die Geschäftsführer ungeachtet der Zuständigkeitsregelung des Geschäftsverteilungsplanes gemeinsam die Verantwortung für die gesamte Geschäftsführung der Gesellschaft. Im Rahmen dieser Gesamtverantwortung haben die Geschäftsführer kollegial und vertrauensvoll zum Wohle der Gesellschaft zusammenzuarbeiten und sind zur gegenseitigen Überwachung im Rahmen ihrer Möglichkeiten und in Ausübung ihrer Informationsrechte verpflichtet.
2.2 The business areas of the Managing Directors result from the allocation of responsibilities plan, which is attached to these Rules of Procedure as an annex and can be amended at any time by a shareholders’ meeting. Each Managing Director (e.g. Managing Director 1, Managing Director 2, Managing Director 3) manages    2.2. Die Geschäftsbereiche der Geschäftsführer ergeben sich aus dem Geschäftsverteilungsplan, der dieser Geschäftsordnung als Anlage beigefügt ist und von der Gesellschafterversammlung jederzeit wieder geändert werden kann. Jeder Geschäftsführer (z.B. Geschäftsführer 1, Geschäftsführer


the business area assigned to him/her in his/her own responsibility and is authorized to manage such area, unless otherwise provided for in the following provisions. If disagreements arise between individual Managing Directors regarding the delineation of the business areas, this shall be submitted to the management of the shareholder for decision. The specific assignment of natural persons to the positions of Managing Director 1, 2 and 3 shall be made by resolution of the Managing Directors, unless the shareholders’ meeting has passed an explicit resolution in this regard. Amendments to the schedule of responsibilities may, unless determined by the shareholders’ meeting, also be made by resolution of the Managing Directors.    2, Geschäftsführer 3) leitet den ihm durch den Geschäftsverteilungsplan zugewiesenen Geschäftsführungsbereich in eigener Verantwortung und ist insoweit geschäftsführungsbefugt, soweit sich nicht aus den nachstehenden Vorschriften ein anderes ergibt. Bestehen zwischen einzelnen Geschäftsführern Meinungsverschiedenheiten über die Abgrenzung der Geschäftsbereiche, so ist dies der Geschäftsleitung der Gesellschafterin zur Entscheidung vorzulegen. Die konkrete Zuweisung der natürlichen Personen zu den Positionen Geschäftsführer 1, 2 und 3 erfolgt durch Beschluss der Geschäftsführer, sofern die Gesellschafterversammlung hierzu keinen ausdrücklichen Beschluss fasst. Änderungen des Geschäftsverteilungsplans können, soweit nicht durch die Gesellschafterversammlung bestimmt, auch durch Geschäftsführerbeschluss erfolgen.
2.3 The Company shall be managed under the four-eyes principle. The Managing Directors and department heads shall therefore only be authorized to sign together with another Managing Director or an authorized signatory. The respective department head assumes the main responsibility for the content. The other signing Managing Director or authorized officer confirms with the second signature that he/she has reviewed the matter within the scope of his/her possibilities and the provisions of these rules of procedure. If the management consists of only one Managing    2.3. Die Gesellschaft wird durch ein Vier-Augen-Prinzip geführt. Die Geschäftsführer und Ressortleiter sind demgemäß nur zusammen mit einem weiteren Geschäftsführer oder Handlungsbevollmächtigten zeichnungsbefugt. Hierbei übernimmt der jeweilige Ressortleiter die inhaltliche Hauptverantwortung. Der andere, zeichnende Geschäftsführer oder Prokurist bestätigt mit der Zweitunterschrift, die Angelegenheit im Rahmen seiner Möglichkeiten und den Bestimmungen dieser Geschäftsordnung kontrolliert zu haben. Besteht die


Director, the four-eyes principle shall not apply; the sole Managing Director shall have sole power of representation and full responsibility for all decisions.

 

2.4 The responsibility of a Managing Director for a business area does not affect the overall responsibility of the Managing Directors. Irrespective of their area of responsibility, all Managing Directors shall continuously monitor all data and matters that are decisive for the situation and the business development of the Company in order to be able at any time to work towards the avoidance of impending disadvantages, the realization of business opportunities, the implementation of desirable improvements or appropriate changes by calling upon the overall management.

 

2.5 Insofar as measures and transactions of one business area also affect one or more other business areas, the Managing Director must first coordinate with the other participating Managing Director(s). If the Managing Directors cannot agree on a management measure, a prompt, if necessary also telephone, coordination with the management of the shareholder shall take place, unless an immediate measure is required at the Managing Director’s due discretion to avoid imminent disadvantages for the Company. The shareholders’ meeting shall be informed of such

  

Geschäftsführung jedoch aus nur einem Geschäftsführer, so entfällt das Vier-Augen-Prinzip; der alleinige Geschäftsführer ist alleinvertretungsberechtigt und übernimmt die volle Verantwortung für sämtliche Entscheidungen.

 

2.4. Die Geschäftsbereichszuständigkeit eines Geschäftsführers berührt die Gesamtverantwortung der Geschäftsführer nicht. Unbeschadet ihrer Geschäftsbereichszuständigkeit werden alle Geschäftsführer alle für die Lage und der für den Geschäftsverlauf der Gesellschaft entscheidenden Daten und Angelegenheiten laufend verfolgen, um jederzeit auf die Abwendung drohender Nachteile, auf die Wahrnehmung geschäftlicher Chancen, auf die Vornahme wünschenswerter Verbesserungen oder zweckmäßiger Änderungen durch Anrufung der Gesamtgeschäftsführung hinwirken zu können.

 

2.5. Soweit Maßnahmen und Geschäfte eines Geschäftsbereichs zugleich einen oder mehrere andere Geschäftsbereiche betreffen, muss sich der Geschäftsführer zuvor mit dem/den anderen beteiligten Geschäftsführer(n) abstimmen. Können die Geschäftsführer sich über eine Geschäftsführungsmaßnahme nicht einigen, so hat kurzfristig eine ggf. auch telefonische Abstimmung mit der Geschäftsleitung der Gesellschafterin zu erfolgen, soweit nicht eine sofortige Maßnahme nach pflichtgemäßem Ermessen zur


independent action at the latest at the next meeting. Each Managing Director must also submit matters of his/her business area to the other Managing Directors if they are of particular importance, in particular if they involve extraordinary effects or risks.

 

2.6 The Managing Directors shall continuously inform each other about important measures and developments in their business areas. Each Managing Director is obliged, if he/she has concerns about measures from another business area, to obtain a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting if the concerns cannot be resolved through discussion with the other Managing Director. The measure shall then be suspended until the shareholders’ meeting has made a decision.

 

2.7 The shareholders’ meeting may determine matters by resolution which the management as a whole may decide.

 

2.8 If the management consists of fewer or more than three Managing Directors, the Managing Directors shall determine the allocation of responsibilities by resolution. If the management consists of only one Managing Director, he/she shall assume responsibility for all duties.

  

Vermeidung drohender Nachteile für die Gesellschaft erforderlich ist. Über ein solches selbständiges Handeln ist die Gesellschafterversammlung spätestens in der nächsten Sitzung zu unterrichten. Jeder Geschäftsführer muss Angelegenheiten seines Geschäftsbereichs ferner den übrigen Geschäftsführern vorlegen, wenn sie von besonderer Bedeutung, insbesondere mit außergewöhnlichen Auswirkungen oder Risiken behaftet ist.

 

2.6. Die Geschäftsführer unterrichten sich gegenseitig laufend über wichtige Maßnahmen und Vorgänge in ihren Geschäftsbereichen. Jeder Geschäftsführer ist verpflichtet, bei Bedenken gegen Maßnahmen aus einem anderen Geschäftsbereich eine Beschlussfassung der Gesellschafterversammlung herbeizuführen, wenn die Bedenken nicht durch eine Aussprache mit dem anderen Geschäftsführer behoben werden konnten. Die Maßnahme hat dann zu unterbleiben, bis die Gesellschafterversammlung eine Entscheidung herbeigeführt hat.

 

2.7. Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann Gegenstände durch Beschluss bestimmen, welche die Geschäftsführung in ihrer Gesamtheit entscheiden darf.

 

2.8. Besteht die Geschäftsführung aus weniger oder mehr als drei Geschäftsführern, so legen die Geschäftsführer die Geschäftsbereichszuständigkeiten durch Geschäftsführerbeschluss fest. Besteht die Geschäftsführung aus nur einem Geschäftsführer, so übernimmt dieser die Verantwortung für sämtliche Zuständigkeiten.


§ 3 Corporate Planning and Reporting to the Shareholders’ Meeting

 

3.1 The obligation to corporate planning and to reporting to the shareholders’ meeting shall be borne jointly by the Managing Directors. If the shareholders’ meeting has appointed a chairman of the management, he shall be responsible for coordination.

 

3.2 The Managing Directors shall submit the corporate planning (in particular profit and loss, financial, investment and personnel planning) for the following financial year, broken down by month, for the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies to the shareholders’ meeting for approval in the last quarter of each financial year. The shareholders’ meeting may issue instructions on the preparation, in particular on the content of the corporate planning.

 

  

§ 3 Unternehmensplanung und Berichterstattung an die Gesellschafterversammlung

 

3.1. Die Verpflichtung zur Unternehmensplanung und zur Berichterstattung an die Gesellschafterversammlung obliegt den Geschäftsführern gemeinschaftlich. Ist von der Gesellschafterversammlung ein Vorsitzender der Geschäftsführung bestimmt, obliegt ihm die Federführung.

 

3.2. Die Geschäftsführer haben der Gesellschafterversammlung jeweils im letzten Quartal eines Geschäftsjahres die Unternehmensplanung (insbesondere Gewinn- und Verlust- , Finanz-, Investitions- und Personalplanung) für das folgende Geschäftsjahr, jeweils in monatlicher Aufgliederung, für die Gesellschaft und ihre einzelnen Tochter- und Beteiligungsgesellschaften zur Zustimmung vorzulegen. Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann dabei Weisungen zur Aufstellung, insbesondere zum Inhalt der Unternehmensplanung erteilen.


3.3 The Managing Directors shall inform the shareholders’ meeting quarterly, unless immediate reporting is required in individual cases due to urgency or particular importance, comprehensively on all issues relevant to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies with regard to corporate planning, business development, economic situation and profitability. In reporting, the Managing Directors shall address deviations of the actual development from the corporate planning and from previously reported targets, stating reasons. The Managing Directors shall in particular inform the shareholders’ meeting about the risks arising in connection with the implementation of the corporate planning as well as about the results of the internal control systems to be established, which are to ensure in particular that no assets are used without authorization and that the financial information is reliable. Reports shall generally be submitted in writing, unless oral reporting is necessary in individual cases due to urgency.

 

3.4 The shareholders’ meeting may at any time request information from any Managing Director on all matters of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

  

3.3. Die Geschäftsführer haben der Gesellschafterversammlung vierteljährlich, wenn nicht im Einzelfall wegen der Dringlichkeit oder besonderen Gewichtigkeit eine sofortige Unterrichtung erforderlich ist, umfassend über alle für die Gesellschaft und ihre einzelnen Tochter-und Beteiligungsgesellschaften relevanten Fragen der Unternehmensplanung, der Geschäftsentwicklung, der wirtschaftlichen Lage und der Rentabilität zu informieren. Bei der Berichterstattung haben die Geschäftsführer auf Abweichungen der tatsächlichen Entwicklung von der Unternehmensplanung und von früher berichteten Zielen unter Aufgabe von Gründen einzugehen. Die Geschäftsführer haben der Gesellschafterversammlung insbesondere über die Risiken, die im Zusammenhang mit der Umsetzung der Unternehmensplanung erwachsen, zu informieren sowie über die Ergebnisse der einzurichtenden internen Kontrollsysteme, die insbesondere sicherstellen sollen, dass keine Vermögensgegenstände unbefugt benutzt werden und die finanziellen Informationen verlässlich sind. Die Berichte sind grundsätzlich schriftlich vorzulegen, wenn nicht im Einzelfall wegen der Dringlichkeit mündliche Berichterstattung geboten ist.

 

3.4. Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann von jedem Geschäftsführer jederzeit Auskunft über alle Angelegenheiten der Gesellschaft und ihrer Tochter- und Beteiligungsgesellschaften verlangen.


§ 4 Transactions Requiring Consent    § 4 Zustimmungsbedürftige Geschäfte
4.1 The annual planning and significant amendments to such plan require the consent of the shareholders’ meeting.    4.1. Der Zustimmung der Gesellschafterversammlung bedürfen die Jahresplanung sowie die wesentlichen Änderungen eines solchen Plans.
4.2 The Managing Directors must also comply with the current Authority to Commit Policy (ATC) of the Fossil Group and may in particular not exceed the material and value limits specified therein.    4.2. Die Geschäftsführer haben des Weiteren die jeweils aktuelle Authority to Commit Policy (ATC) der Fossil Gruppe einzuhalten und dürfen insbesondere die dortigen Sach- und Wertgrenzen nicht überschreiten.
§ 5 Duration    § 5 Geltungsdauer

5.1 These rules of procedure apply for an indefinite period until expressly revoked or amended by resolution of the shareholders’ meeting.

 

5.2 The shareholders’ meeting may at any time revoke, amend or supplement these rules of procedure. Any amendment to these rules of procedure requires a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting.

 

5.3 Insofar as the managing directors’ contracts, shareholders’ resolutions or other law conflict with these rules of procedure, the Managing Directors undertake to present this to the shareholders’ meeting immediately.

  

5.1. Diese Geschäftsordnung gilt auf unbestimmte Zeit bis zu einem ausdrücklichen Widerruf oder einer ausdrückliche Abänderung durch Beschluss der Gesellschafterversammlung.

 

5.2. Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann diese Geschäftsordnung jederzeit aufheben, ändern oder ergänzen. Änderungen dieser Geschäftsordnung bedürfen in jedem Fall eines Beschlusses der Gesellschafterversammlung.

 

5.3. Soweit die Geschäftsführerverträge, Gesellschafterbeschlüsse oder sonstiges Recht dieser Geschäftsordnung entgegenstehen, verpflichten sich die Geschäftsführer, dies der Gesellschafterversammlung umgehend vorzulegen.


These rules of procedure do not constitute a restriction of the rights of the Managing Directors under their respective employment contracts.    Diese Geschäftsordnung stellt keine Beschränkung der Rechte der Geschäftsführer aus ihren jeweiligen Anstellungsverträgen dar.

1 September 2025

Fossil Europe B.V.

 

/s/ Sharon Dean     /s/ Maurice Hendrix
Sharon Dean     Maurice Hendrix


Annex (Allocation of Responsibilities):    Anlage (Aufteilung der Geschäftsbereiche):
- Managing Director 1: Responsible for foreign markets (“Disti”), including customs, export, etc., with the exception of franchise stores in foreign markets managed from Basel.    - Geschäftsführer 1: Verantwortlich für Auslandsmärkte (“Disti”), einschließlich Zoll, Warenausfuhr etc., mit Ausnahme der von Basel betreuten Franchise Stores.

- Managing Director 2: Responsible for direct business (Fossil Stores, full price, outlets) as well as the sales channels in Germany managed by Fossil Group Europe GmbH (liquidation, boutiques, eCom).

 

- Managing Director 3: Responsible for the wholesale business in Germany.

 

*These responsibilities apply accordingly to successors and may be adjusted by resolution of the Managing Directors or the shareholders’ meeting.*

  

- Geschäftsführer 2: Verantwortlich für das Direktgeschäft (Fossil Stores, Fullprice, Outlets) sowie die Vertriebslinien in Deutschland, die durch die Fossil Group Europe GmbH gesteuert werden (Liquidation, Boutiquen, eCom).

 

- Geschäftsführer 3: Verantwortlich für das Großhandelsgeschäft in Deutschland.

 

*Diese Zuständigkeiten gelten entsprechend für Nachfolger/innen und können durch Geschäftsführerbeschluss oder Beschluss der Gesellschafterversammlung angepasst werden.*

Exhibit 3.18

FILE COPY

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 4193340

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that

FOSSIL (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 3rd April 2001

 

LOGO

*N04193340B*

 

/s/ MRS. V.M. STEPHENS

MRS. V.M. STEPHENS
For The Registrar Of Companies

 

LOGO

COMPANIES HOUSE


LOGO

JORDANS r-,ease complete m typescript, or in bold black capitals , CHFP001 Company Name in full 1, of t Please delete as appropriate Declarant’s signature Declared at on before me0 o Please print name Please give the name, address, telephone number and, if available, a DX number and Exchange of the person Companies House should contact if there is any query. Form revised June 1998 A82477 12 Declaration on application for registration I I MARK DAVID ANDERSON signing on behalf ISWIFT INCORPORATIONS LIMITED do solemnly and sincerely declare that I am a be company] [person named as director or secretary of the company in the statement delivered to the Registrar under section 10 of the Companies Act 1985] and that all the requirements of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the registration of the above company and of matters precedent and incidental to it have been complied with. And I make this solemn Declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the Statutory Declarations Act 1835. OMAS STREET BRISTOL BS1 6JS Day Month Year OI 3 I OI 4 I 2 0 I O 1 1 1 GEORGE KEPPE Date 31_0_4_10_1_ t A Commissioner tor Oaths cc l, 1blic 1sUce of be Peace 0r Solicitor JORDANS LIMITED 21 ST THOMAS STREET BRISTOL -·— BS1 6JS Tel 0117 923 0600 DX number DX exchange When you have completed and signed the form please send ,t to the Registrar of Companies at: Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ DX 33050 Cardiff for companies registered in England and Wales or Companies House, 37 Castle Terrace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EB for companies registered in Scotland DX 235 Edinburgh JFL0039 / Rev 5.3 10/99


LOGO

Please complete in typescript, or in bold black capitals. CHFP001 Notes on completion appear on final page Coll1)any Name in full Proposect Registered Officej (PO Box numbers only, are not . acceptable) Post town! County/ Region If the memorandum is delivered by an ~ent for the subscriber(s) of the memorandum mark the box opposite and give the agent’s name and address. Agent’s Address Post County/ Region Number of continuation sheets attached Please give the name, address, telephone number and, if available, a DX number and Exchange of the person Compani es House should contact if there is any query. JND2000 10 First directors and secretary and intended situation of registered office ~—————-~ 1 JORDANS LIMITED j21 ST THOMAS STREET IBRISTOL ~————-~Postcode ‘~B_s_1_6_J_s____ ~ D JORDANS LIMITED 21 ST THOMAS STREET BRISTOL BSl 6JS Tel 0117 923 0600 DX number DX exchange When you have completed and signed the form please send it to the Registrar of Companies at: Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ DX 33050 Cardiff for companies registered in England and Wales or Companies House, 37 Castle Tenace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EB for companies registered In Scotland DX 235 Edinburgh JFL0035a/ Rev5.4 10/99


LOGO

Company Secretary (see notes 1•5) Company name NAME *Style / Title Forename(s) .. Voluntary details Surname Previous forename(s) Previous surname(s) Address Usual residential address For a corporation, give the registered or principal office Post town address. County I Region Country Consent signature Directors csee notes 1-5J Please list directors in alphabetical order NAME *Style / Title Forename(s) Surname Previous forename(s) Previous surname(s) Address Usual residential address For a corporation, give the registered or principal office address. Post town County I Region Country Date of birth Business occupation Other directorships Consent signature This section is signed by an agent on behalf of Signed all subscribers j j*Honours etc I ISWIFT INCORPORATIONS LIMITED 11 MITCHELL LANE BRISTOL I ENGLAND I consent to act as secretary of the company named on page 1 INSTANT COMPANIES LIMITED Postcode IBSl 6BU ENGLAND Day Month Year Nationality IUK REGISTERED COMPANY REGISTRATION AGENT ‘NONE I consent to act as director of the company named on page 1

Exhibit 3.19

4193340

 

THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 to 1989

 

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

 

FOSSIL (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED

   LOGO

 

1.

The Company’s name is “FOSSIL (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED”.

 

2.

The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

 

3.1

The object of the Company is to carry on business as a general commercial company.

 

OBMGEN    LOGO

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


3.2 Without prejudice to the generality of the object and the powers of the Company derived from section 3A of the Act the Company has power to do all or any of the following things:-

3.2.1 To purchase or by any other means acquire and take options over any property whatever, and any rights or privileges of any kind over or in respect of any property.

3.2.2 To apply for, register, purchase, or by other means acquire and protect, prolong and renew, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, any trade marks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property rights, licences, secret processes, designs, protections and concessions and to disclaim, alter, modify, use and turn to account and to manufacture under or grant licences or privileges in respect of the same, and to expend money in experimenting upon, testing and improving any patents, inventions or rights which the Company may acquire or propose to acquire.

3.2.3 To acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, goodwill, and assets of any person, firm, or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the Company is authorised to carry on and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company, or for subsidising or otherwise assisting any such person, firm or company, and to give or accept, by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain, or sell, mortgage and deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.

3.2.4 To improve, manage, construct, repair, develop, exchange, let on lease or otherwise, mortgage, charge, sell, dispose of, turn to account, grant licences, options, rights and privileges in respect of, or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the Company.

3.2.5 To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required in such manner as may from time to time be determined and to hold or otherwise deal with any investments made.

3.2.6 To lend and advance money or give credit on any terms and with or without security to any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary of, or any other company associated in any way with, the Company), to enter into guarantees, contracts of indemnity and suretyships of all kinds, to receive money on deposit or loan upon any terms, and to secure or guarantee in any manner and upon any terms the payment of any sum of money or the performance of any obligation by any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any such holding company, subsidiary, fellow subsidiary or associated company as aforesaid).

3.2.7 To borrow and raise money in any manner and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or other security upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present or future), including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or security to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake or which may become binding on it.

3.2.8 To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, negotiate, execute and issue cheques, bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

3.2.9 To apply for, promote, and obtain any Act of Parliament, order, or licence of the Department of Trade or other authority for enabling the Company to carry any of its objects into effect, or for effecting any modification of the Company’s constitution, or for any other purpose which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to promote the Company’s interests, and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the Company’s interests.

3.2.10 To enter into any arrangements with any government or authority (supreme, municipal, local, or otherwise) that may seem conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them, and to obtain from any such government or authority any charters, decrees, rights, privileges or concessions which the Company may think desirable and to carry out, exercise, and comply with any such charters, decrees, rights, privileges, and concessions.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


3.2.11 To subscribe for, take, purchase, or otherwise acquire, hold, sell, deal with and dispose of, place and underwrite shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations or securities issued or guaranteed by any other company constituted or carrying on business in any part of the world, and debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations or securities issued or guaranteed by any government or authority, municipal, local or otherwise, in any part of the world.

3.2.12 To control, manage, finance, subsidise, co-ordinate or otherwise assist any company or companies in which the Company has a direct or indirect financial interest, to provide secretarial, administrative, technical, commercial and other services and facilities of all kinds for any such company or companies and to make payments by way of subvention or otherwise and any other arrangements which may seem desirable with respect to any business or operations of or generally with respect to any such company or companies.

3.2.13 To promote any other company for the purpose of acquiring the whole or any part of the business or property or undertaking or any of the liabilities of the Company, or of undertaking any business or operations which may appear likely to assist or benefit the Company or to enhance the value of any property or business of the Company, and to place or guarantee the placing of, underwrite, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire all or any part of the shares or securities of any such company as aforesaid.

3.2.14 To sell or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the business or property of the Company, either together or in portions, for such consideration as the Company may think fit, and in particular for shares, debentures, or securities of any company purchasing the same.

3.2.15 To act as agents or brokers and as trustees for any person, firm or company, and to undertake and perform sub-contracts.

3.2.16 To remunerate any person, firm or company rendering services to the Company either by cash payment or by the allotment of shares or other securities of the Company credited as paid up in full or in part or otherwise as may be thought expedient.

3.2.17 To distribute among the members of the Company in kind any property of the Company of whatever nature.

3.2.18 To pay all or any expenses incurred in connection with the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company, or to contract with any person, firm or company to pay the same, and to pay commissions to brokers and others for underwriting, placing, selling, or guaranteeing the subscription of any shares or other securities of the Company.

3.2.19 To support and subscribe to any charitable or public object and to support and subscribe to any institution, society, or club which may be for the benefit of the Company or its directors or employees, or may be connected with any town or place where the Company carries on business; to give or award pensions, annuities, gratuities, and superannuation or other allowances or benefits or charitable aid and generally to provide advantages, facilities and services for any persons who are or have been directors of, or who are or have been employed by, or who are serving or have served the Company, or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or the holding company of the Company or a fellow subsidiary of the Company or the predecessors in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to the wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants of such persons; to make payments towards insurance including insurance for any director, officer or auditor against any liability in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust (so far as permitted by law); and to set up, establish, support and maintain superannuation and other funds or schemes (whether contributory or non-contributory) for the benefit of any of such persons and of their wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants; and to set up, establish, support and maintain profit sharing or share purchase schemes for the benefit of any of the employees of the Company or of any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to lend money to any such employees or to trustees on their behalf to enable any such schemes to be established or maintained.

3.2.20 Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act (if and so far as such provisions shall be applicable) to give, directly or indirectly, financial assistance for the acquisition of shares or other securities of the Company or of any other company or for the reduction or discharge of any liability incurred in respect of such acquisition.

3.2.21 To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any part of the world.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


3.2.22 To do all or any of the things or matters aforesaid in any part of the world and either as principals, agents, contractors or otherwise, and by or through agents, brokers, sub-contractors or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

3.2.23 To do all such other things as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them.

3.2.24 AND so that:-

3.2.24.1 None of the provisions set forth in any sub-clause of this clause shall be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to each such provision, and none of such provisions shall, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other provision set forth in such sub-clause, or by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause of this clause, or by reference to or inference from the name of the Company.

3.2.24.2 The word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to the Company, shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated and whether domiciled in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

3.2.24.3 In this clause the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in this clause to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

4. The liability of the members is limited.

5. The Company’s share capital is £100,000 divided into 100,000 shares of £1 each.

I, the subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a Company pursuant to this Memorandum; and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name.

 

Name and address of Subscriber

       

Number of shares taken

by the Subscriber

For and on behalf of

Instant Companies Limited

1 Mitchell Lane

Bristol BS1 6BU

   LOGO    One
  

Total shares taken

 

  

One

 

 

Date: 3rd April 2001.      
Witness to the above signature   

Glenys Copeland

1 Mitchell Lane

Bristol BS 1 6BU

   LOGO

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 to 1989

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

FOSSIL (UK) HOLDINGS LIMITED

1. PRELIMINARY

1.1 The regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 (SI 1985 No. 805) as amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) (Amendment) Regulations 1985 (SI 1985 No. 1052) and as further amended by The Companies Act 1985 (Electronic Communications) Order 2000 (SI 2000 No. 3373) (such Table being hereinafter called “Table A”) shall apply to the Company save in so far as they are excluded or varied hereby and such regulations (save as so excluded or varied) and the Articles hereinafter contained shall be the Articles of Association of the Company.

1.2 In these Articles the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in these Articles to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

2. ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

2.1 Shares which are comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated shall be under the control of the directors who may (subject to section 80 of the Act and to article 2.4 below) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same, to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as they think fit.

2.2 All shares which are not comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated and which the directors propose to issue shall first be offered to the members in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of the existing shares held by them respectively unless the Company in general meeting shall by special resolution otherwise direct The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and limiting a period (not being less than 14 days) within which the offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined. After the expiration of that period, those shares so deemed to be declined shall be offered in the proportion aforesaid to the persons who have, within the said period, accepted all the shares offered to them; such further offer shall be made in like tenms in the same manner and limited by a like period as the original offer. Any shares not accepted pursuant to such offer or further offer as aforesaid or not capable of being offered as aforesaid except by way of fractions and any shares released from the provisions of this article by any such special resolution as aforesaid shall be under the control of the directors, who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons, on such terms, and in such manner as they think fit, provided that, in the case of shares not accepted as aforesaid, such shares shall not be disposed of on tenms which are more favourable to the subscribers therefor than the terms on which they were offered to the members. The foregoing provisions of this article 2.2 shall have effect subject to section 80 of the Act.

2.3 In accordance with section 91(1) of the Act sections 89(1) and 90(1) to (6) (inclusive) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

2.4 The directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 80 of the Act to exercise any power of the Company to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company up to the amount of the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated at any time or times during the period of five years from the date of incorporation and the directors may, after that period, allot any shares or grant any such rights under this authority in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company within that period. The authority hereby given may at any time (subject to the said section 80) be renewed, revoked or varied by ordinary resolution.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


3. SHARES

3.1 The lien conferred by regulation 8 in Table A shall attach also to fully paid-up shares, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any person indebted or under liability to the Company, whether he shall be the sole registered holder thereof or shall be one of two or more joint holders, for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company. Regulation 8 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

3.2 The liability of any member in default in respect of a call shall be increased by the addition at the end of the first sentence of regulation 18 in Table A of the words “and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment”.

4. GENERAL MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS

4.1 Every notice convening a general meeting shall comply with the provisions of section 372(3) of the Act as to giving information to members in regard to their right to appoint proxies; and notices of and other communications relating to any general meeting which any member is entitled to receive shall be sent to the directors and to the auditors for the time being of the Company.

4.2.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. Subject to article 4.2.2 below, two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

4.2.2 If and for so long as the Company has only one member, that member present in person or by proxy or (if that member is a corporation) by a duly authorised representative shall be a quorum.

4.2.3 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for a general meeting the general meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the directors may determine; and if at the adjourned general meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed therefor such adjourned general meeting shall be dissolved.

4 2.4 Regulations 40 and 41 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

4.3.1 If and for so long as the Company has only one member and that member takes any decision which is required to be taken in general meeting or by means of a written resolution, that decision shall be as valid and effectual as if agreed by the Company in general meeting, subject as provided in article 4.3.3 below.

4.3.2 Any decision taken by a sole member pursuant to article 4.3.1 above shall be recorded in writing and delivered by that member to the Company for entry in the Company’s minute book.

4.3.3 Resolutions under section 303 of the Act for the removal of a director before the expiration of his period of office and under section 391 of the Act for the removal of an auditor before the expiration of his period of office shall only be considered by the Company in general meeting.

4.4 A member present at a meeting by proxy shall be entitled to speak at the meeting and shall be entitled to one vote on a show of hands. In any case where the same person is appointed proxy for more than one member he shall on a show of hands have as many votes as the number of members for whom he is proxy. Regulation 54 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

4.5 Unless resolved by ordinary resolution that regulation 62 in Table A shall apply without modification, the appointment of a proxy and any authority under which the proxy is appointed or a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the directors may be deposited or received at the place specified in regulation 62 in Table A up to the commencement of the meeting or (in any case where a poll is taken otherwise than at the meeting) of the taking of the poll or may be handed to the chairman of the meeting prior to the commencement of the business of the meeting.

5. APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

5.1.1 Regulation 64 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


5.1.2 The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the directors may be determined from time to time by ordinary resolution. Subject to and in default of any such determination there shall be no maximum number of directors and the minimum number of directors shall be one. Whenever the minimum number of directors is one, a sole director shall have authority to exercise all the powers and discretions by Table A and by these Articles expressed to be vested in the directors generally, and regulation 89 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

5.2 The directors shall not be required to retire by rotation and regulations 73 to 80 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

5.3 No person shall be appointed a director at any general meeting unless either:-

(a) he is recommended by the directors; or

(b) not less than 14 nor more than 35 clear days before the date appointed for the general meeting, notice signed by a member qualified to vote at the general meeting has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment, together with notice signed by that person of his willingness to be appointed.

5.4.1 Subject to article 5.3 above, the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

5.4.2 The directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number determined in accordance with article 5.1.2 above as the maximum number of directors and for the time being in force.

5.5 In any case where as the result of death or deaths the Company has no members and no directors the personal representatives of the last member to have died shall have the right by notice in writing to appoint a person to be a director of the Company and such appointment shall be as effective as if made by the Company in general meeting pursuant to article 5.4.1 above. For the purpose of this article, where two or more members die in circumstances rendering it uncertain which of them survived the other or others, the members shall be deemed to have died in order of seniority, and accordingly the younger shall be deemed to have survived the elder.

6. BORROWING POWERS

6.1 The directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money without limit as to amount and upon such terms and in such manner as they think fit, and subject (in the case of any security convertible into shares) to section 80 of the Act to grant any mortgage, charge or standard security over its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock, and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

7. ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

7.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting by ordinary resolution an alternate director shall not be entitled as such to receive any remuneration from the Company, save that he may be paid by the Company such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct, and the first sentence of regulation 66 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

7.2 A director, or any such other person as is mentioned in regulation 65 in Table A, may act as an alternate director to represent more than one director, and an alternate director shall be entitled at any meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors to one vote for every director whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

8. GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

8.1.1 The directors may exercise the powers of the Company conferred by its Memorandum of Association in relation to the payment of pensions, gratuities and other benefits and shall be entitled to retain any benefits received by them or any of them by reason of the exercise of any such powers.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


8.1.2 Regulation 87 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

9. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

9.1.1 A director may vote, at any meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors, on any resolution, notwithstanding that it in any way concerns or relates to a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, any kind of interest whatsoever, and if he shall vote on any such resolution his vote shall be counted; and in relation to any such resolution as aforesaid he shall (whether or not he shall vote on the same) be taken into account in calculating the quorum present at the meeting.

9.1.2 Each director shall comply with his obligations to disclose his interest in contracts under section 317 of the Act.

9.1.3 Regulations 94 to 97 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

10. THE SEAL

10.1 If the Company has a seal it shall only be used with the authority of the directors or of a cornrnittee of directors. The directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by a director and by the secretary or second director. The obligation under regulation 6 in Table A relating to the sealing of share certificates shall apply only if the Company has a seal. Regulation 101 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

10.2 The Company may exercise the powers conferred by section 39 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad, and such powers shall be vested in the directors.

11. INDEMNITY

11.1 Every director or other officer or auditor of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, or in connection with any application under section 144 or section 727 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court, and no director or other officer shall be liable for any loss, damage or misfortune which may happen to or be incurred by the Company in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto. But this article shall only have effect in so far as its provisions are not avoided by section 310 of the Act.

11.2 The directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any director, officer or auditor of the Company insurance against any such liability as is referred to in section 310(1) of the Act.

11.3 Regulation 118 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

12. TRANSFER OF SHARES

12.1 The directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor, decline to register the transfer of a share, whether or not it is a fully paid share, and the first sentence of regulation 24 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

 

A82477    MG01i/SM


Name and address of Subscriber

         

For and on behalf of

Instant Companies Limited

1 Mitchell Lane

Bristol BS1 6BU

   LOGO   
     

 

Date: 3rd April 2001.      
Witness to the above signature   

Glenys Copeland

1 Mitchell Lane

Bristol BS1 6BU

   LOGO

 

A82477    MG01i/SM

Exhibit 3.20

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 3062442

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 30th May 1995

 

LOGO

     

/s/ MRS. E. P. OWEN

      MRS. E. P. OWEN

 

 

*N030624428*

      For the Registrar of Companies
   LOGO   
   COMPANIES HOUSE   
      HC007B


LOGO

COMPANIES FORM No.12 Statutory Declaration of compliance with requirements on application for registration of a company a Pursuant to section 12{3) of the Companies Act 1985 write in this margin To the Registrar of Companies For official use For official use Please complete (Address overleaf) r -r r-.-, legibly, preferably in black totpe. or L-—~-· ‘ bold block lettering Name of company FOSSIL (OR) LIMII ED • insert full name of Company I I, KEVIN BREWER of SOMERSET HOUSE TEMPLE STREET BIRMINGHAM B2 5DN t delete as do solemnly and sincerely declare that I am a [Solicitor engaged in the formation of the company] appropriate [person named as director or secretary of the company in the statement delivered to the registrar under section 10(2)]t and that all the requirements of the abov’e Act in respect of the registration of the above company and of matters precedent and incidental to it have been complied with, And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Act 1835 Declared at BARR CLEARY BARR CLEARY Declarant to sign below ST PAULS TERRACE 80 CAROLINE STREET, BIRMINGHAM, B3 1UP The NINETEENTH day of MAY One thousand before me A Commissioner for Oaths or ry Public or Justice of the Peace or Solicitor having the powers conferred on a Commissioner for Oaths. Presenter’s name address and For official Use rP.ference (if any): .New Companies Section Post room NATIONWIDE COMPANY SERVICES LIMIT D KEMP HOUSE 152-160 CITY ROAD LONDON


Notes

The address for companies registered in England and Wales or Wales is:-

The Registrar of Companies

Companies House

Crown Way

Cardiff

CF4 3UZ

or, for companies registered in Scotland:-

The Registrar of Companies

Companies House

100-102 George Street

Edinburgh

EH2 3DJ


LOGO

Please complete in typescript, First directors and secretary and intended situation of or in bold black capitals. registered office Notes on completion appear on final page Company Name in full FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED *F010001H* Proposed Registered Office C/O NATIONWIDE COMPANY SERVICES LIMITED (PO Box numbers only, are not acceptable) KEMP HOUSE, 152-160 CITY ROAD Post town LONDON County I Region Postcode EC1V 2NP If the memorandum is delivered by an agent X for the subscriber(s) of the memorandum ~ mark the box opposite and give the agent’s name and address. Agent’s Name NATIONWIDE COMPANY SERVICES LIMITED Address KEMP HOUSE 152-160 CITY ROAD Post town LONDON EC1V 2NP County I Region Postcode Number of continuation sheets attached Please give the name, address, NATIONWIDE COMPANY SERVICFS LIMITED telephone number and, if available, a OX number and Exchange of the person Companies House should KEMP HOUSE, 152-160 CITY, LONDON contact if there is any query. Tel EC1V 2NP 0171 490 0084 OX number DX exchange When you have completed and signed the form please send it to the Registrar of Companies at: Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF4 3UZ OX 33050 Cardiff for companies registered in England and Wales or Companies House, 37 Castle Terrace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EB Form revised March 1995 for companies registered in Scotland DX 235 Edinburgh


LOGO

Company Secretary (see notes 1-5),- Company name FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED NAME *Style I Title I*Honours etc MRS * Voluntary details Forename(s) SUZANNE Surname BREWER Previous forename(s) Previous surname(s) Address 37 TEMPLE STREET Usual residential address For a corporation, give the registered or principal office address. Post town BIRMINGHAM County I Region Postcode WEST MIDLANDS B2 5DN Country I consent to act as secretary of the company named on page 1 Consent signature Date 19.5.95. Directors (see notes 1-5) ~ Please list directors in alphabetical order NAME *Style I Title MR *Honours etc Forename(s) KEVIN Surname BREWER Previous forename(s) Previous surname(s) Address 37 TEMPLE STREET Usual residential address For a corporation, give the registered or principal office address. Post town BIRMINGHAM County I Region Postcode WEST MIDLANDS B2 5DN Country UK Day Month Year Date of birth Nationality 21 04 52 BRITISH Business occupation COMPANY FORMATION AGENT Other directorships NONE I consent to act as director of the company named on Page 1 Consent signature Date 19.5.95.


LOGO

Directors (continued) (see notes 1-5) NAME *Style / Title *Honours etc. * Voluntary details Forename(s) Surname Previous forename(s) Previous surname(s) Address Usual residential address For a corporation, give the registered or principal office address. Post town County I Region Postcode Country / Region Day Month Year Date of birth Nationality Business occupation Other directorships I consent to act as director of the company named on page 1 Consent signature Date 19.5.95 This section must be signed by Either an agent on behalf Signed of all subscribers Or the subscribers Signed Date 19.5.95 ., (i.e those who signed as members on the Signed Date I memorandum of association). Signed Date I Signed Date I Signed Date I Signed Date I


Notes

 

1.

Show for an individual the full forename(s) NOT INITIALS and surname together with any previous forename(s) or surname(s).

If the director or secretary is a corporation or Scottish firm - show the corporate or firm name on the surname line.

Give previous forename(s) or surname(s) except that:

 

  •   for a married woman, the name by which she was known before marriage need not be given,

 

  •   names not used since the age of 18 or for at least 20 years need not be given.

A peer, or an individual known by a title, may state the title instead of or in addition to the forename(s) and surname and need not give the name by which that person was known before he or she adopted the title or succeeded to it.

Address:

Give the usual residential address.

In the case of a corporation or Scottish firm give the registered or principal office.

Subscribers:

The form must be signed personally either by the subscriber(s) or by a person or persons authorised to sign on behalf of the subscriber(s).

2.

Directors known by another description:

 

  •   A director includes any person who occupies that position even if called by a different name, for example, governor, member of council.

 

3.

Directors details:

 

  •   Show for each individual director the director’s date of birth, business occupation and nationality.

The date of birth must be given for every individual director.

 

4.

Other directorships:

 

  •   Give the name of every company of which the person concerned is a director or has been a director at any time in the past 5 years. You may exclude a company which either is or at all times during the past 5 years, when the person was a director, was:

 

  •   dormant,

 

  •   a parent company which wholly owned the company making the return,

 

  •   a wholly owned subsidiary of the company making the return, or

 

  •   another wholly owned subsidiary of the same parent company.

If there is insufficient space on the form for other directorships you may use a separate sheet of paper, which should include the company’s number and the full name of the director.

5.

Use Form 10 continuation sheets or photocopies of page 2 to provide details of joint secretaries or additional directors and include the company’s number.

 


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985 TO 1989

 

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

 

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

   LOGO   

1. The Company’s name is “FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED”.

2. The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

3. (i) The object of the Company is to carry on business as a general commercial company.

(ii) Without prejudice to the generality of the object and the powers of the Company derived from Section 3A of the Act the Company has power to do all or any of the following things:-

(a) To purchase or by any other means acquire and take options over any property whatever, and any rights or privileges of any kind over or in respect of any property.

(b) To apply for, register, purchase, or by other means acquire and protect, prolong and renew, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere any patents, patent rights, brevets d’invention, licences, secret processes, trade marks, designs, protections and concessions and to disclaim, alter, modify, use and turn to account and to manufacture under or grant licences or privileges in respect of the same, and to expend money in experimenting upon, testing and improving any patents, inventions or rights which the Company may acquire or propose to acquire.

(c) To acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, goodwill, and assets of any person, firm, or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the Company is authorised to carry on and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company, or for subsidising or otherwise assisting any such person, firm or company and to give or accept, by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain, or sell, mortgage and deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.

(d) To improve, manage, construct, repair, develop, exchange, let on lease or otherwise, mortgage, charge, sell, dispose of, turn to account, grant licences, options, rights and privileges in respect of, or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the Company.

(e) To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required in such manner as may from time to time be determined and to hold or otherwise deal with any investments made.

(f) To lend and advance money or give credit on any terms and with or without security to any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary of, or any other company associated in any way with, the Company), to enter into guarantees, contracts of indemnity and suretyships of all kinds, to receive money on deposit or loan upon any terms, and to secure or guarantee in any manner and upon any terms the payment of any sum or money or the performance of any obligation by any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any such holding company, subsidiary, fellow subsidiary or associated company as aforesaid).

(g) To borrow and raise money in any manner and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or other security upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present of future), including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or security to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake or which may become binding on it.

(h) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, negotiate, execute and issue cheques, bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

(i) To apply for, promote and obtain any Act of Parliament, order, or licence of the Department of Trade or other authority for enabling the Company to carry any of its objects into effect, or for effecting any modification of the Company’s constitution, or for any other purpose which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to promote the Company’s interests, and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the Company’ s interests.

(j) To enter into any arrangements with any government or authority (supreme, municipal, local or otherwise) that may seem conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them, and to obtain from any such government or authority any charters, decrees, rights, privileges or concessions which the Company may think desirable and to carry out, exercise, and comply with any such charters, decrees, rights, privileges, and concessions.

(k) To subscribe for, take, purchase, or otherwise acquire, hold, sell, deal with and dispose of, place and underwrite shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligation or securities issued or guaranteed by any other company constituted or carrying on business in any part of the world, and debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations or securities issued or guaranteed by any government or authority, municipal, local or otherwise, in any part of the world.

(l) To control, manage, finance, subsidise, co-ordinate or otherwise assist any company or companies in which the Company has a direct or indirect financial interest, to provide secretarial, administrative, technical, commercial and other services and facilities of all kinds for any such company or companies and to make payments by way of subvention or otherwise and any other arrangements which may seem desirable with respect to any business or operations of or generally with respect to any such company or companies.

(m) To promote any other company for the purpose of acquiring the whole or any part of the business or property or undertaking or any of the liabilities of the Company, or of undertaking any business or operations which may appear likely to assist or benefit the Company or to enhance the value of any property or business of the Company, and to place or guarantee the placing or, underwrite, subscribe for or otherwise acquire all or any part of the shares or securities of any such company as aforesaid.

(n) To sell or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the business or property of the Company, either together or in portions, for such consideration as the Company may think fit, and in particular for shares, debentures, or securities of any company purchasing the same.

(o) To act as agents or brokers and as trustees for any person, firm or company, and to undertake and perform sub-contracts.

(p) To remunerate any person, firm or company rendering services to the Company either by cash payment or by the allotment to him or them of shares or other securities of the Company credited as paid up in full or in part or otherwise as may be thought expedient.

(q) To pay all or any expenses incurred in connection with the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company, or to contract with any person, firm or company to pay the same, and to pay commissions to brokers and others for underwriting, placing, selling or guaranteeing the subscription of any shares or other securities of the Company.

 

LOGO

 

1


(r) To support and subscribe to any charitable or public object and to support and subscribe to any institution, society, or club which may be for the benefit of the Company or its Directors or its employees, or may be connected with any town or place where the Company carries on business; to give or award pensions, annuities, gratuities, and superannuation or other allowances or benefits or charitable aid and generally to provide advantages, facilities and services for any persons who are or have been Directors of, or who are or have been employed by, or who are serving or have served the Company, or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or the holding company of the Company or a fellow subsidiary of the Company or the predecessors in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to the wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants of such persons; to make payments towards insurance; and to set up, establish, support and maintain superannuation and other funds or schemes (whether contributory or non-contributory) for the benefit of any of such persons and of their wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants; and to set up, establish, support and maintain profit sharing or share purchase schemes for the benefit of any of the employees of the Company or of any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to lend money to any such employees or to trustees on their behalf to enable any such purchase schemes to be established or maintained.

(s) Subject to and in accordance with a due compliance with the provisions of Sections 155 to 158 (inclusive) of the act (if and so far as such provisions shall be applicable), to give, whether directly or indirectly, any kind of financial assistance (as defined in Section 152(1) (a) of the Act) for any such purpose as is specified in Section 151(1) and/or Section 151 (2) of the Act.

(t) To distribute among the Members of the Company in kind any property of the Company of whatever nature.

(u) To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any part of the world.

(v) To do all or any of the things or matters aforesaid in any part of the world and either, as principals, agents, contractors or otherwise, and by or through agents, brokers, sub-contractors or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

(w) To do all such other things as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them.

AND so that:-

(1) None of the provisions set forth in any sub-clause of this Clause shall be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to each such provision, and none of such objects shall, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other provision set forth in such sub-clause, or by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause of this Clause, or by reference to or inference from the name of the Company.

(2) The word “Company” in this Clause, except where used in reference to the Company, shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated and whether domiciled in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

(3) In this Clause the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in this clause to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

4. The liability of the Members is limited.

5. The Company’s share capital is £50,000 divided into 50,000 shares of £1 each.

I the Subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a Company pursuant to this Memorandum and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name.

 

Name and address of subscriber

 

    /s/ KEVIN BREWER      

I.   KEVIN BREWER

SOMERSET HOUSE

TEMPLE STREET

BIRMINGHAM

B2 5DN

    

Number of

shares taken

by each

subscriber

     -ONE

Total shares taken

     -ONE

Dated 19 May 1995

    

Witness to the above signatures,

     /s/ MARRIE TAYLOR
    

MARRIE TAYLOR

KEMP HOUSE

152-160 CITY ROAD

LONDON

EC1V 2NP

SECRETARY

 

2


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985 TO 1989

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

1. (a) The Regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 as amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) (Amendment) Regulations 1985 (such Table being hereinafter called “Table A”) shall apply to the Company save in so far as they are excluded or varied hereby and such Regulations (save as so excluded or varied) and the Articles hereinafter contained shall be the regulations of the Company.

(b) In these Articles the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in these Articles to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

2. (a) Shares which are comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated shall be under the control of the Directors who may (subject to Section 80 of the Act and to paragraph (d) below) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same, to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as they think fit.

(b) All shares which are not comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated and which the Directors propose to issue shall first be offered to the Members in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of the existing shares held by them respectively unless the Company in General Meeting shall by Special Resolution otherwise direct. The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and Limiting a period (not being less than fourteen days) within which the offer. if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined. After the expiration of that period, those shares so deemed to be declined shall be offered in the proportion aforesaid to the persons who have, within the said period, accepted all the shares offered to them; such further offer shall be made in like terms in the same manner and limited by a like period as the original offer. Any shares not accepted pursuant to such offer or further offer as aforesaid or not capable of being offered as aforesaid except by way of fractions and any shares released from the provisions of this Article by any such Special Resolution as aforesaid shall be under the control of the Directors, who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons, on such terms, and in such manner as they think fit, provided that, in the case of shares not accepted as aforesaid, such shares shall not be disposed of on terms which are more favourable to the subscribers therefor than the terms on which they were offered to the Members. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b) shall have effect subject to Section 80 of the Act.

(c) In accordance with Section 9 (1) of the Act Sections 89(1) and 90(1) to (6) (inclusive) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

(d) The Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act, to exercise any power of the Company to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company up to the amount of the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated at any time or times during the period of five years from the date of incorporation and the Directors may, after that period. allot any shares or grant any such rights under this authority in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company within that period. The authority hereby given may at any time (subject to the said Section 80) be renewed, revoked or varied by Ordinary Resolution of the Company in General Meeting.

SHARES

3. The lien conferred by Clause 8 in Table A shall attach also to fully paid-up shares, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any person indebted or under liability to the Company, whether he shall be the sole registered holder thereof or shall be one of two or more joint holders, for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company. Clause 8 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

4. The liability of any Member in default in respect of a call shall be increased by the addition at the end of the first sentence of Clause 18 in Table A of the words “ and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment”.

GENERAL MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS

5. (a) Every notice convening a General Meeting shall comply with the provisions of Section 372(3) of the Act as to giving information to Members in regard to their right to appoint proxies; and notices of and other communications relating to any General Meeting which any Member is entitled to receive shall be sent to the Directors and to the Auditors for the time being of the Company.

(b) No business shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present. Subject to paragraph (c) below, two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a Member or a proxy for a Member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

(c) If and for so long as the company has only one Member, that Member present in person or by proxy or if that Member is a corporation by a duly authorised representative shall be a quorum.

(d) If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for a General Meeting the General Meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the Directors may determine; and if at the adjourned General Meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed therefore such adjourned General Meeting shall be dissolved.

(e) Clauses 40 and 41 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

6. (a) If and for so long as the Company has only one Member and that Member takes any decision which is required to be taken in General Meeting or by means of a written resolution, that decision shall be as valid and effectual as if agreed by the Company in General Meeting save that this paragraph shall not apply to resolutions passed pursuant to sections 303 and 391 of the act.

(b) Any decision taken by a sole Member pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be recorded in writing and delivered by that Member to the Company for entry in the Company’s Minute Book.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

7. (a) Clause 64 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(b) The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the Directors may be determined from time to time by Ordinary Resolution in General Meeting of the Company. Subject to and in default of any such determination there shall be no maximum number of Directors and the minimum number of Directors shall be one. Whensoever the minimum number of the Directors shall be one, a sole Director shall have authority to exercise all the powers and discretions by Table A and by these Articles expressed to be vested in the Directors generally. and Clause 89 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

(c) The Directors shall not be required to retire by rotation and Clauses 73 to 80 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(d) No person shall be appointed a Director at any General Meeting unless either:-

(i) he is recommended by the Directors; or

(ii) not less than fourteen nor more than thirty-five clear days before the date appointed for the General Meeting, notice executed by a Member qualified to vote at the General Meeting has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment, together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed.

 

3


(e) Subject to paragraph (d) above, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution in General Meeting appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

(f) The Directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above as the maximum number of Directors and for the time being in force.

(g) In any case where as the result of the death of a sole Member of the Company the Company has no Members and no Directors the personal representatives of such deceased Member shall have right by notice in writing to appoint a person to be a Director of the Company and such appointment shall be as effective as if made by the Company in General Meeting pursuant to paragraph (e) of this article.

BORROWING POWERS

8. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money without limit as to amount and upon such terms and in such manner as they think fit, and subject (in the case of any security convertible into shares) to Section 80 of the Act to grant any mortgage, charge or standard security over its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock, and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company of any third party.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

9. (a) An alternate Director shall not be entitled as such to receive any remuneration from the Company, save that he may be paid by the Company such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct, and the first sentence of Clause 66 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

(b) A Director, or any such other person as is mentioned in Clause 65 in Table A, may act as an alternate Director to represent more than one Director, an alternate Director shall be entitled at any meeting of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors to one vote for every Director whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a Director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

10. (a) The Directors may exercise the powers of the Company conferred by Clause 3(ii)r of the Memorandum of Association of the Company and shall be entitled to retain any benefits received by them or any of them by reason of the exercise of any such powers.

(b) Clause 87 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

11. (a) A Director may vote, at any meeting of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors, on any resolution, notwithstanding that it in any way concerns or relates to a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, any kind of interest whatsoever, and if he shall vote on any such resolution as aforesaid his vote shall be counted; and in relation to any such resolution as aforesaid he shall (whether or not he shall vote on the same) be taken into account in calculating the quorum present at the meeting.

(b) Clauses 94 to 97 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

THE SEAL

12. (a) If the Company has a seal it shall only be used with the authority of the Directors or of any committee of Directors. The Directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by a Director and by the Secretary or second Director. The obligation under Clause 6 of Table A relating to the sealing of share certificates shall apply only if the Company has a seal. Clause 101 of Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(b) The Company may exercise the powers conferred by Section 39 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad, and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

INDEMNITY

13. (a) Every Director or other officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto. including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings. whether civil or criminal, in which judgement is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under Section 144 or Section 727 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court, and no Director or other officer shall be liable for any loss. damage or misfortune which may happen to or be incurred by the Company in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto. But this Article shall only have effect in so far as its provisions are not avoided by Section 310 of the Act.

(b) The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, officer or Auditor of the Company insurance against any such liability as is referred to in section 310(1) of the Act.

(c) Clause 118 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

14. The Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor, decline to register the transfer of a share, whether or not it is a fully paid share, and the first sentence of Clause 24 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

 

Name and address of Subscriber

 

/s/ KEVIN BREWER     

1.  KEVIN BREWER

SOMERSET HOUSE

TEMPLE STREET

BIRMINGHAM

B2 5DN

 

Dated 19 May 1995    /s/ MARRIE TAYLOR     
Witness to the above signatures.    MARRIE TAYLOR
   KEMP HOUSE
   152-160 CITY ROAD
   LONDON
   EC1V 2NP
   SECRETARY

 

4

Exhibit 3.21

The Companies Act 1985 to 1989

 

 

MEMORANDUM

AND

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

Private Company Limited by Shares

Incorporated: 30 May 1995

Company number: 3062442

 

 

NATIONWIDE COMPANY SERVICES LIMITED

KEMP HOUSE

152-160 CITY ROAD

LONDON, EC1V 2NP

Telephone number: 0171 490 0084

Fax number: 0171 490 0082


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985 TO 1989

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

1. The Company’s name is “FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED”.

2. The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

3. (i) The object of the Company is to carry on business as a general commercial company.

(ii) Without prejudice to the generality of the object and the powers of the Company derived from Section 3A of the Act the Company has power to do all or any of the following things:-

 

1


(a) To purchase or by any other means acquire and take options over any property whatever, and any rights or privileges of any kind over or in respect of any property.

(b) To apply for, register, purchase, or by other means acquire and protect, prolong and renew, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere any patents, patent rights, brevets d’invention, licences, secret processes, trade marks, designs, protections and concessions and to disclaim, alter, modify, use and turn to account and to manufacture under or grant licences or privileges in respect of the same, and to expend money in experimenting upon, testing and improving any patents, inventions or rights which the Company may acquire or propose to acquire.

(c) To acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, goodwill, and assets of any person, firm, or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the Company is authorised to carry on and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co- operation, or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company, or for subsidising or otherwise assisting any such person, firm or company and to give or accept, by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain, or sell, mortgage and deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.

(d) To improve, manage, construct, repair, develop, exchange, let on lease or otherwise, mortgage, charge, sell, dispose of, turn to account, grant licences, options, rights and privileges in respect of, or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the Company.

(e) To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required in such manner as may from time to time be determined and to hold or otherwise deal with any investments made.

(f) To lend and advance money or give credit on any terms and with or without security to any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary of, or any other company associated in any way with, the Company), to enter into guarantees, contracts of indemnity and suretyships of all kinds, to receive money on deposit or loan upon any terms, and to secure or guarantee in any manner and upon any terms the payment of any sum or money or the performance of any obligation by any person, firm or company (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any such holding company, subsidiary, fellow subsidiary or associated company as aforesaid).

(g) To borrow and raise money in any manner and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or other security upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present of future), including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar mortgage, charge, standard security, lien or security to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake or which may become binding on it.

(h) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, negotiate, execute and issue cheques, bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

(i) To apply for, promote and obtain any Act of Parliament, order, or licence of the Department of Trade or other authority for enabling the Company to carry any of its objects into effect, or for effecting any modification of the Company’s constitution, or for any other purpose which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to promote the Company’s interests, and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the Company’s interests.

 

2


(j) To enter into any arrangements with any government or authority (supreme, municipal, local or otherwise) that may seem conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them, and to /obtain from any such government or authority any charters, decrees, rights, privileges or concessions which the Company may think desirable and to carry out, exercise, and comply with any such charters, decrees, rights, privileges, and concessions.

(k) To subscribe for, take, purchase, or otherwise acquire, hold, sell, deal with and dispose of, place and underwrite shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligation or securities issued or guaranteed by any other company constituted or carrying on business in any part of the world, and debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations or securities issued or guaranteed by any government or authority, municipal, local or otherwise, in any part of the world.

(1) To control, manage, finance, subsidise, co-ordinate or otherwise assist any company or companies in which the Company has a direct or indirect financial interest, to provide secretarial, administrative, technical, commercial and other services and facilities of all kinds for any such company or companies and to make payments by way of subvention or otherwise and any other arrangements which may seem desirable with respect to any business or operations of or generally with respect to any such company or companies.

(m) To promote any other company for the purpose of acquiring the whole or any part of the business or property or undertaking or any of the liabilities of the Company, or of undertaking any business or operations which may appear likely to assist or benefit the Company or to enhance the value of any property or business of the Company, and to place or guarantee the placing or, underwrite, subscribe for or otherwise acquire all or any part of the shares or securities of any such company as aforesaid.

(n) To sell or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the business or property of the Company, either together or in portions, for such consideration as the Company may think fit, and in particular for shares, debentures, or securities of any company purchasing the same.

(o) To act as agents or brokers and as trustees for any person, firm or company, and to undertake and perform sub-contracts.

(p) To remunerate any person, firm or company rendering services to the Company either by cash payment or by the allotment to him or them of shares or other securities of the Company credited as paid up in full or in part or otherwise as may be thought expedient.

(q) To pay all or any expenses incurred in connection with the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company, or to contract with any person, firm or company to pay the same, and to pay commissions to brokers and others for underwriting, placing, selling or guaranteeing the subscription of any shares or other securities of the Company.

(r) To support and subscribe to any charitable or public object and to support and subscribe to any institution, society, or club which may be for the benefit of the Company or its Directors or its employees, or may be connected with any town or place where the Company carries on business; to give or award pensions, annuities, gratuities, and superannuation or other allowances or benefits or charitable aid and generally to provide advantages, facilities and services for any persons who are or have been Directors of, or who are or have been employed by, or who are serving or have served the Company, or any company which is a subsidiary of the Company or the holding company of the Company or a fellow subsidiary of the Company or the predecessors in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to the wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants of such persons; to make payments towards insurance; and to set up, establish, support and maintain superannuation and other funds or schemes (whether contributory or non-contributory) for the benefit of any of such persons and of their wives, widows, children and other relatives and dependants; and to set up, establish, support and maintain profit sharing or share purchase schemes for the benefit of any of the employees of the Company or any such subsidiary, holding or fellow subsidiary company and to lend money to any such employees or to trustees on their behalf to enable any such purchase schemes to be established or maintained.

 

3


(s) Subject to and in accordance with a due compliance with the provisions of Sections 155 to 158 (inclusive) of the Act (if and so far as such provisions shall be applicable), to give, whether directly or indirectly, any kind of financial assistance (as defined in Section 152(1) (a) of the Act) for any such purpose as is specified in Section 151(1) and/or Section 151 (2) of the Act.

(t) To distribute among the Members of the Company in kind any property of the Company of whatever nature.

(u) To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any part of the world.

(v) To do all or any of the things or matters aforesaid in any part of the world and either, as principals, agents, contractors or otherwise, and by or through agents, brokers, sub-contractors or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

(w) To do all such other things as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects or any of them.

AND so that:-

(1) None of the provisions set forth in any sub-clause of this Clause shall be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to each such provision, and none of such objects shall, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other provision set forth in such sub-clause, or by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause of this Clause, or by reference to or inference from the name of the Company.

(2) The word “Company” in this Clause, except where used in reference to the Company, shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated and whether domiciled in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

(3) In this Clause the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in this clause to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

4. The liability of the Members is limited.

 

4


5. The Company’s share capital is £50,000 divided into 50,000 shares of £1 each.

I the Subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a Company pursuant to this Memorandum and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name.

 

Name and address of subscriber    Number of
   shares taken
   by subscriber

 

1. KEVIN BREWER    -ONE

SOMERSET HOUSE

  

TEMPLE STREET

  

BIRMINGHAM

  

B2 5DN

  

Total shares taken

   -ONE

 

Dated 19 May 1995

  

Witness to the above signature,

   MARRIE TAYLOR
  

KEMP HOUSE

152-160 CITY ROAD

  

LONDON

  

EC1V 2NP

  

SECRETARY

 

5


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985 TO 1989

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

FOSSIL (UK) LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

1. (a) The Regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 as amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) (Amendment) Regulations 1985 (such Table being hereinafter called “Table A”) shall apply to the Company save in so far as they are excluded or varied hereby and such Regulations (save as so excluded or varied) and the Articles hereinafter contained shall be the regulations of the Company.

(b) In these Articles the expression “the Act” means the Companies Act 1985, but so that any reference in these Articles to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

2. (a) Shares which are comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated shall be under the control of the Directors who may (subject to Section 80 of the Act and to paragraph (d) below) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same, to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as they think fit.

(b) All shares which are not comprised in the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated and which the Directors propose to issue shall first be offered to the Members in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of the existing shares held by them respectively unless the Company in General Meeting shall by Special Resolution otherwise direct. The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and limiting a period (not being less than fourteen days) within which the offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined. After the expiration of that period, those shares so deemed to be declined shall be offered in the proportion aforesaid to the persons who have, within the said period, accepted all the shares offered to them; such further offer shall be made in like terms in the same manner and limited by a like period as the original offer. Any shares not accepted pursuant to such offer or further offer as aforesaid or not capable of being offered as aforesaid except by way of fractions and any shares released from the provisions of this Article by any such Special Resolution as aforesaid shall be under the control of the Directors, who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons, on such terms, and in such manner as they think fit, provided that, in the case of shares not accepted as aforesaid, such shares shall not be disposed of on terms which are more favourable to the subscribers therefor than the terms on which they were offered to the Members. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b) shall have effect subject to Section 80 of the Act.

(c) In accordance with Section 9 (1) of the Act Sections 89(1) and 90(1) to (6) (inclusive) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

6


(d) The Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act, to exercise any power of the Company to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company up to the amount of the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated at any time or times during the period of five years from the date of incorporation and the Directors may, after that period, allot any shares or grant any such rights under this authority in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company within that period. The authority hereby given may at any time(subject to the said Section 80) be renewed, revoked or varied by Ordinary Resolution of the Company in General Meeting.

SHARES

3. The lien conferred by Clause 8 in Table A shall attach also to fully paid-up shares, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any person indebted or under liability to the Company, whether he shall be the sole registered holder thereof or shall be one of two or more joint holders, for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company. Clause 8 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

4. The liability of any Member in default in respect of a call shall be increased by the addition at the end of the first sentence of Clause 18 in Table A of the words “and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment”.

GENERAL MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS

5. (a) Every notice convening a General Meeting shall comply with the provisions of Section 372(3) of the Act as to giving information to Members in regard to their right to appoint proxies; and notices of and other communications relating to any General Meeting which any Member is entitled to receive shall be sent to the Directors and to the Auditors for the time being of the Company.

(b) No business shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present. Subject to paragraph (c) below two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a Member or a proxy for a Member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

(c) If and for so long as the Company has only one Member, that Member present in person or by proxy or if the Member is a corporation by a duly authorised representative shall be a quorum.

(d) If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for a General Meeting the General Meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the Directors may determine; and if at the adjourned General Meeting a quorum is not present within half a hour from the time appointed therefor such adjourned General Meeting shall be dissolved.

(e) Clauses 40 and 41 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

6. (a) If and for so long as the Company has only one member and that Member takes any decision which is required to be taken in General Meeting or by means of a written resolution, that decision shall be as valid and effectual as if agreed by the Company in General Meeting save that this paragraph shall not apply to resolutions passed pursuant to sections 303 and 391 of the act.

(b) Any decision taken by a sole Member pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be recorded in writing and delivered by that Member to the Company for entry in the Company’s Minute Book.

 

7


APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

7. (a) Clause 64 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(b) The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the Directors may be determined from time to time by Ordinary Resolution in General Meeting of the Company. Subject to and in default of any such determination there shall be no maximum number of Directors and the minimum number of Directors shall be one. Whensoever the minimum number of the Directors shall be one, a sole Director shall have authority to exercise all the powers and discretions by Table A and by these Articles expressed to be vested in the Directors generally, and Clause 89 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

(c) The Directors shall not be required to retire by rotation and Clauses 73 to 80 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(d) No person shall be appointed a Director at any General Meeting unless either:-

(i) he is recommended by the Directors; or

(ii) not less than fourteen nor more than thirty-five clear days before the date appointed for the General Meeting, notice executed by a Member qualified to vote at the General Meeting has been given to the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment, together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed.

(e) Subject to paragraph (d) above, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution in General Meeting appoint any person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

(f) The Directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above as the maximum number of Directors and for the time being in force.

(g) In any case where as the result of the death of a sole Member of the Company the Company has no Members and no Directors the personal representatives of such deceased Member shall have right by notice in writing to appoint a person to be a Director of the Company and such appointment shall be as effective as if made by the Company in General Meeting pursuant to paragraph (e) of this article.

BORROWING POWERS

8. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money without limit as to amount and upon such terms and in such manner as they think fit, and subject (in the case of any security convertible into shares) to Section 80 of the Act to grant any mortgage, charge or standard security over its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock, and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company of any third party.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

9. (a) An alternate Director shall not be entitled as such to receive any remuneration from the Company, save that he may be paid by the Company such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct, and the first sentence of Clause 66 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

 

8


(b) A Director, or any such other person as is mentioned in Clause 65 in Table A, may act as an alternate Director to represent more than one Director, an alternate Director shall be entitled at any meeting of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors to one vote for every Director whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a Director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

10. (a) The Directors may exercise the powers of the Company conferred by Clause 3(ii)r of the Memorandum of Association of the Company and shall be entitled to retain any benefits received by them or any of them by reason of the exercise of any such powers.

(b) Clause 87 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

11. (a) A Director may vote, at any meeting of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors, on any resolution, notwithstanding that it in any way concerns or relates to a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, any kind of interest whatsoever, and if he shall vote on any such resolution as aforesaid his vote shall be counted; and in relation to any such resolution as aforesaid he shall (whether or not he shall vote on the same) be taken into account in calculating the quorum present at the meeting.

(b) Clauses 94 to 97 (inclusive) in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

THE SEAL

12. (a) If the Company has a seal it shall only be used with the authority of the Directors or of a committee of Directors. The Directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by a Director and by the Secretary or second Director. The obligation under Clause 6 of Table A relating to the sealing of share certificates shall apply only if the Company has a seal Clause 101 of Table A shall not apply to the Company.

(b) The Company may exercise the powers conferred by Section 39 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad, and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

INDEMNITY

13. (a) Every Director or other officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgement is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under Section 144 or Section 727 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court, and no Director or other officer shall be liable for any loss, damage or misfortune which may happen to or be incurred by the Company in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto. But this Article shall only have effect in so far as its provisions are not avoided by Section 310 of the Act.

(b) The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, officer or Auditor of the Company insurance against any such liability as is referred to in Section 310 (1) of the Act.

(c) Clause 118 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

 

9


TRANSFER OF SHARES

14. The Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor, decline to register the transfer of a share, whether or not it is a fully paid share, and the first sentence of Clause 24 in Table A shall not apply to the Company.

Name and address of Subscriber

 

1.  

KEVIN BREWER

SOMERSET HOUSE

TEMPLE STREET

BIRMINGHAM

B2 5DN

  
  Dated 19 May 1995   
  Witness to the above signature,    MARRIE TAYLOR
     KEMP HOUSE
     152-160 CITY ROAD
     LONDON
     EC1V 2NP
     SECRETARY

 

10


The regulations of Table A to the Companies Act 1985 apply to the Company save in so far as they are not excluded or varied by its Articles of Association.

Table A as prescribed by the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 (S.I. 1985 No. 805), amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) (Amendment) Regulations 1985 (S.I. 1985 No. 1052), is reprinted below.

Table A THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

Regulations for Management of a Company Limited by Shares

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these regulations –

‘the Act’ means the Companies Act 1985 including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

‘the articles’ means the articles of the company.

‘clear days’ in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

‘executed’ includes any mode of execution.

‘office’ means the registered office of the company.

‘the holder’ in relation to shares means the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

‘the seal’ means the common seal of the company.

‘secretary’ means the secretary of the company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary.

‘the United Kingdom’ means Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these regulations bear the same meaning as in the Act but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these regulations become binding on the company.

SHARE CAPITAL

2. Subject to the provisions of the Act and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the company may by ordinary resolution determine.

3. Subject to the provisions of the Act, shares may be issued which are to be redeemed or are to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or the holder on such terms and in such manner as may be provided by the articles.

4. The company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Act. Subject to the provisions of the Act. any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

5. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the company as holding any share upon any trust and (except as otherwise provided by the articles or by law) the company shall not be bound by or recognise any interest in any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

6. Every member. upon becoming the holder of any shares, shall be entitled without payment to one certificate for all the shares of each class held by him (and, upon transferring a part of his holding of shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of such holding) or several certificates each for one or more of his shares upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine. Every certificate shall be sealed with the seal and shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up thereon. The company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

7. If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the company in investigating evidence as the directors may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery up of the old certificate.

LIEN

8. The company shall nave a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation. The company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount payable in respect of it.

9. The company may sell in such manner as directors determine any shares on which the company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not compiled with the shares may be sold.

10. To give effect to a sale the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to. or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

11. The net proceeds or the sale after payment of the costs. shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale

CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE

12. Subject to the terms of allotment the directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares A call may be required to be paid by instalments A call may. before receipt by the company or any sum due thereunder be revoked in whole or part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

13. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

14. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

15. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call, or if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined by the Act) but the directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

16. An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call. shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid the provisions of the articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

17. Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares,

18. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

19. If the notice is not complied with any share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment requited by the notice has been made. be forfeited by a resolution of the directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

20. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person and at any time before sale, re-allotment or other disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person.

21. A person any of whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of them and shall surrender to the company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeiled but shall remain liable to the company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those moneys before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Act) from the date of forfeiture until payment but the directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

22. A statutory declaration by a director or the secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

23. The instrument of transfer of a share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee

24. The directors may refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid to a person of whom they do not approve and they may refuse to register the transfer of a share on which the company has a lien. They may also refuse to register a transfer unless:–

(a) it is lodged at the office or at such other place as the directors may appoint and is accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

(b) it is in respect of only one class of shares; and

(c) it is in favour of not more than four transferees.

25. If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the company send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

26. The registration of transfers of shares or of transfers of any class of shares may be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding thirty days in any year) as the directors may determine.

27. No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share.

28. The company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

29. If a member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, and his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having any title to his interest, but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 


30. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as the directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. All the articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred.

31. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any meeting of the company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

32. The company may by ordinary resolution:-

(a) increase its share capital by new shares of such amount as the resolution prescribes;

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

(c) subject to the provisions of the Act, sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount and the resolution may determine that, as between the shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others; and

(d) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

33. Whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act. the company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the direction of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidly of the proceedings in reference to the safe.

34. Subject to the provisions of the Act. the company may by special resolution reduce its share capital any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account in any way.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

35. Subject to the provisions of the Act. the company may purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) and, if it is a private company, make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out or distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

GENERAL MEETINGS

36. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

37. The directors may call general meetings and, on the requisition of members pursuant to the provisions of the Act. shall forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting for a date not later than eight weeks after receipt of the requisition. If there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient directors to call a general meeting, any director or any members of the company may call a general meeting.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

38. An annual general meeting and an extraordinary general meeting called for the passing of a special resolution or a resolution appointing a person as a director shall be called by at least twenty-one clear days’ notice. All other extraordinary general meetings shall be called by at least fourteen clear days’ notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice if it is so agreed:-

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

(b) in the case of any other meeting by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted and, in the case of an annual general meeting, shall specify the meeting as such.

Subject to the provisions of the articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares. the notice shall be given to all the members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member and to the directors and auditors.

39. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

40. No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present. Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

41. If such a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the directors may determine.

42. The chairman, if any, of the board of directors or in his absence some other director nominated by the directors shall preside as chairman of the meeting, but if neither the chairman nor such other director (if any) be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act. the directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman and, if there is only one director present and willing to act, he shall be chairman.

43. If no director is willing to act as chairman, or if no director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

44. A director shall, notwithstanding that he is not a member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders or any class of shares in the company.

45. The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

46. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the provisions of the Act. a poll may be demanded:-

(a) by the chairman; or

(b) by at least two members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

(c) by a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

(d) by a member or members holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right;

and a demand by a person as proxy for a member shall be the same as a demand by the member.

47. Unless a poll is duly demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

48. The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

49. A poll shall be taken as the chairman directs and he may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

50. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show or hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

51. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or at such time and place as the chairman directs not being more than thirty days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

52. No notice need be given of a poll not taken forthwith if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

53. A resolution in writing executed by or on behalf of each member who would have been entitled to vote upon it if it had been proposed at a general meeting at which he was present shall be as effectual as if it had been passed at a general meeting duly convened and held and may consist of several instruments in the like form each executed by or on behalf of one or more members.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

54. Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands every member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a duly authorised representative, not being himself a member entitled to vote, shall have one vote and on a poll every member shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

55. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the register of members.

56. A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court, and any such receiver, curator bonis or other person may, on a poll, vote by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at the office, or at such other place as is specified in accordance with the articles for the deposit of instruments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

57. No member shall vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him unless all moneys presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

58. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

59. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion.

60. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, executed by or on behalf of the appointor and shall be in the following form (or in a form as near thereto as circumstances allow or in any other form which is usual or which the directors may approve): -

     PLC/Limited

I/We,     , of     , being a member/members of the above-named company, hereby appoint     of     , or failing him,     of     , as my/our proxy to vote in my/our name(s) and on my/our behalf at the annual/ extraordinary general meeting of the company to be held     on     19     , and at any adjournment thereof. Signed on     19     .

61. Where it is desired to afford members an opportunity of instructing the proxy how he shall act the instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the following form (or in a form as near thereto as circumstances allow or in any other form which is usual or which the directors may approve): -

    PLC/Limited      

I/We,     , of     , being a member/members of the above-named company, hereby appoint      of     , or failing him     of     , as my/our proxy to vote in my/our name(s) and on my/our behalf at the annual/extraordinary general meeting of the company, to be held on     19    , and at any adjournment thereof.

This form is to be used in respect of the resolutions mentioned below as follows:

Resolution No. 1 for against

Resolution No. 2 for against

*Strike out whichever is not desired.

Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit or abstain from voting.

Signed this     day of     19

62. The instrument appointing a proxy and any authority under which it is executed or a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way

 


approved by the directors may:-

(a) be deposited at the office or at such other place within the United Kingdom as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the company in relation to the meeting not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

(b) in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

(c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director; and an instrument of proxy which is not deposited or delivered in a manner so permitted shall be invalid.

63. A vote given or poll demanded by proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll unless notice of the determination was received by the company at the office or at such other place at which the instrument of proxy was duly deposited before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or the poll demanded or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

64. Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the number of directors (other than alternate directors) shall not be subject to any maximum but shall be not less than two.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

65. Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors and willing to act, to be an alternate director and may remove from office an alternate director so appointed by him.

66. An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all meetings of committees of directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the director appointing him is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a director in his absence but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the company for his services as an alternate director, But it shall not be necessary to give notice of such a meeting to an alternate director who is absent from the United Kingdom.

67. An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases to be a director; but, if a director retires by rotation or otherwise but is reappointed or deemed to have been reappointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate director made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement shall continue after his reappointment.

68. Any appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be by notice to the company signed by the director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the directors.

69. Save as otherwise provided in the articles, an alternate director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and he shall not be deemed to be the agent of the director appointing him.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

70. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the memorandum and the articles and to any directions given by special resolution, the business of the company shall be managed by the directors who may exercise all the powers of the company. No alteration of the memorandum or articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this regulation shall not be limited by any special power given to the directors by the articles and a meeting or directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the directors.

71. The directors may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person to be the agent of the company for such purposes and on such conditions as they determine, including authority for the agent to delegate all or any of his powers.

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

72. The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered, Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by the articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

73. At the first annual general meeting all the directors shall retire from office, and at every subsequent annual general meeting one-third of the directors who are subject to retirement by rotation or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third shall retire from office; but, if there is only one director who is subject to retirement by rotation, he shall retire.

74. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors to retire by rotation shall be those who have been longest in office since their last appointment or reappointment, but as between persons who became or were last reappointed directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

75. If the company, at the meeting at which a director retires by rotation, does not fill the vacancy the retiring director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been reappointed unless at the meeting it is resolved not to fill the vacancy or unless a resolution for the reappointment of the director is put to the meeting and lost.

76. No person other than a director retiring by rotation shall be appointed or reappointed a director at any general meeting unless:–

(a) he is recommended by the directors; or

(b) not less than fourteen nor more than thirty-five clear days before the date appointed for the meeting, notice executed by a member qualified to vote at the meeting has been given to the company of the intention to propose that person for appointment or reappointment stating the particulars which would, if he were so appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the company’s register of directors together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed or reappointed.

77. Not less than seven nor more than twenty-eight clear days before the date appointed for holding a general meeting notice shall be given to all who are entitled to receive notice of the meeting of any person (other than a director retiring by rotation at the meeting) who is recommended by the directors for appointment or reappointment as a director at the meeting or in respect of whom notice has been duly given to the company of the intention to propose him at the meeting for appointment or reappointment as a director. The notice shall give the particulars of that person which would, if he were so appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the company’s register of directors.

78. Subject as aforesaid, the company may by ordinary resolution appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director and may also determine the rotation in which any additional directors are to retire.

79. The directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the articles as the maximum number of directors. A director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation at the meeting. If not reappointed at such annual general meeting, he shall vacate office at the conclusion thereof.

80. Subject as aforesaid, a director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if willing to act, be reappointed. If he is not reappointed, he shall retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his place, or if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.

DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

81. The office of a director shall be vacated if:-

(a) he ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Act or he becomes prohibited by law from being a director; or

(b) he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

(c) he is, or may be, suffering from mental disorder and either: -

(i) he is admitted to hospital in pursuance of an application for admission for treatment under the Mental Health Act 1983 or, in Scotland, an application for admission under the Mental Health (Scotland) Act 1960; or

(ii) an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a receiver, curator bonis or other person lo exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs; or

(d) he resigns his office by notice to the company; or

(e) he shall for more than six consecutive months have been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of directors held during that period and the directors resolve that his office be vacated

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

82. The directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the company may by ordinary resolution determine and, unless the resolution provides otherwise, the remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES

83. The directors may be paid all travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of directors or committees of directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties.

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

84. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office under the company and may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any director for his employment by the company or for the provision by him of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made upon such terms as the directors determine and they may remunerate any such director for his services as they think fit. Any appointment of a director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any claim to damages for breach of the contract of service between the director and the company. A managing director and a director holding any other executive office shall not be subject to retirement by rotation.

85. Subject to the provisions of the Act, and provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director notwithstanding his office:-

(a) may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company is otherwise interested;

(b) may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the company or in which the company is otherwise interested; and

(c) shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit

86. For the purposes of regulation 85:-

(a) a general notice given to the directors that a director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

(b) an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS

87. The directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise for any director who has held but no longer holds any executive office or employment with the company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the company or a predecessor in business of the company or of any such subsidiary, and for any member of his family (including a spouse and a former spouse) or any person who is or was dependent on him, and may (as well before as alter he ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

88. Subject to the provisions of the articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors. It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting to a director who is absent from the United Kingdom. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A director who is also an alternate director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

89. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two A person who holds office only as an alternate director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum

90. The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose or filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

 


91. The directors may appoint one of their number to be the chairman of the board of directors and may at any time remove him from that office. Unless he is unwilling to do so, the director so appointed shall preside at every meeting of directors at which he is present. But if there is no director holding that office, or if the director holding it is unwilling to preside or is not present within live minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

92. All acts done by a meeting of directors, or of a committee of directors. or by a person acting as a director shall. notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any director or that any of them were disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director and had been entitled to vote.

93. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or (as the case may be) a committee of directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more directors; but a resolution signed by an alternate director need not also be signed by his appointor and, if it is signed by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not be signed by the alternate director in that capacity.

94. Save as otherwise provided by the articles, a director shall not vote at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, an interest or duty which is material and which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company unless his interest or duty arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following paragraphs:-

(a) the resolution relates to the giving to him of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by him for the benefit of, the company or any of its subsidiaries:

(b) the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of an obligation of the company or any of its subsidiaries for which the director has assumed responsibility in whole or part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security:

(c) his interest arises by virtue of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe for any shares, debentures or other securities of the company or any of its subsidiaries, or by virtue of his being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any such shares, debentures, or other securities by the company or any of its subsidiaries for subscription, purchase or exchange:

(d) the resolution relates in any way to a retirement benefits scheme which has been approved. or is conditional upon approval, by the Board of Inland Revenue for taxation on purposes.

For the purposes of this regulation, an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of the Act (excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when this regulation becomes binding on the company), connected with a director shall be treated as an interest of the director and, in relation to an alternate directors, an interest of his appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

95. A director shall not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

96. The company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, either generally or in respect of any particular matter. any provision of the articles prohibiting a director from voting at a meeting or directors or of a committee of directors.

97. Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment of two or more directors to offices or employments with the company or any body corporate in which the company is interested the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and (provided he is not for another reason precluded from voting) each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

98. If a question arises at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors as to the right or a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting. be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself shall be final and conclusive.

SECRETARY

99. Subject to the provisions of the Act. the secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term. at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit: and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

MINUTES

100. The directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose:-

(a) of all appointments of officers made by the directors; and

(b) of all proceedings at meetings of the company. of the holders of any class of shares in the company, and of the directors. and of committees of directors, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting.

THE SEAL

101. The seal shall only be used by the authority of the directors or of a committee of directors authorised by the directors. The directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by a director and by the secretary or by a second director.

DIVIDENDS

102. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

103. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may pay interim dividends if it appears to them that they are justified by he profits of the company available for distribution. If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividend as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear. The directors may also pay at intervals settled by them any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. Provided the directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

104. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but, if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

105. A general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the directors, direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets and, where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the same and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of any assets and may determine that cash shall be paid to any member upon the fooling of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of members and may vest any assets in trustees.

106. Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque sent by post to the registered address of the person entitled or, if two or more persons are the holders of the share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, to the registered address of that one of those persons who is first named in the register of members or to such person and to such address as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct. Every cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person or persons entitled or to such other person as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct and payment of the cheque shall be a good discharge to the company. Any joint holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share.

107. No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

108. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date when it became due for payment shall. if the directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the company.

ACCOUNTS

109. No member shall (as such) have any right of inspecting any accounting records or other book or document of the company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the directors or by ordinary resolution or the company.

CAPITALIZATION OF PROFITS

110. The directors may with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the company:-

(a) subject as hereinafter provided, resolve to capitalise any undivided profits of the company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of the company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

(b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other: but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this regulation, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

(c) make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they determine in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable under this regulation in fractions; and

(d) authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares or debentures to which they are entitled upon such capitalisation, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such members.

NOTICES

111. Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to the articles shall be in writing except that a notice calling a meeting of the directors need not be in writing.

112. The company may give any notice to a member either personally or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders. A member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom and who gives to the company an address within the United Kingdom at which notices may be given to him shall be entitled to have notices given to him at that address, but otherwise no such member shall be entitled to receive any notice from the company.

113. A member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the company or of the holders of any class of shares in the company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

114. Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.

115. Proof that an envelope containing a notice was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was given. A notice shall be deemed to be given at the expiration of 48 hours after the envelope containing it was posted.

116. A notice may be given by the company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by the articles for the giving of notice to a member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description at the address, if any, within the United Kingdom supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

WINDING UP

117. If the company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the company and any other sanction required by the Act, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he with the like sanction determines, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

118. Subject to the provisions of the Act but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a director may otherwise be entitled, every director or other officer or auditor of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the company.

 

Exhibit 4.5

Guarantor Supplemental Indenture

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of [•], 2025

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of November 8, 2021

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee


This SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), by and between FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD., a company incorporated in England and Wales (the “Guarantor”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), is made and entered into as of this [•] day of [•], 2025.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among the Company and Trustee (the “First Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(c) of the Base Indenture provides that the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes without notice or the consent of any Holders to provide for any Guarantees of Securities of any series;

WHEREAS, the Company requests the Trustee to join it in the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, and, in accordance with Sections 9.06, 11.04 and 11.05 of the Base Indenture, the Company has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Company has complied with all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms have been met and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

GUARANTEE

Section 1.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article I, Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd. (the “Guarantor”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that (a) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, including for expenses, indemnification or otherwise, shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof


and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantor shall be obligated to pay the same promptly. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Company hereunder and under the Notes).

The Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by full payment of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 1.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Guarantor, then any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article V of this Supplemental Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article V of this Supplemental Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantor shall have the right to seek contribution from any nonpaying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

 

2


Until released in accordance with Section 1.04, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization, should any of the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without setoff, counter-claim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

Section 1.02. Limitation on Liability. The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article VII, result in the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

Section 1.03. Subrogation. Until its Guarantee is terminated in accordance with Section 1.04, the Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 1.04. Benefits Acknowledged. The Guarantor acknowledges that it receives direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and that the guarantees and waivers made are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

3


Section 1.05. Release of Guarantees. The Guarantee by the Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and shall thereupon terminate and be of no further force and effect, and no further action by the Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) any sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dividend, distribution or otherwise) of (a) the Capital Stock of the Guarantor, after which the Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary, or (b) all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor (including to the Company), in each case if such sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the exercise by the Company of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII of the Base Indenture or (b) the discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(3) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor with and into the Company or another subsidiary of the Company, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Guarantor; or

(4) as described under Article IX (Amendments) of the Base Indenture.

The Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee; provided that prior to executing such documents, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel compliant with Section 11.04 of the Base Indenture to the effect that the conditions precedent to such release have been satisfied. Any failure by the Trustee to execute such documents shall, however, not affect the automatic release and discharge of the Guarantee and the other obligations of any Guarantor as contemplated by the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.04.

ARTICLE II

AMENDMENTS TO THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Amendments to the Notes. Any of the terms or provisions present in the Notes that relate to any of the provisions of the Indenture as amended by this Supplemental Indenture shall also be deemed to be amended, mutatis mutandis, so as to be consistent with the amendments made by this Supplemental Indenture.

ARTICLE III

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

Section 3.01. Agreement to be Bound. The Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

4


Section 3.02. Guarantee. The Guarantor agrees to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee, the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article I of this Supplemental Indenture on a senior unsecured basis.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 4.02. Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Section 4.03. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 4.04. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THERETO (OTHER THAN N.Y. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW § 5-1401). EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 4.05. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 4.06. Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

5


Section 4.07. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 4.08. The Trustee. The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining the rights and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define its rights and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, indemnities, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein. The Trustee makes no representation as to and shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, the Transactions, the consents of the Holders of the Notes, any document used in connection with the solicitation of consents or the Transactions, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the same.

Section 4.09. Effectiveness. The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties hereto.

Section 4.10. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 4.11. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
GUARANTOR:
FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Second Supplemental Indenture]


TRUSTEE:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Second Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.6

Out-of-Court Supplemental Indenture

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of [•], 2025

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of November 8, 2021

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee


This THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), by and between FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD., a company incorporated in England and Wales (the “Guarantor”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), is made and entered into as of this [•] day of [•], 2025.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among the Company and Trustee (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [•], 2025, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes are currently outstanding and constitute the only series of Securities that have been issued and that are existing under the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, subject to certain exceptions, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Base Indenture or the Securities of any one or more series with the consent (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities) of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of each series affected by such amendment or supplement;

WHEREAS, the Company has (i) offered to exchange the Notes held by the Holders for either (a) 9.500% First-Out First Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 or (b) 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 and (ii) has solicited consents from Holders of the Notes to amend the Indenture, including pursuant to and in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2025 (as may be amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”);

WHEREAS, the Company has received, and has delivered to the Trustee evidence of, the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

WHEREAS, the Company requests the Trustee to join it in the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, and, in accordance with Sections 9.06, 11.04 and 11.05 of the Base Indenture, the Company has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Company has complied with all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms have been met and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE AND NOTES

Section 1.01. Amendments to Indenture.

(a) Clause (b) of Section 4.01 (Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets) of the Base Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(b) Clause (c) of Section 6.01 (Events of Default) of the Base Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(c) Clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 8.04 (Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance) of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(d) Clause (b) of Section 4.02 (Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets) of the First Supplemental Indenture is hereby deleted from the Indenture in its entirety and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(e) Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing) of the First Supplemental Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(f) Clause (c) of Section 5.02 (Events of Default) of the First Supplemental Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(g) Subordination

On and after the date that this Supplemental Indenture becomes effective in accordance with its terms, the Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 1.01(g), to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt (as defined below) (including the termination of all commitments thereunder) of the Company and the Guarantor. The subordination provided for herein is for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantor, and only Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor which is Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

2


For purposes of this Section 1.01(g), “Senior Debt” means each of the following:

(a) the asset-based revolving credit agreement dated August 13, 2025, among the Company, as a U.S. borrower and borrower representative, Fossil Partners, L.P., as a U.S. borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the other loan parties from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and ACF FINCO I LP, as administrative agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof;

(b) the Company’s 9.500% First-Out Senior Secured Notes due 2029 that are issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated on or about [•], 2025, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and notes collateral agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof; and

(c) the Company’s 7.500% Second-Out Senior Secured Notes due 2029 that are issued pursuant to that certain indenture dated on or about [•], 2025, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and notes collateral agent and any refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof,

and, in each case, all guarantees, security documents, collateral documents, intercreditor agreements, and other instruments and provisions (including any “parallel debt” provisions) evidencing indebtedness thereunder, guarantees thereof, or collateral or other security therefore, and further, in each case any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, amendments and restatements, refundings or refinancings.

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company or the Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company, the Guarantor or their respective property:

(a) holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt (including the termination of all commitments thereunder) before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

(b) until the Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor is paid in full in cash (including the termination of all commitments thereunder), any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Section 1.01(g) shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Notes.

If a distribution is made to Holders that, because of this Section 1.01(g), should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

3


The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company, the Guarantor or their respective property for the purposes of this Section 1.01(g) if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires all or substantially all of the consolidated assets, as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposal, comply with the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture.

After all Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantor, is paid in full in cash (including the termination of all commitments thereunder), and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Section 1.01(g) to holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company, the Guarantor and Holders, a payment by the Company or the Guarantor on such Senior Debt.

This Section 1.01(g) defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(a) impair, as between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and Holders, on the other hand, the obligation of the Company and the Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

(b) affect the relative rights against the Company and the Guarantor of holders and creditors of the Company or the Guarantor other than the holders of Senior Debt; or

(c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or the Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that under this Section 1.01(g) would prohibit the making of any payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a responsible officer of the Trustee receives actual written notice that such payments are prohibited by this Section 1.01(g). The Company, a trustee, agent or other representative in respect of any Senior Debt (a “Representative”) (provided that if, and for so long as, any Senior Debt lacks such a Representative, then the Representative for such Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Senior Debt in respect of any Senior Debt) or a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, any issue of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any notice provided to it in accordance with this Section 1.01(g)

 

4


without further investigation or inquiry. Prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects conclusively to presume that no such fact exists. Unless the Trustee shall have received the notice provided for in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such payment and to apply the same to the purpose for which it was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. The foregoing shall not apply to any Affiliate of the Company acting as Paying Agent.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Section 1.01(g) with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in the Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.01(g) to the contrary, all amounts owed to the Trustee (including amounts owed pursuant to Section 7.07 under the Indenture) in each of its capacities hereunder shall not be subordinated to any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor or otherwise.

Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Section 1.01(g) shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Section 1.01(g) shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust under Article VIII of the Base Indenture by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 1.01(g) if the provisions of this Section 1.01(g) were not violated at the time funds were deposited in trust with the Trustee pursuant to Article X of the Base Indenture, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company, the Guarantor or any holder of Senior Debt of the Company, the Guarantor or any other creditor of the Company.

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee, subject to Section 7.01, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (1) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to herein are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (3) upon the Representatives of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 1.01(g). In the event that

 

5


the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 1.01(g), the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section 1.01(g), and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of the Indenture shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 1.01(g).

The Trustee is hereby authorized to execute such documentation and to take such action on behalf of the Holders and at the expense of the Company as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor as provided in this Section 1.01(g) and the Trustee is hereby appointed as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company, the Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Section 1.01(g) or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Section 1.01(g) and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

The foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Company or the Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt, and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture), the provisions of this Section 1.01(g) shall be enforceable only to the extent that the same do not conflict with the TIA or Sections 6.07 or 9.02 of the Base Indenture, or give rise to a breach, default, violation of, or Default or Event of Default, in respect of any of the foregoing.

Section 1.02. Amendments to the Notes. Any of the terms or provisions present in the Notes that relate to any of the provisions of the Indenture as amended by this Supplemental Indenture shall also be deemed to be amended, mutatis mutandis, so as to be consistent with the amendments made by this Supplemental Indenture (collectively with the amendments described in Section 1.01, the “Proposed Amendments”).

 

6


ARTICLE II

WAIVERS

Section 2.01. Waiver of Defaults. As permitted by Section 6.04 of the Base Indenture, any and all existing Defaults and Events of Default, their consequences or the compliance with any provision of the Indenture (except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest, if any, on the Notes or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of any other provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected), in each case relating to the covenants to be amended by the Proposed Amendments, which include any that may have resulted in connection with, or may result from the consummation of, the Transactions (as defined in the Registration Statement), are hereby irrevocably waived.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 3.02. Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Section 3.03. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.04. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THERETO (OTHER THAN N.Y. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW § 5-1401). EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 3.05. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

7


Section 3.06. Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 3.07. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 3.08. The Trustee. The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining the rights and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define its rights and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, indemnities, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein. The Trustee makes no representation as to and shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, the Transactions, the consents of the Holders of the Notes, any document used in connection with the solicitation of consents or the Transactions, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the same.

Section 3.09. Effectiveness. The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Proposed Amendments set forth in Article I of this Supplemental Indenture and the waiver of Defaults and Events of Default as set forth in Article II of this Supplemental Indenture shall become operative only upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer as defined in and pursuant to the Registration Statement.

Section 3.10. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 3.11. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
GUARANTOR:
FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture]


TRUSTEE:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.7

UK Proceeding Supplemental Indenture

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of [•], 2025

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of November 8, 2021

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee


This THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), by and between FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD., a company incorporated in England and Wales (the “Guarantor”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), is made and entered into as of this [•] day of [•], 2025.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among the Company and Trustee (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [•], 2025, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes are currently outstanding and constitute the only series of Securities that have been issued and that are existing under the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, subject to certain exceptions, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Base Indenture or the Securities of any one or more series with the consent (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities) of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of each series affected by such amendment or supplement;

WHEREAS, the Company has (i) offered to exchange the Notes held by the Holders for either (a) 9.500% First-Out First Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 or (b) 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 and (ii) has solicited consents from Holders of the Notes to amend the Indenture, including pursuant to and in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2025 (as may be amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”);

WHEREAS, the Company has received, and has delivered to the Trustee evidence of, the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

WHEREAS, the Company requests the Trustee to join it in the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, and, in accordance with Sections 9.06, 11.04 and 11.05 of the Base Indenture, the Company has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Company has complied with all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms have been met and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE AND NOTES

Section 1.01. Amendments to Indenture.

(a) Section 11.10 (Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Submission to Jurisdiction) of the Base Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety:

Section 11.10. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

This Indenture and the Securities, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with them, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales. The courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Indenture and the Securities (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, or termination of this Indenture or the Securities or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Securities).

(b) Section 4.03 (Exchange Listing) of the First Supplemental Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety from the Indenture and replaced with “[Intentionally Omitted],” and all references and definitions in the Indenture related solely thereto are deleted in their entirety.

(c) Section 6.04 (Governing Law) of the First Supplemental Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety:

Section 6.04. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

This Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection therefrom, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales. The courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, or termination of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes).

(d) Section 4.04 (Governing Law) of the Second Supplemental Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety:

Section 6.04. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

This Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection therefrom, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales. The courts of England and Wales shall

 

2


have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, or termination of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes).

Section 1.02. Amendments to the Notes. Any of the terms or provisions present in the Notes that relate to any of the provisions of the Indenture as amended by this Supplemental Indenture shall also be deemed to be amended, mutatis mutandis, so as to be consistent with the amendments made by this Supplemental Indenture (collectively with the amendments described in Section 1.01, the “Proposed Amendments”).

ARTICLE II

WAIVERS

Section 2.01. Waiver of Defaults. As permitted by Section 6.04 of the Base Indenture, any and all existing Defaults and Events of Default, their consequences or the compliance with any provision of the Indenture (except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest, if any, on the Notes or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of any other provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected), in each case relating to the covenants to be amended by the Proposed Amendments, which include any that may have resulted in connection with, or may result from the consummation of, the Transactions (as defined in the Registration Statement), are hereby irrevocably waived.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 3.02. Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Section 3.03. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.04. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THERETO (OTHER THAN N.Y. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW § 5-1401). EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY

 

3


JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 1 (AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE AND NOTES) OF THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, UPON THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TAKING EFFECT, THIS SECTION 4.04 (GOVERNING LAW) OF THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE AMENDED SO THAT THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES AND THE COURTS OF ENGLAND HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO SETTLE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Section 3.05. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

Section 3.06. Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 3.07. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 3.08. The Trustee. The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining the rights and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define its rights and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of its duties under the Indenture as hereby amended. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, indemnities, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein. The Trustee makes no representation as to and shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, the Transactions, the consents of the Holders of the Notes, any document used in connection with the solicitation of consents or the Transactions, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the same.

 

4


Section 3.09. Effectiveness. The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties hereto.

Section 3.10. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 3.11. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
GUARANTOR:
FOSSIL (UK) GLOBAL SERVICES LTD.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture]


TRUSTEE:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.8

 

 
 

SENIOR SECURED NOTES INDENTURE

dated as of [•], 2025

among

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent

9.500% FIRST-OUT FIRST LIEN SECURED SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029

 

 
 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

310(a)(1)    7.11
(a)(2)    7.11
(a)(3)    N.A
(a)(4)    N.A
(a)(5)    7.11
(b)    7.11
311(a)    7.12
(b)    7.12
312(a)    2.06
(b)    2.06; 13.03
(c)    13.03
313(a)    7.06
(b)    11.07
(b)(2)    7.06; 7.07
(c)    7.06; 13.02
(d)    7.06
314(a)    4.06; 13.02; 13.05
(b)    11.07
(c)(1)    13.04
(c)(2)    13.04
(c)(3)    N.A.
(d)    11.07
(e)    13.05
(f)    N.A.
315(a)    7.01
(b)    7.05; 13.02
(c)    7.01
(d)    7.01
(e)    6.14
316(a)(last sentence)    2.10
(a)(1)(A)    6.05
(a)(1)(B)    6.04
(a)(2)    N.A.
(b)    6.07
(c)    1.05; 2.13; 9.04
317(a)(1)    6.08
(a)(2)    6.12
(b)    2.05
318(a)    13.01
(b)    N.A.
(c)    13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

*

This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.01.

  Definitions      1  

Section 1.02.

  Other Definitions      42  

Section 1.03.

  Rules of Construction      43  

Section 1.04.

  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      44  

Section 1.05.

  Acts of Holders      44  

Section 1.06.

  Quebec Interpretive Provisions      46  

Section 1.07.

  [Reserved]      47  

Section 1.08.

  Dutch Terms      47  

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES

     48  

Section 2.01.

  Amount of Notes      48  

Section 2.02.

  Form and Dating; Terms      49  

Section 2.03.

  Execution and Authentication      49  

Section 2.04.

  Registrar and Paying Agent      50  

Section 2.05.

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      50  

Section 2.06.

  Holder Lists      51  

Section 2.07.

  Transfer and Exchange      51  

Section 2.08.

  Replacement Notes      52  

Section 2.09.

  Outstanding Notes      52  

Section 2.10.

  Treasury Notes      53  

Section 2.11.

  Temporary Notes      53  

Section 2.12.

  Cancellation      53  

Section 2.13.

  Defaulted Interest      53  

Section 2.14.

  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      54  

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION

     54  

Section 3.01.

  Notices to Trustee      54  

Section 3.02.

  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased      54  

Section 3.03.

  Notice of Redemption      55  

Section 3.04.

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      56  

Section 3.05.

  Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price      56  

Section 3.06.

  Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part      57  

Section 3.07.

  Optional Redemption      57  

Section 3.08.

  Mandatory Redemption      57  

Section 3.09.

  [Reserved]      57  

Section 3.10.

  Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds      57  

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS

     60  

Section 4.01.

  Payment of Notes      60  

Section 4.02.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      60  

Section 4.03.

  Taxes      61  

Section 4.04.

  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      61  

Section 4.05.

  Corporate Existence      61  

Section 4.06.

  Reports and Other Information      61  

Section 4.07.

  Compliance Certificate      63  

Section 4.08.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      63  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 4.09.

  Limitation on Indebtedness      65  

Section 4.10.

  Limitation on Liens      69  

Section 4.11.

  Future Guarantors      69  

Section 4.12.

  Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions From Subsidiaries      70  

Section 4.13.

  [Reserved]      72  

Section 4.14.

  Transactions with Affiliates      72  

Section 4.15.

  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      72  

Section 4.16.

  Asset Dispositions      74  

Section 4.17.

  [Reserved]      76  

Section 4.19.

  [Reserved]      76  

Section 4.20.

  Collateral and Guarantee Requirement      76  

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS

     77  

Section 5.01.

  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets      77  

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     79  

Section 6.01.

  Events of Default      79  

Section 6.02.

  Acceleration      82  

Section 6.03.

  Other Remedies      83  

Section 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      83  

Section 6.05.

  Control by Majority      84  

Section 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      84  

Section 6.07.

  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      85  

Section 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      85  

Section 6.09.

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      85  

Section 6.10.

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      85  

Section 6.11.

  Delay or Omission Not Waiver      85  

Section 6.12.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      86  

Section 6.13.

  Priorities      86  

Section 6.14.

  Undertaking for Costs      87  

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL AGENT

     87  

Section 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      87  

Section 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      88  

Section 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      91  

Section 7.04.

  Disclaimer      91  

Section 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      91  

Section 7.06.

  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes      91  

Section 7.07.

  Compensation and Indemnity      91  

Section 7.08.

  Appointment of the Notes Collateral Agent      92  

Section 7.09.

  Replacement of Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent      95  

Section 7.10.

  Successor by Merger, etc      96  

Section 7.11.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      96  

Section 7.12.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company      96  

Section 7.13.

  Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreements      96  

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     97  

Section 8.01.

  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      97  

Section 8.02.

  Legal Defeasance and Discharge      97  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 8.03.

  Covenant Defeasance      98  

Section 8.04.

  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      98  

Section 8.05.

  Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      99  

Section 8.06.

  Repayment to the Company      100  

Section 8.07.

  Reinstatement      100  

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     100  

Section 9.01.

  Without Consent of Holders      100  

Section 9.02.

  With Consent of Holders      103  

Section 9.03.

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      105  

Section 9.04.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents      105  

Section 9.05.

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      105  

Section 9.06.

  Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.      106  

Section 9.07.

  Actions by Consenting Noteholders      106  

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES

     106  

Section 10.01.

  Guarantee      106  

Section 10.02.

  Limitation on Guarantor Liability      108  

Section 10.03.

  Execution and Delivery      113  

Section 10.04.

  Subrogation      113  

Section 10.05.

  Benefits Acknowledged      113  

Section 10.06.

  Release of Note Guarantees      113  

ARTICLE 11 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

     114  

Section 11.01.

  Collateral      114  

Section 11.02.

  Maintenance of Collateral      116  

Section 11.03.

  Impairment of Collateral      116  

Section 11.04.

  Further Assurances      117  

Section 11.05.

  After-Acquired Property      117  

Section 11.06.

  Real Estate Mortgages and Filings      118  

Section 11.07.

  Release of Liens on the Collateral      118  

Section 11.08.

  Information Regarding Collateral      120  

Section 11.09.

  Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreements      120  

Section 11.10.

  Suits to Protect the Collateral      121  

Section 11.11.

  Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents      121  

Section 11.12.

  Purchaser Protected      121  

Section 11.13.

  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee      121  

ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     122  

Section 12.01.

  Satisfaction and Discharge      122  

Section 12.02.

  Application of Trust Money      122  

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS

     123  

Section 13.01.

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      123  

Section 13.02.

  Notices      123  

Section 13.03.

  Communication by Holders with Other Holders      124  

Section 13.04.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      125  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 13.05.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      125  

Section 13.06.

  Rules by Trustee and Agents      125  

Section 13.07.

  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Shareholders      125  

Section 13.08.

  Governing Law      126  

Section 13.09.

  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial      126  

Section 13.10.

  Force Majeure      126  

Section 13.11.

  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      126  

Section 13.12.

  Successors      127  

Section 13.13.

  Severability      127  

Section 13.14.

  Counterpart Originals      127  

Section 13.15.

  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.      127  

Section 13.16.

  PDF Delivery of Signature Pages      127  

Section 13.17.

  U.S.A. PATRIOT Act      127  

Section 13.18.

  Payments Due on Non-Business Days      127  

Section 13.20.

  Parallel Debt; Parallel Debt Owed to the Notes Collateral Agent      128  

Section 13.21.

  Judgment Currency.      128  

 

-iv-


Appendix A

  

Provisions Relating to Notes

Appendix B

  

Post-Closing Matters

   Form of

Exhibit A

  

Note

Exhibit B

  

Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of Representation

Exhibit C

  

Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

 

-v-


INDENTURE, dated as of [•], 2025 among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

WI T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of and issue of $[•] aggregate principal amount of 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Initial Notes”) (provided that the principal amount of the Initial Notes authorized and outstanding may be increased in connection with PIK Interest (as defined below)); and

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

“2026 Notes” means the Company’s 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“2026 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among the Company, as issuer, and the 2026 Notes Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of November 8, 2021, and as further amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time, relating to the 2026 Notes.

“2026 Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., until such time, if any, that a successor replaces such party in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 2026 Notes Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.

“ABL Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) the ABL Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, (b) any Additional ABL Agreement and (c) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been Incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the ABL Facility (regardless of whether such replacement, refunding or refinancing is a “working capital” facility, asset-based facility or otherwise), any Additional ABL Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Agreement hereunder (a “Replacement ABL Agreement”). Any reference to the ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Agreement then extant.

“ABL Collateral Agent” means (a) in the case of any ABL Priority Collateral owned or hereinafter acquired by any ABL Loan Party, ACF FINCO I LP (together with its successors and permitted assigns), as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties and (b) in the case of any Replacement ABL Agreement or any other ABL Agreement, the Person identified as such in such agreement.

 


“ABL Credit Agreement” means (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025, among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Collateral Agent party thereto, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder), and including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time, and (if designated by the Company) as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time, including (if designated by the Company) by any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder expressly permitted by Section 4.09 or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, (b) any other agreement, agreements, debt facility or other financing arrangement that is otherwise expressly permitted by Section 4.09 and (c) any other documents governing Indebtedness under any Additional ABL Agreement.

“ABL Creditors” means collectively, the “Lenders” and the “Secured Parties,” each as defined in the ABL Agreement or any Persons that are designated under the ABL Agreement as the “ABL Creditors” for purposes of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Documents” means, collectively, the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing other ABL Indebtedness and ABL Security Documents related to the foregoing.

“ABL Facility” means any credit facility established by the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents.

“ABL Facility Administrative Agent” means, initially, ACF FINCO I LP in its capacity as the administrative agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor representative acting in such capacity and any other agent or other representative under the ABL Documents.

“ABL Indebtedness” means the Obligations in respect of the ABL Facility.

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged by the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“ABL Loan Parties” means, collectively, the borrowers and guarantors from time to time party to the ABL Documents.

 

-2-


“ABL Obligations” means (a) all principal of and interest (including, without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the ABL Agreement or any ABL DIP Financing (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the ABL Creditors, (b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the ABL Agreement, (c) all Swap Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (d) all Banking Services Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and (e) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the ABL Representatives (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any ABL Creditors) and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the ABL Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an insolvency proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any ABL Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any ABL Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Notes Secured Party (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Indenture and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties (as defined in the ABL Agreement), be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of the following (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral):

(1) all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts (other than Accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(2) cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents (other than cash, Money, cash proceeds and cash equivalents which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(3) all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral) and all Money, cash, cash proceeds, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein, including (to the extent owing in respect of ABL Priority Collateral) funds on account of intercompany indebtedness between or among the Note Parties or their Affiliates, (y) Securities Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral), Security Entitlements, Financial Assets and Securities credited to such a Securities Account (other than Equity Interests of Note Parties and their Subsidiaries) and (z) Commodity Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral) and Commodity Contracts credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, Money, cash proceeds, cash equivalents, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice, such identifiable proceeds (to the extent not applied to the repayment of ABL Obligations prior to the receipt of such Notes Cash Proceeds Notice), shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral so long as such proceeds are in fact Notes Priority Collateral;

(4) all Inventory;

(5) all intercompany indebtedness arising from (x) intercompany advances utilizing proceeds of Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) all intercompany indebtedness arising from intercompany transfers of items referred to in the preceding clauses (1)-(4); provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (5) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (x) through (y) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(6) all proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions or replacements of the Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and other credit extensions made under the ABL Documents;

 

-3-


(7) at all times prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), the Specified Collateral;

(8) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Documents, General Intangibles (including all rights under contracts), Instruments (including the Intercompany Note Documents and other Promissory Notes), Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper) and Commercial Tort Claims; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (8) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral, only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(9) to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (9) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(10) all books and Records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

(11) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and, subject to Section 3.7 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all cash, Money, cash equivalents, insurance proceeds (including all proceeds of credit insurance and provided that with respect to, proceeds of business interruption insurance, only 50% of such proceeds of business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral), receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (such items in this clause (11), the “ABL Priority Proceeds”).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Secured Parties” means the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Creditors and any other holders of the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, Mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs, collateral agency agreements, debentures or other instruments, pledges, grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company, any or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) a Lien upon Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of any of the ABL Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the applicable ABL Documents subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, (2) Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary

 

-4-


or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such is merged , consolidated or amalgamated with or into such specified Person or becomes a Subsidiary and, with respect to clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

“Additional ABL Agreement” means any agreement evidencing or governing the incurrence of additional indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral securing any ABL Indebtedness on a pari passu basis with other ABL Indebtedness and treated as an ABL Agreement pursuant to the ABL Agreement.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 4.09, whether or not they bear the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“After-Acquired Property” means property (other than Excluded Property) that is intended to be Collateral acquired by the Company or a Guarantor (including property of a Person that becomes a new Guarantor after the Issue Date) that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Collateral Documents.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, repayment, prepayment, acceleration, or maturity, 7.500% of the principal amount of such Note.

“Asset Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) dispositions of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by a Guarantor to the Company or by the Company or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;

(2) dispositions of assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to or less than $5,000,000 in any fiscal year (with the Fair Market Value of each such disposition being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-5-


(3) (i) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or in connection with cash management activities, (ii) a disposition of inventory or equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(4) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(5) for purposes of Section 4.16 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any securities, notes or other obligations that are subsequently converted into cash)) or a disposition that is permitted pursuant to Section 4.08;

(6) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(7) sales, discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not in connection with any financing transaction;

(8) (i) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to the Company or to a wholly owned Subsidiary, and (ii) the issuance by a Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is expressly permitted by Section 4.09;

(9) (i) the non-exclusive licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the abandonment or allowance to lapse of intellectual property which, in the case of this clause (ii), in the good faith determination of the Company is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(10) dispositions of assets subject to any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including in lieu thereof);

(11) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of any contract, tort or other litigation claims;

(12) dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days, (ii) such assets are exchanged within 180 days for machinery, equipment or other fixed assets having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the assets being traded in or (iii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days;

(13) [reserved];

(14) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of intellectual property, inventory and related assets pertaining to the Michele Brand;

(15) [reserved];

 

-6-


(16) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(17) the disposition of any Hedging Obligation in the ordinary course of business; and

(18) dispositions in the ordinary course of business of tangible property as a part of a like kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code.

For the avoidance of doubt, disposition of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by the Company or any Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, shall not be excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition” unless made for bona fide business purposes and not in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Authorized Representative” means in the case of (i) the ABL Facility or the holders of Obligations thereunder, initially, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, (ii) the 2026 Notes or the holders thereof, the 2026 Notes Trustee, (iii) the Notes or the Holders thereof, the Trustee, (iv) the Second-Out Notes or the holders thereof, the Second-Out Notes Trustee and (v) in the case of any series of additional Secured Indebtedness or the holders thereof that become subject to any Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such series in the applicable joinder agreement.

“Availability” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date of the Registration Statement).

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment; by

(2) the sum of the amounts of all such payments.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means each of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the United Kingdom’s Insolvency Act 1986, the EU Regulation 2015/848 on insolvency proceedings (recast), the United Kingdom’s Companies Act 2006, the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) and the Swiss Federal Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act (Bundesgesetz uber Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs (SchKG)), each as now and hereafter in effect, any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction, including any corporate law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it and including any rules and regulations pursuant thereto.

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.

 

-7-


“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors ;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrowing Base Overage” means when advances permitted under the Borrowing Base (including components and subcomponents thereof) and advance rates, in each case as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as of the date of the Registration Statement) exceed the amount that would have been permitted under the Borrowing Base advance rates as of the date of the Registration Statement (without giving effect to any future step-downs in IP Caps or IP Advance Rates, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as of the date of the Registration Statement).

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Canadian Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a Canadian Subsidiary.

“Canadian Security Agreements” means, collectively, that certain Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Canadian Guarantor and the Notes Collateral Agent, and, as the context requires, any other pledge or security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any other Canadian Guarantor (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Canadian Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has been formed or is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases or financing leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

 

-8-


“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such other local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government or issued by an agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government, as the case may be, in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, by the Canadian federal government, by the UK government, by the French government or by the Hong Kong government, in each case, maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from such other nationally recognized rating agency);

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances issued by any commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100.0 million, in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) bonds with an Investment Grade Rating and Preferred Stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating, including municipal bonds, corporate bonds and treasury bonds;

(7) (i) commercial paper issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above or by the parent company of any such bank, (ii) commercial paper with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and (iii) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having the equivalent of an Investment Grade Rating ;

(8) interests in any money market fund substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to the instruments specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

(10) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have the ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

 

-9-


“CFC” means each Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

“CFC Holdco” means a Domestic Subsidiary with no material assets other than equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

“Change of Control” means:

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successors by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets);

(2) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company or the merger or amalgamation of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving, continuing or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person;

(3) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

(4) the adoption by the shareholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock (x) to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement or (y) solely as a result of veto or approval rights in any joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement, investor rights agreement or other similar agreement, (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Capital Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person’s parent and (iii) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-10-


“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the assets and property (including Capital Stock) and interests therein and proceeds thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Excluded Property, in or upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and any related Obligations.

“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Notes Collateral Agent executed by a lessor, bailee, warehouseman or other Person in possession of Collateral, or any lessor (and any mortgagee, if applicable) of real estate leased by any Note Party.

“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received from the Company and each Subsidiary that is a Designated Subsidiary, either (i) in the case of any Person that is a Designated Subsidiary on the Issue Date, (A) in the case of the Company and each such Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the U.S. Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (B) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a Canadian Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and the applicable Canadian Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (C) [reserved], (D) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a German Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the applicable German Security Agreements and, with respect to its Concentration Accounts and/or Collection Accounts (in each case, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) in England and Wales (if any), the applicable UK Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (E) in the case of each Dutch Guarantor, the applicable Dutch Security Agreements, (F) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a Swiss Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the applicable Swiss Security Agreements, and the applicable German Security Agreements with respect to its Inventory (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) located in Germany, or (G) in the case of each UK Guarantor and each such Subsidiary that is a UK Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the applicable UK Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Issue Date, (A) a counterpart of the applicable supplemental indenture hereto duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (B) instruments in the form or forms specified in the applicable Security Agreement under which such Person becomes a party to the applicable Security Agreement (or, if applicable, new Collateral Documents), duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with such documents and opinions with respect to such Designated Subsidiary as may reasonably be requested by the Notes Collateral Agent and (C) all documentation and other information requested by the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent regarding such Designated Subsidiary as may be required to comply with the applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(b) subject to Section 4.18, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received all such Collateral Access Agreements, Control Agreements and other Collateral Documents required to be provided to it hereunder or under the applicable Security Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto;

(c) all Capital Stock of each Note Party (other than the Company), which Capital Stock shall be held directly by another Note Party, and all Capital Stock owned by or on behalf of any Note Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement or, solely with respect to the Capital Stock of any Note Party (other than the Capital Stock of a Canadian Guarantor owned by the Company or a Domestic Guarantor), a pledge agreement governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Note Party is organized and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent and, in the case of Capital Stock entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in any CFC or CFC Holdco, in each case, that is an Excluded Subsidiary, owned directly by the Company or a

 

-11-


Domestic Guarantor, the Company or such Domestic Guarantor’s pledge of Capital Stock entitled to vote in any such CFC or CFC Holdco to secure the Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be limited to 65% of such voting Capital Stock (and 100% of non-voting Capital Stock), and the Notes Collateral Agent shall, to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Document, have received certificates or other instruments representing all such certificated Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) all Indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary that is owing to any Note Party and in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more and all Indebtedness of any other Person in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or more shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank; and

(e) all documents and instruments, including UCC financing statement and PPSA registrations, required by the Collateral Documents or this Indenture with the priority required by the Collateral Documents shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Section 4.11, any Designated Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date shall not be required to comply with the foregoing requirements prior to the time specified in Section 4.11. The foregoing definition and the provisions of Section 4.11 shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or, subject to the requirements of applicable law, flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Note Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if and for so long as the Notes Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes) in consultation with the Company, determines that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance or flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees, shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom. The Notes Collateral Agent may in its reasonable discretion (acting at the direction of holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes), grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in (including delivery of promissory notes as required by clause (d) above) or the obtaining of title insurance or, subject to the requirements of applicable law, flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Issue Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Issue Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Indenture or the Collateral Documents, it being acknowledged and agreed that Notes Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes) shall take the cooperation of and constraints upon third party providers into consideration when making such determination.

“Collateral Designation” means, solely to the extent that the Notes Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) remain outstanding and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, the occurrence of the following: (a) the valid exercise of the Collateral Designation Option (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the Notes Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes) on behalf of the participating Secured Parties pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or (b) the Company’s election, by written notice to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent, to designate the Specified Collateral as Notes Priority Collateral instead of ABL Priority Collateral.

 

-12-


“Collateral Designation Conditions” means: (a) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the requirements to effect a Collateral Designation Date by the Notes Collateral Agent set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (it is understood and agreed by the Company and each Guarantor that upon any effective consummation of a Collateral Designation by the Notes Collateral Agent, (x) all Eligible Intellectual Property shall be removed from the Borrowing Base (as each such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date shall be effective, in each case, without any further action or consent of the Company or any Guarantor or any other Person); or (b) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, each of the following requirements: (i) the Company shall repay the amount of the IP Advance (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) then outstanding, (ii) the Company shall deliver to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent an updated borrowing base certificate, giving pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Eligible Intellectual Property, and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date), demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial covenant in the ABL Credit Agreement, and (iii) the Payment Conditions (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) shall be satisfied with respect to such Collateral Designation and any related transactions in connection therewith.

“Collateral Designation Date” means, with respect to any Collateral Designation, the date that such Collateral Designation is consummated, provided that the Collateral Designation Conditions applicable thereto are satisfied on such date.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, deeds of hypothec, agency agreements, Mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, control agreements, debentures, and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture or any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant state), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes and the Trustee or perfected or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

“Consenting Noteholder” means a party to the Transaction Support Agreement as of the date thereof that receives Notes on the Issue Date.

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the cash interest expense (including (x) imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (y) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and (z) net costs under Swap Agreements entered into to hedge interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of

 

-13-


obligations referred to in clause (b)(iii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (iii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to accretion or amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP:

(1) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(2) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) income and franchise tax expense during such period,

(b) interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to interest Swap Obligations),

(c) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future),

(d) the amount of premium payments paid by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and charges in respect of unamortized fees and expenses, in each case associated with the repayment of Indebtedness,

(e) expenses relating to stock-based compensation plans resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123R, and

(f) one-time restructuring charges and reserves; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (vi) (including in respect of the restructuring work performed by Alvarez & Marsal by their Consumer and Retail Group, but excluding one-time restructuring charges and reserves to the extent Incurred on or before December 31, 2025 in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or effectiveness of this Agreement) for any period (x) ending on or prior to January 31, 2027 shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)) and (y) ending after January 31, 2027, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)), minus

(3) interest income for such period, minus

(4) one-time income or gains for such period.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period, (b) cash principal payments on Indebtedness made or required to be made during such period, (c) expense for income taxes paid or required to be paid in cash during such period and (d) Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(viii) and Section 4.08(b)(x) hereof and Section 6.08(a)(vii) of the ABL Credit Agreement.

 

-14-


“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but without giving effect to any election to value any Indebtedness at “fair value,” or any other accounting principle that results in the amount of any such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) as reflected on such balance sheet to be below the stated principal amount of such Indebtedness), (b) the aggregate amount of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, and (c) the aggregate obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as an account party in respect of drawn letters of credit or letters of guaranty, other than contingent obligations in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.06.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company) that is not a Subsidiary except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), and (c) the net income (if positive), of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income (i) is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or (ii) would be subject to any taxes payable on such dividends or distributions.

“Control Agreement” means, with respect to any Deposit Account or Securities Account of a Note Party, (a) a “springing” control agreement, executed and delivered by such Note Party, the ABL Collateral Agent, the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account) and the Notes Collateral Agent or (b) for such accounts not located in the United States, an analogous document used for equivalent purposes under comparable law of such jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, a security notice), in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent (it being agreed that any obligation of the Notes Collateral Agent, in its individual or corporate capacity, to indemnify a party to a Control Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory), and, with respect to Deposit Accounts under German law, (x) any agreement to be entered into between the Company or applicable Subsidiary as account holder, the ABL Collateral Agent and the respective account bank and the Notes Collateral Agent, or (y) a notice of pledge to be served on the respective account bank and the corresponding acknowledgement, granting sole disposal rights in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case reasonably acceptable to the Notes Collateral Agent.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company.

 

-15-


“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee of such Debt Facility).

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

“Deposit Account” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any Note Party.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary other than any Excluded Subsidiary.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital (other than any payment solely in Capital Stock (other than any Capital Stock referred to in this clause (a)), in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) cash, (ii) debt securities or (iii) any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer of such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption is permitted under the terms of this Indenture.

 

-16-


“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

“Domestic Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than a Foreign Guarantor.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Domination Agreement” means a domination agreement (Beherrschungvertrag) within the meaning of Sec 291(1) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) among the Company (or any of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) and the other parties thereto.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

“Dutch Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a Dutch Subsidiary.

“Dutch Security Agreements” means, collectively (a) any deed of pledge (including any (supplemental) pledge of receivables entered into by any Dutch Guarantor in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent governed by the laws of the Netherlands, and (b) each other Collateral Document governed by Dutch law.

“Dutch Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has been formed or is organized under the laws of the Netherlands.

“EMU” means the European Economic and Monetary Union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union.

“Euro” means the single currency unit of the member states of the European Union that have the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Account” means all (i) Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts and commodity accounts (a) maintained solely as payroll or other employee wage and benefit accounts (including withholding tax payments related thereto), (b) maintained solely as sales tax accounts, (c) maintained (A) solely as escrow accounts or fiduciary or trust accounts, in each case, for the benefit of third parties, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates and accounts otherwise held exclusively for the benefit of third parties, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates or (B) solely to hold restricted cash as supporting obligations for guarantees permitted under this Indenture, (d) that contain solely deposits permitted by clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” in the ABL Credit Agreement, if the documents governing such deposits prohibit the granting of a lien on such deposits, (e) that are maintained solely as store accounts maintained

 

-17-


for local deposits; provided that the entire balance (other than a nominal amount to cover fees and charges) of all such accounts is swept on the Friday of each week (or if Friday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account (each as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (e)) and (f) the entire balance of which is swept on each Business Day into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (f)), and (ii) other Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts with an aggregate closing daily balance not in excess of $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (ii); provided that no Concentration Account, Collection Account, Deposit Account included in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program nor the Company’s Funding Account (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (regardless of the amount on deposit at any time in such account) shall be an Excluded Account.

“Excluded Property” means:

(1) (x) any fee-owned real property that is (i) located outside the United States, (ii) excluded to the extent that security interests over such assets would result in material adverse tax treatment, or (iii) not Material Real Property and (y) all leasehold interests in real property (it being understood that there shall be no requirement to obtain leasehold mortgages/deeds of trusts, landlord waivers, estoppels, collateral access letters or similar third-party agreements or consents, except to the extent that any such agreements or consents are delivered under the ABL Facility);

(2) motor vehicles, aircrafts, vessels and other goods subject to certificates of title (in each case except to the extent perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements);

(3) letter of credit rights with a value of less than $500,000 (except to the extent (x) perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or (y) the Notes Collateral Agent has obtained control over such letter of credit rights or has possession of the applicable letter of credit in accordance with this Indenture) and Commercial Tort Claims with a value of less than $750,000;

(4) pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (including the requirement to obtain consent of any governmental authority) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction;

(5) [reserved];

(6) Capital Stock in any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents (for so long as such Person remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary);

(7) any lease, permit, license (including Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents)) or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement permitted by this Indenture to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate, invalidate, be prohibited or restricted or constitute a default under such lease, permit, license (including Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents)) or agreement or

 

-18-


purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent of, any other party thereto (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction notwithstanding such prohibition; provided that, in the case of any Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents), the foregoing shall only apply to Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents) granted by unaffiliated third parties to the Company or any Guarantor;

(8) “intent-to-use” trademark or service mark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto;

(9) any governmental licenses or state, provincial, territorial or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction;

(10) any property subject to a Lien existing at the time such property was acquired that is permitted by Section 4.10 of this Indenture to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits a security interest or pledge on such property, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; and

(11) any Excluded Accounts (other than the Deposit Accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts referenced in clause (i)(e), (i)(f) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Accounts” (but excluding, in the case of such clause (ii), Deposit Accounts and securities accounts that participate in the Intercompany Cash Pool));

provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any property that is pledged to secure obligations arising in respect of the ABL Facility or the Second-Out Notes Indenture (whether pursuant to the terms at such time of the foregoing or any related documents).

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company on the Issue Date or on the date such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, in each case for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (subject to the immediately following sentence), (c) [reserved], (d) any CFC Holdco, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable law from providing a Guarantee of the applicable Obligations or if such Guarantee would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (f) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (g) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (unless, solely in the case of a Subsidiary organized in the same jurisdiction as an existing Guarantor, the Company otherwise elects), and (h) subject to clause (x) of the penultimate sentence of this definition, any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Company, the cost or other consequences of becoming a Guarantor shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom (provided, that, prior to such determination, the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent certifying that such cost or other consequence is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom and, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination); provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Excluded Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are: Fossil (UK) Global Services LTD, Fossil Global Services India LLP, Fossil Holding, LLC, Fossil International Holdings, Inc., Fossil Services, LLC, Fossil (Gibraltar) Ltd., Katchin, Inc., Fossil Japan, Inc., Katchin GmbH, Fossil Mexico Sa de CV, Servicios Fossil Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Fossil (East) Ltd., Fossil

 

-19-


Luxembourg Sarl, Montres Antima SA, Swiss Technology Production SA, Swiss Technology Components AG, Fossil India Private Ltd., Fossil Singapore Pte., Fossil Industries Ltd., Fossil Asia Pacific Ltd., Pulse Time Center Company, Ltd., Pulse Time Center (Shenzhen) Co., Fossil Korea Ltd., Fossil Time Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Fossil Commercial (Shanghai) Company Ltd., Fossil Trading Shanghai Company Ltd., Fossil Commercial (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., FDT, Ltd., Fossil (Australia) Pty., Fossil Hong Kong Ltd., Fossil Vietnam, Fossil New Zealand Limited, Fossil (Macau) Limited, Fossil Shares Services GmbH, Fossil Stores Belgium BVBA, Fossil Belgium BVBA, Fossil (Austria) GmbH, Fossil S.L.U., FESCO GmbH, Fossil Italia, S.r.l., Fossil Sweden AB, In Time Distribuicao de Relogios, Sociedad Unipessoal, Lda., Fossil Stores S.r.l., Fossil Denmark A/S, Fossil Norway AS, Fossil France S.A.S., Fossil Stores France, Fast Europe SARL, Latin America Services, Ltd, Fossil Accessories South Africa Pty. Ltd. and Fossil Poland Spolkaz Ograniczona. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd), the Second-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary and (y) no Subsidiary of the Company that owns or licenses (other than non-exclusive licenses from the Company or another Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business) any Material Intellectual Property shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, after the date hereof, no Guarantor shall constitute an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to clause (a) of this definition (1) absent a bona fide business purpose (as certified in writing to the Notes Collateral Agent by an Officer of the Company) or (2) in a transaction (or series of related transactions) the primary purpose of which is to release any applicable guaranty.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities) ; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in making such determination the Company shall be entitled to consider and include in making any such determination the results of customary discounts, commissions or other similar discounts or payments pursuant to a private placement or public offering of securities.

“First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Second-Out Notes Trustee, Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“Fiscal Month” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately one-month period ending around the end of each month or such other applicable period, as determined from time to time by the Company in the ordinary course of its business, as the context may require, or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on the first day of any such period, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the last day of such period.

“Fiscal Year” means the fifty–two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period beginning on the date which is one day after the end of the similar preceding period and ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus (ii) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for such period minus (iii) such portion of principal payments on Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations made by the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period as is attributable to additions to property, plant and equipment that have not otherwise been reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows as additions to property, plant and equipment for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

 

-20-


“Foreign Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect and applicable to the accounting period in respect of which reference to GAAP is made and applied in accordance with the consistency requirements thereof.

“German Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a German Subsidiary.

“German Security Agreements” means, collectively, any German law pledge or security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any Note Party (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“German Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has been formed or is organized under the laws of Germany.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, territorial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union, the Council of Ministers of the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee” means (1) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and (2) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person :

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

-21-


“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee after the Issue Date); provided that upon release or discharge of such Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

“Guarantor Release Protection Provisions” mean (a) each of the provisions under (i) Article 10, (ii) Section 4.11 and (iii) Section 5.01, and (b) the Event of Default described in clause (9) under the definition of “Event of Default.”

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

“Hedging Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“IAI Investor” means any Holder that is an institutional accredited investor who has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the Company and that, together with its Affiliates, holds at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06, either individually or together with its Subsidiaries, accounted for less than (x) 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and (y) less than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recent twelve Fiscal Month period ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.06; provided that, notwithstanding the above, “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall exclude any of the Company’s Subsidiaries designated in writing to the Trustee, by an Officer of the Company to the extent necessary to ensure that Immaterial Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, accounted for, at the last day of any Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06, less than 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and less than 5.0% of consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the twelve Fiscal Month period ending on such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.06.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the terms ”Incurred,” “Incurring” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

-22-


“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) any purchase price adjustment or earnout incurred in connection with an acquisition), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person (but only to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of such property, if such Indebtedness has not been assumed by such Person), and (i) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include trade payables (including any obligation owed by a Person arising out of arrangements whereby a third party makes payments for the account of such Person directly or indirectly to a trade creditor of such Person in respect of trade payables of such Person) and related accrued expenses, and related obligations owed to such third party purchaser, incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Intercompany Cash Pooling Program” means the physical cash pooling in-house banking program described to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof, pursuant to which Fossil Europe BV serves as the cash pool master (or in-house bank) for the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries.

 

-23-


“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, and any other applicable intercreditor agreement in a form substantially similar to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year commencing with March 15, 2026 to the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Note, the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period with respect to any Note shall commence on and include the issue date of the applicable Notes and end on and exclude the first Interest Payment Date to occur after the issue date of the applicable Notes (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the date immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

“Investment” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, or any capital contribution or loans or advances (other than advances made in the ordinary course of business that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP) to, Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations of, or any other investment (including any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company)) in, any other Person that are held or made by the specified Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the definition of the term “Guarantee”, (c) any Investment in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any Person shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of the consideration therefor (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the fair value (as so determined) of all additions, as of such date of determination, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such Investment, (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) in the form of a transfer of Capital Stock or other property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock or other property as of the time of such transfer (less, in the case of any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof, the fair value (as so determined) of such consideration as of the time of the transfer), minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a return of capital, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such transfer, and (e) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) in any Person resulting from the issuance by such Person of its Capital Stock to the investor shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock at the time of the issuance thereof.

 

-24-


For purposes of Section 4.08:

(1) any property transferred to or from a Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

(2) if the Company or any Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

“IP Advance” has the meaning given thereto in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“IP Advance Amount” means an amount equal to 107.500% of the amount of the IP Advance then outstanding.

“Issue Date” means [___].

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, assignment by way of security, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Line Cap” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the results of operations, assets, business or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to perform any of their monetary obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Agreements or any Intercreditor Agreement to which it is a party, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or Holders under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Agreements or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than letters of credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Company and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Company or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Obligation were terminated at such time.

 

-25-


“Material Intellectual Property” means intellectual property that is (i) material to the conduct of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) necessary or material to permit the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce its rights and remedies under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents with respect to the Collateral, or the disposition of which would otherwise adversely affect the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) of any Collateral.

“Material Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee by the Company or any Guarantor having a Fair Market Value at the time in excess of $2,500,000.

“Michele Brand” means all right, title, and interest in and to (i) all inventory and all molds for manufacturing finished goods; (ii) marketing assets; (iii) records; (iv) unfulfilled purchase orders, including, without limitation, the right to bill and receive payment for products subject to such unfulfilled purchase orders; (v) all intellectual property; (vi) all rights under transferred contracts; (vii) all goodwill associated with the MICHELE brand and/or the MICHELE assets; (viii) all permits required for the ownership and use of the MICHELE assets, and all pending applications therefor or renewals thereof; (ix) all machinery, equipment and tooling, whether owned or leased; and (x) all currently effective warranties, guaranties, indemnities and similar rights against third parties, if any, solely relating to the MICHELE assets (except to the extent applicable from any sale thereof), in each case used in or for the business of manufacturing, distributing and selling of timepieces under the MICHELE brand and included in an asset purchase agreement, share purchase agreement or similar agreement in connection with the sale of the Company’s MICHELE brand.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.

“Mortgages” means the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents in legally sufficient form to secure Liens on the Premises, as well as the other Collateral secured by and described in the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents.

“Net Assets” for the purpose of Section 10.02(a) (Limitation on Guarantor Liability relating to any German Guarantor) means a German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) assets pursuant to Section 266 sub-section (2) A, B, C, D and E of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) less the aggregate of its liabilities pursuant to Section 266 sub-section (3) B, C, D and E of the German Commercial Code, taking into consideration the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsatze ordnungsmafiiger Buchfuhrung) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as consistently applied by the respective German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received (including after release from any required escrow), but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or reasonably expected to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions that are available or reasonably expected to be available and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

-26-


(2) [reserved];

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to noncontrolling interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition;

(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets subject to such Asset Disposition at the time of, or within 30 days after, such Asset Disposition; and

(6) with respect to any Asset Disposition involving a disposition of assets of a Foreign Subsidiary and solely to the extent the proceeds have not been applied to reduce Indebtedness or make capital or other permitted expenditures or investments in accordance with Section 4.16, the Net Available Cash attributable to such assets of such Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the repatriation of such Net Available Cash to the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (i) is prohibited, restricted or delayed by applicable laws, rules or regulations or (ii) could reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome or eliminate any such restrictions and/or minimize any costs to comply with Section 4.16.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including in each case, any amendments thereto).

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes and the Company’s other Obligations under this Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

“Note Party” means the Company or any Guarantor.

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes and Super Priority Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes and any Notes to be issued in connection with a PIK Payment.

 

-27-


“Notes Priority Collateral” means all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral), including, without limitation:

(1) all Equipment, Fixtures, Real Property, intercompany indebtedness between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates (other than ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (5) of the definition thereof), and all Capital Stock held by the Note Parties and other Investment Property (other than any Investment Property constituting ABL Priority Collateral, including Investment Property described in clause 3(y) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

(2) except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents and General Intangibles;

(3) Notes Priority Accounts; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Split-Lien Priority Accounts, such identifiable proceeds shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral;

(4) on and after the Collateral Designation Date, Specified Collateral;

(5) all other Collateral, other than the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds); and

(6) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to the foregoing, and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds of any of the foregoing, but, in any event, excluding the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the Note Documents, until a successor, if any, replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, provincial, territorial, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Co-President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or, if the Company is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

 

-28-


“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, and delivered to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel (including an employee of or counsel to the Company) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Obligations under the Notes or the Note Guarantees and is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that has equal Lien priority with respect to the different categories of Collateral under the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and is senior in priority to the Liens securing any junior lien priority Indebtedness; provided, that, in each case, an Authorized Representative of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in the form provided therein.

“Perfection Certificate” means that certain perfection certificate dated as of the Issue Date, executed and delivered by each Note Party in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person if (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock in a Person, such Person will be, upon the consummation of such acquisition, a Subsidiary, in each case including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person, or (b) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Event of Default exists at the date such transaction is consummated, (ii) at the time such transaction is consummated, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.06), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed 1.50:1.00, (iii) the Company shall promptly deliver information relating to such Permitted Acquisition as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) any such acquisition or Investment shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment:

(1) [reserved];

(2) [reserved];

(3) consisting of contributions to and borrowings from the cash pool under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program among the applicable Subsidiaries (other than the Company and Domestic Guarantors) in the ordinary course of business to fund ordinary course operational needs, including purchasing inventory, paying payroll and funding marketing initiatives; provided that (i) the Company and the Domestic Guarantors shall not participate in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program, (ii) all amounts owing under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program shall be subject to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement at all times, (iii) the aggregate balance at any time (to the extent positive) of (x) outstanding amounts contributed by the Company and the

 

-29-


Guarantors to the cash pool minus (y) outstanding amounts borrowed by the Company and the Guarantors from the cash pool (the “Net Cash Pooling Investment”) shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap, and (iv) if a Dominion Period (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, the Company and the Guarantors shall not make any contributions to the cash pool;

(4) Investments by the Company and the Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Subsidiaries are Subsidiaries prior to, or have been newly formed with the initial Investment therein being, such Investments and (ii) such Investments shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

(5) loans or advances made by the Company to any Subsidiary or made by any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Indebtedness resulting therefrom is permitted by Section 4.09(b)(8) and (ii) such loans and advances shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

(6) Guarantees by the Company or any Subsidiary of (i) the Obligations and (ii) Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary other than as specified in the foregoing clause (i) including any such Guarantees arising as a result of any such Person being a joint and several co-applicant with respect to any letter of credit or letter of guaranty; provided that, with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

(7) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in cash or in the form of Investments that do not constitute transfers of Collateral, in an aggregate amount outstanding (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Permitted Investment (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income), which reductions may not exceed in aggregate amount the amount originally transferred in connection with any Permitted Investment hereunder), together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (7), at the time of each such Investment not to exceed $5,000,000.

(8) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for consideration consisting only of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of the Company;

(9) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in receivables owing to the Company or any Subsidiary and extensions of trade credit, deposits, prepayments and other credits to vendors, suppliers, lessors, processors, materialmen, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and landlords made in the ordinary course of business;

(10) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in payroll, commission, travel, entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar advances to cover matters that are reasonably expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, not to exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(11) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(12) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of settlement of amounts due to the Company or any Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business;

 

-30-


(13) purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business;

(14) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Permitted Acquisitions;

(16) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

(17) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; provided that such licensing, subleasing, or contributions of intellectual property must either be (i) non-exclusive or (ii) exclusive only within the granted territory;

(18) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(19) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;

(20) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or replacement of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date but, in each case, only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments or other increases thereof;

(21) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

(22) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09;

(23) Investments constituting (i) pledges and deposits made (A) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (A) above, (ii) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

-31-


(24) Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures;

(25) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or other obligations as permitted under Section 4.09;

(26) the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Investment covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness.

Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes hereof, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale, collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(4) and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (1) shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing the Notes (including any Notes issued in connection with the Registration Statement) pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with the Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(2) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

(3) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith;

(4) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet delinquent or (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) for which the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(5) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

-32-


(6) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, site plan agreements, development agreements, operating agreements, cross-easement agreements, reciprocal easement agreements and similar encumbrances and exceptions to title on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or the ordinary operation of such real property;

(7) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under (i) clause (1) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and shall be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) clause (2) (provided, that such Liens shall be subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement), and (iii) clause (11) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and subject to an applicable Intercreditor Agreement), in each case, of Section 4.09(b);

(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date and other Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on Section 4.09(b)(5), subject to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(9) customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC or PPSA in respect of payment items in the course of collection;

(10) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than Capital Lease Obligations), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Agreement;

(11) [reserved];

(12) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (7), (8), (16), (36), (39), (40) and this clause (12) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, that any such Liens shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing Indebtedness being refinanced or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, if applicable, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with any ABL Indebtedness and the Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(13) Liens in connection with the sale or transfer of any Capital Stock or other assets in a transaction permitted under Section 4.16 and customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

-33-


(14) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(15) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09(b)(7);

(17) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(18) bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions (including any right of pledge or right of set-off arising under the general banking conditions of any bank in relation to deposit accounts maintained in the Netherlands), solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(19) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger, amalgamation or consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than, in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Subsidiary that is a party thereto) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated) and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(20) [reserved];

(21) Liens arising from precautionary UCC or PPSA financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases or consignments;

(22) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(21) and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness);

(23) [reserved];

(24) any interest or title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment, or in connection with any conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangement for the sale of goods to the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings related thereto;

(25) [reserved];

 

-34-


(26) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of custom and forwarding agents and similar Persons in respect of imported goods and merchandise in the custody of such Persons;

(27) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown in right of Canada or any province thereof of any real property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not materially detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(28) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of the Company or any Subsidiary with credit card issuers, credit card processors or merchant service providers for mobile or digitized payment methods to secure obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, to any such credit card issuer, credit card processor, or merchant service provider incurred in the ordinary course of business as a result of fees, charges, expenses and chargebacks;

(29) (i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers granted in the ordinary course of business to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

(30) Liens arising from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Lien covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and, if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness;

(31) Liens arising from real property title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which do not materially detract from the value of the real property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(32) other Liens that are contractual rights of setoff;

(33) in the case of (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary or (ii) the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights related to Capital Stock in such Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;

(34) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for a Permitted Acquisition or other transaction permitted hereunder;

(35) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(22);

(36) any Lien on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(6)(ii) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

 

-35-


(37) Liens in respect of Prior Claims that are unregistered and secure amounts that are not yet due and payable;

(38) Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with pension liabilities (Altersteilzeitverpflichtungen) pursuant to § 8a German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or in connection with time credits (Wertguthaben) pursuant to § 7e German Social Code IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(39) Deposits of cash collateral securing letters of credit permitted under Section 4.09(b)(19); and

(40) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (39) above, Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Liens securing Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (40) at any one time, does not exceed $10,000,000.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“PIK Interest” means the payment of interest on the Notes on an Interest Payment Date, which is paid in accordance with the terms hereof by increasing the amount of outstanding Notes or, with respect to any Definitive Note, by issuing additional PIK Notes.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto, provided that if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created hereunder or under any other Note Document on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security in effect in a jurisdiction in Canada other than the Province of Ontario, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation (including the Civil Code (Quebec)) in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction in Canada for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distributions of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Prior Claims” means (a) all liabilities and obligations of any Canadian Guarantor secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, including claims for utilities, taxes (including sales taxes, value added taxes, amounts deducted or withheld or not paid and remitted when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended, excise taxes, goods and services taxes (“GST”) and harmonized sales taxes (“HST”) payable pursuant to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or similar taxes under provincial or territorial law), the claims of a laborer or worker (whether full-time or part-time) who is owed wages (including any amounts protected by the Wage Earner Protection Program Act (Canada) or secured by Section 81.3 or 81.4 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)), amounts due and not paid for inventory subject to rights of suppliers under Section 81.1 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable law (generally known as the “30-day goods rule”), vacation pay, severance pay, employee source deductions, workers’ compensation obligations or pension fund obligations (including claims in respect of, and all amounts currently or past due and not contributed, remitted or paid to, or pursuant to, a Canadian pension plan, any

 

-36-


Canadian pension laws and any amounts representing any unfunded liability, solvency deficiency or wind-up deficiency whether or not due with respect to any Canadian pension llan, including “normal cost”, “special payments” and any other payments in respect of any funding deficiency or shortfall); and (b) with respect to any German Guarantor, any reserve for amounts secured by any liens or other security interests whatsoever, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the liens granted to secure or for other claims and/or deductions for the Obligations, including without limitation, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, or vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, income tax, insolvency costs, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers’ compensation or to employment insurance amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property), sales tax and pension obligations.

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

“Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred in exchange or replacement for, or to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease, retire or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, ”refinance,” “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses (including fees and expenses relating to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) in connection with any such refinancing) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness or Incurred in connection with a repurchase, redemption or similar transaction, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in each case including by exchange offers and private exchanges; provided, however, that:

(1) the Stated Maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be earlier than that of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay fees, premiums or costs with respect to the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or tender premiums, defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection with any such refinancing);

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or otherwise subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively, on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

-37-


(5) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is secured, the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness have a Lien priority equal or junior to the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced (and if the Indebtedness being refinanced is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of such Indebtedness may not be secured with any Liens);

(6) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor;

(7) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be Guaranteed or secured by additional guarantors or collateral, respectively, relative to the refinanced Indebtedness; and

(8) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have a greater ranking or payment priority than the Indebtedness being refinanced.

“Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-3 and/or S-4 dated September 9, 2025, as may be amended or supplemented, registering certain of the Notes described herein under the Securities Act.

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Second-Out Notes” means the Company’s 7.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 issued on or about the Issue Date.

“Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent under the Second-Out Notes Indenture

“Second-Out Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors, the Second-Out Notes Trustee and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent.

“Second-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

-38-


“Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders and each other Person who is owed any portion of the Obligations under this Indenture.

“Securities Account” means all “securities accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Security Agreement” means, individually and collectively as the context may require, the U.S. Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreements, the Dutch Security Agreements, the German Security Agreements, the Swiss Security Agreements and the UK Security Agreements.

“Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap” means that the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments by (x) the Company and the Guarantors in, and loans and advances by the Company and the Guarantors to, and Guarantees by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and (y) the Company and the Domestic Guarantors in, and loans and advances by the Company and the Domestic Guarantors to, and Guarantees by the Company and the Domestic Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Foreign Guarantors, in each case of this clause (i), pursuant to clauses (4), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, (ii) solely to the extent positive, the Net Cash Pooling Investment, and (iii) the aggregate amount of consideration paid by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with Permitted Acquisitions of Subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Similar Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company.

“Specified Collateral” means that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

“Specified Indebtedness” means Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unsecured Indebtedness, and Indebtedness secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes.

“Specified Jurisdiction” means any of Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland, England and Wales.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

-39-


“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to its terms.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, unlimited liability company, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Super Priority Notes” means any additional Notes having the payment priority specified under Section 6.13.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions and any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be a Swap Agreement.

“Swiss Guarantor” means any Guarantor incorporated and organized under the laws of Switzerland or which is considered to be tax resident in Switzerland for Swiss Withholding Tax purposes.

“Swiss Security Agreements” means, collectively, any Swiss law governed security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any Note Party (as required by this Agreement or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swiss Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company incorporated and organized under the laws of Switzerland or which is considered to be tax resident in Switzerland for Swiss Withholding Tax purpose.

“Swiss Withholding Tax” means taxes imposed under the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.

“Swiss Withholding Tax Act” means the Swiss Federal Act on the Withholding Tax of 13 October 1965 (Bundesgesetz über die Verrechnungssteuer), together with the related ordinances, regulations and guidelines, all as amended and applicable from time to time.

“Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

 

-40-


“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term. A Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

“Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06 as adjusted to any pro forma event occurring pursuant to the terms of this Indenture since such date.

“Transaction Support Agreement” means that certain Transaction Support Agreement dated August 13, 2025, among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and the supporting noteholders party thereto.

1“Transactions” means those certain transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support Agreement and Registration Statement.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, until a successor, if any, replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“UK Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a UK Subsidiary.

“UK Security Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain English law all asset security agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the UK Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent and (b) any other English law pledge or security agreement (including any supplemental agreement or accession agreement in respect of a UK Security Agreement) entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any other Note Party (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“UK Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company incorporated in England and Wales.

“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures (a) not financed with the proceeds of any incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations) or the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock or equity contributions, and (b) that are not reimbursed by a third person (excluding the Company or any Guarantor or any of its Affiliates) in the period such expenditures are made pursuant to a written agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Unfinanced Capital Expenditures shall include capital expenditures financed with the proceeds of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

“United States” means the United States of America.

 
1 

NTD: To be added to 1O DON.

 

-41-


“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Security Agreement” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, between the Company, the Domestic Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent, and, as the context requires, any other pledge or security agreement entered into after the Issue Date by the Company or any Domestic Guarantor (as required by this Agreement or any other Note Document), or any other Person, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14(a)

“Agent Members”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Applicable Procedures”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Asset Disposition Offer”

   4.16(c)

“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”

   3.10(b)

“Asset Disposition Offer Period”

   3.10(b)

“Asset Disposition Proceeds”

   4.16(b)

“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”

   3.10(b)

“Auditor’s Determination”

   10.02(a)

“Authentication Order”

   2.03(c)

“Bondholder Call”

   4.06(c)

“Capital Impairment”

   10.02(a)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.15(a)

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.15(a)

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.15(a)(2)

“Clearstream”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Commission”

   1.04

“Corresponding Debt”

   13.20(b)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03(a)

“Definitive Notes Legend”

   2.2(e)(i) of Appendix A

“Distribution Compliance Period”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Enforcement of Claims”

   10.02(a)

“ERISA Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

“Event of Default”

   6.01(a)

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.16(c)

“Expiration Date”

   1.05(j)

“Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Global Notes Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01(a)

“IAI”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Indenture Currency”

   13.21(b)

“indenture securities”

   1.04

“indenture security holder”

   1.04

“indenture to be qualified”

   1.04

 

-42-


Term

  

Defined in Section

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee”

   1.04

“Judgment Currency”

   13.21(b)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02(a)

“Management Notification”

   10.02(a)

“Note Register”

   2.04(a)

“obligor”

   1.04

“Parallel Debt”

   13.20(a)

“Parallel Debt Undertaking”

   13.20(a)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04(a)

“PDF”

   13.16

“PIK Notes”

   2 of Exhibit A

“PIK Payment”

   2 of Exhibit A

“Premises”

   11.06(a)

“Proceeds Trigger Date”

   4.16(b)

“QIB”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.04(a)

“Regulation S”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Relevant Asset”

   10.02(a)

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

“Restricted Payment”

   4.08(a)

“Rule 144”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Separated Notes”

   2.01

“United States”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“U.S. person”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or Section 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the meaning assigned to it therein;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

-43-


(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(8) “including” means including without limitation;

(9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and

(11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines.

Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC;

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rules under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.05. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

-44-


(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same.

(c) Subject to Section 9.07, the ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on or consent to any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

(f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy as permitted in Section 6.06. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

 

-45-


(g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(i) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

(j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 13.02, on or prior to both the existing and the new Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 30th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j).

Section 1.06. Quebec Interpretive Provisions.

For purposes of the interpretation or construction of this Indenture pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, for purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Collateral Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of any other Collateral Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (b) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (c) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (d) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (e) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, a “reservation of ownership”, “prior claim” and a “resolutory clause,” (f) all references to filing, registering or recording under the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” Liens as against third parties, (h) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (i) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title,

 

-46-


instruments, money and securities, (j) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary,” (k) “construction liens” shall be deemed to include “legal hypothecs in favour of persons having taken part in the construction or renovation of an immovable”, (l) “joint and several” shall be deemed to include “solidary” and “jointly and severally” shall be deemed to include “solidarily” (m) “gross negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”, (n) “beneficial ownership” shall be deemed to include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary”, (o) “legal title” shall be deemed to include “holding title on behalf of an owner as mandatary or prete-nom”, (p) “easement” shall be deemed to include “servitude”, (q) “priority” shall be deemed to include “prior claim” or “rank”, as applicable, (r) “survey” shall be deemed to include “certificate of location and plan”, (s) “fee simple title” and “fee title” shall be deemed to include “right of ownership”, (t) “foreclosure” shall be deemed to include “the exercise of a hypothecary right”, (u) “leasehold interest” shall be deemed to include “valid rights resulting from a lease”, (v) “lease” for personal or movable property shall be deemed to include a “contract of leasing (credit-bail)” and (x) “deposit account” shall include a “financial account” as defined in Article 2713.6 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

Section 1.07. [Reserved].

Section 1.08. Dutch Terms

As used in this Indenture, where it relates to a Dutch Guarantor, a reference to: (i) organizational documents means the deed of incorporation (akte van oprichting), articles of association (statuten) and an extract of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel); (ii) a necessary corporate or other organizational action where applicable includes without limitation: (A) any action required to comply with the Works Councils Act of the Netherlands (Wet op de ondernemingsraden); and (B) obtaining a positive or neutral advice, which, if conditional, contains conditions which in the opinion of the Trustee are acceptable and can reasonably be expected to be satisfied by a Dutch Guarantor without breaching the terms of this Indenture, from the competent works council(s); (iii) any Lien and any security interest includes any mortgage (hypotheek), pledge (pandrecht), retention of title arrangement (eigendomsvoorbehoud), privilege (voorrecht), right of retention (recht van retentie), right to reclaim goods (recht van reclame), and, in general, any right in rem (zakelijk recht) created for the purpose of granting security (goederenrechtelijk zekerheidsrecht); (iv) a bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding up, or dissolution (and any of those terms) includes a Dutch entity being declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard) or dissolved (ontbonden); (v) a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance verleend; (vi) a trustee, includes a curator and a liquidator includes a curator; (vii) an administrator includes a bewindvoerder, a beoogd bewinvoerder, a herstructureringsdeskundige or an observator; (viii) a receiver or an administrative receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder; (ix) any “procedure or step” taken in connection with insolvency proceedings includes a Dutch Guarantor having filed a notice under Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990) or Section 60 of the Social Insurance Financing Act of the Netherlands (Wet Financiering Sociale Verzekeringen) in conjunction with Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990); (x) an attachment includes a beslag; (xi) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur); (xii) a reorganization includes statutory proceedings for the restructuring of debt (akkoordprocedure) under the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet); (xiii) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur) and (xiv) a “subsidiary” includes a dochtermaatschappij as defined in Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek). Where “the Netherlands” or “Dutch” is referred to it refers only to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and its laws respectively.

 

-47-


Section 1.09. German Terms

As used in this Indenture, where it relates to a German Guarantor, a reference to: (i) gross negligence includes grobe Fahrlässigkeit; (ii) negligence includes Fahrlässigkeit; (iii) a security interest includes any mortgage (Grundschuld, Hypothek), pledge (Pfandrecht), retention of title arrangement (Eigentumsvorbehalt), right of retention (Zurückbehaltungsrecht), right to reclaim goods (Herausgabeansprüche), and, in general, any right in rem created for the purpose of granting security; (iv) a winding-up, administration or dissolution (and any of those terms) includes a German entity being declared bankrupt (insolvent) or dissolved (ausfgelöst); (v) any step or procedure taken in connection with insolvency proceedings includes a German entity having applied for bankruptcy (Insolvenzantrag) or the opening of bankruptcy proceedings (Insolvenzeröffnung); and (vi) an administrator includes an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter) and insolvency trustee (Sachwalter).

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Amount of Notes.

The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $[•].

The Company may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.09(b) and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for payments of PIK Interest, Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.04, 3.06, 4.15(b)) or Appendix A (the “Appendix”)), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; and

(3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof.

On any Interest Payment Date on which the Company pays interest in PIK Interest (a “PIK Payment”) with respect to a Global Note, the Trustee shall (subject to the Company delivering to the Trustee

 

-48-


and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) written notification, executed by an Officer of the Company setting forth the amount of PIK Interest to be paid on such Interest Payment Date and directing the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) to increase the principal amount of the Global Notes in accordance with this paragraph, which notification the Trustee and Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely upon) increase the principal amount of such Global Note by an amount equal to the interest payable as PIK Interest, rounded up to the nearest whole dollar, for the relevant Interest Period on the principal amount of such Global Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, to the credit of the Holders of such Global Note on such Record Date, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee with respect to such Global Note to reflect such increase. On any Interest Payment Date on which the Company pays PIK Interest with respect to a Definitive Note or otherwise issues definitive PIK Notes, the principal amount of any definitive PIK Notes issued to any Holder, for the relevant Interest Period on the principal amount of such Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, shall be rounded up to the nearest whole dollar.

Section 2.02. Form and Dating; Terms.

Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated into and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

If any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will be issued as a separate series under this Indenture and will have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Initial Notes. Any Additional Notes may be issued with the benefit of one or more supplemental indentures to this Indenture.

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

(a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual, electronic or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office or is no longer authorized to represent the Company at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

-49-


(c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time (but subject to Section 2.01), the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

(d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

(e) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $[•] (comprised of one or more Global Notes), (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (3) subject to the terms of this Indenture, PIK Notes and (4) any Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes, PIK Notes or Unrestricted Global Notes.

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a) The Company shall maintain at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co- registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility or liability for actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid in cash on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid in cash on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.

 

-50-


While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, and upon accounting for any funds disbursed, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.06. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

(b) Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption, or tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Disposition Offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(c) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(d) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(e) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the replacement Global Notes or Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A so long as the requirements of this Indenture are satisfied.

 

-51-


(f) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes.

(a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the New York UCC (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee or (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

(b) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.08, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding and those that are subject to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article 8. Except as set forth in Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a “protected purchaser”, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment.

(d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

-52-


Section 2.10. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes beneficially owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in actually relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes.

In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.12. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Evidence of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall, upon the written request of the Company, be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

(a) If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.13. The Company shall fix such special record date and payment date. At least 15 days before such special record date, the Company shall mail (or send electronically to DTC, in the case of Global Notes) to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

-53-


(b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, CUSIP or ISIN numbers shall be used in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate (which may be withdrawn prior to the date such notice of redemption is given) setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable.

Notwithstanding the notice requirements in Section 3.03, if the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual redemption price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes to be redeemed, shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot in accordance with the Applicable Procedures or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to be fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

-54-


(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof; provided that no Notes of $1.00 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

(c) After the redemption date or purchase date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed or purchased in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the original Note, representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or not purchased, shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries shall be made to reflect such partial redemption).

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

(a) Subject to Section 3.10, the Company shall send or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or cause to be sent (or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) notices of redemption of Notes not less than 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article 3 at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(f), notices of redemption may not be conditional. Notices to the Trustee may be given by email in PDF format.

(b) The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and ISIN number, if applicable) and shall state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(d), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation;

(3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

 

-55-


(9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

(c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder of record on such Record Date. The applicable Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the Holders of such Notes shall have no further rights with respect to such Notes except the right to receive such payment of the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes upon surrender of such Notes. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date in respect of such Note will be paid on such redemption or purchase date to the Person in whose name such Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

 

-56-


Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

(a) [reserved].

(b) [reserved].

(c) [reserved].

(d) The Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03, at the redemption price of 107.500% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable date of redemption.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

(f) Any redemption notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

(g) The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

The Company will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09. [Reserved].

Section 3.10. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.16, the Company is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company will follow the procedures specified below.

 

-57-


(b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be offered for purchase pursuant to Section 4.16 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes has been so validly tendered, all Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes are made.

(c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Asset Disposition Purchase Date shall be paid, in cash, on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price for Notes accepted by the Company for purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company shall send a notice to each of the Holders or otherwise deliver such notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. The Asset Disposition Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, shall state:

(1) that an Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.16 and the expiration time of the Asset Disposition Offer Period;

(2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

(3) that Notes must be tendered in integral multiples of $1.00, and any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making the payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to such Note completed, the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased;

 

-58-


(7) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes tendered, and the selection of the Notes for purchase shall be made by the Company by such method as the Company in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate subject to the Applicable Procedures, although no Note having a principal amount of $1.00 shall be purchased in part;

(8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) (the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof);

(9) the other procedures, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 3.10 that a Holder must follow; and

(10) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers of the Notes.

(e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary or as otherwise provided in Section 4.16(c), the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes so tendered in integral multiples of $1.00; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00. The Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and to the Trustee and the applicable Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes so accepted and that such Notes were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10.

(f) The Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Authentication Order from the Company, will authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate shall be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or sent by the Company to the Holder thereof.

(g) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10 or Section 4.16, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

 

-59-


ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

(a) The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City) time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium and interest then due (or, in the case of a PIK Payment, by increasing the outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Notes or issuing PIK Notes in accordance with this Indenture and as provided in the Notes); provided that PIK Interest shall be deemed paid on the date due if, in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Notes, PIK Notes are issued or the principal amount of the Global Notes is increased in an amount equal to the amount of the applicable amount of interest for such Interest Period.

(b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post- petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(c) Upon the occurrence of a Borrowing Base Overage, the rate of interest shall be immediately increased by an additional fixed rate of 2.00% per annum (with such increase being solely in the form of PIK Interest) with respect to all remaining days in the Interest Period during which such Borrowing Base Overage occurred and is outstanding and for all following Interest Periods during which a Borrowing Base Overage has occurred and is outstanding. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate and the Holders of the occurrence, and any subsequent conclusion, of any Borrowing Base Overage.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

 

-60-


Section 4.03. Taxes.

The Company and the Guarantors shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (a) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Company or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect

Section 4.04. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.05. Corporate Existence.

(a) Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided further that this Section 4.05 does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.16 (or that does not constitute an Asset Disposition).

(b) Until the satisfaction in full of all Obligations under the Notes, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture, the Company will operate its business and operations in the ordinary course of business and materially consistent with past practice.

Section 4.06. Reports and Other Information.

(a) The Company will furnish or file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If the Company is not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing (in which case the Company shall deliver to the Trustee with written instructions to deliver to the Holders (in lieu of filing with the SEC) within the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act), but in such event the reports specified in the preceding sentence shall not be required to contain certain disclosures relating to the Company’s controls and procedures, corporate governance,

 

-61-


code of ethics, director independence, market for the Company’s equity securities and executive compensation. the Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. For purposes of this Section 4.06, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and information to, or filed such reports and information with, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports or information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system or otherwise made such reports or information publicly available on a freely accessible page on the Company’s website. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such reports and information have been filed or have been posted on such website.

(b) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as the Company provides such information to the Trustee and the Holders and makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in each case at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to the preceding paragraph and (ii) the Company will not be obligated to provide to the Trustee or the Holders or make available to prospective purchasers of the Notes any materials for which it has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Company shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management for the benefit of the beneficial owners of the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions (any such call, a “Bondholder Call”); provided that, so long as the Company holds quarterly conference calls for investors of its Common Stock, it shall not be required to hold Bondholder Calls. If the Company holds any Bondholder Call, no fewer than five calendar days prior to the date such Bondholder Call is to be held, the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such Bondholder Call for the benefit of beneficial owners of the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such Bondholder Call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such Bondholder Call.

(d) Upon the election by any Holder that is an IAI Investor to opt into receiving the following, the Company shall promptly (i) notify such IAI Investor of any Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness and (ii) provide such IAI Investor with any material certificates, notices, or other documents (including any “borrowing base” certificate) delivered under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other material indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any breach by the Company of the foregoing obligations is waivable solely at the discretion of the applicable IAI Investor, and the consent of any other Holder of Notes shall not be required.

 

-62-


Section 4.07. Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Company will promptly (which shall be within ten Business Days following the date on which the Company becomes aware of such Default, receives notice of such Default or becomes aware of such action, as applicable) send to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereof.

Section 4.08. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary;

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Specified Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by any other Guarantor permitted under Section 4.09(b); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) of this Section 4.08(a) (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit:

(i) payments of or in respect of Specified Indebtedness solely by issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(ii) refinancings of Specified Indebtedness with the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09;

 

-63-


(iii) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or convert its Capital Stock into, or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock solely in exchange for, other Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);

(iv) payment of secured Specified Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of (A) any voluntary sale or transfer of any assets securing such Indebtedness or (B) any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including a disposition in lieu thereof) of any assets securing such Indebtedness;

(v) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant;

(vi) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its capital stock, partnership or membership interests or other similar Capital Stock, or make other Restricted Payments in respect of its Capital Stock, in each case ratably to the holders of such Capital Stock (or, if not ratably, on a basis more favorable to the Company and the Subsidiaries);

(vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Restricted Payments (excluding non-cash Restricted Payments consisting of Collateral and excluding any acquisitions of the 2026 Notes) in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $5,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each Restricted Payment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due and mandatory prepayments in respect of any Specified Indebtedness and expenses and indemnity in respect of such Specified Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(ix) any payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of the Company’s Capital Stock representing insignificant interests in the Company in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock in the Company;

(x) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Company may purchase Capital Stock from its or its Subsidiaries’ employees in connection with the satisfaction of any such employee’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to employee benefit plans, and payments of any corresponding amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during any Fiscal Year;

(xi) (i) Restricted Payments by the Company and each Subsidiary to the Company or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Company or any Subsidiary; or

(xii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement of the 2026 Notes prior to their maturity (1) for cash, provided that (A) the consideration payable in respect thereof shall not exceed the principal amount thereof (and accrued and unpaid interest thereon) and (B) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement, (i) Availability on a pro forma basis on such date, on each day during the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period, and as projected by the Company in

 

-64-


good faith for the subsequent six months is equal to or greater than the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25% of the Line Cap, and (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended twelve Fiscal Month period for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.06 is at least 0.95 to 1.00 or (2) in exchange for Notes issued in compliance with Section 4.09(b)(4).

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of any Restricted Payment paid in cash shall be its face amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer (either directly or indirectly through its ownership of any Capital Stock of any other Person) of any Eligible Intellectual Property (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof), or any other Material Intellectual Property, in or to any Person that is not Guarantor, (y) the Company and the Domestic Guarantors will not make any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer (either directly or indirectly through its ownership of any Capital Stock of any other Person) of any Eligible Intellectual Property, or any other Material Intellectual Property, in or to any Person that is not a Domestic Guarantor, and (z) any Investment, disposition, distribution, or other transfer made by the Company or any Subsidiary in or to any joint venture must be made for a bona fide business purpose, not in contemplation of adversely affecting the Holders’ interests in the Guarantees or the Collateral, and not in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness.

Section 4.09. Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) the incurrence by the Company or the Guarantors of Indebtedness under (x) the ABL Facility or one or more other Credit Facilities, the guarantees thereof and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (i) $180,000,000, and (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of (1) 90.0% of the face amount of all credit card receivable owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (2) 90.0% of the face amount of all other accounts receivable owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (3) 100.0% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, and (4) 70% of the appraised value of intellectual property (determined based on most recent appraisal of such intellectual property); provided that any reductions in the IP Cap and/or IP Advance Rate, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement, shall not reduce amount of availability available under this clause (ii), and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facility or any other Credit Facilities referred to in the foregoing clause (x); provided, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (1) is subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-65-


(2) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Second-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the 2026 Notes in existence on the Issue Date;

(4) (i) Indebtedness of the Company represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date, (ii) Indebtedness consisting of additional Notes issued following the Issue Date to Consenting Noteholders in exchange for 2026 Notes pursuant to, and in compliance with the terms of, the Transaction Support Agreement, (iii) Indebtedness consisting of the PIK Notes issued following the Issue Date in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage, and (iv) Indebtedness of any Guarantor represented by a Note Guarantee;

(5) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22) and (23) of this Section 4.09(b)), provided that any amounts of any such Indebtedness paid down in connection with any purchases, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise (other than in connection with a substantially concurrent refinancing by way of Refinancing Indebtedness) shall be reduced from any amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (5) that would otherwise be permitted to be Incurred using Refinancing Indebtedness;

(6) (i) Guarantees incurred in compliance with Permitted Investments (other than clause (22) of the definition thereof), provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed under this clause (i) is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and (ii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $12,500,000 (inclusive of lines of credit of Foreign Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date) at any time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness under this clause (ii) shall not be Guaranteed by, or secured by any property of, any Domestic Subsidiary or Guarantor;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets or (B) assumed in connection with the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (7) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(8) Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred to any Person other than the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any such Indebtedness owing by (x) the Company or a Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or a Guarantor to another Guarantor, except to the extent owing by a Domestic Guarantor to another Domestic Guarantor, shall, in each case be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any such Indebtedness shall be permitted under the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clause (22) of the definition thereof);

 

-66-


(9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability, unemployment insurance, social security laws or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising from agreements of the Company or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earn-out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Company, any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any other acquisition or disposition, in each case, permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(11) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is (i) issued for cash, (ii) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (iii) subject to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(12) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (20) and (21) and this clause (12) of this Section 4.09(b);

(13) Indebtedness arising from (a) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of surety bonds (whether bid performance or otherwise) and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Indebtedness incurred under leases of real property in respect of tenant improvements;

(16) obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, in-transit cash services, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting, trade finance services, supply chain finance services and other cash management services;

(17) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit and checking accounts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (19).

 

-67-


(20) (A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and any related financing transactions (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.06), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.50:1.00;

(21) Indebtedness consisting of Super Priority Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the IP Advance Amount (together with any PIK Notes thereon issued thereafter in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage) issued following the Issue Date to any Holders; provided that (i) the proceeds thereof are used to repay the IP Advances and (ii) the issuance thereof has been consented to by Holders holding a majority of aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes;

(22) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes; and

(23) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (22) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (23) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that is either secured or has a maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is used, directly or indirectly, to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (other than another ABL Facility) or issue Capital Stock that is subordinated in right of payment to the ABL Facility or that is subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Facility, unless such Indebtedness or Capital Stock is also subordinated to the Notes and the Liens securing the Notes, as applicable.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b), the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(b) and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of such clauses under Section 4.09(b);

(2) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and relate to other Indebtedness, then such letters of credit shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to such Debt Facility and such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and

 

-68-


(3) except as provided in clause (2) of Section 4.09(b), Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

For purposes of this Indenture, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.10. Limitation on Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, in each case, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 4.11. Future Guarantors.

(a) The Company will cause (i) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, becomes a borrower or Guarantees the Obligations under the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd.), the Second-Out Notes or the ABL Facility and (ii) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of (a) the Company or any Guarantor or (b) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (and with respect to sub-clause (ii)(b), only to the extent such Indebtedness exceeds $2,500,000), to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, pursuant to which such Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any) in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other Obligations under this Indenture, in each case, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 

-69-


(b) Each Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor on or after the Issue Date will also become a party to the applicable Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements and will as promptly as practicable execute and deliver such joinder documents, security instruments, and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under Section 11.06, under this Indenture and Collateral Documents to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, if later, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority described in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture and, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, in the properties and assets of such new Guarantor constituting Collateral as security for the Notes or the Note Guarantees, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

(c) The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees of the ABL Facility or Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under this Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law or any applicable foreign law.

(d) Each Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06.

Section 4.12. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions From Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.12(a)).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.12(a) will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

-70-


(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the ABL Facility, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the 2026 Notes Indenture and the 2026 Notes, and documentation related thereto and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents, and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(3) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);

(4) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.12(b) or this clause (4); provided, however, that such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith determination of the Company, taken as a whole, no more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.12(a) contained in the agreements referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of Section 4.12(b) on the Issue Date, or the date such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was merged into, or amalgamated or consolidated with, a Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

(5) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.12(a), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.10 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.12(a) on the property so acquired;

(7) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(8) restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers, lessors or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(10) restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, tenders, government contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, custom, performance and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature (including standby letters of credit or completion guarantees), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(11) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

-71-


(12) any customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture agreements, other similar agreements and related governance documents entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(14) other Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are not more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.12(a), taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Company in this Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Facility, or the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions at a Subsidiary level comparable to those applicable to the Company).

Section 4.13. [Reserved].

Section 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), except:

(1) transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction with unrelated third parties; provided that, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or disinterested members of any similar governing body) of the Company shall have adopted a resolution or otherwise authorized an action to approve any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $5,000,000 and (y) an independent fairness opinion shall have been issued by a reputable investment bank or other third party selected by the Company in good faith affirming the fairness of any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $25,000,000;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and the Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate; and

(3) any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.08; and

(4) the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, and the providing of reasonable indemnities on behalf of, directors and officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive any interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Company will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder or otherwise send notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

-72-


(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made, the expiration time for such Change of Control Offer (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the applicable record date to receive interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date);

(2) the purchase date (which shall be no later than three Business Days after the date such Change of Control Offer expires) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control and setting forth a brief description of the definitive agreement for the Change of Control; and

(4) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

The notice, if mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in integral multiples of $1.00) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount sufficient to make the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

-73-


(c) The applicable Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Holder so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a company order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

(d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Change of Control Payment Date.

(e) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.07. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time such Change of Control Offer is made.

(f) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

(g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company pursuant to Section 4.15(e), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06.

Section 4.16. Asset Dispositions.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

-74-


(2) 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (and with respect to any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are Cash Equivalents, only to the extent such instruments are converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition); and

(3) to the extent that any consideration received by the Company or any Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition constitutes securities or other assets that are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition.

(b) Any Net Available Cash from any transaction or series of related transactions constituting an Asset Disposition of Notes Priority Collateral shall constitute “Asset Disposition Proceeds”. Following the date the Company or any of its Subsidiaries receives Asset Disposition Proceeds (such date, the “Proceeds Trigger Date”), an amount equal to 100% of such Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be applied by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as follows: (i) up to $5,000,000 during the term of the Notes may be applied by the Company or such Subsidiary to maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade, or repair assets, or replace disposed-of-assets (in each case, other than current assets) used or useful in such entity’s business or to replace assets sold in such Asset Disposition; provided that, to the extent that any newly acquired assets are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition, and (ii) to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 107.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes that are purchased.

(c) Any Asset Disposition Proceeds that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 181st day after a Proceeds Trigger Date (or, if earlier, the date upon which the Company determines not to invest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in accordance with clause (i) of the preceding clause (b)), the Company will be required to make an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased using the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 107.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest due on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date (as defined below)), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture in integral multiples of $1.00. The Company shall commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds to reduce any Indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company, subject to the applicable procedures of DTC, shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to adjustment to maintain the authorized denominations for the Notes) on the basis of the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of tendered Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

-75-


Section 4.17. [Reserved].

Section 4.18. Deposit Accounts. Each Note Party shall within 30 days (or in the case of Deposit Accounts in Germany and Switzerland, the time period set forth in the German Security Agreements and Swiss Security Agreements, respectively) after the Issue Date or, if opened following the Issue Date, within 30 days (or in the case of Deposit Accounts in Germany and Switzerland, the time period set forth in the German Security Agreements and Swiss Security Agreements, respectively), of the opening of such Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) or the date any Person that owns such Deposit Account becomes a Note Party hereunder, execute and deliver, and cause each relevant depository institution to execute and deliver, to the Notes Collateral Agent a Control Agreement or other control arrangement satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent for each Deposit Account (other than any Excluded Account) of such Note Party.

Section 4.19. [Reserved].

Section 4.20. Collateral and Guarantee Requirement

(a) The Company, each Note Party and each Subsidiary of the Company not constituting an Excluded Subsidiary shall have satisfied the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement by or on the Issue Date; provided that to the extent that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (other than the execution of the Collateral Documents, delivery of Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA financing statements with respect to perfection of security interests in all assets of the Note Parties that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, delivery of intellectual property security agreements in form for filing with the USPTO, USCO and the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and the delivery of possessory collateral) cannot be satisfied by or on the Issue Date and are not satisfied as of the Issue Date after the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to do so, such unsatisfied requirements shall be required to be satisfied as promptly as practicable after the Issue Date and in any event within the period specified therefor in Appendix B.

(b) The Company shall have delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent on the Issue Date, (i) a completed Perfection Certificate dated as of the Issue Date and signed by an Officer of each of the Company and each Note Party, together with all attachments contemplated thereby and (ii) results of (x) searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings, including PPSA filings) and (y) bankruptcy, judgment, tax and intellectual property lien searches requested by the Trustee, together with (in the case of clause (x)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or other documents) are permitted by hereunder or have been or will be released in connection with the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date.

(c) Subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, each document (including any UCC, PPSA (or similar) financing statement and intellectual property security agreements required by any Collateral Document or under applicable requirements of law to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral required to be delivered pursuant to such Collateral Document (unless such Collateral Document provides for any such requirement to be provided at a later point in time), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation and the Trustee have made arrangements for such filing, registration or recordation.

 

-76-


Section 4.21. [No harmful use of proceeds in Switzerland2

The Company shall ensure that no proceeds of the Notes will be on-lent or made otherwise available, directly or indirectly, to any Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland and/or having its registered office in Switzerland and/or qualifying as a Swiss resident pursuant to the Swiss Withholding Tax Act; or otherwise be used or made available, directly or indirectly, in each case, in a manner which would constitute a “harmful use of proceeds in Switzerland” (schädliche Mittelverwendung in der Schweiz) as interpreted by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration for purposes of Swiss Withholding Tax, unless and until a written confirmation or countersigned tax ruling application from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been obtained confirming that such use of proceeds is permitted without interest and other payments under any Note becoming subject to Swiss Withholding Tax.]

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) the Company is the surviving Person or (b) if the Company is not the surviving Person, then the surviving Person formed by such consolidation or merger to the Person to which such assets are so sold, assigned, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and any such other surviving Person shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture expressly assuming the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture;

(2) to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Company will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.00:1.00;

(5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of Section 5.01(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the surviving Peron’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; and

 
2 

NTD: Covenant can be deleted if tax ruling from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration is obtained prior to the issuance of the Notes.

 

-77-


(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (4) of Section 5.01(a), to the extent that the Company is the surviving Person:

(1) the Company may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, so long as no Capital Stock of the Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than the Company; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and

(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating or forming the Company in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Company or another Guarantor) unless:

(1) (A) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving, continuing or transferee Person (if not such Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture hereto and the applicable Collateral Documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee;

(B) to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the successor Guarantor are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the successor Guarantor will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

(C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(D) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with this Indenture; or

 

-78-


(2) in the event the transaction results in the release of the Guarantor’s Note Guarantee under clause (1)(A) of Section 10.06(a), the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.16 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time).

(d) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon mandatory or optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) [reserved];

(4) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under Article 4 (in each case, other than (A) a failure to purchase Notes, which constitutes an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(2), or (B) a failure to comply with Section 4.06 which constitutes an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5));

(5) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(6) (i) event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement, except that, other than with respect to a payment event of default or bankruptcy or insolvency events of default under the ABL Credit Agreement, so long as the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement have not been accelerated, the Company shall be permitted (x) to the extent there are any IAI Investors, (I) to the extent that such event of default is not subject to a grace period or a grace period of less than or equal to 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the closing date thereof), a grace period to cure such event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement equal to (A) in the event that the underlying event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement is not subject to a grace period under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)), 15 days and (B) in the event that the underlying event of event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement is subject to a grace period of less than 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)), 15 days less the applicable grace period in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement

 

-79-


(as in effect on the date hereof)) and (II) to the extent that such event of default is subject to a grace period of greater than 15 days under the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof)), no grace period, which resulting Event of Default under this Indenture, in each case under this clause (x), may be waived at the sole discretion of IAI Investor(s) holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding held by IAI Investor(s), and (y) otherwise, a grace period to cure such event of default under the ABL Credit Agreement of 30 days; and

(ii) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, at the final maturity of such Indebtedness; or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity;

and, in each case of this clause (6)(ii), the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10,000,000 or more;

(7) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(8) (i) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries (excluding any Immaterial Subsidiaries) that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Laws:

(A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Laws; provided that any of the foregoing actions shall not constitute a Default if this would constitute a breach of section 44 of the German Act on the Stabilisation and Restructuring Framework for Business (StaRUG);

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, monitor sequestrator, administrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

-80-


(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Laws that:

(A) is for relief against the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company, any such Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, monitor, sequestrator, administrator or other similar official of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(9) any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee;

(10) with respect to any Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (A) the security interest under the Collateral Documents, at any time, ceases to be a valid and perfected Lien (perfected as or having the priority required by the Collateral Documents and this Indenture) and in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with their terms and the terms of this Indenture and such failure continues for 60 days and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof, or from the failure of the Notes Collateral Agent (or the applicable controlling collateral agent pursuant to the applicable Intercreditor Agreement) to maintain possession of certificates or instruments actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or (B) the Company or any

 

-81-


Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and such Person fails to rescind such assertion within 60 days; or

(11) any Intercreditor Agreement is not or ceases to be binding on or enforceable against any party thereto (or against any Person on whose behalf any such party makes any covenant or agreements therein), or shall otherwise not be effective to create the rights and obligations purported to be created thereunder, in each case in any respect material to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders.

However, a Default under clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice.

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.01(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if:

(1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.01(a) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and

(2) (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

Section 6.02. Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (8) of Section 6.01(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes, together with the Applicable Premium, to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, together with the Applicable Premium, will be due and payable immediately.

(b) If an Event of Default under clause (8) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, together with the Applicable Premium, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

(c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

 

-82-


(d) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, IN THE EVENT THE NOTES ARE ACCELERATED OR OTHERWISE BECOME DUE AND PAYABLE PRIOR TO JANUARY 1, 2029 AS A RESULT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, THE APPLICABLE PREMIUM WILL ALSO BE DUE AND PAYABLE AND SHALL CONSTITUTE PART OF THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES, IN VIEW OF THE IMPRACTICABILITY AND EXTREME DIFFICULTY OF ASCERTAINING ACTUAL DAMAGES AND BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES AS TO A REASONABLE CALCULATION OF EACH HOLDER’S LOST PROFITS AS A RESULT THEREOF. ANY PREMIUM (INCLUDING THE APPLICABLE PREMIUM) PAYABLE ABOVE SHALL BE THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SUSTAINED BY EACH HOLDER AS THE RESULT OF THE EARLY REDEMPTION AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT IT IS REASONABLE UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES CURRENTLY EXISTING. THE PREMIUM (INCLUDING THE APPLICABLE PREMIUM) SHALL ALSO BE PAYABLE IN THE EVENT THE NOTES (AND/OR THIS INDENTURE) ARE SATISFIED OR RELEASED BY FORECLOSURE, WHETHER BY POWER OF JUDICIAL PROCEEDING, DEED IN LIEU OF FORECLOSURE, EXERCISE OF REMEDIES AND/OR SALE OF COLLATERAL FOLLOWING EVENTS OF DEFAULT OR ANY SALE OF COLLATERAL IN AN INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING, ANY RESTRUCTURING, REORGANIZATION OR COMPROMISE OF THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS INDENTURE OR ANY OTHER TERMINATION OF THIS INDENTURE OR NOTES AS A RESULT OF ANY SUCH EVENTS.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.02 of this Indenture or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default due to the Company’s failure to comply with the requirements under Section 4.01 of this Indenture, for the first 180 calendar days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, consists exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to (1) 0.25% for the first 90 calendar days after such Event of Default and (2) 0.50% for calendar days 91 through 180 after such Event of Default. On the 181st day after such Event of Default, if such violation is not cured or waived, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare the principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If the Company elects to pay such additional interest, it shall notify the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes by certificate of the Company’s election at any time on or before the close of business on the first Business Day following the Event of Default. No additional interest shall be due or payable due to the occurrence of an Event of Default other than with respect to such failure to comply with reporting requirements.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except:

 

-83-


(1) a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer); and

(2) a Default with respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected,

provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

Subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent. However, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, or that the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no obligation to make such determination) or that would, in its or its counsel’s opinion, lead the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to expend its own funds or expose it to liability (financial or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of Holders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in this Indenture and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes (subject to the Intercreditor Agreements) unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered, and if requested provided, the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

-84-


A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and their agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

-85-


Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13. Priorities.

Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with respect to any proceeds of Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained in the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or any money or other property distributable in respect of any Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:

(1) to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and to the Notes Collateral Agent for the costs and expenses incurred under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(2) to Holders of Super Priority Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Super Priority Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Super Priority Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively;

(3) to Holders of Notes other than Super Priority Notes for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(4) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

 

-86-


Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) With respect to the Trustee, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, and at all times with respect to the Notes Collateral Agent:

(1) the duties of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or other Note Documents against the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof or the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent may be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

-87-


(3) neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder and the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in their opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may be contrary to any Note Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Bankruptcy Laws.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any acts or omissions, except for such losses, damages or expenses which have been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted from the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as the case may be.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable, that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01.

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall (i) have any duty to take any discretionary action or to exercise any discretionary power, or (ii) be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested provided, to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent (as applicable) against any loss, liability or expense (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the applicable Note Document and which may include payment in advance).

(g) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, not only as to due execution, validity and effectiveness, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent need investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

-88-


(b) Before the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may (but is not obliged to) require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may consult with counsel or other professionals retained or consulted of its selection and the advice of such counsel, professional or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) In no event shall the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in each of its capacities hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and by, the Agents and each other agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or thereunder.

(i) [Reserved].

(j) The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(k) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

-89-


(l) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent:

(1) shall be accountable for the use or application by any Person of disbursements properly made by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents or of moneys received from the Company or the Guarantors; or

(2) shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services.

(m) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be responsible for any unsuitability, inadequacy, expiration or unfitness of any security interest created hereunder or pursuant to any other Collateral Document pertaining to this matter nor shall it be obligated to make any investigation into, and shall be entitled to assume, the adequacy and fitness of any security interest created hereunder or pursuant to any other Collateral Document. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any obligation to give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain any financing statements, notices, instruments, documents, agreements, consents or other papers as shall be necessary to (i) create, preserve, perfect or validate the security interest granted to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents or (ii) enable the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights under the Collateral Documents with respect to such pledge and security interest. In addition, neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any responsibility or liability (i) in connection with the acts or omissions of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the foregoing or (ii) for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any security interest created in the Collateral or the perfection and priority of such security interest.

(n) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against any prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords similar collateral and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee.

(o) The permissive rights of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to do things enumerated in this Note Documents shall not be construed as a duty and, with respect to such permissive rights, neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(p) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any liability for any action taken, or errors in judgment made, in good faith by it or any of its officers, employees or agents, unless it shall have been negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

-90-


Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

However, in the event that the Trustee acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties or resign. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11.

Section 7.04. Disclaimer.

Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Company, the Trustee will mail or deliver by electronic transmission to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after obtaining such knowledge or being notified by the Company. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

(a) Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with [•] and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. Neither the Trustee’s nor the Notes Collateral Agent’s compensation

 

-91-


shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Notes Collateral Agent’s agents and respective counsel. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and any predecessor Notes Collateral Agent and their directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) for, and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent)) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements against the Company or any Guarantor, court costs and any sworn translation costs and together with any applicable VAT)) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent through the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

(d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Laws.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08. Appointment of the Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) Each Holder, by accepting and holding a Note (including by accepting a Note following transfer from another Holder), shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of the Collateral and authorizing the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into any Collateral Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

 

-92-


(b) In respect of the Dutch Security Agreements and the Collateral governed by Dutch law, the Notes Collateral Agent shall act in its own name and as creditor in its own right under the Parallel Debt as referred to in Section 13.20 of this Indenture for the benefit of the Trustee (acting for the benefit of the Holders).

(c) The Notes Collateral Agent shall act in accordance with the powers given to it by law and by the Non-ABL Agreements.

(d) The Notes Collateral Agent hereby accepts the appointments under Sections 7.08(b) and (c).

(e) The Notes Collateral Agent shall solely act in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent or for itself (as secured party).

(f) Any change of Notes Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 7.08 shall be made in accordance with Section 7.08.

(g) The Trustee (acting on behalf and for the benefit of the Holders):

(1) [reserved]

(2) irrevocably authorises, empowers and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically entrusted to it under the Notes Documents, together with any other rights, powers and discretions which are incidental thereto; and

(3) acknowledges and confirms that the Notes Collateral Agent is entitled to take any step to protect the interests of the Secured Parties; however, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make the filing of any proof of claim for the benefit of the Trustee (acting on behalf and for the benefit of the Holders), unless otherwise agreed between the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee.

(h) Without limiting the limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its acceptance of any Notes, each Holder irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent:

(i) in relation to the Collateral being subject to the German Security Agreements, to (A) hold, administer and realise such Collateral that is transferred or assigned by way of security (Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung) or otherwise granted to it and is creating or evidencing a non-accessory security right (nicht akzessorische Sicherheit) in its own name as trustee (Treuhänder) for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders; and (B) hold (with regard to its own rights under the Parallel Debt), administer, and realise any such Collateral that is pledged (verpfändet) or otherwise transferred to the Notes Collateral Agent and is creating or evidencing an accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) as agent in the name of and for and on the behalf of the Trustee and the Holders, and in its own name on the basis of the Parallel Debt in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-93-


(ii) to: (A) accept as its representative (Stellvertreter) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of the Trustee and/or such Holder in connection with the German Security Agreements and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative (Stellvertreter) any amendments and/or alterations to any German Security Agreements or any other agreement related to such Collateral which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) including the release or confirmation of release of such security; (B) execute on behalf of itself and the Trustee and the Holders where relevant and without the need for any further referral to, or authority from, the Trustee and the Holders or any other person all necessary releases of any such Collateral being subject to the German Security Agreements or any other agreement related to such Collateral; (C) realize such Collateral in accordance with the German Security Agreements or any other agreement securing such Collateral; (D) make, receive all declarations and statements and undertake all other necessary actions and measures which are necessary or desirable in connection with such Collateral or the German Security Agreements or any other agreement securing the Collateral; (E) take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the German Security Agreements; and (F) exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Trustee and the Holders under the German Security Agreements together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(iii) to act as its agent (Stellvertreter), and, to the extent possible, releases the Notes Collateral Agent from any restrictions on representing several persons and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch). The Notes Collateral Agent has the power to grant sub-power of attorney, including the release from the restrictions of section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch).

(i) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its acceptance of any Notes, each Holder irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent:

(i) in relation to each of the Swiss Security Agreements pursuant to which Liens of a non-accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Non-Accessory Security Agreements”), to hold and administer and, as the case may be, release and realize any such Lien (including any and all benefits in connection with any Swiss Non-Accessory Security Agreements and any and all proceeds of such Lien) on a fiduciary basis (treuhänderisch) for itself (including as joint-credit) and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) in relation to each of the Swiss Security Agreements pursuant to which Liens of an accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Accessory Security Agreements”), to hold and administer and, as the case may be, release and realize any such Lien (including any and all benefits in connection with any Swiss Accessory Security Agreements and any and all proceeds of such Lien) for itself (including as joint-creditor) and as direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter) in the name and on behalf of each of the Trustee and the Holders and each of the Trustee and the Holders authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to act as its direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter) in relation to any and all matters in connection with such Swiss Accessory Security Agreements in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Notes Collateral Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this paragraph (i) by or through any one or more co-agents, sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent), and each Holder hereby irrevocably authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to appoint any such co-agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent) for such purposes and confirms that the authority, rights, powers and protections afforded to the Notes Collateral Agent under this paragraph (i) shall apply equally to any such co-agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent) so appointed.

 

-94-


Section 7.09. Replacement of Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s or successor Notes Collateral Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent by so notifying the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent if:

(1) in the case of the Trustee, the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.11;

(2) the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Laws;

(3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, or its property; or

(4) the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent becomes incapable of acting as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent, respectively, hereunder.

(b) If the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee or the successor Notes Collateral Agent to replace it with another successor Trustee or another successor Notes Collateral Agent appointed by the Company.

(c) If a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

(d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) A successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee

 

-95-


or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder have been paid and such transfer shall be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 7.09, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent.

(f) As used in this Section 7.09, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent.

Section 7.10. Successor by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another entity or national banking association, the successor entity or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent.

Section 7.11. Eligibility; Disqualification.

(a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

(b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.13. Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreements.

By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders hereby authorize and direct the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to execute and deliver each of the Collateral Documents and each Intercreditor Agreement (including joinder agreements thereto) and any other Collateral Documents in which the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, is named as a party, including any Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Documents executed on or after the Issue Date and any amendments, joinders or supplements to any Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document permitted by this Indenture. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, in so doing, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under the Intercreditor Agreements or any other Collateral Documents, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, privileges, benefits, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements).

 

-96-


ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to this Indenture, all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Section 8.02.

(b) Following the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

(c) If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option under this Section 8.02, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

(d) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03.

 

-97-


Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.10, 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.20 and 5.01(a)(4) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(3) that resulted solely from the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4), Section 6.01(a)(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), Section 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

(b) If the Company exercises its Covenant Defeasance option under this Section 8.03, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

(a) The following shall be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

-98-


(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) [reserved];

(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

(7) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders.

 

-99-


(c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors (except that no existing Guarantor will be required to execute any amendment or supplement of this Indenture that solely relates to changes described in Section 9.01(a)(5)), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

-100-


(2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with Section 5.01;

(3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) comply with the rules of any applicable Depositary;

(5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(6) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(7) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Lien securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreements;

(8) add covenants of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;

(9) make any change that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements of any Holder;

(10) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(11) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor Trustee (provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture) or successor notes collateral agent;

(12) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements to any provision of the “Description of the First-Out Notes” section of the Registration Statement to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the First-Out Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, as confirmed in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee;

(13) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes or, if Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(14) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

 

-101-


(15) to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Notes and/or the Note Guarantees.

(b) The Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements to any of the following amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements:

(1) (A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Secured Indebtedness that is Incurred in compliance with the ABL Facility, this Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, and the Collateral Documents and (B) to establish the priority of the Liens on any Collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under the ABL Facility, this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (C) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing any Indebtedness replacing the ABL Facility permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture shall be senior to the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing any such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens on such Non- ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, all on the terms provided for in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification; and all proceeds of the Collateral shall be payable to the Notes Collateral Agent and such representatives for any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and under any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, all on the terms provided for in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment;

(2) to effectuate the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or the Collateral Documents if those assets are (A) owned by a Guarantor and that Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (B) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted or not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(3) to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Indebtedness refinancing any Secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 shall rank pari passu with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under such replaced Secured Indebtedness and otherwise conform to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) upon any cancellation or termination of the ABL Facility without a replacement thereof, to establish that the ABL Priority Collateral (in addition to the Notes Priority Collateral) shall secure the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees on the same basis as the Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification;

(5) (i) to add any junior lien secured parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent as senior lien secured party, to any junior lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or (ii) to add any second lien secured parties to any second lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(6) in the case of any Collateral Document, to include therein any legend required to be set forth therein pursuant to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, or to modify any such legend as required by such Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-102-


(7) with respect to the Intercreditor Agreements then in effect or the Collateral Documents, as provided in the relevant Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document, as applicable;

(8) to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Notes and/or the Notes Guarantees; and

(9) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents, or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement (and any amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material way), in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the definitive documentation governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture or any other agreement that is permitted by this Indenture.

(c) Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

(a) Except as provided in Section 9.01 and this Section 9.02 (and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.09 and Section 2.10 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

(b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon delivery to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 13.04, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

-103-


(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will send to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, any failure of the Company to send such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

(e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of or Applicable Premium due on, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, Applicable Premium, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Section 3.07, Section 4.15 and Section 4.16 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Asset Disposition” and “Change of Control”);

(6) make any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Note;

(7) amend the contractual right expressly set forth in this Indenture or the Notes of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Holder’s consent;

(9) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or

(10) modify or change any provision in this Indenture or any Intercreditor Agreement relating to the payment terms or application of proceeds in connection with the Notes or the Super Priority Notes, including any payment or application of proceeds waterfalls.

(f) In addition, and subject to Section 9.02(e)(10), without the consent of Holders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (i) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in this Indenture relating to the Notes dealing with the

 

-104-


Collateral Documents in any manner, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the Holders or otherwise release all or substantially all Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) modify or waive any of the Guarantor Release Protection Provisions, (iii) modify the Lien priority of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, or (iv) modify or change any provision of this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents that adversely affects the ranking as to right of payment (it being understood that the “right of payment” here refers to contractual ranking) or payment priority of the Notes, except for (a) any “debtor-in-possession” facility (or similar financing under applicable law) or (b) any other Indebtedness for borrowed money so long as a bona fide opportunity to participate in such Indebtedness is offered ratably to all adversely affected Holders on a no less than pro rata basis (other than with respect to customary backstop or similar fees and expense reimbursement).

(g) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

(h) The Company shall not permit any amendment, modification or waiver to the Loan Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) that would be adverse in any material respect to the rights or interests of any Holder.

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

(a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver that is effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

(a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

(b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

-105-


Section 9.06. Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

(a) The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

(b) The Notes Collateral Agent shall sign any amendment, supplement, consent or waiver authorized pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof (including, without limitation, without the further consent or agreement of the Holders if so provided in such Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreements or otherwise in accordance with Section 9.01(b) of this Indenture) if the amendment, supplement, consent or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Notes Collateral Agent. In executing any amendment, supplement, consent or waiver to any of the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes Collateral Agent shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement, consent or waiver is authorized or permitted by the applicable Collateral Document and/or the Intercreditor Agreements, as the case may be, and complies with the provisions thereof.

Section 9.07. Actions by Consenting Noteholders.

In the case of any consent, waiver or other action to be taken by Holder with respect to Notes beneficially owned by a Consenting Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee, in their respective sole discretion, upon evidence satisfactory to each that such Notes are beneficially owned by such Consenting Noteholder, may accept any consent, waiver or other action taken by such Consenting Noteholder with respect to Notes it beneficially owns as having been provided or performed by the Holder thereof. The Company shall deliver a copy of the Transaction Support Agreement to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent on the Issue Date, on which each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely as to the identity of the parties thereto, or otherwise.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 10 and the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in

 

-106-


accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations.” Failing payment by the Company when due of any amount so Guaranteed or any performance so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06.

(c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations Guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations Guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

(f) Subject to Section 11.07(b), each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or proceeding be filed by or against the Company or any Guarantor for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company or any Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver, trustee, interim receiver, monitor or other similar official be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer,” “transfer at undervalue” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

-107-


(g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(i) The Note Guarantees will be secured by Liens, with the priority of such Liens conforming to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, subject to Permitted Liens, on the Collateral of each applicable Guarantor (which Collateral will also secure the ABL Facility and the Second-Out Notes, with the priority of such Liens in each case conforming to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement).

Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a preference, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or a transfer at undervalue for purposes of Bankruptcy Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

For purposes of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), the annual rates of interest or fees to which the rates of interest or fees provided in this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (and stated herein or therein, as applicable, to be computed on the basis of 360 days or any other period of time less than a calendar year) are equivalent are the rates so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the applicable calendar year and divided by 360 or such other period of time, respectively.

If any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee or other obligations arising pursuant to this Indenture would oblige any Canadian Guarantor to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Holder in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Holder of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable law or so result in a receipt by that Holder of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), by reducing the amount or rate of interest, and, thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Holder which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if a Holder shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada), the applicable Canadian Guarantor shall be entitled to obtain reimbursement from such Holder in an amount equal to such excess and, pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by such Holder to such Canadian Guarantor.

 

-108-


Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.

In particular,

(a) the enforcement of a Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, of any security, of any joint and several liability and of any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents (together, the “Enforcement of Claims”) are restricted if and to the extent (i) the enforcement proceeds of an Enforcement of Claims are applied in satisfaction of any liability of such German Guarantor’s direct or indirect shareholder(s) or partners (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder or partner (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (cross-stream) (other than the liabilities of any Subsidiary of the German Guarantor) and (ii) the Enforcement of Claims would cause the amount of the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) Net Assets, as adjusted pursuant to the following provisions, to fall below the amount of its registered share capital (Stammkapital) (Begrundung einer Unterbilanz) or to increase any already existing capital impairment (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz) or a violation of sections 30 and 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG), (each such event is hereinafter referred to as a “Capital Impairment”). For the purposes of the calculation of a Capital Impairment, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(i) the amount of any increase of the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) registered share capital that has been effected after the date of this Agreement (or, if at a later point, the accession thereto by the relevant German Guarantor as a Guarantor) effected without prior written consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) registered share capital;

(ii) loans provided to the German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be disregarded if and to the extent such loans are subordinated or are considered subordinated by operation of law at least into the rank pursuant to Section 39 para 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(iii) loans or other contractual financial liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Note Documents shall be disregarded;

(iv) assets of the German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) shall be disregarded to the extent profits would be prohibited from distribution pursuant to section 268 paragraph (8) of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch); and

(v) the amount of non-distributable assets according to section 253 paragraph (6) or section 272 paragraph (5) of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) shall not be included in the calculation of Net Assets.

 

-109-


(vi) the costs of any Auditor’s Determination (as defined below) shall be taken into account in calculating the Net Assets.

In a situation where a Capital Impairment would occur in relation to a German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner) after the Enforcement of Claims, the German Guarantor shall without undue delay (but no later than eight (8) weeks after occurrence of such situation, unless an extension of such period is granted by the Trustee), to the extent legally permitted, dispose of all assets which are not necessary for its business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) where the relevant assets are shown in the balance sheet of the German Guarantor with a book value significantly lower than the market value of such assets (each such asset a “Relevant Asset”), unless such disposal would not be commercially justifiable. The relevant German Guarantor shall, within ten (10) Business Days upon receipt of a written request from the Trustee relating to any Relevant Asset which is not being sold pursuant to the preceding sentence, provide the Trustee with reasonably detailed information as to why it considers the sale of such Relevant Asset not to be commercially justifiable. In the latter case, the relevant German Guarantor and the Trustee will liaise with each other and the relevant German Guarantor shall use its reasonable efforts to make further attempts to dispose of such Relevant Asset on more beneficial terms and keep the Trustee informed about its progress on a continuous basis.

The limitation pursuant to this Section 10.02(a) shall apply, subject to the following requirements, if following a notice by the Trustee that it intends to enforce any payment claim under the Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, any security, any joint and several liability or any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents, the German Guarantor notifies the Trustee (“Management Notification”) within 15 Business Days upon receipt of the relevant demand that a Capital Impairment would occur (setting out in reasonable detail to what extent a Capital Impairment would occur and providing an estimation of the net proceeds realization along with the calculations / information on which such estimate is based, or other measures undertaken in accordance with the mitigation provisions set out above). If the Management Notification is contested by the Trustee, the German Guarantor undertakes (at its own cost and expense) to arrange for the preparation of a balance sheet by its auditors in order to have such auditors determine whether (and if so, to what extent) any payment under this Note Guarantee or this Indenture would cause a Capital Impairment (the “Auditor’s Determination”). The Auditor’s Determination shall be prepared, taking into account the adjustments set out above in relation to the calculation of a Capital Impairment, by applying the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsatze ordnungsmafiiger Buchfuhrung) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as consistently applied by the German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements, in particular in the preparation of its most recent annual balance sheet, and taking into consideration applicable court rulings of German courts. The German Guarantor shall provide the Auditor’s Determination to the Trustee within twenty- five (25) Business Days from the date on which the Trustee contested the Management Notification in writing. The Auditor’s Determination shall be binding on the German Guarantor and the Secured Parties.

Notwithstanding the above, the provisions of this Section 10.02(a) shall not apply:

(i) if the German Guarantor is party as dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) of a Domination Agreement (Beherrschungsvertrag) and/or a profit and loss transfer agreement (Gewinnabfuhrungsvertrag) pursuant to section 30 para 1 sentence 2 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) with the entity whose liabilities are secured or shall be paid, unless the enforcement of payment claims under the Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, of any security, of any joint and several liability or of any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents would cause of violations of section;

 

-110-


(ii) if the German Guarantor has a recourse right (Ruckgriffsanspruch) towards its direct or indirect shareholder(s) or partners (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder or partner (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (cross-stream) which is fully recoverable (werthaltig) at the time of the Enforcement of Claims; or to any amounts borrowed under the Note Documents to the extent the proceeds of such borrowing are on- lent to the German Guarantor or its Subsidiaries to the extent that any amounts so on-lent are still outstanding at the time the relevant demand is made against the German Guarantor.

(iii) if insolvency proceedings have been opened in relation to that German Guarantor;

(iv) by law, changes in applicable law or applicable court rulings of the Federal Supreme Court the limitations set out in this Section 10.02(a) are not deemed to be longer required to protect the management of the German Guarantor; or

(v) if the German Guarantor has not complied with its obligations under this Section 10.02(a).

(b) Switzerland

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Notes Document, if and to the extent that a Swiss Guarantor becomes liable under this Indenture or any other Notes Document for obligations other than obligations of one of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries (i.e. obligations of its respective direct or indirect parent companies (up-stream liabilities) or sister companies (cross-stream liabilities)) (the “Restricted Obligations”) and if complying with such obligations would not be permitted under Swiss corporate law then applicable, then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid under applicable Swiss law; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s distributable capital (presently being the balance sheet profits and any reserves available for distribution) at the time or times performance of the relevant obligations is due or requested from such Swiss Guarantor, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) release the relevant Swiss Guarantor from its obligations in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefore until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation.

(ii) In case a Swiss Guarantor who must make a payment in respect of Restricted Obligations under this Indenture or any other Notes Document is obliged to withhold Swiss Withholding Tax in respect of such payment, such Swiss Guarantor shall:

(1) procure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax, or with deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including double tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

(2) if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above does not apply, deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the rate of 35 per cent. (or such other rate as in force from time to time), or if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above applies for a part of the Swiss Withholding Tax only, deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the reduced rate resulting after the discharge of part of such tax by notification under applicable law, from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations and promptly pay any such taxes to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (Eidgenössische Steuerverwaltung);

 

-111-


(3) notify the Trustee that such notification, or as the case may be, deduction has been made and provide the Trustee with evidence that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made or, as the case may be, such taxes deducted have been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration;

(4) in the case of a deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax:

(A) use its best efforts to ensure that any person other than a Holder which is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment in respect of Restricted Obligations, will, as soon as possible after such deduction (y) request a refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax under applicable law (including tax treaties) and (z) pay to the Trustee upon receipt any amounts so refunded; and

(B) if a Holder is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment, and if requested by the Trustee, shall provide the Trustee (on its behalf or on behalf of any Holder) those documents that are required by law and applicable tax treaties to be provided by the payer of such tax, for each relevant Holder, to prepare a claim for refund of Swiss Withholding Tax.

(iii) If a Swiss Guarantor is obliged to withhold Swiss Withholding Tax in accordance with Section 10.02(b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to further enforce the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and apply proceeds therefrom against the Restricted Obligations up to an amount which is equal to that amount which would have been obtained if no withholding of Swiss Withholding Tax were required, whereby such further enforcements shall always be limited to the maximum amount of the freely distributable reserves of such Swiss Guarantor as set out in paragraph (i) above.

(iv) If and to the extent requested by the Trustee and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Trustee and the Holders to obtain a maximum benefit under this Indenture or any other Notes Document, as applicable, the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall, and any parent company of such Swiss Guarantor being a party to this Indenture or any other Notes Document shall procure that such Swiss Guarantor will, promptly implement all such measures and/or to promptly procure the fulfilment of all prerequisites allowing the prompt fulfilment of the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and allowing the relevant Swiss Guarantor to promptly perform its obligations and make the (requested) payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:

(1) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of the relevant Swiss Guarantor;

(2) confirmation of the auditors of the relevant Swiss Guarantor that the relevant amount represents (the maximum of) freely distributable capital of such Swiss Guarantor;

(3) approval by a shareholders meeting of the relevant Swiss Guarantor of the capital distribution;

 

-112-


(4) if the enforcement of Restricted Obligations would be limited due to the effects referred to in this clause, then the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall to the extent permitted by applicable law write up or realize any of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets, in case of realization, however, only if such assets are not necessary for the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig); and

(5) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow payment under the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and to allow the relevant Swiss Guarantor to make the payments and perform the obligations agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery.

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) If required by Section 4.11, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.11 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04. Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06. Release of Note Guarantees.

(a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, upon:

 

-113-


(1) (A) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition is made in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(B) [reserved];

(C) [reserved];

(D) the consent of the Holders in accordance with Article 9;

(E) the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8;

(F) the satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(G) such Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary under the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”; provided that (i) the transaction or other circumstance pursuant which such Subsidiary Guarantor became an Excluded Subsidiary was made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and for bona fide business purposes without the intent or purpose of releasing such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing immediately after giving effect thereto; and

(2) in the case of clauses (a)(1)(A), (D), (E), (F) and (G) only, the Company delivering to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction or release have been complied with.

(b) At the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release and discharge in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

(c) In the event that any released Guarantor (in the case of Section 10.06(a)(1)) thereafter borrows money or Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Guarantor, the terms of the consent described in Section 10.06(a)(1) may provide that such former Guarantor shall again provide a Note Guarantee if required pursuant to Section 4.11.

ARTICLE 11

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 11.01. Collateral.

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the Notes and the Note Guarantees and performance of all other obligations under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7.07, and the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreements

 

-114-


and the Collateral Documents, shall be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, as provided in the Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Holders, by accepting a Note, are deemed to hereby appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the initial Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Notes Collateral Agent shall hold the Collateral in trust (or, as the case may be, as direct representative) for the benefit of all of the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral and the automatic amendments, supplements, consents, waivers and other modifications thereto without the consent of the Holders) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements on the Issue Date, and any Collateral Documents at any time after the Issue Date, if applicable, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. In the event of conflict between an Intercreditor Agreement, any of the other Collateral Documents and this Indenture, the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall control. The Company shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent copies of all documents required to be filed pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by Section 11.04(a), to assure and confirm to the Notes Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.

(c) The Trustee and each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Note Guarantees, acknowledge that, as more fully set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, all the Holders and the Trustee, and that the Liens granted on the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents are subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and actions that may be taken thereunder. Prior to the discharge of the ABL Obligations, to the extent that the ABL Collateral Agent is satisfied with or agrees to any deliveries or documents required to be provided in respect of any matters relating to the ABL Priority Collateral or makes any determination in respect of any matters relating to the ABL Priority Collateral, including, without limitation, extensions of time or waivers for the creation and perfection of security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets (including in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Issue Date and including with respect to any time periods described in the immediately preceding paragraph), the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be satisfied with such deliveries, extensions or waivers, and/or documents and the judgment of the ABL Collateral Agent in respect of any such matters under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be the judgment of the Notes Collateral Agent in respect of such matters under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

(d) Without limiting the powers of the Notes Collateral Agent, for the purposes of holding any hypothec granted pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, each of the Holders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent and, to the extent necessary, ratifies the appointment and authorization of the Notes Collateral Agent, to act as the hypothecary representative of the present and future Holders as contemplated under Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec (in such capacity, the “Attorney”), and to enter into, to take and to hold on their behalf, and for their benefit, any hypothec, and

 

-115-


to exercise such powers and duties that are conferred upon the Attorney under any related deed of hypothec and applicable law. The Attorney shall: (a) have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise, except as may be otherwise specifically restricted by the terms hereof, all rights and remedies given to the Attorney pursuant to any such deed of hypothec and applicable law, and (b) benefit from and be subject to all provisions hereof with respect to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent mutatis mutandis, including, without limitation, all such provisions with respect to the liability or responsibility to and indemnification by the Holders. Any person who becomes a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Indenture be deemed to have consented to and confirmed the Attorney as the person acting as hypothecary representative holding the aforesaid hypothecs as aforesaid and to have ratified, as of the date it becomes a Holder, all actions taken by the Attorney in such capacity. The substitution of the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Article 7 also constitute the substitution of the Attorney.

(e) By its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees, each Holder directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in its capacity as First-Out Notes Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) on behalf of each Holder.

Section 11.02. Maintenance of Collateral.

The Company and the Guarantors shall (a) maintain all property that is material to the conduct of their respective businesses in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (b) pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (i) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Company or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (ii) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company and its Subsidiaries shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies having a financial strength rating of at least A- by A.M. Best Company insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks (including, without limitation, product liability and product recall insurance) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. The Company will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, upon request of the Holders, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained. Each such policy of liability or casualty insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor shall (a) in the case of each liability insurance policy (other than workers’ compensation, director and officer liability or other policies in which such endorsements are not customary), name the Notes Collateral Agent as an additional insured thereunder, and (b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Notes Collateral Agent, as a loss payee thereunder.

Section 11.03. Impairment of Collateral.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any senior Liens and Section 11.07, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders, unless such action or failure to take action is otherwise permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents.

 

-116-


Section 11.04. Further Assurances.

(a) On and after the Issue Date, and subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, the Company shall and shall cause each Guarantor (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), at their sole expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions which may be necessary, including those the Notes Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request (it being understood that the Notes Collateral Agent is under no obligation or duty to make such request), to create, better assure, preserve, protect, defend and perfect the security interests in the United States and the Specified Jurisdictions and the rights and remedies created under the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders (subject to Permitted Liens).

(b) On and after the Issue Date, with respect to any property (other than Excluded Property) of the Company or any Guarantors as to which the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, does not have a perfected Lien, the Company shall and shall cause the applicable Guarantor to promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent such amendments to the Collateral Documents or such other documents as the Notes Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a perfected first-priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 4.10) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Collateral Documents or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Notes Collateral Agent.

(c) On and after the Issue Date, with respect to any Subsidiary created or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor, within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such later date as agreed by the Notes Collateral Agent), (i) the Company shall take all actions (if any) to cause such Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) to comply with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (ii) the Company shall, or shall cause the applicable Guarantor to, execute and deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent such amendments to the Collateral Documents as are necessary or advisable, or as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a perfected first-priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 4.10) in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by the Company or any Guarantor except to the extent such Capital Stock constitutes an Excluded Property, and (iii) except to the extent constituting Excluded Property, if such Capital Stock is certificated, deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Section 11.05. After-Acquired Property.

Subject to the applicable limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture (including with respect to Excluded Property), from and after the Issue Date, if the Company or any Guarantor acquires any After-Acquired Property or if any new Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, the Company or such Guarantor shall promptly (i) grant a first-priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) upon any such property, as security for the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (ii) execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates as shall be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such After-Acquired Property or in the Collateral of such Guarantor and to have such After-Acquired Property or such Collateral (but subject to the applicable limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture) added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property or Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

 

-117-


Section 11.06. Real Estate Mortgages and Filings.

(a) With respect to any Material Real Property owned by the Company or a Guarantor in the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by the Company or a Guarantor in the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral (individually and collectively, the “Premises”), by the Issue Date or within thirty (30) days following the date of acquisition (which period may be extended in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company, but which shall in no event be later than the date on which such applicable corresponding action or security under (1), (2) or (3) below is taken or granted under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness), as applicable:

(1) The Company or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Holders, counterparts of each Mortgage with respect to each such Premises, in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture and/or the Collateral Documents, duly executed by the Company or such Guarantor, suitable for recording in all recording offices, with such terms that are necessary to create a valid and enforceable mortgage lien (and to perfect such lien) at the time of recordation thereof, with the priority required by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(2) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a mortgagee’s title insurance policy insuring (or committing to insure) in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, and its successors and/or assigns, in the form necessary, with respect to the property purported to be covered by the applicable Mortgage, to insure that the interest created by such Mortgage constitutes valid mortgage liens on the applicable Premises, with the priority required by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens. Any such title policy shall be in amounts equal to the estimated Fair Market Value of the Premises covered thereby, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available, all such customary endorsements and reinsurance as are available in the applicable jurisdiction which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Premises is located; and

(3) The Company or the Guarantors shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to such Premises, surveys of each Premises, local counsel opinions, along with such other documents, instruments, certificates and agreements, and any other documents necessary to comply with Section 11.06(a) and (b).

Section 11.07. Release of Liens on the Collateral.

(a) Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time and from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to the release of property and other assets constituting Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes and the Obligations under this Indenture under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) to enable the Company and/or one or more Guarantors to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition (including by the termination of capital leases or the repossession of the leased property in a capital lease by the lessor) of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent permitted by Section 4.16;

 

-118-


(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

(3) with respect to any Collateral that is or becomes an “Excluded Property,” upon it becoming an Excluded Property;

(4) in connection with any enforcement action taken by an Authorized Representative in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents; or

(5) as described under Article 9 hereof.

(b) The Liens on the Collateral will be released with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees:

(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, including premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture;

(3) in whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as set forth under Article 8;

(4) in whole or in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture;

(5) in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of Holders holding 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes);

(6) with respect to assets of a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee pursuant to the terms hereof; and

(7) to enable the disposition of property or other assets that constitute Collateral to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.16;

provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) of this Section 11.07(b), all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements have been paid prior to such release.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) The Company and each Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 11.07(a) or 11.07(b)(4) or (5)) or pursuant to the Collateral Documents:

 

-119-


(1) an Officer’s Certificate requesting any such release, filing or other action without recourse, warranty or representation of any kind (express or implied); and

(2) an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable, to such release have been complied with and that it is permitted for the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the documents requested by the Company in connection with such release and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company.

(f) Upon compliance by the Company and each Guarantor, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent for any release of Collateral as set forth above, and if required by this Indenture upon delivery by the Company or the Guarantors to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such conditions precedent have been complied with, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall, at the Company’s expense, promptly cause to be released and reconveyed to the Company or the relevant Guarantors, as the case may be, the released Collateral, and take, at the Company’s expense, all other actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Collateral Document or in the Intercreditor Agreements to the contrary, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate, upon which it shall be entitled to conclusively rely.

Section 11.08. Information Regarding Collateral.

The Company will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, promptly (and in any event within 30 days of such change or such longer period as then permitted under the facility (for the purposes of this paragraph, the “controlling facility”) governing that series of Indebtedness for which the “controlling” collateral agent for any applicable Intercreditor Agreement acts as “collateral agent”) written notice of any change in such Person’s (1) corporate or organization name, (2) jurisdiction of organization or formation or the location of its registered office, principal place of business or chief executive office, (3) identity or corporate structure or (4) organizational identification number. The Company and the Guarantors will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made, or will have been made within 30 days following such change (or such longer period as then permitted under the controlling facility) or within any applicable statutory period, under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable laws that are required in the Collateral Documents in order for the Collateral to be made subject to the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents and shall take all necessary action so that such Lien is perfected with the same priority as immediately prior to such change to the extent required by the Collateral Documents. The Company also agrees promptly to notify the Notes Collateral Agent in writing if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged, destroyed or condemned in a manner which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

Section 11.09. Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreements.

The provisions in this Indenture relating to Collateral are subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and, by their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

-120-


Section 11.10. Suits to Protect the Collateral.

Subject to the provisions of Article 7, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee may direct the Notes Collateral Agent to take all actions it determines in order to:

(a) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and hereunder.

(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations.

Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may determine to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by an acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may determine to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral. Nothing in this Section 11.10 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

Section 11.11. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents.

Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 11.12. Purchaser Protected.

In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the applicable release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

Section 11.13. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any Officer or Officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

-121-


ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

(a) This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees issued hereunder, when either:

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and

(D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee and the Paying Agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b) In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01(a)(2)(A), the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.

Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-122-


(b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties shall control upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 13.02. Notices.

(a) Any notice or communication to the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by electronic transmission, to its address set forth below:

if to the Company or any Guarantor:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

if to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Facsimile: 612-217-5651

Attention: Fossil Group, Inc. Administrator

The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

-123-


(b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

(c) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

(d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

(e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), according to the Applicable Procedures, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by electronic transmission; provided, however, that (1) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in a timely manner, and (2) such originally executed notice, instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s reasonable reliance upon and compliance with such notice, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions.

(h) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(i) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

-124-


Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05), stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05), stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C.

Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.07 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Shareholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company in respect of the Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.

 

-125-


Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 13.08. Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, THE NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT AND HOLDERS, BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF NOTES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 13.10. Force Majeure.

In no event shall either the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics or pandemics, accidents, labor disputes, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) or communications services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 13.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

-126-


Section 13.12. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06.

Section 13.13. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.14. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

Section 13.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.16. PDF Delivery of Signature Pages.

The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by portable document format (“PDF”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 13.17. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

Section 13.18. Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

 

-127-


Section 13.19. [Reserved].

Section 13.20. Parallel Debt; Parallel Debt Owed to the Notes Collateral Agent.

This Section 13.20 is included in this Indenture solely for the purpose of ensuring the validity and effect of certain security rights governed by the laws of the Netherlands and Germany granted or to be granted pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not limit the rights and remedies provided to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent by the other provisions hereof and the provisions of the other Note Documents.

(a) Each of the Note Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Notes Collateral Agent as creditor in its own right and not as a representative of the other Secured Parties amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Note Party to any Secured Party under any Note Document as and when those amounts are due for payment under the relevant Note Document (each such payment undertaking of a Note Party in relation to any individual Secured Party, a “Parallel Debt Undertaking”, and all Parallel Debt Undertakings of each Note Party taken together, its “Parallel Debt”).

(b) Each of the Note Parties and the Notes Collateral Agent acknowledge that the obligations of each Note Party under any Parallel Debt Undertaking are several and are separate and independent (selbständiges Schuldanerkenntnis) from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the obligations of that Note Party to that relevant Secured Party under any Note Document that corresponds to the relevant Parallel Debt Undertaking (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Note Party is liable under any Parallel Debt Undertaking be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that:

(1) the Notes Collateral Agent shall not demand payment with regard to the Parallel Debt Undertaking of a Note Party to the extent that the relevant Holder’s Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged;

(2) a Secured Party shall not demand payment with regard to the Corresponding Debt of a Note Party to the extent that such Note Party’s Parallel Debt Undertaking has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged.

(3) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall cover, in an anticipatory manner as to its scope, any future changes in the relevant Corresponding Debt, in particular any such changes resulting from any future increase of any loan or note facility, any future extension of the agreed maturity thereof or any future change of the interest rate charged thereunder;

(4) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall be due and payable at any time from the date of this Indenture in an amount which equals the amount and currency or currencies of the relevant Corresponding Debt that is due and payable at the same time as the relevant Corresponding Debt; and

(5) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall remain effective notwithstanding any transfer or assumption of its Corresponding Debt in whole or in part to or by any third party, irrespective of whether any such transfer or assumption is effected by way of assignment or assignment and transfer by way of assumption of contract or otherwise.

 

-128-


(c) The Notes Collateral Agent acts in its own name and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The Collateral under the Collateral Documents granted under the Note Documents to the Notes Collateral Agent to secure the Parallel Debt Undertakings is granted to the Notes Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of each Parallel Debt Undertaking and shall not be held on trust.

(d) All monies received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 13.20, and all amounts received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any collateral under the Collateral Documents granted to secure any Parallel Debt Undertaking, shall be applied in accordance with this Indenture.

(e) Without limiting or affecting the Notes Collateral Agent’s rights against the Note Parties (whether under this Section 13.20 or under any other provision of the Note Documents), each Holder acknowledges that:

(1) nothing in this Section 13.20 shall impose any obligation on the Notes Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Holder or otherwise under any Note Document, except in its capacity as lender;

(2) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Note Document, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a lender; and

(3) for purposes of any Dutch Security Agreement, any resignation by the Notes Collateral Agent is not effective with respect to its rights under the Parallel Debt until all rights and obligations under the Parallel Debt have been assigned to and assumed by the successor agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture.

(f) The Notes Collateral Agent will reasonably cooperate in transferring its rights and obligations under the Parallel Debt to a successor agent in accordance with this Indenture and will reasonably cooperate in transferring all rights and obligations under any Collateral Document to such successor agent. All parties to this Indenture hereby, in advance, irrevocably grant their cooperation (medewerking) to such transfers of rights and obligations by the Notes Collateral Agent to a successor agent in accordance with this Indenture.

Section 13.21. Judgment Currency.

(a) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, under applicable law that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase the first currency with such other currency in the city in which it normally conducts its foreign exchange operation for the first currency on the Business Day preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

(b) The obligation of the Note Parties in respect of any sum due from them to the Trustee or any Holder hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture (the “Indenture Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Trustee of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Indenture Currency the Trustee may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Indenture Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of Indenture Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Trustee in the applicable agreement currency, the Note Parties agree notwithstanding any such judgment to indemnify the Trustee against such loss, and if the amount of the Indenture Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Trustee, the Trustee agrees to remit to the Note Parties such excess.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-129-


FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GUARANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix A-1


WILIMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix A-2


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES

Section 1.1 Definitions.

(a) Capitalized Terms.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Distribution Compliance Period,” means, with respect to any Note, the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

“IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“United States” means the United States of America.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

“U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

Appendix A-3


(b) Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

“Agent Members”

   2.1(b)

“Definitive Notes Legend”

   2.2(e)

“ERISA Legend”

   2.2(e)

“Global Note”

   2.1(a)

“Global Notes Legend”

   2.2(e)

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(a)

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(a)

“Regulation S Notes”

   2.1(a)

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   2.3(d)

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(a)

“Rule 144A Notes”

   2.1(a)

APPENDIX B

Section 2.1 Form and Dating

(a) Global Notes.

Certain of the Notes will be issued pursuant to a private placement exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof. The initial purchasers of such Notes may choose to initially hold them in the form of Notes that may be (i) transferred to and held by “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144) (the “Rule 144A Notes”) or (ii) transferred to and held by a Person that is not a U.S. person in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S (the “Regulation S Notes”).

Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”).

Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Permanent Global Note (defined below), the “Regulation S Global Note”), which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Note”) pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depository. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Unrestricted Global Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend (collectively, the “Unrestricted Global Note”).

 

Appendix A-4


One or more global Notes in definitive fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”)

Each of the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.”

Global Notes issued on the Issue Date shall be deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture, including, in the case of the IAI Global Note to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution.

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests and Transfers of Principal in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 of this Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A.

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) and 3 of this Indenture and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

Section 2.2 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

 

Appendix A-5


(i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

(1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend, and are accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with:

(i) a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If the applicable Global Note is not then outstanding, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

 

Appendix A-6


(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.

(i) Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

(ii) During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

 

Appendix A-7


(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note.

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(vi) In the case of a Global Note, so long as such Notes are registered in the name of the Depositary or the Trustee, (a) the holders of beneficial interests in the Notes evidenced thereby shall have no rights under the Notes with respect to such Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Trustee, as the case may be, and (b) the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Notes for all purposes whatsoever, except, in each case, to the extent set forth herein. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in the Global Notes will be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or the Agent Members, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility with respect to such records maintained by the Depositary or the Agent Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (i) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (ii) impair, as between the Depositary and the Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. Except as otherwise may be provided in this Indenture, the rights of beneficial owners in a Global Note shall be exercised through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Any holder of any Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that (x) ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes represented thereby shall be required to be reflected in book-entry form and (y) the transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the book-entry system maintained by the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

(e) Legends.

(i) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d), this Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(i) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (other than the Unrestricted Global Note) and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof but other than any Unrestricted Definitive Note) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD,

 

Appendix A-8


ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO FOSSIL GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Appendix A-9


TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

Each Note, if applicable, shall bear the following additional legend (“ERISA Legend”):

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY (A) “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY OTHER U.S. OR NON-U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES (A) AND (B), PURSUANT TO ERISA, ANY SIMILAR LAWS OR OTHERWISE, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and provides such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

Appendix A-10


(f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Registrar (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Registrar or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request

(ii) No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.08 of this Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 3.10, 4.15, 4.16 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the resale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar and the Trustee.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

Appendix A-11


(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.3 Definitive Notes.

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation. In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Company or Trustee.

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

Appendix A-12


APPENDIX B

POST-CLOSING MATTERS

[To come]

 

Appendix B-1


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.]

 

Appendix B-1


[CUSIP [    ]

ISIN [    ]1]2

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL]

9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

No. [RA- ] [RS- ] [RIAI- ] [U- ] [Up to]3 [$ ]

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

promises to pay to [•]4 [    ] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests and Transfers of Principal in the Global Note attached hereto]5 [of $     (     Dollars),]6 together with the Applicable Premium, on January 1, 2029.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15

Record Dates: March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1

 

1    Rule 144A Note CUSIP:   [•]  
   Rule 144A Note ISIN:   [•]  
   Regulation S Note CUSIP:   [•]  
   Regulation S Note ISIN:   [•]  
   IAI Note CUSIP:   [•]  
   IAI Note ISIN:   [•]  
   Unrestricted Note CUSIP:   [•]  
   Unrestricted Note ISIN:   [•]  
2    Include in Global Notes    
3    Include in Global Notes.    
4    Include in Global Notes    
5    Include in Global Notes    
6    Include in Definitive Notes    

 

Appendix B-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Title: Authorized Signatory
  Dated:

 

Appendix B-3


[Reverse Side of Note]

9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest (subject to paragraph 2 of this Section 1) on the principal amount of this Note at 9.500% per annum until but excluding maturity. The Company shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, beginning on March 15, 2026 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 15, 2026. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Upon the occurrence of a Borrowing Base Overage, the rate of interest shall be immediately increased by an additional fixed rate of 2.00% per annum (with such increase being solely in the form of PIK Interest) with respect to all remaining days in the Interest Period during which such Borrowing Base Overage occurred and is outstanding and for all following Interest Periods during which a Borrowing Base Overage has occurred and is outstanding.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal, premium, if any, and cash interest (in accordance with the terms hereof) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of cash interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that, in the case of all cash payments, payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such cash payments shall be in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. In the event the Company is required to pay PIK Interest for any applicable Interest Period upon the occurrence of a Borrowing Base Overage in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Company will pay interest due for such Interest Period for all outstanding Notes by increasing the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes or issuing additional notes (the “PIK Notes”) under the Indenture having the same terms as the Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). Any increase to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes will be recorded on each Note by the Registrar on the applicable Interest Payment Date. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” herein includes any PIK Notes that are actually issued, and references to “principal amount” or “aggregate principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount or aggregate principal amount of the Notes as a result of a PIK Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, any PIK Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes, including for purposes of determining whether the required

 

Appendix B-4


percentage of Holders have given approval or consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver or joined in directing the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent. On any Interest Payment Date on which the Company pays PIK Interest with respect to a Definitive Note or otherwise issues definitive PIK Notes, the principal amount of any definitive PIK Notes issued to any Holder, for the relevant Interest Period on the principal amount of such Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, shall be rounded up to the nearest whole dollar.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under a Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of [___] (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among Fossil Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. Any term used in this Note that is defined in the Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part.

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

Appendix B-5


10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of the Trustee.

11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

12. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE NON- EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE AND THE NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

14. SECURITY. The Notes and the Note Guarantees will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

15. INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the liens and security interests securing the Obligations evidenced by this Note, the exercise of any right or remedy with respect thereto, and certain of the rights of the Holder hereof are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and this Note, the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

 

Appendix B-6


Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

 

Appendix B-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint        to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:       

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*             

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-8


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $     principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)

 

  ☐

book-entry or       ☐ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

  ☐

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

  ☐

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)    ☐    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
(2)    ☐    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)    ☐    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
(4)    ☐    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
(5)    ☐    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
(6)    ☐    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)    ☐    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(8)    ☐    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

Appendix B-1


Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6), (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Date:    

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature of Signature Guarantee*                

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Date:      

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee*                

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-2


TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE FROM A

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE,

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(D)(III) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE

The undersigned represents and warrants that either:

 

  ☐

the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act); or

 

  ☐

the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act; or

 

  ☐

the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes.

Date:      

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

Appendix B-3


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 4.15 ☐ Section 4.16

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$     (integral multiples of $1.00,

provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00)

Date:      

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:                  

Signature Guarantee*                 

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-4


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS

OF PRINCIPAL IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $    . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

or Increase

 

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

  

Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory or Trustee,
Depositary or Custodian

 

Appendix B-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[    ] principal amount of the 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) of Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 
Taxpayer ID Number:  

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) of the Restricted Notes Legend, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

Exhibit B-1


TRANSFEREE
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [    ] [ ], 20[ ], among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [    ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Company, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an indenture dated as of [___] (as may be further amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 12 thereof.

3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

5. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


6. The Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent makes any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

7. Guarantee Limitations Language. [To be inserted if applicable based on jurisdiction].

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Notes Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit C-2

Exhibit 4.10

 

 
 

SENIOR SECURED NOTES INDENTURE

dated as of [•], 2025

among

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent

7.500% SECOND-OUT SECOND LIEN SECURED NOTES DUE 2029

 

 
 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

310(a)(1)   7.11
(a)(2)   7.11
(a)(3)   N.A
(a)(4)   N.A
(a)(5)   7.11
(b)   7.11
311(a)   7.12
(b)   7.12
312(a)   2.06
(b)   2.06; 13.03
(c)   13.03
313(a)   7.06
(b)   11.07
(b)(2)   7.06; 7.07
(c)   7.06; 13.02
(d)   7.06
314(a)   4.06; 13.02; 13.05
(b)   11.07
(c)(1)   13.04
(c)(2)   13.04
(c)(3)   N.A.
(d)   11.07
(e)   13.05
(f)   N.A.
315(a)   7.01
(b)   7.05; 13.02
(c)   7.01
(d)   7.01
(e)   6.14
316(a)(last sentence)   2.10
(a)(1)(A)   6.05
(a)(1)(B)   6.04
(a)(2)   N.A.
(b)   6.07
(c)   1.05; 2.13; 9.04
317(a)(1)   6.08
(a)(2)   6.12
(b)   2.05
318(a)   13.01
(b)   N.A.
(c)   13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

*

This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.01.

  Definitions      1  

Section 1.02.

  Other Definitions      40  

Section 1.03.

  Rules of Construction      41  

Section 1.04.

  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      42  

Section 1.05.

  Acts of Holders      43  

Section 1.06.

  Quebec Interpretive Provisions      45  

Section 1.07.

  [Reserved]      45  

Section 1.08.

  Dutch Terms      45  

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES

     46  

Section 2.01.

  Amount of Notes      46  

Section 2.02.

  Form and Dating; Terms.      47  

Section 2.03.

  Execution and Authentication      47  

Section 2.04.

  Registrar and Paying Agent      48  

Section 2.05.

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      48  

Section 2.06.

  Holder Lists      49  

Section 2.07.

  Transfer and Exchange      49  

Section 2.08.

  Replacement Notes      50  

Section 2.09.

  Outstanding Notes      50  

Section 2.10.

  Treasury Notes      50  

Section 2.11.

  Temporary Notes      51  

Section 2.12.

  Cancellation      51  

Section 2.13.

  Defaulted Interest      51  

Section 2.14.

  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      52  

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION

     52  

Section 3.01.

  Notices to Trustee      52  

Section 3.02.

  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased      52  

Section 3.03.

  Notice of Redemption      53  

Section 3.04.

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      54  

Section 3.05.

  Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price      54  

Section 3.06.

  Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part      54  

Section 3.07.

  Optional Redemption      55  

Section 3.08.

  Mandatory Redemption      55  

Section 3.09.

  [Reserved]      55  

Section 3.10.

  [Reserved]      55  

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS

     55  

Section 4.01.

  Payment of Notes      55  

Section 4.02.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      56  

Section 4.03.

  Taxes      56  

Section 4.04.

  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      56  

Section 4.05.

  Corporate Existence      56  

Section 4.06.

  Reports and Other Information      57  

Section 4.07.

  Compliance Certificate      58  

Section 4.08.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      58  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 4.09.

  Limitation on Indebtedness      60  

Section 4.10.

  Limitation on Liens      64  

Section 4.11.

  Future Guarantors      64  

Section 4.12.

  Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions From Subsidiaries      65  

Section 4.13.

  [Reserved]      66  

Section 4.14.

  Transactions with Affiliates      66  

Section 4.15.

  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      67  

Section 4.16.

  Asset Dispositions      69  

Section 4.17.

  [Reserved]      70  

Section 4.19.

  [Reserved]      70  

Section 4.20.

  Collateral and Guarantee Requirement      70  

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS

     71  

Section 5.01.

  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets      71  

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     73  

Section 6.01.

  Events of Default      73  

Section 6.02.

  Acceleration      76  

Section 6.03.

  Other Remedies      76  

Section 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      77  

Section 6.05.

  Control by Majority      77  

Section 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      77  

Section 6.07.

  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      78  

Section 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      78  

Section 6.09.

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      78  

Section 6.10.

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      78  

Section 6.11.

  Delay or Omission Not Waiver      78  

Section 6.12.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      79  

Section 6.13.

  Priorities      79  

Section 6.14.

  Undertaking for Costs      80  

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL AGENT

     80  

Section 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      80  

Section 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      81  

Section 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent      84  

Section 7.04.

  Disclaimer      84  

Section 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      84  

Section 7.06.

  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes      84  

Section 7.07.

  Compensation and Indemnity      84  

Section 7.08.

  Appointment of the Notes Collateral Agent      85  

Section 7.09.

  Replacement of Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent      88  

Section 7.10.

  Successor by Merger, etc      89  

Section 7.11.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      89  

Section 7.12.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company      89  

Section 7.13.

  Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreements      89  

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     90  

Section 8.01.

  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      90  

Section 8.02.

  Legal Defeasance and Discharge      90  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 8.03.

  Covenant Defeasance      91  

Section 8.04.

  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      91  

Section 8.05.

  Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      92  

Section 8.06.

  Repayment to the Company      93  

Section 8.07.

  Reinstatement      93  

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     93  

Section 9.01.

  Without Consent of Holders      93  

Section 9.02.

  With Consent of Holders      96  

Section 9.03.

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      98  

Section 9.04.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents      98  

Section 9.05.

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      98  

Section 9.06.

  Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc      98  

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES

     99  

Section 10.01.

  Guarantee      99  

Section 10.02.

  Limitation on Guarantor Liability      101  

Section 10.03.

  Execution and Delivery      105  

Section 10.04.

  Subrogation      106  

Section 10.05.

  Benefits Acknowledged      106  

Section 10.06.

  Release of Note Guarantees      106  

ARTICLE 11 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

     107  

Section 11.01.

  Collateral      107  

Section 11.02.

  Maintenance of Collateral      109  

Section 11.03.

  Impairment of Collateral      109  

Section 11.04.

  Further Assurances      109  

Section 11.05.

  After-Acquired Property      110  

Section 11.06.

  Real Estate Mortgages and Filings      110  

Section 11.07.

  Release of Liens on the Collateral      111  

Section 11.08.

  Information Regarding Collateral      113  

Section 11.09.

  Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreements      113  

Section 11.10.

  Suits to Protect the Collateral      113  

Section 11.11.

  Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents      114  

Section 11.12.

  Purchaser Protected      114  

Section 11.13.

  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee      114  

ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     114  

Section 12.01.

  Satisfaction and Discharge      114  

Section 12.02.

  Application of Trust Money      115  

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS

     115  

Section 13.01.

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      115  

Section 13.02.

  Notices      116  

Section 13.03.

  Communication by Holders with Other Holders      117  

Section 13.04.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      117  

Section 13.05.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      117  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 13.06.

  Rules by Trustee and Agents      118  

Section 13.07.

  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Shareholders      118  

Section 13.08.

  Governing Law      118  

Section 13.09.

  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial      118  

Section 13.10.

  Force Majeure      119  

Section 13.11.

  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      119  

Section 13.12.

  Successors      119  

Section 13.13.

  Severability      119  

Section 13.14.

  Counterpart Originals      119  

Section 13.15.

  Table of Contents, Headings, etc      119  

Section 13.16.

  PDF Delivery of Signature Pages      120  

Section 13.17.

  U.S.A. PATRIOT Act      120  

Section 13.18.

  Payments Due on Non-Business Days      120  

Section 13.20.

  Parallel Debt; Parallel Debt Owed to the Notes Collateral Agent      120  

Section 13.21.

  Judgment Currency.      122  

 

-iv-


Appendix A    Provisions Relating to Notes
Appendix B    Post-Closing Matters
   Form of
Exhibit A    Note
Exhibit B    Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of Representation
Exhibit C    Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

-v-


INDENTURE, dated as of [•], 2025 among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

WI T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of and issue of $[•] aggregate principal amount of 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Initial Notes”); and

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

“2026 Notes” means the Company’s 7.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“2026 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, among the Company, as issuer, and the 2026 Notes Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of November 8, 2021, and as further amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time, relating to the 2026 Notes.

“2026 Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., until such time, if any, that a successor replaces such party in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 2026 Notes Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.

“ABL Agreement” means the collective reference to (a) the ABL Credit Agreement or any other credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, (b) any Additional ABL Agreement and (c) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been Incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the ABL Facility (regardless of whether such replacement, refunding or refinancing is a “working capital” facility, asset-based facility or otherwise), any Additional ABL Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (c) unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not an ABL Agreement hereunder (a “Replacement ABL Agreement”). Any reference to the ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any ABL Agreement then extant.

“ABL Collateral Agent” means (a) in the case of any ABL Priority Collateral owned or hereinafter acquired by any ABL Loan Party, ACF FINCO I LP (together with its successors and permitted assigns), as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties and (b) in the case of any Replacement ABL Agreement or any other ABL Agreement, the Person identified as such in such agreement.


“ABL Credit Agreement” means (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2025, among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Collateral Agent party thereto, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder), and including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified or refinanced from time to time, and (if designated by the Company) as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time, including (if designated by the Company) by any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder expressly permitted by Section 4.09 or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, (b) any other agreement, agreements, debt facility or other financing arrangement that is otherwise expressly permitted by Section 4.09 and (c) any other documents governing Indebtedness under any Additional ABL Agreement.

“ABL Creditors” means collectively, the “Lenders” and the “Secured Parties,” each as defined in the ABL Agreement or any Persons that are designated under the ABL Agreement as the “ABL Creditors” for purposes of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Documents” means, collectively, the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing other ABL Indebtedness and ABL Security Documents related to the foregoing.

“ABL Facility” means any credit facility established by the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents.

“ABL Facility Administrative Agent” means, initially, ACF FINCO I LP in its capacity as the administrative agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor representative acting in such capacity and any other agent or other representative under the ABL Documents.

“ABL Indebtedness” means the Obligations in respect of the ABL Facility.

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged by the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“ABL Loan Parties” means, collectively, the borrowers and guarantors from time to time party to the ABL Documents.

“ABL Obligations” means (a) all principal of and interest (including, without limitation any post-petition interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the ABL Agreement or any ABL DIP Financing (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the ABL Creditors, (b) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any post-petition interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the ABL Agreement, (c) all Swap Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (d) all Banking Services Obligations (as defined in the

 

-2-


ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and (e) all guarantee obligations, indemnities, fees, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the ABL Representatives (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any ABL Creditors) and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the ABL Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an insolvency proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any ABL Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any ABL Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Notes Secured Party (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Indenture and the rights and obligations of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties (as defined in the ABL Agreement), be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

“ABL Priority Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of the following (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral):

(1) all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts (other than Accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(2) cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents (other than cash, Money, cash proceeds and cash equivalents which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(3) all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral) and all Money, cash, cash proceeds, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein, including (to the extent owing in respect of ABL Priority Collateral) funds on account of intercompany indebtedness between or among the Note Parties or their Affiliates, (y) Securities Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral), Security Entitlements, Financial Assets and Securities credited to such a Securities Account (other than Equity Interests of Note Parties and their Subsidiaries) and (z) Commodity Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral) and Commodity Contracts credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, Money, cash proceeds, cash equivalents, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice, such identifiable proceeds (to the extent not applied to the repayment of ABL Obligations prior to the receipt of such Notes Cash Proceeds Notice), shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral so long as such proceeds are in fact Notes Priority Collateral;

(4) all Inventory;

(5) all intercompany indebtedness arising from (x) intercompany advances utilizing proceeds of Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) all intercompany indebtedness arising from intercompany transfers of items referred to in the preceding clauses (1)-(4); provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (5) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (x) through (y) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(6) all proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions or replacements of the Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and other credit extensions made under the ABL Documents;

(7) at all times prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), the Specified Collateral;

 

-3-


(8) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Documents, General Intangibles (including all rights under contracts), Instruments (including the Intercompany Note Documents and other Promissory Notes), Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper) and Commercial Tort Claims; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (8) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral, only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(9) to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (9) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(10) all books and Records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

(11) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and, subject to Section 3.7 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all cash, Money, cash equivalents, insurance proceeds (including all proceeds of credit insurance and provided that with respect to, proceeds of business interruption insurance, only 50% of such proceeds of business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral), receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (such items in this clause (11), the “ABL Priority Proceeds”).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“ABL Secured Parties” means the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the ABL Creditors and any other holders of the ABL Obligations.

“ABL Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, Mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs, collateral agency agreements, debentures or other instruments, pledges, grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company, any or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) a Lien upon Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code) in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent, for the benefit of any of the ABL Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the applicable ABL Documents subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, (2) Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such is merged , consolidated or amalgamated with or into such specified Person or becomes a Subsidiary and, with respect to clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

 

-4-


“Additional ABL Agreement” means any agreement evidencing or governing the incurrence of additional indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral securing any ABL Indebtedness on a pari passu basis with other ABL Indebtedness and treated as an ABL Agreement pursuant to the ABL Agreement.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 4.09, whether or not they bear the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“After-Acquired Property” means property (other than Excluded Property) that is intended to be Collateral acquired by the Company or a Guarantor (including property of a Person that becomes a new Guarantor after the Issue Date) that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Collateral Documents.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Asset Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) dispositions of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by a Guarantor to the Company or by the Company or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;

(2) dispositions of assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to or less than $5,000,000 in any fiscal year (with the Fair Market Value of each such disposition being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(3) (i) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or in connection with cash management activities, (ii) a disposition of inventory or equipment in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out or surplus assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(4) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

-5-


(5) for purposes of Section 4.16 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any securities, notes or other obligations that are subsequently converted into cash)) or a disposition that is permitted pursuant to Section 4.08;

(6) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(7) sales, discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not in connection with any financing transaction;

(8) (i) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to the Company or to a wholly owned Subsidiary, and (ii) the issuance by a Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is expressly permitted by Section 4.09;

(9) (i) the non-exclusive licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the abandonment or allowance to lapse of intellectual property which, in the case of this clause (ii), in the good faith determination of the Company is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(10) dispositions of assets subject to any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including in lieu thereof);

(11) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of any contract, tort or other litigation claims;

(12) dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days, (ii) such assets are exchanged within 180 days for machinery, equipment or other fixed assets having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the assets being traded in or (iii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days;

(13) [reserved];

(14) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of intellectual property, inventory and related assets pertaining to the Michele Brand;

(15) [reserved];

(16) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(17) the disposition of any Hedging Obligation in the ordinary course of business;

 

-6-


(18) dispositions in the ordinary course of business of tangible property as a part of a like kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code; and

(19) any other Asset Disposition that is permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

For the avoidance of doubt, disposition of assets, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction, by the Company or any Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, shall not be excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition” unless made for bona fide business purposes and not in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Authorized Representative” means in the case of (i) the ABL Facility or the holders of Obligations thereunder, initially, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, (ii) the 2026 Notes or the holders thereof, the 2026 Notes Trustee, (iii) the Notes or the Holders thereof, the Trustee, (iv) the First-Out Notes or the holders thereof, the First-Out Notes Trustee and (v) in the case of any series of additional Secured Indebtedness or the holders thereof that become subject to any Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such series in the applicable joinder agreement.

“Availability” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date of the Registration Statement).

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of such payment; by

(2) the sum of the amounts of all such payments.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means each of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the United Kingdom’s Insolvency Act 1986, the EU Regulation 2015/848 on insolvency proceedings (recast), the United Kingdom’s Companies Act 2006, the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) and the Swiss Federal Debt Enforcement and Bankruptcy Act (Bundesgesetz uber Schuldbetreibung und Konkurs (SchKG)), each as now and hereafter in effect, any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction, including any corporate law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it and including any rules and regulations pursuant thereto.

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors ;

 

-7-


(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrowing Base Overage” means when advances permitted under the Borrowing Base (including components and subcomponents thereof) and advance rates, in each case as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement (as of the date of the Registration Statement) exceed the amount that would have been permitted under the Borrowing Base advance rates as of the date of the Registration Statement (without giving effect to any future step-downs in IP Caps or IP Advance Rates, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as of the date of the Registration Statement). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the occurrence, and any subsequent conclusion, of any Borrowing Base Overage.

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Canadian Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a Canadian Subsidiary.

“Canadian Security Agreements” means, collectively, that certain Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Canadian Guarantor and the Notes Collateral Agent, and, as the context requires, any other pledge or security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any other Canadian Guarantor (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Canadian Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has been formed or is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases or financing leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such other local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

-8-


(2) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government or issued by an agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the Government of Canada, the UK government, the French government or the Hong Kong government, as the case may be, in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, by the Canadian federal government, by the UK government, by the French government or by the Hong Kong government, in each case, maturing within two years after the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from such other nationally recognized rating agency);

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances issued by any commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100.0 million, in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) bonds with an Investment Grade Rating and Preferred Stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating, including municipal bonds, corporate bonds and treasury bonds;

(7) (i) commercial paper issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above or by the parent company of any such bank, (ii) commercial paper with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and (iii) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having the equivalent of an Investment Grade Rating ;

(8) interests in any money market fund substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to the instruments specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

(10) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have the ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

“CFC” means each Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

 

-9-


“CFC Holdco” means a Domestic Subsidiary with no material assets other than equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

“Change of Control” means:

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successors by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets);

(2) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company or the merger or amalgamation of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving, continuing or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person;

(3) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

(4) the adoption by the shareholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or any provision of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock (x) to be acquired by such Person or group pursuant to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement or (y) solely as a result of veto or approval rights in any joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement, investor rights agreement or other similar agreement, (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Capital Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person’s parent and (iii) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the assets and property (including Capital Stock) and interests therein and proceeds thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Excluded Property, in or upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and any related Obligations.

 

-10-


“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Notes Collateral Agent executed by a lessor, bailee, warehouseman or other Person in possession of Collateral, or any lessor (and any mortgagee, if applicable) of real estate leased by any Note Party.

“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received from the Company and each Subsidiary that is a Designated Subsidiary, either (i) in the case of any Person that is a Designated Subsidiary on the Issue Date, (A) in the case of the Company and each such Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the U.S. Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (B) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a Canadian Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and the applicable Canadian Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (C) [reserved], (D) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a German Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the applicable German Security Agreements and, with respect to its Concentration Accounts and/or Collection Accounts (in each case, as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) in England and Wales (if any), the applicable UK Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (E) in the case of each Dutch Guarantor, the applicable Dutch Security Agreements, (F) in the case of each such Subsidiary that is a Swiss Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the applicable Swiss Security Agreements, and the applicable German Security Agreements with respect to its Inventory (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) located in Germany, or (G) in the case of each UK Guarantor and each such Subsidiary that is a UK Subsidiary, a counterpart of this Indenture, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and the applicable UK Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Issue Date, (A) a counterpart of the applicable supplemental indenture hereto duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (B) instruments in the form or forms specified in the applicable Security Agreement under which such Person becomes a party to the applicable Security Agreement (or, if applicable, new Collateral Documents), duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with such documents and opinions with respect to such Designated Subsidiary as may reasonably be requested by the Notes Collateral Agent and (C) all documentation and other information requested by the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent regarding such Designated Subsidiary as may be required to comply with the applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(b) subject to Section 4.18, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received all such Collateral Access Agreements, Control Agreements and other Collateral Documents required to be provided to it hereunder or under the applicable Security Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto;

(c) all Capital Stock of each Note Party (other than the Company), which Capital Stock shall be held directly by another Note Party, and all Capital Stock owned by or on behalf of any Note Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement or, solely with respect to the Capital Stock of any Note Party (other than the Capital Stock of a Canadian Guarantor owned by the Company or a Domestic Guarantor), a pledge agreement governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Note Party is organized and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent and, in the case of Capital Stock entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in any CFC or CFC Holdco, in each case, that is an Excluded Subsidiary, owned directly by the Company or a Domestic Guarantor, the Company or such Domestic Guarantor’s pledge of Capital Stock entitled to vote in any such CFC or CFC Holdco to secure the Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be limited to 65% of such voting Capital Stock (and 100% of non-voting Capital Stock), and the Notes Collateral Agent shall, to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Document, have received certificates or other instruments representing all such certificated Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

 

-11-


(d) all Indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary that is owing to any Note Party and in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or more and all Indebtedness of any other Person in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or more shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank; and

(e) all documents and instruments, including UCC financing statement and PPSA registrations, required by the Collateral Documents or this Indenture with the priority required by the Collateral Documents shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Section 4.11, any Designated Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date shall not be required to comply with the foregoing requirements prior to the time specified in Section 4.11. The foregoing definition and the provisions of Section 4.11 shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or, subject to the requirements of applicable law, flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Note Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if and for so long as the First-Out Notes Collateral determines that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance or flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees, shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom pursuant to analogous provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture. Any extensions of time granted by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to analogous provisions of the First-Out Notes Indenture for the creation and perfection of security interests in (including delivery of promissory notes as required by clause (d) above) or the obtaining of title insurance or, subject to the requirements of applicable law, flood insurance, legal opinions, appraisals, surveys or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Issue Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Issue Date) shall also apply to this Indenture.

“Collateral Designation” means, solely to the extent that the Notes Obligations (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) remain outstanding and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, the occurrence of the following: (a) the valid exercise of the Collateral Designation Option (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the participating Secured Parties pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or (b) the Company’s election, by written notice to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent, to designate the Specified Collateral as Notes Priority Collateral instead of ABL Priority Collateral.

“Collateral Designation Conditions” means: (a) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the requirements to effect a Collateral Designation Date by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (it is understood and agreed by the Company and each Guarantor that upon any effective consummation of a Collateral Designation by the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, (x) all Eligible Intellectual Property shall be removed from the Borrowing Base (as each such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date shall be effective, in each case, without any further action or consent of the Company or any Guarantor or any other Person); or (b) with respect to a Collateral Designation described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, each of the following requirements: (i) the Company shall repay the amount of the IP Advance (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) then outstanding, (ii) the Company shall deliver to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent an updated borrowing

 

-12-


base certificate, giving pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Eligible Intellectual Property, and (y) the lower advance rates applicable following the Collateral Designation Date), demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial covenant in the ABL Credit Agreement, and (iii) the Payment Conditions (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) shall be satisfied with respect to such Collateral Designation and any related transactions in connection therewith.

“Collateral Designation Date” means, with respect to any Collateral Designation, the date that such Collateral Designation is consummated, provided that the Collateral Designation Conditions applicable thereto are satisfied on such date.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements, deeds of hypothec, agency agreements, Mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, control agreements, debentures, and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture or any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant state), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes and the Trustee or perfected or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the cash interest expense (including (x) imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (y) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and (z) net costs under Swap Agreements entered into to hedge interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(iii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to amortization or write-off of capitalized interest or other financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (iii) to the extent included in such consolidated interest expense for such period, non-cash amounts attributable to accretion or amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP:

(1) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

 

-13-


(2) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) income and franchise tax expense during such period,

(b) interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Leases Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations and all net payment obligations pursuant to interest Swap Obligations),

(c) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges for such period (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future),

(d) the amount of premium payments paid by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and charges in respect of unamortized fees and expenses, in each case associated with the repayment of Indebtedness,

(e) expenses relating to stock-based compensation plans resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123R, and

(f) one-time restructuring charges and reserves; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (vi) (including in respect of the restructuring work performed by Alvarez & Marsal by their Consumer and Retail Group, but excluding one-time restructuring charges and reserves to the extent Incurred on or before December 31, 2025 in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or effectiveness of this Agreement) for any period (x) ending on or prior to January 31, 2027 shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)) and (y) ending after January 31, 2027, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any add-back pursuant to this clause (vi)), minus

(3) interest income for such period, minus

(4) one-time income or gains for such period.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period, (b) cash principal payments on Indebtedness made or required to be made during such period, (c) expense for income taxes paid or required to be paid in cash during such period and (d) Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(viii) and Section 4.08(b)(x) hereof and Section 6.08(a)(vii) of the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but without giving effect to any election to value any Indebtedness at “fair value,” or any other accounting principle that results in the amount of any such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) as reflected on such balance sheet to be below the stated principal amount of such Indebtedness), (b) the aggregate amount of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis, and (c) the aggregate obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as an account party in respect of drawn letters of credit or letters of guaranty, other than contingent obligations in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months of the Company most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.06.

 

-14-


“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company) that is not a Subsidiary except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause (a), and (c) the net income (if positive), of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income (i) is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or (ii) would be subject to any taxes payable on such dividends or distributions.

“Control Agreement” means, with respect to any Deposit Account or Securities Account of a Note Party, (a) a “springing” control agreement, executed and delivered by such Note Party, the ABL Collateral Agent, the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account) and the Notes Collateral Agent or (b) for such accounts not located in the United States, an analogous document used for equivalent purposes under comparable law of such jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, a security notice), in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent (it being agreed that any obligation of the Notes Collateral Agent, in its individual or corporate capacity, to indemnify a party to a Control Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory), and, with respect to Deposit Accounts under German law, (x) any agreement to be entered into between the Company or applicable Subsidiary as account holder, the ABL Collateral Agent and the respective account bank and the Notes Collateral Agent, or (y) a notice of pledge to be served on the respective account bank and the corresponding acknowledgement, granting sole disposal rights in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case reasonably acceptable to the Notes Collateral Agent.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or another administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee of such Debt Facility).

 

-15-


“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

“Deposit Account” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any Note Party.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary other than any Excluded Subsidiary.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital (other than any payment solely in Capital Stock (other than any Capital Stock referred to in this clause (a)), in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) cash, (ii) debt securities or (iii) any Capital Stock referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer of such Capital Stock to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption is permitted under the terms of this Indenture.

“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

“Domestic Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than a Foreign Guarantor.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Domination Agreement” means a domination agreement (Beherrschungvertrag) within the meaning of Sec 291(1) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) among the Company (or any of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) and the other parties thereto.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

-16-


“Dutch Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a Dutch Subsidiary.

“Dutch Security Agreements” means, collectively (a) any deed of pledge (including any (supplemental) pledge of receivables entered into by any Dutch Guarantor in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent governed by the laws of the Netherlands, and (b) each other Collateral Document governed by Dutch law.

“Dutch Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has been formed or is organized under the laws of the Netherlands.

“EMU” means the European Economic and Monetary Union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union.

“Euro” means the single currency unit of the member states of the European Union that have the euro as their lawful currency in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Account” means all (i) Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts and commodity accounts (a) maintained solely as payroll or other employee wage and benefit accounts (including withholding tax payments related thereto), (b) maintained solely as sales tax accounts, (c) maintained (A) solely as escrow accounts or fiduciary or trust accounts, in each case, for the benefit of third parties, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates and accounts otherwise held exclusively for the benefit of third parties, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates or (B) solely to hold restricted cash as supporting obligations for guarantees permitted under this Indenture, (d) that contain solely deposits permitted by clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” in the ABL Credit Agreement, if the documents governing such deposits prohibit the granting of a lien on such deposits, (e) that are maintained solely as store accounts maintained for local deposits; provided that the entire balance (other than a nominal amount to cover fees and charges) of all such accounts is swept on the Friday of each week (or if Friday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account (each as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (e)) and (f) the entire balance of which is swept on each Business Day into one or more Deposit Accounts that are not Excluded Accounts and that are subject to a Control Agreement (it being understood that no Concentration Account or Collection Account will be an Excluded Account as a result of this clause (f)), and (ii) other Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts with an aggregate closing daily balance not in excess of $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Deposit Accounts, securities accounts, futures accounts or commodities accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (ii); provided that no Concentration Account, Collection Account, Deposit Account included in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program nor the Company’s Funding Account (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (regardless of the amount on deposit at any time in such account) shall be an Excluded Account.

 

-17-


“Excluded Property” means:

(1) (x) any fee-owned real property that is (i) located outside the United States, (ii) excluded to the extent that security interests over such assets would result in material adverse tax treatment, or (iii) not Material Real Property and (y) all leasehold interests in real property (it being understood that there shall be no requirement to obtain leasehold mortgages/deeds of trusts, landlord waivers, estoppels, collateral access letters or similar third-party agreements or consents);

(2) motor vehicles, aircrafts, vessels and other goods subject to certificates of title (in each case except to the extent perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements);

(3) letter of credit rights with a value of less than $500,000 (except to the extent (x) perfection can be accomplished through the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or (y) the Notes Collateral Agent has obtained control over such letter of credit rights or has possession of the applicable letter of credit in accordance with this Indenture) and Commercial Tort Claims with a value of less than $750,000;

(4) pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (including the requirement to obtain consent of any governmental authority) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction;

(5) [reserved];

(6) Capital Stock in any Person other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents (for so long as such Person remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary);

(7) any lease, permit, license (including Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents)) or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement permitted by this Indenture to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate, invalidate, be prohibited or restricted or constitute a default under such lease, permit, license (including Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents)) or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent of, any other party thereto (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction notwithstanding such prohibition; provided that, in the case of any Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents), the foregoing shall only apply to Licenses (as defined in the ABL Security Documents) granted by unaffiliated third parties to the Company or any Guarantor;

(8) “intent-to-use” trademark or service mark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto;

(9) any governmental licenses or state, provincial, territorial or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

-18-


(10) any property subject to a Lien existing at the time such property was acquired that is permitted by Section 4.10 of this Indenture to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits a security interest or pledge on such property, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; and

(11) any Excluded Accounts (other than the Deposit Accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts referenced in clause (i)(e), (i)(f) or clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded Accounts” (but excluding, in the case of such clause (ii), Deposit Accounts and securities accounts that participate in the Intercompany Cash Pool));

provided, however, that Excluded Property shall not include any property that is pledged to secure obligations arising in respect of the ABL Facility or the First-Out Notes Indenture (whether pursuant to the terms at such time of the foregoing or any related documents).

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company on the Issue Date or on the date such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, in each case for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (subject to the immediately following sentence), (c) [reserved], (d) any CFC Holdco, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable law from providing a Guarantee of the applicable Obligations or if such Guarantee would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (f) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (g) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (unless, solely in the case of a Subsidiary organized in the same jurisdiction as an existing Guarantor, the Company otherwise elects), and (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Company, the cost or other consequences of becoming a Guarantor shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Excluded Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are: Fossil (UK) Global Services LTD, Fossil Global Services India LLP, Fossil Holding, LLC, Fossil International Holdings, Inc., Fossil Services, LLC, Fossil (Gibraltar) Ltd., Katchin, Inc., Fossil Japan, Inc., Katchin GmbH, Fossil Mexico Sa de CV, Servicios Fossil Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Fossil (East) Ltd., Fossil Luxembourg Sarl, Montres Antima SA, Swiss Technology Production SA, Swiss Technology Components AG, Fossil India Private Ltd., Fossil Singapore Pte., Fossil Industries Ltd., Fossil Asia Pacific Ltd., Pulse Time Center Company, Ltd., Pulse Time Center (Shenzhen) Co., Fossil Korea Ltd., Fossil Time Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Fossil Commercial (Shanghai) Company Ltd., Fossil Trading Shanghai Company Ltd., Fossil Commercial (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., FDT, Ltd., Fossil (Australia) Pty., Fossil Hong Kong Ltd., Fossil Vietnam, Fossil New Zealand Limited, Fossil (Macau) Limited, Fossil Shares Services GmbH, Fossil Stores Belgium BVBA, Fossil Belgium BVBA, Fossil (Austria) GmbH, Fossil S.L.U., FESCO GmbH, Fossil Italia, S.r.l., Fossil Sweden AB, In Time Distribuicao de Relogios, Sociedad Unipessoal, Lda., Fossil Stores S.r.l., Fossil Denmark A/S, Fossil Norway AS, Fossil France S.A.S., Fossil Stores France, Fast Europe SARL, Latin America Services, Ltd, Fossil Accessories South Africa Pty. Ltd. and Fossil Poland Spolkaz Ograniczona. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd), the Second-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement or any other Material Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary and (y) no Subsidiary of the Company that owns or licenses (other than non-exclusive licenses from the Company or another Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business) any Material Intellectual Property shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities) ; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in making such determination the Company shall be entitled to consider and include in making any such determination the results of customary discounts, commissions or other similar discounts or payments pursuant to a private placement or public offering of securities.

 

-19-


“First-Out Notes” means the Company’s 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 issued on or about the Issue Date.

“First-Out Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent under the First-Out Notes Indenture.

“First-Out Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors, the First-Out Notes Trustee and the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent.

“First-Out Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the First-Out Notes Indenture.

“First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the First-Out Notes Trustee, First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, each additional agent from time to time party thereto, and the grantors from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time.

“Fiscal Month” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the approximately one-month period ending around the end of each month or such other applicable period, as determined from time to time by the Company in the ordinary course of its business, as the context may require, or, if any such Subsidiary was not in existence on the first day of any such period, the period commencing on the date on which such Subsidiary is incorporated, organized, formed or otherwise created and ending on the last day of such period.

“Fiscal Year” means the fifty–two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period beginning on the date which is one day after the end of the similar preceding period and ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus (ii) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for such period minus (iii) such portion of principal payments on Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations made by the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period as is attributable to additions to property, plant and equipment that have not otherwise been reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows as additions to property, plant and equipment for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

“Foreign Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect and applicable to the accounting period in respect of which reference to GAAP is made and applied in accordance with the consistency requirements thereof.

“German Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a German Subsidiary.

 

-20-


“German Security Agreements” means, collectively, any German law pledge or security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any Note Party (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“German Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has been formed or is organized under the laws of Germany.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, territorial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union, the Council of Ministers of the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee” means (1) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and (2) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person :

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee after the Issue Date); provided that upon release or discharge of such Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

“Guarantor Release Protection Provisions” mean (a) each of the provisions under (i) Article 10, (ii) Section 4.11 and (iii) Section 5.01, and (b) the Event of Default described in clause (9) under the definition of “Event of Default.”

 

-21-


“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

“Hedging Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06, either individually or together with its Subsidiaries, accounted for less than (x) 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and (y) less than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recent twelve Fiscal Month period ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.06; provided that, notwithstanding the above, “Immaterial Subsidiary” shall exclude any of the Company’s Subsidiaries designated in writing to the Trustee, by an Officer of the Company to the extent necessary to ensure that Immaterial Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, accounted for, at the last day of any Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06, less than 5.0% of Total Assets at such date and less than 5.0% of consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the twelve Fiscal Month period ending on such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Trustee under Section 4.06.

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the terms ”Incurred,” “Incurring” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) any purchase price adjustment or earnout incurred in connection with an acquisition), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person (but only to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of such property, if such Indebtedness has not been assumed by such Person), and (i) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include trade payables (including any obligation owed by a Person arising out of arrangements whereby a third

 

-22-


party makes payments for the account of such Person directly or indirectly to a trade creditor of such Person in respect of trade payables of such Person) and related accrued expenses, and related obligations owed to such third party purchaser, incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall (i) be the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) include any interest (or in the case of Preferred Stock, dividends) thereon that is more than 30 days past due. Except to the extent provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company outstanding as of any date shall be deemed to be equal to the principal and premium, if any, in respect of such Indebtedness, notwithstanding the provisions of GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options).

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Intercompany Cash Pooling Program” means the physical cash pooling in-house banking program described to the ABL Facility Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof, pursuant to which Fossil Europe BV serves as the cash pool master (or in-house bank) for the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries.

“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto, the ABL Facility Administrative Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent and the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, and any other applicable intercreditor agreement in a form substantially similar to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year commencing with March 15, 2026 to the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Note, the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period with respect to any Note shall commence on and include the issue date of the applicable Notes and end on and exclude the first Interest Payment Date to occur after the issue date of the applicable Notes (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the interest payment date occurring on the date immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

 

 

-23-


“Investment” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, or any capital contribution or loans or advances (other than advances made in the ordinary course of business that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP) to, Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations of, or any other investment (including any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company)) in, any other Person that are held or made by the specified Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the definition of the term “Guarantee”, (c) any Investment in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any Person shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of the consideration therefor (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the fair value (as so determined) of all additions, as of such date of determination, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such Investment, (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) in the form of a transfer of Capital Stock or other property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock or other property as of the time of such transfer (less, in the case of any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof, the fair value (as so determined) of such consideration as of the time of the transfer), minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a return of capital, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such transfer, and (e) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) in any Person resulting from the issuance by such Person of its Capital Stock to the investor shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock at the time of the issuance thereof.

For purposes of Section 4.08:

(1) any property transferred to or from a Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

(2) if the Company or any Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

 

-24-


“Issue Date” means [___].

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, assignment by way of security, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Line Cap” shall have the meaning and be calculated as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the results of operations, assets, business or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to perform any of their monetary obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Agreements or any Intercreditor Agreement to which it is a party, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or Holders under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Agreements or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than letters of credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Company and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Obligation at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Company or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Obligation were terminated at such time.

“Material Intellectual Property” means intellectual property that is (i) material to the conduct of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) necessary or material to permit the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce its rights and remedies under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents with respect to the Collateral, or the disposition of which would otherwise adversely affect the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) of any Collateral.

“Material Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee by the Company or any Guarantor having a Fair Market Value at the time in excess of $2,500,000.

“Michele Brand” means all right, title, and interest in and to (i) all inventory and all molds for manufacturing finished goods; (ii) marketing assets; (iii) records; (iv) unfulfilled purchase orders, including, without limitation, the right to bill and receive payment for products subject to such unfulfilled purchase orders; (v) all intellectual property; (vi) all rights under transferred contracts; (vii) all goodwill associated with the MICHELE brand and/or the MICHELE assets; (viii) all permits required for the ownership and use of the MICHELE assets, and all pending applications therefor or renewals thereof; (ix) all machinery, equipment and tooling, whether owned or leased; and (x) all currently effective warranties, guaranties, indemnities and similar rights against third parties, if any, solely relating to the MICHELE assets (except to the extent applicable from any sale thereof), in each case used in or for the business of manufacturing, distributing and selling of timepieces under the MICHELE brand and included in an asset purchase agreement, share purchase agreement or similar agreement in connection with the sale of the Company’s MICHELE brand.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.

 

-25-


“Mortgages” means the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents in legally sufficient form to secure Liens on the Premises, as well as the other Collateral secured by and described in the mortgages, land charges, debentures, deeds of hypothecs, deeds of trust, deeds to secure Indebtedness or other similar documents.

“Net Assets” for the purpose of Section 10.02(a) (Limitation on Guarantor Liability relating to any German Guarantor) means a German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) assets pursuant to Section 266 sub-section (2) A, B, C, D and E of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) less the aggregate of its liabilities pursuant to Section 266 sub-section (3) B, C, D and E of the German Commercial Code, taking into consideration the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsatze ordnungsmafiiger Buchfuhrung) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as consistently applied by the respective German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Note Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including in each case, any amendments thereto).

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes and the Company’s other Obligations under this Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

“Note Party” means the Company or any Guarantor.

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes.

“Notes Priority Collateral” means all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Bankruptcy Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral), including, without limitation:

(1) all Equipment, Fixtures, Real Property, intercompany indebtedness between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates (other than ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (5) of the definition thereof), and all Capital Stock held by the Note Parties and other Investment Property (other than any Investment Property constituting ABL Priority Collateral, including Investment Property described in clause 3(y) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

(2) except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents and General Intangibles;

 

-26-


(3) Notes Priority Accounts; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Split-Lien Priority Accounts, such identifiable proceeds shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral;

(4) on and after the Collateral Designation Date, Specified Collateral;

(5) all other Collateral, other than the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds); and

(6) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to the foregoing, and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds of any of the foregoing, but, in any event, excluding the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds).

Any capitalized term used in this definition but not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the Note Documents, until a successor, if any, replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, provincial, territorial, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Co-President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or, if the Company is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, and delivered to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel (including an employee of or counsel to the Company) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable.

“Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Obligations under the Notes or the Note Guarantees and is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that has equal Lien priority with respect to the different categories of Collateral under the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and is senior in priority to the Liens securing any junior lien priority Indebtedness; provided, that, in each case, an Authorized Representative of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in the form provided therein.

 

-27-


“Perfection Certificate” means that certain perfection certificate dated as of the Issue Date, executed and delivered by each Note Party in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person if (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock in a Person, such Person will be, upon the consummation of such acquisition, a Subsidiary, in each case including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person, or (b) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided that (i) no Event of Default exists at the date such transaction is consummated, (ii) at the time such transaction is consummated, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.06), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed 1.50:1.00, (iii) the Company shall promptly deliver information relating to such Permitted Acquisition as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) any such acquisition or Investment shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment:

(1) [reserved];

(2) [reserved];

(3) consisting of contributions to and borrowings from the cash pool under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program among the applicable Subsidiaries (other than the Company and Domestic Guarantors) in the ordinary course of business to fund ordinary course operational needs, including purchasing inventory, paying payroll and funding marketing initiatives; provided that (i) the Company and the Domestic Guarantors shall not participate in the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program, (ii) all amounts owing under the Intercompany Cash Pooling Program shall be subject to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement at all times, (iii) the aggregate balance at any time (to the extent positive) of (x) outstanding amounts contributed by the Company and the Guarantors to the cash pool minus (y) outstanding amounts borrowed by the Company and the Guarantors from the cash pool (the “Net Cash Pooling Investment”) shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap, and (iv) if a Dominion Period (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, the Company and the Guarantors shall not make any contributions to the cash pool;

(4) Investments by the Company and the Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Subsidiaries are Subsidiaries prior to, or have been newly formed with the initial Investment therein being, such Investments and (ii) such Investments shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

(5) loans or advances made by the Company to any Subsidiary or made by any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Indebtedness resulting therefrom is permitted by Section 4.09(b)(8) and (ii) such loans and advances shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

 

-28-


(6) Guarantees by the Company or any Subsidiary of (i) the Obligations and (ii) Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary other than as specified in the foregoing clause (i) including any such Guarantees arising as a result of any such Person being a joint and several co-applicant with respect to any letter of credit or letter of guaranty; provided that, with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap;

(7) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in cash or in the form of Investments that do not constitute transfers of Collateral, in an aggregate amount outstanding (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Permitted Investment (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income), which reductions may not exceed in aggregate amount the amount originally transferred in connection with any Permitted Investment hereunder), together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (7), at the time of each such Investment not to exceed $5,000,000.

(8) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for consideration consisting only of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of the Company;

(9) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in receivables owing to the Company or any Subsidiary and extensions of trade credit, deposits, prepayments and other credits to vendors, suppliers, lessors, processors, materialmen, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and landlords made in the ordinary course of business;

(10) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in payroll, commission, travel, entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar advances to cover matters that are reasonably expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, not to exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(11) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(12) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of settlement of amounts due to the Company or any Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business;

(13) purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business;

(14) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Permitted Acquisitions;

(16) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

-29-


(17) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; provided that such licensing, subleasing, or contributions of intellectual property must either be (i) non-exclusive or (ii) exclusive only within the granted territory;

(18) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(19) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;

(20) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or replacement of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date but, in each case, only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments or other increases thereof;

(21) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

(22) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09;

(23) Investments constituting (i) pledges and deposits made (A) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (A) above, (ii) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures;

(25) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or other obligations as permitted under Section 4.09;

(26) the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Investment covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness; and

 

-30-


(27) any other Investment permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

Unless otherwise specified, for purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes hereof, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale, collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(4) and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness) provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (1) may rank senior to the Liens securing the Notes pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(2) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

(3) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith;

(4) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet delinquent or (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) for which the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(5) pledges and deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(6) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, site plan agreements, development agreements, operating agreements, cross-easement agreements, reciprocal easement agreements and similar encumbrances and exceptions to title on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or the ordinary operation of such real property;

(7) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under (i) clause (1) (provided, that such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and shall be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), (ii) clause (2) (provided, that such Liens shall be subject to the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement), and (iii) clause (11), in each case, of Section 4.09(b);

 

-31-


(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date and other Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on Section 4.09(b)(5), subject to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(9) customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC or PPSA in respect of payment items in the course of collection;

(10) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than Capital Lease Obligations), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Agreement;

(11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to the Company, or of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Subsidiary;

(12) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (7), (8), (16), (36), (39), (40) and this clause (12) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, that any such Liens shall rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing Indebtedness being refinanced or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, if applicable, or any other intercreditor agreement that is substantially similar to such Intercreditor Agreements (in the case of any Liens with a junior lien priority, with any ABL Indebtedness and the Notes being treated as senior priority obligations thereunder), as applicable, in all cases subject to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(13) Liens in connection with the sale or transfer of any Capital Stock or other assets in a transaction permitted under Section 4.16 and customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(14) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real property granted by the Company or any Subsidiary to third Persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(15) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09(b)(7);

(17) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(18) bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions (including any right of pledge or right of set-off arising under the general banking conditions of any bank in relation to deposit accounts maintained in the Netherlands), solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

-32-


(19) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger, amalgamation or consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than, in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Subsidiary that is a party thereto) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged, amalgamated or consolidated) and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(20) [reserved];

(21) Liens arising from precautionary UCC or PPSA financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases or consignments;

(22) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(21) and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any subsequently Incurred Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Refinancing Indebtedness) provided, that the Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (22) may rank senior to the Liens securing the Notes pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(23) [reserved];

(24) any interest or title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or consignment, or in connection with any conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangement for the sale of goods to the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings related thereto;

(25) [reserved];

(26) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of custom and forwarding agents and similar Persons in respect of imported goods and merchandise in the custody of such Persons;

(27) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown in right of Canada or any province thereof of any real property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not materially detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(28) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of the Company or any Subsidiary with credit card issuers, credit card processors or merchant service providers for mobile or digitized payment methods to secure obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, to any such credit card issuer, credit card processor, or merchant service provider incurred in the ordinary course of business as a result of fees, charges, expenses and chargebacks;

 

-33-


(29) (i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers granted in the ordinary course of business to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

(30) Liens arising from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing or discharging Indebtedness issued pursuant to an indenture, but only if such defeasing or discharging of Indebtedness is not prohibited under this Agreement; provided that such Lien covers proceeds in an aggregate amount necessary solely to defease or discharge the principal, interest, premium, if any, and, if required by the terms of the relevant indenture, fees, costs and expenses due in connection with the defeasance of such Indebtedness;

(31) Liens arising from real property title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which do not materially detract from the value of the real property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(32) other Liens that are contractual rights of setoff;

(33) in the case of (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary or (ii) the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights related to Capital Stock in such Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;

(34) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for a Permitted Acquisition or other transaction permitted hereunder;

(35) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(22);

(36) any Lien on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Guarantor) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(6)(ii) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

(37) Liens in respect of Prior Claims that are unregistered and secure amounts that are not yet due and payable;

(38) Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with pension liabilities (Altersteilzeitverpflichtungen) pursuant to § 8a German Partial Retirement Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or in connection with time credits (Wertguthaben) pursuant to § 7e German Social Code IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(39) Deposits of cash collateral securing letters of credit permitted under Section 4.09(b)(19);

(40) any other Liens permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof; and

 

-34-


(41) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (40) above, Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Liens securing Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (41) at any one time, does not exceed $10,000,000.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto, provided that if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created hereunder or under any other Note Document on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security in effect in a jurisdiction in Canada other than the Province of Ontario, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation (including the Civil Code (Quebec)) in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction in Canada for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distributions of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Prior Claims” means (a) all liabilities and obligations of any Canadian Guarantor secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, including claims for utilities, taxes (including sales taxes, value added taxes, amounts deducted or withheld or not paid and remitted when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended, excise taxes, goods and services taxes (“GST”) and harmonized sales taxes (“HST”) payable pursuant to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or similar taxes under provincial or territorial law), the claims of a laborer or worker (whether full-time or part-time) who is owed wages (including any amounts protected by the Wage Earner Protection Program Act (Canada) or secured by Section 81.3 or 81.4 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)), amounts due and not paid for inventory subject to rights of suppliers under Section 81.1 of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable law (generally known as the “30-day goods rule”), vacation pay, severance pay, employee source deductions, workers’ compensation obligations or pension fund obligations (including claims in respect of, and all amounts currently or past due and not contributed, remitted or paid to, or pursuant to, a Canadian pension plan, any Canadian pension laws and any amounts representing any unfunded liability, solvency deficiency or wind-up deficiency whether or not due with respect to any Canadian pension llan, including “normal cost”, “special payments” and any other payments in respect of any funding deficiency or shortfall); and (b) with respect to any German Guarantor, any reserve for amounts secured by any liens or other security interests whatsoever, choate or inchoate, which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the liens granted to secure or for other claims and/or deductions for the Obligations, including without limitation, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, or vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, income tax, insolvency costs, amounts due and not paid under any legislation relating to workers’ compensation or to employment insurance amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes (to the extent impacting personal or movable property), sales tax and pension obligations.

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or, if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

-35-


“Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred in exchange or replacement for, or to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease, retire or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, ”refinance,” “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses (including fees and expenses relating to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) in connection with any such refinancing) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness or Incurred in connection with a repurchase, redemption or similar transaction, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in each case including by exchange offers and private exchanges; provided, however, that:

(1) the Stated Maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be earlier than that of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay fees, premiums or costs with respect to the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or tender premiums, defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection with any such refinancing);

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or otherwise subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively, on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(5) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is secured, the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness have a Lien priority equal or junior to the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced (and if the Indebtedness being refinanced is unsecured, the Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of such Indebtedness may not be secured with any Liens);

(6) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor;

(7) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be Guaranteed or secured by additional guarantors or collateral, respectively, relative to the refinanced Indebtedness; and

 

-36-


(8) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have a greater ranking or payment priority than the Indebtedness being refinanced.

“Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-3 and/or S-4 dated September 9, 2025, as may be amended or supplemented, registering certain of the Notes described herein under the Securities Act.

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders and each other Person who is owed any portion of the Obligations under this Indenture.

“Securities Account” means all “securities accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Security Agreement” means, individually and collectively as the context may require, the U.S. Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreements, the Dutch Security Agreements, the German Security Agreements, the Swiss Security Agreements and the UK Security Agreements.

“Shared Non-Guarantor Investments Cap” means that the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments by (x) the Company and the Guarantors in, and loans and advances by the Company and the Guarantors to, and Guarantees by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and (y) the Company and the Domestic Guarantors in, and loans and advances by the Company and the Domestic Guarantors to, and Guarantees by the Company and the Domestic Guarantors of Indebtedness and other obligations of, Foreign Guarantors, in each case of this clause (i), pursuant to clauses (4), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, (ii) solely to the extent positive, the Net Cash Pooling Investment, and (iii) the aggregate amount of consideration paid by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with Permitted Acquisitions of Subsidiaries that do not become Guarantors, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

-37-


“Similar Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company.

“Specified Collateral” means that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

“Specified Indebtedness” means Subordinated Obligations, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, unsecured Indebtedness, and Indebtedness secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes.

“Specified Jurisdiction” means any of Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland, England and Wales.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to its terms.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, unlimited liability company, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions and any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be a Swap Agreement.

“Swiss Guarantor” means any Guarantor incorporated and organized under the laws of Switzerland or which is considered to be tax resident in Switzerland for Swiss Withholding Tax purposes.

 

-38-


“Swiss Security Agreements” means, collectively, any Swiss law governed security agreement entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any Note Party (as required by this Agreement or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swiss Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company incorporated and organized under the laws of Switzerland or which is considered to be tax resident in Switzerland for Swiss Withholding Tax purpose.

“Swiss Withholding Tax” means taxes imposed under the Swiss Withholding Tax Act.

“Swiss Withholding Tax Act” means the Swiss Federal Act on the Withholding Tax of 13 October 1965 (Bundesgesetz über die Verrechnungssteuer), together with the related ordinances, regulations and guidelines, all as amended and applicable from time to time.

“Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term. A Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

“Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Month of the Company for which financial statements have theretofore been most recently delivered pursuant to Section 4.06 as adjusted to any pro forma event occurring pursuant to the terms of this Indenture since such date.

“Transaction Support Agreement” means that certain Transaction Support Agreement dated August 13, 2025, among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and the supporting noteholders party thereto.

“Transactions” means those certain transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support Agreement and Registration Statement.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, until a successor, if any, replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“UK Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a UK Subsidiary.

“UK Security Agreements” means, collectively, (a) that certain English law all asset security agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the UK Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent and (b) any other English law pledge or security agreement (including any supplemental agreement or accession agreement in respect of a UK Security Agreement) entered into prior to, on, or after the Issue Date by any other Note Party (as required by this Indenture or any other Note Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-39-


“UK Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company incorporated in England and Wales.

“Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures (a) not financed with the proceeds of any incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations) or the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock or equity contributions, and (b) that are not reimbursed by a third person (excluding the Company or any Guarantor or any of its Affiliates) in the period such expenditures are made pursuant to a written agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Unfinanced Capital Expenditures shall include capital expenditures financed with the proceeds of any loans, Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

“United States” means the United States of America.

“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Security Agreement” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, between the Company, the Domestic Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent, and, as the context requires, any other pledge or security agreement entered into after the Issue Date by the Company or any Domestic Guarantor (as required by this Agreement or any other Note Document), or any other Person, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14(a)

“Agent Members”

   2.1(b) of Appendix A

“Applicable Procedures”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Auditor’s Determination”

   10.02(a)

“Authentication Order”

   2.03(c)

“Bondholder Call”

   4.06(c)

“Capital Impairment”

   10.02(a)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.15(a)

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.15(a)

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.15(a)(2)

“Clearstream”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Commission”

   1.04

“Corresponding Debt”

   13.20(b)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03(a)

“Definitive Notes Legend”

   2.2(e)(i) of Appendix A

“Distribution Compliance Period”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Enforcement of Claims”

   10.02(a)

“ERISA Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

 

-40-


Term

  

Defined in Section

“Event of Default”

   6.01(a)

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.16(c)

“Expiration Date”

   1.05(j)

“Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Global Notes Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01(a)

“IAI”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“IAI Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Indenture Currency”

   13.21(b)

“indenture securities”

   1.04

“indenture security holder”

   1.04

“indenture to be qualified”

   1.04

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee”

   1.04

“Judgment Currency”

   13.21(b)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02(a)

“Management Notification”

   10.02(a)

“Note Register”

   2.04(a)

“obligor”

   1.04

“Parallel Debt”

   13.20(a)

“Parallel Debt Undertaking”

   13.20(a)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04(a)

“PDF”

   13.16

“Premises”

   11.06(a)

“QIB”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.04(a)

“Regulation S”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Relevant Asset”

   10.02(a)

“Restricted Notes Legend”

   2.2(e) of Appendix A

“Restricted Payment”

   4.08(a)

“Rule 144”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(a) of Appendix A

“Separated Notes”

   2.01

“United States”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Note”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

“U.S. person”

   1.1(a) of Appendix A

Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or Section 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the meaning assigned to it therein;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

-41-


(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(8) “including” means including without limitation;

(9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and

(11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines.

Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC;

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

 

-42-


All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rules under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.05. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on or consent to any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

 

-43-


(f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy as permitted in Section 6.06. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

(g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(i) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

(j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 13.02, on or prior to both the existing and the new Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 30th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j).

 

-44-


Section 1.06. Quebec Interpretive Provisions.

For purposes of the interpretation or construction of this Indenture pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, for purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Collateral Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of any other Collateral Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (b) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (c) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (d) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (e) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, a “reservation of ownership”, “prior claim” and a “resolutory clause,” (f) all references to filing, registering or recording under the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” Liens as against third parties, (h) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (i) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (j) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary,” (k) “construction liens” shall be deemed to include “legal hypothecs in favour of persons having taken part in the construction or renovation of an immovable”, (l) “joint and several” shall be deemed to include “solidary” and “jointly and severally” shall be deemed to include “solidarily” (m) “gross negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”, (n) “beneficial ownership” shall be deemed to include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary”, (o) “legal title” shall be deemed to include “holding title on behalf of an owner as mandatary or prete-nom”, (p) “easement” shall be deemed to include “servitude”, (q) “priority” shall be deemed to include “prior claim” or “rank”, as applicable, (r) “survey” shall be deemed to include “certificate of location and plan”, (s) “fee simple title” and “fee title” shall be deemed to include “right of ownership”, (t) “foreclosure” shall be deemed to include “the exercise of a hypothecary right”, (u) “leasehold interest” shall be deemed to include “valid rights resulting from a lease”, (v) “lease” for personal or movable property shall be deemed to include a “contract of leasing (credit-bail)” and (x) “deposit account” shall include a “financial account” as defined in Article 2713.6 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

Section 1.07. [Reserved].

Section 1.08. Dutch Terms

As used in this Indenture, where it relates to a Dutch Guarantor, a reference to: (i) organizational documents means the deed of incorporation (akte van oprichting), articles of association (statuten) and an extract of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel); (ii) a necessary corporate or other organizational action where applicable includes without limitation: (A) any action required to comply with the Works Councils Act of the Netherlands (Wet op de ondernemingsraden); and (B) obtaining a positive or neutral advice, which, if conditional, contains conditions which in the opinion of the Trustee are acceptable and can reasonably be expected to be satisfied by a Dutch Guarantor without breaching the terms of this Indenture, from the competent works council(s); (iii) any Lien and any security interest includes any mortgage (hypotheek), pledge (pandrecht), retention of title arrangement (eigendomsvoorbehoud), privilege (voorrecht), right of retention (recht van retentie), right to reclaim goods (recht van reclame), and, in general, any right in rem (zakelijk recht) created for the purpose of granting security (goederenrechtelijk zekerheidsrecht); (iv) a bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding up, or dissolution (and any of those terms) includes a Dutch entity being declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard) or dissolved (ontbonden); (v) a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance verleend; (vi) a trustee, includes a curator and a liquidator includes a curator; (vii) an administrator includes a bewindvoerder, a beoogd bewinvoerder, a herstructureringsdeskundige or an observator; (viii) a receiver or an administrative receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder; (ix) any “procedure or step” taken in connection with insolvency proceedings includes a Dutch Guarantor having filed a notice under Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990) or Section 60 of the Social Insurance Financing Act of the Netherlands (Wet Financiering Sociale

 

-45-


Verzekeringen) in conjunction with Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990); (x) an attachment includes a beslag; (xi) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur); (xii) a reorganization includes statutory proceedings for the restructuring of debt (akkoordprocedure) under the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet); (xiii) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur) and (xiv) a “subsidiary” includes a dochtermaatschappij as defined in Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek). Where “the Netherlands” or “Dutch” is referred to it refers only to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and its laws respectively.

Section 1.09. German Terms

As used in this Indenture, where it relates to a German Guarantor, a reference to: (i) gross negligence includes grobe Fahrlässigkeit; (ii) negligence includes Fahrlässigkeit; (iii) a security interest includes any mortgage (Grundschuld, Hypothek), pledge (Pfandrecht), retention of title arrangement (Eigentumsvorbehalt), right of retention (Zurückbehaltungsrecht), right to reclaim goods (Herausgabeansprüche), and, in general, any right in rem created for the purpose of granting security; (iv) a winding-up, administration or dissolution (and any of those terms) includes a German entity being declared bankrupt (insolvent) or dissolved (ausfgelöst); (v) any step or procedure taken in connection with insolvency proceedings includes a German entity having applied for bankruptcy (Insolvenzantrag) or the opening of bankruptcy proceedings (Insolvenzeröffnung); and (vi) an administrator includes an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter) and insolvency trustee (Sachwalter).

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Amount of Notes.

The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $[•].

The Company may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.09(b) and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.04, 3.06, 4.15(b)) or Appendix A (the “Appendix”)), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; and

 

-46-


(3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof.

Section 2.02. Form and Dating; Terms.

Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated into and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

If any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will be issued as a separate series under this Indenture and will have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Initial Notes. Any Additional Notes may be issued with the benefit of one or more supplemental indentures to this Indenture.

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

(a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual, electronic or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office or is no longer authorized to represent the Company at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

(c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time (but subject to Section 2.01), the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

(d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

-47-


(e) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $[•] (comprised of one or more Global Notes), (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, and (3) any Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Unrestricted Global Notes.

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a) The Company shall maintain at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co- registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility or liability for actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid in cash on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid in cash on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.

While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, and upon accounting for any funds disbursed, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

-48-


Section 2.06. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

(b) Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption, or tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in connection with a Change of Control Offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(c) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(d) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(e) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the replacement Global Notes or Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A so long as the requirements of this Indenture are satisfied.

(f) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.

 

-49-


Section 2.08. Replacement Notes.

(a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the New York UCC (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee or (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

(b) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.08, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding and those that are subject to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article 8. Except as set forth in Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a “protected purchaser”, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment.

(d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes beneficially owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in actually relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

-50-


Section 2.11. Temporary Notes.

In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.12. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Evidence of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall, upon the written request of the Company, be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

(a) If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.13. The Company shall fix such special record date and payment date. At least 15 days before such special record date, the Company shall mail (or send electronically to DTC, in the case of Global Notes) to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

 

-51-


Section 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, CUSIP or ISIN numbers shall be used in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing (which notice may be electronic) of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate (which may be withdrawn prior to the date such notice of redemption is given) setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable.

Notwithstanding the notice requirements in Section 3.03, if the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual redemption price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes to be redeemed, shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot in accordance with the Applicable Procedures or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to be fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof; provided that no Notes of $1.00 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

-52-


(c) After the redemption date or purchase date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed or purchased in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the original Note, representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or not purchased, shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries shall be made to reflect such partial redemption).

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

(a) The Company shall send or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or cause to be sent (or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) notices of redemption of Notes not less than 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article 3 at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(f), notices of redemption may not be conditional. Notices to the Trustee may be given by email in PDF format.

(b) The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and ISIN number, if applicable) and shall state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(d), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation;

(3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

(c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).

 

-53-


Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if sent in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder of record on such Record Date. The applicable Paying Agent shall promptly distribute to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the Holders of such Notes shall have no further rights with respect to such Notes except the right to receive such payment of the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes upon surrender of such Notes. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date in respect of such Note will be paid on such redemption or purchase date to the Person in whose name such Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

-54-


Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

(a) [reserved].

(b) [reserved].

(c) [reserved].

(d) The Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03, at the redemption price of 100.000% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable date of redemption.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

(f) Any redemption notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. If such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

(g) The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

The Company will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09. [Reserved].

Section 3.10. [Reserved].

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

(a) The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City) time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

-55-


(b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post- petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

Section 4.03. Taxes.

The Company and the Guarantors shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (a) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Company or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect

Section 4.04. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.05. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and

 

-56-


(b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided further that this Section 4.05 does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.16.

Section 4.06. Reports and Other Information.

(a) The Company will furnish or file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If the Company is not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing (in which case the Company shall deliver to the Trustee with written instructions to deliver to the Holders (in lieu of filing with the SEC) within the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act), but in such event the reports specified in the preceding sentence shall not be required to contain certain disclosures relating to the Company’s controls and procedures, corporate governance, code of ethics, director independence, market for the Company’s equity securities and executive compensation. the Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. For purposes of this Section 4.06, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and information to, or filed such reports and information with, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports or information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system or otherwise made such reports or information publicly available on a freely accessible page on the Company’s website. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such reports and information have been filed or have been posted on such website.

(b) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as the Company provides such information to the Trustee and the Holders and makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in each case at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to the preceding paragraph and (ii) the Company will not be obligated to provide to the Trustee or the Holders or make available to prospective purchasers of the Notes any materials for which it has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) In addition, no later than five Business Days after the date the annual and quarterly financial information for the prior fiscal period have been filed or furnished pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Company shall also hold live quarterly conference calls with the opportunity to ask questions of management for the benefit of the beneficial owners of the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions (any such call, a “Bondholder Call”); provided that, so long as the Company holds quarterly conference calls for investors of its Common Stock, it shall not be required to hold Bondholder Calls. If the Company holds any Bondholder Call, no fewer than five calendar days prior to the date such

 

-57-


Bondholder Call is to be held, the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing such Bondholder Call for the benefit of beneficial owners of the Notes, securities analysts and market making financial institutions, which press release shall contain the time and the date of such Bondholder Call and direct the recipients thereof to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such notice) to obtain information on how to access such Bondholder Call.

Section 4.07. Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Company will promptly (which shall be within ten Business Days following the date on which the Company becomes aware of such Default, receives notice of such Default or becomes aware of such action, as applicable) send to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereof.

Section 4.08. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of any Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary;

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Specified Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by any other Guarantor permitted under Section 4.09(b); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment

 

-58-


(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) of this Section 4.08(a) (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit:

(i) payments of or in respect of Specified Indebtedness solely by issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(ii) refinancings of Specified Indebtedness with the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09;

(iii) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or convert its Capital Stock into, or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock solely in exchange for, other Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);

(iv) payment of secured Specified Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of (A) any voluntary sale or transfer of any assets securing such Indebtedness or (B) any casualty or condemnation proceeding (including a disposition in lieu thereof) of any assets securing such Indebtedness;

(v) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant;

(vi) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its capital stock, partnership or membership interests or other similar Capital Stock, or make other Restricted Payments in respect of its Capital Stock, in each case ratably to the holders of such Capital Stock (or, if not ratably, on a basis more favorable to the Company and the Subsidiaries);

(vii) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Restricted Payments (excluding non-cash Restricted Payments consisting of Collateral and excluding any acquisitions of the 2026 Notes) in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $5,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each Restricted Payment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due and mandatory prepayments in respect of any Specified Indebtedness and expenses and indemnity in respect of such Specified Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(ix) any payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of the Company’s Capital Stock representing insignificant interests in the Company in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock in the Company;

(x) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Company may purchase Capital Stock from its or its Subsidiaries’ employees in connection with the satisfaction of any such employee’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to employee benefit plans, and payments of any corresponding amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 during any Fiscal Year;

 

-59-


(xi) (i) Restricted Payments by the Company and each Subsidiary to the Company or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Company or any Subsidiary; or

(xii) the exchange of 2026 Notes into First-Out Notes permitted pursuant to Section 4.09;

(xiii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement of the 2026 Notes prior to their maturity; or

(xiv) any Restricted Payment permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of any Restricted Payment paid in cash shall be its face amount.

Section 4.09. Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) the incurrence by the Company or the Guarantors of Indebtedness under (x) the ABL Facility or one or more other Credit Facilities, the guarantees thereof and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (i) $180,000,000, and (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of (1) 90.0% of the face amount of all credit card receivable owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (2) 90.0% of the face amount of all other accounts receivable owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, (3) 100.0% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Fiscal Month preceding the date of determination, and (4) 70% of the appraised value of intellectual property (determined based on most recent appraisal of such intellectual property); provided that any reductions in the IP Cap and/or IP Advance Rate, in each case, as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement, shall not reduce amount of availability available under this clause (ii), and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facility or any other Credit Facilities referred to in the foregoing clause (x); provided, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (1) is subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(2) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Notes issued on the Issue Date;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the 2026 Notes in existence on the Issue Date;

 

-60-


(4) (i) Indebtedness of the Company represented by the First-Out Notes issued on the Issue Date, (ii) Indebtedness consisting of additional First-Out Notes issued following the Issue Date to Consenting Noteholders (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) in exchange for 2026 Notes pursuant to, and in compliance with the terms of, the Transaction Support Agreement, (iii) Indebtedness consisting of the PIK Notes (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) issued following the Issue Date in connection with a Borrowing Base Overage, and (iv) Indebtedness of any Guarantor represented by a Guarantee of the First-Out Notes;

(5) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22), (23) and (24) of this Section 4.09(b)), provided that any amounts of any such Indebtedness paid down in connection with any purchases, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise (other than in connection with a substantially concurrent refinancing by way of Refinancing Indebtedness) shall be reduced from any amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (5) that would otherwise be permitted to be Incurred using Refinancing Indebtedness;

(6) (i) Guarantees incurred in compliance with Permitted Investments (other than clause (22) of the definition thereof), and (ii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $12,500,000 (inclusive of lines of credit of Foreign Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date) at any time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness under this clause (ii) shall not be Guaranteed by, or secured by any property of, any Domestic Subsidiary or Guarantor;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (A) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets or (B) assumed in connection with the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (7) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(8) Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred to any Person other than the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any such Indebtedness owing by (x) the Company or a Guarantor to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or a Guarantor to another Guarantor, except to the extent owing by a Domestic Guarantor to another Domestic Guarantor, shall, in each case be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any such Indebtedness shall be permitted under the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clause (22) of the definition thereof);

(9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability, unemployment insurance, social security laws or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

-61-


(10) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising from agreements of the Company or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earn-out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Company, any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any other acquisition or disposition, in each case, permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(11) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is issued for cash;

(12) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (20), (21) and (23) and this clause (12) of this Section 4.09(b);

(13) Indebtedness arising from (a) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of surety bonds (whether bid performance or otherwise) and performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Indebtedness incurred under leases of real property in respect of tenant improvements;

(16) obligations under any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, in-transit cash services, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting, trade finance services, supply chain finance services and other cash management services;

(17) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit and checking accounts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(18) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (19).

(20) (A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and any related financing transactions (calculated as of the last day of the Fiscal Month of the Company then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.06), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.50:1.00;

 

-62-


(21) Indebtedness consisting of Super Priority Notes (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) issued following the Issue Date pursuant to the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture;

(22) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or a Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for speculative purposes;

(23) any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof; and

(24) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (23) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (24) and then outstanding, will not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness that is either secured or has a maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b), the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(b) and will be entitled to divide the amount and type of such Indebtedness among more than one of such clauses under Section 4.09(b);

(2) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and relate to other Indebtedness, then such letters of credit shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to such Debt Facility and such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and

(3) except as provided in clause (2) of Section 4.09(b), Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the

 

-63-


maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

For purposes of this Indenture, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or (2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.10. Limitation on Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, in each case, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 4.11. Future Guarantors.

(a) The Company will cause (i) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, becomes a borrower or Guarantees the Obligations under the 2026 Notes (other than Fossil (UK) Global Services Ltd.), the First-Out Notes or the ABL Facility and (ii) each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of (a) the Company or any Guarantor or (b) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (and with respect to sub-clause (ii)(b), only to the extent such Indebtedness exceeds $2,500,000), to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, pursuant to which such Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any) in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other Obligations under this Indenture, in each case, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

(b) Each Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor on or after the Issue Date will also become a party to the applicable Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements and will as promptly as practicable execute and deliver such joinder documents, security instruments, and financing statements, and, with respect to any Material Real Property, Mortgages, opinions of counsel, surveys and title insurance policies as required under Section 11.06, under this Indenture and Collateral Documents to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date or, if later, on the date first delivered (but no greater scope) as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest with the priority described in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture and, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, in the properties and assets of such new Guarantor constituting Collateral as security for the Notes or the Note Guarantees, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

(c) The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees of the ABL Facility or Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution Obligations under this Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a preference, fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law or any applicable foreign law.

 

-64-


(d) Each Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06.

Section 4.12. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions From Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.12(a)).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.12(a) will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the ABL Facility, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes, the 2026 Notes Indenture and the 2026 Notes, and documentation related thereto and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents, and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(3) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);

(4) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.12(b) or this clause (4);

 

-65-


(5) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.12(a), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.10 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.12(a) on the property so acquired;

(7) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(8) restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers, lessors or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(10) restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, tenders, government contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, custom, performance and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature (including standby letters of credit or completion guarantees), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(11) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(12) any customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, joint venture agreements, other similar agreements and related governance documents entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(14) other Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are not more restrictive with respect to encumbrances and restrictions of the nature described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.12(a), taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Company in this Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Facility, or the 2026 Notes and the 2026 Notes Indenture on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions at a Subsidiary level comparable to those applicable to the Company).

Section 4.13. [Reserved].

Section 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), except:

 

-66-


(1) transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that would prevail in an arm’s-length transaction with unrelated third parties; provided that, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or disinterested members of any similar governing body) of the Company shall have adopted a resolution or otherwise authorized an action to approve any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $5,000,000 and (y) an independent fairness opinion shall have been issued by a reputable investment bank or other third party selected by the Company in good faith affirming the fairness of any transaction permitted under this clause (1) that is in excess of $25,000,000;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and the Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate; and

(3) any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.08;

(4) the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, and the providing of reasonable indemnities on behalf of, directors and officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith; and

(5) any other transaction permitted under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) Subject to the provisions of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive any interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Company will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder or otherwise send notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made, the expiration time for such Change of Control Offer (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the applicable record date to receive interest due on the Change of Control Payment Date);

(2) the purchase date (which shall be no later than three Business Days after the date such Change of Control Offer expires) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control and setting forth a brief description of the definitive agreement for the Change of Control; and

 

-67-


(4) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

The notice, if mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is mailed or otherwise delivered in a manner herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in integral multiples of $1.00) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $1.00, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $1.00;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount sufficient to make the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(c) The applicable Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Holder so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a company order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise send in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or send such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

(d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased on the Change of Control Payment Date.

(e) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.07. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time such Change of Control Offer is made.

 

-68-


(f) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

(g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company pursuant to Section 4.15(e), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06.

Section 4.16. Asset Dispositions.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

(2) 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (and with respect to any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are Cash Equivalents, only to the extent such instruments are converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition); and

(3) to the extent that any consideration received by the Company or any Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition constitutes securities or other assets that are of a type or class that constitutes Collateral, such securities or other assets are added to the Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, being of the same priority with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, as the Lien on the assets disposed of in the Asset Disposition.

 

-69-


Section 4.17. [Reserved].

Section 4.18. Deposit Accounts. Each Note Party shall within 30 days (or in the case of Deposit Accounts in Germany and Switzerland, the time period set forth in the German Security Agreements and Swiss Security Agreements, respectively) after the Issue Date or, if opened following the Issue Date, within 30 days (or in the case of Deposit Accounts in Germany and Switzerland, the time period set forth in the German Security Agreements and Swiss Security Agreements, respectively), of the opening of such Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) or the date any Person that owns such Deposit Account becomes a Note Party hereunder, execute and deliver, and cause each relevant depository institution to execute and deliver, to the Notes Collateral Agent a Control Agreement or other control arrangement satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent for each Deposit Account (other than any Excluded Account) of such Note Party.

Section 4.19. [Reserved].

Section 4.20. Collateral and Guarantee Requirement

(a) The Company, each Note Party and each Subsidiary of the Company not constituting an Excluded Subsidiary shall have satisfied the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement by or on the Issue Date; provided that to the extent that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (other than the execution of the Collateral Documents, delivery of Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA financing statements with respect to perfection of security interests in all assets of the Note Parties that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or the PPSA of any applicable jurisdiction, delivery of intellectual property security agreements in form for filing with the USPTO, USCO and the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and the delivery of possessory collateral) cannot be satisfied by or on the Issue Date and are not satisfied as of the Issue Date after the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to do so, such unsatisfied requirements shall be required to be satisfied as promptly as practicable after the Issue Date and in any event within the period specified therefor in Appendix B.

(b) The Company shall have delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent on the Issue Date, (i) a completed Perfection Certificate dated as of the Issue Date and signed by an Officer of each of the Company and each Note Party, together with all attachments contemplated thereby and (ii) results of (x) searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings, including PPSA filings) and (y) bankruptcy, judgment, tax and intellectual property lien searches requested by the Trustee, together with (in the case of clause (x)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or other documents) are permitted by hereunder or have been or will be released in connection with the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date.

(c) Subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, each document (including any UCC, PPSA (or similar) financing statement and intellectual property security agreements required by any Collateral Document or under applicable requirements of law to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral required to be delivered pursuant to such Collateral Document (unless such Collateral Document provides for any such requirement to be provided at a later point in time), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation and the Trustee have made arrangements for such filing, registration or recordation.

 

-70-


Section 4.21. [No harmful use of proceeds in Switzerland1

The Company shall ensure that no proceeds of the Notes will be on-lent or made otherwise available, directly or indirectly, to any Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland and/or having its registered office in Switzerland and/or qualifying as a Swiss resident pursuant to the Swiss Withholding Tax Act; or otherwise be used or made available, directly or indirectly, in each case, in a manner which would constitute a “harmful use of proceeds in Switzerland” (schädliche Mittelverwendung in der Schweiz) as interpreted by the Swiss Federal Tax Administration for purposes of Swiss Withholding Tax, unless and until a written confirmation or countersigned tax ruling application from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been obtained confirming that such use of proceeds is permitted without interest and other payments under any Note becoming subject to Swiss Withholding Tax.]

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) the Company is the surviving Person or (b) if the Company is not the surviving Person, then the surviving Person formed by such consolidation or merger to the Person to which such assets are so sold, assigned, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and any such other surviving Person shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture expressly assuming the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture;

(2) to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the Company will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 1.00:1.00;

(5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of Section 5.01(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the surviving Peron’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; and

 
1 

NTD: Covenant can be deleted if tax ruling from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration is obtained prior to the issuance of the Notes.

 

-71-


(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (4) of Section 5.01(a), to the extent that the Company is the surviving Person:

(1) the Company may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, so long as no Capital Stock of the Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than the Company; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and

(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating or forming the Company in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Company or another Guarantor) unless:

(1) (A) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving, continuing or transferee Person (if not such Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture hereto and the applicable Collateral Documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee;

(B) to the extent any assets of the Person who is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the successor Guarantor are assets of the type that would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, the successor Guarantor will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Collateral Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Collateral Documents;

(C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(D) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, winding-up or disposition and such supplemental indenture and any other supplemental agreements comply with this Indenture; or

 

-72-


(2) in the event the transaction results in the release of the Guarantor’s Note Guarantee under clause (1)(A) of Section 10.06(a), the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.16.

(d) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, any consolidation with or merger with or into or winding up into, or sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person by the Company or a Guarantor that is otherwise permitted under the terms of the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof, shall be permitted under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon mandatory or optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) [reserved];

(4) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under Article 4 (in each case, other than (A) a failure to purchase Notes, which constitutes an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(2), or (B) a failure to comply with Section 4.06 which constitutes an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5));

(5) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, at the final maturity of such Indebtedness; or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity;

 

-73-


and, in each case of this clause (6)(ii), the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10,000,000 or more;

(7) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(8) (i) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries (excluding any Immaterial Subsidiaries) that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Laws:

(A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Laws; provided that any of the foregoing actions shall not constitute a Default if this would constitute a breach of section 44 of the German Act on the Stabilisation and Restructuring Framework for Business (StaRUG);

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, monitor sequestrator, administrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Laws that:

(A) is for relief against the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company, any such Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, monitor, sequestrator, administrator or other similar official of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or

 

-74-


substantially all of the property of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(9) any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee; or

(10) with respect to any Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (A) the security interest under the Collateral Documents, at any time, ceases to be a valid and perfected Lien (perfected as or having the priority required by the Collateral Documents and this Indenture) and in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with their terms and the terms of this Indenture and such failure continues for 60 days and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the limitations of foreign laws, rules and regulations or the application thereof, or from the failure of the Notes Collateral Agent (or the applicable controlling collateral agent pursuant to the applicable Intercreditor Agreement) to maintain possession of certificates or instruments actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or (B) the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and such Person fails to rescind such assertion within 60 days.

However, a Default under clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice.

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.01(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if:

(1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.01(a) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and

 

-75-


(2) (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

Section 6.02. Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (8) of Section 6.01(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.

(b) If an Event of Default under clause (8) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

(c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

(d) [Reserved].

Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.02 of this Indenture or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default due to the Company’s failure to comply with the requirements under Section 4.01 of this Indenture, for the first 180 calendar days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, consists exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to (1) 0.25% for the first 90 calendar days after such Event of Default and (2) 0.50% for calendar days 91 through 180 after such Event of Default. On the 181st day after such Event of Default, if such violation is not cured or waived, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare the principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If the Company elects to pay such additional interest, it shall notify the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes by certificate of the Company’s election at any time on or before the close of business on the first Business Day following the Event of Default. No additional interest shall be due or payable due to the occurrence of an Event of Default other than with respect to such failure to comply with reporting requirements.

 

-76-


Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except:

(1) a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with a Change of Control Offer); and

(2) a Default with respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected,

provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

Subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent. However, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements, or that the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no obligation to make such determination) or that would, in its or its counsel’s opinion, lead the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to expend its own funds or expose it to liability (financial or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of Holders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in this Indenture and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes (subject to the Intercreditor Agreements) unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered, and if requested provided, the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

-77-


(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and their agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

-78-


Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13. Priorities.

Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with respect to any proceeds of Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained in the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or any money or other property distributable in respect of any Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:

(1) to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and to the Notes Collateral Agent for the costs and expenses incurred under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(2) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(3) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

-79-


The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) With respect to the Trustee, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, and at all times with respect to the Notes Collateral Agent:

(1) the duties of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or other Note Documents against the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof or the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent may be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

-80-


(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder and the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in their opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may be contrary to any Note Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Bankruptcy Laws.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any acts or omissions, except for such losses, damages or expenses which have been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted from the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as the case may be.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable, that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01.

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall (i) have any duty to take any discretionary action or to exercise any discretionary power, or (ii) be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested provided, to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent (as applicable) against any loss, liability or expense (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the applicable Note Document and which may include payment in advance).

(g) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, not only as to due execution, validity and effectiveness, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent need investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent,

 

-81-


as applicable, shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may (but is not obliged to) require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may consult with counsel or other professionals retained or consulted of its selection and the advice of such counsel, professional or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) In no event shall the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in each of its capacities hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and by, the Agents and each other agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or thereunder.

(i) [Reserved].

(j) The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

-82-


(k) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(l) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent:

(1) shall be accountable for the use or application by any Person of disbursements properly made by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents or of moneys received from the Company or the Guarantors; or

(2) shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services.

(m) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be responsible for any unsuitability, inadequacy, expiration or unfitness of any security interest created hereunder or pursuant to any other Collateral Document pertaining to this matter nor shall it be obligated to make any investigation into, and shall be entitled to assume, the adequacy and fitness of any security interest created hereunder or pursuant to any other Collateral Document. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any obligation to give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain any financing statements, notices, instruments, documents, agreements, consents or other papers as shall be necessary to (i) create, preserve, perfect or validate the security interest granted to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents or (ii) enable the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights under the Collateral Documents with respect to such pledge and security interest. In addition, neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any responsibility or liability (i) in connection with the acts or omissions of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the foregoing or (ii) for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any security interest created in the Collateral or the perfection and priority of such security interest.

(n) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against any prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords similar collateral and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee.

(o) The permissive rights of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to do things enumerated in this Note Documents shall not be construed as a duty and, with respect to such permissive rights, neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(p) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall have any liability for any action taken, or errors in judgment made, in good faith by it or any of its officers, employees or agents, unless it shall have been negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

-83-


Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

However, in the event that the Trustee acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties or resign. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11.

Section 7.04. Disclaimer.

Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Company, the Trustee will mail or deliver by electronic transmission to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after obtaining such knowledge or being notified by the Company. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

(a) Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with [•] and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. Neither the Trustee’s nor the Notes Collateral Agent’s compensation

 

-84-


shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Notes Collateral Agent’s agents and respective counsel. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and any predecessor Notes Collateral Agent and their directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) for, and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent)) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements against the Company or any Guarantor, court costs and any sworn translation costs and together with any applicable VAT)) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent through the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

(d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Laws.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08. Appointment of the Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) Each Holder, by accepting and holding a Note (including by accepting a Note following transfer from another Holder), shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of the Collateral and authorizing the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into any Collateral Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

 

-85-


(b) In respect of the Dutch Security Agreements and the Collateral governed by Dutch law, the Notes Collateral Agent shall act in its own name and as creditor in its own right under the Parallel Debt as referred to in Section 13.20 of this Indenture for the benefit of the Trustee (acting for the benefit of the Holders).

(c) The Notes Collateral Agent shall act in accordance with the powers given to it by law and by the Non-ABL Agreements.

(d) The Notes Collateral Agent hereby accepts the appointments under Sections 7.08(b) and (c).

(e) The Notes Collateral Agent shall solely act in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent or for itself (as secured party).

(f) Any change of Notes Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 7.08 shall be made in accordance with Section 7.08.

(g) The Trustee (acting on behalf and for the benefit of the Holders):

(1) [reserved]

(2) irrevocably authorises, empowers and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically entrusted to it under the Notes Documents, together with any other rights, powers and discretions which are incidental thereto; and

(3) acknowledges and confirms that the Notes Collateral Agent is entitled to take any step to protect the interests of the Secured Parties; however, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make the filing of any proof of claim for the benefit of the Trustee (acting on behalf and for the benefit of the Holders), unless otherwise agreed between the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee.

(h) Without limiting the limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its acceptance of any Notes, each Holder irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent:

(i) in relation to the Collateral being subject to the German Security Agreements, to (A) hold, administer and realise such Collateral that is transferred or assigned by way of security (Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung) or otherwise granted to it and is creating or evidencing a non-accessory security right (nicht akzessorische Sicherheit) in its own name as trustee (Treuhänder) for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders; and (B) hold (with regard to its own rights under the Parallel Debt), administer, and realise any such Collateral that is pledged (verpfändet) or otherwise transferred to the Notes Collateral Agent and is creating or evidencing an accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) as agent in the name of and for and on the behalf of the Trustee and the Holders, and in its own name on the basis of the Parallel Debt in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-86-


(ii) to: (A) accept as its representative (Stellvertreter) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of the Trustee and/or such Holder in connection with the German Security Agreements and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative (Stellvertreter) any amendments and/or alterations to any German Security Agreements or any other agreement related to such Collateral which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) including the release or confirmation of release of such security; (B) execute on behalf of itself and the Trustee and the Holders where relevant and without the need for any further referral to, or authority from, the Trustee and the Holders or any other person all necessary releases of any such Collateral being subject to the German Security Agreements or any other agreement related to such Collateral; (C) realize such Collateral in accordance with the German Security Agreements or any other agreement securing such Collateral; (D) make, receive all declarations and statements and undertake all other necessary actions and measures which are necessary or desirable in connection with such Collateral or the German Security Agreements or any other agreement securing the Collateral; (E) take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with the German Security Agreements; and (F) exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Trustee and the Holders under the German Security Agreements together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(iii) to act as its agent (Stellvertreter), and, to the extent possible, releases the Notes Collateral Agent from any restrictions on representing several persons and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch). The Notes Collateral Agent has the power to grant sub-power of attorney, including the release from the restrictions of section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch).

(i) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its acceptance of any Notes, each Holder irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent:

(i) in relation to each of the Swiss Security Agreements pursuant to which Liens of a non-accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Non-Accessory Security Agreements”), to hold and administer and, as the case may be, release and realize any such Lien (including any and all benefits in connection with any Swiss Non-Accessory Security Agreements and any and all proceeds of such Lien) on a fiduciary basis (treuhänderisch) for itself (including as joint-credit) and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) in relation to each of the Swiss Security Agreements pursuant to which Liens of an accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Accessory Security Agreements”), to hold and administer and, as the case may be, release and realize any such Lien (including any and all benefits in connection with any Swiss Accessory Security Agreements and any and all proceeds of such Lien) for itself (including as joint-creditor) and as direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter) in the name and on behalf of each of the Trustee and the Holders and each of the Trustee and the Holders authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to act as its direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter) in relation to any and all matters in connection with such Swiss Accessory Security Agreements in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Notes Collateral Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this paragraph (i) by or through any one or more co-agents, sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent), and each Holder hereby irrevocably authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to appoint any such co-agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent) for such purposes and confirms that the authority, rights, powers and protections afforded to the Notes Collateral Agent under this paragraph (i) shall apply equally to any such co-agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact (including the ABL Collateral Agent) so appointed.

 

-87-


Section 7.09. Replacement of Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s or successor Notes Collateral Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent by so notifying the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent if:

(1) in the case of the Trustee, the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.11;

(2) the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Laws;

(3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, or its property; or

(4) the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent becomes incapable of acting as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent, respectively, hereunder.

(b) If the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee or the successor Notes Collateral Agent to replace it with another successor Trustee or another successor Notes Collateral Agent appointed by the Company.

(c) If a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Collateral Agent does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

(d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) A successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee

 

-88-


or successor Notes Collateral Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder have been paid and such transfer shall be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 7.09, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or retiring Notes Collateral Agent.

(f) As used in this Section 7.09, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent.

Section 7.10. Successor by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another entity or national banking association, the successor entity or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Notes Collateral Agent.

Section 7.11. Eligibility; Disqualification.

(a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

(b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.13. Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreements.

By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders hereby authorize and direct the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to execute and deliver each of the Collateral Documents and each Intercreditor Agreement (including joinder agreements thereto) and any other Collateral Documents in which the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, is named as a party, including any Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Documents executed on or after the Issue Date and any amendments, joinders or supplements to any Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document permitted by this Indenture. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, in so doing, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under the Intercreditor Agreements or any other Collateral Documents, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, privileges, benefits, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements).

 

-89-


ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to this Indenture, all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Section 8.02.

(b) Following the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

(c) If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option under this Section 8.02, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

(d) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03.

 

-90-


Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.20 and 5.01(a)(4) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(3) that resulted solely from the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4), Section 6.01(a)(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), Section 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, shall not constitute an Event of Default.

(b) If the Company exercises its Covenant Defeasance option under this Section 8.03, the Liens on the Collateral will be released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time will be automatically released.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

(a) The following shall be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

-91-


(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, the 2026 Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) [reserved];

(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

(7) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders.

 

-92-


(c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors (except that no existing Guarantor will be required to execute any amendment or supplement of this Indenture that solely relates to changes described in Section 9.01(a)(5)), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

-93-


(2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with Section 5.01;

(3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) comply with the rules of any applicable Depositary;

(5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, in each case, in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(6) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(7) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Lien securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreements;

(8) add covenants of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;

(9) make any change that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements of any Holder;

(10) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(11) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor Trustee (provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture) or successor notes collateral agent;

(12) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements to any provision of the “Description of the Second-Out Notes” section of the Registration Statement;

(13) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes or, if Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(14) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(15) to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Notes and/or the Note Guarantees; or

 

-94-


(16) to effect such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification, waiver or consent in respect of the First-Out Notes Indenture (or any replacement thereof) that shall apply automatically to this Indenture without the consent of any Holder in accordance with the First-Out/Second-Out Intercreditor Agreement or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) The Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements to any of the following amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Collateral Documents and the applicable Intercreditor Agreements:

(1) (A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Secured Indebtedness that is Incurred in compliance with the ABL Facility, this Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Indenture, and the Collateral Documents and (B) to establish the priority of the Liens on any Collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under the ABL Facility, the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes, the guarantees of the First-Out Notes, this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and (C) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing any Indebtedness replacing the ABL Facility permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture shall be senior to the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing any such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens on such Non- ABL Priority Collateral securing any Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, all on the terms provided for in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification; and all proceeds of the Collateral shall be payable to the Notes Collateral Agent and such representatives for any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and under any other Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness then outstanding, all on the terms provided for in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment;

(2) to effectuate the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or the Collateral Documents if those assets are (A) owned by a Guarantor and that Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (B) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted or not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(3) to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Indebtedness refinancing any Secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 shall rank pari passu with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Obligations under such replaced Secured Indebtedness and otherwise conform to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) upon any cancellation or termination of the ABL Facility without a replacement thereof, to establish that the ABL Priority Collateral (in addition to the Notes Priority Collateral) shall secure the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees on the same basis as the Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in effect immediately prior to such amendment or other modification;

(5) (i) to add any junior lien secured parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent as senior lien secured party, to any junior lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or (ii) to add any second lien secured parties to any second lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-95-


(6) in the case of any Collateral Document, to include therein any legend required to be set forth therein pursuant to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, or to modify any such legend as required by such Intercreditor Agreement;

(7) with respect to the Intercreditor Agreements then in effect or the Collateral Documents, as provided in the relevant Intercreditor Agreement or Collateral Document, as applicable;

(8) to add Collateral with respect to any or all of the Notes and/or the Notes Guarantees; and

(9) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents, or any applicable Intercreditor Agreement (and any amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material way), in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the definitive documentation governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture or any other agreement that is permitted by this Indenture.

(c) Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

(a) Except as provided in Section 9.01 and this Section 9.02 (and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements), the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.09 and Section 2.10 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

(b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon delivery to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 13.04, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case each of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

-96-


(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will send to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, any failure of the Company to send such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

(e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Section 3.07, Section 4.15 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Change of Control”);

(6) make any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Note;

(7) amend the contractual right expressly set forth in this Indenture or the Notes of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Holder’s consent; or

(9) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the Holders.

(f) In addition, and subject to Section 9.02(e)(10), without the consent of Holders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (i) modify any Collateral Document or the provisions in this Indenture relating to the Notes dealing with the Collateral Documents in any manner, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the Holders or otherwise release all or substantially all Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) modify or waive any of the Guarantor Release Protection Provisions, (iii) modify the Lien priority of the Notes or the Note Guarantees,

 

-97-


or (iv) modify or change any provision of this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents that adversely affects the ranking as to right of payment (it being understood that the “right of payment” here refers to contractual ranking) or payment priority of the Notes, except for (a) any “debtor-in-possession” facility (or similar financing under applicable law) or (b) any other Indebtedness for borrowed money so long as a bona fide opportunity to participate in such Indebtedness is offered ratably to all adversely affected Holders on a no less than pro rata basis (other than with respect to customary backstop or similar fees and expense reimbursement).

(g) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

(a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver that is effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

(a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

(b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06. Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

(a) The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

 

-98-


(b) The Notes Collateral Agent shall sign any amendment, supplement, consent or waiver authorized pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof (including, without limitation, without the further consent or agreement of the Holders if so provided in such Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreements or otherwise in accordance with Section 9.01(b) of this Indenture) if the amendment, supplement, consent or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Notes Collateral Agent. In executing any amendment, supplement, consent or waiver to any of the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes Collateral Agent shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement, consent or waiver is authorized or permitted by the applicable Collateral Document and/or the Intercreditor Agreements, as the case may be, and complies with the provisions thereof.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 10 and the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations.” Failing payment by the Company when due of any amount so Guaranteed or any performance so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06.

 

-99-


(c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations Guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations Guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

(f) Subject to Section 11.07(b), each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or proceeding be filed by or against the Company or any Guarantor for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company or any Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver, trustee, interim receiver, monitor or other similar official be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer,” “transfer at undervalue” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(i) The Note Guarantees will be secured by Liens, with the priority of such Liens conforming to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, subject to Permitted Liens, on the Collateral of each applicable Guarantor (which Collateral will also secure the ABL Facility and the Second-Out Notes, with the priority of such Liens in each case conforming to the Lien priorities in any applicable Intercreditor Agreement).

 

-100-


Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a preference, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or a transfer at undervalue for purposes of Bankruptcy Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

For purposes of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), the annual rates of interest or fees to which the rates of interest or fees provided in this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee (and stated herein or therein, as applicable, to be computed on the basis of 360 days or any other period of time less than a calendar year) are equivalent are the rates so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the applicable calendar year and divided by 360 or such other period of time, respectively.

If any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee or other obligations arising pursuant to this Indenture would oblige any Canadian Guarantor to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Holder in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Holder of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable law or so result in a receipt by that Holder of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), by reducing the amount or rate of interest, and, thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the affected Holder which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if a Holder shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada), the applicable Canadian Guarantor shall be entitled to obtain reimbursement from such Holder in an amount equal to such excess and, pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by such Holder to such Canadian Guarantor.

Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.

In particular,

(a) the enforcement of a Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, of any security, of any joint and several liability and of any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents (together, the “Enforcement of Claims”) are restricted if and to the extent (i) the enforcement proceeds of an Enforcement of Claims are applied in satisfaction of any liability of such German Guarantor’s direct or indirect shareholder(s) or partners (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder or partner (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock

 

-101-


Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (cross-stream) (other than the liabilities of any Subsidiary of the German Guarantor) and (ii) the Enforcement of Claims would cause the amount of the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) Net Assets, as adjusted pursuant to the following provisions, to fall below the amount of its registered share capital (Stammkapital) (Begrundung einer Unterbilanz) or to increase any already existing capital impairment (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz) or a violation of sections 30 and 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG), (each such event is hereinafter referred to as a “Capital Impairment”). For the purposes of the calculation of a Capital Impairment, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(i) the amount of any increase of the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) registered share capital that has been effected after the date of this Agreement (or, if at a later point, the accession thereto by the relevant German Guarantor as a Guarantor) effected without prior written consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the German GmbH Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) registered share capital;

(ii) loans provided to the German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be disregarded if and to the extent such loans are subordinated or are considered subordinated by operation of law at least into the rank pursuant to Section 39 para 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(iii) loans or other contractual financial liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Note Documents shall be disregarded;

(iv) assets of the German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s) shall be disregarded to the extent profits would be prohibited from distribution pursuant to section 268 paragraph (8) of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch); and

(v) the amount of non-distributable assets according to section 253 paragraph (6) or section 272 paragraph (5) of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) shall not be included in the calculation of Net Assets.

(vi) the costs of any Auditor’s Determination (as defined below) shall be taken into account in calculating the Net Assets.

In a situation where a Capital Impairment would occur in relation to a German GmbH Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner) after the Enforcement of Claims, the German Guarantor shall without undue delay (but no later than eight (8) weeks after occurrence of such situation, unless an extension of such period is granted by the Trustee), to the extent legally permitted, dispose of all assets which are not necessary for its business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) where the relevant assets are shown in the balance sheet of the German Guarantor with a book value significantly lower than the market value of such assets (each such asset a “Relevant Asset”), unless such disposal would not be commercially justifiable. The relevant German Guarantor shall, within ten (10) Business Days upon receipt of a written request from the Trustee relating to any Relevant Asset which is not being sold pursuant to the preceding sentence, provide the Trustee with reasonably detailed information as to why it considers the sale of such Relevant Asset not to be commercially justifiable. In the latter case, the relevant German Guarantor and the Trustee will liaise with each other and the relevant German Guarantor shall use its reasonable efforts to make further attempts to dispose of such Relevant Asset on more beneficial terms and keep the Trustee informed about its progress on a continuous basis.

 

-102-


The limitation pursuant to this Section 10.02(a) shall apply, subject to the following requirements, if following a notice by the Trustee that it intends to enforce any payment claim under the Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, any security, any joint and several liability or any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents, the German Guarantor notifies the Trustee (“Management Notification”) within 15 Business Days upon receipt of the relevant demand that a Capital Impairment would occur (setting out in reasonable detail to what extent a Capital Impairment would occur and providing an estimation of the net proceeds realization along with the calculations / information on which such estimate is based, or other measures undertaken in accordance with the mitigation provisions set out above). If the Management Notification is contested by the Trustee, the German Guarantor undertakes (at its own cost and expense) to arrange for the preparation of a balance sheet by its auditors in order to have such auditors determine whether (and if so, to what extent) any payment under this Note Guarantee or this Indenture would cause a Capital Impairment (the “Auditor’s Determination”). The Auditor’s Determination shall be prepared, taking into account the adjustments set out above in relation to the calculation of a Capital Impairment, by applying the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsatze ordnungsmafiiger Buchfuhrung) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as consistently applied by the German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements, in particular in the preparation of its most recent annual balance sheet, and taking into consideration applicable court rulings of German courts. The German Guarantor shall provide the Auditor’s Determination to the Trustee within twenty-five (25) Business Days from the date on which the Trustee contested the Management Notification in writing. The Auditor’s Determination shall be binding on the German Guarantor and the Secured Parties.

Notwithstanding the above, the provisions of this Section 10.02(a) shall not apply:

(i) if the German Guarantor is party as dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) of a Domination Agreement (Beherrschungsvertrag) and/or a profit and loss transfer agreement (Gewinnabfuhrungsvertrag) pursuant to section 30 para 1 sentence 2 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) with the entity whose liabilities are secured or shall be paid, unless the enforcement of payment claims under the Note Guarantee granted by any German Guarantor, of any security, of any joint and several liability or of any payment obligations under this Indenture or the other Note Documents would cause of violations of section;

(ii) if the German Guarantor has a recourse right (Ruckgriffsanspruch) towards its direct or indirect shareholder(s) or partners (upstream) or any entity affiliated to such shareholder or partner (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (cross-stream) which is fully recoverable (werthaltig) at the time of the Enforcement of Claims; or to any amounts borrowed under the Note Documents to the extent the proceeds of such borrowing are on- lent to the German Guarantor or its Subsidiaries to the extent that any amounts so on-lent are still outstanding at the time the relevant demand is made against the German Guarantor.

(iii) if insolvency proceedings have been opened in relation to that German Guarantor;

(iv) by law, changes in applicable law or applicable court rulings of the Federal Supreme Court the limitations set out in this Section 10.02(a) are not deemed to be longer required to protect the management of the German Guarantor; or

 

-103-


(v) if the German Guarantor has not complied with its obligations under this Section 10.02(a).

(b) Switzerland

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Notes Document, if and to the extent that a Swiss Guarantor becomes liable under this Indenture or any other Notes Document for obligations other than obligations of one of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries (i.e. obligations of its respective direct or indirect parent companies (up-stream liabilities) or sister companies (cross-stream liabilities)) (the “Restricted Obligations”) and if complying with such obligations would not be permitted under Swiss corporate law then applicable, then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid under applicable Swiss law; provided that such limited amount shall at no time be less than the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s distributable capital (presently being the balance sheet profits and any reserves available for distribution) at the time or times performance of the relevant obligations is due or requested from such Swiss Guarantor, and further provided that such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) release the relevant Swiss Guarantor from its obligations in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefore until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation.

(ii) In case a Swiss Guarantor who must make a payment in respect of Restricted Obligations under this Indenture or any other Notes Document is obliged to withhold Swiss Withholding Tax in respect of such payment, such Swiss Guarantor shall:

(1) procure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax, or with deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including double tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

(2) if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above does not apply, deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the rate of 35 per cent. (or such other rate as in force from time to time), or if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above applies for a part of the Swiss Withholding Tax only, deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the reduced rate resulting after the discharge of part of such tax by notification under applicable law, from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations and promptly pay any such taxes to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration (Eidgenössische Steuerverwaltung);

(3) notify the Trustee that such notification, or as the case may be, deduction has been made and provide the Trustee with evidence that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made or, as the case may be, such taxes deducted have been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration;

(4) in the case of a deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax:

(A) use its best efforts to ensure that any person other than a Holder which is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment in respect of Restricted Obligations, will, as soon as possible after such deduction (y) request a refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax under applicable law (including tax treaties) and (z) pay to the Trustee upon receipt any amounts so refunded; and

 

-104-


(B) if a Holder is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax deducted from such payment, and if requested by the Trustee, shall provide the Trustee (on its behalf or on behalf of any Holder) those documents that are required by law and applicable tax treaties to be provided by the payer of such tax, for each relevant Holder, to prepare a claim for refund of Swiss Withholding Tax.

(iii) If a Swiss Guarantor is obliged to withhold Swiss Withholding Tax in accordance with Section 10.02(b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to further enforce the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and apply proceeds therefrom against the Restricted Obligations up to an amount which is equal to that amount which would have been obtained if no withholding of Swiss Withholding Tax were required, whereby such further enforcements shall always be limited to the maximum amount of the freely distributable reserves of such Swiss Guarantor as set out in paragraph (i) above.

(iv) If and to the extent requested by the Trustee and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Trustee and the Holders to obtain a maximum benefit under this Indenture or any other Notes Document, as applicable, the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall, and any parent company of such Swiss Guarantor being a party to this Indenture or any other Notes Document shall procure that such Swiss Guarantor will, promptly implement all such measures and/or to promptly procure the fulfilment of all prerequisites allowing the prompt fulfilment of the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and allowing the relevant Swiss Guarantor to promptly perform its obligations and make the (requested) payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:

(1) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of the relevant Swiss Guarantor;

(2) confirmation of the auditors of the relevant Swiss Guarantor that the relevant amount represents (the maximum of) freely distributable capital of such Swiss Guarantor;

(3) approval by a shareholders meeting of the relevant Swiss Guarantor of the capital distribution;

(4) if the enforcement of Restricted Obligations would be limited due to the effects referred to in this clause, then the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall to the extent permitted by applicable law write up or realize any of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets, in case of realization, however, only if such assets are not necessary for the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig); and

(5) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow payment under the Swiss Guarantor’s obligations and to allow the relevant Swiss Guarantor to make the payments and perform the obligations agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery.

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

 

-105-


(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) If required by Section 4.11, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.11 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04. Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06. Release of Note Guarantees.

(a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition is made in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(B) [reserved];

(C) [reserved];

(D) the consent of the Holders in accordance with Article 9;

(E) the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8;

(F) the satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

-106-


(G) such Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary under the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing immediately after giving effect thereto; or

(H) the release, discharge or termination of the guarantee by or direct obligations of such Guarantor under the First-Out Notes Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof; and

(2) in the case of clauses (a)(1)(A), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) only, the Company delivering to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction or release have been complied with.

(b) At the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release and discharge in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

(c) In the event that any released Guarantor (in the case of Section 10.06(a)(1)) thereafter borrows money or Guarantees any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Guarantor, the terms of the consent described in Section 10.06(a)(1) may provide that such former Guarantor shall again provide a Note Guarantee if required pursuant to Section 4.11.

ARTICLE 11

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 11.01. Collateral.

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the Notes and the Note Guarantees and performance of all other obligations under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7.07, and the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, shall be secured, to the maximum extent permitted by law, as provided in the Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Holders, by accepting a Note, are deemed to hereby appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the initial Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Notes Collateral Agent shall hold the Collateral in trust (or, as the case may be, as direct representative) for the benefit of all of the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral and the automatic amendments, supplements, consents, waivers and other modifications thereto without the consent of the Holders) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements on the Issue Date, and any Collateral Documents at any time after the Issue Date, if applicable, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

 

-107-


In the event of conflict between an Intercreditor Agreement, any of the other Collateral Documents and this Indenture, the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall control. The Company shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent copies of all documents required to be filed pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by Section 11.04(a), to assure and confirm to the Notes Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.

(c) The Trustee and each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Note Guarantees, acknowledge that, as more fully set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, all the Holders and the Trustee, and that the Liens granted on the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents are subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and actions that may be taken thereunder. Prior to the discharge of the ABL Obligations, to the extent that the ABL Collateral Agent is satisfied with or agrees to any deliveries or documents required to be provided in respect of any matters relating to the ABL Priority Collateral or makes any determination in respect of any matters relating to the ABL Priority Collateral, including, without limitation, extensions of time or waivers for the creation and perfection of security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets (including in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Issue Date and including with respect to any time periods described in the immediately preceding paragraph), the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be satisfied with such deliveries, extensions or waivers, and/or documents and the judgment of the ABL Collateral Agent in respect of any such matters under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be the judgment of the Notes Collateral Agent in respect of such matters under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

(d) Without limiting the powers of the Notes Collateral Agent, for the purposes of holding any hypothec granted pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, each of the Holders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent and, to the extent necessary, ratifies the appointment and authorization of the Notes Collateral Agent, to act as the hypothecary representative of the present and future Holders as contemplated under Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec (in such capacity, the “Attorney”), and to enter into, to take and to hold on their behalf, and for their benefit, any hypothec, and to exercise such powers and duties that are conferred upon the Attorney under any related deed of hypothec and applicable law. The Attorney shall: (a) have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise, except as may be otherwise specifically restricted by the terms hereof, all rights and remedies given to the Attorney pursuant to any such deed of hypothec and applicable law, and (b) benefit from and be subject to all provisions hereof with respect to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent mutatis mutandis, including, without limitation, all such provisions with respect to the liability or responsibility to and indemnification by the Holders. Any person who becomes a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Indenture be deemed to have consented to and confirmed the Attorney as the person acting as hypothecary representative holding the aforesaid hypothecs as aforesaid and to have ratified, as of the date it becomes a Holder, all actions taken by the Attorney in such capacity. The substitution of the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Article 7 also constitute the substitution of the Attorney.

(e) By its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees, each Holder directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in its capacity as First-Out Notes Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) on behalf of each Holder.

 

-108-


Section 11.02. Maintenance of Collateral.

The Company and the Guarantors shall (a) maintain all property that is material to the conduct of their respective businesses in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (b) pay or cause to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), except (i) any taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Company or such Guarantor has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP or (ii) to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

The Company and its Subsidiaries shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies having a financial strength rating of at least A- by A.M. Best Company insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks (including, without limitation, product liability and product recall insurance) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

Section 11.03. Impairment of Collateral.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any senior Liens and Section 11.07, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders, unless such action or failure to take action is otherwise permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents.

Section 11.04. Further Assurances.

(a) On and after the Issue Date, and subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, the Company shall and shall cause each Guarantor (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), at their sole expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions which may be necessary, including those the Notes Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request (it being understood that the Notes Collateral Agent is under no obligation or duty to make such request), to create, better assure, preserve, protect, defend and perfect the security interests in the United States and the Specified Jurisdictions and the rights and remedies created under the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders (subject to Permitted Liens).

(b) On and after the Issue Date, with respect to any property (other than Excluded Property) of the Company or any Guarantors as to which the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, does not have a perfected Lien, the Company shall and shall cause the applicable Guarantor to promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent such amendments to the Collateral Documents or such other documents as the Notes Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a perfected first-priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 4.10) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code and PPSA financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Collateral Documents or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

-109-


(c) On and after the Issue Date, with respect to any Subsidiary created or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor, within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such later date as agreed by the Notes Collateral Agent), (i) the Company shall take all actions (if any) to cause such Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) to comply with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (ii) the Company shall, or shall cause the applicable Guarantor to, execute and deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent such amendments to the Collateral Documents as are necessary or advisable, or as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request to grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Holders, a perfected first-priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 4.10) in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by the Company or any Guarantor except to the extent such Capital Stock constitutes an Excluded Property, and (iii) except to the extent constituting Excluded Property, if such Capital Stock is certificated, deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Section 11.05. After-Acquired Property.

Subject to the applicable limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture (including with respect to Excluded Property), from and after the Issue Date, if the Company or any Guarantor acquires any After-Acquired Property or if any new Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, the Company or such Guarantor shall promptly (i) grant a first-priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements) upon any such property, as security for the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (ii) execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates as shall be necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such After-Acquired Property or in the Collateral of such Guarantor and to have such After-Acquired Property or such Collateral (but subject to the applicable limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and this Indenture) added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property or Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

Section 11.06. Real Estate Mortgages and Filings.

(a) With respect to any Material Real Property owned by the Company or a Guarantor in the United States on the Issue Date or acquired by the Company or a Guarantor in the United States after the Issue Date that forms a part of the Collateral (individually and collectively, the “Premises”), by the Issue Date or within thirty (30) days following the date of acquisition (which period may be extended in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company), as applicable:

(1) The Company or such Guarantor shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent, as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Holders, counterparts of each Mortgage with respect to each such Premises, in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture and/or the Collateral Documents, duly executed by the Company or such Guarantor, suitable for recording in all recording offices, with such terms that are necessary to create a valid and enforceable mortgage lien (and to perfect such lien) at the time of recordation thereof, with the priority required by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements;

(2) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a mortgagee’s title insurance policy insuring (or committing to insure) in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, and its successors and/or assigns, in the form necessary, with respect to the property purported to be covered by the applicable Mortgage, to insure that the interest created by such Mortgage constitutes valid mortgage liens on the applicable Premises, with the priority required by this Indenture, the Collateral

 

-110-


Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens. Any such title policy shall be in amounts equal to the estimated Fair Market Value of the Premises covered thereby, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available, all such customary endorsements and reinsurance as are available in the applicable jurisdiction which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where the applicable Premises is located; and

(3) The Company or the Guarantors shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to such Premises, surveys of each Premises, local counsel opinions, along with such other documents, instruments, certificates and agreements, and any other documents necessary to comply with Section 11.06(a) and (b).

Section 11.07. Release of Liens on the Collateral.

(a) Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time and from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to the release of property and other assets constituting Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes and the Obligations under this Indenture under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) to enable the Company and/or one or more Guarantors to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition (including by the termination of capital leases or the repossession of the leased property in a capital lease by the lessor) of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent permitted by Section 4.16;

(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

(3) with respect to any Collateral that is or becomes an “Excluded Property,” upon it becoming an Excluded Property;

(4) in connection with any enforcement action taken by an Authorized Representative in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents; or

(5) as described under Article 9 hereof.

(b) The Liens on the Collateral will be released with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees:

(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, including premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture;

(3) in whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as set forth under Article 8;

 

-111-


(4) in whole or in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture;

(5) in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of Holders holding 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes);

(6) with respect to assets of a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee pursuant to the terms hereof;

(7) to enable the disposition of property or other assets that constitute Collateral to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.16; and

(8) upon such property or other asset being released in respect of the Liens securing the Obligations under the First-Out Notes, the ABL Credit Agreement, or in each case, any replacement thereof.

provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) of this Section 11.07(b), all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements have been paid prior to such release.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) The Company and each Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 11.07(a) or 11.07(b)(4) or (5)) or pursuant to the Collateral Documents:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate requesting any such release, filing or other action without recourse, warranty or representation of any kind (express or implied); and

(2) an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable, to such release have been complied with and that it is permitted for the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the documents requested by the Company in connection with such release and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company.

(f) Upon compliance by the Company and each Guarantor, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent for any release of Collateral as set forth above, and if required by this Indenture upon delivery by the Company or the Guarantors to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such conditions precedent have been complied with, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall, at the Company’s expense, promptly cause to be released and reconveyed to the Company or the relevant Guarantors, as the case may be, the released Collateral, and take, at the Company’s expense, all other actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Collateral Document or in the Intercreditor Agreements to the contrary, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate, upon which it shall be entitled to conclusively rely.

 

-112-


Section 11.08. Information Regarding Collateral.

The Company will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, promptly (and in any event within 30 days of such change or such longer period as then permitted under the facility (for the purposes of this paragraph, the “controlling facility”) governing that series of Indebtedness for which the “controlling” collateral agent for any applicable Intercreditor Agreement acts as “collateral agent”) written notice of any change in such Person’s (1) corporate or organization name, (2) jurisdiction of organization or formation or the location of its registered office, principal place of business or chief executive office, (3) identity or corporate structure or (4) organizational identification number. The Company and the Guarantors will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made, or will have been made within 30 days following such change (or such longer period as then permitted under the controlling facility) or within any applicable statutory period, under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable laws that are required in the Collateral Documents in order for the Collateral to be made subject to the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents and shall take all necessary action so that such Lien is perfected with the same priority as immediately prior to such change to the extent required by the Collateral Documents. The Company also agrees promptly to notify the Notes Collateral Agent in writing if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged, destroyed or condemned in a manner which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

Section 11.09. Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreements.

The provisions in this Indenture relating to Collateral are subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and, by their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

Section 11.10. Suits to Protect the Collateral.

Subject to the provisions of Article 7, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee may direct the Notes Collateral Agent to take all actions it determines in order to:

(a) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and hereunder.

(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations.

Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may determine to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by an acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent may determine to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral. Nothing in this Section 11.10 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

-113-


Section 11.11. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents.

Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 11.12. Purchaser Protected.

In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the applicable release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

Section 11.13. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any Officer or Officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

(a) This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees issued hereunder, when either:

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

-114-


(B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and

(D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee and the Paying Agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b) In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01(a)(2)(A), the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.

Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties shall control upon and after, but not before, the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

-115-


Section 13.02. Notices.

(a) Any notice or communication to the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by electronic transmission, to its address set forth below:

if to the Company or any Guarantor:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

if to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Facsimile: 612-217-5651

Attention: Fossil Group, Inc. Administrator

The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

(c) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

(d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

(e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), according to the Applicable Procedures, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

 

-116-


(f) [Reserved].

(g) The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by electronic transmission; provided, however, that (1) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in a timely manner, and (2) such originally executed notice, instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s or the Notes Collateral Agent’s reasonable reliance upon and compliance with such notice, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions.

(h) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(i) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05), stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05), stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C.

Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.07 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

 

-117-


(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Shareholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company in respect of the Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.

Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 13.08. Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, THE NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT AND HOLDERS, BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF NOTES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-118-


Section 13.10. Force Majeure.

In no event shall either the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics or pandemics, accidents, labor disputes, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) or communications services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 13.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.12. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06.

Section 13.13. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.14. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

Section 13.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

-119-


Section 13.16. PDF Delivery of Signature Pages.

The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by portable document format (“PDF”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 13.17. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

Section 13.18. Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 13.19. [Reserved].

Section 13.20. Parallel Debt; Parallel Debt Owed to the Notes Collateral Agent.

This Section 13.20 is included in this Indenture solely for the purpose of ensuring the validity and effect of certain security rights governed by the laws of the Netherlands and Germany granted or to be granted pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not limit the rights and remedies provided to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent by the other provisions hereof and the provisions of the other Note Documents.

(a) Each of the Note Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Notes Collateral Agent as creditor in its own right and not as a representative of the other Secured Parties amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Note Party to any Secured Party under any Note Document as and when those amounts are due for payment under the relevant Note Document (each such payment undertaking of a Note Party in relation to any individual Secured Party, a “Parallel Debt Undertaking”, and all Parallel Debt Undertakings of each Note Party taken together, its “Parallel Debt”).

(b) Each of the Note Parties and the Notes Collateral Agent acknowledge that the obligations of each Note Party under any Parallel Debt Undertaking are several and are separate and independent (selbständiges Schuldanerkenntnis) from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the obligations of that Note Party to that relevant Secured Party under any Note Document that corresponds to the relevant Parallel Debt Undertaking (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Note Party is liable under any Parallel Debt Undertaking be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that:

 

-120-


(1) the Notes Collateral Agent shall not demand payment with regard to the Parallel Debt Undertaking of a Note Party to the extent that the relevant Holder’s Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged;

(2) a Secured Party shall not demand payment with regard to the Corresponding Debt of a Note Party to the extent that such Note Party’s Parallel Debt Undertaking has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged.

(3) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall cover, in an anticipatory manner as to its scope, any future changes in the relevant Corresponding Debt, in particular any such changes resulting from any future increase of any loan or note facility, any future extension of the agreed maturity thereof or any future change of the interest rate charged thereunder;

(4) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall be due and payable at any time from the date of this Indenture in an amount which equals the amount and currency or currencies of the relevant Corresponding Debt that is due and payable at the same time as the relevant Corresponding Debt; and

(5) each Parallel Debt Undertaking shall remain effective notwithstanding any transfer or assumption of its Corresponding Debt in whole or in part to or by any third party, irrespective of whether any such transfer or assumption is effected by way of assignment or assignment and transfer by way of assumption of contract or otherwise.

(c) The Notes Collateral Agent acts in its own name and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The Collateral under the Collateral Documents granted under the Note Documents to the Notes Collateral Agent to secure the Parallel Debt Undertakings is granted to the Notes Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of each Parallel Debt Undertaking and shall not be held on trust.

(d) All monies received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 13.20, and all amounts received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any collateral under the Collateral Documents granted to secure any Parallel Debt Undertaking, shall be applied in accordance with this Indenture.

(e) Without limiting or affecting the Notes Collateral Agent’s rights against the Note Parties (whether under this Section 13.20 or under any other provision of the Note Documents), each Holder acknowledges that:

(1) nothing in this Section 13.20 shall impose any obligation on the Notes Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Holder or otherwise under any Note Document, except in its capacity as lender;

(2) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Note Document, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a lender; and

(3) for purposes of any Dutch Security Agreement, any resignation by the Notes Collateral Agent is not effective with respect to its rights under the Parallel Debt until all rights and obligations under the Parallel Debt have been assigned to and assumed by the successor agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture.

 

-121-


(f) The Notes Collateral Agent will reasonably cooperate in transferring its rights and obligations under the Parallel Debt to a successor agent in accordance with this Indenture and will reasonably cooperate in transferring all rights and obligations under any Collateral Document to such successor agent. All parties to this Indenture hereby, in advance, irrevocably grant their cooperation (medewerking) to such transfers of rights and obligations by the Notes Collateral Agent to a successor agent in accordance with this Indenture.

Section 13.21. Judgment Currency.

(a) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, under applicable law that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase the first currency with such other currency in the city in which it normally conducts its foreign exchange operation for the first currency on the Business Day preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

(b) The obligation of the Note Parties in respect of any sum due from them to the Trustee or any Holder hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture (the “Indenture Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Trustee of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Indenture Currency the Trustee may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Indenture Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of Indenture Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Trustee in the applicable agreement currency, the Note Parties agree notwithstanding any such judgment to indemnify the Trustee against such loss, and if the amount of the Indenture Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Trustee, the Trustee agrees to remit to the Note Parties such excess.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-122-


FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GUARANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix A-1


WILIMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix A-2


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES

Section 1.1 Definitions.

(a) Capitalized Terms.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Distribution Compliance Period,” means, with respect to any Note, the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

“IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“United States” means the United States of America.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

“U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

Appendix A-3


(b) Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

“Agent Members”    2.1(b)
“Definitive Notes Legend”    2.2(e)
“ERISA Legend”    2.2(e)
“Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Global Notes Legend”    2.2(e)
“IAI Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Regulation S Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Regulation S Notes”    2.1(a)
“Restricted Notes Legend”    2.3(d)
“Rule 144A Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Notes”    2.1(a)

Section 2.1 Form and Dating

(a) Global Notes.

If Additional Notes are issued pursuant to a private placement exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof, the initial purchasers of such Notes may choose to initially hold them in the form of Notes that may be (i) transferred to and held by “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144) (the “Rule 144A Notes”) or (ii) transferred to and held by a Person that is not a U.S. person in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S (the “Regulation S Notes”).

Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”).

Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Permanent Global Note (defined below), the “Regulation S Global Note”), which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Note”) pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depository. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Unrestricted Global Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend (collectively, the “Unrestricted Global Note”).

 

Appendix A-4


One or more global Notes in definitive fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”)

Each of the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.”

Global Notes issued on the Issue Date shall be deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture, including, in the case of the IAI Global Note to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution.

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests and Transfers of Principal in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 of this Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A.

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) and 3 of this Indenture and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

 

Appendix A-5


Section 2.2 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

(i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

(1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend, and are accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with:

(i) a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If the applicable Global Note is not then outstanding, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

 

 

Appendix A-6


(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.

(i) Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

(ii) During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

 

Appendix A-7


(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note.

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(vi) In the case of a Global Note, so long as such Notes are registered in the name of the Depositary or the Trustee, (a) the holders of beneficial interests in the Notes evidenced thereby shall have no rights under the Notes with respect to such Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Trustee, as the case may be, and (b) the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Notes for all purposes whatsoever, except, in each case, to the extent set forth herein. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in the Global Notes will be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or the Agent Members, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility with respect to such records maintained by the Depositary or the Agent Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (i) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (ii) impair, as between the Depositary and the Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. Except as otherwise may be provided in this Indenture, the rights of beneficial owners in a Global Note shall be exercised through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Any holder of any Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that (x) ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes represented thereby shall be required to be reflected in book-entry form and (y) the transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the book-entry system maintained by the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

(e) Legends.

(i) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d), this Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(i) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (other than the Unrestricted Global Note) and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof but other than any Unrestricted Definitive Note) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”):

 

Appendix A-8


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO FOSSIL GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Appendix A-9


TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

Each Note, if applicable, shall bear the following additional legend (“ERISA Legend”):

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY (A) “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY OTHER U.S. OR NON-U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES (A) AND (B), PURSUANT TO ERISA, ANY SIMILAR LAWS OR OTHERWISE, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and provides such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

Appendix A-10


(f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Registrar (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Registrar or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request

(ii) No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.08 of this Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 4.15, 4.16 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the resale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar and the Trustee.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the

 

Appendix A-11


Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.3 Definitive Notes.

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation. In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Company or Trustee.

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

Appendix A-12


APPENDIX B

POST-CLOSING MATTERS

[To come]

 

Appendix B-1


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.]

 

Appendix B-1


[CUSIP [    ]

ISIN [    ]1]2

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL]

7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

No. [RA- ] [RS- ] [RIAI- ] [U- ] [Up to]3 [$ ]

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

promises to pay to [•]4 [    ] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests and Transfers of Principal in the Global Note attached hereto]5 [of $     (     Dollars)]6 on June 30, 2029.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15

Record Dates: March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1

 

1    Rule 144A Note CUSIP:    [•]
   Rule 144A Note ISIN:    [•]
   Regulation S Note CUSIP:    [•]
   Regulation S Note ISIN:    [•]
   IAI Note CUSIP:    [•]
   IAI Note ISIN:    [•]
   Unrestricted Note CUSIP:    [•]
   Unrestricted Note ISIN:    [•]
2    Include in Global Notes   
3    Include in Global Notes.   
4    Include in Global Notes   
5    Include in Global Notes   
6    Include in Definitive Notes   

 

Appendix B-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Title: Authorized Signatory
  Dated:

 

Appendix B-3


[Reverse Side of Note]

7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest (subject to paragraph 2 of this Section 1) on the principal amount of this Note at 7.500% per annum until but excluding maturity. The Company shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, beginning on March 15, 2026 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 15, 2026. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Laws) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal, premium, if any, and cash interest (in accordance with the terms hereof) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of cash interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that, in the case of all cash payments, payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and cash interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such cash payments shall be in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under a Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of [___] (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among Fossil Group, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. Any term used in this Note that is defined in the Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

Appendix B-4


5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part.

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of the Trustee.

11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

12. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE NON- EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE AND THE NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Appendix B-5


13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

14. SECURITY. The Notes and the Note Guarantees will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

15. INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the liens and security interests securing the Obligations evidenced by this Note, the exercise of any right or remedy with respect thereto, and certain of the rights of the Holder hereof are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and this Note, the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

 

Appendix B-6


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint           to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:      

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*             

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-7


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

 

This certificate relates to $ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)

☐ book-entry or

  

☐ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐

  has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

☐

  has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

(1)

  ☐    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or

(2)

  ☐    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

(3)

  ☐    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

(4)

  ☐    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or

(5)

  ☐    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or

(6)

  ☐    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

(7)

  ☐    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

(8)

  ☐    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

Appendix B-1


Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6), (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Date:      

 

  Your Signature:  

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature of Signature Guarantee*                

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Date:      

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee*               

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-2


TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE FROM A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE, PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(D)(III) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE

The undersigned represents and warrants that either:

 

☐   the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act); or

☐   the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act; or

☐   the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes.

Date:      

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

Appendix B-3


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$   (integral multiples of $1.00,

provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $1.00)

Date:     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*           

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

Appendix B-4


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS

OF PRINCIPAL IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $     . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

or Increase

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory or

Trustee, Depositary

or Custodian

 

Appendix B-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention: Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[   ] principal amount of the 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) of Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:

  

 

  

Address:

  

 

  
  

 

  

Taxpayer ID Number:

  

 

  

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) of the Restricted Notes Legend, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

Exhibit B-1


TRANSFEREE
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Appendix B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [    ] [ ], 20[  ], among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [      ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Company, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent an indenture dated as of [___] (as may be further amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 12 thereof.

3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

5. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


6. The Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent makes any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

7. Guarantee Limitations Language. [To be inserted if applicable based on jurisdiction].

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Notes Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit C-2

Exhibit 4.12

WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT

WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT, dated as of ____, 2025 (the “Agreement”), by and between Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Computershare”) and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company, together as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, in connection with the Company’s (i) out-of-court private exchange (the “Private Exchange”) with certain holders (the “Consenting Noteholders”) of the Company’s outstanding 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Exchange Notes”) for certain new securities and (ii) registered exchange offer (the “Public Exchange Offer” and together with the Private Exchange, the “Exchange Transaction”) of any and all of the outstanding Existing Notes held by holders other than the Consenting Noteholders for certain classes of new secured senior notes due 2029, the Company is issuing certain warrants (the “Initial Warrants”) to purchase, in the aggregate up to 3,000,000 shares of the Company common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) or Pre-Funded Warrants (as defined herein); and

WHEREAS, upon the terms and conditions of the Warrant Certificates (as hereinafter defined), the Company wishes to issue the Initial Warrants and, upon exercise of any Initial Warrants for Pre-Funded Warrants, the Pre-Funded Warrants, each in book-entry form entitling the respective holders of the Warrants (as herein defined) (the “Holders”, which term shall include a Holder’s transferees, successors and assigns and “Holder” shall include, if the Warrants are held in “street name”, a Participant (as defined below) or a designee appointed by such Participant); and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing so to act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, exercise and replacement of the Warrants and coordinate with the Company’s transfer agent for the delivery of the Warrant Shares (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, all capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meanings hereby indicated:

(a) “Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(b) “Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

(c) “Close of Business” on any given date means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, it means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(d) “Common Warrant Certificate” means each certificate in substantially the form attached as Exhibit 1, representing such number of Warrant Shares as is indicated therein, provided that any reference to the delivery of a Warrant Certificate in this Agreement shall include delivery of a Definitive Certificate or a Global Warrant.

(e) “Exercise Price” means, subject to any adjustment pursuant to the terms of the applicable Warrant Certificates: (i) with respect to the exercise of Initial Warrants (A) into Warrant Shares, $0.50 per Warrant Share, or (B) into Pre-Funded Warrants, $0.49 per Pre-Funded Warrant; and (ii) with respect to the Pre-Funded Warrants, $0.01 per Warrant Share.

(f) “Person” means an individual, corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency or other entity.


(g) “Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate” means each certificate in substantially the form attached as Exhibit 2, representing such number of Warrant Shares as is indicated therein, provided that any reference to the delivery of a Warrant Certificate in this Agreement shall include delivery of a Definitive Certificate or a Global Warrant.

(h) “Pre-Funded Warrants” means a pre-funded warrant to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Warrant Shares as to which a Common Warrant is being exercised in the form of a Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate.

(i) “Registration Statement” means that certain Registration Statement on Form S-4 and/or Form S-3, providing for the registration of the Public Exchange Offer.

(j) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(k) “Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE MKT LLC, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

(l) “Warrant Certificates” means, collectively, the Common Warrant Certificate and Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate.

(m) “Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Warrant.

(n) “Warrants” means, collectively, the Initial Warrants and the Pre-Funded Warrants.

All other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Warrant Certificates.

Section 2. Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the express terms and conditions hereof (and no implied terms or conditions), and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

Section 3. Global Warrants.

(a) The Initial Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants shall each be registered securities and shall each be evidenced by (1) in the case of Initial Warrants issued in the Public Exchange Offer and Pre-Funded Warrants issued upon exercise thereof (collectively, “Public Warrants”), a global warrant (each, a “Global Warrant”), in the form of the Common Warrant Certificate and Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate, respectively, which shall be deposited with the Warrant Agent and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”), or as otherwise directed by the Depositary, and (2) in the case of Initial Warrants issued in the Private Exchange and Pre-Funded Warrants issued upon exercise thereof (collectively, “Private Warrants”), either in the form of a Global Warrant or Definitive Certificate (as defined below), as the Company and the Holders thereof shall reasonably agree. Ownership of beneficial interests in any Global Warrant, shall be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership shall be effected through, records maintained by (i) the Depositary or its nominee for each Global Warrant or (ii) institutions that have accounts with the Depositary (each such institution, with respect to a Global Warrant in its account, a “Participant”).

(b) If the Depositary subsequently ceases to make its book-entry settlement system available for any of the Warrants, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent regarding other arrangements for book-entry settlement. In the event that any of the Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have such Warrants available in, book-entry form, the Warrant Agent shall provide written instructions to the Depositary to deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation such Global Warrant, and the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to deliver to each such Holder a Definitive Certificate. In such event, the transfer, exchange, or exercise of such Warrants shall be conducted in accordance with the customary procedures of the Warrant Agent.

(c) A Holder has the right to elect at any time or from time to time a Warrant Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to a Warrant Certificate Request Notice (as defined below), provided no such right may be exercised on or following the tenth (10th) Business Day prior to the expiration of the Warrant. Upon written notice by a Holder to the Company and the Warrant Agent for the exchange of some or all of such Holder’s Global Warrants for a separate certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1, with respect to a Holder of Initial Warrants and Exhibit 2 with respect

 

2


to a Holder of Pre-Funded Warrants (the “Definitive Certificate”), evidencing the same number of Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, which request shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2, properly completed and duly executed (a “Warrant Certificate Request Notice” and the date of delivery of such Warrant Certificate Request Notice by the Holder, the “Warrant Certificate Request Notice Date” and the surrender by the Holder to the Warrant Agent of a number of Global Warrants for the same number of Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants evidenced by a Warrant Certificate, a “Warrant Exchange”), the Company and the Warrant Agent shall promptly effect the Warrant Exchange and the Company shall promptly issue and deliver, at the expense of the Company, to the Holder a Definitive Certificate, for such number of Warrants in the name set forth in the Warrant Certificate Request Notice. Such Definitive Certificates shall be dated the original issue date of the Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, shall be executed manually or via facsimile by an authorized signatory of the Company, shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2, as applicable, and shall be reasonably acceptable in all respects to such Holder. In connection with a Warrant Exchange, the Company agrees to deliver the Definitive Certificate, to the Holder within ten (10) Business Days of the Warrant Certificate Request Notice pursuant to the delivery instructions in the Warrant Certificate Request Notice (“Warrant Certificate Delivery Date”). If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder a Definitive Certificate subject to the Warrant Certificate Request Notice by the Warrant Certificate Delivery Date, other than a failure caused by the Holder or its broker, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares evidenced by such Definitive Certificate (based on the VWAP (as defined in the Warrants) of the shares of Common Stock on the Warrant Certificate Request Notice Date), $5 per Business Day for each Business Day after such Warrant Certificate Delivery Date until such Definitive Certificate is delivered or, prior to delivery of such Warrant Certificate, the Holder rescinds such Warrant Exchange. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for the Company’s failure to deliver to the Holders the Warrant Certificate as set forth in this Section 3(c). The Company covenants and agrees that, upon the date of delivery of the Warrant Certificate Request Notice, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of the Definitive Certificate, and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Definitive Certificate shall be deemed for all purposes to contain all of the terms and conditions of the Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, evidenced by such Warrant Certificate, and the terms of this Agreement, other than Section 3(c), 3(d), 9, 14, 15, 16, and 17 herein, shall not apply to the Warrants evidenced by the Definitive Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of inconsistency between any provision in this Agreement and any provision in a Definitive Certificate, as it may from time to time be amended, the terms of such Definitive Certificate shall control; provided that all rights, duties, obligations, liabilities and immunities of the Warrant Agent shall be governed and controlled by this Agreement.

(d) Except in the event that Definitive Certificates are delivered pursuant to Section 3(b) because the Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have the Warrants available in, book-entry form, a Holder of a Definitive Certificate (pursuant to a Warrant Exchange or otherwise) has the right to elect at any time or from time to time a Global Warrants Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to a Global Warrants Request Notice (as defined below). Upon written notice by a Holder to the Company for the exchange of some or all of such Holder’s Warrants evidenced by a Definitive Certificate for a beneficial interest in Global Warrants held in book-entry form through the Depositary evidencing the same number of Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, which request shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 4, properly completed and duly executed (a “Global Warrants Request Notice” and the date of delivery of such Global Warrants Request Notice by the Holder, the “Global Warrants Request Notice Date” and the surrender upon delivery by the Holder of the Warrants evidenced by Definitive Certificates for the same number of Initial Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, evidenced by a beneficial interest in Global Warrants held in book-entry form through the Depositary, a “Global Warrants Exchange”), the Company shall promptly effect the Global Warrants Exchange and shall promptly direct the Warrant Agent to issue and deliver to the Holder Global Warrants for such number of Warrants in the Global Warrants Request Notice, which beneficial interest in such Global Warrants shall be delivered by the Depositary’s Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system to the Holder pursuant to the instructions in the Global Warrants Request Notice. In connection with a Global Warrants Exchange, the Company shall direct the Warrant Agent to deliver the beneficial interest in such Global Warrants to the Holder within ten (10) Business Days of the Global Warrants Request Notice pursuant to the delivery instructions in the Global Warrant Request Notice (“Global Warrants Delivery Date”). If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder Global Warrants subject to the Global Warrants Request Notice by the Global Warrants Delivery Date, other than a failure caused by the Holder or its broker, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares evidenced by such Global Warrants (based on the VWAP (as defined in the Warrants) of the shares of Common Stock on the Global Warrants Request Notice Date), $10 per Business Day (increasing to $20 per Business Day on the fifth Business Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Business Day after such Global Warrants Delivery Date until such Global Warrants are delivered or, prior to delivery of such Global Warrants, the Holder rescinds such Global Warrants Exchange. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for the Company’s failure to deliver the Global Warrants to the Holders as set forth in this Section 3(d). The Company covenants and agrees that, upon the date of delivery of the Global Warrants Request Notice, the Holder shall be deemed to be the beneficial holder of such Global Warrants.

 

3


(e) The Company shall provide an opinion of counsel on or prior to the issuance of the Warrants that shall state that all Warrants or Warrant Shares, as applicable: (i) were offered, sold or issued as part of an offering that was registered in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act; and (ii) the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants, pursuant to the terms thereof, were validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 4. Form of Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Certificates, together with the form of election to purchase shares of Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Warrants, in the case of the Initial Warrants) (“Notice of Exercise”) and the form of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof, shall be substantially in the forms of Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2, respectively, and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto, or to conform to usage and which do not affect the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. The Global Warrants shall be executed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the Company, by electronic or facsimile signature. The Global Warrants shall be countersigned by the Warrant Agent by manual, electronic or facsimile signature and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Global Warrants shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Warrant Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Global Warrant, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Warrant Agent, issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though the Person who signed such Global Warrant had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Global Warrant may be signed on behalf of the Company by any Person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Global Warrant, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Global Warrant, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such Person was not such an officer.

Upon the receipt of all relevant information from the Company or its agents, the Warrant Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at one of its offices, or at the offices of one of its agents, books for registration and transfer of the Global Warrants and Definitive Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective Holders of the Global Warrants and Definitive Certificates, the number of Warrants evidenced on the face of each such Global Warrant or Definitive Certificate, and the date of each such Global Warrant or Definitive Certificate. The Warrant Agent will create a special account for the issuance of Global Warrants.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Warrant Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Warrant Certificates. With respect to the Definitive Certificates, subject to the provisions of the Warrant Certificates, and the last sentence of this first paragraph of Section 6 and subject to applicable law, rules or regulations, restrictions on transferability that may appear on Warrant Certificates in accordance with the terms hereof or any “stop transfer” instructions the Company may give to the Warrant Agent, at any time after the closing date of the Offering, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Termination Date (as such term is defined in the Warrant Certificate), any Definitive Certificate may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Definitive Certificate, entitling the Holder to purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock as the Definitive Certificate surrendered then entitled such Holder to purchase. Any Holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Definitive Certificate shall make such request in writing delivered to the Warrant Agent, together with the required form of assignment and certificate duly executed and properly completed, and such Holder shall surrender the Definitive Certificate, to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Warrant Agent. Any requested transfer of Warrants, whether in book-entry form or certificate form, shall be accompanied by reasonable evidence of authority of the party making such request that may be required by the Warrant Agent, a guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” (each a “Signature Guarantee”) and such other documentation as the Warrant Agent may reasonably request. For the avoidance of doubt, in case of a Warrant in book-entry or electronic form held through the Depositary, including, without limitation, the Global Warrants, no ink-original documents nor a Signature Guarantee or any notarization shall be required to effect such transfer, split up, combination, or exchange. Thereupon the Warrant Agent shall, subject to the last sentence of this first paragraph of Section 6, countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Definitive Certificate, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment from the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Definitive Certificate. The Company shall compensate the Warrant Agent per the fee schedule mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto and provided separately on the date hereof. The Warrant Agent shall not have any duty or obligation to deliver Warrants or Warrant Shares or take any action under any section of this Agreement that requires the payment of taxes and/or charges unless and until it is satisfied that all such payments have been made.

 

4


Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Warrant Certificate, which evidence shall include an affidavit of loss, or in the case of mutilated certificates, the certificate or portion thereof remaining, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity in form and amount satisfactory to the Warrant Agent (including the posting of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and holding it and the Company harmless), and satisfaction of any other reasonable requirements established by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and reimbursement to the Company and the Warrant Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Warrant Agent and cancellation of the Warrant Certificate if mutilated, absent notice to the Warrant Agent that such Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor to the Warrant Agent for delivery to the Holder in lieu of the Warrant Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. Exercise of Warrants; Exercise Price; Termination Date.

(a) The Initial Warrants and the Pre-Funded Warrants shall each be exercisable commencing on the Initial Exercise Date as set forth in the applicable Warrant Certificate. The Warrants shall cease to be exercisable and shall terminate as set forth in the applicable Warrant Certificate. Subject to the foregoing and to Section 7(b) below, the Holder of a Warrant may exercise the Warrant, in whole or in part, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2 of the applicable Warrant Certificate. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, a holder whose interest in a Global Warrant is a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant held in book-entry form through the Depositary (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) shall effect exercises by delivering to the Depositary (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable) the appropriate instruction form for exercise, complying with the procedures to effect exercise that is required by the Depositary (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable). The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by the Warrant Agent in connection with the services provided under this Agreement will be in its name and that the benefit of funds held in those accounts from time to time. Neither the Company nor the Holders will receive interest on any deposits or Exercise Price. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required in the case of a Warrant in book-entry form held through the Depositary, including, without limitation, the Global Warrants. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to a holder whose interest in a Global Warrant is a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant held in book-entry form through the Depositary (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions), upon delivery of irrevocable instructions to such holder’s Participant to exercise such warrants, that solely for purposes of Regulation SHO that such holder shall be deemed to have exercised such warrants.

(b) Upon receipt of a Notice of Exercise for a cashless exercise pursuant to the Warrants (the “Cashless Exercise”), the Company will promptly calculate and transmit to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under this Agreement to calculate, the number of Warrant Shares issuable in connection with such Cashless Exercise, and deliver a copy of the Notice of Exercise to the Warrant Agent, which shall issue such number of Warrant Shares in connection with such Cashless Exercise. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to investigate or confirm whether the Company’s determination of the number of Warrant Shares to be issued on such exercise is accurate or correct. In the event of a Cashless Exercise, the Company shall provide the cost basis for shares issued pursuant to a Cashless Exercise at the same time it transmits the number of Warrant Shares to the Warrant Agent.

(c) Upon the exercise of a Warrant Certificate, pursuant to the terms of Section 2 of such Warrant Certificate, the Warrant Agent shall cause: (i) in the case of an exercise Initial Warrants for Pre-Funded Warrants, the Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate to be delivered to the Holder of such Common Warrant Certificate, or applicable Global Warrant, to or upon the order of the Holder of such Common Warrant Certificate, or applicable Global Warrant, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such Holder as promptly as practicable; or (ii) in the case of an exercise Warrants for Warrant Shares, the Warrant Shares underlying such Warrant Certificate, or Global Warrant, to be delivered to or upon the order of the Holder of such Warrant Certificate, or Global Warrant, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such Holder as promptly as practicable. If the Company’s transfer agent is then a participant in the DWAC system of the Depositary and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder or (B) in the case of Public Warrants or in the event the Warrant Shares may be freely resold under Rule 144 without any volume or public information requirements or limitations, the Warrant is being exercised via Cashless Exercise, then the certificates for Warrant Shares shall be transmitted by the Warrant Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s broker with the Depositary through its DWAC system. Otherwise, the Warrant Shares shall be registered in book-entry form on the register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company becomes obligated to pay any amounts to any Holders pursuant to Sections 2(d)(i) or 2(d)(iv) of the Warrant Certificate, including but not limited to any liquidated damages or any other damages associated with the Company’s failure to timely deliver Warrant Shares pursuant to the terms of the Warrants,

 

5


such obligation and liability shall be solely that of the Company and not that of the Warrant Agent. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a Cashless Exercise, if any Holder fails to duly deliver payment to the Warrant Agent of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares or the Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, to be purchased upon exercise of such Holder’s Warrant as set forth in Section 7(a) hereof by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Warrant Agent will not be obligated to issue nor deliver such Warrant Shares (via DWAC or otherwise) or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, until following receipt of such payment, and the applicable Warrant Share Delivery Date shall be deemed extended by one day for each day (or part thereof) until such payment is delivered to the Warrant Agent.

(d) All funds received by Computershare under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by Computershare in the performance of Services (the “Funds”) shall be held by Computershare as agent for the Company and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by Computershare in its name as agent for the Company. Until paid pursuant to this Agreement, Computershare may hold or invest the Funds through such accounts in: (a) funds backed by obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States of America; (b) debt or commercial paper obligations rated A-1 or P-1 or better by S&P Global Inc. (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), respectively; (c) Government and Treasury backed AAA-rated Fixed NAV money market funds that comply with Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or (d) short term certificates of deposit, bank repurchase agreements, and bank accounts with commercial banks with Tier 1 capital exceeding $1 billion, or with an investment grade rating by S&P (LT Local Issuer Credit Rating), Moody’s (Long Term Rating) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (LT Issuer Default Rating) (each as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P.). The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit or investment made by Computershare in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. Computershare may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to the Company, any holder or any other party.

(e) The Warrant Agent shall forward funds received for Warrant exercises in a given month by the 5th business day of the following month by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

(f) In the event of a cash exercise of the Warrants, the Company hereby instructs the Warrant Agent to record cost basis for newly issued Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, in a manner subsequently communicated in writing to the Warrant Agent.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Warrant Certificates. All Warrant Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Warrant Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Warrant Certificate shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Warrant Agent shall so cancel and retire any other Warrant Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. At the expense of the Company, the Warrant Agent shall deliver all cancelled Warrant Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such cancelled Warrant Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company, subject to any applicable law, rule or regulation requiring the Warrant Agent to retain such cancelled certificates and the Warrant Agent’s document retention policies.

Section 9. Certain Representations; Reservation and Availability of Common Stock or Cash.

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Warrant Agent, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and the Initial Warrants have been duly authorized, executed and issued by the Company and, assuming the Initial Warrants have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant hereto and payment therefor by the Holders, as provided in the Registration Statement, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits hereof; in each case except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) As of August 5, 2025, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of: (i) 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 53,785,369 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding, 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants; and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which none are issued and outstanding. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no other outstanding obligations, warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any class of securities of the Company.

 

6


(c) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, free from preemptive rights, the number of shares of Common Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants.

(d) The Warrant Agent will create a special account for the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants.

(e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Warrant Certificates or certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or governmental charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the transfer or delivery of Warrant Certificates or the issuance or delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing Warrants surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any Warrants and the Warrant Agent shall not be required to take any related action until any such tax or governmental charge shall have been paid (any such tax or governmental charge being payable by the Holder of such Warrant Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s and the Warrant Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or governmental charge is due.

(f) The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants which may be issued upon the exercise of the Initial Warrants will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by the Initial Warrants and payment for such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

Section 10. Shares of Common Stock Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued (or to whose broker’s account is credited shares of Common Stock through the DWAC system) upon the exercise of Warrants shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date on which submission of the Notice of Exercise was made, provided that the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant was duly surrendered (but only if required herein) and payment of the Exercise Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was received on or prior to the Warrant Share Delivery Date; provided, however, that, if the date of submission of the Notice of Exercise is a date upon which the Common Stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding day on which the Common Stock transfer books of the Company are open.

Section 11. Adjustment of Exercise Price, Number of Warrant Shares or Number of the Warrants. The Exercise Price, the number of Warrant Shares (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable) covered by each Warrant and the number of Warrants outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 3 of the applicable Warrant Certificate. In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 3 of the Warrant Certificate, the Holder of any Warrant thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company other than shares of Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable), thereafter the number of such other or securities so receivable upon exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the shares contained in Section 3 of the applicable Warrant Certificate, and the provisions of Sections 7, 11, and 12 of this Agreement with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable) shall apply on like terms to any such other securities. All Warrants originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price pursuant to the applicable Warrant Certificate shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of shares of Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable) purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Warrants, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein. The Company hereby agrees that it will provide the Warrant Agent with reasonable notice of such adjustment event. The Company further agrees that it will provide the Warrant Agent with any new or amended exercise terms. The Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under any Section of this Agreement to determine whether an adjustment event has occurred or to calculate any of the adjustments set forth herein.

 

7


Section 12. Certification of Adjusted Exercise Price or Number of Shares of Common Stock. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Warrant Shares (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable) issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant is adjusted as provided in Section 11 or 13, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth the Exercise Price of each Warrant, as so adjusted, and any new or amended exercise terms, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Warrant Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) instruct the Warrant Agent, at the Company’s expense, to send a brief summary of the facts accounting for such adjustment to each Holder of a Warrant Certificate. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment or statement therein contained and shall have no duty or liability with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any such adjustment or any such event unless and until it shall have received such certificate. The Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under any Section of this Agreement to determine whether such an adjustment event has occurred or to calculate any of the adjustments set forth herein.

Section 13. Fractional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) The Company shall not issue fractions of Warrants or distribute Warrant Certificates which evidence fractional Warrants. Whenever any fractional Warrant would otherwise be required to be issued or distributed, the actual issuance or distribution shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to the nearest whole Warrant (rounded down).

(b) The Company shall not issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of Warrants or distribute stock certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. Whenever any fraction of a share of Common Stock would otherwise be required to be issued or distributed, the actual issuance or distribution in respect thereof shall be made in accordance with Section 2(d)(v) of the Warrant Certificate.

(c) The Warrant Agent shall have no obligation to make such payments unless the Company shall have first provided the necessary funds to pay in full all amounts due and payable with respect thereto.

Section 14. Conditions of the Warrant Agent’s Obligations. The Warrant Agent accepts its obligations herein set forth upon the express terms and conditions hereof, including the following to all of which the Company agrees and to all of which the rights hereunder of the Holders from time to time of the Warrant Certificates shall be subject:

(a) Compensation and Indemnification.

(i) The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent the compensation detailed in mutually agreed upon fee schedule provided separately and executed on the date hereof for all services rendered by the Warrant Agent and to reimburse the Warrant Agent for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) and other disbursements incurred in the preparation, delivery, negotiation, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.

(ii) The Company also agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) which may be paid, incurred or suffered by it, or which it may become subject arising from or out of, directly or indirectly, any claims or liability resulting from any action taken, suffered, or omitted by the Warrant Agent pursuant hereto without gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith (each as determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, ruling or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) on the part of the Warrant Agent in connection with the execution, acceptance, administration, exercise, and performance of its duties under this Agreement, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly, or of enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

(iii) The Warrant Agent shall be under no obligation to institute or defend any action, suit, or legal proceeding in connection herewith or to take any other action likely to involve the Warrant Agent in expense, unless first indemnified to the Warrant Agent’s satisfaction.

(iv) From time to time, the Company may provide the Warrant Agent with instructions concerning the services performed by the Warrant Agent hereunder. In addition, at any time the Warrant Agent may apply to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel for the Warrant Agent or the Company with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement. The Warrant Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Company for any action taken or omitted by the Warrant Agent in reliance upon any Company instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel in the absence of bad faith (which bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, ruling or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Warrant Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Company.

 

8


(v) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable under or in connection with this Agreement for indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, whether or not foreseeable, even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the possibility thereof and regardless of the form of action in which such damages are sought.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability to the Company, or any of the Company’s representatives or agents, or any other person or entity during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, is expressly limited to, and shall not exceed in any circumstances, the amounts paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent as fees and charges under this Agreement (but not including reimbursable expenses) during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from Warrant Agent is being sought.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to perform any duties inconsistent with its duties under this Agreement, and the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately upon written notice to the Company in the event of inconsistency between the terms of the Warrant Certificate and this Agreement that adversely affects the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to such actions.

(viii) This Section 14 shall survive shall survive the expiration of the Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent.

(b) Agent for the Company. In acting under this Agreement and in connection with the Warrant Certificates, the Warrant Agent is acting solely as agent of the Company and does not assume any obligations or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Holders of Warrant Certificates or beneficial owners of Warrants.

(c) Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it, which may include counsel for the Company, and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in the absence of bad faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(d) Documents. The Warrant Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon any Warrant Certificate, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by the proper parties.

(e) Certain Transactions. The Warrant Agent, and its officers, directors and employees, may become the owner of, or acquire any interest in, Warrants, with the same rights that it or they would have if it were not the Warrant Agent hereunder, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, it or they may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Company and may act on, or as depositary, trustee or agent for, any committee or body of Holders of Warrant Securities or other obligations of the Company as freely as if it were not the Warrant Agent hereunder. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Warrant Agent from acting as trustee under any indenture to which the Company is a party.

(f) No Liability for Interest. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability for interest on any monies at any time received by it pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Warrant Certificates.

(g) No Liability for Invalidity. The Warrant Agent shall have no liability with respect to any invalidity of this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates (except as to the Warrant Agent’s countersignature, by either manual, electronic or facsimile signature, thereon).

(h) No Responsibility for Representations. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any of the recitals or representations herein or in the Warrant Certificate (except as to the Warrant Agent’s countersignature, by either manual, electronic or facsimile signature, thereon), all of which are made solely by the Company.

(i) No Implied Obligations. The Warrant Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are expressly set forth herein and in the Warrant Certificates and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action hereunder which may tend to involve it in any expense or liability, the payment of which within a reasonable time is not, in its reasonable opinion, assured to it. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or

 

9


responsibility for the use by the Company of any of the Warrant Certificates countersigned by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder of a Warrant Certificate with respect to such default, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law.

(j) No Notice. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any event or condition hereunder, including any event or condition that may require action by the Warrant Agent, unless the Warrant Agent shall be specifically notified in writing of such event or condition by the Company, and all notices or other instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered to the Warrant Agent must, in order to be effective, be received by the Warrant Agent as specified in Section 19 hereof, and in the absence of such notice so delivered, the Warrant Agent may conclusively assume no such event or condition exists.

(k) Company’s Failure to Timely Deliver. Provided the Warrant Agent has performed its duties as soon as commercially practicable, the Warrant Agent shall not be liable for the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Warrants, nor shall the Warrant Agent be liable for any liquidated damages or any other damages associated therewith.

(l) Signature Guarantee. The Warrant Agent may rely on and be fully authorized and protected in acting or failing to act upon (a) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (b) any related law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same.

Section 15. Merger, Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent. Any entity into which the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent shall be party, or any entity succeeding to corporate trust or shareholder services business of the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent, shall be the successor to the Warrant Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such entity would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 17. The purchase of all or substantially all of the Warrant Agent’s assets employed in the performance of the transfer agent activities shall be deemed a merger or consolidation for purposes of this Section 15. In case at the time such successor Warrant Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement any of the Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Warrant Agent and deliver such Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases, such Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

In case at any time the name of the Warrant Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases, such Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 16. Duties of Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement and the Warrant Certificates, in each case upon the following express terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the Holders of Warrant Certificates, by their acceptance hereof, shall be bound:

(a) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and such certificate shall be full authentication to the Warrant Agent for any action taken, omitted to be taken, or suffered in the absence of bad faith (which bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, ruling or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

 

10


(b) Subject to the limitation set forth in Section 14, the Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith (each as determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, ruling or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction).

(c) The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature, by either manual, electronic or facsimile signature, thereof) by the Company or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(d) The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due and validly authorized execution hereof by the Warrant Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Warrant Certificate (except its due and validly authorized countersignature thereof, by either manual, electronic or facsimile signature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for the adjustment of the Exercise Price or the making of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock (or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable) required under the provisions of Section 11 or 13 or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such change or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment or change (except with respect to the exercise of Warrants evidenced by Warrant Certificates after actual notice of any adjustment of the Exercise Price); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant Certificate or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(e) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent hereto for the carrying out or performing by the Warrant Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) The Warrant Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

(g) The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Warrant Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company, to the Holders or any other Person resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith (each as determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, ruling or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(h) This Section 16 shall survive the expiration of the Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent.

Section 17. Change of Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ notice in writing sent to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock (if known to the Warrant Agent), and to the Holders of the Warrant Certificates. In the event the transfer agency relationship in effect between the Company and the Warrant Agent terminates, the Warrant Agent will be deemed to have resigned automatically and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement as of the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall be responsible for sending any required notice. The Company may remove the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice in writing, sent to the Warrant Agent or successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock, and to the Holders of the Warrant Certificates. If the Warrant Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Warrant Agent or by the Holder of a Warrant Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit this Warrant Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the Holder of any Warrant Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Warrant Agent, provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to be the Warrant Agent until a new warrant agent is appointed. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of a

 

11


state thereof, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Warrant Agent a combined capital and surplus (together with its Affiliates) of at least $50,000,000. After appointment, the successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Warrant Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Warrant Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Company or successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be, any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose at the Company’s expense and without further liability to the Warrant Agent. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, or assumption of the Warrant Agent’s role by the Company, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Warrant Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock and mail a notice thereof in writing to the Holders of the Warrant Certificates. However, failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 17, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of the successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be.

Section 18. Issuance of New Warrant Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Warrants to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price per share and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the several Warrant Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and which do not affect the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent.

Section 19. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made (i) by the Warrant Agent or by the Holder of any Warrant Certificate to or on the Company, (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 17, by the Company or by the Holder of any Warrant Certificate to or on the Warrant Agent or (iii) by the Company or the Warrant Agent to the Holder of any Warrant Certificate, shall be deemed given (a) on the date delivered, if delivered personally, (b) when deposited with Federal Express or another recognized overnight courier, if sent by Federal Express or another recognized overnight courier, (c) when mailed with postage prepaid, if mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), and (d) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered to the Company or the Holder of any Warrant Certificate via facsimile or e-mail attachment at or prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day and (e) the next Business Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered to the Company or the Holder of any Warrant Certificate via facsimile or e-mail attachment on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, in each case to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) If to the Company, to:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, TX 75080

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

Email: [ ]

Telephone: [ ]

(b) If to the Warrant Agent, to:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Computershare

150 Royall St., Suite 101

Canton, MA 02021

Attention: Client Services

For any notice delivered by email to be deemed given or made, such notice must be followed by notice sent by overnight courier service to be delivered on the next business day following such email, unless the recipient of such email has acknowledged via return email receipt of such email.

(c) If to the Holder of any Warrant Certificate, to the address of such Holder as shown on the registry books of the Company. Any notice required to be delivered by the Company to the Holder of any Warrant may be given by the Warrant Agent on behalf of the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, where this Agreement provides for notice of any event to a Holder of any Warrant, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary or its designee.

 

12


Section 20. Supplements and Amendments.

(a) The Company and the Warrant Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any Holders of Global Warrants in order to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of the Global Warrants, or to surrender any rights or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement, provided that such addition, correction or surrender shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Global Warrants or Warrant Certificates in any material respect.

(b) In addition to the foregoing, with the consent of Holders of Warrants entitled, upon exercise thereof, to receive not less than a majority of the shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder, the Company and the Warrant Agent may modify this Agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Warrants; provided, however, that that no modification of the terms (including but not limited to the adjustments described in Section 11) upon which the Warrants are exercisable or the rights of Holders of Warrants to receive liquidated damages or other payments in cash from the Company or reducing the percentage required for consent to modification of this Agreement may be made without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Warrant Certificate affected thereby; provided further, however, that no amendment hereunder shall affect any terms of any Warrant Certificate issued in a Warrant Exchange. As a condition precedent to the Warrant Agent’s execution of any amendment, the Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate from a duly authorized officer of the Company that states that the proposed amendment complies with the terms of this Section 20. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to execute any supplement or amendment to this Agreement that it has determined would adversely affect its own rights, duties, obligations, liabilities or immunities under this Agreement. No supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless duly executed by the Warrant Agent.

Section 21. Successors. All covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns hereunder.

Section 22. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person other than the Company, the Holders of Warrant Certificates and the Warrant Agent any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders of the Warrant Certificates.

Section 23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of inconsistency between any provision in this Agreement and any provision in a Warrant Certificate, as it may from time to time be amended, the Warrant Certificate shall control; provided that all rights, duties obligations, liabilities and immunities of the Warrant Agent shall be governed and controlled by this Agreement. The Company shall not amend any provisions of the Warrant Certificate without the prior written consent of the Warrant Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 24. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement and each Warrant Certificate and Global Warrant issued hereunder shall be governed in all respects by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any provision of law or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. The parties hereto hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and the appellate courts thereof, and irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The parties hereto hereby waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Section 25. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Electronic signatures complying with the New York Electronic Signatures and Records Act (N.Y. State Tech. §§301-309), as amended from time to time, the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, or other applicable law will be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Agreement and shall have the same authority, effect, and enforceability as an original signature. Transmission by telecopy, electronic mail or other transmission method of an executed counterpart of this Agreement will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterparty.

 

13


Section 26. Captions. The captions of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 27. Information. The Company agrees to promptly provide to the Holders of the Warrants any information it provides to the holders of shares of Common Stock, except to the extent any such information is publicly available on the EDGAR system (or any successor thereof) of the Commission.

Section 28. Confidentiality. The Warrant Agent and the Company agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party, including inter alia, personal, non-public Warrant Holder information, which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement including the fees for services set forth in the attached schedule shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law, including, without limitation, pursuant to subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions).

Section 29. Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Warrant Agent will not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, epidemic, pandemic, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.

Section 30. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid, illegal or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid, legal and enforceable. If an invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall materially and adversely affect the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately upon written notice to the Company.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank; signature pages follow.]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
COMPUTERSHARE INC.
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit 1: Form of Warrant Certificate


[NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS SECURITY IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.]1

FORM OF

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK OR PRE-FUNDED WARRANTS

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: [ ]    Issue Date: [ ], 202[ ]
   Initial Exercise Date: [ ], 202[ ]

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, [ ] or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date set forth above (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on [ ], 202[ ]2 (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to [ ] shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”) or Pre-Funded Warrants (as defined below) to purchase the same number of Warrant Shares (as subject to adjustment as provided herein). The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b) and the purchase price of one Pre-Funded Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price (as defined below). This Warrant shall initially be issued and maintained in the form of a security held in book-entry form and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee shall initially be the sole registered holder of this Warrant, subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement (as defined below), in which case this sentence shall not apply.

Certain Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

“Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

“Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 
1 

To be included for private warrants only.

2 

Date to be 30 days following the Issue Date.


“Person” means an individual, corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency or other entity.

“Pre-Funded Warrant” means a pre-funded warrant to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised in the form of a Pre-Funded Warrant attached as Exhibit A hereto.

“Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price” means $0.01 per share of Common Stock.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Shareholder Approval” means the approvals by the holders of Common Stock that are required under the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market (and any successor thereto and any other trading market on which the Common Stock is listed), including Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5635(b) and Rule 5635(d), to permit the issuance of shares of Common Stock above relevant thresholds included in such rules, upon exercise of this Warrant and the other warrants issued pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement that would result in the holders hereof and thereof (together with their respective affiliates) beneficially owning in excess of 19.99% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise(s).

“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for trading.

“Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges: the NYSE MKT LLC, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

“Transfer Agent” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Company’s transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock, and any successor appointed in such capacity.

“Warrant Agency Agreement” means that certain warrant agency agreement, dated on or about the Initial Exercise Date, between the Company and the Warrant Agent.

“Warrant Agent” means Computershare Inc. and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as warrant agent and any successor warrant agent of the Company.

Exercise.

Exercise of Warrant. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (with a copy to the Warrant Agent) of a duly executed PDF copy submitted by e-mail (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Any Notice of Exercise provided on a day that is not a Trading Day or that is provided after 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) shall be treated as having been given on the next succeeding Trading Day. Within two (2) Trading Days following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares (or, in the event that this Warrant is exercised for Pre-Funded Warrants, the Exercise Price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price) specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the extent a physical copy is issued to the Holder, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in


purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Trading Day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2(a), a holder whose interest in this Warrant is a beneficial interest in certificate(s) representing this Warrant held in book-entry form through DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions), shall effect exercises made pursuant to this Section 2(a) by delivering to DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable) the appropriate instruction form for exercise, complying with the procedures to effect exercise that are required by DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable), subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement, in which case this sentence shall not apply.

Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $0.50, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”). In the event this Warrant is exercised for Pre-Funded Warrants, the exercise price per Pre-Funded Warrant under this Warrant shall be $0.49, which represents the Exercise Price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price, subject to adjustment hereunder.

Cashless Exercise. This Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares (but not Pre-Funded Warrants) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A)   =   as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
  (B)   =   the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
  (X)   =   the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

“Bid Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the bid price of the Common Stock for the time in question (or the nearest preceding date) on the principal Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on a Trading Market and is listed or quoted on the OTCQB Venture Market (“OTCQB”) or the OTCQX Best Market (“OTCQX”), the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on


OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on The Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Securities then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the principal Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on a Trading Market and is listed or quoted on the OTCQB or the OTCQX, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on the Pink Open Market operated by the OTC Markets, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the holding period of the Warrant Shares being issued may be tacked on to the holding period of this Warrant. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

Mechanics of Exercise.

Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account (1) with DTC through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder, (B) this Warrant was registered in an effective registration statement and is being exercised via cashless exercise, or (C) the Warrant Shares are eligible for resale by the Holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 (assuming cashless exercise of the Warrants), or (2) otherwise via electronic book entry by the Transfer Agent, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, or by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, in each case for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, provided the Holder has delivered the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise), the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received by the Warrant Share Delivery Date. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, other than a failure caused by the Holder or its broker, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the third (3rd) Trading Day after the Warrant Share Delivery Date) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable.


Delivery of Pre-Funded Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant is being exercised for Pre-Funded Warrants, the Company shall cause the Warrant Agent to issue by electronic book entry, registered in the Warrant Agent’s register in the name of the Holder or its designee, Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised by the date that is the latest of (i) two (2) Business Days after delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, and (ii) two (2) Business Days after delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price to the Company (such date, the “Pre-Funded Warrant Delivery Date”).

Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Warrant Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares or the Company fails to transmit to the Holder the Pre-Funded Warrants pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) or Section 2(d)(ii), as applicable by the Warrant Share Delivery Date or the Pre-Funded Warrant Delivery Date, as applicable, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise and the Company shall return all consideration paid by the Holder for such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants, as applicable, upon such rescission. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to make any cash payments to the Holder in lieu of issuance of the Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants.

Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Warrant Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) above pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Warrants for shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. The Holder shall not exercise any right under this Section 2(d)(i) against the Company, unless in connection with providing the relevant Notice of Exercise, the Holder has confirmed with the Company receipt of the Notice of Exercise and informed the Company that it has entered into or prior to the Warrant Share Deliver Date may enter into sales of Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipates receiving upon such exercise. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.


No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price, or Exercise Price minus the Pre-Funded Warrant Exercise Price, as applicable, or round up to the next whole share or Pre-Funded Warrants.

Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that in the event that Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise (except in the case of an exercise for Pre-Funded Warrants), to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Trading Day


confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 19.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall not be exercisable for shares of Common Stock above the Maximum Percentage without obtaining Shareholder Approval and the exercise otherwise satisfies the requirements of Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5635 with respect to issuances of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant.

Certain Adjustments.

Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.

Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms (including any limitations) applicable to such Purchase Rights as if they were holders of Common Stock, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent, if practicable, shall instead be paid by the Company through the Company’s issuance to the Holder of Pre-Funded Warrants, and otherwise shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).


Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall, if practicable, instead be paid by the Company through the Company’s issuance to the Holder of Pre-Funded Warrants, and otherwise shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or 50% or more of the voting power of the common equity of the Company, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or 50% or more of the voting power of the common equity of the Company (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction.3 The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(d) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such

 
3 

This warrant will be in existence for 30 days.


Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall be added to the term “Company” under this Warrant (so that from and after the occurrence or consummation of such Fundamental Transaction, each and every provision of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to each of the Company and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally), and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally with the Company, may exercise every right and power of the Company prior thereto and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities shall assume all of the obligations of the Company prior thereto under this Warrant with the same effect as if the Company and such Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally, had been named as the Company herein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of this Section 3(d) regardless of (i) whether the Company has sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock for the issuance of Warrant Shares and/or (ii) whether a Fundamental Transaction occurs prior to the Initial Exercise Date.

Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

Notice to Holder.

Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company or (F) in connection with any Fundamental Transaction, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by email to the Holder at its last email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.


Transfer of Warrant.

Transferability. Subject to compliance with any applicable securities laws, this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney (along with a medallion signature guarantee in the case of Warrants that are not held in global form through DTC or any successor depositary, if requested by the Company or the Warrant Agent) and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants without having a new Warrant issued.

New Warrants. If this Warrant is not held in global form through DTC (or any successor depository), this Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the Issue Date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants issuable pursuant thereto.

Warrant Register. The Company shall (or shall cause the Warrant Agent to) register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

Transfer Restrictions. If, at the time of the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer of this Warrant, the transfer of this Warrant shall not be either (i) registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or (ii) eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions or current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144, the Company may require, as a condition of allowing such transfer, that the Holder or transferee of this Warrant, as the case may be, provide such certifications or opinions as the Company shall reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable law.

Representation by the Holder. The Holder, by the acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that it is acquiring this Warrant and, upon any exercise hereof, will acquire the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Warrant Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.]4

Miscellaneous.

No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise; No Settlement in Cash. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3. Without limiting any rights of a Holder to receive Warrant Shares on a “cashless exercise” pursuant to Section 2(c) or to receive cash payments pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) and Section 2(d)(iv) herein, in no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle an exercise of this Warrant.

 
4 

To be included for private warrants only.


Withholding and Reporting Requirements.

The Company (or its agent) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold any amounts that it determines in its reasonable discretion are required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law in connection with this Warrant. Any amounts so deducted or withheld shall be treated for purposes of this Warrant as though they were paid or delivered to the holder in respect of whom such withholding was made, and the Company shall timely remit any amounts so deducted or withheld to the applicable taxing authority. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any such withholding or deduction is required in connection with an adjustment under Section 3 or a non-cash distribution, the Company shall be authorized to take such actions so that (i) the holder economically bears such withholding taxes, and (ii) the Company is able to comply with its withholding obligations.

The Company and each holder shall treat the Warrants as stock of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Intended Tax Treatment”); provided that if the Company tentatively determines following the Issue Date that such treatment might not be appropriate in light of the circumstances at the time, the Company and Consenting Holders shall cooperate in good faith to determine whether an alternative tax treatment is appropriate (an “Alternative Tax Treatment”). Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each holder shall prepare all tax returns in a manner consistent with the Intended Tax Treatment or Alternative Tax Treatment, as applicable, except if otherwise required by a final “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code.

Each Holder shall submit to the Company on or prior to the date that it becomes a Holder a properly executed IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable and any other tax form or certification reasonably requested by the Company and, in each case, shall update such form or certification if it expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect.

Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company or the Warrant Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares or any Pre-Funded Warrants, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, or Pre-Funded Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate or Pre-Funded Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate or Pre-Funded Warrant.

Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Trading Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Trading Day.

Authorized Shares.

The Company covenants that, at all times during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).


Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any provision of law or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Warrant (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement hereof), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it hereunder or as maintained in the books and records of the Company and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, then, in addition to the obligations of the Company under any other section hereunder, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES FOREVER TRIAL BY JURY.

Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies, notwithstanding the fact that the right to exercise this Warrant terminates on the Termination Date. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.


Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, or email or facsimile transmission, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (I) upon hand delivery or delivery by email, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (II) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur.

To the Company:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, TX 75080

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

Email: [ ]

Telephone: [ ]

Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the respective successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares or Pre-Funded Warrants.

Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holder of this Warrant.

Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.


Warrant Agency Agreement. The terms of this Warrant are to be read in conjunction with the applicable terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement. To the extent any provision of this Warrant conflicts with the express provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the provisions of this Warrant shall govern and be controlling; provided, however, that the express terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall control and supersede any provision in this Warrant concerning the rights, duties, obligations, protections, immunities and liabilities of the Warrant Agent.

********************

(Signature Page Follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:    
  Name:
 

Title:

 

Warrant Agent’s Countersignature:

COMPUTERSHARE INC. and

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

on behalf of both entities

     By:    
 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

This notice should be emailed to each addressee below (and telephonic confirmation of receipt can be received) as follows (or such other contact details as provided in writing to the Holder):

[This will become public] [Create listserve email and general tel no.]

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ [Warrant Shares]//[Pre-Funded Warrants] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

☐ in lawful money of the United States; or

☐ if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

Please issue said [Warrant Shares]//[Pre-Funded Warrants] in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

       
The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:
       
       
       

[Accredited Investor. The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.]5

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:     
Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:     
Name of Authorized Signatory:     
Title of Authorized Signatory:     

Date:

 

    

 
5 

To be included for private warrants only.


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to exercise the Warrant to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:       
     (Please Print)
Address:       
     (Please Print)
Phone Number:       
Email Address:       
Dated: _______________ __, ______     
Holder’s Signature:       
Holder’s Address:       


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF PRE-FUNDED WARRANT

[See attached]


Exhibit 2: Pre-Funded Warrant Certificate


[NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS SECURITY IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.]6

FORM OF

PRE-FUNDED COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: [ ]

  

Issue Date: [ ], 202[ ]

  

Initial Exercise Date: [ ], 202[ ]

THIS PRE-FUNDED COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, [    ] or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date set forth above (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and until this Warrant is exercised in full (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to [ ] shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”). The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b). This Warrant shall initially be issued and maintained in the form of a security held in book-entry form and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee shall initially be the sole registered holder of this Warrant, subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement (as defined below), in which case this sentence shall not apply.

Certain Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

“Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

“Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Person” means an individual, corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency or other entity.

 
6 

To be included in private warrants only.


“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Shareholder Approval” means the approvals by the holders of Common Stock that are required under the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market (and any successor thereto and any other trading market on which the Common Stock is listed), including Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5635(b) and Rule 5635(d), to permit the issuance of shares of Common Stock above relevant thresholds included in such rules, upon exercise of this Warrant and the other warrants issued pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement that would result in the holders hereof and thereof (together with their respective affiliates) beneficially owning in excess of 19.99% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise(s).

“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for trading.

“Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges: the NYSE MKT LLC, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

“Transfer Agent” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Company’s transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock, and any successor appointed in such capacity.

“Warrant Agency Agreement” means that certain warrant agency agreement, dated on or about the Initial Exercise Date, between the Company and the Warrant Agent.

“Warrant Agent” means Computershare Inc. and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as warrant agent and any successor warrant agent of the Company.

Exercise.

Exercise of Warrant. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (with a copy to the Warrant Agent) of a duly executed PDF copy submitted by e-mail (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Any Notice of Exercise provided on a day that is not a Trading Day or that is provided after 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) shall be treated as having been given on the next succeeding Trading Day. Within two (2) Trading Days following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the extent a physical copy is issued to the Holder, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Trading Day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.


Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2(a), a holder whose interest in this Warrant is a beneficial interest in certificate(s) representing this Warrant held in book-entry form through DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions), shall effect exercises made pursuant to this Section 2(a) by delivering to DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable) the appropriate instruction form for exercise, complying with the procedures to effect exercise that are required by DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable), subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement, in which case this sentence shall not apply.

Exercise Price. The aggregate exercise price of this Warrant, except for a nominal exercise price of $0.01 per Warrant Share, was pre-funded to the Company on or prior to the Initial Exercise Date and, consequently, no additional consideration (other than the nominal exercise price of $0.01 per Warrant Share) shall be required to be paid by the Holder to any Person to effect any exercise of this Warrant. The Holder shall not be entitled to the return or refund of all, or any portion, of such pre-paid aggregate exercise price under any circumstance or for any reason whatsoever, including in the event this Warrant shall not have been exercised prior to the Termination Date. The remaining unpaid exercise price per share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $0.01, subject to adjustment hereunder (such remaining unpaid exercise price, the “Exercise Price”).

Cashless Exercise. This Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

        (A)   =    as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
   (B)   =    the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
   (X)   =    the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

“Bid Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the bid price of the Common Stock for the time in question (or the nearest preceding date) on the principal Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on a Trading Market and is listed or quoted on the OTCQB Venture Market (“OTCQB”) or the OTCQX Best Market (“OTCQX”), the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on The Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Securities then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.


“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the principal Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on a Trading Market and is listed or quoted on the OTCQB or the OTCQX, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on the Pink Open Market operated by the OTC Markets, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the holding period of the Warrant Shares being issued may be tacked on to the holding period of this Warrant. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

Mechanics of Exercise.

Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Warrant Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder, (B) this Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise electronic book entry by the Transfer Agent, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee or (C) the Warrant Shares are eligible for resale by the Holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 (assuming cashless exercise of the Warrants), for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, provided the Holder has delivered the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise), the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received by the Warrant Share Delivery Date. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, other than a failure caused by the Holder or its broker, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the third (3rd) Trading Day after the Warrant Share Delivery Date) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable.

Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Warrant Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.


Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Warrant Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) above pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Warrants for shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. The Holder shall not exercise any right under this Section 2(d)(iv) against the Company, unless in connection with providing the relevant Notice of Exercise, the Holder has confirmed with the Company receipt of the Notice of Exercise and informed the Company that it has entered into or prior to the Warrant Share Deliver Date may enter into sales of Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipates receiving upon such exercise. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of


the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 19.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall not be exercisable for shares of Common Stock above the Maximum Percentage without obtaining Shareholder Approval and the exercise otherwise satisfies the requirements of Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5635 with respect to issuances of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant.

Certain Adjustments.

Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall


be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.

Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms (including any limitations) applicable to such Purchase Rights as if they were holders of Common Stock, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or 50% or more of the voting power of the common equity of the Company, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or 50% or more of the voting power of the common equity of the Company (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of


shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(d) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall be added to the term “Company” under this Warrant (so that from and after the occurrence or consummation of such Fundamental Transaction, each and every provision of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to each of the Company and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally), and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally with the Company, may exercise every right and power of the Company prior thereto and the Successor Entity or Successor Entities shall assume all of the obligations of the Company prior thereto under this Warrant with the same effect as if the Company and such Successor Entity or Successor Entities, jointly and severally, had been named as the Company herein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of this Section 3(d) regardless of (i) whether the Company has sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock for the issuance of Warrant Shares and/or (ii) whether a Fundamental Transaction occurs prior to the Initial Exercise Date.

Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

Notice to Holder.

Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,


liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company or (F) in connection with any Fundamental Transaction, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by email to the Holder at its last email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

Transfer of Warrant.

Transferability. Subject to compliance with any applicable securities laws, this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney (along with a medallion signature guarantee in the case of Warrants that are not held in global form through DTC or any successor depositary, if requested by the Company or the Warrant Agent) and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

New Warrants. If this Warrant is not held in global form through DTC (or any successor depository), this Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the Issue Date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

Warrant Register. The Company shall (or shall cause the Warrant Agent to) register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

[Transfer Restrictions. If, at the time of the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer of this Warrant, the transfer of this Warrant shall not be either (i) registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or (ii) eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions or current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144, the Company may require, as a condition of allowing such transfer, that the Holder or transferee of this Warrant, as the case may be, provide such certifications or opinions as the Company shall reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable law.


Representation by the Holder. The Holder, by the acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that it is acquiring this Warrant and, upon any exercise hereof, will acquire the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Warrant Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.]7

Miscellaneous.

No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise; No Settlement in Cash. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3. Without limiting any rights of a Holder to receive Warrant Shares on a “cashless exercise” pursuant to Section 2(c) or to receive cash payments pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) and Section 2(d)(iv) herein, in no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle an exercise of this Warrant.

Withholding and Reporting Requirements.

The Company (or its agent) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold any amounts that it determines in its reasonable discretion are required to be deducted and withheld under applicable law in connection with this Warrant. Any amounts so deducted or withheld shall be treated for purposes of this Warrant as though they were paid or delivered to the holder in respect of whom such withholding was made, and the Company shall timely remit any amounts so deducted or withheld to the applicable taxing authority. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any such withholding or deduction is required in connection with an adjustment under Section 3 or a non-cash distribution, the Company shall be authorized to take such actions so that (i) the holder economically bears such withholding taxes, and (ii) the Company is able to comply with its withholding obligations.

The Company and each holder shall treat the Warrants as stock of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Intended Tax Treatment”). Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each holder shall prepare all tax returns in a manner consistent with the Intended Tax Treatment, except if otherwise required by a final “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or a change in applicable law.

Each Holder shall submit to the Company on or prior to the date that it becomes a Holder a properly executed IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable and any other tax form or certification reasonably requested by the Company and, in each case, shall update such form or certification if it expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect.

Following the reasonable request of a Holder, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide, if it is legally able to do so, a certificate to such Holder conforming to the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2) stating that the Company is not, and has not been during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c) of the Code, a United States real property holding corporation (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code).

Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company or the Warrant Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, which evidence should include an affidavit of the loss or the certificate or portion thereof remaining, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and satisfaction of any other reasonable requirements established by Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and reimbursement to the Company

 
7 

To be included in private warrants only.


and the Warrant Agent of all reasonable expenses thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, absent notice to the Warrant Agent that such Warrant or stock certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation to the Warrant Agent for delivery to the Holder, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Trading Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Trading Day.

Authorized Shares.

The Company covenants that, at all times during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any provision of law or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Warrant (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement hereof), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any


such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it hereunder or as maintained in the books and records of the Company and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, then, in addition to the obligations of the Company under any other section hereunder, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES FOREVER TRIAL BY JURY.

Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies, notwithstanding the fact that the right to exercise this Warrant terminates on the Termination Date. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

(a) Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, or email or facsimile transmission, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (I) upon hand delivery or delivery by email, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (II) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur.

To the Company:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, TX 75080

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

Email: [ ]

Telephone: [ ]

Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.


Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the respective successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the Holder of this Warrant.

Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

Warrant Agency Agreement. The terms of this Warrant are to be read in conjunction with the applicable terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement. To the extent any provision of this Warrant conflicts with the express provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the provisions of this Warrant shall govern and be controlling; provided, however, that the express terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall control and supersede any provision in this Warrant concerning the rights, duties, obligations, protections, immunities and liabilities of the Warrant Agent.

********************

(Signature Page Follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:    
  Name: Randy Hyne
  Title: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
  Warrant Agent’s Countersignature:
  COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
  on behalf of both entities
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.

This notice should be emailed to each addressee below (and telephonic confirmation of receipt can be received) as follows (or such other contact details as provided in writing to the Holder):

Randy Hyne Email: randyh@fossil.com Tel: (972) 234-2525

Randy Greben Email: rgreben@fossil.com Tel: (858) 344-8543

Sharon Dean Email: sharond@fosssil.com Tel: (214) 207-1670

Javis De Meulenaere Email: jdemeulenaer@fossil.com Tel: (214) 244-3762

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

☐ in lawful money of the United States; or

☐ if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

      

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

      
      
      

[(4) Accredited Investor. The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.]8

 
8 

To be included in private warrants only.


[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:       
Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:       
Name of Authorized Signatory:       
Title of Authorized Signatory:       

Date:

   

    


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to exercise the Warrant to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:      
        (Please Print)
Address:      
        (Please Print)
Phone Number:      
Email Address:      
Dated: _______________ __, ______    
Holder’s Signature:      
Holder’s Address:      


Exhibit 3: Form of Warrant Certificate Request Notice

WARRANT CERTIFICATE REQUEST NOTICE

To: Computershare Inc., and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., collectively as Warrant Agent for Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”)

The undersigned Holder of [Pre-Funded] Warrants (“Warrants”) in the form of Global Warrants issued by the Company hereby elects to receive a Definitive Certificate evidencing the Warrants held by the Holder as specified below:

 

1.

Name of Holder of Warrants in form of Global Warrants: ___________________________

 

2.

Name of Holder of Warrants in form of Definitive Certificate (if different from name of Holder of Warrants in form of Global Warrants): ________________________________

 

3.

Number of Warrants in name of Holder in form of Global Warrants: ___________________

 

4.

Number of Warrants for which Definitive Certificate shall be issued: __________________

 

5.

Number of Warrants in name of Holder in form of Global Warrants after issuance of Definitive Certificate, if any: ___________

 

6.

Definitive Certificate shall be delivered to the following address:

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with this Warrant Exchange and the issuance of the Definitive Certificate, the Holder is deemed to have surrendered the number of Warrants in form of Global Warrants in the name of the Holder equal to the number of Warrants evidenced by the Definitive Certificate.

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

Name of Investing Entity:

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:

Name of Authorized Signatory:

Title of Authorized Signatory:

Date:


Exhibit 4: Form of Global Warrant Request Notice

GLOBAL WARRANT REQUEST NOTICE

To: Computershare Inc., and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., collectively as Warrant Agent for Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”)

The undersigned Holder of [Pre-Funded] Warrants (“Warrants”) in the form of Definitive Certificates issued by the Company hereby elects to receive a Global Warrant evidencing the Warrants held by the Holder as specified below:

 

1.

Name of Holder of Warrants in form of Definitive Certificates: _____________________________

 

2.

Name of Holder of Warrants in form of Global Warrant (if different from name of Holder of Warrants in form of Definitive Certificates): ________________________________

 

3.

Number of Warrants in name of Holder in form of Definitive Certificates: ___________________

 

4.

Number of Warrants for which Global Warrant shall be issued: __________________

 

5.

Number of Warrants in name of Holder in form of Definitive Certificates after issuance of Global Warrant, if any: ___________

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with this Global Warrant Exchange and the issuance of the Global Warrant, the Holder is deemed to have surrendered the number of Warrants in form of Definitive Certificates in the name of the Holder equal to the number of Warrants evidenced by the Global Warrant.

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

Name of Investing Entity:

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:

Name of Authorized Signatory:

Title of Authorized Signatory:

Date:

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153-0119

+1 212 310 8000 tel

+1 212 310 8007 fax

September 9, 2025

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Guarantors (as defined below), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (including any supplements or amendments thereunder, the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”), a rights offering (the “Rights Offering”), and a consent solicitation, for the registration of the primary issuance to holders (“Holders”) of the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (“Old Notes”) of: (i) the offer and sale of, in the aggregate, up to $12,941,327 principal amount of new 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (“First-Out Notes”) pursuant to rights of Holders to subscribe (“Subscription Rights”) to purchase First-Out Notes, and, in the aggregate, up to 379,957 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 (“Common Stock”), issuable on account of a Holder’s exercise of their Subscription Rights (the “New Stock Investment”), (ii) the offer and sale of, in the aggregate, up to 1,194,584 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of warrants (“Initial Public Warrants”) issuable in the Exchange Offer, and (iii) the offer and sale of pre-funded warrants (“Pre-Funded Public Warrants”) to purchase Common Stock upon exercise of Initial Public Warrants, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Pre-Funded Public Warrants.

Pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company is offering to Holders to exchange any and all of the Company’s Old Notes for (i) First-Out Notes and Initial Public Warrants or (ii) new 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (“Second-Out Notes” and, together with the First-Out Notes, the “New Notes”) and Initial Public Warrants.

The Company and the Guarantors will concurrently file a Registration Statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act that registers the offer and sale of the securities issuable in the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer may be completed by way of a UK Proceeding as described in the Registration Statement.

We refer to the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule A hereto (the “Delaware Guarantors”) and the subsidiary of the Company listed on Schedule B hereto (the “Texas Guarantor”), collectively, as the “Covered Guarantors.” We refer to the Covered Guarantors together with the other subsidiaries of the Company who have signed the Registration Statement in their capacity as guarantors (the “Other Guarantors”) as the “Guarantors.”

In so acting, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of (a)(i) the Registration Statement and the preliminary prospectus which is part of the Registration Statement, (ii) the form of First-Out Notes Indenture (the “First-Out Notes Indenture”), by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “First-Out Notes Trustee”) and collateral agent, (iii) the form of Second-Out Notes Indenture (the “Second-Out Notes Indenture” and, together with the First-Out Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”), by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Second-Out Notes Trustee”) and collateral agent, (iv) the guarantees (each, a “Guarantee”) of the New Notes to be issued under the Indentures and (b) such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Opinion Parties, and have made such inquiries of such officers and representatives, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth.

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to all questions of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and representatives of the Opinion Parties.

We have also assumed that no stop orders suspending the Registration Statement’s effectiveness will have been issued and remain in effect, in each case, at the time the Securities are offered or issued as contemplated by the Registration Statement.


Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications stated herein, we are of the opinion that

 

  (i)

the Subscription Rights have been duly authorized, and when they have been accepted by the Company and become unconditional as contemplated by the Registration Statement, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

  (ii)

the Initial Public Warrants have been duly authorized, and when they have been issued in the Exchange Offer as contemplated by the Registration Statement, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

  (iii)

the Pre-Funded Public Warrants have been duly authorized, and when they have been issued upon exercise of the Initial Public Warrants, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

  (iv)

the Common Stock to be offered and sold pursuant to the Registration Statement has been duly authorized, and when issued pursuant to the Rights Offering or upon exercise of the Warrants or Pre-Funded Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

 

  (v)

the First-Out Notes have been duly authorized and (assuming due authentication and delivery of the First-Out Notes by the First-Out Notes Trustee in accordance with the First-Out Notes Indenture), when issued pursuant to the Rights Offering and against payment therefore, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity);

 

  (vi)

the Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors and (assuming due authentication and delivery of the First-Out Notes by the First-Out Notes Trustee, in accordance with the terms of the Indentures, and due authorization, execution and delivery of the First Out Indenture by the Other Guarantors) will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the corporate laws of the State of Delaware and the limited partnership laws of the State of Texas and we express no opinion as to the effect on the matters covered by this letter of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the use of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to any and all references to our firm in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

2

Exhibit 5.2

[Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP Letterhead]

September 9, 2025

Fossil Trust

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Re: Fossil Trust

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Delaware counsel to Fossil Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), in connection with certain matters of Delaware law set forth below relating to the filing by the Issuer (as defined below) and the Guarantors (as defined below) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of the registration statement No. 001-41040 filed on Form S-3 and the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statements”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the registration of the Notes (as defined below).

In rendering this opinion, we have examined and relied upon copies of the following documents in the forms provided to us: the Registration Statements; the form of Issuer’s 9.500% First-Out Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “First-Out Notes”); the form of Senior Secured Notes Indenture (the “First-Out Indenture”) to be entered into among the Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Trust and the other guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and notes collateral agent (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Trust guarantees (the “First-Out Guarantee”) the obligations of the Issuer under the First-Out Notes; the form of Issuer’s 7.500% Second-Out Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Second-Out Notes” and together with the First-Out Notes, the “Notes”); the form of Senior Secured Notes Indenture (the “Second-Out Senior Indenture” and together with the First-Out Indenture, the “Transaction Documents”) to be entered into among the Issuer, the Trust and the other Guarantors and the Trustee, pursuant to which, among other things, the Trust guarantees (the “Second-Out Guarantee” and together with the First-Out Guarantee, the “Guarantee”) the obligations of the Issuer under the Second-Out Notes; the Agreement and Contract of Trust of the Trust dated August 31, 1994 (the “Trust Agreement”); the Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the State Office on August 31, 1994; the Certificate of Amendment of Statutory Business Trust of the Trust as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “State Office”) on October 11, 2002; the Certificate of Change of Locations of Registered Office and Registered Agent of the Trust as filed in the State Office on January 27, 2004; the Amended and Restated Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the State Office on May 16, 2013 (the “Certificate of Trust” and together with the Trust Agreement, the “Governing Documents”); the Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Governing Bodies of the Entities Party Thereto dated as of August 12, 2025 (the “Consent”); a Certificate of the Regular Trustees of the Trust dated on or about the date hereof; and a certificate of good standing of the Trust obtained from the State Office as of a recent date. In such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed and the legal competence and capacity of natural persons to complete the execution of documents. We have further assumed for purposes of this opinion: (i) except to the extent addressed by our opinion in paragraph 1 below, the due formation or organization, valid existence and good standing of each entity that is a signatory to any of the documents examined by us under the laws of the jurisdiction of its respective formation or organization; (ii) except to the extent addressed by our opinion in paragraph 3 below, the due authorization, adoption, execution, and delivery, as applicable, of each of the above referenced documents; (iii) the payment of consideration for beneficial interests in the Trust by all beneficial owners of the Trust as provided in the Trust Agreement and the satisfaction of, or compliance with, all of the other terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Trust Agreement in connection with the admission of beneficial owners to the Trust and the issuance of beneficial interests in the Trust; (iv) that the activities of the Trust have been and will be conducted in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq. (the “Delaware Trust Act”); (v) that no event or circumstance has occurred on or prior to the date hereof that would cause a termination or dissolution of the Trust under the Trust Agreement or the Delaware Trust Act, as applicable; and (vi) that each of the documents examined by us is in full force and effect, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, except as herein referenced. We have not reviewed any documents other than those identified above in connection with this opinion, and we have assumed that there are no other documents contrary to or inconsistent with the opinions expressed herein. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to the requirements of, or compliance with, federal or state securities or blue sky laws. Further, we express no opinion on the sufficiency or accuracy of any registration or offering documentation relating to the Trust. As to any facts material to our opinion, other than those assumed, we have relied, without independent investigation, on the above referenced documents and on the accuracy, as of the date hereof, of the factual matters therein contained. In addition, we note that each of the Transaction Documents


is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware and, for purposes of our opinions set forth below, we have assumed that the Transaction Documents will be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of the written terms thereof as such terms would be interpreted as a matter of Delaware law and we express no opinion with respect to any legal standards or concepts under any laws other than those of the State of Delaware.

Based on and subject to the foregoing and to the exceptions and qualifications set forth below, and limited in all respects to matters of Delaware law, it is our opinion that:

1. The Trust is a duly formed and validly existing statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. The Trust has requisite statutory trust power and authority under the Trust Agreement and the Delaware Trust Act to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and perform its obligations thereunder, including without limitation, granting the Guarantee and performing its obligations thereunder.

3. The Trust has taken all requisite statutory trust action under the laws of the State of Delaware to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Trust, including without limitation, the granting and performance of the Guarantee by the Trust.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Report on Form S-3 and Form S-4 filed by Fossil Group, Inc. on September 9, 2025 and incorporated by reference into the Registration Statements. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. This opinion speaks only as of the date hereof and is based on our understandings and assumptions as to present facts and our review of the above-referenced documents and the application of Delaware law as the same exist on the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update or supplement this opinion after the date hereof for the benefit of any person or entity with respect to any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in facts or law that may hereafter occur or take effect.

 

Very truly yours,
MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL LLP
/s/ Tarik J. Haskins
Tarik J. Haskins

Exhibit 5.3

 

 

Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Parent”)

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas

  

CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro

Olswang LLP

Cannon Place

78 Cannon Street

London EC4N 6AF

 

DX 135316 London Cannon Place

 

T +44 20 7367 3000

F +44 20 7367 2000

 

cms.law

 

T +44 207 367 3422

E paula.hryckowiak@cms-cmno.com

Our ref PLHR/THSI/CAP/165682.00006

Your ref

  
   9 September 2025

Dear Addressees

The First-Out Notes Indenture to be made between (1) the Parent as company (2) the subsidiaries of the Parent listed therein (including the English Obligors) as guarantors and (3) Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee and notes collateral agent (the “First-Out Notes Indenture”) in agreed form and the Second-Out Notes Indenture to be made between (1) the Parent as company (2) the subsidiaries of the Parent listed therein (including the English Obligors) as guarantors and (3) Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee and notes collateral agent (the “Second-Out Notes Indenture”) in agreed form.

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

We have acted as English legal advisers to the English Obligors in connection with the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture. This opinion letter is given solely in connection with the issue of the Notes. We consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.3 to each of the Registration Statements. We do not, by giving this consent or otherwise, concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by the Securities Act or the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, or that we are “experts” in relation to any matters relating to the Opinion Documents, the Outstanding Notes, the Notes, the Exchange Offer, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-3 Registration Statement or the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-4 Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (the “Registration Statements”), other than those matters governed by the laws of England and Wales.

 

2.

TERMINOLOGY

In this opinion letter, terms defined in Schedule 1 (Definitions) to this opinion letter shall have the meanings given in that Schedule, and terms defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture shall have the same meanings when used in this opinion letter unless otherwise defined.

 

3.

DOCUMENTS EXAMINED

For the purpose of giving the opinions in this opinion letter we have examined the following documents (the “Reviewed Documents”):

 

3.1

the form of First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.3 to each of the Registration Statements including the Guarantees relating to the notes;

 

1


3.2

a copy of each of the Corporate Approvals executed by all parties;

 

3.3

a copy of each signed Certificate (without examining the substance of any attachments thereto other than the Resolutions and the Constitutional Documents (as defined below));

 

3.4

copies of the certificate of incorporation for each English Obligor and any certificate of incorporation on change of name, the memorandum of each English Obligor and articles of association of each English Obligor (the “Constitutional Documents”) and copies of the Resolutions of each English Obligor, in each case certified as being true, complete and up to date as at the date of the relevant English Obligor’s Certificate; and

 

3.5

the results of our online search (or a search by an information services provider (“ISP”) on our behalf) of the public records on file and available for inspection at Companies House:

 

  3.5.1

on 21 July 2025 at 08:03am with respect to Fossil (UK) Limited; and

 

  3.5.2

on 6 August 2025 at 08:27am with respect to Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited,

which we updated on 8 September 2025 and the results of a search made by us (or a search by an ISP on our behalf) of the Central Registry of Winding-Up Petitions at the Insolvency and Companies List at the Royal Courts of Justice, Rolls Building, London (which forms part of the Business and Property Courts of the High Court of Justice):

 

  3.5.3

on 21 July 2025 at 10:16am with respect to Fossil (UK) Limited; and

 

  3.5.4

on 6 August 2025 at 10:01am with respect to Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited

which we updated on 8 September 2025 at 12:06pm (together the “Searches”).

Except as mentioned above, we have not examined any documents or made any enquiries in connection with the giving of this opinion letter. In particular, but without limitation, we have not reviewed and express no opinion on the underlying transaction to which the Documents relate or any other document directly or indirectly referred to in the Documents.

 

4.

ASSUMPTIONS

In considering the Reviewed Documents we have assumed:

 

4.1

the genuineness of all signatures and seals on the executed Reviewed Documents and that any signature or execution pages on which any such signatures and/or seals appear physically formed part of complete and final versions of those documents at the time of signing and/or sealing;

 

4.2

the accuracy and completeness of all facts stated in any such documents and of all representations and warranties given by or in respect of any party to the Reviewed Documents (except insofar as they relate to matters of law on which we expressly opine in this opinion letter);

 

4.3

the authenticity and completeness of all original documents submitted to us or used to provide copies to us and the conformity to original documents of all copy documents submitted to us;

 

4.4

that the Constitutional Documents of each English Obligor represent its entire constitution for the purposes of section 257 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Companies Act”);

 

4.5

that any restrictions or limitations contained in the English Obligors’ constitutions (within the meaning of section 257 of the Companies Act) have been and will be duly observed and that each English Obligor is carrying on business in accordance with its Constitutional Documents (other than to the extent expressly opined on in this opinion letter);

 

2


4.6

that the Resolutions were duly passed in accordance with the requirements of the Constitutional Documents and the Companies Act and that the Resolutions will remain in full force and effect and have not, and will not, be revoked, amended, varied, modified, superseded or otherwise replaced;

 

4.7

no Document is or will be subject to any escrow or similar arrangement;

 

4.8

that in entering the authorisations and approvals set out in the Resolutions approving the entry into the Documents to which it will be a party, each English Obligor did so in good faith and for the purpose of carrying on its business and at the time that the Documents were entered into:

 

  4.8.1

there were be reasonable grounds for the directors of each English Obligor to believe that the transactions to which the Documents relate, and the execution and delivery by the relevant English Obligor of the Documents to which it is a party and the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations thereunder, would materially benefit that English Obligor and be likely to promote its success for the benefit of its members as a whole; and

 

  4.8.2

no English Obligor was unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 and has not and will not become so unable to pay its debts;

 

4.9

that none of the English Obligors has passed a voluntary winding-up resolution, that no petition has been presented to or order made by a court for the winding up or dissolution of any English Obligor, that no application has been made to a court for an administration order in respect of any English Obligor and no administration order has been made by any court in relation to any English Obligor, that no appointment of an administrator of any English Obligor has been made out of court and no notice of intention to appoint an administrator has been given or filed with any court in respect of any English Obligor, that no receiver, trustee, administrator, provisional liquidator, administrative receiver or similar officer has been appointed in relation to any English Obligor or any of its assets or revenues, that no moratorium has been obtained nor resolution to seek a moratorium has been passed under Part A1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 by any English Obligor and that no procedure or step analogous to any of the foregoing has been taken in relation to any English Obligor in any jurisdiction other than England & Wales;

 

4.10

that the information disclosed in the Searches was correct and complete and remains correct and complete as at the date of this opinion letter. It should be noted, however, that the Searches may not reveal whether any of the matters referred to in paragraph 4.9 above have occurred;

 

4.11

that all parties to the Documents (other than the English Obligors) had or will have (as applicable) the capacity and power to enter into the Documents to which they are expressed to be a party under all applicable laws, that each Document was or will be (as applicable) duly authorised by and duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each of the parties to that Document (other than the English Obligors) under all applicable laws and that the obligations of all parties to the Documents under all applicable laws are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations;

 

4.12

that words and expressions used in the Documents have their ordinary English meanings;

 

4.13

that none of the Reviewed Documents have been amended, modified or superseded (whether oral, in writing or by conduct of the parties) and that the English Obligors will enter into each of the Documents in the form that we have reviewed and approved;

 

3


4.14

that none of the parties are or will be seeking to achieve any purpose not apparent from the Documents which might render any of the Documents illegal, void or unenforceable and, in particular (but without limitation), that none of the Documents (whether alone or in conjunction with any others) or any related transaction or transactions contemplated by or in any of the Documents constitute financial assistance for the purpose of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act;

 

4.15

the lack of bad faith and the absence of fraud, coercion, duress or undue influence on the part of any party to any of the Documents and/or its directors, employees, agents and advisers;

 

4.16

that there are no provisions of the laws of any country or jurisdiction outside England which would have any implications for the opinions we express; and

 

4.17

the Documents have been duly executed on behalf of the English Obligors by the person authorised by the Resolutions.

Our opinion is confined to, and given on the basis of, English law as applied by the English courts at the date of this opinion letter and we have made no investigation of the laws of any country or jurisdiction other than England. Furthermore we do not express any opinion on European Union law as it affects any jurisdiction, and we have assumed that all statutory instruments and/or regulations made in England in purported implementation of any directive have been duly made in accordance with that directive and are valid in all respects under English law. The opinions given in this opinion letter are strictly limited to the matters stated in paragraph 5 (Opinions) below and do not extend to and are not to be read as extending by implication to any other matters in connection with the Documents. We express no opinion as to matters of fact.

This opinion letter and all non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law as at the date of this opinion letter. The English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes arising out of or in connection with this opinion letter or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this opinion letter.

 

5.

OPINIONS

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject to the reservations, qualifications and observations set out in paragraph 6 (Qualifications) below and to any matters not disclosed to us, we are of the opinion that:

 

5.1

each English Obligor is a private limited liability company duly incorporated and registered under the laws of England;

 

5.2

each English Obligor has the corporate power to enter into and to perform its obligations under each of the Documents to which it will be a party and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the execution and delivery of, and the performance by it of its obligations under, each such Document; and

 

5.3

should the English Obligors proceed with the execution and, where applicable, delivery by the English Obligors of each of the Documents, and the performance by it of its obligations under each of the Documents, would not:

 

  5.3.1

contravene any provisions of its articles of association as certified as being true, complete and up to date in the relevant English Obligor’s certificate;

 

4


  5.3.2

violate or contravene any law of England binding on the English Obligors which is applicable to companies generally.

 

6.

QUALIFICATIONS

The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are subject to the following reservations, qualifications and observations:

Enforceability of Claims

 

6.1

an order of specific performance and an injunction are each a discretionary remedy and accordingly an English court might refuse to make such an order or grant an injunction and/or instead make an award of damages if such a remedy is sought;

 

6.2

claims made against all or any of the English Obligors may become barred by lapse of time or may be or become subject to defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

6.3

the rights and obligations of the parties to the Documents may be held to have been frustrated by events happening after their execution;

 

6.4

to the extent that any of the Documents provides that any matter is expressly to be determined by future agreement or negotiation, the relevant provision may be unenforceable or void for uncertainty;

 

6.5

any question as to whether or not any provision of any agreement or instrument which is illegal, invalid, not binding, unenforceable or void may be severed from the other provisions thereof in order to save those provisions would be determined by an English court in its discretion;

 

6.6

a party to a contract may be able to avoid its obligations under that contract (and may have other remedies) where it has entered into that contract on the basis of a mistake or has been induced to enter into that contract by a misrepresentation;

General Principles and Insolvency

 

6.7

the binding nature and enforceability of the obligations of each English Obligor under the Documents are subject to matters of public policy, rules of equity and all bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, administration, moratorium, arrangement, reorganisation and other laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights of creditors;

English Proceedings

 

6.8

an English court has discretion, whenever it is necessary to prevent injustice, to stay or strike out proceedings in England. Subject to the provisions of the Convention on Choice of Court Agreements concluded on 30 June 2005 at the Hague (the “2005 Hague Convention”), an English court may stay proceedings or decline jurisdiction where it is shown that the proceedings can be tried in a more convenient forum or if concurrent proceedings are pending or being brought elsewhere or where the merits of the issues in dispute have already been judicially determined or should have been raised in previous proceedings between the parties. In addition, where the provisions of the 2005 Hague Convention apply, the English courts will be bound to stay proceedings or decline jurisdiction if they find that the courts of a contracting state have already been validly seised in respect of proceedings between the same parties and involving the same cause of action, save where there is a valid and binding agreement conferring exclusive jurisdiction on the English courts. Further, if a related action is pending in the courts of another state, the English courts may, if they find that they are not the courts first seised, stay their own proceedings, save where there is a valid and binding agreement conferring exclusive jurisdiction on the English courts within the meaning of the 2005 Hague Convention

 

5


6.9

we express no opinion on any provision in the Documents purporting to waive a forum non conveniens defence or other similar right;

 

6.10

we express no opinion as to whether any waiver by any party of its rights to immunity from legal proceedings in respect of its obligations under any of the Documents would be effective or enforceable;

Application of Foreign Law

 

6.11

where any obligation under any of the Documents is to be performed or observed, or is based upon a matter arising, in a country or jurisdiction outside England, such obligation may not be enforced under English law if it would be unlawful, unenforceable or contrary to public policy or exchange control regulations under the laws of that country or jurisdiction and an English court may take into account the law of the place of performance in relation to the manner of performance and the steps to be taken in the event of defective performance;

 

6.12

if a party to the Documents is controlled by or otherwise connected with a person (or is itself) resident in, carrying on business in, incorporated in or constituted under the laws of a country which is the subject of United Nations, European Union or UK sanctions or similar measures implemented or effective in the United Kingdom, or is otherwise the target of any such sanctions or similar measures, then the obligations to that party under the Documents may be unenforceable or void, and any United Nations, European Union or UK sanctions or other similar measures implemented or effective in the United Kingdom in respect of any party to a Document may render obligations of such party unenforceable, and/or the entering into or performance of those obligations being in breach of English law. Further, obligations to comply with sanctions or similar measures may be unenforceable by reason of breach of any provision of EC Regulation 2271/96 or any law or regulation implementing EC Regulation 2271/96 in the United Kingdom or any similar applicable blocking or anti-boycott law or regulation in the United Kingdom;

 

6.13

any national or international economic sanctions or other similar measures that may be applicable, directly or indirectly, to any party to the Documents, may result in the obligations of that party or parties to the Documents being unenforceable or void or otherwise affected and/or such parties being subject to civil and/or criminal penalties;

Tax

 

6.14

we express no opinion in respect of the tax treatment of, or transactions contemplated by, the Documents or any issues related to taxation;

DAC 6 Directive

 

6.15

the Council Directive of 25 May 2018 (2018/822/EU) amending Directive 2011/16/EU (the “EU DAC 6”) (or any other directive of a similar nature, introduced in substitution for, or levied in addition to the EU DAC 6) and The International Tax Enforcement (Disclosable Arrangements) Regulations 2023 (SI 2023/38) (the “UK MDR”) (or any other directive of a similar nature, introduced in substitution for, or levied in addition to the UK MDR) contain provisions which may require intermediaries, and in certain cases taxpayers, to disclose to HM Revenue & Customs or any other tax authorities cross-border arrangements where those arrangements include certain hallmarks defined by the EU DAC 6 and/or UK MDR. We express no opinion on any such required disclosure in relation to any English Obligor;

 

6


Default Interest and Indemnities

 

6.16

any obligation to pay, to secure or to guarantee payment of interest on overdue amounts or to apply a higher rate whilst any default has occurred contained in any of the Documents may be held to be void or unenforceable. An English court will only give effect to such an obligation if it can be established that the rate of interest specified does not impose a detriment on the paying party out of all proportion to any legitimate interest of the receiving party in enforcing repayment of the amounts overdue or all amounts whilst any default has occurred and is therefore not a charge in the nature of a penalty. Should the court decide that the rate of interest amounts to a charge in the nature of a penalty, the obligation would be unenforceable and damages would only be recoverable according to normal common law rules. We can express no view on the question of whether any relevant rate of interest specified in any of the Documents constitutes a charge in the nature of a penalty;

 

6.17

any undertakings or indemnities given by any English Obligor in any of the Documents in relation to United Kingdom stamp duties may be void or unenforceable under section 117 of the Stamp Act 1891;

 

6.18

the effectiveness of certain provisions exculpating (or, in the case of an indemnity, having the effect of exculpating) a party from liability or a duty otherwise owed may be limited by law;

 

6.19

an English court may refuse to give effect to any indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant and may not award by way of costs all of the expenditure incurred by a successful litigant in proceedings brought before it;

 

6.20

we express no opinion as to whether an English court would give effect to a currency indemnity clause contained in any of the Documents. Whilst English courts may render judgments for a monetary amount in a foreign currency, the judgment may be converted into pounds sterling for the purposes of enforcement. There is also some possibility that an English court would hold that a judgment on any Document would supersede that Document so that any currency indemnity would not be held to survive judgment;

Discretions, Certifications and Amendments

 

6.21

where any party to any of the Documents is vested with a discretion or may determine a matter in its opinion, English law may require that such discretion is exercised reasonably or that such an opinion is based on reasonable grounds;

 

6.22

any provision of any of the Documents to the effect that any calculation, certification or determination will be final, conclusive and/or binding will not be effective if such calculation, certification or determination is fraudulent or has an unreasonable or arbitrary basis or is given without good faith or is manifestly inaccurate, and will not necessarily prevent judicial enquiry into the merits of any claim by an aggrieved party;

 

6.23

where any of the Documents includes a provision requiring any amendments in respect of that Document to be made in writing, the Supreme Court decision in Rock Advertising Ltd v MWB Business Exchange Centres Ltd [2018] UKSC 24 supports the position that oral amendments would be ineffective other than in limited or particular circumstances; and

 

6.24

failure to exercise a right or a delay in exercising a right may operate as a waiver of that right notwithstanding any provision in any of the Documents to the contrary.

 

7


The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are subject to matters of public policy, rules of equity, the law relating to fraud, fundamental mistake and misrepresentation and all bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, administration, moratorium, arrangement, reorganisation and other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors.

This opinion letter is given solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by the First-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

This opinion letter is given by CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP which assumes liability, and is responsible, for it. No individual owes or shall owe any duty of care to any person for this opinion letter.

We hereby consent to the use of this letter as an exhibit to each of the Registration Statements and to any and all references to our firm in the prospectus which is a part of each of the Registration Statements. In giving such consent we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP

 

8


SCHEDULE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1

In this opinion letter, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Certificates”: means the certificates from the officers of the English Obligors addressed to CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP and dated 9 September 2025.

“Documents”: means:

 

  (a)

the First-Out Notes Indenture in the form filed as Exhibit 4.3 to each of the Registration Statements including the Guarantees relating to the convertible notes; and

 

  (b)

the Second-Out Notes Indenture in the form filed as Exhibit 4.3 to each of the Registration Statements including the Guarantees relating to the convertible notes.

“English Obligors”: means each of the following entities registered in England & Wales:

 

  (a)

Fossil (UK) Limited, a private limited liability company with registered number 03062442; and

 

  (b)

Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited, a private limited liability company with registered number 04193340.

“Resolutions”: means:

 

  (a)

the minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of Fossil (UK) Limited held on 5 September 2025;

 

  (b)

written resolutions of the shareholder of Fossil (UK) Limited dated 5 September 2025;

 

  (c)

the minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited held on 5 September 2025; and

 

  (d)

written resolutions of the shareholder of Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited dated 5 September 2025,

approving, among other things, the execution and performance of the Documents.

 

9

Exhibit 5.4

 

LOGO

 

Brunswick House

1000 – 44 côte Chipman Hill, P.O. Box/C.P. 7289, Postal Station/Succursale A

Saint John NB E2L 4S6 Canada tel/tél: 506.632.1970 fax/téléc: 506.652.1989

stewartmckelvey.com

 

September 9, 2025   

C. Paul W. Smith

Direct Dial: 506.632.2787

Direct Fax: 506.652.1989

psmith@stewartmckelvey.com

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expy

Richardson, TX, 75080

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as New Brunswick counsel to Fossil Canada Inc., a New Brunswick corporation (the “Company”), in connection with its filing on September 9, 2025, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), of a registration statement on Form S-3 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the registration of, among other things, (i) the 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “First-Out Notes”) and (ii) in the case of Non-New Money Participants , 7.500% Second-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Second-Out Notes” and, together with the First-Out Notes, the “New Notes”) of Fossil Group, Inc. (“Fossil Group”). The New Notes will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of Fossil Group’s subsidiaries including the Company (such guarantees, the “Guarantees”) each pursuant to an indenture (the “Indentures”) among the Fossil Group, the guarantors named therein including the Company and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as the trustee and the collateral agent named therein.

This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement, other than as expressly stated herein.

As such counsel, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies of such agreements, instruments, corporate records, certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to the originals of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form and the legal competence of each individual executing any document.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we have examined and relied upon and assumed the accuracy of:

 

  (a)

the corporate minutes, records and proceedings of the Company in our possession including the articles of incorporation (the “Articles) and by-laws (the “By-laws”) of the Company;

 

  (b)

a resolution of the directors of the Company authorizing, among other things the Company entering into the Indentures, the Registration Statement, the Guarantees and any securities documents related thereto, dated September 7, 2025; and

 

  (c)

a certificate of status dated September 8, 2025 issued under the New Brunswick Business Corporations Act in respect of the Company.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

  (a)

the Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the Province of New Brunswick;

 

  (b)

the Company has the corporate power and capacity to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under the Registration Statement; and

 

  (c)

the execution by the Company of the Registration Statement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company does not constitute or result in a violation or a breach of, or a default under the Articles or the By-Laws or any law or regulation having the force of law in the Province of New Brunswick.

The opinions set forth herein are limited to the laws of the Province of New Brunswick and we express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

CHARLOTTETOWN    FREDERICTON    HALIFAX    MONCTON    SAINT JOHN    ST. JOHN’S


Page 2

 

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the above-referenced Registration Statement and to the use of our name wherever it appears in the Registration Statement, including in the Prospectus constituting a part thereof, and in any amendment or supplement thereto. In giving such consent, we do not consider that we are “experts” within the meaning of such term as used in the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion as an exhibit or otherwise.

 

Yours very truly,
/s/ STEWART McKELVEY

Exhibit 5.5

 

     LOGO

To:

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson,

Texas 75080

 

– the “Addressee” –

    

CMS Hasche Sigle

Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten

und Steuerberatern mbB

 

Stadthausbrücke 1-3

20355 Hamburg

 

T +49 40 37630 0

F +49 40 37630 40600

 

cms.law

 

Deutsche Bank AG Berlin

IBAN DE15 1007 0000 0927 3707 00

BIC   DEUTDEBBXXX

 

Dr. Kerstin Block

Our ref.: Bl/rn-2025/08396

Office: Remo Ninnemann

T +49 40 37630 335

F +49 40 37630 40635

E remo.ninnemann@cms-hs.com

German Legal Capacity Opinion regarding the Guarantee by the Germany Guarantor in connection with the New Notes    9 September 2025

Dear Madam or Sir,

We, CMS Hasche Sigle Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB (“CMS”), have advised Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) as to German law and in connection with the 9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the 1“First-Out Notes”) and under the 7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Second-Out Notes” and, together with the First-Out Notes, the “New Notes”) which shall exchange all of the outstanding 7.00% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by the Issuer(the “Old Notes”). Each series of New Notes shall be issued pursuant to an indenture (each an “Indenture” and collectively the “Indentures”), in each case, among the Issuer, Wilmington Trust, N.A., as the trustee (the “Notes Trustee”), and Wilmington Trust, N.A.,, as the collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”). The Indenture relating to the First-Out Notes shall include a guarantee to be granted by the German subsidiary of the Issuer Fossil (Europe) GmbH (the “German Guarantor”), guaranteeing the First-Out Notes (the “First-Out Notes Guarantee”) and the Indenture relating to the Second-Out Notes shall include a guarantee to be granted by the German Guarantor, guaranteeing the Second-Out-Notes (the “Second-Out Notes Guarantees”, together with the First-Out Notes Guarantee, the “Guarantees” and each of them a “Guarantee”) (together the “Transaction”).

We have been asked by the Issuer to submit this legal opinion in respect of the German Guarantor being duly represented in connection with the execution of the Opinion Documents to which it is a party and the German Guarantor’s status, power and authority to enter into the Opinion Documents to which it is a party (the “Opinion”).

 

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

Subject to Clause 1.2 (Interpretation) below, in this Opinion the terms defined in its Schedules and the following defined terms shall apply:

AktG means the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz).

BGB means the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch).

Corporate Documents means the documents referred to in Schedule 2 (Corporate Documents).

Documents means the Corporate Documents and the Opinion Documents.

GmbHG means the German Act on Limited Liability Companies (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit begrenzter Haftung).

InsO means the German Insolvency Act (Insolvenzordnung).

Opinion Documents means the draft documents referred to in Schedule 1 (Opinion Documents).

Registration Statement means Registration Statement S-3 and Registration Statement S-4.

Registration Statement S-3 means the registration statement on Form S-3 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the exchange of the Old Notes by the New Notes on 9 September 2025.

Registration Statement S-4 means the registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the exchange of the Old Notes by the New Notes on 9 September 2025.

Rome I means Regulation (EC) No. 593/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 on the law applicable to contractual obligations.

StaRUG means the German Corporate Stabilisation and Restructuring Act (Unternehmensstabilisierungs- und Restrukturierungsgesetz).

 

1.2

Interpretation

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised and technical terms used herein shall have the same meaning as set out in the Indentures.

 

  (b)

Headings and sub-headings in this Opinion are for ease of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Opinion.

 

  (c)

Save where the contrary is indicated, the singular of any defined term includes the plural, and vice versa.

 

  (d)

Wherever in this Opinion in a certain context the terms “including”, “in particular”, “particularly” or “e.g.” or similar terms are used, they shall only indicate an exemplary list or enumeration in that context, but this exemplary list or enumeration shall neither be conclusive nor express any limitation of that context.

 

  (e)

This Opinion is made in the English language. However, this Opinion and its terms shall be construed according to German law and where a German translation of a word, term or phrase appears in the body of this Opinion, the German translation of such word, term or phrase shall be authoritative.

 

Page 2


LOGO

 

2.

UNDERLYING DOCUMENTS

 

2.1

For the purpose of rendering this Opinion we have solely reviewed and exclusively relied on the Documents and if not otherwise expressed in this Opinion, we have only examined photocopies, fax copies or electronic copies of the Documents. Our review of these Documents, however, was limited to issues related to the Opinion Documents.

 

2.2

Other than the Documents we have not made any other enquiries or investigations regarding the German Guarantor or any other legal entity for the purposes of rendering this Opinion and we have not reviewed any agreements, instruments, records or other finance or transaction documents and accordingly express no opinion herein as to any of such other documents.

 

3.

ASSUMPTIONS

In considering the Documents and for the purpose of rendering this Opinion, we have assumed without further verification or investigation the following:

in respect of originality and genuineness of documents:

 

3.1

a certain Anna Maria Studzińska, (born 11 May 1974, domiciled in Traunstein) who is registered as managing director (Geschäftsführer) of the German Guarantor in the Commercial Register Extract (the “Signatory”) will actually be the person who will sign the Opinion Documents on behalf of the German Guarantor. In respect of any other Document, its valid execution is assumed without further investigation;

 

3.2

the person, if other than the Signatory, who will affix any copy, facsimile or electronic signature to any Document on behalf of the Signatory, will have the authority/the power of attorney of the Signatory to do so;

 

3.3

all Documents supplied to us as official, certified or photostatic copies or otherwise provided to us via fax or in electronic form or retrieved by us from any physical or electronic register conform with the respective originals and that all Documents, whether as originals or copies, were authentic and complete and that the Documents and the declarations contained therein are in their current form and have not been changed, amended, revoked, rescinded, contested, cancelled, challenged, repealed, supplemented or otherwise modified or terminated in any way since the execution or issuance dates thereof and no reason exists which could entitle anybody, unless expressly set out in any Document, to change, amend, revoke, rescind, contest, cancel, challenge, repeal, supplement or otherwise modify or terminate in any way any Document or any declaration therein;

 

3.4

its attachments, annexes and schedules were attached to the original of a Document which was provided to us as a copy in accordance with the formalities as may be required by law;

 

3.5

where a Document has been examined by us in draft or specimen form, it will be executed or delivered in the form of that draft or specimen and no change has been or will be made to the terms and conditions thereof;

 

3.6

the Corporate Documents will remain, after the date of this Opinion, true, complete, up to date and unchanged until the Opinion Documents, which have been examined by us in draft or specimen form, are actually executed by the Signatory;

 

3.7

the accuracy of any translation of any Document provided to us;

 

Page 3


LOGO

 

3.8

no other arrangement between any of the parties to the Documents in respect of the transactions contemplated thereby or other declaration or act which modifies or supersedes any of the terms of a Document exist and in particular no non-notarized side agreements exist in respect of any notarized Document;

 

3.9

there are no agreements, standing orders, rules of procedure, internal guidelines or other documents other than as referred to in this Opinion which would expand, modify or otherwise affect the respective rights, duties and/or obligations of the parties or acting individuals as set forth in the Documents and which would have an effect on the opinions rendered herein;

in respect of factual accuracy:

 

3.10

all statements of fact made in the Documents are true, accurate and complete at all relevant times

 

3.11

the facts set out in the Commercial Register Excerpt or the print-out of the Insolvency Research are true, accurate and complete at the date hereof and no application and no entry has been made in any relevant register or directory which is not yet reflected in the Commercial Register Excerpt or the print-out of the Insolvency Research;

 

3.12

each of the representations and warranties, confirmations, acknowledgements, assumptions and submissions relating to matters of fact given by any of the parties to the Opinion Documents (other than with respect to matters dealt with in this Opinion) are and will be at all relevant times, when made or repeated or when deemed made or repeated, true and accurate in all respects;

in respect of the Opinion Documents:

 

3.13

all parties to the Opinion Documents (except for the German Guarantor as to the extent we express an opinion herein) have duly and validly entered into (rechtswirksam über das Zustandekommen geeinigt) the Opinion Documents in the required form under all applicable laws;

 

3.14

the declarations of the German Guarantor for the conclusion of the Opinion Documents will have been validly received (wirksam zugegangen) by the other parties of the Opinion Documents and the declarations of the other parties for the conclusion of the Opinion Documents will have been validly received (wirksam zugegangen) under all applicable laws by the German Guarantor;

 

3.15

all provisions and terms of the Opinion Documents are legal, valid, binding and enforceable (rechtswirksam und durchsetzbar) in accordance with their terms under all applicable laws and in so far as the Opinion Documents are to be performed or enforced in any jurisdiction other than the Federal Republic of Germany, that performance or enforcement will not be illegal or ineffective by virtue of the laws (including public policy (ordre public)) of that jurisdiction and no foreign law affects the statements made in this Opinion;

in respect of corporate law in general:

 

3.16

each party to the Documents (other than the German Guarantor to the extent we express an opinion herein) is duly incorporated and validly existing under its respective governing laws and had at all relevant times the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Documents;

 

3.17

the German Guarantor has its effective seat of administration (effektiver Verwaltungssitz) in Germany;

 

Page 4


LOGO

 

3.18

if this cannot be expressly derived from the Corporate Documents, the German Guarantor does not have a supervisory board (Aufsichtsrat);

 

3.19

the German Guarantor has not been controlled by one or more domestic or foreign Alternative Investment Funds (AIF) managed by at least one Alternative Investment Fund Manager (AIFM) in terms of Section 288 German Capital Investment Code (KAGB) for fewer than 24 months or is, if it is subject to such control, a small or medium-sized non-publicly traded company in terms of Section 287 (2) no. 1 German Capital Investment Code or a special purpose vehicle for the acquisition, holding or management of real property in terms of Section 287 (2) no. 2 German Capital Investment Code;

in respect of contractual law in general

 

3.20

all individuals who have executed or, in case of any resolution set out in Schedule 2 (Corporate Documents) passed and delivered, on behalf of the parties thereto any of the Documents had at all relevant times (i) power to validly represent (Vertretungsmacht) the respective parties (other than the German Guarantor) and (ii) full legal capacity (unbeschränkte Geschäftsfähigkeit) when executing and delivering the Documents;

 

3.21

the decision of any party to enter into the Documents (i) has not been influenced by any relevant error (Erklärungsirrtum / Inhaltsirrtum) or induced by deceit (Täuschung) or duress (Drohung) and (ii) is not void because (x) the person who rendered the declaration has made a mental reservation of not being in favour of the declaration made which the relevant recipient was aware of (geheimer Vorbehalt), (y) it was made, with the consent of its recipient, only in pretence (Scheingeschäft) or (z) it was not seriously intended and was made in the expectation that it will be understood not to be seriously intended (Ernstlichkeit) and (iii) is not subject to defects of intention (Willensmängel) pursuant to any foreign law applicable to the Opinion Documents;

 

3.22

none of the parties to the Documents or the persons the intention or knowledge of which is attributable to such parties have entered into the Documents or any transaction contemplated therein (i) with the intention to deal with another party to the Documents in breach of such other party’s internal rules and restrictions to the detriment of such party (kollusives Zusammenwirken), (ii) in any abuse of their power to represent (Missbrauch der Vertretungsmacht), (iii) with the intention to prejudice, default or damage any creditor of any party of the Documents or (iv) otherwise in bad faith or with bad intent;

 

3.23

each Document (other than the Commercial Register Excerpt) has been entered into, and each of the shareholders’, supervisory boards’ and/or board of directors’ resolutions has been resolved, and will be exercised in good faith and at arm’s length by the parties thereto;

 

3.24

no non-notarized Opinion Document forms at the will of a party thereto a coherent unit with any other document that requires notarisation in a way that these documents are connected with each other in such a way that they are designed to “stand and fall together”;

in respect of due authorisation and non-conflict:

 

3.25

the execution and delivery of the Opinion Documents by each party thereto (other than the German Guarantor) have been duly and incontestably approved and authorised and/or ratified by all necessary corporate and other action in accordance with its respective constitutional documents or applicable law;

 

Page 5


LOGO

 

3.26

all parties to the Opinion Documents (other than the German Guarantor) have duly obtained all other necessary authorisations, consents, approvals, exemptions and licenses under any applicable law in relation to the Opinion Documents, the lawful execution and performance thereof and the parties thereto or the other persons affected thereby;

 

3.27

the entering into any Opinion Document by any party thereto and the transactions or operations contemplated by an Opinion Document will not infringe the terms of, or constitute a breach of or default under, any other agreements, obligations or terms and conditions by which such party or any of its property, undertaking, assets or revenues is bound;

in respect of insolvency proceedings and other proceedings:

 

3.28

the “centre of main interests” of the German Guarantor as that term is used and applied pursuant to the Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings is situated in Germany;

 

3.29

prior to and on the date of entering into the Opinion Documents or the performance of any transactions thereunder, (i) the German Guarantor was not or was not deemed over-indebted (überschuldet), unable to pay its debts (zahlungsunfähig) or has not stopped making payments (Zahlungseinstellung), or was not or was not deemed to be imminently unable to pay its debts (drohende Zahlungsunfähigkeit), (ii) no application for the initiation of insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzantrag) or any moratorium or other bankruptcy procedures has been made in any jurisdiction in respect of the German Guarantor and (iii) other than as may be revealed by the Commercial Register Excerpt no insolvency procedures, moratoriums or other bankruptcy procedures against the German Guarantor have been opened or rejected on the grounds of insufficiency of assets (Abweisung mangels Masse) by the relevant court within the meaning of any applicable insolvency procedure and (iv) no decision not revealed in the Commercial Register Excerpt has been made to wind-up or dissolve the German Guarantor under any applicable law.

 

3.30

No proceeding has been instituted or court rulings, orders or injunctions have been granted against against the German Guarantor to restrain it from the execution or delivery of the Opinion Documents or the performing of any of its obligations thereunder;

 

4.

OPINION

Based upon the assumptions made in Clause 3 above and the qualifications set out in Clause 5 and subject to the further statements, observations and limitations set out in this Opinion, we are of the following opinions as of today’s date:

 

4.1

Status: The German Guarantor is duly registered with the commercial register as a validly existing German limited liability company (GmbH) under German laws and the Commercial Register Excerpt reveals no order or resolution for the winding up of the German Guarantor (or analogous proceedings).

 

4.2

Due authorisation: All corporate action required under German law to authorise the German Guarantor’s entry into and performance of its obligations under the Opinion Documents to which it is a party has been duly taken.

 

4.3

Power and authority: The German Guarantor has the capacity, corporate power and authority to enter into and deliver the Opinion Documents to which it is a party.

 

Page 6


LOGO

 

4.4

Due representation: The German Guarantor will have been duly represented when the Signatory signs the Opinion Documents to which it is a party in the name and on behalf of the German Guarantor.

 

5.

QUALIFICATIONS

In addition to the assumptions, reservations, exceptions, descriptions and limitations set out in this Opinion this Opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

in respect of civil law in general:

 

5.1

The terms “legal”, “valid”, “binding” and “enforceable” or any other words of similar import, where used herein, mean that the obligations assumed by any person expressed to be a party to the Opinion Documents are of a type which German courts generally acknowledge and enforce but which may be affected by (i) general defences (Einwendungen and Einreden) available to obligors under German law in respect of the validity or enforceability of contractual obligations and/or (ii) the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, receivership, arrangement, reorganization, moratorium, bail-in, voidable preference (Anfechtung), fraudulent preference and other similar laws or rules of practice and procedure.

in respect of the Commercial Register Excerpt:

 

5.5

Entries in the commercial register are made by qualified legal personnel upon substantive review of the documents submitted to it. While only the entries in the relevant register as such provide legal protection and reliability under German law, the Commercial Register Excerpt are generally accepted as adequate proof for such entries. Under German law, a third party may rely on the entries in a German commercial register on the assumption that no event has occurred that would require registration in the respective commercial register as long as such registration has not taken place and the contents thereof have not been published, unless such third party or its representatives are aware of such event.

in respect of corporate law in general:

 

5.2

Except for the Corporate Documents, we have not reviewed the internal authorizations of the German Guarantor, and in particular, the “Authority to Commit Policy” referred to in the Corporate Documents have not been disclosed to us, which, however, under German law are not a prerequisite for the valid representation of the German Guarantor vis-à -vis third parties, unless the counterparty is aware of, or is required to know, that the acting person abuses its power to represent (Missbrauch der Vertretungsmacht) or both parties act to the detriment of the represented German Guarantor (kollusives Zusammenwirken).

 

5.3

Any form of up-stream or side-stream financial assistance (e.g. the granting of any kind of security or joint liability for the obligations (including obligations under guaranties, letters of credit or similar instruments)) provided by the German Guarantor which is established as a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) to any of its directly or indirectly affiliated companies that is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the German Guarantor may be considered incompatible with Section 30 GmbHG by German courts if this causes the net assets of the German Guarantor to fall below its registered share capital or result in a further reduction of an already existing adverse balance and (i) the German Guarantor has no adequate and valuable recourse claim against its shareholders or (ii) the German Guarantor is a dependent party to a domination agreement (Beherrschungsvertrag) or profit and loss transfer agreement (Gewinnabführungsvertrag) but the relevant claim against the shareholder for loss assumption pursuant to Section 302 AktG is not recoverable.

 

Page 7


LOGO

 

  (a)

As a general consequence of a violation of Section 30 GmbHG, the relevant shareholders / affiliated companies and the directors of the German Guarantor would become liable to reimburse to the German Guarantor an amount equal to the difference between the registered share capital of the German Guarantor and its actual net assets. According to the prevailing opinion, and in particular the case law of the German Federal Court of Justice (BGH), a violation of Section 30 GmbHG by the German Guarantor generally does not impair the rights of third parties, i.e. apart from extreme exceptional cases (such as e.g. a violation of bonos mores) up-stream or side-stream security or other financial assistance granted by the German Guarantor would still be valid in the event of a breach of Section 30 GmbHG.

 

  (b)

The enforcement of any up-stream or side-stream financial assistance granted by the German Guarantor may, however:

 

  (i)

be restricted in accordance with the “limitation language” which has been inserted into the relevant Indenture in order to mitigate a potential violation of Section 30 GmbHG and the consequences thereof (such as the resulting personal liability of the directors of the German Guarantor); and

 

  (ii)

potentially be refused under certain circumstances by the director(s) of the German Guarantor in accordance with Section 15b (5) sentence 1 InsO, if and to the extent such enforcement would be sure to cause the German Guarantor to become illiquid and one follows the disputed opinion that the right to refuse payments pursuant to Section 15b (5) sentence 1 InsO is applicable towards third parties such as the holders of the Notes or the Collateral Agent.

in respect of the Insolvency Research:

 

5.12

Detailed information on:

 

  (i)

insolvency proceedings, which were opened before 26 June 2018 or rejected on the grounds of insufficient assets before 26 June 2018;

 

  (ii)

insolvency proceedings, where the application to open the proceedings has otherwise been discharged before 26 June 2018; and

 

  (iii)

insolvency proceedings, where the debtor is a natural person who does not exercise or has not exercised an independent economic activity,

(“Restricted Proceedings”) can, pursuant to the German Regulation on Public Notices in Insolvency Proceedings and Restructuring Matters on the Internet dated 12 February 2002 (Verordnung zu öffentlichen Bekanntmachungen in Insolvenzverfahren und Restrukturierungssachen im Internet) (last amended by statute on 22 December 2020), only be accessed via the website www.insolvenzbekanntmachungen.deif the competent insolvency court is known. This restriction does not apply to any insolvency proceedings other than these Restricted Proceedings. The competent insolvency court may be difficult to determine, in particular, if a company’s centre of main interest lies outside the area of its registered corporate seat. We cannot verify the centre of main interest of the German Guarantor. As the information

 

Page 8


LOGO

 

published on the website www.insolvenzbekanntmachungen.demay be incorrect, incomplete or not up-to-date, a negative result of the Insolvency Research does not guarantee that no insolvency proceedings are in progress or have been applied for in respect of the German Guarantor. The latter applies not only to Restricted Proceedings, but to all proceedings.

 

6.

OBSERVATIONS, ADDRESSEES, LIMITATION, GOVERNING LAW

Observations:

 

6.1

The undersigned is a member of the bar association (Rechtsanwaltskammer) in Hamburg and licensed as an attorney (Rechtsanwältin) in Germany. This Opinion speaks as of its date only and is based on and limited to matters of the laws of Germany currently in effect and case law published until the date hereof, and we do not undertake any obligation to supplement or amend or update this Opinion or advise the Addressee of any changes to any facts, laws or the interpretation thereof or other matters referred to in this Opinion that occur after the date hereof.

 

6.2

We have not investigated and do not express or imply any opinion with respect to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Germany (including EU legislation which is directly binding for Germany).

 

6.3

The opinions contained herein are expressions of our professional judgement of the legal matters addressed herein and do not guarantee that a court will judge in the same way.

 

6.4

This Opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and does not extend to and is not to be read as extending by implication to any other matter in connection with any Document and not specifically referred to herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters stated herein. In particular, we do not opine on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Opinion Documents and this Opinion does not purport to express or imply any opinion with regard to such matters.

 

6.5

We have, inter alia, not been instructed to review any accounting (Rechnungswesen), tax (Abgaben- und Steuerrecht), criminal law (Strafrecht), antitrust law (Kartellrecht) or regulatory (Aufsichtsrecht) matters (other than those expressly mentioned in this Opinion) and any reference to German law in this Opinion shall exclude the laws relating to such matters.

 

6.6

We have not been responsible for investigating or verifying the accuracy of any factual matters, representations and warranties, statements of foreign law, other factual statements or the reasonableness of any statements of opinion contained or referred to in any Document nor have we conducted any such investigation or verification for the purposes of this Opinion and this Opinion does not purport to express or imply any opinion with regard to such matters including, without limitation, the adequacy of any of the economic terms of the transactions contemplated in the Opinion Documents, the commercial value which is to be attributed to any collateral provided under any Opinion Document or the ability of any party to any Opinion Document to fulfil its obligations thereunder.

 

6.7

This Opinion expresses German legal concepts in English terms and not in their original German terms. Although every effort has been made to ensure accuracy of this Opinion, there may be irreconcilable differences between the German and the English language making it impossible to warrant an entirely accurate interpretation. Such expressions for legal concepts described herein therefore may not be identical to the legal concepts described by the English terms as they exist under the laws of other jurisdictions.

 

Page 9


LOGO

 

Addressees and disclosure of Opinion:

 

6.8

This Opinion is issued exclusively to and solely for the benefit of the Addressee and each holder of a New Note from time to time. This Opinion is delivered only for the purpose of being included as an exhibit to the Registration Statements and may not be relied on by any other person.

Governing law and jurisdiction:

 

6.9

This Opinion, its interpretation and any contractual or non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the substantive laws of Germany. The exclusive place of jurisdiction for any disputes between the Addressee and CMS arising out of or in connection with this Opinion shall be Hamburg, Federal Republic of Germany. By accepting or relying on this Opinion the Addressee agrees that the courts of Hamburg, Germany, are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes and irrevocably waives any objection which it may have against the forum of these courts.

 

Page 10


LOGO

 

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of

CMS Hasche Sigle

Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB

By:

/s/ Kerstin Block

Kerstin Block
– Partner –

 

Page 11


LOGO

 

Schedule 1

Opinion Documents

 

1.

Form of the Indenture relating to the First Out Notes filed as Exhibit 4.8 in the Registration Statement;

 

2.

Form of the Indenture relating to the Second Out Notes filed as Exhibit 4.10 in the Registration Statement.

 

Page 12


LOGO

 

Schedule 2

Corporate Documents

 

1.

A pdf copy of an electronic excerpt from the commercial register at the Local Court (Amtsgericht) of Traunstein, dated 9 September 2025 (9:33 am) with respect to the German Guarantor (HRB 8076) (‘’Commercial Register Excerpt’’);

 

2.

A print-out of search on the website www.insolvenzbekanntmachungen.de (official website with respect to insolvency procedures established in accordance with Section 9 German Insolvency Act (Insolvenzordnung) and Section 2 German Regulation on Public Notices in Insolvency Proceedings and Restructuring Matters on the Internet dated 12 February 2002 (Verordnung zu öffentlichen Bekanntmachungen von Insolvenzverfahren und Restrukturierungssachen im Internet vom 12. Februar 2002), as of 9 September 2025 (9:36 am) in respect of the German Guarantor (the “Insolvency Research”);

 

3.

A pdf copy of the list of shareholders (Gesellschafterliste) of the German Guarantor dated 7 December 2018;

 

4.

A pdf copy of the articles of association (Satzung) of the German Guarantor, dated 7 December 2018;

 

5.

A pdf copy of the resolution of the shareholders (Gesellschafterbeschluss) of the German Guarantor concerning the approval of measures with regard to Transaction and authorising the German Guarantor to enter into and to perform all acts required under or in connection therewith, dated 3 / 4 September 2025;

 

6.

A pdf copy of the rules of procedure for the management (Geschäftsordnung für die Geschäftsführung) of the German Guarantor dated 1 September 2025.

 

Page 13


LOGO

Exhibit 10.3

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of [●], 2025

among

FOSSIL GROUP, INC.,

as the Issuer,

the other Grantors party hereto,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Senior Representative for the Senior Notes Secured Parties and as Senior Trustee,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as the Initial Junior Priority Representative and as Junior Trustee,

and

each additional Representative from time to time party hereto


INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2025 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), among FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the other Grantors (as defined below) party hereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent for the Senior Notes Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Senior Agent”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent for the Initial Junior Priority Debt Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Initial Junior Priority Representative”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Senior Indenture (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Senior Trustee”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Junior Priority Indenture (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Junior Trustee”), and each additional Junior Priority Representative and Senior Representative that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.09.

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Senior Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Senior Notes Secured Parties), the Initial Junior Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Initial Junior Priority Debt Parties), each additional Senior Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Additional Senior Debt Parties under the applicable Additional Senior Debt Facility), the Grantors, and each additional Junior Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Additional Junior Priority Debt Parties under the applicable Additional Junior Priority Debt Facility) agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Senior Indenture as in effect on the date hereof or, if defined in the New York UCC, the meanings specified therein. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

“Additional Junior Priority Debt” means any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or guaranteed by the Guarantors (and not guaranteed by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor), which Indebtedness and guarantees are secured by the Junior Priority Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Senior Obligations (and which are not secured by Liens on any assets of the Issuer or any other Grantor, other than the Junior Priority Collateral or which are not included in the Senior Collateral unless otherwise declined by the Senior Secured Parties pursuant to Section 2.04(a)); provided, however, that (i) such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by the then extant Senior Debt Documents and Junior Priority Debt Documents and (ii) the Representative for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to this Agreement pursuant to, and by satisfying the conditions set forth in, Section 8.09 hereof.

“Additional Junior Priority Debt Documents” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Junior Priority Debt, the promissory notes, indentures, credit agreements, note purchase agreements, the Junior Priority Collateral Documents or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness.

“Additional Junior Priority Debt Facility” means each indenture, credit agreement, note purchase agreement or other governing agreement with respect to any Additional Junior Priority Debt.

“Additional Junior Priority Debt Obligations” means, respect to any other series, issue or class of Additional Junior Priority Debt, (a) all principal of, and interest (including, without limitation, any interest, fees or expenses and other amounts (if any) which accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) payable with respect to, such Additional Junior Priority Debt and (b) all other amounts payable to the related Additional Junior Priority Debt Parties under the related Additional Junior Priority Debt Documents.


“Additional Junior Priority Debt Parties” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Junior Priority Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness, the Representative with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Additional Junior Priority Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Issuer or any other Grantor under any related Additional Junior Priority Debt Documents

“Additional Senior Debt” means any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Senior Notes Obligations) that is issued, incurred or guaranteed by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor (and not guaranteed by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) which Indebtedness and Guarantees are secured only by the Senior Collateral (and which are not secured by Liens on any assets of the Issuer or any other Grantor other than the Senior Collateral securing the Senior Notes Obligations) on a basis that is senior to the Junior Priority Debt Obligations; provided, however, that (i) such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by each then extant Senior Debt Document and Junior Priority Debt Document and (ii) the Representative for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to this Agreement pursuant to, and by satisfying the conditions set forth in, Section 8.09 hereof.

“Additional Senior Debt Documents” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, the promissory notes, note purchase agreements, indentures, credit agreement, the Senior Collateral Documents or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness.

“Additional Senior Debt Facility” means each indenture, note purchase agreement, credit agreement or other governing agreement with respect to any Additional Senior Debt.

“Additional Senior Debt Obligations” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants, and duties of, any Grantor arising under any Additional Senior Debt Documents or otherwise with respect to any obligation secured under the Additional Senior Debt Documents and entered into with any of the Grantors, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement by or against any Grantor of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding under any bankruptcy law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees or expenses are allowed claims in such proceeding and any renewals, replacements, Refinancings or extensions of the foregoing.

“Additional Senior Debt Parties” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness, the Representative with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Additional Senior Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Issuer or any Guarantor under any related Additional Senior Debt Documents.

“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state, provincial or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

-2-


“Class Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Class Debt Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Class Debt Representatives” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Collateral” means the Senior Collateral and the Junior Priority Collateral.

“Collateral Documents” means the Senior Collateral Documents and the Junior Priority Collateral Documents.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Debt Facility” means any Senior Facility and any Junior Priority Debt Facility.

“Designated Junior Priority Representative” means (i) the Initial Junior Priority Representative until such time as the Junior Priority Debt Facility under the Junior Priority Debt Documents ceases to be the only Junior Priority Debt Facility under this Agreement, (ii) the “Trustee” (or like term) under any Junior Priority Debt Facility that Refinances in full the Indebtedness outstanding under the Junior Priority Indenture, so long as such Junior Priority Debt Facility is the only Junior Priority Debt Facility under this Agreement, and (iii) thereafter, the Junior Priority Representative designated as the “Designated Junior Priority Representative” for purposes hereof from time to time by the Junior Priority Majority Representatives in a written notice to the Designated Senior Representative and the Issuer. The Senior Representative may treat the Initial Junior Priority Representative as Designated Junior Priority Representative until such time as it receives a notice as contemplated by the preceding sentence that the Initial Junior Priority Representative was replaced as Designated Junior Priority Representative.

“Designated Senior Representative” means (i) prior to the Discharge of Senior Notes Obligations, the Senior Agent and (ii) after the Discharge of Senior Notes Obligations, the applicable Senior Representative as may be specified in the applicable intercreditor arrangements among the applicable Senior Facilities.

“DIP Financing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

“Discharge” means, with respect to any Debt Facility, the date on which the following shall have occurred (i) such Debt Facility and the Senior Obligations or Junior Priority Debt Obligations thereunder, as the case may be, are paid in full in cash (except for contingent indemnities to the extent no claim therefor has been asserted) and are no longer secured by, and no longer required to be secured by, such Shared Collateral pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Debt Facility, (ii) any letters of credit issued under the relevant Debt Facility have terminated or been cash collateralized or backstopped or “grandfathered” under a future credit facility (in the amount and form required under the applicable Debt Facility) and (iii) all commitments to lend or otherwise extend credit under such Debt Facility and the relevant Senior Debt Documents or Junior Priority Debt Documents have terminated. The term “Discharged” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Discharge of Senior Obligations” means the date on which the Discharge of Senior Notes Obligations and the Discharge of each Additional Senior Debt Facility has occurred.

 

-3-


“Discharge of Senior Notes Obligations” means the date on which the Discharge occurs in respect of the Senior Notes Obligations; provided that the Discharge of Senior Notes Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Refinancing of such Senior Notes Obligations with an Additional Senior Debt Facility secured by any Shared Collateral under one or more Additional Senior Debt Documents that has been designated in writing by the applicable Senior Representative to the Designated Senior Representative as the “Senior Indenture” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Grantors” means the Issuer and each Subsidiary of the Issuer which has granted a security interest pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure any Secured Obligations.

“Initial Junior Priority Debt” means the Indebtedness of the Issuer and any other Grantor incurred pursuant to the Initial Junior Priority Debt Documents.

“Initial Junior Priority Debt Documents” means the Junior Priority Indenture and the other “Note Documents” as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture.

“Initial Junior Priority Debt Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof).

“Initial Junior Priority Debt Parties” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof).

“Initial Junior Priority Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and shall include any successor trustee (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof).

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(1) any case or proceeding commenced by or against the Issuer or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuer or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuer or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuer or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency;

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuer or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims; or

(4) any proceeding seeking the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other insolvency official with similar powers with respect to any Grantor or any of its assets.

“Intellectual Property” means (a) all intellectual property of every kind and nature, including that which is now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by any Grantor, including Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Licenses, trade secrets, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation, all registrations and recordations and all applications in connection therewith and all renewals and extensions thereof, (b) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringements, misappropriation, dilution, or other violations of the foregoing, (c) all Proceeds of the foregoing, and (d) all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

-4-


“Issuer” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Joinder Agreement” means a supplement to this Agreement substantially in the form of Annex II or Annex III hereof required to be delivered by a Representative to the Designated Senior Representative and the Designated Junior Priority Representative, as applicable, pursuant to Section 8.09 hereof in order to include an additional Debt Facility hereunder and to become the Representative hereunder for the Senior Secured Parties or Junior Priority Debt Parties, as the case may be, under such Debt Facility.

“Junior Priority Class Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Junior Priority Class Debt Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Junior Priority Class Debt Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Junior Priority Collateral” means any “Collateral” as defined in any Junior Priority Debt Document or any other assets of the Issuer or any other Grantor with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a Junior Priority Collateral Document as security for any Junior Priority Debt Obligation.

“Junior Priority Collateral Documents” means the Collateral Documents (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof) as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture and each of the other collateral agreements, security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by the Issuer or any other Grantor for purposes of providing collateral security for any Junior Priority Debt Obligation.

“Junior Priority Indenture” means that certain Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of [•], 2025, among the Issuer, the Junior Trustee, the Initial Junior Priority Representative, and certain other parties party thereto (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, Refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original trustee and holders or other trustee and holders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Junior Priority Indenture or one or more other indentures or otherwise, including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, in each case as and to the extent permitted by the Junior Priority Indenture, unless such agreement, instrument or document expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a “Junior Priority Indenture” for purposes of this Agreement)).

“Junior Priority Debt” means (a) the Initial Junior Priority Debt and (b) any Additional Junior Priority Debt.

“Junior Priority Debt Documents” means (a) the Initial Junior Priority Debt Documents and (b) any Additional Junior Priority Debt Documents.

“Junior Priority Debt Facility” means (a) the Junior Priority Indenture and (b) any Additional Junior Priority Debt Facilities.

 

-5-


“Junior Priority Debt Obligations” means the (a) Initial Junior Priority Debt Obligations and (b) any Additional Junior Priority Debt Obligations.

“Junior Priority Debt Parties” means (a) the Initial Junior Priority Debt Parties and (b) any Additional Junior Priority Debt Parties.

“Junior Priority Lien” means the Liens on the Junior Priority Collateral in favor of Junior Priority Debt Parties under the Junior Priority Collateral Documents.

“Junior Priority Majority Representatives” means Junior Priority Representatives representing at least a majority of the then aggregate principal amount of Junior Priority Debt Obligations.

“Junior Priority Representative” means (a) in the case of the Initial Junior Priority Debt Obligations, the Initial Junior Priority Representative and the Junior Trustee and (b) in the case of any other Junior Priority Debt Facilities and the Junior Priority Debt Parties thereunder, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Junior Priority Debt Facility that is named as the representative in respect of such Junior Priority Debt Facility in the applicable Joinder Agreement (or otherwise designated in accordance with the terms hereof).

“Junior Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

“Non-Payment Default” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(b).

“Payment Blockage Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(b).

“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments” means (a) all regularly scheduled cash payments of interest on the Junior Priority Debt Obligations by the Issuer pursuant to the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (b) the cash payment of interest in connection with the optional redemption, prepayment or refinancing of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations (in each case of clauses (a) and (b), to the extent permitted by the Senior Indenture).

“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Payments” means (a) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments, (b) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments, (c) reimbursement or payment of reasonable and documented costs, expenses (including legal fees) and indemnities, due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (d) accrual (and not payment in cash) of default interest in accordance with the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (e) any payment of paid-in-kind interest pursuant to the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents and the accrual or capitalization of interest, fees or other amounts, whether pursuant to the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents or in lieu of cash payments that otherwise were prohibited under the terms of this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any cash payment made in respect of any such accrued or capitalized interest or any other cash payment), and (f) Reorganization Subordinated Securities.

 

-6-


“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments” means (a) regularly scheduled cash payments of principal on the Junior Priority Debt Obligations by the Issuer, (b) the repayment of the entire amount of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations at the stated final maturity of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations (in each case of clauses (a) and (b), pursuant to the terms of the Junior Priority Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), and (c) payments to effect an optional redemption, prepayment or refinancing of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations (in each case of clauses (a) through (c), to the extent permitted by the Senior Indenture).

“Pledged or Controlled Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(a).

“Proceeds” means the proceeds of (a) any sale, lease, license, exchange, disposition, collection or other liquidation of Shared Collateral, (b) any payment or distribution made in respect of Shared Collateral (including any payment or distribution in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), (c) rights arising out of the loss, nonconformity or interference with the use of, defects or infringements of rights in, or damage to, the Shared Collateral, (d) rights arising out of the Shared Collateral, and (e) any amounts received by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party from a Junior Priority Debt Party in respect of Shared Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

“Recovery” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay such Indebtedness, or to issue other Indebtedness or enter into alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such Indebtedness (in whole or in part), including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and, in each case, including, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such Indebtedness has been terminated and including, in each case, through any note purchase agreement, credit agreement, indenture or other agreement. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have correlative meanings.

“Release” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(a).

“Reorganization Senior Securities” means any notes or other debt or equity securities issued in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of all or any portion of the Senior Obligations.

“Reorganization Subordinated Securities” means any notes or other debt or equity securities issued in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of all or any portion of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization and that are (a) subordinated in right of payment and in all other respects to all Senior Obligations and any Reorganization Senior Securities at least to the same extent that the Junior Priority Debt Obligations are subordinated to Senior Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (b) do not have the benefit of any obligation of any Person (whether as issuer, guarantor or otherwise) unless all Senior Obligations and Reorganization Senior Securities have at least the same benefit of the obligation of such Person, and (c) do not have any terms, and are not subject to or entitled to the benefit of any agreement or instrument that has terms, that are more burdensome to the issuer or other obligor thereunder than the terms contained in the Senior Debt Documents or Reorganization Senior Securities.

“Replacement Senior Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.08.

“Representatives” means the Senior Representatives and the Junior Priority Representatives.

 

-7-


“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

“Secured Obligations” means the Senior Obligations and the Junior Priority Debt Obligations.

“Secured Parties” means the Senior Secured Parties and the Junior Priority Debt Parties.

“Senior Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and shall include any successor trustee as provided in Section 7.09 of the Senior Indenture; provided, however, that if the Senior Indenture is Refinanced, then all references herein to the Senior Agent shall refer to the trustee (or administrative agent or similar term) under the Senior Indenture so Refinanced.

“Senior Class Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Senior Class Debt Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Senior Class Debt Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

“Senior Collateral” means any “Collateral” (or any equivalent term) as defined in any Senior Debt Document or any other assets of the Issuer or any other Grantor with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a Senior Collateral Document as security for any Senior Obligations.

“Senior Collateral Documents” means the “Collateral Documents” as defined in the Senior Indenture (or any similar term in any Refinancing thereof) and any accessions, supplements or joinders thereto and each of the collateral agreements, security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by the Issuer or any other Grantor for purposes of providing collateral security for any Senior Obligation.

“Senior Debt Documents” means (i) the Senior Indenture and the other “Note Documents” as defined in the Senior Indenture (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof) and (ii) any Additional Senior Debt Documents.

“Senior Facilities” means the Senior Indenture and any Additional Senior Debt Facilities.

“Senior Indenture” means that certain Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 among the Issuer, the Senior Agent, the Senior Trustee, and the other parties party thereto (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, Refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original Senior Agent and holders or other agents and holders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Indenture or one or more other indentures, note purchase agreements, credit agreements or otherwise, including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, in each case, as and to the extent permitted by the Senior Indenture, unless such agreement, instrument or document expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Senior Indenture for purposes of this Agreement)).

“Senior Lien” means the Liens on the Senior Collateral in favor of the Senior Secured Parties under the Senior Collateral Documents.

 

-8-


“Senior Notes Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Senior Indenture (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof).

“Senior Notes Secured Parties” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Senior Indenture (or similar term in any Refinancing thereof).

“Senior Obligations” means the Senior Notes Obligations and any Additional Senior Debt Obligations, including, without limitation, any “Senior Obligations” set forth in Section 5.03(a).

“Senior Payment Default” means a default or event of default under any Senior Debt Document resulting from the failure of any Grantor to pay any principal, interest, fees, or any other amount due and payable under the Senior Debt Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any default or event of default under Section 6.01(a)(1) or 6.01(a)(2) of the Senior Indenture).

“Senior Representative” means (i) in the case of any Senior Notes Obligations or the Senior Notes Secured Parties, the Senior Trustee and the Senior Agent and (ii) in the case of any Additional Senior Debt Facility and the Additional Senior Debt Parties thereunder (including with respect to any Additional Senior Debt Facility initially covered hereby on the date of this Agreement), the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Additional Senior Debt Facility that is named as the Representative in respect of such Additional Senior Debt Facility hereunder or in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

“Senior Secured Parties” means the Senior Notes Secured Parties and any Additional Senior Debt Parties.

“Senior Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of Senior Obligations under at least one Senior Facility and the holders of Junior Priority Debt Obligations under at least one Junior Priority Debt Facility (or their Representatives) hold a security interest at such time (or, in the case of the Senior Facilities, are deemed pursuant to Article II to hold a security interest).

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided, further, that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction from time to time for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

SECTION 1.02. Interpretive Provision. The interpretive provisions contained in Article I of the Senior Indenture are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

 

-9-


ARTICLE II

Priorities and Agreements with Respect to Shared Collateral

SECTION 2.01. Subordination.

(a) Notwithstanding the date, time, manner or order of filing or recordation of any document or instrument or grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens granted to any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Parties on the Shared Collateral or of any Liens granted to any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party on the Shared Collateral (or any actual or alleged defect in any of the foregoing) and notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, any Junior Priority Debt Document or any Senior Debt Document or any other circumstance whatsoever, each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby agrees that (a) any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Senior Obligations now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party or other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall have priority over and be senior in all respects and prior to any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Junior Priority Debt Obligations and (b) any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Junior Priority Debt Obligations now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Junior Priority Representative, any Junior Priority Debt Parties or any Junior Priority Representative or other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Senior Obligations. All Liens on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Senior Obligations shall be and remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Shared Collateral securing or purporting to secure any Junior Priority Debt Obligations for all purposes, whether or not such Liens securing or purporting to secure any Senior Obligations are subordinated to any Lien securing any other obligation of the Issuer, any Grantor or any other Person or otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Junior Priority Debt Documents to the contrary and in addition to any other limitations set forth herein or therein, (i) except for Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Payments to the extent and in the manner set forth herein, (x) all Junior Priority Debt Obligations are subordinated and junior in right of payment to all Senior Obligations, such that the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of the amounts constituting the Senior Obligations before any Junior Priority Debt Party is entitled to receive any payment or other distribution on account of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations and (y) no Grantor may make, and no Junior Priority Debt Party may receive, any payment (whether made in cash, securities or other property or by set-off, recoupment, redemption, purchase or acquisition of indebtedness or any other similar rights) of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to the Junior Priority Debt Obligations, and no Junior Priority Debt Party shall exercise any right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any Junior Priority Debt Obligations, until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, (ii) no Grantor may make, and no Junior Priority Debt Party may receive, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payment or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payment if, at the time of such payment or immediately after giving effect thereto (a) a Senior Payment Default exists, (b) the maturity of the Senior Obligations has been accelerated due to the occurrence of an event of default in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents or (c) any other default (a “Non-Payment Default”) occurs and is continuing under any Senior Debt Document that permits the Senior Secured Parties to accelerate the maturity of the Senior Obligations and the Issuer receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Senior Representative and (iii) until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, if any payment (whether made in cash, securities or other property or by set-off, recoupment, redemption, purchase or acquisition of indebtedness or any other similar rights) of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to the Junior Priority Debt Obligations is made in contravention of this Agreement, then such payment or distribution shall be held by the Junior Priority Debt Party in trust for the benefit of, and shall be promptly paid over or delivered to, the Designated Senior Representative for the benefit of Senior Secured Parties for application to the Senior Obligations.

 

 

-10-


(c) The Grantors may resume making Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments and Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments (any may make any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Principal Payments or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Interest Payments missed due to the application of this Section 2.01) in respect of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations or any judgment with respect thereto: (i) in the case of a Senior Payment Default, upon the earlier to occur of (x) a cure or waiver (as evidenced by a written waiver or acknowledgement of cure, as applicable, from the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) to the Senior Trustee and provided to the Issuer) of all Senior Payment Defaults in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents or (y) the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations or (ii) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, upon the earliest to occur of (x) the cure or waiver (as evidenced by a written waiver or acknowledgement of cure, as applicable, from the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) to the Senior Trustee and provided to the Issuer) thereof in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents, (y) the date the Issuer receives a notice from the Senior Representative rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, or (z) the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations.

SECTION 2.02. Nature of Senior Lender Claims. Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges that (a) a portion of the Senior Obligations may be revolving in nature and that the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, (b) the terms of the Senior Debt Documents and the Senior Obligations may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, and the Senior Obligations, or a portion thereof, may be Refinanced from time to time and (c) the aggregate amount of the Senior Obligations may be increased, in each case, without notice to or consent by any Junior Priority Representatives or any Junior Priority Debt Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof. The Lien priorities provided for in Section 2.01 shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, supplement or other modification, or any Refinancing, of either the Senior Obligations or the Junior Priority Debt Obligations, or any portion thereof. As between the Issuer and the other Grantors and the Junior Priority Debt Parties, the foregoing provisions will not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Issuer and the Grantors contained in any Junior Priority Debt Document with respect to the incurrence of additional Senior Obligations.

SECTION 2.03. Prohibition on Contesting Liens. Each of the Junior Priority Representatives, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien securing, or the allowability or value of any claims asserted with respect to, any Senior Obligations held (or purported to be held) by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any of the other Senior Secured Parties or other agent or trustee therefor in any Senior Collateral, and each Senior Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Senior Secured Party under its Senior Facility, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien securing, or the allowability or value of any claims asserted with respect to, any Junior Priority Debt Obligations held (or purported to be held) by or on behalf of any of any Junior Priority Representative or any of the Junior Priority Debt Parties in the Junior Priority Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Senior Representative to enforce this Agreement (including the priority of the Liens securing the Senior Obligations as provided in Section 2.01) or any of the Senior Debt Documents.

SECTION 2.04. No New Liens.

(a) Subject to the terms hereof, the parties hereto agree that, so long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, (i) none of the Grantors shall grant or permit any additional Liens on any asset or property of any Grantor to secure any Junior Priority Debt Obligation unless it has granted, or substantially concurrently therewith grants, a Lien on such asset or property of such Grantor to secure the Senior Obligations (unless each Senior Representative (as directed by holders of the Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) pursuant to the terms of the Senior Indenture) has declined such grant in writing (including via email) on behalf of the applicable Senior Secured Parties) and (ii) if any

 

-11-


Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party shall hold any Lien on any assets or property of any Grantor securing any Junior Priority Debt Obligations that are not also subject to the first-priority Liens securing all Senior Obligations under the Senior Collateral Documents, such Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party (x) shall notify in writing the Designated Senior Representative promptly upon becoming aware thereof and, unless each Senior Representative (as directed by holders of the Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) pursuant to the terms of the Senior Indenture) has declined such grant in writing (including via email) on behalf of the applicable Senior Secured Parties, such Grantor shall promptly grant a similar Lien on such assets or property to each Senior Representative as security for the Senior Obligations, and such Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party shall assign such Lien to the Designated Senior Representative as security for all Senior Obligations for the benefit of the Senior Secured Parties (but may retain a junior lien on such assets or property subject to the terms hereof) and (y) until such assignment or such grant of a similar Lien to each Senior Representative, shall be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien for the benefit of each Senior Representative and the other Senior Secured Parties as security for the Senior Obligations, subject to the Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence are not complied with for any reason, without limiting any other right or remedy available to any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party, each Junior Priority Representative agrees, for itself and on behalf of the other Junior Priority Debt Parties, that any amounts received by or distributed to any Junior Priority Debt Party pursuant to or as a result of any Lien granted in contravention of this Section 2.04 shall be subject to Section 4.01 and Section 4.02.

(b) The existence of a maximum claim with respect to any real property subject to a mortgage, which applies to all Secured Obligations, shall not be deemed to be a difference in Collateral among any series, issue or class of Senior Obligations or Junior Priority Debt Obligations.

SECTION 2.05. Perfection of Liens. Except for the limited agreements of the Senior Representatives expressly set forth in Section 5.05 hereof, none of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties shall be responsible for perfecting and maintaining the perfection of Liens with respect to the Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Junior Priority Representatives or the Junior Priority Debt Parties. The provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to govern the respective Lien priorities as between the Senior Secured Parties and the Junior Priority Debt Parties and shall not impose on the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives, the Junior Priority Debt Parties or any agent or trustee therefor any obligations in respect of the disposition of Proceeds of any Shared Collateral which would conflict with prior perfected claims therein in favor of any other Person or any order or decree of any court or governmental authority or any applicable law.

ARTICLE III

Enforcement

SECTION 3.01. Exercise of Remedies.

(a) So long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Issuer or any other Grantor, (i) neither any Junior Priority Representative nor any Junior Priority Debt Party will (w) file or commence any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Issuer or any other Grantor, (x) exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies (including setoff or recoupment) with respect to any Shared Collateral in respect of any Junior Priority Debt Obligations or otherwise commence, or join with any Person (other than the Senior Secured Parties and the Senior Representatives upon the request of the Designated Senior Representative) in commencing, any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding, with respect to any Lien held by it on the Shared Collateral under any of the Junior Priority Debt Documents or otherwise in respect of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations), (y) contest, protest or object to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought with respect to the Shared Collateral or any other Senior Collateral by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party in

 

-12-


respect of the Senior Obligations, the exercise of any right by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party (or any agent or sub-agent on their behalf) in respect of the Senior Obligations under any lockbox agreement, control agreement, landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement to which any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party either is a party or may have rights as a third party beneficiary, or any other exercise by any such party of any rights and remedies relating to the Shared Collateral under the Senior Debt Documents or otherwise in respect of the Senior Collateral or the Senior Obligations, or (z) object to the forbearance by the Senior Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any foreclosure proceeding or action or any other exercise of any rights or remedies relating to the Shared Collateral in respect of Senior Obligations and (ii) except as otherwise provided herein, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including setoff or recoupment and the right to credit bid their debt) and make determinations regarding the release, disposition or restrictions with respect to the Shared Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party; provided, however, that (A) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by or against the Issuer or any other Grantor, any Junior Priority Representative may file a claim, proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Junior Priority Debt Obligations under its Junior Priority Debt Facility and (B) any Junior Priority Representative may take any action (not adverse to the prior Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Senior Obligations or the rights of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, prove, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its rights in, and perfection and priority of its Lien on, the Shared Collateral (in each case of clauses (A) and (B) above, solely to the extent such action is not in violation of, or otherwise inconsistent with, any other provision of this Agreement or contrary to the Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement). In exercising rights and remedies with respect to the Senior Collateral, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties may enforce the provisions of the Senior Debt Documents and exercise remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent appointed by them to sell or otherwise dispose of Shared Collateral upon foreclosure, to incur expenses in connection with such sale or disposition and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured lender under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and of a secured creditor under Bankruptcy Laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

(b) So long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will not take or receive any Shared Collateral or any Proceeds of Shared Collateral in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff or recoupment) with respect to any Shared Collateral in respect of Junior Priority Debt Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a), the sole right of the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Shared Collateral is to hold a Lien on the Shared Collateral in respect of Junior Priority Debt Obligations pursuant to the Junior Priority Debt Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, after the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred.

(c) Subject to the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a), (i) each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that neither such Junior Priority Representative nor any such Junior Priority Debt Party will take any action that would hinder, interfere with, or delay any exercise of remedies undertaken by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party with respect to the Shared Collateral under the Senior Debt Documents, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Shared Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, and (ii) each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives any and all rights it

 

-13-


or any such Junior Priority Debt Party may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties seek to enforce or collect the Senior Obligations or the Liens granted on any of the Senior Collateral, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party is adverse to the interests of the Junior Priority Debt Parties.

(d) Each Junior Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any Junior Priority Debt Document shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties with respect to the Senior Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the Senior Debt Documents.

(e) Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative (or any Person authorized by it) (in the case of the Senior Agent, acting at the direction of the Required Noteholders (as defined in the Senior Indenture)) shall have the exclusive right to exercise any right or remedy with respect to the Shared Collateral and shall have the exclusive right to determine and direct the time, method and place for exercising such right or remedy or conducting any proceeding with respect thereto. Following the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Junior Priority Representative (or any Person authorized by it) who may be instructed by the Junior Priority Majority Representatives shall have the exclusive right to exercise any right or remedy with respect to the Collateral, and the Designated Junior Priority Representative (or any Person authorized by it) who may be instructed by the Junior Priority Majority Representatives shall have the exclusive right to direct the time, method and place of exercising or conducting any proceeding for the exercise of any right or remedy available to the Junior Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Collateral, or of exercising or directing the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Junior Priority Representatives, or for the taking of any other action authorized by the Junior Priority Collateral Documents; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall impair the right of any Junior Priority Representative or other agent or trustee acting on behalf of the Junior Priority Debt Parties to take such actions with respect to the Collateral after the Discharge of Senior Obligations as may be otherwise required or authorized pursuant to any intercreditor agreement governing the Junior Priority Debt Parties or the Junior Priority Debt Obligations.

SECTION 3.02. Cooperation. The Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party, agrees that unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, it will not commence, or join with any other Person (other than the Senior Representative and Senior Secured Parties) in commencing, any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding with respect to any Lien held by it in the Shared Collateral or any other collateral under any of the applicable Junior Priority Debt Documents or otherwise in respect of the applicable Junior Priority Debt Obligations relating to the Shared Collateral.

SECTION 3.03. Actions upon Breach. Should any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party, contrary to this Agreement, in any way take, attempt to take or threaten to take any action with respect to the Shared Collateral (including any attempt to realize upon or enforce any remedy with respect to this Agreement) or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Party (in its or their own name or in the name of the Issuer or any other Grantor) or the Issuer or any other Grantor may obtain relief against such Junior Priority Representative or such Junior Priority Debt Party by injunction, specific performance or other appropriate equitable relief. Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby (i) agrees that the Senior Secured Parties’ damages from the actions of the Junior Priority Representatives or any Junior Priority Debt Party may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable and waives any defense that the Senior Secured Parties cannot demonstrate damage or be made whole by the awarding of money, (ii) agrees that the Issuer’s and the other Grantors’ damages from the actions of the Junior Priority Representative or any other Junior Priority Debt Party may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable and waives any defense that the Issuer or any other Grantor cannot demonstrate damage or be made whole by the awarding of damages, and (iii) irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action that may be brought by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party.

 

-14-


ARTICLE IV

Payments

SECTION 4.01. Application of Proceeds. After an Event of Default (as defined therein) under any Senior Debt Document has occurred and until such Event of Default is cured or waived, so long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, any Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such Shared Collateral upon the exercise of remedies or (except as otherwise set forth in Article VI) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding shall be applied by the Designated Senior Representative to the Senior Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Senior Debt Documents until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred. Upon the Discharge of Senior Obligations, each applicable Senior Representative shall deliver promptly to the Designated Junior Priority Representative any Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof held by it in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, to be applied by the Designated Junior Priority Representative to the Junior Priority Debt Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Junior Priority Debt Documents.

SECTION 4.02. Payments Over. Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred and regardless of whether an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced, any Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof or other distributions on account of the Junior Priority Debt or any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities on account of the Junior Priority Debt (other than Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Payments as permitted herein) received by any Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff or recoupment) relating to the Shared Collateral, (except as otherwise set forth in Article VI) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (including any distributions received by the Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party) or otherwise in contravention of this Agreement (including Sections 2.01(b) and (c)) shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the Designated Senior Representative for the benefit of the Senior Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The Designated Senior Representative is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for each of the Junior Priority Representatives or any such Junior Priority Debt Party. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

ARTICLE V

Other Agreements

SECTION 5.01. Releases.

(a) Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that (i) (x) if in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition or release of any Shared Collateral by any Grantor (other than in connection with any enforcement or exercise of rights or remedies with respect to the Shared Collateral which shall be governed by clause (ii)) not prohibited under the terms of the Senior Debt Documents or consented to by the holders of Senior Obligations under the Senior Debt Documents (other than in connection with the Discharge of Senior Obligations) or (y) if the Senior Liens on any Shared Collateral have been or are being otherwise released by the Designated Senior Representative, for itself and on behalf of the other Senior Secured Parties, in connection with a Subsidiary that is released from its guarantee under the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents (in each case, pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents) or (ii) if in connection with the enforcement or exercise of any rights or remedies with respect to the Shared Collateral, including any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral, the Designated Senior Representative, for itself and on behalf of the other Senior Secured Parties releases any of the Senior Liens on the Shared Collateral (a “Release”), then the Liens on such Shared Collateral securing any Junior Priority

 

-15-


Debt Obligations shall (whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding is pending at such time) be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released without further action, and each Junior Priority Representative shall, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Junior Priority Class Debt Parties, promptly execute and deliver to the Designated Senior Representative and the applicable Grantors such termination statements, releases and other documents as the Designated Senior Representative or any applicable Grantor may reasonably request and the applicable Grantor prepares to effectively confirm such Release. Similarly, if the equity interests of any Person are foreclosed upon or otherwise disposed of or released pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above and in connection therewith the Designated Senior Representative releases the Senior Liens on the property or assets of such Person or releases such Person from its guarantee of Senior Obligations, then the Junior Priority Lien on such property or assets of such Person and such Person’s guarantee of Junior Priority Debt Obligations shall be automatically released to the same extent. Nothing in this Section 5.01(a) will be deemed to affect any agreement of a Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of the Junior Priority Debt Parties under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, to release the Liens on the Junior Priority Collateral as set forth in the relevant Junior Priority Debt Documents.

(b) Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints (without obligating) the Designated Senior Representative and any officer or agent of the Designated Senior Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Junior Priority Representative or such Junior Priority Debt Party or in the Designated Senior Representative’s own name, from time to time in the Designated Senior Representative’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of Section 5.01(a), to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of Section 5.01(a), including any termination statements, endorsements or other instruments of transfer or release. Subject to the applicable terms and provisions of the Senior Debt Documents to which it is a party, the Designated Senior Representative hereby agrees to take action reasonably requested by the Grantors to carry out the terms of this Section 5.01(b) or to accomplish the purposes of Section 5.01(a).

(c) Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby consents to the application, whether prior to or after an Event of Default (as defined in any Senior Debt Document), of Proceeds of Shared Collateral to the repayment of Senior Obligations pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents; provided that nothing in this Section 5.01(c) shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of the Junior Priority Representatives or the Junior Priority Debt Parties to receive Proceeds in connection with the Junior Priority Debt Obligations not otherwise in contravention of this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Junior Priority Collateral Document, in the event that the terms of a Senior Collateral Document and a Junior Priority Collateral Document each require any Grantor to (i) make payment in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, (ii) deliver or afford control over any item of Shared Collateral to, or deposit any item of Shared Collateral with, (iii) register ownership of any item of Shared Collateral in the name of or make an assignment of ownership of any Shared Collateral or the rights thereunder to, (iv) cause any securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or other Person acting in a similar capacity to agree to comply, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, with instructions or orders from, or to treat, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, as the entitlement holder, (v) hold any item of Shared Collateral in trust for (to the extent such item of Shared Collateral cannot be held in trust for multiple parties under applicable law), (vi) obtain the agreement of a bailee or other third party to hold any item of Shared Collateral for the benefit of or subject to the control of or, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, to follow the instructions of or (vii) obtain

 

-16-


the agreement of a landlord with respect to access to leased premises where any item of Shared Collateral is located or waivers or subordination of rights with respect to any item of Shared Collateral in favor of, in any case, both the Designated Senior Representative and any Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party, such Grantor may, until the applicable Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, comply with such requirement under the Junior Priority Collateral Document as it relates to such Shared Collateral by taking any of the actions set forth above only with respect to, or in favor of, the Designated Senior Representative; provided, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any action or compliance with respect to the foregoing by any Grantor shall not cause a default or event of default to exist under any Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Document.

SECTION 5.02. Insurance and Condemnation Awards. Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Designated Senior Representative and the Senior Secured Parties shall have the sole and exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Senior Debt Documents, (a) to adjust settlement for any insurance policy covering the Shared Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and (b) to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Shared Collateral, in each case, in accordance with the Senior Debt Documents. Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, all Proceeds of any such policy and any such award in respect of the Shared Collateral shall be paid (i) first, prior to the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations, to the Designated Senior Representative for the benefit of Senior Secured Parties pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debt Documents and/or, if permitted to be paid to the Junior Priority Debt Parties under the Senior Debt Documents (as in effect on the date hereof or as amended in accordance with the terms hereof), to the Junior Priority Debt Parties, (ii) second, after the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations, to the Designated Junior Priority Representative for the benefit of the Junior Priority Debt Parties pursuant to the terms of the applicable Junior Priority Debt Documents, and (iii) third, after the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations, if no Junior Priority Debt Obligations are outstanding (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations and expense reimbursement obligations or if permitted to be paid to such owner under the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents), to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. If any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party shall, at any time, receive any Proceeds of any such insurance policy or any such award in contravention of this Agreement, it shall pay such Proceeds over to the Designated Senior Representative in accordance with the terms of Section 4.02.

SECTION 5.03. Amendments to Debt Documents.

(a) The Senior Debt Documents may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms, and the Senior Obligations may be Refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without the consent of any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Designated Junior Priority Representatives, no such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or Refinancing (or successive amendments, restatements, supplements, modifications or Refinancings) shall contravene any provision of this Agreement.

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Senior Representatives (as directed by holders of the Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) pursuant to the terms of the Senior Indenture), no Junior Priority Debt Document may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or entered into, and no Indebtedness under the Junior Priority Debt Documents may be Refinanced, to the extent such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification or Refinancing, or the terms of such new Junior Priority Debt Document, would contravene the provisions of this Agreement. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that each Junior Priority Collateral Document under its Junior Priority Debt Facility shall include the following language (or language to similar effect reasonably approved by the Designated Senior Representative):

 

-17-


“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent pursuant to this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to the liens and security interests granted in favor of the Senior Secured Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below), including liens and security interests granted to Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent, pursuant to or in connection with the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent, and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the Junior Priority Representative hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of [•], 2025 (as amended, restated, extended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its respective subsidiaries and affiliated entities party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Senior Agent, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Initial Junior Priority Representative. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.”

(c) In the event that any Senior Representative and/or the Senior Secured Parties enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the Senior Collateral Documents for the purpose of adding to or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any Senior Collateral Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Issuer or any other Grantor thereunder (including the release of any Liens in Senior Collateral and/or the release of any Grantor of its guaranty of the Senior Notes Obligations) in a manner that is applicable to all Senior Facilities, then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of each comparable Junior Priority Collateral Document without the consent of any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party and without any action by any Junior Priority Representative, the Issuer or any other Grantor; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall (A) remove assets subject to the Junior Priority Liens or release any such Liens, except to the extent that such release is permitted or required by Section 5.01(a) and provided that there is a substantially concurrent release of the corresponding Senior Liens or (B) impose duties that are adverse on any Junior Priority Representative without its prior written consent.

SECTION 5.04. No Rights as Unsecured Creditors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties hereby irrevocably waive any rights or remedies that the Junior Priority Debt Parties have as unsecured creditors against the Issuer and any other Grantor. Nothing in this Agreement shall impair or otherwise adversely affect any rights or remedies the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties may have with respect to the Senior Collateral.

SECTION 5.05. Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection.

(a) Each Senior Representative acknowledges and agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Lien securing any Senior Obligations on any Shared Collateral that can be perfected by the possession, control, or notation, of such Shared Collateral or of any account in which such Shared Collateral is held, and if such Shared Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of, or notation, in the name of, such Senior Representative, or of agents or bailees of such Person (such Shared Collateral being referred to herein as the “Pledged or Controlled Collateral”), or if it shall at any time obtain any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights or access to Shared Collateral, the applicable Senior Representative shall also hold such Pledged or Controlled Collateral, or take such actions with respect to such landlord waiver, bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement, as gratuitous bailee (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Section 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code, to the extent applicable) for the relevant Junior Priority Representatives, in each case solely for the purpose of perfecting the Liens granted under the relevant Junior Priority Collateral Documents or granting rights in or access to any Shared Collateral subject to such landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.05.

 

-18-


(b) In the event that any Senior Representative (or its agents or bailees) has Lien filings against Intellectual Property that is part of the Shared Collateral that are necessary for the perfection of Liens in such Shared Collateral, such Senior Representative agrees to hold such Liens as gratuitous bailee (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Section 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code, to the extent applicable) for the relevant Junior Priority Representatives and any assignee thereof, solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Liens pursuant to the relevant Junior Priority Collateral Documents, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.05.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to deal with the Pledged or Controlled Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents as if the Liens under the Junior Priority Collateral Documents did not exist. The rights of the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Pledged or Controlled Collateral shall at all times be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(d) The Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Junior Priority Representatives or any Junior Priority Debt Party to assure that any of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral is genuine or owned by the Grantors or to protect or preserve rights or benefits of any Person or any rights pertaining to the Shared Collateral, except for the limited agreements of the Senior Representatives expressly set forth in this Section 5.05. The duties or responsibilities of the Senior Representatives under this Section 5.05 shall be limited solely to holding, controlling, or being notated on, the Shared Collateral and the related Liens referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.05 as gratuitous bailee (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Section 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code, to the extent applicable) for the relevant Junior Priority Representative for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by such Junior Priority Representative.

(e) The Senior Representatives shall not have by reason of the Junior Priority Collateral Documents or this Agreement, or any other document, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party, and each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives and releases the Senior Representatives from all claims and liabilities arising pursuant to the Senior Representatives’ roles under this Section 5.05 as gratuitous bailees with respect to the Shared Collateral.

(f) Upon the Discharge of Senior Obligations, each applicable Senior Representative shall, at the Grantors’ written request and sole cost and expense, (i) (A) deliver to the Designated Junior Priority Representative, to the extent that it is legally permitted to do so, all Shared Collateral, including all Proceeds thereof, held or controlled by such Senior Representative or any of its agents or bailees, including the transfer of possession and control, as applicable, of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral, together with any necessary endorsements and notices to depositary banks, securities intermediaries and commodities intermediaries, and assign, without recourse, representation or warranty, its rights under any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights or access to Shared Collateral or in connection with notations on certificates of title or (B) direct and deliver such Shared Collateral as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, (ii) notify any applicable insurance carrier that it is no longer entitled to be a loss payee or additional insured under the insurance policies of

 

-19-


any Grantor issued by such insurance carrier, and (iii) notify any governmental authority involved in any condemnation or similar proceeding involving any Grantor that the Designated Junior Priority Representative is entitled to approve any awards granted in such proceeding; provided that any necessary documentation in connection with the actions contemplated by this sentence shall be prepared by the applicable Grantors and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the applicable Senior Representative. The Issuer and the other Grantors shall take such further action as is required to effectuate the transfer contemplated hereby and shall indemnify each Senior Representative for loss or damage suffered by such Senior Representative as a result of such transfer, except for loss or damage suffered by any such Person as a result of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Senior Representatives have no obligations to follow instructions from any Junior Priority Representative or any other Junior Priority Debt Party in contravention of this Agreement. No Senior Representative shall have any liability to any Junior Priority Debt Party.

(g) None of the Senior Representatives nor any of the other Senior Secured Parties shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security for any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary to any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party under the Senior Debt Documents or any assurance of payment in respect thereof or to any Junior Priority Debt Party, or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of their rights in respect of such collateral security or any assurance of payment in respect thereof shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising.

SECTION 5.06. When Discharge of Senior Obligations Deemed To Not Have Occurred. If, at any time substantially concurrently with or after the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Issuer or any Subsidiary consummates any Refinancing or incurs any Senior Obligations (other than in respect of the payment of indemnities surviving the Discharge of Senior Obligations), then such Discharge of Senior Obligations shall automatically be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement (other than with respect to any actions taken prior to the date of such designation, consummation or incurrence as a result of the occurrence of such first Discharge of Senior Obligations) and the applicable agreement governing such Senior Obligations shall automatically be treated as a Senior Debt Document for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the Lien priorities and rights in respect of Shared Collateral set forth herein and the agent, representative or trustee for the holders of such Senior Obligations shall be the Senior Representative for all purposes of this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such incurrence (including the identity of the new Senior Representative), each Junior Priority Representative (including the Designated Junior Priority Representative) shall promptly (a) enter into such documents and agreements (at the expense of the Issuer), including amendments or supplements to this Agreement, as the Issuer or such new Senior Representative shall reasonably request in writing in order to provide the new Senior Representative the rights of a Senior Representative contemplated hereby, (b) deliver to such Senior Representative, to the extent that it is legally permitted to do so, all Shared Collateral, including all Proceeds thereof, held or controlled by such Junior Priority Representative or any of its agents or bailees, including the transfer of possession and control, as applicable, of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral, together with any necessary endorsements and notices to depositary banks, securities intermediaries and commodities intermediaries, and assign its rights under any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights in or access to Shared Collateral or in connection with notations on certificates of title, (c) upon the reasonable request of any applicable Grantor, notify any applicable insurance carrier that the new Senior Representative is entitled to be a loss payee or additional insured under the insurance policies of any Grantor issued by such insurance carrier and (d) notify any governmental authority involved in any condemnation or similar proceeding involving a Grantor that the new Senior Representative is entitled to approve any awards granted in such proceeding.

 

-20-


ARTICLE VI

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings.

SECTION 6.01. Financing Issues. Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, if the Issuer or any other Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party shall desire to consent (or not object) to the sale, use or lease of cash or other collateral or to consent (or not object) to the Issuer’s or any other Grantor’s obtaining financing under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law (“DIP Financing”), then each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will raise no objection to, will not support any objection to, and will not otherwise contest such sale, use or lease of such cash or other collateral or such DIP Financing and, except to the extent permitted by the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a) and Section 6.03, will not request adequate protection or any other relief in connection therewith and, to the extent the Liens securing any Senior Obligations are subordinated or pari passu with such DIP Financing, will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens in the Shared Collateral to (x) such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) on the same basis as the Liens securing the Junior Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement, (y) any adequate protection Liens granted to the Senior Secured Parties, and (z) to any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees agreed to by the Senior Representatives. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, further agrees that, until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, it will raise no (a) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any motion for relief from the automatic stay or from any injunction against foreclosure or enforcement in respect of Senior Obligations made by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party, (b) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any lawful exercise by any Senior Secured Party of the right to credit bid Senior Obligations at any sale in foreclosure of Senior Collateral or under Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, (c) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any other request for judicial relief made in any court by any Senior Secured Party relating to the lawful enforcement of any Lien on Senior Collateral, or (d) objection to (and will not otherwise contest or oppose) any order relating to a sale or other disposition of assets of any Grantor (including under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law) for which any Senior Representative has consented or not objected that provides, to the extent such sale or other disposition is to be free and clear of Liens, that the Liens securing the Senior Obligations and the Junior Priority Debt Obligations will attach to the Proceeds of the sale on the same basis of priority as the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Senior Obligations rank to the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Junior Priority Debt Obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that notice received two (2) Business Days prior to the entry of an order approving such usage of cash or other collateral or approving such financing shall be adequate notice. In no event shall the Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party (i) offer to provide, or propose, any DIP Financing to any Grantor or (ii) credit bid any Junior Priority Debt Obligations, in each case without the written consent of the Senior Representatives unless the Senior Obligations would be indefeasibly paid in full in cash with the first proceeds of such DIP Financing or credit bid.

SECTION 6.02. Relief from the Automatic Stay. Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that none of them shall seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or take any action in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any Shared Collateral, without the prior written consent of the Designated Senior Representative.

SECTION 6.03. Adequate Protection. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that none of them shall (A) object, contest or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, and shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right to contest, (a) any request by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Parties for adequate protection, (b) any objection by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on any Senior Representative’s or Senior Secured Party’s claiming a lack of adequate protection, or (c) the

 

-21-


allowance and/or payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts of any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party under Section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law or (B) assert or support any claim for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of any Collateral under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6.03 or in Section 6.01, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, no Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party shall be entitled (and the Junior Priority Representatives and Junior Priority Debt Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably, absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right) to seek or otherwise be granted any type of adequate protection with respect to its interests in the Collateral; provided, however, that (i) if the Senior Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of a Lien on additional or replacement collateral and/or superpriority claims in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral under Section 363 or 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law (other than in a role of DIP Financing provider), then each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, may seek or request adequate protection in the form of a Lien on such additional or replacement collateral and/or a superpriority claim (as applicable), which (A) Lien is subordinated to the Liens securing or providing adequate protection for, or claims with respect to, all Senior Obligations and such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto and any “carve-out”) on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Junior Priority Debt Obligations are subordinated to the Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement and/or (B) superpriority claim is subordinated to all superpriority claims of the Senior Secured Parties on the same basis as the other claims of the Junior Priority Debt Parties on the same basis that the other claims of the Junior Priority Debt Parties are subordinated to the claims of the Senior Secured Parties under this Agreement, and each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Junior Priority Debt Parties, shall have irrevocably agreed, pursuant to Section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, in any stipulation and/or order granting such adequate protection, that such junior superpriority claims may be paid under any plan of reorganization in any combination of cash, debt, equity or other property having a value on the effective date of such plan equal to the allowed amount of such claims, (ii) in the event any Junior Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of the Junior Priority Debt Parties under their Junior Priority Debt Facilities, seek or request adequate protection and such adequate protection is granted in the form of a Lien on additional or replacement collateral and/or a superpriority claim (in each instance, to the extent such grant is otherwise permissible under the terms and conditions of this Agreement), then such Junior Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under their Junior Priority Debt Facilities, agree that each Senior Representative shall also be granted a senior Lien on such additional or replacement collateral and/or a superpriority claim (as applicable) as security and adequate protection for the Senior Obligations and any such DIP Financing and that any Lien on such additional or replacement collateral and/or superpriority claim securing or providing adequate protection for the Junior Priority Debt Obligations shall be subordinated to the Liens on such collateral securing, and claims with respect to, the Senior Obligations and any such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto and any “carve-out”) and any other Liens and superpriority claims granted to the Senior Secured Parties as adequate protection on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Junior Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to such Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement so long as (1) each such Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Junior Priority Debt Parties, shall have irrevocably agreed pursuant to Section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, in any stipulation and/or order granting such adequate protection, that such junior superpriority claims may be paid under any plan of reorganization in any combination of cash, debt, equity or other property having a value on the effective date of such plan equal to the allowed amount of such claims, and (2) to the extent the Senior Secured Parties are not granted such adequate protection in such form, any amounts recovered by or distributed to any Junior Priority Debt Party pursuant to or as a result of any Lien on such additional or replacement collateral so granted to the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall be subject to Section 4.02, and/or (iii) in the event any Junior Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of the other Junior Priority Debt Parties under their Junior Priority Debt Facilities, are granted adequate protection (in each instance, to the extent such grant is

 

-22-


otherwise permissible under the terms and conditions of this Agreement) in the form of a superpriority claim, then such Junior Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of each other Junior Priority Debt Party under their respective Junior Priority Debt Facilities, agree that each Senior Representative shall also be granted adequate protection in the form of a superpriority claim, which superpriority claim shall be senior to the superpriority claim of the Junior Priority Debt Parties (and, to the extent the Senior Secured Parties are not granted such adequate protection in such form, any amounts recovered by or distributed to any Junior Priority Debt Party pursuant to or as a result of any such superpriority claim so granted to the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall be subject to Section 4.02). Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each applicable Junior Priority Debt Party, agrees that (a) any adequate protection provided to the Junior Priority Debt Parties may be paid under any plan of reorganization in any combination of cash, indebtedness, equity or other property and (b) the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall not seek adequate protection in the form of payments for current post-petition fees and expenses and/or any other cash payments.

SECTION 6.04. Preference Issues. If any Senior Secured Party is required in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise to disgorge, turn over or otherwise pay any amount to the estate of the Issuer or any other Grantor (or any trustee, receiver or similar Person therefor), because the payment of such amount was declared to be or avoided as fraudulent or preferential in any respect or for any other reason, any amount (a “Recovery”), whether received as Proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or recoupment or otherwise, then the Senior Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and deemed to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement until a Discharge of Senior Obligations with respect to all such recovered amounts. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby agrees that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any avoidance action affecting or otherwise relating to any distribution or allocation made in accordance with this Agreement, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such avoidance action otherwise allocable to them shall instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 6.05. Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classifications. Each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges and agrees that (a) the grants of Liens pursuant to the Senior Collateral Documents and the Junior Priority Collateral Documents constitute separate and distinct grants of Liens and (b) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Shared Collateral, the Junior Priority Debt Obligations are fundamentally different from the Senior Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement or restructuring proposed, confirmed or adopted in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that any claims of the Senior Secured Parties and the Junior Priority Debt Parties in respect of the Shared Collateral constitute a single class of claims (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby acknowledges and agrees that all distributions from the Shared Collateral shall be made as if there were separate classes of senior and junior secured claims against the Grantors in respect of the Shared Collateral, with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Shared Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Junior Priority Debt Parties), the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest, fees, expenses and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest, fees and expenses (whether or not allowed or allowable in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) before any distribution from the Shared Collateral is made in respect of the Junior Priority Debt Obligations, with each Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the Designated Senior Representative amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Junior Priority Debt Parties.

 

-23-


SECTION 6.06. No Waivers of Rights of Senior Secured Parties. Nothing contained herein shall, except as expressly provided herein, prohibit or in any way limit any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party from objecting in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by any Junior Priority Debt Party, including the seeking by any Junior Priority Debt Party of adequate protection or the asserting by any Junior Priority Debt Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Junior Priority Debt Documents or otherwise.

SECTION 6.07. Application. This Agreement, which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, shall be effective before, during and after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. The relative rights as to the Shared Collateral and Proceeds thereof shall continue after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding on the same basis as prior to the date of the petition therefor, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Grantor. All references herein to any Grantor shall include such Grantor as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor.

SECTION 6.08. Other Matters. To the extent that any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party has or acquires rights under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law with respect to any of the Shared Collateral, such Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees not to assert any such rights without the prior written consent of each Senior Representative; provided that, if requested by the Designated Senior Representative, such Junior Priority Representative shall timely exercise such rights in the manner requested by the Designated Senior Representative, including any rights to payments in respect of such rights.

SECTION 6.09. Limitations. Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will not, and will not join with or support any third party in making, opposing, objecting or contesting, as the case may be, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (i) oppose, object to or contest the determination of the extent of the Liens held by any of the Senior Secured Parties or the value of any superpriority claims under Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) oppose, object to or contest the payment to the Senior Secured Parties of interest, fees or expenses under Section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) assert or enforce any claim under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law senior to or on a parity with the Liens securing the Senior Obligations for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of any Shared Collateral.

SECTION 6.10. Reorganization Securities; Voting.

(a) If, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor or equity securities are distributed, pursuant to a plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement or restructuring, on account of the Senior Obligations and/or the Junior Priority Debt Obligations (collectively, a “Plan Distribution”), any such Plan Distribution received by a Junior Priority Debt Party shall be turned over to the Senior Representative for application in accordance with Section 4.02.

(b) No Junior Priority Debt Party (whether in the capacity of a secured creditor or an unsecured creditor) shall propose, vote in favor of, or otherwise directly or indirectly support any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement or restructuring that is inconsistent with or in contravention of the terms of the priorities or other provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of the other provisions of this Agreement, any vote to accept, and any other act to support the confirmation or approval of, any plan or reorganization or liquidation that is inconsistent with or in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, including in any Junior Priority Debt Party’s capacity as an unsecured creditor, shall be inconsistent with and, accordingly, a violation of the terms of this Agreement and the Senior Representative shall be entitled (and is hereby authorized by the Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of each applicable Junior Priority Debt Party) to have any such vote to accept any such plan of reorganization or liquidation changed and any such support of any such plan of reorganization or liquidation withdrawn.

 

-24-


SECTION 6.11. Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, shall not object to, oppose, support any objection to, or take any other action to impede, the right of any Senior Secured Party to make an election under Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law. The Junior Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, waives any claim it may hereafter have against any senior claimholder arising out of the election by any Senior Secured Party of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.12. Post-Petition Interest. Neither the Junior Priority Representative nor any other Junior Priority Debt Party shall oppose or seek to challenge any claim by the Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party for allowance in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of Senior Obligations consisting of claims for post-petition interest, fees, or expenses under Section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law or otherwise. Regardless of whether any such claim for post-petition interest, fees or expenses is allowed or allowable, and without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement expressly is intended to include and does include the “rule of explicitness” in that this Agreement expressly entitles the Senior Secured Parties, and is intended to provide the Senior Secured Parties with the right, to receive payment of all post-petition interest, fees or expenses through distributions made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement even though such interest, fees and expenses are not allowed or allowable against the bankruptcy estate of the Issuer or any other Grantor under Section 502(b)(2) or Section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.13. Deficiency Claim Turnover. Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, if, in connection with an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any Junior Priority Debt Party receives a distribution (whether in cash or in-kind) solely on account of a deficiency claim out of property not constituting Collateral (such amount, the “Turnover Proceeds”), such Junior Priority Debt Party’s interest in such Turnover Proceeds shall be subject and subordinate to the Senior Secured Parties, and the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall segregate and hold in trust such Turnover Proceeds for the benefit of Senior Secured Parties and shall forthwith pay over such Turnover Proceeds in the form received to the Senior Representative for application to the Senior Obligations.

SECTION 6.14. Asset Dispositions. Neither the Junior Priority Representative nor any other Junior Priority Debt Party shall, in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any Collateral that is supported by the Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party, and the Junior Priority Representative and each other Junior Priority Debt Party will be deemed to have consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale of any Collateral supported by the Senior Secured Parties and to have released their Liens on such assets to the extent such assets constitute Junior Priority Collateral; provided that the proceeds of such sale or disposition are applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Junior Priority Debt Party shall raise any objection that an unsecured creditor could assert in its capacity as an unsecured creditor.

ARTICLE VII

Reliance; Etc.

SECTION 7.01. Reliance. The consent by the Senior Secured Parties to the execution and delivery of the Junior Priority Debt Documents to which the Senior Secured Parties have consented and all loans and other extensions of credit made or deemed made on and after the date hereof by the Senior Secured Parties to the Issuer or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been given and made in reliance upon this Agreement. Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges that the Junior Priority Debt Documents provide that such Junior Priority Debt Parties have, independently and without reliance on any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Party, and based on documents and information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Junior Priority Debt Documents to which they are party or by which they are bound, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and they will continue to make their own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under the Junior Priority Debt Documents or this Agreement.

 

 

-25-


SECTION 7.02. No Warranties or Liability. Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges and agrees that neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Party has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any of the Senior Debt Documents, the ownership of any Shared Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. The Senior Secured Parties will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective loans and extensions of credit under the Senior Debt Documents in accordance with law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and the Senior Secured Parties may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties have in the Shared Collateral or otherwise, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Party shall have any duty to any Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of an event of default or default under any agreement with the Issuer or any Subsidiary (including the Junior Priority Debt Documents), regardless of any knowledge thereof that they may have or be charged with. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties have not otherwise made to each other, nor do they hereby make to each other, any warranties, express or implied, nor do they assume any liability to each other with respect to (a) the enforceability, validity, value or collectibility of any of the Senior Obligations, the Junior Priority Debt Obligations or any guarantee or security which may have been granted to any of them in connection therewith, (b) any Grantor’s title to or right to transfer any of the Shared Collateral or (c) any other matter except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 7.03. Obligations Unconditional. All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Document;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the Senior Obligations or Junior Priority Debt Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of the Senior Indenture or any other Senior Debt Document or of the terms of any Junior Priority Debt Document;

(c) any exchange of any security interest in any Shared Collateral or any other collateral or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the Senior Obligations or Junior Priority Debt Obligations or any guarantee thereof;

(d) the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of the Issuer or any other Grantor; or

(e) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, (i) the Issuer or any other Grantor in respect of the Senior Obligations (other than as set forth in Section 5.06 hereof or other payments or performance) or (ii) any Junior Priority Representative or Junior Priority Debt Party in respect of this Agreement.

 

-26-


ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01. Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 8.02. Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability. Subject to Section 5.06 and Section 6.04, this Agreement shall continue to be effective until the Discharge of Senior Obligations shall have occurred. This is a continuing agreement of Lien subordination, and the Senior Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the Junior Priority Representatives or any Junior Priority Debt Party, to extend credit and other financial accommodations and lend monies to or for the benefit of the Issuer or any Subsidiary constituting Senior Obligations in reliance hereon. The terms of this Agreement shall survive and continue in full force and effect in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8.03. Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, remedy, privilege or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, privilege or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, remedy, privilege or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, privilege or power. The rights, powers, privileges and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, powers, privileges or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) This Agreement may be amended in writing signed by each Representative (in each case, acting in accordance with the documents governing the applicable Debt Facility for which such Representative acts) and the Grantors. Any such amendment, supplement or waiver shall be in writing and shall be binding upon the Senior Secured Parties and the Junior Priority Debt Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, any Representative that is not a Disqualified Lender may become a party hereto by execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 8.09 of this Agreement and upon such execution and delivery, such Representative and the Secured Parties and Senior Obligations or Junior Priority Debt Obligations of the Debt Facility for which such Representative is acting shall be subject to the terms hereof.

SECTION 8.04. Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries. The Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall each be responsible for keeping themselves informed of (a) the financial condition of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and all endorsers or guarantors of the Senior Obligations or the Junior Priority Debt Obligations and (b) all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Senior Obligations or the Junior Priority Debt Obligations. The Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall have no duty to advise any other party hereunder of information known to it or them regarding such condition or any such circumstances or otherwise. In the event that any Senior Representative, any Senior Secured Party, any Junior Priority Representative or any Junior Priority Debt Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to any other party, it shall be

 

-27-


under no obligation to (i) make, and the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties shall not make or be deemed to have made, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness or validity of any such information so provided, (ii) provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion, (iii) undertake any investigation or (iv) disclose any information that, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance practices, such party wishes to maintain confidential or is otherwise required to maintain confidential. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Section 8.04 shall impose an obligation on the Senior Agent to keep itself informed of the financial condition of the Grantors or the risk of nonpayment.

SECTION 8.05. Subrogation. Each Junior Priority Representative, for and on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives any rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred.

SECTION 8.06. Application of Payments. Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments received by the Senior Secured Parties may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to such part of the Senior Obligations as set forth in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents. Each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, assents to any such extension or postponement of the time of payment of the Senior Obligations or any part thereof and to any other indulgence with respect thereto, to any substitution, exchange or release of any security that may at any time secure any part of the Senior Obligations and to the addition or release of any other Person primarily or secondarily liable therefor.

SECTION 8.07. Additional Grantors. The Grantors agree that, if any Subsidiary shall become a Grantor after the date hereof, it will promptly cause such Subsidiary to become party hereto by executing and delivering an instrument substantially in the form of Annex I. Upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary will become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of such instrument shall not require the consent of any other party hereunder, and will be acknowledged by the Designated Junior Priority Representative and the Designated Senior Representative. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 8.08. Refinancings. The Senior Obligations and the Junior Priority Debt (other than the Initial Junior Priority Debt) may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing or replacement under any Senior Debt Document or Junior Priority Debt Document) of any Senior Representative, any Junior Priority Representative or any other Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided that any such refinancing or replacement debt shall satisfy the requirements of Section 8.09. The Designated Junior Priority Representative hereby agrees that at the request of the Issuer, in connection with a refinancing or replacement of Senior Obligations in accordance with Section 5.06 (“Replacement Senior Obligations”), it will enter into a customary agreement with the agent for the Replacement Senior Obligations containing terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or otherwise terms and conditions that are customary.

SECTION 8.09. Additional Debt Facilities. To the extent, but only to the extent, permitted by the provisions of the then extant Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents, the Issuer may incur or issue and sell one or more series or classes of Junior Priority Debt and one or more series or classes of Additional Senior Debt. Any such additional class or series of Junior Priority Debt (the “Junior Priority Class Debt”) may be secured by a junior priority or third priority (or lower priority, and in each case of third priority or lower priority, subject to an intercreditor agreement required pursuant to Junior Priority Debt Documents), subordinated Lien on Shared Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the relevant Junior Priority Collateral Documents for such Junior Priority Class Debt, if and subject to the condition that the Representative of any such Junior Priority Class Debt (each, a “Junior Priority Class Debt Representative”), acting on behalf of the holders of such Junior Priority Class Debt (such Representative and holders in respect of any Junior Priority Class Debt being referred to as the “Junior Priority Class Debt Parties”), becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying conditions (i) through (iii), as applicable of this Section 8.09. Any such additional class or series of Senior Facilities (the “Senior Class Debt”; and the Senior Class Debt and Junior Priority

 

-28-


Class Debt, collectively, the “Class Debt”) may be secured by a senior Lien on Shared Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the relevant Senior Collateral Documents, if and subject to the condition that the Representative of any such Senior Class Debt (each, a “Senior Class Debt Representative”; and the Senior Class Debt Representatives and Junior Priority Class Debt Representatives, collectively, the “Class Debt Representatives”), acting on behalf of the holders of such Senior Class Debt (such Representative and holders in respect of any such Senior Class Debt being referred to as the “Senior Class Debt Parties”; and the Senior Class Debt Parties and Junior Priority Class Debt Parties, collectively, the “Class Debt Parties”), becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii), as applicable, of this Section 8.09. In order for a Class Debt Representative to become a party to this Agreement:

(i) such Class Debt Representative shall have executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto (if such Representative is a Junior Priority Class Debt Representative) or Annex III hereto (if such Representative is a Senior Class Debt Representative) (with such changes as may be reasonably approved by the Designated Senior Representative and such Class Debt Representative) pursuant to which it becomes a Representative hereunder, and the Class Debt in respect of which such Class Debt Representative is the Representative and the related Class Debt Parties become subject hereto and bound hereby;

(ii) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Designated Senior Representative and Designated Junior Priority Representative an officer’s certificate stating that the conditions set forth in this Section 8.09 are satisfied (or waived) with respect to such Class Debt and, if requested, true and complete copies of each of the material Junior Priority Debt Documents or material Senior Debt Documents, as applicable, relating to such Class Debt, certified as being true and correct in all material respects by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer, and identifying the obligations to be designated as Additional Senior Debt or Additional Junior Priority Debt, as applicable, and certifying that such obligations are permitted to be incurred and secured (I) in the case of Additional Senior Debt, on a senior basis under each of the then extant Senior Debt Documents and (II) in the case of Junior Priority Debt, on a junior basis under each of the Junior Priority Debt Documents; and

(iii) the Junior Priority Debt Documents or Senior Debt Documents, as applicable, relating to such Class Debt shall provide that each Class Debt Party with respect to such Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of such Class Debt.

SECTION 8.10. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each Representative, on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties of the Debt Facility for which it is acting, irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, in each case sitting in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other courts;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding shall be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth in Section 8.11;

 

-29-


(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.10 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

SECTION 8.11. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent:

(i) if to the Issuer or any other Grantor, to the Issuer, at its address at:

 

Address:   

Fossil Group, Inc.

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

Attention:    Randy Hyne, Chief Legal Officer
Email:    randyh@fossil.com
with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
Address:   

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 5th Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention:    Vynessa Nemunaitis
Email:    vynessa.nemunaitis@weil.com

(ii) if to the Initial Junior Priority Representative to it at:

 

Address:   

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention:    Fossil Group, Inc. Administrator

Email:

 

   612-217-5651

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Address:   

Alston & Bird LLP

1120 South Tryon Street

Suite 300

Charlotte, NC 28203-6818

Attention:    Jason Solomon
Email:    jason.solomon@alston.com

(iii) if to the Senior Agent, to it at:

 

Address:   

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention:    Fossil Group, Inc. Administrator

Email:

 

   612-217-5651

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Address:   

Alston & Bird LLP

1120 South Tryon Street

Suite 300

Charlotte, NC 28203-6818

Attention:    Jason Solomon
Email:    jason.solomon@alston.com

(iv) if to any other Representative, to it at the address specified by it in the Joinder Agreement delivered by it pursuant to Section 8.09.

 

-30-


Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and, may be personally served, faxed, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a fax or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth above or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties. As agreed to in writing among each Representative from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

SECTION 8.12. Further Assurances. Each Senior Representative, on behalf of itself and each Senior Secured Party under the Senior Facility for which it is acting, each Junior Priority Representative, on behalf of itself, and each Junior Priority Debt Party under its Junior Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will take such further action and shall, at the Grantors’ cost and expense, execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the other parties hereto may reasonably request and prepare to effectuate the terms of, and the Lien priorities contemplated by, this Agreement.

SECTION 8.13. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(A) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(B) EACH PARTY HERETO BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS HEREOF HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES HEREUNDER.

SECTION 8.14. Binding on Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Representatives, the Junior Priority Debt Parties, the Issuer, the other Grantors party hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 8.15. Section Headings. Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

SECTION 8.16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to be an original and shall constitute one and the same instrument. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or electronic records, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 8.17. Authorization. By its signature, each Person (other than an individual) executing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it is duly authorized to execute this Agreement. The Senior Agent represents and warrants that this Agreement is binding upon the Senior Notes Secured Parties under the Senior Debt Documents. The Junior Priority Representative represents and warrants that this Agreement is binding upon the Junior Priority Debt Parties under the Junior Priority Debt Documents.

SECTION 8.18. No Third Party Beneficiaries; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the rights and benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and its respective successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and bind each of the Senior Secured Parties, the Junior Priority Debt Parties, and the Grantors. Nothing in this Agreement shall impair, as between the Issuer, and the other Grantors and the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties, and as between the Issuer and the other Grantors and the Junior Priority Representatives and the Junior Priority Debt Parties, the obligations of the Issuer and the other Grantors, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents respectively.

 

-31-


SECTION 8.19. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by all parties hereto.

SECTION 8.20. Senior Agent and Representative.

(a) It is understood and agreed that (a) the Senior Agent is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the Senior Indenture and the provisions of Article 7 of the Senior Indenture applicable to the Notes Collateral Agent (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to the Senior Agent hereunder; (b) the Senior Trustee is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as trustee under the Senior Indenture and the provisions of Article 7 of the Senior Indenture applicable to the Trustee (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to the Senior Agent hereunder; (c) the Junior Priority Representative is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the Junior Priority Indenture, and the provisions of Article 7 of the Junior Priority Indenture to the Notes Collateral Agent (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to the Initial Junior Priority Representative hereunder; and (d) the Junior Trustee is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as trustee under the Junior Priority Indenture, and the provisions of Article 7 of the Junior Priority Indenture applicable to the Trustee (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to the Initial Junior Priority Representative hereunder.

(b) No Representative shall have any liability or responsibility for the actions or omissions of any other Secured Party, or for any other Secured Party’s compliance with (or failure to comply with) the terms of this Agreement. The Senior Agent shall have no individual liability to any Person if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Secured Party (or the Grantors) any amounts in violation of the terms of this Agreement, so long as the Senior Agent is acting in good faith. No Representative shall be responsible for or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

(c) The Senior Agent and the Senior Trustee are executing and delivering this Agreement solely in their capacities as collateral agent and trustee, respectively, under the Senior Indenture and, in so doing, they shall not be responsible for the terms or sufficiency of this Agreement for any purpose. Neither the Senior Agent nor the Senior Trustee shall have any duties or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement other than such duties as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement as duties on its part to be performed or observed. In entering into this Agreement, or in taking (or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to this Agreement: (i) each of the Senior Agent and the Senior Trustee shall have and be protected by all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under the applicable Senior Debt Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement shall require the Senior Agent or the Senior Trustee to exercise any discretionary acts, and any provision of this Agreement that authorizes or permits the Senior Agent or the Senior Trustee to consent to, disapprove, request, determine, waive, act or decline to act, in its discretion shall be subject to the Senior Agent or the Senior Trustee receiving direction from the Holders (as defined in the Senior Indenture) of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Senior Indenture) then outstanding (as defined in the Senior Indenture). The Initial Junior Priority Representative and the Junior Trustee are executing and delivering this Agreement solely in their capacities as collateral agent and trustee, respectively, under the Junior Priority Indenture and, in so doing, they shall not be responsible for the terms or sufficiency of this Agreement for any purpose. Neither the Initial Junior Priority Representative nor the Junior Trustee shall have any duties or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement other than such duties as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement as duties on its part to be performed or observed. In entering into this Agreement, or in taking (or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to this Agreement: (i) each of the Initial Junior Priority Representative and the Junior Trustee shall have and be protected by all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under the applicable Junior Priority Debt Documents. Without limiting the generality of the

 

-32-


foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement shall require the Initial Junior Priority Representative or the Junior Trustee to exercise any discretionary acts, and any provision of this Agreement that authorizes or permits the Initial Junior Priority Representative or the Junior Trustee to consent to, disapprove, request, determine, waive, act or decline to act, in its discretion shall be subject to the Initial Junior Priority Representative or the Junior Trustee receiving direction from the Holders (as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture) of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture) then outstanding (as defined in the Junior Priority Indenture).

(d) Whenever a Representative shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Secured Obligations, Senior Obligations, Junior Priority Debt Obligations or the Shared Collateral subject to any such Lien, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the other Representatives and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided, however, that if a Representative shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Representative shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of the Issuer and / or other Grantors. Each Representative may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to the Issuer or any of the other Grantors or any of their respective subsidiaries, any Secured Party or any other person as a result of such determination.

SECTION 8.21. Relative Rights. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement is intended to or will (a) (except to the extent expressly contemplated herein) amend, waive or otherwise modify the provisions of the Senior Indenture, any other Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Documents, or permit the Issuer or any other Grantor to take any action, or fail to take any action, to the extent such action or failure would otherwise constitute a breach of, or default under, the Senior Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Documents, (b) change the relative priorities of the Senior Obligations or the Liens granted under the Senior Collateral Documents on the Shared Collateral (or any other assets) as among the Senior Secured Parties, (c) otherwise change the relative rights of the Senior Secured Parties in respect of the Shared Collateral as among such Senior Secured Parties, or (d) obligate the Issuer or any other Grantor to take any action, or fail to take any action, that would otherwise constitute a breach of, or default under, the Senior Indenture or any other Senior Debt Document or any Junior Priority Debt Document.

SECTION 8.22. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Senior Representative for the Senior Notes Secured Parties
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Initial Junior Priority Representative
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Senior Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Junior Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]


FOSSIL GROUP, INC.,

as the Issuer

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[●],

each as a Guarantor

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]


ANNEX I

SUPPLEMENT NO. [•] (this “Supplement”), dated as of [•], to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2025 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the other Grantors party hereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Senior Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Initial Junior Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 1.02 contained in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

B. The Grantors have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement. Pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents, certain Additional Senior Debt Documents and certain Junior Priority Debt Documents, certain newly acquired or organized Subsidiaries of the Issuer are required to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.07 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Subsidiaries may become party to the Intercreditor Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “New Grantor”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Senior Indenture, the Junior Priority Debt Documents and Additional Senior Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the New Grantor agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.07 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Grantor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties on the date hereof that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, concurso mercantile, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, (ii) the need for filings and registrations necessary to create or perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (iii) with respect to enforceability against Foreign Subsidiaries or under foreign laws, and the effect of foreign laws, rules and regulations.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such effectiveness shall not be subject to, or conditioned on, the acknowledgement by the Designated Senior Representative, the Designated Junior Priority Representative or any other person). Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or electronic records, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually

 

 

Annex I-1


executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Issuer as specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 8. The Issuer agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable documented fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative to the extent reimbursable under the Senior Debt Documents.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; Signature pages follow]

 

Annex I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor has duly executed this Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

   [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY GRANTOR]
   By:   

 

      Name:
      Title:
Acknowledged by:   
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,   
as Designated Senior Representative   
By:   

 

  
   Name:   
   Title:   
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,   
as Designated Junior Priority Representative   
By:   

 

  
   Name:   
   Title:   

 

Annex I-3


ANNEX II

REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT NO. [•] (this “Representative Supplement”), dated as of [•], to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2025 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the other Grantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Senior Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Initial Junior Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 1.02 contained in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Issuer to incur Junior Priority Debt Obligations after the effective date and to secure such Junior Priority Class Debt with the Junior Priority Lien and to have such Junior Priority Class Debt guaranteed by the Grantors on a subordinated lien basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Junior Priority Collateral Documents, the Junior Priority Class Debt Representative in respect of such Junior Priority Class Debt is required to become a Representative under, and such Junior Priority Class Debt and the Junior Priority Class Debt Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Junior Priority Class Debt Representative may become a Representative under, and such Junior Priority Class Debt and such Junior Priority Class Debt Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Junior Priority Class Debt Representative of an instrument in the form of this Representative Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Junior Priority Class Debt Representative (the “New Representative”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the New Representative agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Representative by its signature below becomes a Representative under, and the related Junior Priority Class Debt and Junior Priority Class Debt Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Representative had originally been named therein as a Representative, and the New Representative, on behalf of itself and such Junior Priority Class Debt Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Junior Priority Representative and to the Junior Priority Class Debt Parties that it represents as Junior Priority Debt Parties. Each reference to a “Representative” or “Junior Priority Representative” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Representative. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Representative represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Representative Supplement, in its capacity as [agent][trustee] under [describe new facility], (ii) this Representative Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of such Agreement and (iii) the Junior Priority Debt Documents relating to such Junior Priority Class Debt provide that, upon the New Representative’s entry into this Agreement, the Junior Priority Class Debt Parties in respect of such Junior Priority Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as Junior Priority Debt Parties.

 

Annex II-1


SECTION 3. This Representative Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Representative Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Representative Supplement that bears the signature of the New Representative (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such effectiveness shall not be subject to, or conditioned on, the acknowledgement by the Designated Senior Representative or any other person). Delivery of an executed signature page to this Representative Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Representative Supplement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or electronic records, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Representative Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Representative shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

SECTION 8. The Issuer agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Representative Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative to the extent reimbursable under the Senior Debt Documents.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; Signature pages follow]

 

Annex II-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has duly executed this Representative Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW REPRESENTATIVE],
as [_______] for the holders of [________]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  Address for notices:
 

 

 

 

  Attention of:                
  Telecopy:                 

 

Annex II-3


Acknowledged by:
FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[•]  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Annex II-4


ANNEX III

REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT NO. [•], dated as of [•], to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2025 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among Fossil Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the other Grantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Senior Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Initial Junior Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 1.02 contained in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Issuer to incur Senior Class Debt after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Senior Class Debt with the Senior Lien and to have such Senior Class Debt guaranteed by the Grantors on a senior lien basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Senior Collateral Documents, the Senior Class Debt Representative in respect of such Senior Class Debt is required to become a Representative under, and such Senior Class Debt and the Senior Class Debt Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Senior Class Debt Representative may become a Representative under, and such Senior Class Debt and such Senior Class Debt Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Senior Class Debt Representative of an instrument in the form of this Representative Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Senior Class Debt Representative (the “New Representative”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Senior Debt Documents and the Junior Priority Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the New Representative agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.09 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Representative by its signature below becomes a Representative under, and the related Senior Class Debt and Senior Class Debt Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Representative had originally been named therein as a Representative, and the New Representative, on behalf of itself and such Senior Class Debt Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Senior Representative and to the Senior Class Debt Parties that it represents as Senior Secured Parties. Each reference to a “Representative” or “Senior Representative” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Representative. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Representative represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Representative Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee under [describe new facility]], (ii) this Representative Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of such Agreement and (iii) the Senior Debt Documents relating to such Senior Class Debt provide that, upon the New Representative’s entry into this Agreement, the Senior Class Debt Parties in respect of such Senior Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as Senior Secured Parties.

SECTION 3. This Representative Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.

 

Annex III-1


This Representative Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Representative Supplement that bears the signature of the New Representative (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such effectiveness shall not be subject to, or conditioned on, the acknowledgement by the Designated Senior Representative or any other person). Delivery of an executed signature page to this Representative Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Representative Supplement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or electronic records, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Representative Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Representative shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

SECTION 8. The Issuer agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Representative Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative to the extent reimbursable under the Senior Debt Documents.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; Signature pages follow]

 

Annex III-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has duly executed this Representative Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW REPRESENTATIVE],
as [_______] for the holders of [________]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  Address for notices:
 

 

 

 

  Attention of:                
  Telecopy:                 

 

Annex III-3


Acknowledged by:
FOSSIL GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[•]  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Annex III-4

Exhibit 10.4

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of [__________ __], 20[__]

by and between

ACF FINCO I LP,

as ABL Agent,

[__________],

as First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and

[__________],

as Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  UCC Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

  Other Definitions      2  

Section 1.3

  Rules of Construction      18  

ARTICLE 2 LIEN PRIORITY

     18  

Section 2.1

  Priority of Liens      18  

Section 2.2

  Waiver of Right to Contest Liens      20  

Section 2.3

  Remedies Standstill      20  

Section 2.4

  Exercise of Rights      22  

Section 2.5

  No New Liens; Similar Agreements      25  

Section 2.6

  Waiver of Marshalling      26  

ARTICLE 3 ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES

     26  

Section 3.1

  Certain Actions Permitted      26  

Section 3.2

  Agent for Perfection      26  

Section 3.3

  Sharing of Information and Access      27  

Section 3.4

  Insurance      27  

Section 3.5

  No Additional Rights For the Credit Parties Hereunder      28  

Section 3.6

  Inspection and Access Rights      28  

Section 3.7

  Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds      30  

Section 3.8

  Purchase Option; Collateral Designation Option.      30  

Section 3.9

  Payments Over      33  

Section 3.10

  UK Third Party Notices      33  

ARTICLE 4 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

     33  

Section 4.1

  Application of Proceeds      33  

Section 4.2

  Specific Performance      36  

ARTICLE 5 INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS

     36  

Section 5.1

  Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers      36  

Section 5.2

  Modifications to ABL Documents and Notes Documents      37  

Section 5.3

  Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement      40  

ARTICLE 6 INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

     40  

Section 6.1

  DIP Financing      40  

Section 6.2

  Relief From Stay      41  

Section 6.3

  No Contest; Adequate Protection      41  

Section 6.4

  Asset Sales      44  

Section 6.5

  Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification      44  

Section 6.6

  Enforceability      44  

Section 6.7

  ABL Obligations Unconditional      44  

Section 6.8

  Notes Obligations Unconditional      45  

Section 6.9

  Waivers – Bankruptcy Code Sections 506(c) and 1111(b)(2)      45  

Section 6.10

  Post-Petition Interest      46  

Section 6.11

  Reorganization Securities      46  

ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS

     46  

Section 7.1

  Rights of Subrogation      46  

Section 7.2

  Further Assurances      46  

Section 7.3

  Representations      47  

Section 7.4

  Amendments      47  


Section 7.5

  Addresses for Notices      47  

Section 7.6

  No Waiver; Remedies      48  

Section 7.7

  Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations      48  

Section 7.8

  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT      48  

Section 7.9

  Counterparts      48  

Section 7.10

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      48  

Section 7.11

  Headings      48  

Section 7.12

  Severability      49  

Section 7.13

  Attorneys’ Fees      49  

Section 7.14

  VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER      49  

Section 7.15

  Intercreditor Agreement      50  

Section 7.16

  No Warranties or Liability      50  

Section 7.17

  Conflicts      50  

Section 7.18

  Costs and Expenses      50  

Section 7.19

  Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties      50  

 

 

ii


INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [__________ __], 2025 between (a) ACF FINCO I LP, in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent (together with its successors or co-agents in substantially the same capacity as may from time to time be appointed, the “ABL Agent”) for (i) the financial institutions, lenders and investors party from time to time to the ABL Credit Agreement referred to below (such financial institutions, lenders and investors together with their respective successors, assigns and transferees, including any letter of credit issuers under the ABL Credit Agreement, the “ABL Lenders” and, together with the ABL Agent and any other secured parties under any ABL Document (as defined below), the “ABL Secured Parties”), (b) [__________], in its capacity as [collateral agent] for the First-Out Notes Claimholders referred to below (together with its successors or co-agents in substantially the same capacity as may from time to time be appointed, the “First-Out Notes Collateral Agent”), (c) [__________], in its capacity as [collateral agent] for the Second-Out Notes Claimholders referred to below (together with its successors or co-agents in substantially the same capacity as may from time to time be appointed, the “Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent”, and together with the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, the “Initial Notes Collateral Agent”), and (d) acknowledged and agreed to by the Credit Parties (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2025, among FOSSIL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), FOSSIL PARTNERS, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Fossil Partners”), each of the other U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) from time to time party thereto, and FOSSIL CANADA INC., a corporation organized under the laws of New Brunswick (“Fossil Canada”), the Guarantors (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) from time to time party thereto, the ABL Lenders, and the ABL Agent (as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated, extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ABL Credit Agreement”), the ABL Lenders have agreed to make certain loans and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the ABL Borrowers.

B. Pursuant to certain guaranties (as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement or pursuant to any other ABL Document (as hereinafter defined)) (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated and/or otherwise modified, collectively, the “ABL Guarantee”) by each of the ABL Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) in favor of the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, ABL Guarantors have agreed to guarantee, inter alia, the payment and performance of the ABL Borrowers’ obligations under the ABL Documents (as hereinafter defined).

C. As a condition to the effectiveness of the ABL Credit Agreement and to secure the obligations of the ABL Borrowers and the ABL Guarantors (collectively, the “ABL Credit Parties”) under and in connection with the ABL Documents, the ABL Credit Parties have granted to the ABL Agent (for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties) Liens (as hereinafter defined) on the ABL Collateral (as hereinafter defined).

D. [Company (in such capacity, the “First-Out Notes Issuer”), the First-Out Notes Guarantors (as hereinafter defined), [__________], as trustee (in its capacity, and its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “First-Out Notes Trustee”) and the First-Out Collateral Agent, are party to that certain Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “First-Out Notes Indenture”), pursuant to which [___]% Senior Secured Notes of the First-Out Notes Issuer due 2029 (the “First-Out Notes”) were issued.]

E. Pursuant to certain guaranties (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated and/or otherwise modified, collectively, the “First-Out Notes Guarantee”) by each of the First-Out Notes Guarantors in favor of the First-Out Notes Claimholders (as hereinafter defined), the First-Out Notes Guarantors have agreed to guarantee, inter alia, the payment and performance of the First-Out Notes Issuer’s obligations under the First-Out Notes Indenture and the First-Out Notes.


F. Company (in such capacity, the “Second-Out Notes Issuer” and, together with the First-Out Notes Issuer, collectively, the “Issuer”), the Second-Out Notes Guarantors (as hereinafter defined), [__________], as trustee (in its capacity, and its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Second-Out Notes Trustee” and, together with the First-Out Notes Trustee, collectively, the “Initial Notes Trustees”) and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent, are party to that certain Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Second-Out Notes Indenture” and, together with the First-Out Notes Indenture, collectively, the “Initial Notes Indentures”), pursuant to which [___]% Senior Secured Notes of the Second-Out Notes Issuer due 2029 (the “Second-Out Notes” and, together with the First-Out Notes, collectively, the “Initial Notes”) were issued.

G. Pursuant to certain guaranties (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated and/or otherwise modified, collectively, the “Second-Out Notes Guarantee” and, together with the First-Out Notes Guarantee, collectively, the “Initial Notes Guarantee”) by each of the Second-Out Notes Guarantors in favor of the Second-Out Notes Claimholders (as hereinafter defined), the Second-Out Notes Guarantors have agreed to guarantee, inter alia, the payment and performance of the Second-Out Notes Issuer’s obligations under the Second-Out Notes Indenture and the Second-Out Notes.

H. As a condition to the effectiveness of the Notes Indentures and to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Initial Notes Guarantors (collectively, the “Initial Notes Credit Parties”) under and in connection with the Initial Notes Documents (as hereinafter defined), the Initial Notes Credit Parties have granted to the Initial Notes Collateral Agent Liens on the Notes Collateral (as hereinafter defined).

I. Each of the ABL Agent (on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties) and the Initial Notes Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Initial Notes Claimholders) and, by their acknowledgment hereof, the ABL Credit Parties and the Initial Notes Credit Parties, desire to agree to the relative priority of Liens on the Collateral and certain other rights, priorities and interests as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 UCC Definitions. The following terms which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code or, if applicable, the PPSA, are used herein as so defined: Account, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Commodity Account (including a “futures account” as defined in the PPSA), Commodity Contract (including a “futures contract” as defined in the PPSA), Deposit Account, Document (including a “document of title” as defined in the PPSA), Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Financial Asset, Fixtures, General Intangible (including an “intangible” as defined in the PPSA), Instrument, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Money, Payment Intangible (including an “intangible” as defined in the PPSA under which the account debtor’s principal obligation is a monetary obligation), Promissory Note, Records, Securities, Securities Account, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

Section 1.2 Other Definitions. Subject to Section 1.1, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“ABL Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

“ABL Borrowers” shall mean the collective reference to (i) the Company and (ii) any other Person who is, or becomes, a party to the ABL Credit Agreement as a borrower thereunder. The term “ABL Borrowers” shall include all “Borrowers” under and as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Borrowing Base” shall mean the “Borrowing Base” or similar term as defined in any ABL Credit Agreement.

 

2


“ABL Cash Management Affiliate” shall mean any ABL Cash Management Bank that is owed ABL Cash Management Obligations by any ABL Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof and which ABL Cash Management Obligations are secured by one or more ABL Collateral Documents, together with their respective successors, assigns and transferees.

“ABL Cash Management Bank” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any Person that is the ABL Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement, an ABL Lender or an Affiliate of an ABL Lender on the date any such Person shall have extended Cash Management Services constituting ABL Cash Management Obligations.

“ABL Cash Management Obligations” shall mean obligations owed by any ABL Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary to any ABL Cash Management Bank in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services.

“ABL Collateral” shall mean all Property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party in or upon which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to the ABL Agent under any of the ABL Collateral Documents to secure any ABL Obligations, together with all rents, issues, profits, products and Proceeds thereof (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Debtor Relief Law, would be ABL Collateral).

“ABL Collateral Documents” shall mean all “Collateral Documents” or similar term as defined in any ABL Credit Agreement, and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds of hypothec, account control agreements, customs brokers agreements, collateral access agreements, and other collateral documents executed and delivered in connection with any ABL Document, in each case as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“ABL Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement and shall include, any one or more other agreements, indentures or facilities extending the maturity of, consolidating, restructuring, refunding, amending, replacing or refinancing all or any portion of the ABL Obligations, whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender, group of lenders, creditor or group of creditors and whether or not increasing the amount of any Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder.

“ABL Credit Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“ABL Default” shall mean an “Event of Default” or other equivalent term (as defined in any of the ABL Documents).

“ABL Deposit and Securities Accounts” shall mean all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, collection accounts and lockbox accounts (and all related lockboxes) of the Credit Parties (other than the Notes Priority Accounts).

“ABL Documents” shall mean any ABL Credit Agreement, any ABL Guarantee, any ABL Collateral Document, all agreements regarding Cash Management Services between an ABL Credit Party or any Subsidiary and any ABL Cash Management Affiliate, any ABL Hedging Agreement, any “Loan Document” (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), any other ancillary agreement as to which any ABL Secured Party is a party or a beneficiary and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any ABL Credit Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and delivered to the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party, in connection with any of the foregoing or any ABL Document, in each case as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“ABL Financial Covenant” means the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.12 of the ABL Credit Agreement determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of such Section 6.12, as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

3


“ABL Guarantee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement and shall also include any other guarantee made by an ABL Guarantor guaranteeing, inter alia, the payment and performance of any ABL Obligations.

“ABL Guarantors” shall mean the Guarantors (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and any other Person who becomes (or is required to become) a guarantor under any ABL Guarantee. The term “ABL Guarantors” shall include all “U.S. Guarantors”, the “Canadian Guarantors”, the “German Guarantors”, the “Swiss Guarantors” and the “UK Guarantors” under and (in each case) as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Hedge Bank” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any Person that is the ABL Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement or an ABL Lender or an Affiliate of an ABL Lender, in each case, that has entered into an ABL Hedging Agreement with an ABL Credit Party or Subsidiary, as applicable, with the obligations of such ABL Credit Party or Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder being secured by one or more ABL Collateral Documents, together with their respective successors, assigns and transferees (even if such ABL Hedge Bank ceases to be an ABL Lender or an Affiliate or branch of an ABL Lender under the ABL Credit Agreement for any reason).

“ABL Hedging Agreement” shall mean any Hedging Agreement by and among any ABL Hedge Bank with an ABL Credit Party or Subsidiary.

“ABL Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement, as well as any Person designated as a “Lender” or similar term under any ABL Document.

“ABL Obligations” shall mean any and all obligations of every nature of each ABL Credit Party from time to time owed to the ABL Secured Parties, or any of them, under, in connection with, or evidenced or secured by any ABL Document, including, without limitation, all “Obligations” or similar term as defined in any ABL Credit Agreement and whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit, payments for early termination of ABL Hedging Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of any ABL Document (including interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications which, but for the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to such ABL Credit Party, would have become due or accrued on any ABL Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such ABL Credit Party for such interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications in such Insolvency Proceeding), as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

“ABL Priority Collateral” shall mean all Collateral consisting of the following (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Debtor Relief Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral):

(1) all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts (other than Accounts which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(2) cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents (other than cash, Money, cash proceeds and cash equivalents which constitute identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral);

(3) all (x) Deposit Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral) and all Money, cash, cash proceeds, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payments held therein, including (to the extent owing in respect of ABL Priority Collateral) funds on account of intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates, (y) Securities Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral), Security Entitlements, Financial Assets and Securities credited to such a Securities Account (other than Equity Interests of Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) and (z) Commodity Accounts (other than Notes Priority Accounts that solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral) and Commodity Contracts credited thereto, and, in each case, all cash, Money, cash proceeds, cash equivalents, checks and other property held therein or credited thereto; provided, however,

 

4


that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice, such identifiable proceeds (to the extent not applied to the repayment of ABL Obligations prior to the receipt of such Notes Cash Proceeds Notice), shall be treated as Notes Priority Collateral so long as such proceeds are in fact Notes Priority Collateral;

(4) all Inventory;

(5) all intercompany indebtedness arising from (x) intercompany advances utilizing proceeds of Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (y) all intercompany indebtedness arising from intercompany transfers of items referred to in the preceding clauses (1)-(4); provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (5) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (x) through (y) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(6) all proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions or replacements of the Loans (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and other credit extensions made under the ABL Documents;

(7) at all times prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), the Specified Collateral;

(8) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Documents, General Intangibles (including all rights under contracts), Instruments (including the Intercompany Note Documents and other Promissory Notes), Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper) and Commercial Tort Claims; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (8) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral, only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (7) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(9) to the extent relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Supporting Obligations and Letter-of-Credit Rights; provided that to the extent any of the foregoing in this clause (9) also relates to Notes Priority Collateral only that portion related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (8) shall be included in the ABL Priority Collateral;

(10) all books and Records relating to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral (including all books, databases, customer lists, engineer drawings, and Records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the items referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (9) constituting ABL Priority Collateral); and

(11) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to any of the foregoing and, subject to Section 3.7, all cash, Money, cash equivalents, insurance proceeds (including all proceeds of credit insurance and provided that with respect to, proceeds of business interruption insurance, only 50% of such proceeds of business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral), receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (such items in this clause (11), the “ABL Priority Proceeds”).

“ABL Recovery” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

“ABL Secured Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

“Additional Notes Claimholders” shall mean, at any relevant time, the holders of Additional Notes Obligations at that time and the trustees, agents and other representatives of the holders of any Additional Notes Debt, the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under any Additional Notes Document and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any holder or lender pursuant to any Additional Notes Document outstanding at such time.

 

5


“Additional Notes Collateral Agent” shall mean, in the case of any Additional Notes Instrument and the Additional Notes Claimholders thereunder, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Additional Notes Instrument that is named as the “Collateral Agent” in respect of such Additional Notes Instrument in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

“Additional Notes Collateral Documents” shall mean any security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes and any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Credit Party to secure any Additional Notes Obligations owed thereunder to any Additional Notes Claimholders or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

“Additional Notes Credit Parties” shall mean each Restricted Subsidiary of Company from time to time party to any Additional Notes Document as a borrower, guarantor, issuer, grantor, pledger or other obligor thereunder (including each Additional Notes Guarantor).

“Additional Notes Debt” shall mean the principal amount of Indebtedness issued or incurred under any Additional Notes Instrument.

“Additional Notes Documents” shall mean any Additional Notes Instrument, Additional Notes Collateral Document and any other agreement, document and instrument providing for or evidencing any other Additional Notes Obligations, including any document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Additional Notes Obligations, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of Notes Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time.

“Additional Notes Guarantee” shall mean any guaranty or guarantee made by an Additional Notes Guarantor guaranteeing, inter alia, the payment and performance of any Initial Notes Obligations.

“Additional Notes Guarantor” shall mean the collective reference to Company and each Subsidiary of Company or any other Person (other than a Borrower (with respect to its own obligations) under an Additional Notes Instrument) who shall from time to time guarantee any Additional Notes Obligation.

“Additional Notes Instrument” shall mean any (A) debt facilities, indentures or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, increased, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with each then existing Credit Document; provided that no ABL Credit Agreement or other ABL Documents, the Initial Notes Indentures nor any Refinancing of any of the foregoing in this proviso shall constitute an Additional Notes Instrument at any time.

“Additional Notes Obligations” shall mean any and all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party from time to time owed to the Additional Notes Claimholders, or any of them, under, in connection with, or evidenced or secured by any Additional Notes Documents that are secured on a pari passu or junior basis with the Initial Notes Obligations, and whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of any Additional Notes Document (including interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications which, but for the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to such Credit Party, would have become due or accrued on any Additional Notes Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications in such Insolvency Proceeding), as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

6


“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Agent(s)” shall mean individually the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent and collectively means all of the foregoing.

“Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto.

“Bankruptcy Court” shall mean a court of component jurisdiction under or in respect of any Debtor Relief Law.

“Borrower” shall mean as applicable and as the context may require (a) individually, an ABL Borrower or any other Credit Party in its capacity as a “borrower”, “issuer” or other obligor, in a similar capacity under any Credit Document or (b) collectively, all of the foregoing Credit Parties.

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

“Capitalized Leases” shall mean all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Management Services” shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including automated clearinghouse transfers, controlled disbursement accounts, treasury, depository, overdraft, lease financing or related services, supply chain financing, merchant services, credit card processing, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

“Collateral” shall mean all Property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party constituting ABL Collateral or Notes Collateral.

“Collateral Agent” shall mean the (i) ABL Agent, (ii) the Initial Notes Collateral Agent or (iii) any Additional Notes Collateral Agent, or all of the foregoing, as the context may require.

“Collateral Designation” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“Collateral Designation Date” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the ABL Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

“Collateral Designation Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.8(b)(1).

“Collateral Designation Option” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.8(b)(1).

“Collateral Designation Option Period” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.8(b)(1).

“Control” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate”.

 

7


“Control Collateral” shall mean any Collateral consisting of any Certificated Security (as defined in Section 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, if applicable, the PPSA), Investment Property, Deposit Account, Instruments and any other Collateral as to which a Lien may be perfected through possession or control by the secured party, or any agent therefor.

“Controlling Notes Collateral Agent” shall mean (i) at any time the First-Out Notes Obligations are outstanding, the First-Out Notes Collateral Agent, and (ii) at any time thereafter, the Notes Collateral Agent designated in writing to the ABL Agent as the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent by all Notes Collateral Agents then party hereto.

“Copyright Licenses” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Credit Party or that such Credit Party otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Credit Party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Credit Party under any such agreement.

“Copyrights” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by or assigned to any Credit Party: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, Canada or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, Canada or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or any similar offices in any other country, and all: (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Credit Party’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Court Appointed Official” shall mean a trustee, monitor, receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, custodian or other official with similar powers appointed by a Bankruptcy Court.

“Credit Card Receivables” shall mean, collectively, (a) all present and future rights of any Credit Party to payment from any credit card issuer, credit card processor or other third party arising from sales of goods or rendition of services to customers who have purchased such goods or services using a credit, debit, prepayment or other payment card and (b) all present and future rights of any Credit Party to payment from any credit card issuer, credit card processor or other third party in connection with the sale or transfer of accounts arising pursuant to the sale of goods or rendition of services to customers who have purchased such goods or services using a credit card or a debit card, including, but not limited to, all amounts at any time due or to become due from any credit card issuer or credit card processor under the credit card agreements or otherwise, in each case above calculated net of prevailing interchange charges.

“Credit Documents” shall mean the ABL Documents and the Notes Documents.

“Credit Parties” shall mean the ABL Credit Parties and the Notes Credit Parties.

“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the IAUK and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, arrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, administration or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“DIP Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

 

8


“Discharge of ABL Obligations” shall mean (a) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all outstanding ABL Obligations excluding contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims but including, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) with respect to amounts available to be drawn under outstanding letters of credit issued under any ABL Document (or indemnities or other undertakings issued pursuant thereto in respect of outstanding letters of credit), the cancellation of such letters of credit or the delivery or provision of cash collateral or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in compliance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement (which shall not exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such letters of credit) and (ii) with respect to ABL Hedging Agreements and ABL Cash Management Obligations (or indemnities or other undertakings issued pursuant thereto in respect of outstanding ABL Hedging Agreements and ABL Cash Management Obligations) the termination thereof and payment in full in cash of all ABL Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims) with respect thereto or the delivery or provision of cash collateral in respect thereof in compliance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement, and (b) the termination of all commitments to extend credit under the ABL Documents.

“Discharge of Notes Obligations” shall mean (a) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all outstanding Notes Obligations excluding contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims, and (b) the termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Notes Documents.

“Domain Names” shall mean all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses in or to which any Credit Party now or hereafter has any right, title or interest.

“Enforcement Notice” shall mean a written notice delivered by either the ABL Agent or the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent to the other Agent announcing that an Enforcement Period has commenced.

“Enforcement Period” shall mean the period of time following the receipt by either the ABL Agent or the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent of an Enforcement Notice from the other and continuing until the earliest of (a) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, the Discharge of Notes Obligations, (b) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the ABL Agent, the Discharge of ABL Obligations, (c) in the case when the ABL Agent has delivered the applicable Enforcement Notice, the ABL Agent terminates, or agrees in writing to terminate, the Enforcement Period, or (d) in the case when the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, has delivered the applicable Enforcement Notice, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent terminates, or agrees in writing to terminate, the Enforcement Period.

“Equity Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

“Event of Default” shall mean, as applicable and as the context may require, an ABL Default or a Notes Default.

“Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies”, “Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies” or “Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:

(a) the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law;

(b) the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a Lien under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;

(c) the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party in respect of the collection on, set off against, marshaling of, injunction respecting or foreclosure on the Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;

 

9


(d) the appointment on the application of a Secured Party, of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Collateral;

(e) subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), making a UK Appointment in accordance with the provisions of the IAUK;

(f) the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral by private or public sale conducted by any Secured Party or any other means at the direction of any Secured Party permissible under applicable law;

(g) the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or under provisions of similar effect under other applicable law; and

(h) the exercise by any Secured Party of any voting rights relating to any Equity Interest included in the Collateral.

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following shall be deemed to constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies: (i) the filing of a proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding or the seeking of adequate protection in accordance with the provisions of Article VI hereof, (ii) the exercise of rights by the ABL Agent upon the occurrence of a Dominion Period (as defined in any ABL Credit Agreement), including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depository institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent, (iii) the consent by the ABL Agent to a store closing sale, going out of business sale or other disposition by any Credit Party of any of the ABL Priority Collateral, (iv) the reduction of advance rates or sub-limits by the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders, or (v) the imposition of Reserves (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) by the ABL Agent.

“First-Out Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“First-Out Notes Claimholders” shall mean, at any relevant time, the holders of First-Out Notes Obligations at that time including the “[Secured Parties]” as defined in the First-Out Notes Security Agreement and the Initial Split-Lien Collateral Agent, the First-Out Notes Trustee, and the other trustees, agents and representatives of the holders of the First-Out Notes Obligations (including any holders of First-Out Notes Obligations pursuant to supplements executed in connection with the incurrence of additional Indebtedness under the First-Out Notes Indenture), the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under any First-Out Notes Document and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any holder or lender pursuant to any First-Out Notes Document outstanding at such time.

“First-Out Notes Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“First-Out Notes Collateral Documents” shall mean the “[Security Documents]” (as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any First-Out Notes Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

“First-Out Notes Documents” shall mean the First-Out Notes Indenture, the First-Out Notes Collateral Documents and the other [Senior Secured Notes Documents] (as defined in the First-Out Notes Security Agreement) and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other First-Out Notes Obligation, including, to the extent applicable, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any First-Out Notes Obligations, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of First-Out Notes Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time.

“First-Out Notes Guarantor” shall mean the collective reference to any other Person who becomes (or is required to become) a guarantor under any First-Out Notes Guarantee. The term “First-Out Notes Guarantors” shall include all “[Guarantors]” under and as defined in the First-Out Notes Indenture.

“First-Out Notes Indenture” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

10


“First-Out Notes Issuer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“First-Out Notes Obligations” shall mean any and all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party from time to time owed to First-Out Notes Claimholders, or any of them, under, in connection with, or evidenced or secured by any Initial First-Out Notes Document, including, without limitation, all [“Obligations”] as defined in the First-Out Notes Security Agreement and whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of any First-Out Notes Document (including interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications which, but for the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to such Credit Party, would have become due or accrued on any First-Out Notes Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications in such Insolvency Proceeding), as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

“First-Out Notes Security Agreement” shall mean the [Notes Security Agreement], dated as of the date hereof, among the First-Out Notes Issuer, the other Credit Parties party thereto and the Initial Notes Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time.

“First-Out Notes Trustee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, territorial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union, the Council of Ministers of the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Hedging Agreement” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing) whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement, including any obligations of the type referred to in the definition of “Swap Agreement” in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“IAUK” means the Insolvency Act 1986 (UK), as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Indebtedness” shall mean (i) all obligations of a Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; (ii) the maximum amount of all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person; (iii) obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreement; (iv) indebtedness secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, and (v) any guarantees of the foregoing.

“Initial Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

11


“Initial Notes Claimholders” shall mean, collectively, the First-Out Notes Claimholders and the Second-Out Notes Claimholders.

“Initial Notes Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Initial Notes Collateral Documents” shall mean the collective reference to the First-Out Notes Collateral Documents and the Second-Out Notes Collateral Documents.

“Initial Notes Credit Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Initial Notes Documents” shall mean the collective reference to the First-Out Notes Documents and the Second-Out Notes Documents.

“Initial Notes Guarantee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement and shall also include any other guarantee made by an Initial Notes Guarantor guaranteeing, inter alia, the payment and performance of any Initial Notes Obligations.

“Initial Notes Guarantor” shall mean the collective reference to the First-Out Notes Guarantors and the Second-Out Notes Guarantors.

“Initial Notes Indentures” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Initial Notes Obligations” shall mean, collectively, the First-Out Notes Obligations and the Second-Out Obligations.

“Initial Notes Security Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the First-Out Notes Security Agreement and the Second-Out Notes Security Agreement.

“Initial Notes Trustee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, administration, winding-up or relief of debtors, (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors or other similar arrangement in respect of a Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of a Person’s creditors, (c) any case, action or proceeding pursuant to which a Court Appointed Official has been appointed with respect to any Credit Party or any of its assets, in each case covered by clauses (a), (b) and (c), undertaken under any Debtor Relief Laws or (d) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, administration or winding up of any Credit Party, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy.

“Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned, licensed or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party that is subject to a security interest under any ABL Documents or any Notes Document, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, Domain Names, trade secrets, social media accounts, digital platforms, confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, all trade secrets, technology, ideas, know-how, formulae, goodwill, and customer lists, any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products (including, without limitation, source codes, object codes, data and related documentation), any and all design rights owned or used by such Credit Party, all other intellectual property rights of every description as set forth in the ABL Documents or the Notes Documents as in effect as of the date hereof which may now or in the future subsist (in each case whether registered or not), all other proprietary information and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation and registrations and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” shall mean Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

 

12


“IP Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the ABL Credit Agreement; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the amount required to be paid by the Notes Claimholders in satisfaction of the requirement in Section 3.8(b)(2)(i), such amount shall be determined without giving effect to any amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement (which has not been consented to by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent), if the effect of such amendment would result in more credit being available to the Credit Parties based on the value of Intellectual Property Collateral included in the determination of the ABL Borrowing Base.

“Issuer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Joinder Agreement” shall mean an agreement in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A, or in a form otherwise acceptable to each Collateral Agent, after giving effect to Section 5.2.

“License” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License, or other license or sublicense agreement granting rights under Intellectual Property to which any Credit Party is a party.

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, collateral assignment, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself be deemed a Lien.

“Lien Priority” shall mean with respect to any Lien of the ABL Secured Parties or the Notes Claimholders in the Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1.

“Limited IP Standstill Period” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(b).

“New Agent” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.2(c).

“New Debt Notice” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.2(c).

“Notes Cash Proceeds Notice” shall mean a written notice delivered by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent to the ABL Agent (a) stating that a Notes Default has occurred and is continuing under one or more Notes Documents and specifying the relevant Notes Default and (b) stating that certain cash proceeds which may be deposited in an ABL Deposit and Securities Account constitute Notes Priority Collateral, and reasonably identifying the amount of such proceeds and specifying the origin thereof.

“Notes Claimholders” shall mean, at any relevant time, the holders of Notes Obligations at that time, including the Trustees, each Notes Collateral Agent, the Additional Notes Claimholders and the Initial Notes Claimholders.

“Notes Collateral” shall mean all Property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party in or upon which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to the Initial Notes Collateral Agent or any Additional Notes Collateral Agent under any of the Notes Collateral Documents, as applicable, to secure any Notes Obligations, as applicable, together with all rents, issues, profits, products and Proceeds thereof (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Debtor Relief Law, would be Notes Collateral).

“Notes Collateral Agents” shall mean the Initial Notes Collateral Agent and each Additional Notes Collateral Agent.

“Notes Collateral Documents” shall mean the Initial Notes Collateral Documents and any Additional Notes Collateral Documents.

“Notes Credit Parties” shall mean the Initial Notes Credit Parties and the Additional Notes Credit Parties.

 

13


“Notes Default” shall mean an “Event of Default” or other equivalent term (as defined in any of the Notes Documents).

“Notes Documents” shall mean the Initial Notes Documents and any Additional Notes Documents.

“Notes Guarantee” shall mean the Initial Notes Guarantee and each Additional Notes Guarantee.

“Notes Guarantor” shall mean the collective reference to each Initial Notes Guarantor and each Additional Notes Guarantor.

“Notes Mortgages” shall mean all mortgages, trust deeds, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments of leases and rents, and other security documents now existing or to be entered into by and among the Credit Party party thereto and any Notes Collateral Agent that create Liens on real property of any Credit Party to secure any Notes Obligations.

“Notes Obligations” shall mean the Initial Notes Obligations and any Additional Notes Obligations.

“Notes Priority Accounts” shall mean any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts, in each case that are intended to solely contain Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral (it being understood that any property in such Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodities Accounts which is not Notes Priority Collateral or identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral shall not be Notes Priority Collateral solely by virtue of being on deposit in any such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account).

“Notes Priority Collateral” shall mean all Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision in any other Debtor Relief Law, would be ABL Priority Collateral), including:

(1) (1) all Equipment, Fixtures, Real Property, intercompany indebtedness between or among the Credit Parties or their Affiliates (other than ABL Priority Collateral described in clause (5) of the definition thereof), and all Equity Interests held by the Credit Parties and other Investment Property (other than any Investment Property constituting ABL Priority Collateral, including Investment Property described in clause 3(y) of the definition of ABL Priority Collateral);

(2) except to the extent constituting ABL Priority Collateral, all Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents and General Intangibles;

(3) Notes Priority Accounts; provided, however, that to the extent that identifiable proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral are deposited in any such Split-Lien Priority Accounts, such identifiable proceeds shall be treated as ABL Priority Collateral;

(4) on and after the Collateral Designation Date, Specified Collateral;

(5) all other Collateral, other than the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds); and

(6) all collateral security and guarantees with respect to the foregoing, and all cash, Money, insurance proceeds, receivables, products, substitutions, replacements, Instruments, Securities and Financial Assets received as proceeds of any of the foregoing, but, in any event, excluding the ABL Priority Collateral (including ABL Priority Proceeds) (such proceeds, “Notes Priority Proceeds”).

“Obligations” shall mean the ABL Obligations and the Notes Obligations.

 

14


“Party” shall mean the ABL Agent, the Initial Notes Collateral Agent, or each Additional Notes Collateral Agent, and “Parties” shall mean each of the ABL Agent, the Initial Notes Collateral Agent, and each Additional Notes Collateral Agent.

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to develop, commercialize, import, make, have made, offer for sale, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Credit Party or that any Credit Party otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Credit Party any such right with respect to any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Credit Party under any such agreement.

“Patents” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party: (a) all letters patent of the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, European Union, industrial designs or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent or industrial designs of the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, European Union or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, the United Kingdom Intellectual Property Office, the European Union Intellectual Property Office or any similar offices in any other country, and (b) all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Credit Party’s use of any patents and industrial designs, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

“Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto and related Minister’s Orders, provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created under any Credit Document on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security in effect in any applicable jurisdiction in Canada, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation (including, the Civil Code of Quebec) in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction in Canada for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Priority Collateral” shall mean with respect to the ABL Secured Parties, all ABL Priority Collateral, and with respect to the Notes Claimholders, all Notes Priority Collateral.

“Proceeds” shall mean (a) all “proceeds,” as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, if applicable, the PPSA, with respect to the Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, exchanged, replaced, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

“Pro Forma Borrowing Base Modifications” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.8(b)(ii).

“Property” shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

“Real Property” shall mean any right, title or interest in and to real property, including any fee interest, leasehold interest, easement, or license and any other right to use or occupy real property.

“Refinance” shall mean, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, modify, supplement, restructure, replace, refund or repay, or to issue other indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Refinanced Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.2(c).

 

15


“Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) with respect to ABL Guarantors, any “Restricted Subsidiary” (or similar designation) under and as defined in any ABL Credit Agreement and (b) with respect to the Notes Guarantor, any “Restricted Subsidiary” (or similar designation) under and as defined in any Notes Document.

“Second-Out Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Second-Out Notes Claimholders” shall mean, at any relevant time, the holders of Second-Out Notes Obligations at that time including the “[Secured Parties]” as defined in the Second-Out Notes Security Agreement and the Initial Split-Lien Collateral Agent, the Second-Out Notes Trustee, and the other trustees, agents and representatives of the holders of the Second-Out Notes Obligations (including any holders of Second-Out Notes Obligations pursuant to supplements executed in connection with the incurrence of additional Indebtedness under the Second-Out Notes Indenture), the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under any Second-Out Notes Document and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any holder or lender pursuant to any Second-Out Notes Document outstanding at such time.

“Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Second-Out Notes Collateral Documents” shall mean the “[Security Documents]” (as defined in the Second-Out Notes Indenture) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any Second-Out Notes Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

“Second-Out Notes Documents” shall mean the Second-Out Notes Indenture, the Second-Out Notes Collateral Documents and the other [Senior Secured Notes Documents] (as defined in the Second-Out Notes Security Agreement) and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other Second-Out Notes Obligation, including, to the extent applicable, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Second-Out Notes Obligations, including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of Second-Out Notes Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time.

“Second-Out Notes Guarantor” shall mean the collective reference to any Person who becomes (or is required to become) a guarantor under any Second-Out Notes Guarantee. The term “Second-Out Notes Guarantors” shall include all “[Guarantors]” under and as defined in the Second-Out Notes Indenture.

“Second-Out Notes Indenture” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Second-Out Notes Issuer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Second-Out Notes Obligations” shall mean any and all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party from time to time owed to Second-Out Notes Claimholders, or any of them, under, in connection with, or evidenced or secured by any Initial Second-Out Notes Document, including, without limitation, all [“Obligations”] as defined in the Second-Out Notes Security Agreement and whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of any Second-Out Notes Document (including interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications which, but for the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to such Credit Party, would have become due or accrued on any Second-Out Notes Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest, fees, expenses and indemnifications in such Insolvency Proceeding), as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

“Second-Out Notes Security Agreement” shall mean the [Notes Security Agreement], dated as of the date hereof, among the Second-Out Notes Issuer, the other Credit Parties party thereto and the [Initial Notes Collateral Agent], as it may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Second-Out Notes Trustee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

16


“Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Claimholders.

“Specified Collateral” shall mean all Intellectual Property Collateral.

“Subsidiary” of a Person shall mean a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, unlimited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

“Term Recovery” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

“Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Credit Party or that any Credit Party otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Credit Party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Credit Party under any such agreement (not including vendor or distribution agreements that allow incidental use of intellectual property rights in connection with the sale or distribution of such products or services).

“Trademarks” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated therewith, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, the United Kingdom Intellectual Property Office, the European Union Intellectual Property Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or European Union or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, (b) any and all rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Credit Party’s use of any trademarks, (c) all extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (d) all income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (e) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (f) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or dilution thereof or other injuries thereto.

“Trustee” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“UK ABL Floating Charge” means each floating charge granted by a UK Credit Party to secure the ABL Obligations.

“UK Appointment” means the appointment of an administrator of a UK Credit Party pursuant to paragraph 14 of Schedule B1 to the IAUK.

“UK Credit Party” shall mean any Credit Party which is incorporated in England and Wales.

“UK Notes Floating Charge” means each floating charge granted by a UK Credit Party to secure the Notes Obligations.

“Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non perfection or the priority of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non perfection or priority or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

 

17


“Use Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that the ABL Agent or an agent acting on its behalf furnish the Notes Collateral Agent with an Enforcement Notice and ending 180 days thereafter. If any stay or other order that prohibits any of the ABL Agent, the other ABL Secured Parties or any ABL Credit Party (with the consent of the ABL Agent) from commencing and continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies or from liquidating and selling the ABL Priority Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order and the Use Period shall be so extended.

Section 1.3 Rules of Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation. For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Credit Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Credit Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (i) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (ii) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (iii) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (iv) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (v) “security interest” and “mortgage” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, (vi) all references to filing, registering or recording under the UCC or the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (vii) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to the “opposability” of such Liens to third parties, (viii) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (ix) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (x) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary” and (xi) “foreclosure” shall be deemed to include the exercise of a “hypothecary right”.

ARTICLE 2

LIEN PRIORITY

Section 2.1 Priority of Liens.

(a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens granted to the ABL Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral or of any Liens granted to the Notes Claimholders in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent (or ABL Secured Parties or Notes Claimholders) in any Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA, Debtor Relief Laws or any other applicable law, or of the ABL Documents or the Notes Documents, (iv) whether the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Collateral, (v) the date on which the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations are advanced or made available to the Credit Parties, (vi) the fact that any such Liens in favor of the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party or any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder securing any of the ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations, respectively, are contractually subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Credit Party other than the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations, respectively, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby agree that:

 

18


(1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder that secures (or purports to secure) all or any portion of the Notes Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party in such ABL Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the ABL Obligations;

(2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party that secures (or purports to secure) all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder in such ABL Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Notes Obligations;

(3) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party that secures (or purports to secure) all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder in such Notes Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Notes Obligations;

(4) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder that secures (or purports to secure) all or any portion of the Notes Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party in such Notes Priority Collateral to secure all or any portion of the ABL Obligations;

(5) as between the UK ABL Floating Charges and the UK Notes Floating Charges, the UK ABL Floating Charges shall be deemed to be the prior floating charges for the purposes of paragraph 15 of Schedule B1 to the IAUK; and

(6) for purposes of applicable law in the province of Quebec, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby agree to cede priority and preference of rank of their respective Liens on the Collateral as required in order to give effect to the Lien subordination set out in this Section 2.1.

(b) The Lien subordination provisions contained herein relate solely to the priority of Liens granted to the ABL Agent and any Notes Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties and shall apply only to the extent that the Liens of the ABL Agent and such Notes Collateral Agent are valid, perfected, and enforceable. It is the ABL Agent’s responsibility to ensure the validity, perfection and enforceability of the Liens granted by the Credit Parties to the ABL Agent for the benefit of itself and the ABL Secured Parties. It is each Note Collateral Agent’s responsibility to ensure the validity, perfection and enforceability of the Liens granted by the Credit Parties to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the Notes Claimholders.

(c) Each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith (or, from time to time hereafter), the ABL Agent, for the benefit of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, has been, or may be, granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which such Notes Collateral Agent has been granted Liens and each Notes Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto. The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith (or, from time to time hereafter), the Notes Collateral Agents, for the benefit of such Notes Collateral Agent and the applicable Notes Claimholders, has been, or may be, granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which the ABL Agent has been granted Liens and the ABL Agent hereby consents thereto.

 

19


Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens.

(a) Each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including, without limitation, in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Parties in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement or the allowability of the claims asserted by the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties. Each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that none of the Notes Collateral Agents or the Notes Claimholders will (i) contest, protest or object to, or otherwise take (or cause to be taken) any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party under the ABL Documents with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or (ii) object to the forbearance by the ABL Agent or any of the ABL Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral. Each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby waives any and all rights it or such Notes Claimholders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to (or support any other Person contesting, protesting or objecting to), or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any ABL Priority Collateral. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit any Notes Collateral Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise acting in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take (or cause to be taken) any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholders in respect of the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement or the allowability of the claims asserted by any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder. Except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that none of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties will (i) contest, protest or object to, or otherwise take (or cause to be taken) any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder under the Notes Documents with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or (ii) object to the forbearance by any Notes Collateral Agent or any of the Notes Claimholders from bringing or pursuing any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it or the ABL Secured Parties may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to (or support any other Person contesting, protesting or objecting to), or interfere with the manner in which any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder seeks to enforce its Liens in any Notes Priority Collateral. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the ABL Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise acting in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill.

(a) Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, neither the Notes Collateral Agents nor any Notes Claimholders will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any of the ABL Priority Collateral without the written consent of the ABL Agent, other than, subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), the making of a UK Appointment, and will not take, hold, receive or accept any Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral in violation of this Agreement. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon obtaining the written consent of the ABL Agent), this Agreement shall not prohibit the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent from the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the applicable Notes Documents or applicable law as to any ABL Priority Collateral; provided, however, that any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral by a Notes Collateral Agent or a Notes Claimholder is at all times subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it will not take or receive any ABL Priority Collateral or any Proceeds of such Collateral in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any such Collateral in violation of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 6.3 and subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), except for the making of a UK Appointment, the sole right of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral is to hold a Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Notes Collateral Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, after the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred.

 

20


(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred, except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement, neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Secured Party will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral without the written consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, other than, subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), the making of a UK Appointment, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral in violation of this Agreement. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon obtaining the written consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent), the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the ABL Documents or applicable law as to any Notes Priority Collateral; provided, however, that any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral by the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties is at all times subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take or receive any Notes Priority Collateral or any Proceeds of such Collateral in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any such Collateral in violation of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of Notes Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.6, 6.3 and subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), except for the making of a UK Appointment, the sole right of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Collateral is to hold a Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the ABL Collateral Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, after the Discharge of Notes Obligations has occurred. ABL Agent further agrees that, to the extent a Collateral Designation Date shall not have occurred, the ABL Agent hereby agrees that it shall not exercise any foreclosure rights on any Intellectual Property Collateral until a period of fifteen (15) days shall have elapsed after the earlier to occur of (x) the delivery of an Enforcement Notice by the ABL Agent to the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and (y) an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Credit Party (such fifteen (15) day period being hereinafter referred to as the “Limited IP Standstill Period”). For the avoidance of doubt, the ABL Agent shall not be permitted to exercise any foreclosure rights on any Intellectual Property Collateral on and after the Collateral Designation Date.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.3(a), 2.3(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Agent or any Secured Party from (i) filing a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against or in respect of any Credit Party, (ii) taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens of the other Agent or other Secured Parties on the Collateral in which such other Agent or other Secured Party has a priority Lien or the rights of the other Agent or any of the other Secured Parties to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce its Lien) on any Collateral, (iii) filing any necessary or appropriate responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claim or Lien of such Agent or Secured Party, (iv) with respect to the Note Claimholders, present a cash only bid at any Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code hearing or with respect to any other sale or disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, (v) with respect to the ABL Secured Parties, present a cash only bid at any Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code hearing or with respect to any other sale or disposition of Notes Priority Collateral, (vi) with respect to the Note Claimholders, present a credit bid on all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral provided the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred prior to or in connection with the initial closing of any such credit bid (it being agreed that Notes CLaimholders shall not be otherwise permitted to credit bid on any ABL Priority Collateral), (vii) with respect to the ABL Secured Parties, present a credit bid on all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral provided the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred prior to or in connection with the initial closing of any such credit bid (it being agreed that ABL Secured Parties shall not be otherwise permitted to credit bid on any Notes Priority Collateral); or (viii) voting on any plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws or filing any proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Credit Party, in each case (i) through (viii) above to the extent not inconsistent with the express terms of this Agreement.

 

21


Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights.

(a) Exclusive Rights to Exercise Remedies.

(1) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against or in respect of any Credit Party, each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including set-off and the right to credit bid their debt, but subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), excluding the making of a UK Appointment) and, in connection therewith (including, subject to the terms hereof, voluntary dispositions of ABL Priority Collateral by the respective Credit Parties with the consent of the ABL Agent) make determinations regarding the release, disposition, or restrictions with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral (including, without limitation, exercising remedies under ABL Deposit and Securities Accounts) without any consultation with or the consent of any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder; provided, however, that (i) the Lien securing any Notes Obligations shall remain on the Proceeds (other than those applied to the ABL Obligations) of such Collateral released or disposed of subject to the Lien Priority and to the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) any exercise of any foreclosure rights on any Intellectual Property Collateral shall be subject to the Limited IP Standstill Period. In exercising rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties may enforce the provisions of the ABL Documents and exercise remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent, receiver, interim receiver or other insolvency official appointed by them to sell or otherwise dispose of the ABL Priority Collateral upon foreclosure or other enforcement, to incur expenses in connection with such sale or disposition, and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA, Debtor Relief Laws and other applicable laws of any applicable jurisdiction. Each Notes Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any of the Notes Collateral Documents or any other Notes Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the ABL Documents, and each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it will not, except as not prohibited herein, take any action that would hinder or delay any exercise of remedies under the ABL Documents or that is otherwise prohibited hereunder, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

(2) Until the Discharge of Notes Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against or in respect of any Credit Party, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent shall (in each case, subject to Section 3.6) have the exclusive right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including set-off and the right to credit bid the Notes Obligations, but subject to the priority of floating charges set out in Section 2.1(a)(5), excluding the making of a UK Appointment) and, in connection therewith (including, subject to the terms hereof, voluntary dispositions of Notes Priority Collateral by the respective Credit Parties with the consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent) make determinations regarding the release, disposition, or restrictions with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party; provided, however, that the Lien securing the ABL Obligations shall remain on the Proceeds (other than those applied to the Notes Obligations) of such Collateral released or disposed of subject to the Lien Priority and to the provisions of this Agreement. In exercising rights and remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent may enforce the provisions of the Notes Documents and exercise remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as it may determine in the exercise of its sole discretion. Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent, receiver, interim receiver or other insolvency official appointed by it to sell or otherwise dispose of the Notes Priority Collateral upon foreclosure or other enforcement, to incur expenses in connection with such sale or disposition, and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA, Debtor Relief Laws and other applicable laws of any applicable jurisdiction. The ABL Agent hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any of the ABL Collateral Documents or any other ABL Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the Notes Documents, and the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it will not, except as not prohibited herein, take any action that would hinder or delay any exercise of remedies under the Notes Documents or that is otherwise prohibited hereunder, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Notes Priority Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

22


(b) No Other Restrictions. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Notes Claimholder and each ABL Secured Party shall have any and all rights and remedies it may have as a creditor under applicable law, including the right to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies; provided, however, that the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Collateral shall be subject to the Lien Priority and to the provisions of this Agreement. The ABL Agent may enforce the provisions of the ABL Documents, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent may enforce the provisions of the Notes Documents and each may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all in such order and in such manner as each may determine in the exercise of its sole discretion, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provisions of applicable law; provided, however, that each of the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent agrees to provide to the other (x) an Enforcement Notice prior to the commencement of an Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies and (y) copies of any notices that it is required under applicable law to deliver to any Credit Party; provided further, however, that the ABL Agent’s failure to provide the Enforcement Notice (other than in connection with Section 3.6) or any such copies to any Notes Collateral Agent shall not impair any of the ABL Agent’s rights hereunder or under any of the ABL Documents and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent’s failure to provide the Enforcement Notice or any such copies to the ABL Agent shall not impair any of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder or under any of the Notes Documents. Each Notes Collateral Agent, each Notes Claimholder, the ABL Agent and each ABL Secured Party agrees that it will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim, in the case of any Notes Collateral Agent and each Notes Claimholder, against either the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party, and in the case of the ABL Agent and each other ABL Secured Party, against any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder, seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person with respect to the Collateral which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and none of such Parties shall be liable for any such action taken or omitted to be taken. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral shall be made by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and, absent the written consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, no such Notes Claimholder shall have the right to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Collateral.

(c) Unsecured Creditor Rights. Nothing contained herein shall impair the ABL Agent’s or any ABL Secured Party’s rights (i) to exercise any remedies against any of the Credit Parties or the Collateral (other than any remedies against any Notes Priority Collateral) pursuant to the ABL Documents; (ii) to accelerate any of the ABL Obligations; (iii) to make demand upon any Credit Party or any other Person liable on the ABL Obligations; (iv) to institute a lawsuit to collect its debt, including the filing, or participation in a filing, of any involuntary bankruptcy petition in respect to any Credit Party; (v) to exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral as and when permitted by Section 2.3(b), (vi) to file a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations; (vii) to take any action (not adverse to the priority and perfection status of, and validity and value of, the Liens of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, or the rights of the Term Agent to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect its Lien on the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent subject to the other terms of this Agreement; (viii) to file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the ABL Secured Parties, including, without limitation, any claims secured by the Collateral, if any, in each case not otherwise in contravention of the terms of this Agreement; (ix) to exercise any rights or remedies available to unsecured creditors or file any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of the Credit Parties arising under the ABL Documents, any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, in each case, not otherwise prohibited by, and not in contravention of, the terms of this Agreement; and (x) to vote on any plan of reorganization, arrangement or compromise or any proposal, file any proof of claim, make other filings and make any arguments and motions in any Insolvency Proceeding that are, in each case, not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall impair Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder’s rights (i) to exercise any remedies against any of the Credit Parties or the Collateral (other than any remedies against any ABL Priority Collateral) pursuant to the Notes Documents; (ii) to accelerate any of the Notes Obligations; (iii) to make demand upon any Credit Party or any other Person liable on the Notes Obligations; (iv) to institute a lawsuit to collect its debt; (v) to exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral as and when permitted by

 

23


Section 2.3(a), (vi) to file a claim or statement of interest with respect to the Notes Obligations; (vii) to take any action (not adverse to the priority and perfection status of, and validity and value of, the Liens of the ABL Agent, or the rights of the ABL Agent to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on the Collateral subject to the other terms of this Agreement; (viii) to file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Notes Claimholders, including, without limitation, any claims secured by the Collateral, if any, in each case not otherwise in contravention of the terms of this Agreement; (ix) to exercise any rights or remedies available to unsecured creditors or file any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements which assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of the Credit Parties arising under the Notes Documents, any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, in each case, not otherwise prohibited by, and not in contravention of, the terms of this Agreement; and (x) to vote on any proposal or plan of reorganization, arrangement or compromise or any proposal, file any claim or proof of claim, make other filings and make any arguments and motions in any Insolvency Proceeding that are, in each case, not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Release of Liens.

(1) In the event of (A) any private or public sale of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent (other than in connection with a refinancing as described in Section 5.2(c)) or by any of the Credit Parties with the consent of the ABL Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of an ABL Default, or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral (other than in connection with a refinancing as described in Section 5.2(c)), so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is then permitted by the ABL Documents and the Notes Documents (or is consented to by the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent), irrespective of whether an Event of Default has occurred (provided if an ABL Default has occurred and is continuing, clause (A) above shall control), in each case, so long as the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.1, each Notes Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders that, so long as such Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Notes Claimholders, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition (to the extent that such proceeds are not applied to the ABL Obligations as provided in Section 4.1 hereof), such sale, transfer or other disposition will be free and clear of the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) securing the Notes Obligations, and each Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Claimholders’ Liens with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) so sold, transferred, or disposed shall terminate and be, to the extent possible under applicable law, automatically released without further action concurrently with, and to the same extent as, the release of the ABL Secured Parties’ Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral. In furtherance of, and subject to, the foregoing, each Notes Collateral Agent agrees that it will promptly execute any and all Lien releases or other documents consistent with this paragraph and reasonably requested by the ABL Agent in connection therewith. Each Notes Collateral Agent hereby appoints the ABL Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the ABL Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of such Notes Collateral Agent and in the name of such Notes Collateral Agent or in the ABL Agent’s own name, from time to time, in the ABL Agent’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

(2) In the event of (A) any private or public sale of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent (other than in connection with a refinancing as described in Section 5.2(c)) or by any of the Credit Parties with the consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Notes Default, or (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral (other than in connection with a refinancing as described in Section 5.2(c)), so long as such sale, transfer or other disposition is then permitted by the Notes Documents and the ABL Documents (or is consented to by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or requisite Notes Claimholders, as applicable,

 

24


and the ABL Agent) irrespective of whether an Event of Default has occurred (provided if a Notes Default has occurred and is continuing, clause (A) above shall control), in each case, so long as the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.1 the ABL Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties that, so long as the ABL Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition (to the extent that such proceeds are not applied to the Notes Obligations as provided in Section 4.1 hereof), such sale, transfer or disposition will be free and clear of the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) securing the ABL Obligations and the ABL Agent’s and the ABL Secured Parties’ Liens with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) so sold, transferred, or disposed shall terminate and be, to the extent possible under applicable law, automatically released without further action concurrently with, and to the same extent as, the release of the Notes Claimholders’ Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral. In furtherance of, and subject to, the foregoing, the ABL Agent agrees that it will promptly execute any and all Lien releases or other documents consistent with this paragraph and reasonably requested by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent in connection therewith. The ABL Agent hereby appoints the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the ABL Agent and in the name of the ABL Agent or in the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent’s own name, from time to time, in the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

Section 2.5 No New Liens; Similar Agreements.

(a) Until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, no Notes Claimholder shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets securing any Notes Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Agent under the ABL Documents (unless the Credit Parties shall have offered a Lien on such assets to secure the ABL Obligations and the ABL Agent has declined such Lien). If any Notes Claimholder shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets over which assets the ABL Agent does not hold a Lien on the date hereof of any Credit Party securing any Notes Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Agent under the ABL Documents, then each Notes Collateral Agent (or the relevant Notes Claimholder) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other Notes Claimholder, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Notes Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the ABL Agent as security for the ABL Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify the ABL Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien upon becoming aware thereof.

(b) Until the date upon which the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred, no ABL Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets securing any ABL Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of each Notes Collateral Agent under the Notes Documents (unless the Credit Parties shall have offered a Lien on such assets to secure the Noteholder Claims and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent has declined such Lien). If any ABL Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Credit Party securing any ABL Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of each Notes Collateral Agent under the Notes Documents, then the ABL Agent (or the relevant ABL Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other ABL Secured Party or any Credit Party, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other ABL Document be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of each Notes Collateral Agent as security for the Notes Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify each Notes Collateral Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien upon becoming aware thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing shall not apply to any cash or cash equivalents pledged to secure ABL Obligations consisting of reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit or otherwise held by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party pursuant to express provisions of the ABL Credit Agreement and any such cash and cash equivalents shall be applied as specified in the ABL Credit Agreement and will not constitute Collateral hereunder.

 

25


Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling.

(a) Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations, each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.

(b) Until the Discharge of Notes Obligations, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.

ARTICLE 3

ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES

Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted. Each Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, as are necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders, or rules of procedure at any time (including in any Insolvency Proceeding). Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the Notes Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder of rights or remedies as a secured creditor (including set-off) with respect to ABL Priority Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the ABL Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor (including set-off) with respect to Notes Priority Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them. None of the Notes Collateral Agents, Notes Claimholders, ABL Agent or ABL Secured Parties shall take any other action in connection with the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, in contravention of the terms of this Agreement (including if for any reason such party is deemed, or is otherwise purporting to be acting in the capacity as, an unsecured or undersecured creditor with respect to such Notes Obligations or ABL Obligations, as applicable).

Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection. The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each ABL Secured Party, and each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each applicable Notes Claimholder, as applicable, each agree to hold all Collateral in their respective possession, custody, or control (including as defined in Sections 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, 9-107 and 8-106 of the UCC) (or in the possession, custody, or control of agents or bailees for either) as gratuitous bailee for the other solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted to each in such Collateral, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.2 and the priorities otherwise set forth in this Agreement. Solely with respect to any Control Collateral under the control (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC, the PPSA or other applicable law) of the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent, the ABL Agent and each Notes Collateral Agent, respectively, agrees to also hold control over such Control Collateral as gratuitous agent for and on behalf of the Notes Claimholders and the ABL Secured Parties, respectively, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.2 and the priorities otherwise set forth in this Agreement. None of the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, Notes Collateral Agents, or the Notes Claimholders, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Collateral is genuine or owned by any Credit Party, or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the ABL Agent and the Notes Collateral Agents under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Control Collateral as gratuitous bailee (in each case, to the extent required under the ABL Documents and the Notes Documents, as applicable) for the other Party for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by the applicable Notes Collateral Agent or the ABL Agent, as applicable. The ABL Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the Notes Claimholders or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly provided herein, the ABL Secured Parties shall not be obligated to see to the application of any Proceeds of the Notes Priority

 

26


Collateral deposited into any Deposit Account or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Notes Collateral Agents are not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the ABL Secured Parties, or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly provided herein, the Notes Claimholders shall not be obligated to see to the application of any Proceeds of the ABL Priority Collateral deposited into any Deposit Account or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. In addition, (i) each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby agrees and acknowledges that other than with respect to ABL Priority Collateral that may be perfected through the filing of a UCC or PPSA financing statement or similar filing or registration, the ABL Agent’s Liens may be perfected on certain items of ABL Priority Collateral with respect to which a Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens would not be perfected but for the provisions of this Section 3.2, and such Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby further agrees that the foregoing described in this sentence shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement and (ii) the ABL Agent, on behalf of the applicable ABL Secured Parties, hereby agrees and acknowledges that other than with respect to Notes Priority Collateral that may be perfected through the filing of a UCC or PPSA financing statement or similar filing or registration, the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens may be perfected on certain items of Notes Priority Collateral with respect to which the ABL Agent’s Liens would not be perfected but for the provisions of this Section 3.2, and the ABL Agent, on behalf of the applicable ABL Secured Parties, hereby further agrees that the foregoing described in this sentence shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement. Each Agent, for itself and on behalf of each applicable Secured Party represented thereby, hereby waives and releases the other Agent from all claims and liabilities arising pursuant to such Agent’s role under this Section 3.2 as bailee with respect to the applicable Control Collateral.

Section 3.3 Sharing of Information and Access. In the event that the ABL Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the ABL Collateral Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records of any Credit Party which contain information identifying or pertaining to the Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Agent shall, upon request from the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide to the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent copies thereof. In the event that any Notes Collateral Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under any Notes Collateral Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records of any Credit Party which contain information identifying or pertaining to any of the ABL Priority Collateral, such Notes Collateral Agent shall, upon request from the ABL Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the ABL Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide the ABL Agent copies thereof.

Section 3.4 Insurance. Proceeds of Collateral include insurance proceeds and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of casualty insurance proceeds. The ABL Agent and each Notes Collateral Agent shall (as, and to the extent required by the applicable Credit Documents) each be named as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, with respect to all insurance policies relating to the Collateral as set forth in the applicable Notes Document or the ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable. The ABL Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against each Notes Collateral Agent, to adjust settlement of insurance claims in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of ABL Priority Collateral. The Controlling Notes Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the ABL Agent, to adjust settlement of insurance claims in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Notes Priority Collateral. If any insurance claim includes both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral or relates to business interruption insurance, the insurer will not settle such claim separately with respect to ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral, and if the Parties are unable after negotiating in good faith to agree on the settlement for such claim, either Party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to make a determination as to the settlement of such claim, and the court’s determination shall be binding upon the Parties; provided that proceeds of such claim shall be applied in the same manner (and required amounts) set forth in Section 4.1(f) for sales and dispositions of Collateral; provided, further that 50% of the proceeds of any claim relating to business interruption insurance shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral and the remaining 50% shall constitute Notes Priority Collateral. All proceeds of such insurance shall be remitted to the ABL Agent or the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, subject, in each case, to the terms of their respective Credit Documents, and each Notes Collateral Agent and ABL Agent shall cooperate (if necessary) in a reasonable manner in effecting the payment of insurance proceeds in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) to the extent any Proceeds of insurance are received for any liability or indemnification as compensation for a loss with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, such Proceeds shall first be applied to repay the ABL Obligations (to the extent required pursuant to the ABL Documents) and then be applied (to the extent required by the Notes Documents) to the Notes Obligations, and (B) to the extent any Proceeds of insurance are received for any liability or indemnification as compensation for a loss with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, such Proceeds shall first be applied to repay the Notes Obligations (to the extent required pursuant to the Notes Documents) and then be applied (to the extent required by the ABL Documents) to the ABL Obligations.

 

27


Section 3.5 No Additional Rights For the Credit Parties Hereunder. Except as provided in Section 3.6, if any ABL Secured Party or Notes Claimholder shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any ABL Secured Party or Notes Claimholder, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any ABL Secured Party or Notes Claimholder.

Section 3.6 Inspection and Access Rights. (a) Without limiting any rights the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement, in the event of any liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral (or any other Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent) and whether or not any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or otherwise, the ABL Agent or any other Person (including any ABL Credit Party) acting with the consent, or on behalf, of the ABL Agent, shall have the right (a) during the Use Period during normal business hours to access ABL Priority Collateral that (i) is stored or located in or on, (ii) has become an accession with respect to (within the meaning of Section 9-335 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law), or (iii) has been commingled with (within the meaning of Section 9-336 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law) Notes Priority Collateral, and (b) during the Use Period, shall have the irrevocable right to use the Notes Priority Collateral (including, without limitation, Equipment, Fixtures, Intellectual Property (if any), General Intangibles and Real Property) on a world-wide, rent-free, royalty-free basis, each of the foregoing solely for the limited purposes of assembling, inspecting, copying or downloading information stored on, taking actions to perfect its Lien on, completing a production run of Inventory involving, taking possession of, moving, preparing and advertising for sale, selling (by public auction, private sale or a “store closing”, “going out of business” or similar sale, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise and which sale may include augmented Inventory), storing or otherwise dealing with the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by any Notes Claimholder or liability to any Notes Claimholder; provided, however, that the expiration of the Use Period shall be without prejudice to the sale or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and applicable law. In the event that any ABL Secured Party has commenced and is continuing the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral or any other sale or liquidation of the ABL Priority Collateral has been commenced by an ABL Credit Party (with the consent of the ABL Agent), the Notes Collateral Agents may not sell, assign or otherwise transfer Notes Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of the Use Period, unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.6.

(b) During the period of actual occupation, use and/or control by the ABL Agent or other ABL Secured Parties (or, in each case, their respective employees, agents, advisers and representatives) of any Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Agent shall be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage (but not any diminution in value) to such Notes Priority Collateral resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Notes Priority Collateral in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABL Agent or other ABL Secured Parties have any liability to the Notes Claimholders and/or to any Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 3.6 as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the ABL Secured Parties of their rights under Section 3.6 or existing as a result of anything other than the occupancy and use or control by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Notes Priority Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the ABL Secured Parties (or the ABL Agent or the Credit Parties with the consent of the ABL Agent, as the case may be), or for any diminution in the value of the Notes Priority Collateral that results from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Notes Priority Collateral by the ABL Secured Parties in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 3.6. Without limiting the rights granted in this Section 3.6, the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Agent shall reasonably cooperate with the Notes Claimholders and/or the Notes Collateral Agents in connection with any efforts made by the Notes Claimholders and/or the Notes Collateral Agents to sell the Notes Priority Collateral.

 

28


(c) Other than as set forth in Section 3.6(d), the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to the Notes Collateral Agents or the Notes Claimholders (or any person claiming by, through or under the Notes Claimholders, including any purchaser of the Notes Priority Collateral) or to the ABL Credit Parties, for or in respect of the use by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties of the Notes Priority Collateral.

(d) The ABL Agent shall (i) use the Notes Priority Collateral in accordance with applicable law; (ii) indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the Notes Claimholders for any injury or damage to Persons or property (ordinary wear-and-tear excepted) caused directly by the acts or omissions of Persons under the ABL Agent’s control and direction; and (iii) indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the Notes Claimholders from any loss, liability, claim, damage (other than diminution in value thereof as a result of the removal of the ABL Priority Collateral) or expense (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel) arising out of any claim asserted by any third party as a direct result of any acts or omissions of the ABL Secured Parties or any of their agents or representatives in connection with their occupation or use of any Notes Priority Collateral; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the ABL Secured Parties will not be liable for any diminution in the value of the Notes Priority Collateral caused by the use of the Notes Priority Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or the absence or removal of the ABL Priority Collateral therefrom.

(e) Each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it will not take any action that would hinder or obstruct the ABL Agent and the other ABL Secured Parties from exercising the rights described in Section 3.6(a) hereof.

(f) Subject to the terms hereof, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Notes Priority Collateral without notice (except as required by applicable law or this Agreement) to any ABL Secured Party, the involvement of or interference by any ABL Secured Party or liability to any ABL Secured Party as long as, in the case of an actual sale, the respective purchaser assumes and agrees in writing to the obligations of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders under this Section 3.6.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing in this Section 3.6, each Notes Collateral Agent, in its capacity as a secured party (or as a purchaser, assignee or transferee, as applicable), and to the extent of its interest therein, hereby grants to the ABL Agent a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, worldwide license to use, license or sublicense any and all Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Credit Parties (except to the extent such grant is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation), included as part of the Notes Priority Collateral (and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof) as is or may be necessary, advisable or helpful in the ABL Agent’s reasonable judgment for the ABL Agent to process, ship, produce, store, supply, lease, complete, sell, liquidate or otherwise deal with the ABL Priority Collateral, or to collect or otherwise realize upon any Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) or Credit Card Receivable comprising ABL Priority Collateral; provided that (i) any such license shall terminate upon the sale of all ABL Priority Collateral and shall not extend or transfer to the purchaser of any ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) the ABL Agent’s use of such Intellectual Property shall be lawful, and (iii) any such license is granted on an “AS IS” basis, without any representation or warranty whatsoever. Each Notes Collateral Agent (i) acknowledges and consents to the grant to the ABL Agent by the Credit Parties of the license referred to in Section 5.03 of the U.S. Security Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) or such comparable provision in any of the other Security Agreements (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (ii) agrees that its Liens in the Notes Priority Collateral shall be subject in all respects to such license. Furthermore, each Notes Collateral Agent agrees that, in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by any Notes Collateral Agent in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, (x) any notice required to be given by any Notes Collateral Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall contain an acknowledgement of the existence of such license and (y) each Notes Collateral Agent shall provide written notice to any purchaser, assignee or transferee pursuant to an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies that the applicable assets are subject to such license.

(h) Without regard to the expiration of the Use Period, and without limiting the extent of the ABL Priority Collateral, the ABL Agent shall have the right to utilize all books and records which the ABL Agent has copied or otherwise duplicated until the completion of the sale, disposition, collection, or other transfer by, or with the consent of, the ABL Agent (including any sale, disposition or other transfer by any Credit Party, any agent, receiver, interim receiver or receiver-manager or other insolvency official of any Credit Party or any agent of the ABL Agent (including any receiver, receiver manager, interim receiver or other insolvency official)) of all ABL Priority Collateral.

 

29


(i) It is hereby agreed and acknowledge that nothing in this Section 3.6 shall be deemed or interpreted to alter the fact that that all Intellectual Property Collateral shall be ABL Priority Collateral prior to the Collateral Designation Date (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

Section 3.7 Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds. The ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, and each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Claimholders, further agree that prior to an issuance of any notice of Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies by such Secured Party (unless an Insolvency Proceeding then exists with respect to any Credit Party), any proceeds of Collateral, whether or not deposited under control agreements, which are used by any Credit Party to acquire other property which is Collateral shall not (solely as between the Agents and the other Secured Parties) be treated as Proceeds of Collateral for purposes of determining the relative priorities in the Collateral which was so acquired. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of the ABL Obligations occurs, each Notes Collateral Agent for itself and on behalf of each applicable Notes Claimholder, consents to the application, prior to the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice to the ABL Agent, of cash or other proceeds of Collateral deposited in deposit accounts (other than any cash (consisting of Notes Priority Collateral) held in Notes Priority Accounts) to the repayment of the ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents; provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, after the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice to the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties shall continue to be able to apply cash or other proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral deposited under control agreements (other than any cash (consisting of Notes Priority Collateral) held in Notes Priority Accounts) to the repayment of the ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents.

Section 3.8 Purchase Option; Collateral Designation Option.

(a) Purchase Option.

(1) Upon the occurrence of the first to occur of (i) the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Agent in respect of all or a material portion of the Collateral, (ii) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding against any Notes Credit Party, (iii) any ABL Default, (iv) any action is taken by the ABL Secured Parties to accelerate the maturity of any indebtedness or other obligations owing under the ABL Documents or to terminate or suspend commitments under the ABL Documents, or (v) the failure of the ABL Secured Parties to honor a valid borrowing request from the ABL Borrowers that satisfies the conditions for borrowing under the ABL Documents for three (3) consecutive Business Days (each such event, a “Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Option Triggering Event”), Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of participating Notes Claimholders, shall have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the ABL Obligations owing to the ABL Secured Parties, from the ABL Secured Parties, and assume all, but not less than all, of the then existing funding and other commitments under the ABL Documents by giving written notice (the “Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Notice”) to ABL Agent no later than the tenth (10th) day (or such later date as may be consented to by the ABL Agent, in its sole discretion) after the commencement of the applicable Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Option Triggering Event. A Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Notice, once delivered, shall be irrevocable and shall constitute an absolute, unconditional and irrevocable commitment by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and the other Notes Claimholders, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the ABL Obligations, and assume all, but not less than all, of the then existing funding and other commitments under the ABL Documents by the participating Notes Claimholders.

(2) On the date specified by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent in the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Notice (which shall not be less than five (5) days after receipt by ABL Agent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Notice, nor more than ten (10) days after receipt by ABL Agent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent Purchase Notice (or such earlier or later date as may be consented to by the ABL Agent, in its discretion)), ABL Secured Parties shall sell to the participating Notes Claimholders, and such participating Notes Claimholders shall purchase from the ABL Secured Parties, all, but not less than all, of the ABL Obligations, and the ABL Secured Parties shall assign to the participating Notes Claimholders, and the participating Notes Claimholders shall assume from the ABL Secured Parties, all, but not less than all, of the then existing funding and other commitments of the ABL Secured Parties under the ABL Documents.

 

 

30


(3) Such purchase and sale shall be made by execution and delivery by the ABL Secured Parties and the participating Notes Claimholders of an Assignment and Acceptance in the form attached to the ABL Credit Agreement. On the date of such purchase and sale, the purchasing Notes Claimholders shall (i) pay in immediately available funds (in U.S. Dollars) to the ABL Agent, for the benefit of ABL Secured Parties, as the purchase price therefor the full amount of all the ABL Obligations then outstanding and unpaid (including any amounts determined by the ABL Agent to be reasonably necessary to protect against currency rate fluctuations for loans denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars), (ii) furnish cash collateral (in U.S. Dollars) to the ABL Agent in such amounts as the ABL Agent determines is reasonably necessary to secure the ABL Agent and the other ABL Secured Parties in connection with (A) any outstanding letters of Credit (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) (which shall not exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such letters of Credit), (B) to the extent not terminated and paid in cash, ABL Obligations with respect to ABL Cash Management Obligations and ABL Hedging Agreements, and (C) any indemnity obligations for claims that have been asserted at the time of purchase, and (iii) agree to reimburse the ABL Agent and the other ABL Secured Parties for all expenses theretofore or thereafter incurred by any of them and not included in the ABL Obligations at the time of purchase, but only to the extent such would have been due and payable in accordance with the ABL Documents (including, without limitation, the reimbursement of reasonable legal expenses, commercial finance examination expenses, and appraisal fees). Interest shall be calculated to but excluding the business day on which such purchase and sale shall occur if the amounts so paid by the purchasing Notes Claimholders to the bank account designated by the ABL Agent are received in such bank account prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, and interest shall be calculated to and including such business day if the amounts so paid by purchasing Notes Claimholders to the bank account designated by the ABL Agent are received in such bank account later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time.

(4) Such purchase and sale shall be expressly made without representation or warranty of any kind by the ABL Secured Parties as to the ABL Obligations or otherwise and without recourse to the ABL Secured Parties, except for several (and not joint) representations and warranties as to the following: (x) the notional amount of the ABL Obligations being purchased (including as to the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such ABL Obligations, fees and expenses thereof) from such ABL Secured Party, (y) that such ABL Secured Party owns the ABL Obligations being sold free and clear of any Liens granted by such ABL Secured Party and (z) such ABL Secured Party has the full right and power to assign such ABL Obligations and such assignment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by such ABL Secured Party.

(5) For the avoidance of doubt, such purchase and sale contemplated by this clause (a) shall not reduce or limit the benefits of the ABL Documents in favor of any ABL Secured Parties that expressly survive the assignment of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations by such ABL Secured Party or the termination of the ABL Documents, including, without limitation, any indemnity obligations of the Credit Parties thereunder.

(6) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any ABL Document, the Credit Parties hereby consent to any sale of the ABL Obligations and assignment of the then existing funding and other commitments under the ABL Documents pursuant to the terms of this clause (a).

(7) In the event that any one or more of the Notes Claimholders exercises and consummates the purchase option set forth in this Section 3.8(a), (i) the ABL Agent and the Issuing Banks (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to immediately resign under the ABL Credit Agreement, and (ii) the purchasing Notes Claimholders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the ABL Agent and the Issuing Banks to immediately resign under the ABL Credit Agreement.

 

31


(b) Collateral Designation Option.

(1) At any time there exists and is continuing an ABL Default (but in all cases prior to expiration of the Limited IP Standstill Period) (a “Collateral Designation Option Period”), the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of participating Notes Claimholders, shall have the option (the “Collateral Designation Option”), but not the obligation, to cause the occurrence of a Collateral Designation Date by giving written notice (a “Collateral Designation Exercise Notice”) to ABL Agent during the Collateral Designation Option Period of its intention to effect a Collateral Designation pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof contained in the ABL Credit Agreement, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.8(b). Promptly following the existence of any ABL Default, the ABL Agent shall provide notice thereof to each Notes Collateral Agent (provided that the failure of the ABL Agent to give such notice shall not result in any liability to the ABL Agent or affect the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement). In the event that the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent shall have delivered a Collateral Designation Exercise Notice prior to the expiration of the Collateral Designation Option Period as set forth above, the ABL Agent agrees that the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not exercise any foreclosure action with respect to any Specified Collateral until the expiration or earlier termination of the Collateral Designation Option as provided below.

(2) The occurrence of a Collateral Designation Date pursuant to the exercise of the Collateral Designation Option in accordance with Section 3.8(b)(1) shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(i) On the proposed Collateral Designation Date (which shall be specified by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent in the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice and which shall not be more than forty (40) days after receipt by ABL Agent of the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice (or such later date as may be consented to by the ABL Agent, in its sole discretion)), the participating Notes Claimholders shall pay to the ABL Agent, for the benefit of ABL Secured Parties, an amount equal to 107.5% of the IP Advance then outstanding (provided that such amount shall in no event exceed the aggregate outstanding amount of all loans and letters of credit issued under the ABL Credit Agreement at such time). Such payment shall be made in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds to such bank account of ABL Agent as ABL Agent may designate in writing to Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and shall be received by the ABL Agent prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time on such proposed Collateral Designation Date; and

(ii) On the proposed Collateral Designation Date, the ABL Agent shall automatically update the ABL Borrowing Base (without the need for any further action or consent of any Credit Party and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein), to give pro forma effect to such Collateral Designation (including (x) the removal of all Intellectual Property Collateral from the ABL Borrowing Base, and (y) the lower advance rates under the ABL Borrowing Base applicable on and after the Collateral Designation Date as set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) (the “Pro Forma Borrowing Base Modifications”);

provided, however, that no Collateral Designation Date shall be deemed to occur pursuant to this Section 3.8(b) if either (A) the Collateral Designation Date does not occur within forty (40) days after receipt by ABL Agent of the Collateral Designation Exercise Notice (or such later date as may be consented to by the ABL Agent, in its sole discretion) or (B) after giving effect to the Pro Forma Borrowing Base Modifications, the ABL Credit Parties shall not be in compliance with the ABL Financial Covenant.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall (x) more than one Collateral Designation Exercise Notice be delivered pursuant to this Section 3.8(b) during the term of this Agreement, (y) in the event that the Notes Claimholders fail to satisfy the condition set forth in Section 3.8(b)(2) on the proposed Collateral Designation Date, the Collateral Designation Option shall immediately terminate and (z) the Notes Claimholders or any Notes Collateral Agent be permitted to exercise the Collateral Designation Option after the expiration of the Limited IP Standstill Period. For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event that the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent shall have delivered a Collateral Designation Exercise Notice prior to the expiration of the Collateral Designation Option Period as set forth above, the Collateral Designation Option shall in expire no later than forty (40) days after the delivery of such Collateral Designation Exercise Notice.

 

32


Section 3.9 Payments Over.

(a) So long as the Discharge of Notes Obligations has not occurred, Notes Priority Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies or otherwise received in contravention of this Agreement (it being understood that the application of proceeds from any Deposit Account prior to the delivery of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall not be deemed in contravention of this Agreement) shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Notes Claimholders in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The Controlling Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the ABL Agent or any such other ABL Secured Parties. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until such time as this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

(b) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, any ABL Priority Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies (including set off) or otherwise received in contravention of this Agreement or otherwise shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the ABL Agent for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The ABL Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the Notes Collateral Agents or any such Notes Claimholder. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until such time as this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

Section 3.10 UK Third Party Notices.

(a) Each Notes Collateral Agent agrees that, until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, it will not deliver or require a Credit Party to deliver any notice or direction to any third party (including, without limitation, any bank, insurance company or contract counterparty) or seek to enter into any direct agreement with any such third party to the extent that such third party’s involvement relates to any ABL Priority Collateral located in the United Kingdom and subject to a Lien under English law (including, without limitation, Deposit Accounts domiciled in the United Kingdom).

(b) The ABL Agent agrees that, until the Discharge of Notes Obligations has occurred, it will not deliver or require a Credit Party to deliver any notice or direction to any third party (including, without limitation, any bank, insurance company or contract counterparty) or seek to enter into any direct agreement with any such third party to the extent that such third party’s involvement relates to any Notes Priority Collateral located in the United Kingdom and subject to a Lien under English law (including, without limitation, Deposit Accounts domiciled in the United Kingdom).

ARTICLE 4

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds.

(a) Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations. Each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) the ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Collateral or the release of any Lien by the ABL Agent upon any portion of the Collateral in connection with a permitted disposition by the ABL Credit Parties under the ABL Credit Agreement or other relevant ABL Document shall constitute the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; (ii) the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the ABL Obligations may be modified, amended and restated, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of

 

33


the ABL Obligations may be increased, replaced or refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Notes Claimholders and without affecting the provisions hereof; and (iii) all Collateral received by the ABL Agent (so long as such receipt is not the result of the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies) may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations at any time; provided, however, that from and after the date on which the ABL Agent (or any other ABL Secured Party) or any Notes Collateral Agent (or any other Notes Claimholders) commences the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all amounts received by the ABL Agent or any ABL Lender or any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder shall be applied as specified in this Section 4.1. The Lien Priority shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations, or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Notes Document or any ABL Document, each Credit Party and each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that (i) only Notes Priority Collateral or proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral shall be deposited in the Notes Priority Accounts, (ii) following a Notes Defaults, all proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral shall be deposited in the Notes Priority Accounts and (iii) prior to the receipt of a Notes Cash Proceeds Notice by the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties are hereby permitted to treat all cash, cash equivalents, Money, collections and payments deposited in any ABL Deposit and Securities Account or otherwise received by any ABL Secured Parties as ABL Priority Collateral, and no such amounts credited to any such ABL Deposit and Securities Account or received by any ABL Secured Parties or applied to the ABL Obligations shall be subject to disgorgement or deemed to be held in trust for the benefit of the Notes Claimholders (and all claims of any Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholder to such amounts are hereby waived).

(b) Application of Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral. The ABL Agent and each Notes Collateral Agent hereby agree that all ABL Priority Collateral, ABL Priority Proceeds and all other Proceeds thereof, received by either of them (i) in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral under Section 2.4(d) or Section 6.4, or (iii) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, shall be applied,

first, to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies and in accordance with the ABL Documents,

second, to the payment in full or discharge of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred,

third, to the payment in full of the Notes Obligations in accordance with the Notes Documents until the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred, and

fourth, the balance, if any, to the Credit Parties or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

provided that if, in connection with an Insolvency Proceeding, the Liens granted in favor of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of such ABL Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Proceeds received with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the Notes Obligations in accordance with the Notes Documents until Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred so long as the Lien granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Claimholder in respect of such ABL Priority Collateral has not been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that in no event shall the Notes Claimholders be entitled to recover a greater amount pursuant to the foregoing proviso than they would have recovered if the Liens granted in favor of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties were not voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

34


(c) Application of Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral. The ABL Agent and each Notes Collateral Agent hereby agree that all Notes Priority Collateral and all Proceeds thereof, received by either of them (i) in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, (ii) in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral under Section 2.4(d) or Section 6.4, or (iii) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the Notes Priority Collateral, in each case, shall be applied,

first, to the payment of costs and expenses of each Notes Collateral Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies and in accordance with the Notes Documents,

second, to the payment in full of the Notes Obligations in accordance with the Notes Documents (including any intercreditor agreements with respect thereto) until the Discharge of Notes Documents shall have occurred,

third, to the payment in full of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred; and

fourth, the balance, if any, to the Credit Parties or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

provided that if, in connection with an Insolvency Proceeding, the Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agents or the Notes Claimholders in respect of such Notes Priority Collateral has been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Proceeds received with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral subject to avoidance, subordination or invalidation shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred so long as the Lien granted in favor of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of such Notes Priority Collateral has not been voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that in no event shall the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties be entitled to recover a greater amount pursuant to the foregoing proviso than they would have recovered if the Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders were not voided, avoided, subordinated, or otherwise invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Limited Obligation or Liability. In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the ABL Agent shall have no obligation or liability to any Notes Collateral Agent or to any Notes Claimholder, and each Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party, regarding the adequacy of any Proceeds or for any action or omission, except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by each Party under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, none of the Parties hereto waives any claim that it may have against a Secured Party on the grounds that any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Secured Party was not commercially reasonable in every respect as required by the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law.

(e) Turnover of Collateral After Discharge. Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent shall deliver to the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or shall execute such documents as the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request to enable the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent to have control over any Control Collateral still in the ABL Agent’s possession, custody, or control in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements (in each case, subject to the reinstatement provisions of Section 5.3), or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Upon the Discharge of Notes Obligations, the Notes Collateral Agents shall deliver to the ABL Agent or shall execute such documents as the ABL Agent may reasonably request to enable the ABL Agent to have control over any Control Collateral still in any Notes Collateral Agent’s possession, custody or control in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements (in each case, subject to the reinstatement provisions of Section 5.3), or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

 

35


(f) Mixed Collateral Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or series of sales, assignments, transfers, leases, licenses, exchanges or other dispositions) of Collateral includes (x) the Equity Interests of any Credit Party that has an interest in any ABL Priority Collateral or (y) ABL Priority Collateral (including pursuant to a sale of ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral), the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or series of sales, assignments, transfers, leases, licenses, exchanges or other dispositions) shall be allocated pursuant to Section 4.1 to the ABL Priority Collateral in an amount not less than the sum of (i) the greater of (x) book value or (y) the orderly liquidation value (determined by reference to the most recent appraisal conducted pursuant to the ABL Documents) of any ABL Priority Collateral consisting of Inventory that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Equity Interests of a Credit Party, the Inventory owned by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, (ii) the amount of any cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Equity Interests of a Credit Party, the amount of any cash, Money, cash proceeds, and cash equivalents owned by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, (iii) the face amount of all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Equity Interests of a Credit Party, the face amount of all Credit Card Receivables, Payment Intangibles, and all Accounts owned by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties), in each case determined as of the date of each such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition, and (c) the appraised value (determined by reference to the most recent applicable appraisal (if any) conducted pursuant to the ABL Documents) (or to the extent such assets are not subject to an appraisal, the fair market value) of all other ABL Priority Collateral that is subject to such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition (or, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Equity Interests issued by a Credit Party, any such ABL Priority Collateral owned by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties), determined as of the date of such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, exchange or other disposition.

Section 4.2 Specific Performance. Each of the ABL Agent and each Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not any Credit Party shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each of the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Claimholders, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

ARTICLE 5

INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers

(a) All ABL Obligations at any time made or incurred by any Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the ABL Obligations. All Notes Obligations at any time made or incurred by any Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by each Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholders of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Notes Obligations.

 

36


(b) None of the ABL Agent, any ABL Secured Party, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by any ABL Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other ABL Documents, whether the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any Notes Document or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any ABL Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the ABL Credit Agreement and any of the other ABL Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that any Notes Collateral Agent or any of the Notes Claimholders have in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that neither the ABL Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the ABL Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) No Notes Collateral Agent nor any Notes Claimholder nor any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to any Notes Document, whether any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Notes Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), no Notes Collateral Agent nor any Notes Claimholder shall have any liability whatsoever to the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the applicable Notes Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party has in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that none of the Notes Collateral Agents or the Notes Claimholders shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the applicable Notes Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and Notes Documents

(a) Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of any Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Claimholders hereunder, the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder, and without incurring any liability to any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder or impairing or releasing the subordination of Lien Priority provided for herein, amend, restate, amend and restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the ABL Documents in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that any such amendment, restatement, supplemented, replacement, refinancing, extension, consolidated, restructuring or modification shall not, without the prior written consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent:

 

37


(1) contravene the provisions of this Agreement;

(2) change any covenants, defaults, or events of default under the ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document (including the addition of covenants, defaults, or events of default not contained in the ABL Credit Agreement or other ABL Documents as in effect on the date hereof) to expressly restrict any Credit Party from making payments of the Notes Obligations that would otherwise be permitted under the ABL Documents as in effect on the date hereof; or

(3) impose any express direct restriction or limitation on the Credit Parties’ ability to effect any refinancing of the Notes Obligations that is materially more restrictive or limiting than any express direct restriction or limitation contained in the ABL Documents in effect as of the date hereof.

(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties hereunder, the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders may each at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party, and without incurring any liability to the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party or impairing or releasing the subordination of Lien Priority provided for herein, amend, restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the Notes Documents in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that any such amendment, restatement, supplemented, replacement, refinancing, extension, consolidated, restructuring or modification shall not, without the prior written consent of the ABL Agent:

(1) contravene the provisions of this Agreement;

(2) change any covenants, defaults, or events of default under the Note Documents (including the addition of covenants, defaults, or events of default not contained in the Notes Documents as in effect on the date hereof) to expressly restrict any Credit Party from making payments of the ABL Obligations that would otherwise be permitted under the Notes Documents as in effect on the date hereof;

(3) impose any express direct restriction or limitation on the Credit Parties’ ability to effect any refinancing of the ABL Obligations that is materially more restrictive or limiting than any express direct restriction or limitation contained in the Notes Documents in effect as of the date hereof.

(c) If in connection with the Discharge of ABL Obligations or the Discharge of Notes Obligations, any Credit Party substantially concurrently or subsequently enters into any Refinancing of any ABL Obligation or Notes Obligation as the case may be, which Refinancing is permitted by both the Notes Documents and the ABL Documents, in each case, to the extent such documents will remain in effect following such Refinancing, then such Discharge of ABL Obligations or the Discharge of Notes Obligations, as the case may be, shall automatically be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement (other than with respect to any actions taken pursuant to this Agreement as a result of the occurrence of such Discharge of ABL Obligations or Discharge of Notes Obligations, as applicable) and, from and after the date on which the New Debt Notice is delivered to the appropriate Collateral Agents in accordance with the next sentence, the obligations under such Refinancing (the “Refinanced Obligations”) shall automatically be treated as ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the Lien Priorities and rights in respect of Collateral set forth herein, and the ABL Agent or Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, under such new ABL Documents or new Notes Documents shall be the ABL Agent or a Notes Collateral Agent for all purposes of this Agreement. Upon receipt of a notice (the “New Debt Notice”) stating that a Credit Party has, in connection with Discharge of ABL Obligations or Discharge of the Notes Obligations or Refinancing of the ABL Obligation or Notes Obligation as the case may be (which Refinancing is permitted by both the Notes Documents and the ABL Documents), entered into, as applicable, new ABL Documents or new Notes Documents (which notice shall include a complete copy of the relevant new documents and provide the identity of the new collateral agent, such agent, the “New Agent”), the other Collateral Agents shall promptly (a) enter into such documents and agreements (including amendments or supplements to this Agreement) as such Credit Party or such New Agent shall reasonably request in order to provide to the New Agent

 

38


the rights contemplated hereby and to provide that the New Agent shall also be subject to the obligations and limitations set forth herein, in each case consistent in all material respects with the terms of this Agreement and (b) to the extent such deliver to the New Agent any Control Collateral (that is Notes Priority Collateral, in the case of a New Agent that is the agent under any new Notes Documents or that is ABL Priority Collateral, in the case of a New Agent that is the agent under any new ABL Documents) held by it together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the New Agent to obtain control of such Control Collateral). The New Agent shall agree in a writing addressed to the other Collateral Agents for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties or the Notes Claimholders, as the case may be, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Subject to Section 2.5, if the new ABL Obligations under the new ABL Documents or the new Notes Obligations under the new Notes Documents are secured by assets of the Credit Parties constituting Collateral that do not also secure the other Obligations, then the other Obligations shall be secured at such time by a Lien on such assets to the same extent provided in the ABL Documents, Notes Collateral Documents and this Agreement, subject to the Lien Priorities set forth herein.

(d) The Credit Parties will be permitted to designate (i) as an additional holder of Notes Obligations hereunder each Person who is, or who becomes or who is to become, the registered holder of any Additional Notes Debt incurred by such Credit Party after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of all then existing ABL Documents and Notes Documents and (ii) as a holder of Refinanced Obligations hereunder, each Person who is, or becomes or who is to become, the registered holder of Refinanced Obligations hereunder in accordance with Section 5.2(c). Upon the issuance or incurrence of any such Additional Notes Debt (including any such Additional Notes Debt included in the definition of Obligations in the Initial Notes Security Agreement) or such Refinanced Obligations, as the case may be:

(1) (i) the Credit Parties shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agents and the ABL Agent an Officers’ Certificate stating that the applicable Credit Parties intend to enter into an Additional Notes Instrument or incur Refinanced Obligations, as applicable, and certifying (x) that the issuance or incurrence of Additional Notes Debt under such Additional Notes Instrument is permitted by each then existing ABL Documents and Notes Documents or (y) in the case of any Refinanced Obligations, the issuance or incurrence thereof is in accordance with Section 5.2(c) and (ii) the issuance or incurrence of such Additional Notes Debt under such Additional Notes Instrument or such Refinanced Obligations, as the case may be, is permitted by each then existing ABL Documents and Notes Documents;

(2) the administrative agent or trustee and collateral agent for such Additional Notes Debt shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agents a Joinder Agreement;

(3) the Notes Collateral Documents in respect of such Additional Notes Debt or the New Agent for such Refinanced Obligations, as applicable, shall be subject to, and shall comply with, Section 2.5 of this Agreement; and

(4) each existing Collateral Agent shall promptly enter into such documents and agreements (including amendments or supplements to this Agreement) as the Credit Parties or the administrative agent or trustee and collateral agent for such Additional Notes Debt or the New Agent for such Refinanced Obligations, as applicable, may reasonably request in order to provide to them the rights, remedies and powers and authorities contemplated hereby, in each case consistent in all respects with the terms of this Agreement.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the foregoing clauses (1) through (4), the Additional Notes Collateral Agent for such Additional Notes Debt or the New Agent for such Refinanced Obligations, as applicable, shall be a Collateral Agent hereunder and the respective obligations will be Additional Notes Obligations or Refinanced Obligations, as applicable, without further act on the part of any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will be construed to allow the Company or any other Credit Party to incur additional indebtedness unless otherwise permitted by the terms of each applicable Credit Document.

 

39


Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement.

(a) If the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Credit Party, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations (an “ABL Recovery”), then the ABL Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such ABL Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such ABL Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such ABL Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Agent, the Notes Collateral Agents, the ABL Secured Parties, and the Notes Claimholders under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any Credit Party or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of any Credit Party in respect of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations. No priority or right of the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party, or any Credit Party or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the ABL Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party may have.

(b) If any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Credit Party, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations (a “Term Recovery”), then the Notes Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Term Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Term Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such Term Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Agent, each Notes Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, and the Notes Claimholders under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against or in respect of any Credit Party or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of any Credit Party in respect of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations. No priority or right of any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder, or any Credit Party or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the Notes Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder may have.

ARTICLE 6

INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

Section 6.1 DIP Financing.

(a) If any Credit Party shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall seek to provide one or more of the Credit Parties with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 (or any similar provision in or order made under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law) of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting ABL Priority Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in or order made under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law) (in each case or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) (each, a “DIP Financing”), with such DIP Financing to be secured at least in part by all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral and any other Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) would be Collateral), then each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agents securing the Notes Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection with respect to its Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is ABL Priority Collateral other than to the extent expressly permitted under Section 6.3), so long as (i) each Notes Collateral

 

40


Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the applicable Notes Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws) and, as to the Notes Priority Collateral only, such Lien has the same relative priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case or proceeding under the subject Debtor Relief Laws and any Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing is junior and subordinate to the Lien of each Notes Collateral Agent on the Notes Priority Collateral, (ii) all Liens on ABL Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties securing the ABL Obligations on ABL Priority Collateral, (iii) the proposed DIP Financing does not compel any Credit Party to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the cash collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (iv) the terms of the DIP Financing do not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to an event of default under the DIP Financing documentation, and (v) the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) shall not prevent any Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Claimholders from objecting to any provision in any DIP Financing relating to any provision or content of a plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws. To the extent the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations under the ABL Documents are subordinated or pari passu with the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing, the Notes Claimholders will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral to (1) such DIP Financing (and all Obligations relating thereto) and (2) any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees or similar amounts agreed to by the ABL Collateral Agent, in each case, on the same basis as the other Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing the Notes Obligations are so subordinated to Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing ABL Obligations under this Agreement.

(b) If any Credit Party shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of Notes Obligations, and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Claimholders shall seek to provide any Credit Party with, or shall consent to a third party providing, any DIP Financing, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and any Notes Claimholder may seek to provide with such DIP Financing to be secured at least in part by all or any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral and any other Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) would be Collateral), then the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the ABL Agent securing the ABL Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection with respect to its Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Notes Priority Collateral other than to the extent permitted under Section 6.3), so long as (i) the ABL Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the ABL Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) and, as to the ABL Priority Collateral only, such Lien has the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case or proceeding under the subject Debtor Relief Laws and any Lien on ABL Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing furnished by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or Notes Claimholders is junior and subordinate to the Lien of the ABL Agent on the ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) all Liens on Notes Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders securing the Notes Obligations on Notes Priority Collateral, (iii) the proposed DIP Financing does not compel any Credit Party to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the cash collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (iv) the terms of the DIP Financing do not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to an event of default under the DIP Financing documentation, and (v) the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) shall not prevent the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties from objecting to any provision in any DIP Financing relating to any provision or content of a plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws. To the extent the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes Obligations under the Notes Documents are subordinated or pari passu with the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing, the ABL Secured Parties will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral to such (1) DIP Financing (and all Notes Obligations relating thereto) and (2) any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees or similar amounts agreed to by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, in each case, on the same basis as the other Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations are so subordinated to Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing Notes Obligations under this Agreement.

 

41


(c) All Liens granted to the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. For clarity, the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall not seek to, or accept any Lien that would serve to, “prime” the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders on the Notes Priority Collateral and the Notes Collateral Agents and the Notes Claimholders shall not seek to, or accept any Lien that would serve to, “prime” the Lien of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties on the ABL Priority Collateral.

(d) The Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Claimholders hereby agree that they shall not offer, and shall not permit any of their respective affiliates (that is controlled by or is under common control with any Notes Claimholder) to offer, to provide any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding or endorse the provision of any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding pursuant to which Liens that are senior or pari passu in priority to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations are granted on the ABL Priority Collateral to secure such DIP Financing. The ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties hereby agree that they shall not offer, and shall not permit any of their respective affiliates (that is controlled by or is under common control with any ABL Secured Party) to offer, to provide any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding or endorse the provision of any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding pursuant to which Liens that are senior or pari passu in priority to the Liens securing the Notes Obligations are granted on the Notes Priority Collateral to secure such DIP Financing. The foregoing shall not be deemed to limit any (x) Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Claimholders from offering to provide any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding secured by Liens that are junior and subordinated in priority to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the ABL Priority Collateral (subject to the rights of the ABL Secured Parties to object to (or otherwise contest on any ground) such DIP Financing) or (y) ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party from offering to provide any DIP Financing to the Credit Parties in any Insolvency Proceeding secured by Liens that are junior and subordinated in priority to the Liens securing the Notes Obligations on the Notes Priority Collateral (subject to the rights of the Notes Claimholders to object to (or otherwise contest on any ground) such DIP Financing).

Section 6.2 Relief From Stay. Until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral without the ABL Agent’s express written consent. Until the Discharge of Notes Obligations has occurred, the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Notes Priority Collateral without the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent’s express written consent. In addition, no Notes Collateral Agent nor the ABL Agent shall seek any relief from the automatic stay or any other stay with respect to any Collateral without providing three (3) days’ prior written notice to the other, unless such period is agreed by both the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent to be modified or unless the ABL Agent or Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, makes a good faith determination that either (A) the ABL Priority Collateral or the Notes Priority Collateral, as applicable, will decline speedily in value or (B) the failure to take any action will have a reasonable likelihood of endangering the ABL Agent’s or any Notes Collateral Agent’s ability to realize upon its Priority Collateral.

Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection. (a) Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, none of them shall seek or accept any form of adequate protection under any or all of §361, §362, §363 or §364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral or from proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral, except as set forth in this Section 6.3(c) or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the ABL Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(c) above), (ii) any request by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection payments in the form of interest at the contract rate and reasonable fees and expenses of the ABL Agent, so long as no such payments are made with any proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral, (iii) any proposed provision of DIP Financing by the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties (or any other Person proposing to provide DIP Financing with the consent of the ABL Agent) (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(c) above) or (iv) any objection by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement.

 

42


(b) The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of Notes Obligations, none of them shall seek any form of adequate protection under any or all of §361, §362, §363 or §364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral or from proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral, except as set forth in this Section 6.3(c) or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. The ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of Notes Obligations, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(c) above), (ii) any request by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder for adequate protection payments in the form of interest at the contract rate and reasonable fees and expenses of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent, so long as no such payments are made with any proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral, (iii) any proposed provision of DIP Financing by any Notes Collateral Agent or Notes Claimholder (or any other Person proposing to provide DIP Financing with the consent of the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent) (unless in contravention of Section 6.1(b) or Section 6.1(c) above) or (iv) any objection by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to any Notes Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding:

(1) if the ABL Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted ABL Priority Collateral, but provided it does not constitute Notes Priority Collateral), then the ABL Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself or any of the Notes Claimholders, may seek or request (and the ABL Secured Parties will not oppose such request unless in contravention of Section 6.1(c)) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of Notes Collateral Agents on ABL Priority Collateral; and

(2) in the event the Notes Claimholders or any subset thereof are granted adequate protection in respect of Notes Priority Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Notes Priority Collateral, but provided it does not constitute ABL Priority Collateral), then each Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and any of the Notes Claimholders, agrees that the ABL Agent on behalf of itself or any of the ABL Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the Notes Claimholders will not oppose such request unless in contravention of Section 6.1(c)) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the Notes Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the ABL Agent on Notes Priority Collateral.

(3) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.1(c) or in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Notes Collateral Agents or the Notes Claimholders from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Notes Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise). Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.1(c) or in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the ABL Agent or the ABL Secured Parties from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the ABL Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise).

 

43


Section 6.4 Asset Sales. Each Notes Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, that it will not oppose (and will not support any other Person in opposing) and will be deemed to consent to any sale consented to by the ABL Agent of any ABL Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) so long as (i) any such sale is made subject to Section 3.6, (ii) the Notes Collateral Agents, for the benefit of the applicable Notes Claimholders, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale subject to the relative priorities set forth in Section 2.1, and (iii) the proceeds of such sale are applied to the ABL Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b). The ABL Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, that it will not oppose (and will not support any other Person in opposing) and will be deemed to consent to any sale consented to by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent of any Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) so long as (i) any such sale is made subject to Section 3.6, (ii) the ABL Agent, for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the proceeds of such sale subject to the relative priorities set forth in Section 2.1, and (iii) the proceeds of such sale are applied to the Notes Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(c). Subject to the requirements of this Agreement, if such sale of Collateral includes both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral proceeds of such collateral shall be applied in a manner consistent with Section 4.1(f).

Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification. Each Notes Claimholders and each ABL Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Collateral Documents and the Notes Collateral Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, the Notes Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization (or other plan or proposal of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws) proposed, confirmed, or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Claimholders in respect of the Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of secured claims subject to the relative priorities set forth herein with respect to the Collateral), then the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Claimholders hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions from the Collateral shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligation claims and Notes Obligation claims against the Credit Parties, with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral, as applicable, is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the other Secured Parties), the ABL Secured Parties or the Notes Claimholders, respectively, shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest, fees, and expenses (regardless of whether any claim therefor is allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding) that is available from each pool of Priority Collateral for each of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Claimholders, respectively, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the other Secured Parties from such applicable pool of Priority Collateral, with the other Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the respective other Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them from such applicable pool of Priority Collateral to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.

Section 6.6 Enforceability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws).

Section 6.7 ABL Obligations Unconditional. All rights of the ABL Agent hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Notes Collateral Agents, the Notes Claimholders and the Credit Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Document;

(b) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the ABL Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any ABL Document (but solely to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof);

 

44


(c) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non perfection of any security interest in any Collateral or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

(d) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Credit Party in respect of the ABL Obligations (other than Discharge of ABL Obligations), or of any of the Notes Collateral Agents or any Credit Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

Section 6.8 Notes Obligations Unconditional. All rights of each Notes Collateral Agent hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties and the Credit Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Notes Document;

(b) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Notes Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any Notes Document (but solely to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof);

(c) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non perfection of any security interest in any Collateral, or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

(d) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Credit Party in respect of the Notes Obligations (other than Discharge of Notes Obligations), or of any of the ABL Agent or any Credit Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

Section 6.9 Waivers – Bankruptcy Code Sections 506(c) and 1111(b)(2).

(a) Each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, waives any claim it may hereafter have against any ABL Secured Party arising out of the election of any ABL Secured Party of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Debtor Relief Law or out of any grant of a security interest in connection with the ABL Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(b) The ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, waives any claim it may hereafter have against any Notes Claimholder arising out of the election of any Notes Claimholder of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Debtor Relief Law or out of any grant of a security interest in connection with the Notes Priority Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c) Until the Discharge of the ABL Obligations has occurred, each Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that it will not assert or enforce any claim under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Debtor Relief Law senior to or on a parity with the Liens on ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of any Collateral.

(d) Until the Discharge of the Notes Obligations has occurred, the ABL Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other ABL Secured Parties, will not assert or enforce any claim under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision of any other Debtor Relief Law senior to or on a parity with the Liens on Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes Obligations for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of any Collateral.

 

45


Section 6.10 Post-Petition Interest.

(a) Neither any Notes Collateral Agent nor any Notes Claimholder shall oppose or seek to challenge any claim by the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of ABL Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees, or expenses to the extent of the value of the Lien securing any ABL Secured Party’s claim, without regard to the existence of the Lien of each Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the applicable Notes Claimholder on the Collateral.

(b) Neither the ABL Agent nor any other ABL Secured Party shall oppose or seek to challenge any claim by any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of Notes Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees, or expenses to the extent of the value of the Lien securing the Notes Claimholder’s claim, without regard to the existence of the Lien of the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties on the Collateral.

Section 6.11 Reorganization Securities.

If, in any Insolvency Proceeding involving a Credit Party, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or arrangement, proposal or similar dispositive restructuring plan, both on account of ABL Obligations and on account of Notes Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the ABL Obligations and on account of the Notes Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same property, the provisions of this Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan or proposal and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation. Each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, agrees that no payment to the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 3.8(b)) shall entitle any Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent or any applicable Notes Claimholder may reasonably request to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the ABL Obligations resulting from payments to the ABL Agent by such Person (other than with respect to any amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.8(b)), so long as all costs and expenses (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred in connection therewith by the ABL Agent are paid by such Person upon request for payment thereof. The ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that no payment to a Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Claimholder pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of Notes Obligations, each Notes Collateral Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the ABL Agent or any ABL Secured Party may reasonably request to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the Notes Obligations resulting from payments to any Notes Collateral Agent by such Person, so long as all costs and expenses (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred in connection therewith by any Notes Collateral Agent are paid by such Person upon request for payment thereof.

Section 7.2 Further Assurances. The Parties will, at their own expense and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that either Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the ABL Agent or the Notes Collateral Agents to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder; provided, however, that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement (as then in effect), and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.

 

46


Section 7.3 Representations. Each Notes Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the ABL Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the Notes Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders that it represents and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of such Notes Collateral Agent and the applicable Notes Claimholders, enforceable against such Notes Collateral Agent and the applicable Notes Claimholders in accordance with its terms. The ABL Agent represents and warrants to each Notes Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the ABL Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, enforceable against the ABL Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in accordance with its terms.

Section 7.4 Amendments. Subject to Sections 5.2(c) and (d), no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent, and, in the case of any amendment or waiver that would be materially adverse to a Credit Party, the Company, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that the Company shall be given notice of any amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement promptly after the effectiveness thereof (it being understood that the failure to deliver such notice to the Company shall in no way impact the effectiveness of any such amendment, modification or waiver). This Agreement may be amended without the consent of the Collateral Agents, to include acknowledgments from additional Credit Parties.

Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, emailed, or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of an email or telecopy or four (4) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the Parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section) shall be as set forth below or, as to each Party, at such other address as may be designated by such Party in a written notice to all of the other Parties.

 

ABL Agent:    ACF FINCO I LP
   560 White Plains Road, Suite 400
   Tarrytown, NY 10591
   Attention: Tim Sardinia, Principal
   Telephone: 914-418-1229
   Email: tsardinia@aresmgmt.com
And in each case, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP
   Two International Place
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   Attention: Mark Silva & Seth Mennillo
   Facsimile No: 617-502-5127 & 617-502-4994
   Email: msilva@choate.com & smennillo@choate.com

 

47


Initial Notes   
Collateral Agent:    [__________]
   [__________]
   [__________]
   [__________]
   [__________]
   [__________]
   Attention:
   Telecopier:
   E-mail:

Section 7.6 No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations. This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of ABL Obligations or the Discharge of Notes Obligations shall have occurred, (b) be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and permitted assigns. Nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Collateral. All references to any Credit Party shall include any Credit Party as debtor-in-possession and any receiver, interim receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or similar official for such Credit Party in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the ABL Agent, any ABL Secured Party, any Notes Collateral Agent, or any Notes Claimholder may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement or the applicable Notes Documents, in each case, as applicable, to any other Person (other than any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party and any Subsidiary of any Credit Party), and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to the ABL Agent, any Notes Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, or any Notes Claimholder, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Claimholders may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Credit Party on the faith hereof.

Section 7.8 GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES BUT INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

Section 7.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original, and all together shall constitute one and the same document. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement electronic transmission or other electronic imaging shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the ABL Agent, ABL Secured Parties, the Notes Collateral Agents, and Notes Claimholders. No other Person (including any Credit Parties or any Affiliate of any Credit Party, or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

Section 7.11 Headings. The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

48


Section 7.12 Severability. If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement. The Parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees. The Parties agree that if any dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding is brought with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or any provision hereof, the prevailing party in such dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.

Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

(a) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT BY IT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE BROUGHT, AND SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED, EXCLUSIVELY IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY ABL SECURED PARTY OR ANY NOTES CLAIMHOLDERS MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY OR ANY OF ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (a) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

49


(d) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.5. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement. This Agreement is the “Intercreditor Agreement” referred to in the ABL Credit Agreement and this Agreement is the “[ABL Intercreditor Agreement]” referred to in the Notes Indenture. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (i) any ABL Secured Party to the obligations due to any Notes Claimholder or (ii) any Notes Claimholder to the obligations due to any ABL Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens but not a subordination of Indebtedness.

Section 7.16 No Warranties or Liability. Each Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent acknowledge and agree that neither has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other ABL Document or any Notes Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Credit Party in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.

Section 7.17 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any ABL Document or any Notes Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

Section 7.18 Costs and Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by each Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent, including, without limitation pursuant to Section 4.1(e) hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Credit Parties as provided in Section [__] of the Notes Indenture (or any similar provision in any Additional Notes Instrument) and Section 9.03 (or any similar provision) of the ABL Credit Agreement.

Section 7.19 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties.

(a) Each of the Notes Collateral Agents and the ABL Agent hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Credit Parties and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations. Each Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other Party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event any Notes Collateral Agent or the ABL Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other Party to this Agreement, (a) it shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to such other Party or any other Party on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (iii) to disclose any other information, (b) it makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein, and (c) the Party receiving such information hereby agrees to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.

(b) The Credit Parties agree that any information provided to the ABL Agent, each Notes Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party or any Notes Claimholder may be shared by such Person with any ABL Secured Party, any Notes Claimholder, the ABL Agent or any Notes Collateral Agent notwithstanding a request or demand by any such Credit Party that such information be kept confidential; provided that such information shall otherwise be subject to the respective confidentiality provisions in the ABL Credit Agreement and the Notes Documents, as applicable.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

50


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the ABL Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and each Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the applicable Notes Claimholders, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

ACF FINCO I LP, in its capacity as the ABL Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]


[__________], in its capacity as the Initial Notes Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[__________], in its capacity as the Second-Out Notes Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, each Notes Collateral Agent, and the Notes Claimholders (including pursuant to Section 7.18), and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (and, to the extent any Credit Party receives a copy of any amendment hereto, as amended and in effect from time to time). Each Credit Party further acknowledges and agrees that, it is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and (i) as between the ABL Secured Parties, the Credit Parties, the ABL Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Notes Claimholders, the Credit Parties, the Notes Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.

Without limiting the foregoing or any rights or remedies the Credit Parties may have, Company and the other Credit Parties consent to the rights granted to the ABL Secured Parties, and the performance by each Notes Collateral Agent of the obligations, set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement and acknowledge and agree that neither any Notes Collateral Agent nor any other Notes Claimholder shall ever be accountable or liable for any action taken or omitted by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party or its or any of their officers, employees, agents successors or assigns in connection therewith or incidental thereto or in consequence thereof, including any improper use or disclosure of any proprietary information or other Intellectual Property by the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Party or its or any of their officers, employees, agents, successors or assigns or any other damage to or misuse or loss of any property of the Credit Parties as a result of any action taken or omitted by the ABL Agent or its officers, employees, agents, successors or assigns pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 3.6 of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


CREDIT PARTIES:
[__________]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[__________]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment]


Exhibit A

[FORM OF] JOINDER AGREEMENT1 NO. [__] dated as of [__________], 20[__] to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [__________ __], 20[__] (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among ACF FINCO I LP, as ABL Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, [__________], as Initial Notes Collateral Agent under the Notes Indenture, and as Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and the Additional Notes Collateral Agents from time to time a party thereto and acknowledged and agreed to by the Credit Parties identified on the signature pages hereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

B. As a condition to the ability of any Credit Party to incur Additional Notes Debt after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Additional Notes Debt with the Lien and to have such Additional Notes Debt guaranteed by the Credit Parties on a senior basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Notes Collateral Documents, the [collateral agent] in respect of such Additional Notes Debt is required to become an Additional Notes Collateral Agent under, and such Additional Notes Debt and the Notes Claimholders in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 5.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such collateral agent may become a Notes Collateral Agent under, and such Additional Notes Debt and such Notes Claimholders may become subject to and bound by, Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent (as defined below) of an instrument in the form of this Joinder Agreement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 5.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned collateral agent (the “New Additional Notes Collateral Agent”) is executing this Joinder Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the applicable ABL Documents and the Notes Documents.

Accordingly, the ABL Agent, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent by its signature below becomes a Notes Collateral Agent under, and the related Additional Notes Debt and Notes Claimholders become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent had originally been named therein as a Notes Collateral Agent, and the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and such Notes Claimholders, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Notes Collateral Agent and to the Notes Claimholders that it represents as Notes Claimholders. Each reference to a “Notes Collateral Agent” or “Additional Notes Collateral Agent” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Additional Notes Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the ABL Agent, the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder Agreement, in its capacity as [agent][trustee] under [describe new Notes Instrument], (ii) this Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) the Notes Documents relating to such Additional Notes Debt provide that, upon the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent’s entry into this Joinder Agreement, the Notes Claimholders in respect of such Additional Notes Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as Notes Claimholders and (iv) the applicable Additional Notes Claimholders and the Collateral with respect to such Additional Notes Debt have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder Agreement shall become effective when the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this

Joinder Agreement that bears the signature of the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

 
1 

To be updated in connection with the issuance of any Additional Note Debt for which the Initial Note Collateral Agent is acting as Collateral Agent.


SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Joinder Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

SECTION 8. The Credit Parties agree to reimburse the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Joinder Agreement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent to the extent required by Section 7.18 of the Intercreditor Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Additional Notes Collateral Agent, the ABL Agent and the Controlling Notes Collateral Agent have duly executed this Joinder Agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

[NAME OF NEW ADDITIONAL NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT],

as [__________] for the holders of [__________]   
By:   

 

        
Name:            
Title:            
Address for notices:         

 

        

 

        
Attention of:                  
Telecopy:                   

ACF FINCO I LP,

as ABL Agent

     
By:   

 

        
Name:            
Title:            

[Signature Page to [Form of] Joinder Agreement]


[__________],

as Controlling Notes Collateral Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to [Form of] Joinder Agreement]


Acknowledged by:
CREDIT PARTIES:
[__________]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[__________]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[__________]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to [Form of] Joinder Agreement]

Exhibit 22.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

Each of the subsidiaries of Fossil Group, Inc. (the “Company”) listed below is a guarantor of the 9.500% First-Out Notes due 2029 and the 7.500% Second-Out Notes due 2029 issued by the Company.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor    Jurisdiction of Organization
Fossil Canada Inc.    New Brunswick, Canada
Fossil (Europe) GmbH    Germany
Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.    Delaware
Fossil Intermediate, Inc.    Delaware
Fossil Partners, L.P.    Texas
Fossil Stores I, Inc.    Delaware
Fossil Trust    Delaware
Fossil (UK) Limited    England and Wales
Fossil (UK) Holdings Limited    England and Wales

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 12, 2025 relating to the financial statements of Fossil Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of Fossil Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fossil Group, Inc. for the year ended December 28, 2024. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche, LLP
Dallas, Texas

September 9, 2025

Exhibit 25.1

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

 

☐

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-0001

(Address of principal executive offices)

Kyle Barry

Senior Vice President

Wilmington Trust Company

285 Delaware Ave.

Buffalo, NY 14202

(716) 839-6909

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Fossil Group, Inc. 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   75-2018505

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

 

9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 
 
 
1

See Table of Additional Obligors


TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

In addition to Fossil Group, Inc., the following direct or indirect subsidiaries of Fossil Group, Inc. will be obligors of debt securities issued by Fossil Group, Inc. and are co-registrants:

 

Exact Name of obligor as
specified in its charter

  

State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization

   I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number
 

Fossil Canada, Inc.(1)

   Canada      —   

Fossil (Europe) GmbH(2)

   Germany      —   

Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      393613591  

Fossil Intermediate, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      510357223  

Fossil Partners, L.P.(1)

   Texas      752555693  

Fossil Stores I, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      752573030  

Fossil Trust(1)

   Delaware      510357226  

Fossil (UK) Ltd.(3)

   England and Wales      —   

Fossil (UK) Holdings Ltd.(3)

   England and Wales      —   
 
(1)

The address address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is 901 S. Central Expressway, Richardson, Texas 75080, and the telephone number is (972) 234-2525.

 

(2)

The address of the principal executive office for this guarantor is Oberwinkl 1, 83355 Grabenstätt, Germany and the telephone number is +49 (0) 8661-622-6000.

 

(3)

The address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is Ashton House, 497 Silbury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 2LD, England, and there is no telephone number as there is no landline.


ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a)

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b)

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3 – 15. Not applicable.

ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.

Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  1.

A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

  2.

The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

 

  3.

The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

 

  4.

A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of this Form T-1.

 

  5.

Not applicable.

 

  6.

The consent of Wilmington Trust, National Association as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached hereto as Exhibit 6 of this Form T-1.

 

  7.

Current Report of the Condition of Wilmington Trust, National Association, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached hereto as Exhibit 7 of this Form T-1.

 

  8.

Not applicable.

 

  9.

Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 9th day of September, 2025.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1)

exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2)

exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.

FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-


thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4)

The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.

The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.


SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1)

Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2)

Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3)

Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4)

Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5)

Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6)

Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7)

Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8)

Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9)

Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10)

Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11)

Make contracts.

 

  12)

Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

(Effective as of March 7, 2024)

 


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated by the chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the secretary, or the Board of Directors for the purpose of the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, except such date shall not be a legal holiday in Delaware. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his or her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the Board of Directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section 2. Special Meetings. The chair of the Board of Directors, the president, the chief executive officer, the secretary, or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the shareholders. A special meeting shall be called to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The Board of Directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

Section 3. Adjournment. If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.

 

- 1 -


Section 4. Nominations of Directors. Nominations for election to the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association, not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4)

The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chair of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, all votes cast for each such nominee may be disregarded.

Section 5. Proxies. Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. A director or an attorney of the association may act as proxy for shareholders voting if they are not also employed as an officer of the association. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 1. Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the association from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full Board of Directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof. The Board of Directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which: (a) exceeds by more than 2 the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or (b) exceeds by more than 4 the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the association from the 25-member limit.

Section 3. Qualifications. Each director must be a citizen of the United States and must own in his or her own right either shares of the capital stock of the association or a company that controls the association that has not less than an aggregate par value of $1,000, an aggregate shareholders’ equity of $1,000, or an aggregate fair market value of $1,000. The value of the common or preferred stock held by a director is valued as of the date purchased or the date on which the individual became a director, whichever is greater.

Section 4. Organization Meeting. After each annual meeting of shareholders at which directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business. Such first regular meeting shall be held at any place as may be designated by the chair, the president or the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or, in default of such designation, where the immediately preceding meeting of shareholders was held.

Section 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such places as may be designated from time to time by the chair. No notice of regular meetings shall be necessary.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the chair, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the then- acting directors by vote at a meeting or in writing, or by a majority of the members of the executive committee, if one is constituted, by vote at a meeting or in writing. A special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held on such date and at any place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, such meeting shall be held at such place as may be designated in the call. Each member of the Board of Directors shall be given notice stating the date, time and place, by letter, electronic delivery or in person, of each special meeting not less than one day before the meeting. Such notice need not specify the purpose for which the meeting is called, unless required by the Articles of Association or the bylaws.

 

- 3 -


Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the entire Board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 11. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance. No director may vote by proxy.

Section 8. Attendance by Electronic, Telephonic or Similar Means. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a regular or special meeting of such board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all directors or committee members participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at a meeting.

Section 9. Procedures. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the Board of Directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section 10. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed for cause at any meeting of shareholders, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the shareholders. Any director may be removed without cause at any meeting of shareholders, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the association entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause at any meeting of the directors, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 11. Vacancies. When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors may appoint a director to fill such vacancy until the next election at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

Section 12. Consent of Directors without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action may be evidenced by one or more written consents signed by each director before or after such action, describing the action taken, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records. A director’s consent to action taken without a meeting may be in electronic form and delivered by electronic means.

 

- 4 -


Section 13. Ratification. The board of directors may ratify and make binding on the association any action or inaction by the association or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter and as permitted by law. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any shareholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Section 1. Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee, which shall have and may exercise, during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business, properties and affairs of the association except as prohibited by law, the Articles of Association or these Bylaws. All acts done and powers conferred by the Executive Committee shall be deemed to be and may be certified as being, done or conferred under authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Trust Audit Committee. Unless delegated pursuant to Section 5 of this Article III, there shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the Board of Directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the Board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the association or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the association’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Section 3. Examining Committee. Unless delegated pursuant to Section 5 of this Article III, there shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

 

- 5 -


Section 4. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, appoint other committees of the Board of Directors which shall have such powers and duties as the Board of Directors may properly determine. No such other committee of the Board of Directors shall be composed of fewer than three (3) directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more directors as alternative members of a committee. All acts done and powers conferred by the Board of Directors on committees of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be and may be certified as being, done or conferred under that authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Delegation of Responsibility and Authority. The responsibility, authority and constitution of any committee under this Article III may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted committee of the association’s parent corporation by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section 1 Officers. The Board of Directors shall annually, at the Annual Reorganization Meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of shareholders, appoint or elect a chair of the Board, a chief executive officer, a president, one (1) or more senior executive vice presidents, a corporate secretary, a treasurer, a chief auditor, and such other officers as it may determine, each to hold office until the next Annual Reorganization meeting.

The officers below the level of senior executive vice president may be elected as follows: the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, or his or her designee, may appoint officers up to and including (without limitation as to title or number) one (1) or more executive vice presidents, senior vice presidents, vice presidents, assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and assistant auditors, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate, except the chair of the board, chief executive officer, president, any “Executive Officer” of the association for the purposes of Regulation O (codified at 12 C.F.R. §215.2(e)(1)), and any “Senior Executive Officer” within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. §5.51(c)(4) may only be appointed by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Chair of the Board. The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chair of the Board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The chair of the Board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these Bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

- 6 -


Section 3. President. The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. The president shall be a member of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chair, the president shall preside at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these Bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors. One vice president shall be designated by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section 5. Secretary. The Board of Directors shall appoint a secretary or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the Board of Directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these Bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the Board of Directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the chair of the Board, or the president. The Board of Directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section 7. Resignation. An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

ARTICLE V

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section 1. Transfers. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The Board of Directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

 

- 7 -


Section 2. Stock Certificates. Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually, by facsimile process, or electronic means by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed and otherwise comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 52 and 12 C.F.R. §7.2016(b).

Section 3. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In case any certificate representing shares shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, or any officer or officers thereunder duly authorized by the Board of Directors, may authorize the issue of a substitute certificate or substitute shares in uncertificated form in the place of the certificate so lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 4. Fixing of Record Date. The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall be the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 10 days before the meeting.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section 1. Seal. The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the Board of Directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section 2. Execution of Instruments. All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by any officer elected or appointed pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this Section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these Bylaws.

 

- 8 -


Section 3. Records. The Articles of Association, the Bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board of Directors, and standing committees of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section 5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the Board of Directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the association in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by

 

- 9 -


or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under the Articles of Association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution- affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these Bylaws and (b) approval by the Board of Directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by shareholders. To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors or, if applicable, the shareholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the Board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the Board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the Board of Directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the Board of Directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the Board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the Board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the Board of Directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in the Articles of Association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these Bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these Bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

 

 

- 10 -


The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s Articles of Association, these Bylaws, a resolution of shareholders, a resolution of the Board of Directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its Board of Directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these Bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution- affiliated parties.

ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section 1. Inspection. A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section 2. Amendments. The Board of Directors shall have the power, at any regular or special meeting thereof, to amend, alter or repeal the bylaws of the association, or to make and adopt new bylaws. These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the shareholders of the association to the extent and as permitted in the Articles of Association or applicable law.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

    WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: September 9, 2025     By:  

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

      Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
      Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

REPORT OF CONDITION

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on June 30, 2025

 

     Thousands of Dollars  

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     612,124  

Securities:

     1,105  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     0  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0  

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     29,511  

Premises and fixed asset

     27,384  

Other real estate owned:

     0  

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0  

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0  

Intangible assets:

     0  

Other assets:

     64,391  

Total Assets:

     734,515  
     Thousands of Dollars  

LIABILITIES

  

Deposits

     5,377  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0  

Other borrowed money:

     0  

Other Liabilities:

     95,434  

Total Liabilities

     100,811  
     Thousands of Dollars  

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Common Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     356,855  

Retained Earnings

     275,845  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4  

Total Equity Capital

     633,704  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     734,515  

Exhibit 25.2

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

 

☐

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-0001

(Address of principal executive offices)

Kyle Barry

Senior Vice President

Wilmington Trust Company

285 Delaware Ave.

Buffalo, NY 14202

(716) 839-6909

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Fossil Group, Inc. 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   75-2018505

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

901 S. Central Expressway

Richardson, Texas 75080

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

 

9.500% First-Out First Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

7.500% Second-Out Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2029

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 
 
 
1

See Table of Additional Obligors


TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

In addition to Fossil Group, Inc., the following direct or indirect subsidiaries of Fossil Group, Inc. will be obligors of debt securities issued by Fossil Group, Inc. and are co-registrants:

 

Exact Name of obligor as

specified in its charter

  

State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization

   I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number
 

Fossil Canada, Inc.(1)

   Canada      —   

Fossil (Europe) GmbH(2)

   Germany      —   

Fossil Global Holdings, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      393613591  

Fossil Intermediate, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      510357223  

Fossil Partners, L.P.(1)

   Texas      752555693  

Fossil Stores I, Inc.(1)

   Delaware      752573030  

Fossil Trust(1)

   Delaware      510357226  

Fossil (UK) Ltd.(3)

   England and Wales      —   

Fossil (UK) Holdings Ltd.(3)

   England and Wales      —   
 
(1)

The address address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is 901 S. Central Expressway, Richardson, Texas 75080, and the telephone number is (972) 234-2525.

(2)

The address of the principal executive office for this guarantor is Oberwinkl 1, 83355 Grabenstätt, Germany and the telephone number is +49 (0) 8661-622-6000.

(3)

The address of the principal executive office for these guarantors is Ashton House, 497 Silbury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 2LD, England, and there is no telephone number as there is no landline.


ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a)

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b)

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3 – 15. Not applicable.

ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.

Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  1.

A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

  2.

The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

 

  3.

The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

 

  4.

A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of this Form T-1.

 

  5.

Not applicable.

 

  6.

The consent of Wilmington Trust, National Association as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached hereto as Exhibit 6 of this Form T-1.

 

  7.

Current Report of the Condition of Wilmington Trust, National Association, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached hereto as Exhibit 7 of this Form T-1.

 

  8.

Not applicable.

 

  9.

Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 9th day of September, 2025.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1)

exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2)

exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.

FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-


thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4)

The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.

The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.


SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1)

Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2)

Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3)

Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4)

Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5)

Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6)

Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7)

Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8)

Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9)

Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10)

Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11)

Make contracts.

 

  12)

Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

(Effective as of March 7, 2024)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated by the chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the secretary, or the Board of Directors for the purpose of the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, except such date shall not be a legal holiday in Delaware. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his or her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the Board of Directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section 2. Special Meetings. The chair of the Board of Directors, the president, the chief executive officer, the secretary, or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the shareholders. A special meeting shall be called to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The Board of Directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

Section 3. Adjournment. If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.

 

- 1 -


Section 4. Nominations of Directors. Nominations for election to the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association, not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1)

The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2)

The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3)

The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4)

The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5)

The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chair of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, all votes cast for each such nominee may be disregarded.

Section 5. Proxies. Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. A director or an attorney of the association may act as proxy for shareholders voting if they are not also employed as an officer of the association. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 1. Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the association from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full Board of Directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof. The Board of Directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which: (a) exceeds by more than 2 the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or (b) exceeds by more than 4 the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the association from the 25-member limit.

Section 3. Qualifications. Each director must be a citizen of the United States and must own in his or her own right either shares of the capital stock of the association or a company that controls the association that has not less than an aggregate par value of $1,000, an aggregate shareholders’ equity of $1,000, or an aggregate fair market value of $1,000. The value of the common or preferred stock held by a director is valued as of the date purchased or the date on which the individual became a director, whichever is greater.

Section 4. Organization Meeting. After each annual meeting of shareholders at which directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business. Such first regular meeting shall be held at any place as may be designated by the chair, the president or the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or, in default of such designation, where the immediately preceding meeting of shareholders was held.

Section 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such places as may be designated from time to time by the chair. No notice of regular meetings shall be necessary.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the chair, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the then- acting directors by vote at a meeting or in writing, or by a majority of the members of the executive committee, if one is constituted, by vote at a meeting or in writing. A special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held on such date and at any place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, such meeting shall be held at such place as may be designated in the call. Each member of the Board of Directors shall be given notice stating the date, time and place, by letter, electronic delivery or in person, of each special meeting not less than one day before the meeting. Such notice need not specify the purpose for which the meeting is called, unless required by the Articles of Association or the bylaws.

 

- 3 -


Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the entire Board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 11. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance. No director may vote by proxy.

Section 8. Attendance by Electronic, Telephonic or Similar Means. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a regular or special meeting of such board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all directors or committee members participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at a meeting.

Section 9. Procedures. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the Board of Directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section 10. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed for cause at any meeting of shareholders, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the shareholders. Any director may be removed without cause at any meeting of shareholders, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the association entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause at any meeting of the directors, notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 11. Vacancies. When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors may appoint a director to fill such vacancy until the next election at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

Section 12. Consent of Directors without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action may be evidenced by one or more written consents signed by each director before or after such action, describing the action taken, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records. A director’s consent to action taken without a meeting may be in electronic form and delivered by electronic means.

 

- 4 -


Section 13. Ratification. The board of directors may ratify and make binding on the association any action or inaction by the association or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter and as permitted by law. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any shareholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Section 1. Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee, which shall have and may exercise, during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business, properties and affairs of the association except as prohibited by law, the Articles of Association or these Bylaws. All acts done and powers conferred by the Executive Committee shall be deemed to be and may be certified as being, done or conferred under authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Trust Audit Committee. Unless delegated pursuant to Section 5 of this Article III, there shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the Board of Directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the Board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the association or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the association’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Section 3. Examining Committee. Unless delegated pursuant to Section 5 of this Article III, there shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

 

- 5 -


Section 4. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, appoint other committees of the Board of Directors which shall have such powers and duties as the Board of Directors may properly determine. No such other committee of the Board of Directors shall be composed of fewer than three (3) directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more directors as alternative members of a committee. All acts done and powers conferred by the Board of Directors on committees of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be and may be certified as being, done or conferred under that authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Delegation of Responsibility and Authority. The responsibility, authority and constitution of any committee under this Article III may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted committee of the association’s parent corporation by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section 1 Officers. The Board of Directors shall annually, at the Annual Reorganization Meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of shareholders, appoint or elect a chair of the Board, a chief executive officer, a president, one (1) or more senior executive vice presidents, a corporate secretary, a treasurer, a chief auditor, and such other officers as it may determine, each to hold office until the next Annual Reorganization meeting.

The officers below the level of senior executive vice president may be elected as follows: the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, or his or her designee, may appoint officers up to and including (without limitation as to title or number) one (1) or more executive vice presidents, senior vice presidents, vice presidents, assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and assistant auditors, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate, except the chair of the board, chief executive officer, president, any “Executive Officer” of the association for the purposes of Regulation O (codified at 12 C.F.R. §215.2(e)(1)), and any “Senior Executive Officer” within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. §5.51(c)(4) may only be appointed by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Chair of the Board. The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chair of the Board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The chair of the Board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these Bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

- 6 -


Section 3. President. The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. The president shall be a member of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chair, the president shall preside at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these Bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors. One vice president shall be designated by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section 5. Secretary. The Board of Directors shall appoint a secretary or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the Board of Directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these Bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the Board of Directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the chair of the Board, or the president. The Board of Directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section 7. Resignation. An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

ARTICLE V

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section 1. Transfers. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The Board of Directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

 

- 7 -


Section 2. Stock Certificates. Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually, by facsimile process, or electronic means by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed and otherwise comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 52 and 12 C.F.R. §7.2016(b).

Section 3. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In case any certificate representing shares shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, or any officer or officers thereunder duly authorized by the Board of Directors, may authorize the issue of a substitute certificate or substitute shares in uncertificated form in the place of the certificate so lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 4. Fixing of Record Date. The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall be the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 10 days before the meeting.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section 1. Seal. The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the Board of Directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section 2. Execution of Instruments. All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by any officer elected or appointed pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this Section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these Bylaws.

 

- 8 -


Section 3. Records. The Articles of Association, the Bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board of Directors, and standing committees of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section 5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the Board of Directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the association in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by

 

- 9 -


or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under the Articles of Association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution- affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these Bylaws and (b) approval by the Board of Directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by shareholders. To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors or, if applicable, the shareholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the Board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the Board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the Board of Directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the Board of Directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the Board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the Board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the Board of Directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in the Articles of Association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these Bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these Bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

 

 

- 10 -


The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s Articles of Association, these Bylaws, a resolution of shareholders, a resolution of the Board of Directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its Board of Directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these Bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution- affiliated parties.

ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section 1. Inspection. A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section 2. Amendments. The Board of Directors shall have the power, at any regular or special meeting thereof, to amend, alter or repeal the bylaws of the association, or to make and adopt new bylaws. These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the shareholders of the association to the extent and as permitted in the Articles of Association or applicable law.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

    WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: September 9, 2025     By:  

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

      Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
      Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

REPORT OF CONDITION

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on June 30, 2025

 

     Thousands of Dollars  

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     612,124  

Securities:

     1,105  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     0  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0  

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     29,511  

Premises and fixed asset

     27,384  

Other real estate owned:

     0  

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0  

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0  

Intangible assets:

     0  

Other assets:

     64,391  

Total Assets:

     734,515  
     Thousands of Dollars  

LIABILITIES

  

Deposits

     5,377  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0  

Other borrowed money:

     0  

Other Liabilities:

     95,434  

Total Liabilities

     100,811  
     Thousands of Dollars  

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Common Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     356,855  

Retained Earnings

     275,845  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4  

Total Equity Capital

     633,704  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     734,515